PB272868

The NIOA Rf?"'J.lrch MO(lO{Jtllph VHIC"S IS prcrJ.lrrd by the

Oivi\ion of Rf~:)(ch of the NatIonal instltutr. on DrU(J Abuv'. lIs

prirnMY objective is to provIde cr'tlcal rt"VlCW~ of rC$C.Hch problem

arc.1$ and tcdlnlqU(~~. the content of state·of thc-art conferences,

int'lfjfn\ivo rc~~.1rch rcvit>ws and Wlnd,e,ulI ofl(lIflJI rt"~~(Irch. II..

dual publication cmpha~is is rapId and t,}f(lCIcd d,~scrnfnallOn 10 the

scientific and pro{c~\ionaloJmmun,ty.

EDITORIAL ADVISORY BOARD

Avram Goldstein, M.D.

Jaroma Jaffa, M.D.

Roese T. Jones, M.D.

William McGlothlin, Ph.D.

Jacl, Mondelson, M.D.

Halon Nowlls, Ph.D.

lOG Robins, Ph.D.

Addoct,on Rll1"lIfch F011 n,1.1 lion

Pblo AIlO, eoIJ'o,nlQ

Coll"l)o) v, f'hvt.c 1M" 'mel SU'!J"ont

COlu'"h'lI Un'v"rt,tv, Ne.... Yo,k

t"n\l""( I'o,ft), NrrufOp,yd"nt"c InSl't"l"

Unvm"1V of Col,fo'nll'

Son hnncl\Co. Cnlo'orn'd

O"l'~",n""\ 01 l'wchoIO\lY, UCtA

to< AnI"""'. Cdl,'or';'a

Akoho) :lfuJ Dn'" AhtJ~(! Hftu1iJrch CHnfm

tfiHvtlI,f M'lt"cal School

Md.""" HO\l>'I,,1

1\,,1711001, Mm\(l(;hll~'~fU

Offlc" of O'ug [dLlcnt,oFl. OHEW

W'nhlfl{lIOn, D.C.

Wnsh'llt/lon Unlve,s,ty School of Med,c,oo

St. Lou", M'~sour,

NIDA RESEARCH MONOGRAPH series

Robert DuPont, M.D. DIRECTOR, NIOA

William PaBlo, M.D. OIRECTOR, DIVISION OF RESEARCH, NIDA

Robert C. Patorson, Ph.D. EDITOR·IN·CHIEF

EunIce L. Coffman, M.A. EDITOR

nOC"'\'Y811 OUlldillll 11400 f\ockvillo r.ku Ilockvillo, Malyllll\d, 20852

REPRODUCED BY, NJlI u.s. Department of Commerce

National Technical Information Service

Springfield, Virginia 22161

BIBLIOGRAPHIC DATA

SHEET

4. Title and Subtitle

National Institute on Drug Abuse RESEARCH MONOGRAPH

#1 FINDINGS OF DRUG ABUSE RESEARCH; Vol. 2

5. Report Date

July 1975 (pub. da tie)

6.

7. Author(s) 8. Performing Organization Rept. No. .

9. Performing Organization Name and Address

National Institute on Drug Abuse, Div. of Research

5600 Fishers Lane

Rockville, Maryland 20857

12. Sponsoring Organization Name and Address

National Clearinghouse for Drug Abuse Information

5600 Fishers Lane

Rockville, Maryland 20857

10. Project/Task/Work Unit No.

11. COntrac~/Grant No.

13. Type of Report & Period

Covered

14.

15. Supplementary Notes

First in a .series of research monographs published by the Division of

Research. NIDA

16. Abstracts

The monograph presents an annotated bibliography of NIMH~ and

NIDA-supported extramural grant research from 1967-74, comprising some

3500 titles and abstracts. Volume 2 is comprised of entries on

the behavioral and clinical aspects-of drug abuse research, including

results of studies of adverse effects, prevention and treatment systems,

psychosocial studies, drug abuse education, and epidemiological studies

and surveys. A final section, on peripherally related research, reports

findings from NIDA-supported drug abuse projects which do not pertain

exclusively to that subject. Entries are cross-referenced and indexed

by author/editor and by subject/drugs.

17. Key Words and Document Analysis. 170. D~sc·riptors

drugs

drug addiction

pharmacology

surveys, soc~o~~ychological

17b~ Identifiers/Open-Ended Terms

drug effects

epidemiology of drug abuse

prevention of drug abuse

behavioral effects of drugs

adverse effects; toxicity, and genetic effects of dr~gs

treatment-related research

17c. COSATI Field/Group

18. Availability Statement

GPO, NTIS .__

GPO Stock No. 017-024-0466-9

19•. Security Class (This

Report)

'''''1('- t A

- 20. Security Class (This

Page

UNClASSIFIED

2" '.

2 -

FORM NTIS-3~ (REV. 10731 ENDORSED BY ANSI AND UNESCO. THIS FORM MAY BE REPRODUCED \JSCO....M·OC r--- ~_.

PREFACE

Nearly eight years have elapsed,sin~e the inauguration of a

high priority Federal research program directed toward better

understanding and coping with drug abuse. When that program

was begun, estimates of the extent of drug abuse were more

frequently based on speculation than on hard data. The basic

materials for studying such drugs as marihuana were frequentlY

lacking and research was in its infancy. Opiate research,

while it had a much longer history through pioneering work of

the Addiction Research Center, the U.S. Public Health Hospitals

at Lexington and Fort Worth and,other programs, also underwent

a much needed expansion. i I

I I

The research infant has now bec~me Lstrapping adolescent.

While much remains to be learned, this bibliography comprising

some 3,500 titles and abstracts attests to the productivity

of over 650 researchers whose work was directly supported

through grants from the National Institute on Drug Abuse and

its predecessor program in the National Institute of Mental

Health. Its publication represents an attempt to give some

sense of the diversity and scope of the Federal impact on drug

abuse research. It is our hope that it will- prove to be a

valuable source of scientific information in itself and will

also serve as a source document for later analysis of the

Federal role in its extramural gra~t progrlm towards shaping

and contributing to the overall drug abuse "literature.

Preparation of these volumes in~vit~blY leaves us indebted to

many individuals and organizations: First and foremost, special

thanks arc owed to the hundreds of researchers who took time

from their busy schedules to give us detailed accounting of the

papers they have published arising from our grant support.

Without their generous cooperation reasonably complete accounting would not have been possible. Thanks arc also due to the

staffs of some twenty libraries; information services and

clearinghouses which provided assis~ance in many ways.

The_actual production of the volumeb demands thanks to many

individuals whose commitment to the detailed preparation

required testifies to their fine level of professionalism.

Spec ial thanks arc due to the staff. of Koba Associates, Inc.,

partiCUlarly to Georgette Semick, the project director, ably

assisted by Carol Tuckerman and to their research assistants

Tina LindeRrcn and Kath Nesper. Su~an Lachter, Acting Chief

of the National Clearinghouse for Drug Abuse Information here

at NIDA provided necessary assistance as did other members of

the NIDA staff. I I

Robert c.. Petersen AB~iGt~nt Director, Researoh Division

NAj'IONA.L INSTITUTE ON DRUG ABUSE

". I ' .

.,)/.)/1./

", I'

lJittrodttCtioJt

PURPOSE

Since Septembe~, 1973, the Division of'

Resea~ch of the National Institute on D~ug Abuse (NIDA) has been ~esponsible

fo~ the coo~dination of ext~amu~al,

g~ant-suppo~ted ~esea~ch into the

effects of d~ug use/abuse and fo~ funding p~ojects to examine possible p~evention and t~eatment modalities fo~

its conb'ol. NIDA-lJuppo~ted ~)o~k has

its o~igins in the ~e8ea~ch p~og~am

supported and coo~dinated since the

1960's by the National Institute of

Mental Health. The bulk of the Federally funded ~e8earch has been unde~­

taken since 1967 and the ~esults have

been documented in numerous jou~nals,

books and other scientific publications.

A listing of published drug abuse literature including synopses of the con-,

tent wa~ considered necessary in order

to provide NIDA with a resou~ce for

planning futu~e reoearch di~ections and

for examining the impact of this literatul'e on the sC1;cntific aommunity. i

Thus, the pu~p08e of this annotated , bibliography is twofold: 1) to help I

NIDA pl'ogj'am pel'oonno I. r'eview the findings of pl'eviouH drug abuse grants in orde~ to plan future research strategies, and 2) to serve as a ~etroepective indication of the findings

from supported research that have been

disseminated to the scientific community

and the general public. I

The pub li(?ation, Nndirl[lS C2f.. Dr'up Abued

Research 1967-1974, io a two-volume I

!!Jol'kthat- liots die Jl'ug abuse research

lite~ature supported by NIMH and NIDA !

and p~o~ide8 abstraots or oummar~e8 of 'I

the al·t'/.cl."s when tlJelle are pl'ov~ded

by the author. Each voZumQ may be used

independently and each i8 indexed. i

I

PREPARATION OF TilE BIBLIOGRAJ>IlY I

~aving defined the 8a~pG of the fi~a! I

~oduct..,as __1'e B eal'ahltte l'a i ul'eproduce d

unde~ NIMH-N.TDA grants during the

beriod 1967-1974, the first major task

was to identify the relevant grants and

their principal investigators (PIs).

The methodology for collecting the materials was based on the assumptions

that the Principal Investigator would,

at minimum, be familiar with the literature produced as a result of his/her

grant and in most cases would also have

copies of that litc~ature. Lists of

principal investigators were developed

by utilizing NIMH and NIDA files of

grantees and the Researoh Grants Index

published by the Public Health Service.

Each identified Principal Investigator

then received a personally addressed

letter explaining the project and requesting lists (and copies) of literature produced as a result of drug use/

abuse gr:J.dts for which s/fte was design.ated as PI.

PIs were also asked to identify in-a

pr~liminary way which of ten program

areas of drug use/abuse research would

Qest classify their li terature. By

~eceiving this additional info~mation

fl'om the PIs themselves, the project

staff was provided with a firmer foundation for designing the final product. I

,

The first request to PIs yielded an

~pproximate 50 percent response rate

within a period of one mon th. '1'0 augment this response the project staff

bent out follow-up reminders to nonrespondents while concurrently contacting information resources such as the

National Clearing House for D~ug Abuse

Information, the Student Association

for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc.

(STASH) and the Addiction Research

Foundation to obtain lists of articles

~nd books published by those PIs who ~e~e not located by the p~incipal contact method. Final response was from

+pproximately 60 percent of all PIs.

~hese 80u~ces produced the l'emainder. fO monitor the communication with PIB

a.nd_.atheI'~ information source sand to

c.l'!dcznize i"foJ'mation J·eaeived .. detailed

"~cordkeepiljg systems wepe deveZoped.

Pi Ie "ys telfl" "ticof,Jed the number of ~rticl.B id.ntified and 6ubmitted, cla6sified 0)' u"cZaS6i['ied, and listed the

literature identified but not accompanied by abBtl'acts or articles. Litera-'

Lure 1'.ceived Was checked for complete

publication information and filed by

it6 appropriate classification category.

U6ing the prepared 1'e60UrCe li6t of dr~g

abu6e research and medical libraries, ,

information services and clearinghouses.

the project staff attempted to locate

the several hundred articles which PIs

identified but which were not forwarded or classified by the investigators. unce found~ these were BC11eened, clasB",:,

ified and filed in accordance with

project specifications.

Following the collection of all identified articles and/or books, the final

classification system and entry format were defined. Each entry was then

formatted laccompanied by it6 authorprepa)'ed abstract or summary where

available}, cr'oss-referenced where

necessary and prepal'ed for final submil!sion to NIDA.

FORMAT AND ANNOTATION SYSTEM

In order to create a bibliography of

optimal use. several questions were

kept in mind throughout the design

BoageB: "What format would mOBt readily

facilitate the bibliography'B uBe'· and

·What information about each item iB

necesBary for BubBequent location by

UBe rB'· TheBe queB tions were carefu I ly

ponBidered throughout the bibliography'

design proceB6. '

The format design reflects the bibliog~ raphy's principal, intended use li.e.,!

for program planning and evaLuation} b¥ o~ganizing the material into program/ , Bubject areas. Within each category

the entries are organized alphabeticaIly by author. To faci litate identi-:

fication of new entries and location of

cross-references, the author's Is'}

rame(s) appears in capital letters.

PubLication and descriptive information

about each item is provided in a standard bibliographic form which supplies:

information about the author Is) or : _dito1'ls). titLe of the chapter or a1't~

icle, source Ibook, proceedings 01' I

journal) including volume numbers and:

pages where applicable, book'B publish,r

and dateB of publication or presentation.

Fo HQl.iing th!! en:try's I>ib Uggrgplli__J

information the Q4thoJ'-~repaped abstract or summary [~nedit.d} is included.

·Whenever possible, author-prepared abBtractB,Bummariee or short ooncZ~BionB

are used to describe the articLes, bookB

.and proceedings. Since author-prepared

abstracts are not alwaye required by

·the pubZisher, both annotated and non-

.annotated citations are found in the

:bibliography. The intended use of the

bibliography )'equired that the findings

be consistently validated. Therefore,

when no author-prepared abstract was available, the project staff did not 'attempt to summarize the findings. In

· the same vein. no attempt has been made

'to change or edit the abstracts and

8ummarieB fD~ consistent languagej

; thu8~ tJol"da a uch as 'our' and 'I I

stiZZ remain.

Mis6ing abstracts are not availoble

for a variety of reasons' the articles

are out of print; literature is nou "in press"; papers presented at meet- ings, confer'ences and symposia have not to date been pubLished; short

abstracts or summarie8 were never

)'equired. In such cases the unannotated

bibliographic information has. none-

'theless.been provided.

CLASSIFICATION OF ENTRIES

The classifioation system was designed

to dovetail with the primary intended

use of the bibliography: to review the

progress of the NIMH-NIDA supported

drug abuse research programs. Thus.

the sections of the bibliography

iparallel the program areas of NIDA re~

: search. To determine whether the ele,

ven categories were descriptive of th~

existing literature, the PIs were re-'

quested to indicate which of the

! suggested categories were most applic~

· able for their articles and abstracts;

Suggestions of alternative clas8ifica~

· tion categories and systems were

enoou1'aged. A review of the replies

received from the PIs showed that. for : the most part, the program areas also

adequately classified the grant- · supported literature.

The ten subjeco-program categories

that correspond with the first ten sections of the bibliography are: . I. Methodology of Drug Research

II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism

III. Mechanisms of Action of

Different Dl"ugs

IV. Behavioral Studies

--.----..--.--.------.--.----.. -- --.------=-:;-l

f

·---v. AdveY'se Effects Toxicity and i

Gene tic Effects I

I VI. Drug Use/Abuse Prevention i

I

VII. Treatment-Related Research

VIII. psychosocial Studies

I IX. Education

i X. Epidemiological Studies and

i SUY'veys

~he eleventh section~ ·Peripherally

Related H, ~a8 included to list those

materialo that do not pertain exclusively to drug abuse research, but which

arc pl'oduecd as an offshoot of NINfl and

NIDA-supported drug abuse projects.

For this reason entries in this category

include refepenccs to subcategorl:es such

as thel'apc:d'ic aspects of vapious abus~

able (h'ugu, analyti-cal techniques for

more qeneralised behavioral research

and t~e body's receptors for psychoac ti ve Jl'ugS,

CROSS REFERENCES

BecauSA mallY o[ the al't;-icles and books summaJ.i;~e findilzga_ T'C la/;ad to sevel'al

of the ten pl'ogl'am al'e<1S, () cr'ossrefcl'enee ByB t;e/ll uhW. de Ve loped, In

this way entries coulJ be included in

all relevant subject categories without duplicating the abo tracts for each

listing, The annotation for any cross~

l'cfcr'enccd entry ca>/ he found with the

firot ~itation, In Buboequent catsgor~

ies the entcry inclwicB complete bibliogl'aphi,' infopmatioll; "ouleus?', for' the

abBf.?'OC.t the ?'oado?' if! then refel'l'cd

to t.llt' eal'l,isr ()(l~t;ion,

r

·-"-·-----------------··--

,INDEXES

I

lTo increase the usefulness of the

IlbibliographY~ indexes have been provided for author/editor and for

Isubject/drugs. So that the two vollumes may be used independently~ these

lindexes have been inserted at the end

10f both vo lumes. Virtua lly a II index

land cposs references are to sections

!within the same volume.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME 1

The first volume of Findings Q1 DloUg

Abuse Research offers three sections

of entries pertaining to the methodoZogy

of drug abuse reseapch and findings of

basic research into the chemical and

metabolic characteristics of drugs and

their mechanisms of action.

CONTENTS OF VOLUNE 2

The second volume of Findings Q1 Drug

Abuse Research includes entries on the

behavioral and clinical aspects of

drug abuse research including results

of studies of adverse effects~ prevention and treatment systems and the

literature on human and psychosocial

factors of drug abuse research (i.e.~

psychosocial studies, education and

epidemiology of drug abuse),

The final section, entitled HPeripherally Re lated", con tains findings from

:NIDA-suppopted drug abuse projects

which do not pertain exclusively to

: that subject.

CONTENTS

VOLUME 1

PJ'eface

Introduction 1

! . I. Methodology of Drug Research

I J

II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism I

III. Mechanisms of Action 'of Different Drugs

Index

Author/Editor

Subject/Drugs

VOW:W 2

Preface

Introduction

iii

iv

5

79

185

324i

iii

iv

VIr. Treatment-Related Research

I I

VI I I. Psychosocial Studies I i

IX. Education I i

X. Epidemiological Studies and Surveys

i

XI. Peripherally Related!

IV.

V.

VI.

Behavioral Studies

Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic Effects

i !

Drug Use/Abuse Prevention

385

523

585

595

627

661

665

691

Index

Author/Editor'

SubjectlDl'ugs

729

ABEL. E. L •• editor. Behavioral and Social Effects of Marijuana. New York: :MSS

Information Corporation. 1973.

For abstract. see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

ABEL. E. L. Suppression of pup retrieving behavior in rats foliowing administration

of I-delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol. Experientia 28: li87 (1972)

ABEL. E. L •• McMILLAN, D.E. and HARRIS, L. S.. Tolerance to the behavioral and

hypothermic effects of I-delta- 9- te trahydrocannabinol in neonatal chicks,

Experientia 28: li88-li89 (1972)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

ADA:MS. P. M. and BARRATT. E.S. Effect of chronic marijuana administration on

stages of primate sleep-wakefulness. Biological Psychiatry (in press)

The effects of the repeated administration of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol on sleep-wakefulness patterns were studied in adult. male squirrel

monkeys. The percent time spent in slow wave sleep was reduced with chronic

treatment and failed to return to baseline levels after 30 days of recovery.

The amount of time spent in Stage lor drowsy state increased with repeated

treatment and remained elevated through recovery, Changes observed in

other stages of sleep-wakefulness were sensitive to repeated treatment with

marijuana but were found to return to baseline levels during recovery,

ADAMS. W. J •• LORENS. S. A. and MITCHELL. C. L. Morphine enhances hypothalamic

self-ad~inistrationin the rat. Proceedings of the Society for Experimental

Biology and Medicine 140: 770-771 (1972)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs."

ADA:MS. W. J •• YEH. S. Y •• WOODS. L. A. and MITCHELL. C. L. Drug-test interaction

a.s a factor in the development of tolerance to the analgesic effect of morphine.

The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 168(2) 251-257

(1969)

Drug-test interaction as a factor in tolerance development to the analgesic effect of morphine was studied in rats using the hot plate procedure. The

rats were randomly divided into five major groups: tested. nontested. tested

without agent. ambient temperature tested and ambient temperature tested

without agent. Morphine (5 mg/kg s. c. ) or saline (2 ml/kg s. c. ) was administered once a week. The results clearly demonstrated that the degree of tolerance

development was greater when experience was acquired on the plate while under

Adams, W. J., Yeh, S. Y., Woods. L. A. and Mitchell. C. L. continued

the influence of morphine than when morphine was given in the absence of testing.

This effect occurred irrespective of whether the animals received experience

on the hot (550C) plate or the ambient (250C) plate. Moreover. experience acquired on the plate in the absence of morphine did not alter the responsiveness

to a subsequent injection of morphine. These results clearly indicate that a

drug-test interaction occurs with morphine and can playa role in the development

of tolerance to the analgesic effect of this drug.

ADLER. M. W.• BENDOTTI. L •• GHEZZI. D•• SAMANIN. R. and VALZELLI. L.

Dependence to morphine in differentially housed rats. Psychopharmacologia

(in press)

ADLER. M.W•• LIN C•• SMITH. K.P•• TRESKY. R. andGILDENBERG. P.L. Lowered

seizure threshold as a part of the narcotic abstinence syndrome in rats.

Psychopharmacologia 35: 243-247 (1974)

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

ANDERSON. T. and SCHANBERG. S. M. Effect of thyroxine and cortisol on brain ornithine

decarboxylase activity and swimming behavior in developing rat. Biochemical

Pharmacology (in press)

ARNFRED T. and RANDRUP. A. Cholinergic mechanism in brain inhibiting amphetamineinduced stereotyped behaviour. Acta Pharmacologia et Toxicologia 26: 384-394

{196B)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

ASTON. R

O

• and HIBBELN. P. Induced hypersensitivity to barbital in the female rat.

Science 157(3795): 1463-1464 (September. 1967)

For abstract. see Section Ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

AYHAN.

.. 0

I. H. and RANDRUP. A. Behavioural and pharmacological studies on morphineinduced exCitation of rats. Possible relation to brain catecholamines.

Psychopharmaco10gia 29: 317-328 (1973)

In the prese,nt experiments the influence of small acute doses of

morphine on rat behaviour was investigated. Small doses of morphine produced

stimulation of locomotion. rearing. grooming. eating and drinking. Inhibition

of catecholamine biosynthesis by alpha-methyl tyrosine and FLA -63 or blockade

of the catecholamine r-eceptors in the brain could inhibit the behavioural stimulant effects of morphine. Comparison between the morphine-based hyperactivity

and the stimulation of behaviour by amphetamine showed that the behavioural

profiles of the excitation produced by these drugs differ significantly from each

other. and it was concluded that morphine stimulated the behaviour of rats

probably by a different mechanism from that of amphetamine.

AYHAN, I. H. and RANDRUP, A. Role of brain noradrenaline, in morphine-induced stereotyped behavior. Psychopharmacologia 27: 203-212 (1972)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

i

BABBINI. M. and DAVIS. W. M. Studies on the locomotor activity effects of

morphine in rats. The Pharmacologist 9: 219 (1967)

Effects of 6 dosages of morphine sulfate (1.25, 2.5, 5, 10, 20,

40 m:g/kg) upon the locomotor activity of rats after a single dose

were observed for 8 hours in photocell actometers. The lower 3

dosages had a purely excitatory effect on mobility and the log doseeffect relationship was essentially linear.. However, the higher dosages

showed a diphasic' pattern: mobility was decreased during the first

hours after injection. but increased in the following hours over the

controls. Linear relationships were found between log dose and

magnitude of both inhibitory and excitatory effects and also time of

appearance of the excitatory phase. The same dosages were administered

to groups of rats once daily for 30 days. The effects of the 3 lower

dosages on activity did not. change with time, but that of the higher

dosages was definitely altered. The depressive phase gradually

disappeared, while an enhanced excitatory effect became evident.

The rate of enhancement was greater as dosage increased. No day

!o day carryover effect of continued treatment on basal mobility

level was detected. Explanation of these results on the basis of two

different receptors affecting motor activity is suggested.

BABBINI, M. and DAVIS, W. M. Time-dose relationships for locomotor activity effects

of morphine after acute or repeated treatment. British Journal of Pharmacology 46(2): 213 (October, 1972)

For abstract,' see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

BAKER, W. W. Excitatory responses following intracaudate injection of N-methyl-dlaspartic acid. Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie

196: 226-234 (1972)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

BALSTER, R. L. and Schuster, C. R. A comparison of d-amphetamine, I-amphetamine,

and methamphetamine self-administration in rhesus monkeys. Pharmacology

Biochemistry and Behavior 1(1): 67-71 (1973)

Rhesus monkeys were trained to self-administer cocaine on a fixedratio 10 schedule of reinforcement during a daily 3 hr session. d-Amphetamine,

I-amphetamine, and methamphetamine, at various dosages, were substituted

for the cocaine for six consecutive sessions. The animals were returned to

cocaine baseline between each test series. All three drugs were self-administered

at rates higher than saline control levels. d-Amphetamine and methamphetamine

were equipotent in maintaining self-administration behavior and both were approximately 4 times more potent than I-amphetamine.

381
BALTER. M. B. and LEVINE. J. The nature and extent of psychotherapeutic drug usage in

the United States. Psychopharmacology Bulletin 5: 3-14 (1969)

BALTER. M. B•• LEVINE, J. and RUBINSTEIN, 1. Cross-nati.onal study of the extent of

anti-anxiety/sedative drug use. Presented at the Eighth Congress of the

Collegium Internationale Neuro-Psychopharmacologicum. Copenhagen,

Denmark, 1972.

BARRY H. and KUBENA, R. K. Discriminative stimulus characteristics of alcohol. Drug

Addiction: Experimental Pharmacology, Vol 1. Edited by J. Singh, L. H. Miller

and H. Lal. Mount Kisco. New York: Futura Publishing Company, Inc•• 1972. Pp.

3-16.

The specificity-of drugs for discriminative response by drug conditioning

is reviewed. Twenty-lour albino Wister rats were trained to make differential

and avoidance responses on the basis of drug or control condition. The food or

shock was delivered automatically in an operant conditioning chamber after every

iUth lever press dUring 5 minute sessions. Different groups of rats were

trained with 3 drugs: ethyl alcohol, atropine sulfate, and delta-l-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), inject~d intraperitoneally a short time before the test session.

A rather high degree of behavioral toxicity was manifested by the animals when

injected for the first time with the doses of alcohol. atropine. >and delta-I-THC

used for training the discriminatory response. Rapid behavioral tolerance is

indicated by learning to make the approach response under the drug condition.

However, there was no evidence for development of physical tolerance. In

general. the results were simUarfor the 3 drugs and for the groups trained to

associate food with drug or contrc>lconditions. Thus. a high percentage

of approach response. combining the 2 groups trained to associate food

reward with the alternative drug and control conditions. indicates a fear reducing or disinhibitory effect. as in the alcohol animals with low doses of

pentobarbital and chlordiazepoxide. A low percentage of approach (high percentage avoidance), combining the 2 groups. indicates general depression or

behavioral· toxiC:ity.

BARTOLINI. A., WEISENTHAL, L. M. and DOMINO,E. F. Effect of photic stimulation

on acetylcholine release from cat cerebral cortex. Neuropharmacology ll:

ll3-122 (1972)

Cortical release of acetylcholine was assayed using the leech muscle

preparation in cats with transected brainstems. Both spontaneous and elicited

somatosensory and visual cortical release of acetylcholine were measured.

photic stimuli being directed into. both eyes of :t:J;lidpontine-pretrigeminal and

prepontine preparations. Animals with midpontine transections 'had a higher

spontaneous release of acetylcholine from the visual cortex than did prepontine

animals, but photic stimulation did not increase acetylcholine release. The

prepontine cats tended to show an"increase in cortical release of acetylcholine

to photic stimulation which was not statistically significant. Aft~r injections or

topical application of scopolamine, spontaneous and elicited release of acetylcholine was markedly increased. Thus. photic stimulation of the retinae did

not markedly increase acetylcholine release, either with or without scopolamine

treatment. and the evoked release of acetylcholine from the visual cortex was

similar to that from the sensorimotor cortex. Differences in acetylcholine

release between cats with "activated" and "synchronized" EEGs were demonstrated before and after scopolamine. The content of aceylcholine in the motorsensory, somatosensory. allditoryand visual cortices varied. with the lowest in

the somatosensory and the highest in the visual area. In contrast. the release

of acetylcholine was higher in the somatosensory than in the visual area. suggesting that the former .has a higher turnover rate of acetylcholine. The data

suggest that acetylcholine is not released from prim-.ry'Visuai"&fi&r-ent..1ibers.

but rather from neurons in9'01.-d4.n..a.diffuse brainstemactiva~system. 0-"',318·-..
BARTOLUCCI. G•• FRYER. L•• PERRIS. C. and SHAGASS. C. Marijuana psychosis: A

case report. Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal 14: 77-79 (1969)

BECK. E. C. Electrophysiology and behavior. Annual Review of Psychology 26: 233-262

(1975)

BHARGAVA, H.N. and WAY. E.L. Brain acetylcholine (ACh) and choline (Ch) changes

during acute and chronic morphinization and during abrupt and naloxone precipitated withdrawal in morphine tolerant-dependent mice and rats. Proceedings of the Western Pharmacological Society 17: 173-177 (1974) -

BIGELOW. G. and THOMPSON. T. Behavioral effects of morphine and methadone

in rhesus monkeys. Psychonomic Science 24( 5): 215-217 (1971)

Two rhesus monkeys. working on fixed-ratio schedules for

appetitive reinforcement, were given injections of morphine sulfate

and methadone hydrochloride. Morphine was the more potent in

decreasing operant responding. Responding was restored sooner

following methadone injections than following morphine injections.

Response decreasing potency does not correspond to analgesic

potency.

BLUM, K. Effects of chlordiazepoxide and pentobarbital on conflict behavior iIi rats.

Psychopharmacologia 17: 391-398 (1970)

A punishment discrimination ("conflict") was conditioned in rats by

simultaneously rewarding with food (sweetened, condensed milk) and punishing

with shock all lever responses made in the presence of an auditory stimulus.

Chlordiazepoxide and pentobarbital were administered in order to compare

de~rees of attenuation of conflict behavior relative to the production of behavioral debilitation. Chlordiazepoxide produced the maximum attenuation

at doses that produced only minimum debilitation. In general. conflict

attenuation ("anti-anxiety") was greater under chlordiazepoxide while general

debilitation (behavioral toxicity) was greater for pentobarbital.

BLUM, K •• McDONALD. L.. MADDUX, J. and WALLACE, J. E. Production of "wetdog" shakes by chronic administration of methadone in female rats. Drug

Addiction: New Aspects of Analytical and Clinical Toxicology. Vol. 4. Edited

by J. M. SLOgh and H. Lal. Mt. Kisco. New York: Futura Publishing Company.

Inc •• 1973. Pp. 123-236.

Female rats were made tolerant to and possibly dependent upon methadone by seven weeks of continuous subcutaneous injections. Distinct abstinence

signs were observed. Withdrawal was monitored by assessing "wet-dog"

shakes. a procedure used to quantitate morphine dependence in rats. The data

imply that wet-dog shakes may constitute a satisfactory index for determining

methadone dependence in this species.
BOHDANECKY. Z•• JARVIK. M. E. and CARLEY. J. L. Differential impairment of delayed matching in monkeys by scopolamine and scopolamine methylbl'omide.

Psychopharmacologia 11: 293-299 (1967)

The effects of scopolamine hydrobromide and its quaternary analogue.

scopolamine methylbromide, in two doses (0.2 and 0.4 mg/kg) upon delayed

matching performance was studied in monkeys. Scopolamine in the lower dose

depressed significantly only performance rate, while in the higher dose it

depressed both performance rate and percentage accuracy of the monkeys

during the first two cycles of the experiment. On the other hand, scopolamine

methylbromide (both doses) depressed just responding rate, but the effect was

more pronounced towards the end of the experiment (i. e. after more than 10

hr after drug administration). .These results indicate the ability of scopolamine

methylbromide to influence behavior possibly by passing the blood brain barrier

and thus impair the response rate of the animals.

BONNET. K.A. and PETERSON. K.E. A modification of the jump-flinch

technique for measuring pain sensitivity in rats. Pharmacology

Biochemistry and Behavior (in press) ,

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

BORBERG, S. Conditioning of amphetamine-induced behaviour in the albino rat. Psychopharmacologia 34: 191-198 (1974)

12 male albino rats were injected with amphetamine. 5 mg/kg, every

4th or 5th day. 30 times/rat in all. and their behaviour recorded 10-31 min

after injection. During the observation period 4 rats, the stereotypy-group.

were electrostimulated when they did not demonstrate stereotypy, which is a

wen-defined. constantly and spontaneously occurring amphetamine-induced

behaviour. 4 rats non-stereotypy-group, were stimulated when demonstrating

stereotypy. 4 rats acted as control group and were not stimulated.

Whereas there was no difference between the groups during the first

experiments, their behaviour differed in a statistically signmcantway during

the experiments, with stimulation, and the difference remained during control

experiments without stimulation. The groups differed in the fonowing way:

the stereotypy-group demonstrated a high percentage of stereotypy per experiment. the non"stereotypy:-grollP a low percentage, while the results of the

control group lay between those of the stimulated groups.

It is concluded that stereotypy can be subjected to conditioning.

\

BORGEN, L.A. and DAVIS. W.M. Cannabidiol (CBD) attenuation of effects of delta-9-THC.

The Pharmacologist 15(2): 201 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drug~.

390.
BORGEN, L. A. and DAVIS, W. M. Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (delta-9-THC) dose effects

compared on three schedules of food-reinforced operant performance. Federation

Proceedings 32(3): 725 (March, 1973)

Three groups of six male rats were conditioned to bar-press for food

reinforcers (45 mg pellets) on one of three schedules of reinforcement: fixed

ratio 100 (FR), fixed interval of 60 sec (FI), or variable interval of mean 60

sec (VI). Following baseline stabilization, the rats were injected i. p. with

delta-9-THC at dosages of 0.3, 0.6, I, 2, 3, or 5 mgjkg. Doses were given

in mixed order at two-week intervals. Delta-9-THC was suspended with 10%

polyvinylpyrrolidone in 0.9% NaCl. Although responding was depressed progressively with increasing doses under all schedules, significant differences

were observed between the three schedules. FR response rates were most

sensitive to delta-9-THC, while VI performance was least sensitive. On the

FI schedule only, low doses of delta-9-THC produced a moderate increase in

response rate while higher doses produced depression. At intermediate doses

of delta-9-THC, the overall response rate on FI schedule was reduced without

alteration in the temporal pattern of performance. Under the FR schedule,

post-reinforcement pausing and running rates were equally sensitive to the

effects of delta-9-THC.

BORGEN, L.A. and DAVIS, W. M. Vehicle and route of administration as parameters

affecting operant behavioral effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol. Journal

of Pharmaceutical Sciences 62(3): 479-480 (March, 1973)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

BORGEN, L.A., KHALSA, J.H., KING, W.T. and DAVIS, W.M. Strain differences in

morphine-withdrawal-induced aggression in rats. Psychonomic Science 21(1):

35-36 (1970)

BOUDIN, H.M. and VALENTINE, V. E., III. Behavioral techniques as an alternative to

methadone maintenance. Advances in Behavioral Therapy (in press)

BRADY, J. V., GRIFFITHS, R. and WINGER, G. Drug-maintained performance procedures

and the evaluation of sedative hypnotic dependency potential. Presented at the

Upjohn Conference on Hypnotics, Kalamazoo, Michigan, July, 1974.

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

BRASE, D. A., TSENG, L•• LOH. H. H. and WAY. E. L. Cholinergic modification of

naloxone-induced jumping in morphine dependent mice. European Journal of

Pharmacology 26: 1-8 (1974)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

BREESE. G.R•• COOPER. B.R. and MUELLER. R.A. Evidence for involvement of

5-hydroxytryptamine in the actions of amphetamine. British Journal of

Pharmacology 52: 307-314 (1974)

For abstract. see Section III. MechanisIl?:l:l, ()~ Action of Different Drugs.

391
BREESE, G. R., COOPER, B. R. and SMITH, R. D. Biochemical and behavioural alterations following 6-hydroxy-dopamine administration into brain. Frontiers in

Catecholamine Research. Edited by E. Usdin and S. H. Snyder•. New York:

Pergamon Press, 1973.

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

BRI:{...L, N. Q. Longitudinal study of college marijuana users. Proceedings of the Twentieth

Annual Conference of Air Force Behavioral Scientists, Brooks Air Force Base,

San Antonio, Texas, 1973.

BRILL, N. Q. and CHRISTIE, R. L. Marihuana use and psychosocial adaptation. Archives

of General Psychiatry 31: 713-719 (November, 1974)

A longitudinal study of a. representative sample of 1970 college students

disclosed that a great majority of students who had used marihuana reported "no

effect" or "improved" adjustment in 1972, but a small group reported worsened

adjustment and showed a clear trend to have decreased Or quit the use of the drug.

Many others who quit Or reduced their use of marihuana, nevertheless reported

its effects as favorable. No significant difference in grade point average or educational achievement was found between users and nonusers.

Marihuana users experienced somewhat more difficulty in deciding on

career goals and left college a litUe mOre often (than.nonusers) to reassess their

goals. Amotivational syndromes, if they occurred, were not observed in a large

number of students who, despite using marihuana, were continuing to function

satisfactorily.

BUXBAUM, D. M•• BUSffiNG, J. A., CARTER, M. E. and SANDERS-BUSH, E.

Long-term effects of p-chloroamphetamine (PCA) on cerebral

serotonin (5ET) and morphine (M)-induced locomotor activity in the

rat. Presented at the Fifth International Congress on Pharmacology,

San Francisco, California, 1972.

BUXBAUM, D. and SCHMIDT, D. E. Modification of motor induced motor effects by

cholinergic antagonists and effects of morphine on regional AChutilization

in rat. Federation ProceedingS (in press)

BYRD, L. D. Effects of d-amphetamine on schedule-controlled key pressing and drinking

in the chimpanzee. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 185(3): 633-641 (1973)

Effects of d-amphetamine on schedule-controlled key pressing and on

water intake were studied in the chimpanzee. Key pressing duriIlg daily

sessions was maintained under a multiple schedule comprisiIlg a 10-minute

fixed~lOterval schedule and a lOO-response fixed-ratio sCbeduleof food delivery.

Water intake during the two-hour session totaled 1. 5 to 2.0 liters in one. chimpanzeeand was greatest during the lO-minute fixed-interval schedule. Effects

of d-amphetamine on key pressing and drinking during the session, and on

drinking in the living area following the session, were dose related. Mean

rates of key pressing under the fixed-interval sche"dule were enhanced by 0.3

to 1.0 mglkg, and mean rates under the fixed-ratio schedule were enhanced by

0.03 to 0.3 mg/kg. Effects of d-amphetamine on key pressing during successive

quarters of the fixed"'interval schedule were a function of control rates of responding. Drinking during the session" and drinking in the living area during the

first 12 hours following the session were decreased by doses (0.03-0.3 mg/kg)

that had either litUe effect or ane'nhancing effect on key pressing. Drinking

was nearly completely eliminated by 1. 0 ~to 3.0 mg/kg of d-amphetamine. At

none of the doses studied did d"~e_~phance,druJiriRg•. . ' . . . ," ...•_- .

':"392:"..
BYRD, L. D. Modification of the effects of chlorpromazine on behavior in the chimpanzee.

The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 189(1): 24-32

(1974)

During daily two-hour sessions, key pressing behavior in the chimpanzee

was maintained under a multiple schedule comprising a lO-minute fixed-interval

schedule and a 30-response fixed-ratio schedule of food delivery. Water was

freely available in the chimpanzee's living area and in the experimental chamber.

and schedule-related drinking occurred regularly during the session. Chlorpromazine had dose-dependent effects on key pressing and on water intake during the

session. The drug increased mean response rates under the fixed-interval

schedule at doses of 0.03 to 0.3 mg/kg i. m. and decreased responding at 1.0

to 3.0 mg/kg. The high rates of responding engendered under the fixed-ratio

schedule were not affected by the lower doses, but were decreased by doses of

1.0 to 3.0 mg/kg. Water intake was also unaffected by doses below '1.0 mg/kg,

but decreased at doses of 1.0 to 3.0 mg/kg. Presentation of a brief (20 msec)

auditory stimulus after each response during the fixed-interval and fixed-ratio.

schedules potentiated the enhancing effect of chlorpromazine on responding under

the fixed-interval schedule. Presentation of the brief stimulus did not alter the

effects of chlorpromazine on responding under the fixed-ratio schedule and on

water intake, however. These results show that 1) chlorpromazine can enhance

schedule-controlled responding in the chimpanzee, 2) the enhancing effect of

chlorpromazine can be potentiated when each response produces a brief change

in environment stimuli and 3) chlorpromazine only affects water intake at doses

that also disrupt responding.

CAMPBELL. B.A. and FIBIGER, H.C. Potentiation of amphetamine-induced arousal by

starvation. Nature Physical Science 233(41): 424-425 (October, 1971)

CAMPBELL, B. A., LYTLE. L. D. and FIBIGER, H. C. Ontogeny of adrenergic arousal

and cholinergic inhibitory mechanisms in the rat. Science 31: 637-638

(October, 1969)

With spontaneous activity as a measure of arousal, dose response

curves were established for scopolamine and amphetamine administered to

10-, 15-, 20-, 25-, and 100-day old rats. Amphetamine always increased

activity, but scopolamine had no effect on younger rats, which suggests that

adrenergic excitatory areas in the brainstem mature more rapidly than

cholinergic inhibitory areas in the forebrain.

CAMPBELL, B. A. and MABRY, P. D. The role of catecholamines in behavioral arousal

during ontogenesis. Psychopharmacologia 31: 253-264 (1973)

Effect of catecholamine depletion on normal hyperactivity in the neonatal rat was examined. Both alpha-methyl-para-tyrosine and reserpine

significantly depressed behavioral arousal at 15 days postpartum. the age of

greatest excitability. Heightened activity could be restored in drug-tested

animals by administration of L-Dopa. These results indicate that the ontogenetic hyperactivity effect is a result of accelerated catecholamine function.
CAMPO, R.A. Development of tolerance in pigeons to behavioral effects .of a new benzopyran derivative. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeu184(3); 521-527 (1973)

Pigeons were trained under a multiple fixed-ratio, fixed-interval

schedule of food presentation until their pedormance in daily sessions was

consistent from day to day. Effects of a new nitrogen-containing benzopyran

derivative, SP-l, on the performance was then studied. Doses of SP-l up to

0.3 mg/kg had little effect. on rates of responding; higher doses reduced responding, until a dose of 3.0 mg/kg abolished responding in both components

of the schedule and produced ataxia. When the 3.0 mg/kg dose of SP-l was

injected daily, responding was suppressed during each of the first three days,

but on succeeding days responding progressively recovered. The daily dosage

was then increased to 10.0 mglkg,then to17.0mg/kg and finally to 30.0mg/kg

of SP-l. After the first few days the mean rate of responding was always above

50% of control rate and responding after the last injection of 30.0 rng/kg, ending

17 daily drug injections, was essentially normal. After a period of 30 days

without drug, 30 mg/kg of SP-I still did not suppress responding, showing the

persistence of a strong tolerance to the suppressive behavioral effects of the

drug. After a period of 100 days without drug, however, a single injection of

30.0 mg/kg again suppressed responding and caused ataxia in the pigeons.

CARDER, B. and OLSON, J. Learned behavioral tolerance to marihuana in rats. Pharmacology Biochemistry and Behavior 1(1): 73-76 (1973)

Rats were trained to press a lever fo%, food reinforcement in one study

and water reinforcement in a second. Rats which received marihuana extract

each day before behavioral testing showed an impairment of responding on the

first day of drug application, but developed behavioral tolerance to the drug by

the sixth day of drug application. Rats which received equal doses of marihuana

after each session, rather than before, over the same period, showed little or

no evidence of behavioral tolerance when the drug 'was administered before testing.

This result was interpreted to indicate that the deveiopmellt of behavioral tolerance to marihuana involves a learning process.

CARDER, B. and OLSON, J. Marihuana and shock induced aggression in rats. Physiology

and Behavior 8(4): 599-602 (1972)

Rats treated with marihuana extract to yieldl-delta-9-THC doses of 0.25

and 0.50 mg/kg fought more than controls in a shock':'induced aggression situation.

A dose of 0.12 mg/kg was ineffective, while doses of 1.00 and 2.00 suppressed

fightiIlg. When animals were familiarized with the test situation, the drug, or

both, increases in aggression were not produced by the drug.

CARLINI, E.A•• KARNIOL. I.G•• RENAULT. P.F. and SCHUSTER. C.R. Effects of

marihuana in 1aboratoryanimals and in man. British Journal of Pharmacology

50: 206-216 (1974)
CARNEY. J. Effects of morphine. codeine and naloxone on food- and codeine-reinforced

responding in the rhesus monkey. The Pharma:cologis,t 16: 264 (1974)

Monkeys were trained to press a lever thirty times (FR-30) to obtain

a pellet of food or an intravenous infusion of codeine. The experimental session

was divided into three periods. In periods I and III the responding was maintained

by presentation of food; in period II responding was maintained by intravenous

infusions of codeine. Before the monkeys were exposed to codeine in period II.

morphine.was more potent than codeine in suppressing food-reinforced responding and naloxone (less than or equal to 10 mg/kg) was without effect ·in 6 of 7

monkeys. The rate of codeine-reinforced responding was always lower than

that of food-reinforced responding and was inversely related to the dose of

codeine (0.03-3.2 mg/kg/inj) infused. A negatively accelerated rate of responding within period II was observed regardless of dose. Food-reinforced

respon.ding occurred at equal rates in periods I and III suggesting that the

negatively accelerated pattern of drug-reinforced responding was not the result

of a general depression of responding. Dose-effect curves were repeated after

more than two months of daily codeine self-administration. The dose-effect

curves for morphine and codeine on food-reinforced responding were shifted to

the right. Doses of morphine. codeine and naloxone. below those that reduced

food-reinforced rates. suppressed codeine-reinforced responding.

CARNEY. J•• LLEWELLYN. M. and WOODS. J.H. Comparison of codeine and ethyl

alcohol self-administration under a variable interval (VI) schedule in monkeys.

Federation Proceedings 32: 726 (1973)

Rhesus monkeys responded on a VI 2 minute schedule of either codeine

or ethanol reinforcement. After stabilization at the training doses of 0.1 mg/kg/

inj. codeine or 0.1 gm/kg/inj. ethanol. animals were exposed successively to

each of a variety of doses of codeine (.003-1.0 mg/kg/inj.) or ethanol (.03-.56

gm/kg/inj. ) for ten day periods at each dose. Maximum response rates (0.1-

0.2 responses per second) were maintained by 0.1 mg/kg/inj. of codeine and by

0.18 gm/kg/inj. of ethanol. Higher or lower doses resulted in lower rates of

responding. The rate of both codeine- and ethanol-reinforced responding progressively decreased throughout the one hour session. The frequency of codeine

injections did not change throughout the session. while ethanol injections decreased in frequency similar to the decline in rate of responding. Replication

of doses which maintained maximal rates resulted in a 2. 5-fold increase in

ethanol-reinforced response rates and no change in responding maintained by

codeine.

CASSWELL. S. and MARKS. D. F. Cannabis and temporal disintegration in experienced

and naive subjects. Science 179: 803-805 (February, 1973)

The effects of 3.3 and 6.6 milligrams of delta-9-tetrahYlll"ocannabinol

and of placebo on performance of three cognitive tasks were compared for naive

subjects and experienced cannabis smokers. No differences in performance or

reported subjective effects were found between these two groups. A significant

decrement was found following dosage at both levels. replicating earlier findings

of temporal disintegration during cannabis intoxication.

,395
CHARAP. A.D. and GLICK. S.D. Abnormal escape behavior following morphine administration. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington. D. C. :

National Academy of Sciences. National Research Council. 1973. Pp. 562-568.

Mice previously capable of escaping a shock did not do so following an

injection of morphine. No tolerance to this effect was observed after 15 daily

morphine injections. No improvement in escape performance was observed

during a two week testing period following discontinuation of morphine injections.

This result suggests that morphine induces the learning of a maladaptive response

which persists long after cessation of morphine administration.

CHENEY. D. L. and GOLDSTEIN, A. The effect of rho-Chlorophenylalanine on opiateinduced running, analgesia, tolerance and physical dependence in mice. The

Journal of Pharmacology and E?'Perimental Therapeutics 177(1): 309-315 <i9'71)

For abstract. see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

CHENEY. D. L. and GOLDSTEIN, A. Tolerance to opioid narcotics, III. Time course and

_reversibility of physical dependence in mice. Nature 232: 477 (1971)

CHRISTY, D. and REID, L. Methods of deconditioning persisting avoidance: Amphetamine

and amobarbital as adjuncts to response prevention. Bulletin of the Psychonomic

Society (in press)

CICERO, T. J., MEYER, E. R. and SMITHLOFF, B. R. Alpha adrenergic blocking agents:

Antinociceptive activity and enhancement of morphine-induced analgesia•. The

Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 189(1): 72-82 (April,

1974).

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

CISIN, 1. H. and MANHE1MER, D.l•."· Marijuana use among adults in a large City and suburb.

Annals of. the New York Academy of Sciences 191: 222-234 (December, 1971)

CLARK, L. D. Behavioral effects of marihuana: Experimental studies. Archives of General

Psychiatry· 23: 193-198·· (1970)

The effects of marihuana on the performance of human SUbjects under

laboratory conditions were studied. Evidence has been presented that marihuana

intoxicati-on has significant effects on complex reaction time, recent memory

recall and comprehension of written information, and accuracy of time estimation.

It is suggested that processes involved in selective perception, immediate recall

of preceding thoughts in order to keep on track, and capacity for goal directed

systematic thinking are particularly sensitive to relatively low doses of marihuana.

Additional research is suggested.
CLARK, L.D. Marijuana and human behavior. Rocky Mountain Medical Journal 69(1):

43-46 (January, 1972)

Much of the confusion about marijuana can be resolved by recognizing

the dosage problem. When the amount of tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) present

in the cannabis preparation and the nonpharmacologic variables is taken into

account, reasonable predictable dose-effect relationships can be identified.

In studies conducted for the Mayor's report of 1944 marijuana was found to

produce significant dose related impairment of static equilibrium, hand steadiness, and complex reaction. No significant changes were found in hand strength,

auditory acuity, perception of length of lines on aper, or tapping speed. With

severe dependence, the user's time is increasingly taken up with drug seeking

behavior and periods of intoxication, resulting in a proportionate decline in productive .social'and economic activity. Preliminary studies of these users show

that S'Ome have significant deficits in tests involving recent memory, tracking

or sequential thinking, concept formation tasks. and solution of novel problems.

The full impact of the massive drug exposure of youth during the 60's might not

be adequately assessed;for another decade.

CLARK. L. D. and NAKASHIMA. E. N. Experimental studies of marihuana. American

Journal of Psychiatry 125(3): 379-384 (1968)

This) preliminary study designed to extend knowledge of the behavioral

toxicity of marihuana illustrates some of the problems involved in measuring

the effects of psychoactive drugs. Marihuana in gelatin capsules was administered to volunteer graduate students in psychology and biomedical sciences.

No SS had smoked marihuana but most had used alcohol socially. A number of

performance tests. such as mirror tracing and depth perception. proved insensitive to marihuana in the doses used. Effects on complex (choice) reaction

time and on a digit code memory task were most consistently impaired. but

there were marked individual differences. A major difficulty in assessing the

effects of marihuana is the high level of inter and intra subject variability.

Wide oscillations in magnitude of dose effects appear to be particularly characteristic of this drug.

COHN. M. L. Acute behavioral changes induced in the rat by the intracerebroventricular

administration of thyrotropin releasing factor (TRF) and somatostatin. Proceedings of the Society of Toxicology. Williamsburg, Virginia. March 9-~

1975.

COHN, M. L. Cyclic AMP, thyrotropin releasing factor (TRF) and somatostatin-key factors

in the regulation of the duration of narcosis. Molecular Mechanisms on

Anesthesia. Edited by B. R. Fink. New York: Raven Press. 1975.

COHN. M. L. Dibutyryl cyclic AMP - an antidote to hypnotic, sedative and tranquilizer

. overdosage in the rat, Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology 25: 439 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COHN, M. L. The influence on amobarbital-induced sleeping time in rats by

drugs affecting cyclic AMP. Prostaglandins and Cyclic AMP. Biological

Actions and Clinical Applications. Edited by R. H. Kahn and W.E, M. Lands.

New York: Academic Press, 1971. Pp. 73-74.

For abstract,'s"ee,.Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different .~

Drugs.
COHN. M. L. and COHN. M. Antianesthetic effects of cyclic AMP and analeptic drugs as

determined by reversal of amobarbital-induced narcosis. Proceedings of the

Society for Toxicology. Washington. D. C•• March 10-14. 1974.

COHN. M. L. and COHN. M. "Barrel rotation" induced by intracerebroventricular injection of somatostatin in the nonlesioned rat. Proceedings of the American

Society of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics. Atlantic City. New

Jersey. April 13-18. 1975.

COHN. M. L. and COHN. M. Norepinephrine -- an antagonist of dibutyryl cyclic AMP

in the regulation of narcosis in the rat. Federation Proceedings 33: 494 (1974)

Dibutyryl cyclic AMP dose-relatedly,shortened the duration of amobarbital-induced narcosis (Cohnet al•• Neuropharm.12:73). Norepinephrine

(NE) potentiated the duration of amObarbital-induced n""ircosis. NE has been

shown in vitro to stimulate adenyl cyclase production in slices of tissue from

variou;=areas of brains of many species. Cyclic AMP is considered as the

intracellular mediator of NE in the brain. In the present study. we investi-

.gated further the divergent observations which showed that in vivo NE

potentiates which cyclic AMP antagonizes barbiturate-induced narcosis.

Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 85-125 g were injected IP with amobarbital 80 mg/kg. Upon loss of the righting renex. groups of rats were

injected into the right lateral ventricle of the brain with varying doses of

NE (50-300 mu-g) and dibutyryl cyclic AMP (90-240 mu-g). The addition

'of dibutyryl cyclic AMP to NE. reduced the duration of narcosis potentiated

by the latter but did not alter NE-induced toxic symptoms. Phentolamine

dose-relatedly blocked the shortening due to dibutyryl ~yclic. AMP but did

not alter the NE-induced prolongation of the duration of narcosis. although

it blocked the toxic symptoms. The lack of analogy between the behavioral

effects of exogenously administered NE and dibutyryl cyclic AMP challenges

the concept that the action of NE is mediated in the brain uniquely through a

second messenger system.

COHN. M. L. and COHN. M. Phentolamine- an antagonist of cyclic AMP regulation of

narcosis. Proceedings of the Society for Neurosciences, San Diego. California.

November 7-10. 1973.

COHN. M. L. and COHN. M. The role of thyrotropin releasing factor and cyclic AMP in

the duration of amobarbital-induced narcosis. Proceedings of the Society for

Neurosciences. St. Louis. Missouri. October 20-23. 1974.

COHN. M. L. and COHN. M. Thermoregulatory control in the rat anesthetized with amobarbital. Role of thyrotropin releasing factor. Proceedings of the American

Society of Anesthesiologists. Washington. D. C.. October 12-16. 1974.
COHN, M.L., COHN, M. and TAYLOR, F.H. Norepinephrine - an antagonist of dibutyryl

cyclic AMP in the regulation of narcosis in the rat. Research Communications

in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 7: 687-699 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COHN, M.L., KRAYNACK, B., COHN, M. andSCATTAREGIA, F. Interaction of cyclic

AMP with neuropharmacologic depres.sant agents. Federation Proceedings 32:

680 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COHN, M. L., TAYLOR, F., COHN, M. and YAMAOKA, H. Dibutyryl cyclic AMP --

an effective antidote against lethal amounts of amobarbital in the rat. Research

Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 6: 4.35-446 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COHN, M.L., YAMAOKA, H., TAYLOR, F.H. and KRAYNACK. B. Action of intracerebroventricular dibutyryl cyclic AMP on amobarbital anesthesia in rats.

Neuropharmacology 12: 401-405 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms pi Action of Different Drugs.

COHN. R.A., BARRATT, E.S. and PIRCH, J.H. Marijuana responses in rats: Influence

of castration or testosterone. Proceedings of the Society for Experimental

Biology and Medicine 146: 109-U3 (1974)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COHN. R.A •• WILLIAMS, R.J., NASH, I.B. and PIRCH, J.H. Distribution of 14C-delta9-THC in male and female rats. The Pharmacologist 16: 260 (1974)

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

COLASANTI, B. and KHAZAN, N. Agonistic properties of narcotic analgesics and antagonists on the electroencephalogram and behavior in the rat and their reversal by

naloxone. Neuropharmacology 12: 619-627 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COLASANTI. B. and KHAZAN, N. Antogonism of the acute electroencephalographic and

behavioral effects of morphine in the rat by depletion of brain biogenic amines.

Neuropharmacology 12: 463-469 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

__ 399
COLASANTI, B. and KHAZAN, N. Imipramine-induced changes in the rapid eye movement

sleep rebound and wet dog shakes of morpmne-abstinent rats. Neuropharmacology

(in press)

COLASAN'I:I, B. and KHAZAN, N. Interactions.of narcotic analgesics. and antagonists on the

electroencephalogram (EEG) and behavior of the rat. Federation Proceedings

31: 304 (1972)

For abstract. see Section Ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COOK, J.D. and SCHANBERG. S. M. The effects of methamphetamine on behavior and on

the uptake. release and metabolism of norepinephrine. Biochemical Pharmacology 19: 1165-1179 (1970)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COOPER, B. R. and BREESE, G. R. Relationship of dopamine neural systems to the behavioral alterations produced by 6-hydroxydopamineadministration into brain.

Neuropsychopharmacology of Monoamines and Their Regulatory Enzymes.

Edited by E. Usdin. New York: Raven Press"1974.

COOPER. B. R•• COTTo J. M. and BREESE. G.R. Effects of catecholamine-depleting

drugs and amphetamine on self-stimulation of brain following various 6-hydroxydopamine treatments. PsychopharmacolOgia 37: 235-248 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COOPER. S•• COON K•• MEJTA. C. and REID. L. Methods of deconditioning avoidance:

Amphetamine. chlorpromazine and chlordiazepoxide as adjuncts to response

prevention. Physiological Psychology 2: 519.. 522(1974)

Rats were given extended avoidance training in an automated one-way

avoidance chamber. a chamber with a retractable ledge•. After training and

footshock termination. some rats were prevented from responding by being

trapped on the footshock grid with the ledge removed. During this response

prevention rats were under the influence of either amphetamine, chlorpromazine.chlordiazepoxide or a placebo. Subsequently. rats were tested for continuance of responding when footshock no longer occurred. Only response

prevention with amphetamine reduced persisting avoidance responding compared

to no treatment.

COUSENS. K. and DiMASCIO. A. (-)-Delta-9-THC as an hypnotic. Psychopharmacologia

33: 355-364 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COUSSENS. W.R•• CROWDER, W.F. and DAVIS. W.M. Morphine induced saccharine

aversion in alpha-methyltyrosine pretreated rats. Psychopharmacologia 29:

151-157 (1973)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology' of Drug Res~eb.."·
CROWDER, W.Fq SMITH, S.G., DAVlS, W.M., NOEL, J.T. and COUSSENS, W.R.

Effect of morphine dose size on the conditioned reinforcing potency of stimuli

paired with morphine. The Psychological Record 22: 441-448 (1972)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

CROWLEY, T.J. Dose-dependent facilitation or suppression of.rat fighting 9Y methamphetamine, phenobarbital, or imipramine. Psychopharmacologia 27: 213-222

(1972)

To clarify the effects of different doses of methamphetamine HC1, Na

phenobarbital, and imipramine HCl on aggressive behavior, the drugs were

administered to pairs of rats trained to regulaz:ly fight on an electric shock

grid. Fighting time and motor activity were measured during the shock

sessions. Each drug was given to a different group of rats, in the following

doses (mg/kg i. p.): methamphetamine HCl 0, 0.25, O. 50, 1, 2, and 4; Na

phenobarbital 0, 5, 10, 20, 40, and .80: imipramine HCl 0, 2.5, 5, 10, and

20. At lower doses methamphetamine and phenobarbital both stimulated

fighting behavior, and at higher doses both reduced it. Motor activity rose

above control with lower doses of both of these drugs: it fell markedly with

higher doses of phenobarbital, while remaining elevated at higher doses of

methamphetamine. Imipramine reduced fighting time at higher doses. The

results show that, depending upon the dose, the "stimulant, II methamphetamine,

and the "sedative~ "phenobarbital, can both increase or decrease aggressive

behaviors. Together with previous animal studies, these findings fit with

clinical observations that amphetamines and barbiturates can increase aggressive behavior, and suggest that dose may be important in that increase.

CROWLEY, T. J. The reinforcers for drug abuse: Why people take drugs. Comprehensive

Psychiatry 13(1): 51-62 (January, 1972)

Drug-abuse behavior may be maintained by reinforcement of the following types: (1) primary positive: (2) primary negative (a) by termination of

withdrawal: (b) by reducing attention to, or' discrimination of, aversive

stimuli); (3) secondary po~itive (a) social and unrelated to drug effects; (b)

social and related to drug effects: (c) chaining; and (4) secondary negative.

Which type of reinforcement functions to maintain drug-abuse behavior

appears to depend partly upon the class of drugs employed. The following

drug classes are discussed in terms of the reinforcers maintaining their abuse:

narcotics, stimulants, ,sedative-hypnotics and alcohol,' hlillucinogens and, marijuana, and placebo.

Different treatment modalities are aimed at different types of reinforcement. Using narcotic abuse as an example, methadone maintenance, detoxification, and traditional psychotherapy are discussed in terms of their effect

on each of the types of reinforcement maintaining the drug habit.

CROWLEY, T. J. and RUTLEDGE, C. O. Chronic methamphetamine, imipramine and

phenobarbital effects on shock-induced aggression in rats. Drug Addiction:

Neurobiology and Influences on Behavior, Vol. 3. Edited by J. MOo Singh and

H. Lal. New York: Stratton Intercontinental Medical Book Company, 1974.

Our results indicate that chronically administered drugs may selectively

(1) alter the unconditioned fighting response to a potent aversive stimulus, (2)

alter conditioning processes that facilitate enhanced fighting responses to repeated aversive stimuli, (3) alter the probability of 9ccurrence of passive vs.

aggressive responses to asubmaximal aversive stimulus and (4) alter the pro_

bability of active escape from an aversive stimulus.

401
CROWLEY, T.J., STYNES, A.J., HYDINGER, M. and KAUFMAN, C. Ethanol, methamphetamine, pentobarbital, morphine, and monkey social behavior. Archives of

General Psychiatry 31: 829-838 (December, 1974)

We find significant dose-response curves for social behaviors after

single-dose administration of drugs in five adult male monkeys living in their

"home" troop of about 30 animals. Ethanol (0 to 2 ml/kg, •gavage) produced

ataxia without motor slowing, regressive playful fighting typical of juveniles,

and a substantial increase in the ratio of heterosexual to autosexual behaviors.

Aggressive dominance behavior was not altered. Pentobarbital sodium (0 tol

mg/kg, intramuscularly) reduced submission behaviors. increasing the dominance-to-submission ratio. Methamphetamine hydrochloride (0 to 0.5 mg/kg

intramuscularly) decreased the dominance-to-submission ratio, while producing

hyperactivity, stereotypies, and social unrelatedness. Morphine (0 to 0.• 4 mg/

kg, intramuscularly) blocked sexual behavior without impairing rn.otor activity.

The results may help to clarify some controversies arising from conflicting data in studies of drug effects on humans.

CULVER, C. M. and King, F. W. Neuropsychological assessment of undergraduate marihuana and LSD users. Archives of General Psychiatry 31: 70.7-711 (November,

1974)

An extended battery of neuropsychological tests was administered to

three groups of college seniors (lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD/ /mescaline

users; marihuana/hashish users; and controls) who were marched on predrug

usage inteUectual and personality dimensions. The study was replicated one

year later. In the combined-years' analyses, the three groups showed statistically significant differences only on the Trail Making Test: LSD/mescaline

users performed within normal limits but significanUy worse than either of the

other two groups. Since the three groups also differed significanUy in the extent of their alcohol usage, a covariance analysis was carried out that indicated

that this variable did not accountfor the LSD/mescaline group's performance On

the Trail Making Test. Inference about possible organic dysfunction cannot be

drawn from these findings. but prospective neuropsychological testing might

prove useful.

DAHLBERG, C. C. LSD facilitation of psychoanalytic treatment: A· case study in depth.

The Use of LSD in Psychotherapy and Alcoholism. Edited by B.A. Abramson.

New York: Bobbs-Merrill. 1967.

This is a detailed report of a psychoanalysis in which LSD 25 was used

as a facilitating agent. While the treatment was not complete•.it was far

superior to non-LSD treatment with this man. He was especially difficult to

treat because he had three mothering persons in his life, two of whom were

in active conflict. He had a highly anibivalent identification with an inadequate

father and he was saddled with a rigid. interlocking system of isolating. destructive defenses.

DAHLBERG, C. C. Sexual behavior in the drug culture. Medical Aspects of Human

Sexuality 5(4): 64-71 (April, 1971)
DARLEY. C.F•• TINKLENBERG. J.R•• HOLLISTER. L.E. and ATKINSON. R.C.

Marihuana and retrieval from short-term memory. Psychopharmacologica

29: 231-238 (1973)

Twelve subjects received an oral dose of marihuana extract calibrated

to 20 mg of delta-l-tetrahydrocannibinol on Day 1 of the experiment and performed a short-term memory task before and after administration of the drug.

The subjects were then split into two groups. receiving either marihuana or

placebo on the evenings of Days 1 to 4 and between two memory test sessions

on Day 5. Placebo subjects showed little change in performance between the

two test sessions on Day 5; however. results from Day 1 for all subjects and

Day 5 for the drug group showed that reaction time increased from beforeto after-challenge sessions. This increase in time under marihuana was explained as a change in encoding and/or response processes. rather than

processes involved in the search of the .memory store.

DARLEY. C. F •• TINKLENBERG. J. R•• ROTH. W. T•• HOLLISTER. L. E. and ATKINSON.

R. C. Influence of marihuana on storage and retrieval processes in memory.

Memory and Cognition 1(2): 196-200 (1973)

Following presentation and immediate free recall testing of 10 20-word

lists. 48 Ss were divided into two groups. one of which received an oral dose

of marihuana extract calibrated to 20 mg of delta-l-THC and one of which received

placebo. One hour later. all Ss were administered delayed recall. recognition.

and order tests on the first set of words. Presentation of another set of 10 lists

followed. and there were immediate recall and delayed recall recognition. and

order tests on these words. Performance of drug and placebo Ss did not differ

significantly for any of the fir'st delayed tests. However. the performance of

drug Ss was poorer than that of placebo Ss on immediate recall. delayed recall.

and delayed recognition of the second set of lists. We concluded that retrieval

of information relevant to the occurrence or nonoccurrence of an event was not

affected by marihuana intoxication. Storage difficulties probably account for

memory deficits due to the drug. and these difficulties appear to occur in the

process of transferring information from short-term to long-term memory.

DAVIS. M. and SHEARD. M.H. Biphasic dose-response effects of n-n-dimethyltrypta-'

mine on the rat startle reflex. Pharmacology Biochemistry and Behavior 2:

827 (1974)

DAVIS, M. and SHEARD, M. H. Effects of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) on

habituation and sensitization of the startle response in the rat.

Pharmacology Biochemistry and Behavior 2: 675-683 (l974)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

-t';
DAVIS, T. R., KENSLER, C. J. and DEWS, P. B. Comparison of behavioral effects of

nicotine, d-amphetamine, caffeine and dimenthylheptyl tetrahydrocannabinol

in squirrel monkeys. Psychopharmacologia 32: 51-65 (1973)

The effects in squirrel monkeys of nicotine, d-amphetamine, caffeine

and dimethylheptyltetrahydrocannabinol have been examined in three standat'd

behavioral procedures: Fixed Interval, Fixed Ratio and Continuous Shock Avoidance, and two procedures developed to test neuromuscular performance:

Physical Activity and Steadiness•• Nicotine increased responding in the first

half of Fixed Intervals and in Continuous Avoidance; d-amphetamine increased

responding under all procedures except Physical Activity; caffeine increased

responding under all procedures except Fixed Ratio and DMlfP increased responding under all procedures except Fixed Ratio and DMHP increased responding under all procedures except Continuous Avoiciance, where responding

was reduced. Nicotine and d-amphetamine caused disruption in the Physical

ActiVity procedure. Thus the different procedures revealed different aspects

of the behavioral effects of the drugs. Findings are consistent with interpretation that it is the temporal pattern·of the responding under the different

procedures that is the dominantfactor in determining the behavioral effects of

the drugs.

DAVIS, W.M., BABBINI, M., COUSSENS, W.R., SMITH, S. G. and CROWDER" W.F.

Antagonism of behavioral effects of morphine by alpha-methyltyrosine (AMT).

The Pharmacologist 13(2): 280 (1971) .

For abstract, see Section nIt Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

DAVIS, W. M., BABBINI, M. and KHALSA,J. H. Antagonism by alpha-methyltyrosine of

morphine induced motility in non-tolerant and tolerant rats. Research Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 4(2): 267-279 (1972)

For abstract, see Section 1lI. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

DAVIS, W. M. and BORGEN, L. A. Effects of cannabidiol and delta-9..tetrahydrocannabinol

on operant behavior. Researcb Communications mCbemical Pathology and

Pharmacology 9(3): 453 (1974)

Studies were conducted concerning the effects of cannabidiol (CBD), a

relatively inactive constituent of cannabis, on behavioral actions of delta-9-

tetrahydrocannabinol (delta-9-THC)~ CBDpretreatment in both rat (25 mg/kg)

and pigeon (50 mg/kg) significantly reduced the depressant effects of delta-9-

THC (1-3 mg/kg) on variable-interval and fixed-interval schedules offOOdreinforced operant behavior. The doses of CBD employed had no effect on the

behavioral parameters, although higber doses did produce behavioral inhibition.

The data suggest that cannabidiol may function as a partial agonist in relation to

certain effects of delta-9-THC.

DAVIS, W. M. and BORGEN, L. A. Tolerance development to the effects of delta-9-THC

on conditioned behavior: Role of treatment interval and influence of microsomal

metabolism. Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie

(in press)
DAVIS, W. M. and BRISTER, C. C. Acute effects of narcotic analgesics on behavioral

arousal in the rat. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences 62(6): 974-979 (June,

1973)

Locomotor activity measured by photocell actometers was taken as an

index of behavioral arousal in rats following acute administration of pentazocine,

morphine, methadone, levorphanol, and meperidine. The intraperitoneal doses

tested were 1.25, 2.5, 5.0, 10. and 20 mg/kg. The low doses of morphine and

methadone and an intermediate dose of pentazocine produced an early (1st hr.)

increase in motility. Higher doses of these drugs three druglil and the lowest

dose of levorphanol caused a delayed excitation (2nd-~rd hr.) An early inhibition

of activity was seen for the higher doses of morphine, methadone, meperidine.

and levorphanol but not for pentazocine. Meperidine 'did not elicit significant

locomotor excitation in these doses. The enhanced motility after pentazocine

and the narcotic analgesics was blocked by pretreatment with alpha-met,hyltyrosine.

DAVIS. W. M., HOLBROOK, J. M. and BABBINI, M. Differential effects of morphine on

active avoidance as a function of pre-drug performance. Pharmacological

Research Communications 5(1): 47-53 (1973)

The effects of morphine sulfate (10, 20, 40 mg/kg) on performance of a

one-way avoidance response were determined for drug-naive rats showing low.

medium. and high levels of pre-drug performance after equal training. Per-'

formance was enhanced significantly from initially low levels and was depressed

from initially high levels. Log dose-effect relationships were linear over the

range tested. the former effect decreasing and the latter increasing. The enhancement did not extend beyond the day of drug treatment.

DAVIS, W. M. and KHALSA, J. H. Increased shock induced aggression during morphine

withdrawal. Life Sciences 10: 1321-1327 (1971)

Spontaneous fighting and footshock-induced aggression of male Wistar

rats were recorded before and during morphine administration to produce dependence. and after withdrawal. The morphine dependent rats showed spontaneous

fighting on the 3rd through 5th days of withdrawal. However. application of

footshock during morphine withdrawal enabled the detection of increased aggressiveness from the 2nd day through the 12th day after the last injection of morphine.

This method thus detected a considerably more protracted enhancement of

aggression by withdrawal than has been reported previously. In this way it proved

superior to simply recording spontaneous aggression. and at the same time it gave

a reduced variability compared to the high level seen with measures of spontaneous

aggression.

DAVIS. W. M. and KHALSA, J. H. Some determinants of aggressive behavior

induced by morphine withdrawal. Psychonomic Science 24(1): 13-15 (1971)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.
DAVIS. W. M. and LIN. C. H. Prenatal morphine effects on survival and behavior of rat

offspring. Research Communicatic)Os in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology

3(2): 205-214 (March. 1972)

Female Holtzman rats were injected (sc) from days 5 through 18 of

pregnancy with morphine sulfate or saline solution•. The morphine was increased

from a single daily dose of 15 mglkg to a final dose of 45 mg/kg. While no

difference was seen in litter numbers, morphine offspring weighed significantly

less at birth and their perinatal mortality was significantly greater. Arnbulation

and rearing. but not elimination. were increased for morphine offspring in the

open field test at 1 and 2! months of age. Audiogenic seizure responses of morphine

and control offspring did not differ significantly in incidence. It is suggested that

this research may provide an animal model for the human experience of illicit use

of opiates during pregnancy.

DAVIS. W. M.and SMITH, S. G. Alpha-methyltyrosine to prevent self-administration of

morphine and amphetamine. Current Therapeutic Research 14(12): 814-819

(1972)

For abstract. see Section Ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

DAVIS. W. M. and SMITH. S. G. Behavioral contX'ol exerted by anarnphetamine based

conditioned reinforcer. Clinical Toxicology 7:272-273(1974)

The behavioral (lontrol observed with dependence on stimulant drugs results

not only from their pharmacologic actions. but also from the reinforcing contingencies maintaining the drug self-administration. Contingencies related to stimulant self-administration have been investigated relative to primary reinforcement.

but similar data are not available concerning conditioned (secondary) reinforcement.

To obtain data on this important SUbject. four experiments were conducted: Ex..

periment 1 paired a buzzer with response-contingent intravenous infusions of

ampheta.mine sulfate (AM) ina dosage of 15 mu-g/kg; Experiment 2 utilized

Pavlovian pairings of the buzzer and AM to determine if the response contingency

was necessary for the development of acquiX'ed reinforcer power; Experiment 3

tested whether conditioned motor facilitation orstereotypic behavior could account

for increased lever-pressing; Experiment 4 was to discriminate the element in the

acquired reinforcer that actually controlled behavior. buzzer or infusion stimuli.

The results indicated that the buzzer acquired r.einforcer potency in both

the operant and Pavlovian paradigms. Controls for conditioned or unconditioned

motor facilitation and for conditioned stereotypic behavior indicated that such

factors did not contaminate the present findings. Finally. data confirmed that the

stimulus element in the acquired reinforcer that exerted stimulus 'control over

lever-pressing behavior was the buzzer. The results were analyzed in terms of

the behavior mechanism responsible for acquisition and maintenance of the

acquired reinforcer control.

DAVIS. W. M. and SMITH. S. G. Blocking effect. of alpha-methyltyrosine on amphetamine

based reinforcement. Journal of. Pharmacy and Pharmacology 25: 174 (1973)

DAVIS. W.M. and SMITH. S.G. Blocking of morphine based reinforcement by alphamethyltyrosine. Life Sciences 12: 185-191 (1973)

!

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs. '

DAVIS. W. M. and SMITH. S. G. Central cholinergic influence on self-administration of

morphine and amphetamine. Life Scie'tces . 16: 237-246 (1974)

For abstract. see se~:iiL~'M~=~ofAc;:nof Different Drugs. . '::~~-§'.,...,,''"''''':'''' ....._.•----'.-''---~ .
DAVIS. W. M. and SMITH, S. G. Naloxone use to eliminate opiate-seeking behavior: Need

for extinction of conditioned reinforcement. Biological Psychiatry 9(2): 181-189

(1974)

Naive rats were trained to bar-press for an intravenous infusion of

morphine. A sound stimulus (buzzer) was superimposed on the interval of drug

infusion for its establishment as a conditioned reinforcer. In one experiment

the bar-press response was extinguished by substituting saline for morphine

with or without the buzzer present. Replacing the buzzel" pl"oduced a lal"ge

recovel"y of bal"-pl"essing (i. e., dl"ug-seeking behaviol") the buzzer had been

removed during the extinction period. but had no effect if the buzzer had been

present. A second parallel experiment demonstrated that extinction of barpressing also could be achieved through pretreatment with the narcotic antagonist

naloxone, rather than by substituting saline for morphine. The effect of the

buzzer was the same as in the first experiment. These results emphasize the

need to eliminate stimulus control exerted both by the primary pharmacological

reinforcer and by conditioned reinforcers in treatment regimens which seek to

eliminate opiate-dependence by use of drugs which block reinforcement.

DAVIS. W. M. and SMITH, S. G. Noradrenergic basis for reinforcement associated with

morphine action in nondependent rats. Clinical Toxicology 7: 265 (1974)

DAVIS, W. M. and SMITH. S. G. Noradrenergic basis for reinforcement associated with

morphine action in nondependent rats. Drug Addiction: Neurobiology and Influences

on Behavior, Vol. 3. Edited by J. M. Singh and H. Lal. New York: Stratton

Intercontinental Medical Book Company, 1974.

A dopaminergic receptor blocking agent, haloperidol, and two dopamine

beta-hydroxylase inhibitors and depleters of brain norepinephrine, diethyldithiocarbamate and U-14, 624, were used in attempts to elucidate the chemical nature

of the mechanism subserving the reinforcing effects of morphine in drug-naive

rats. This mechanism had been shown previously to depend upon normal function

of brain catecholamines by virtue of studies utilizing alpha-methyltyrosine, a

tyrosine hydroxylase inhibitor and depleter of both dopamine and norepinephrine.

The recent results include a failure of haloperidol to block morphine reinforcement and an effective and seemingly specific inhibition of the reinforcing action of

morphine by the two dopamine beta-hydroxylase inhibitors. Therefore. it seems

likely that norepinephrine rather than dopamine plays the crucial role in the

neurochemistry of morphine reinforcement in nontolerant, nondependent subjects.

DAVIS. W. M. and SMITH. S.G. Positive reinforcing effects of apomorphine. d-amphetamine

and morphine: Interaction with haloperidol. The Pharmacologist 16(2): 16 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

DAVIS. W.M.• SMITH. S.G.and CROWDER. W.F. Morphine based conditioned reinforcement. Fifth International Congress on Pharmacology, July 23-28, 1972.

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

DEMAREE. R. G. Behavioral measures and related criterion for assessment of

outcomes during treatment for drug users in the DARP: 1969-1971

admissions. Evaluation of Treatments. Edited by S. B. Sells.

Studies of the Effectiveness of Treatments for Drug Abuse. Vol. 1.

Cambridge. Massachusetts: Ballinger. 1974.

407
DeMELLO. A. C. and CARLINI. E. A. Behavioral observations on compOunds found in

nutmeg. Psychopharmacologia 31: 349-363 (1973)

Myristicin and elemicin impaired the rope climbing and bar-pressing

performance of rats and in mice caused catatonia and decreased motor activity.

As measured in rope climbing performance. rats developed tolerance to both

myristicin and elemicin. There was cross-tolerance between myristicin and

elemicin; neither showed cross-tolerance with either delta-9-THC or mescaline.

The activity of myristicin and elemicin and the inactivity of other nutmeg compounds

(safrole. eugenol. isoeugenol. methylisoeugenoU were not reflected in the energies

of the highest occupied molecular orbital. These quantum chemical calculations

also imply that the nutmeg compounds are not especially good electron donors.

DEMENT. W. C.. ZARCONE. V. P.. HODDES. E.. SMYTHE. H. and CARSKADON. M.

Sleep laboratory and clinical studies with flurazepam. The Benzodiazepines.

Edited by S. Garattini. E. Mussini and L. O. Randall. New York: Raven Press.

1974. Pp. 599-611.

For abstract. see Section ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

DENEAU. G. A. The measurement of addiction pptential by self~injection experiments in

monkeys. Drug Abuse: Current Concepts and Research. Edited by W. Keup.

Springfield. illinois: Charles C. Thomas. 1972. Pp. 73-79.

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

DENEAU. G. A. Use of the monkey colony in studies of tolerance and dependence.

University of Michigan Medical Center Journal 36:212-215 (1970)

DENEAU. G. A. and KAYMAKCALAN. S. Physiological and psychological depe~dence to

synthetic delta-9-THC in rhesus monkeys. The Pharmacologist 13(2): 246

(August. 1971)

Six naive monkeys were prepared by i. v. self-administration of THC.

No monkey initiated self-administration over a 3 wk period. Automaticinjections

were then delivered every 6 hours for 1 month at doses increasing from 0.1 to

0.4 mg/kg. Drug effects were: ptosis. blank staring. scratching and docility.

Tolerance developed within a few days of each dosage increment. When injections

were discontinued. all monkeys showed abstinence signs. Two monkeys then

initiated and maintained self-administration of THC. Abstinence signs appeared

at 12 hours and lasted 5 days. They were: yawning. scratching. anorexia.

piloerection. irritability. biting. licking fingers. pulling hair. tremors. twitches.

shaking. sitting in propped-up positions. photophobia and apparent hallucinations

(staring in circles. slapping at the cage wall. grasping as if catching flies).

DENEAU. G••. YANAGITA. T. and SEEVERS. M. H. Self-administration of psychoactive

substances by the monkey. Psychopharmacologia 16: 30-48 (1969)

408
DEWEY. W. L. Behavioral procedures: An overview. Narcotic Antagonists. Edited by

M.C. Braude. L.S. Harris. E.L. May. J.P. Smith and J.E. Villarreal. Advances

in Biochemical Pharmacology. Vol. 8. New York: Raven Press, 1973.

For abstract. see Section 1. Methodology of Drug Research.

DEWEY. W. L. and HARRIS, L. S. Antagonistic activity of morphine and other narcotics

in the mouse locomotor activity test.· The Pharmacologist 15(:U: 65 (1973)

We have previously reported that an injection of morphine given 1 minute

prior to testing antagonized some of the activity of morphine in the mouse or rat

tail flick test. An i. p. injection of 10 mg/kg morphine given 9 minutes after the

s. c. injection of 20 mg/kg morphine and 1 min. prior to placement of the mice in'

the activity cage caused significantly less (p less than 0.001) activity than when an

injection of water was given 9 minutes after the injection of 20 mg/kg morphine.

Similarily, 10 mg/kg morphine reduced the activity induced by either 10 or 30

mg/kg morphine. A second injectiop. of meperidine also reduced the spontaneous

activity induced by a prior injection of meperidine. This reduced spontaneous

activity was not due to a sedative effect of the injection of the narcotic 1 minute

prior to placement of the mice in the cage since morphine did not decrease

activity when given after an injection of water. Morphine also did not reduce

the increased spontaneous activity induced by a prior injection of d-amphetamine.

The narcotic antagonists nalorphine, cyclazocine and pentazocine also reversed

the increased spontaneous activity induced by morphine. These data suggest that

morphine is not a pure agonist in the mouse spontaneous activity test.

DEWEY, W. L., HARRIS, L. S., HOWES, J. F. and NUITE, J. The effect of various

neurohormonal modulators in the activity of morphine and the narcotic antagonists in the tail-flick and phenyquinone tests. The Journal of Pharmacology

and Experimental Therapeutics 175(2): 435 (1970)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

DEWEY, W. L., JENKINS. J., O'ROURKE, T. and HARRIS, L. S. The effects of chronic

administration of trans-delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol on behavior and the cardiovascular system of dogs. Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de

Therapie 198: 118-131 (1972)

For abstract. see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

DEWS, P. B. Assessing the effects of drugs. Methods in Psychobiology. Vol. 2. Edited

by R.D. Myers. New York: Academic Press, Inc., 1972.

In this chapter, methods of assessment of behavioral effects of drugs will

be described; only situations where behavior of the more or less intact individual

is the dependent variable are covered. Electrophysiological and related methods

of assessing drug effects on nervous tissue will not be considered.
DEWS, P. B. The behavioral context of addiction. Psychic Dependence, BayerSymposium IV, 1973.

Psychic dependence is schedule-control of drug-taking behavior. The

addict is compelled to take his drug because of the relation of the drug-taking

to a schedule of reinforcement. The relation can be:

1. The drug itself functioning as a positive reinforcer.

2. Drug-taking being adjunctive behavior to other behavior maintained

on a schedule of reinforcement.

3. The drug-taking acquiring positive reinforcing properties because

it is appropriately scheduled.

4. Drug-taking postponing aversive withdrawal symptoms.

Relations 1 and 4 are relatively familiar. Relations 2 and 3 are unfamiliar and so are discussed at some length.

It is concluded that the behavioral phenomena of addiction can be

accounted for by the operation of normal mechanisms of the organization and

control of behavior, even though the outcome is abnormal.

DEWS, P. B. Drug-behavior interactions. Behavioral Analysis of Drug Action. Edited

by J. A. Harvey. Glenview, illinois: Scott, Foresman and Co.,. 1971. Pp. 9-43.

DEWS, P. B. Drugs in psychology. A commentary on Travis Thompson and Charles R.

Schuster's Behavioral Pharmacology. Journal of the Experimental Analysis

of Behavior 13: 395-406 (1970)

DEWS, P. B. What is analgesia? Narcotic Antagonists. Edited by M. C.Braude, L.S. Harris,

E.L. May, J.P. Smith and J.E. Villarreal. Advances in Biochemical Psychopharmacology, Vol. 8. New York: Raven Press, 1973.

It has not been proved that morphine selectively attenuates the behavioral

effects of painful stimulation in either experimental subjects Or clinical situations.

Morphine affects the behavior of experimental subjects in situations involving

painful stimulation and in situations not involving painful stimulation. :M:orphine

attenuates distress in acutely distressed patients whether the distress arises form

painful stimulation or for .nonpainful causes. Even the familia.r effect of morphine

on distress may derive its apparent specificity from the selected clinical population

on whom the observations are made. Analgesic assays have been contrived to

detect activity in drugs called analgesic drugs in the clinic and to differentiate them

from drugs called nonana.lgesic in the clinic. The assays have proved their value

in guiding programs of organic synthesis "to valuable new drugs. The assays cannot

illumina.te the whole behavioral pharmacology of morphine.

DOMINO, E. F. Behavioral and electrophysiological aspec'ts of antianxiety agents. Advances

in Neuropsychoeharma,cology. Edited by O. Vinal', Z.• Votava and P. B. Bradley.

Amsterdam, the Netherlands: North-Holland Publishing Co"mpany, 1971.

Current information on the behavioral and electrophysiologica.l aspects of

antianxiety agents such as meprobamate and chlordiazepoxide indicates•certain

broad similarities to, as well as some differences from, those of barbiturates,

especially shorter acting ones like pentobarbital. Precise pharmacological data

in animals and man, particularly on the dose-effect comparisons to longer acting

barbiturates are surprisingly scarce. Insp1te of the com.m.erical'success of

these agents their qualitative superiority to older classes of sedatives has yet to

be established. They do of course show many quantitative differences from

barbiturates as well as within their own chemica.lclass•.. It would appear that very

mild sedation is their common p.ba.rmacologica.l.a.ciion.w.hich.makes them clinically

useful. .,i,,410 --
DOMINO. E. F. Effects of narcotic analgesics on sensory input, activating system and

output. The Addictive States. Baltimore. Maryland: The Williams and Wilki

Company. 1968. Pp. U7-149.

DOMINO. E. F .• ALBERS. J. W.• POTVIN. A. R•• REPA. B. S. and TOURTELLOTTE

Effects of d-amphetamine on quantitative measures of motor performance. C

Pharmacology and Therapeutics 13: 251-257 (1972)

The effects of 10 mg. of d-amphetamine and a placebo of similar app

were determined by means of a battery of quantitative objective measures of r

performance in normal volunteers. The medication was administered in a raj

double"7blind, crossover design on two o~casions one week apart. No significl

differences between the effects_of the medications on resting and sustention tr

or precision hole steadiness were found. However, several compensatory tr

tasks which required sustained concentration and motor coordination were sig

cantly improved with d-amphetamine.

DOMINO, E. F. and CORSSEN, G. Central and peripheral effects of muscarinic choliner

blocking agents in man. Anesthesiology 28: 568-574 (1967)

The effects of scopolamine, methscopolamine, atropine, and l-~yoscya

were compared in patient-volunteers without premedication, on an equimolar ba

on: (l) visually evoked responses (VER), spontaneous EEG activity, and sedatic

as an index of a central nervous system action: (2) spontaneous heart rate; and

dilute citric acid-induced salivary now. Scopolamine significantly depressed th

early components of the VER, which correlated with the state of wakefulness, al

caused simultaneous changes in the alpha rhythm of the EEG toward relaxation c

sedation. Atropine, I-hyoscyamine, and methscopolamine had no significant eff

on the VER and EEG in equimolar doses. Methscopolamine caused the greatest

crease in heart rate. followed by atropine and scopolamine, each of which incre

the heart rate within two minutes. The scopolamine-induced increase lasted ool

10 minutes, whereas_the effect of atropine, I-hyoscyamine, and methscopolamin

tinued for 30 minutes or more. Ten to 30 minutes following scopolamine bradyc

was observed. Equimolar doses of I-hyoscyamine were more effective than atrc

in increasing the heart rate. With regard to blockade of salivary now the follow

order of effectiveness was obtained: methscopolamine greater than scopolamine

greater than I-hyoscyamine greater than atropine. A dose of I-hyoscyamine con

sisting of half the dose of atropine produced about the same effects, indicating tl

relative ineffectiveness of the d-hyoscyamine fraction of atropine.

DOMINO. E. F. and KRAUSE. R. Cholinesterase activity and mental disease:

A literature review. Michigan Mental Health Bulletin 5: 3-18 (1971)

DOMINO. E. F. and OLDS. M. E. Effects of d-amphetamine. scopolamine. chlordiazepo.

and diphenylhydantoin on self-stimulation behavior and brain acetylcholine. Psy

pharmacologia 23: 1-16 (1972)

DOMINO, E. F., RENNICK, P. and PEARL, J. H. Short term neuropsychopharmacologi

effects of marijuana smoking in experienced male users. Pharmacology of CaOl

Edited by M. C. Braude and S. Szara. Baltimore, Maryland: University Park F

1975.
DORNBUSH, R. L. The long-term effects of cannabis. Behavioral Effects of Marijuana in

Humans. Edited by L. Miller. New York: Academic Press, Inc., 1974.

DORNBUSH, R. L. Marijuana and memory: Effects of smoking on storage. Transactions of

the New York Academy of Sciences 36: 94-100 (1974)

Two experiments were conducted to test the hypothesis that smoked marijuana interferes with short-term retention by disruptifig the storage phase of the

memory process. In the first experiment, information was presented after smoking, and recalled at a later time: in the second experiment, information was presented prior to smoking and recalled after smoking. Ten male students who were

experienced users participated in three conditions in each experiment: control (no

smoking); placebo (THC-delta-9-free marijuana); and marijuana (= 20 mg THC-delta9). .

DORNBUSH, R. L., CLARE, G., ZAKS, A., CROWN, P., VOLVAKA, J.and FINK, M.

2l-day administration of marijuana in male volunteers. Current Research in

Marijuana. Edited by M. Lewis. New York: Academic Press, Inc., 1972.

DORNBUSH, R. L., FINK., M. and FREEDMAN, A. M. Marijuana, mem~ry, and perception.

American Journal of PSlchiatry 128: 194-197 (1971)

The effect of high and low doses of marijuana on behavioral and physiological

responses was studied in male medical school volunteers. Short-term memory, reaction time, EEG, and heart rate were significantly affected by the higher doses; time

estima.tion and blood sugar were not differentially affected by either dose.

DORNBUSH, R. L. and KOKKEVI, A. The acute effects of various cannabis preparations on

perceptual, motor and cognitive functions. Proceedings of the International Conference

on the Pharmacology of Cannabis. Baltimore, Maryland: University Park Press

(in press)

DOUGHERTY, J.A. and PICKENS, R. Fixed interval schedules of cocaine self-administration

in the rat. Committee on ProblemS of Drug Dependence. Washington, D. C.: National

Academy of Sciences, National Research Council, 1972. P. 233.

The effects of infusion dose and interval length were examined in fixed interval schedules of i. v. cocaine self-administration in two rats. Infusion doses of .32,

.48. and. 64 mg!kg. and fixed interval lengths of 200. 300 and 400 seconds were used.

Overall response rate was inversely related to infusion dose, and directly related to

interval length. Both effects could be explained by changes in the post-reinforcement

pause, which varied directly with infusion dose but which was insensitive to variation.s

in interval length (reinforcement frequency). The index of cuI1rature of responding

within each fixed interval varied directly with infusion. dose as a. result of changes in

the post-reinforcement pause. The index was also inversely related to interval length.

The results were interpreted in terms of temporal control of responding by cocaine.

Response rate measures which do not consider the temporal control aspects of cocaine

and other drugs are inappropriate fOr assessing the behavioral variables in selfadministration situations.

·.412
DOWNS, D.A. and WOODS, J. H. Codeine- and cocaine-reinforced responding in rhesus

monkeys~ Effects of dose on response rates under a fixed-ratio schedule. The

Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 191(1): 179-188 (1974)

Over a wide range of doses, codeine (0.001-1.0 mg/kg/injection) and cocaine

(0.001-0.3 mg/kg/injection) both maintained lever-press re"sponding when 30 responses

were required for each intravenous injection. Rate of responding for each drug increased to a maximum and then decreased as dose (milligrams per kilogram per injection) increased. Maximum response rate for cocaine (0.003 mg/kg/injection) was

over 3f times greater than the maximum response rate for codeine (0.03 mg/kg/

injection). For both drugs, greatest stability of response rates across sessions was

obtained at the higher doses, and changes in dose generally produced immediate

changes in rel!!ponse rates. Injections of codeine were 1:1Sually distributed in a negatively

accelerated pattern within sessions while injections of cocaine were more evenly distributed. History of cocaine exposure appeared to increase response rates for low

doses of cocaine in some" monkeys.

DOWNS. D. A. and WOODS, J. H. Effects of morphine, pentazocine, and naloxone on operant

responding in monkeys and pigeons. The Pharmacologist 16: 263 (1974)

Lever-pressing in rhesus monkeys and key-pecking in pigeons were maintained under a multiple fixed interval, thirty-response fixed ratio schedule of food

reinforcement (MULT Fl5 FR30). Morphine, pentazocine, and naloxone generally

had dose-dependent response rate decreasing effects in fixed interval and fixed ratio

components. The order of potency in suppressing responding was morphine greater

than pentazocine greater than naloxone except in fixed ratio components in pigeons,

where morphine and pentazocine were equipotent. Antagonism of the response rate

decreasing effects of morphine by naloxone became more complete as naloxone dose

increased. In contrast, antagonism of the response rate decreasing effects of pentazocine by naloxone was greatest at low naloxone doses in monkeys (0.03 mg/kg) and

in pigeons (0.01 mg/kg). In both monkeys and pigeons, antagonism by naloxone was

less complete at high doses of pentazocine (e. g., 10 mg/kg) than at comparably high

doses of morphine.

DOWNS, D. A. and WOODS, J. H. Naloxone: Behavioral paradigms of aversive control.

The Pharmacologist 15: 237 (1973)

Lever-pressing by rhesus monkeys was maintained under various fixedratio schedules of reinforcement by intravenous delivery of morphine in the

presence of one discriminative stimulus. In the presence of a different discriminative stimulus, fixed-ratio responding was maintained by the termination of an

intravenous infusion of naloxone and, in other monkeys, by termination of stimuli

preceeding naloxone injection or the injection itself. Stable, high rates of responding were maintained by either procedure involving naloxone injections. Following

prolonged exposure to naloxone avoidance-escape, responding was rapid enough to

avoid virtually all naloxone injections. Moreover, naloxone dose was changed over

a 100-fold range without changing response output. When saline was substituted for

naloxone, rates of responding decreased only after approximately 16 sessions. Presession injections of morphine resulted in dose-dependent decreases in avoidanceescape rates of responding. Unavoidable, unescapable injections of naloxone superimposed upon avoidance increased response rates. Finally, lever pressing was

maintained when the avoidance-escape contingency was eliminated and naloxone was

then delivered only as the consequence of responding.

DOWNS, D.A. and WOODS. J. H. Naloxone-maintained schedules of negative reinforcement

in morphine-dependent rhesus monkeys. Committee on Problems on Drug Dependence.

Washington. D. C.: National Ac~demy of Sciences, National Research Council. 1974.

P •

P413

826-838. -- .'''~''-.-
DRAWBAUGH. R. and LAL. H. Reversal by narcotic antagonist of a narcotic action elicited

by a conditional stimulus. Nature 247: 65-67 (January. 1974)

DREW, W. G., KIPLINGER, G. F., MILLER, L. L. and MARX, M. Effects of propranolol on

marihuana-induced cognitive dysfunctioning. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics

13(4): 526~533 (July-August, 1972)

Paid male volunteers were allowed to smoke marihuana cigarettes calibrated to deliver a dose of 25 mu-g per kilogram of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol

(delta-9-THC). All subjects were given propranolol or placebo (administered in a

double-blind fashion), in 4 divided doses beginning 24 hours before and ending 2 hours

prior to smoking. Marihuana smoking resulted in significant disruption in the recall

of narrative material and moderate impairment in performance on a modified version

of the Reitan Trail Making test. Stroop-Color Word performance was not .affected by

marihuana. Propranolol, a beta adrenergic blocking agent, failed to interact with

marihuana to reduce its disruptive effects on any of the tests.

DREW, W~ G. and MILLER, L. L. CannabiS: Neural mechanisms and behavior - a theoretical

.review. Pharmacology 11: 12-32 (1974)

For abstract, see Section n. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

DREW, W. G. and MILLER, L. L. Differential effects of delta-9-THC on locomotor

behavior in activity-wheel-habituated and nonhabituated rats. Pharmacology

9: 41-51 (1973)

The effects of graded doses of delta-9-THC (0, 0.5, 1.5. and 6 mg/kg) on

the activity of rats habituated and not habituated to activity wheels were evaluated.

The 6-mg/kg dose significantly decreased the number of revolutions made by rats

not previously exposed to the wheel when compared with controls. On the other

hand, rats exposed to the wheels for 3-hour periods on' three consecutive days and

then treated on the fourth, exhibited a significant increase in the number of wheel

revolutions at the 1.5- and 6-mg/kg doses when compared with controls. This increase in activity persisted in the 6-mg/kg group when a retest was given 24 h

later. These results were discussed in terms of the possible action of THC on

habituation.

DREW, W.G., MILLER, L.L. and BAUGH, E.L. Effects of delta-9-THG. LSD-25 and

scopolamine on continuous, spontaneous alternation in the Y-maze. Psychopharmacologia 32: 171,-182 (1973)

For abstract, see Section Ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

'.:4'\: DREW, W. G•• MILLER, L. L. and WIKLER, A. Effect of delta-g-tetrahydrocannabinol

on the open-field activity of the rat. Psychopharmacologia 23:289-299 (1972)

Using the open-field activity of the hooded rat as a model of overall activity.

the dose-response and time-action effects of doses of delta-9-THC Which did not

adversely affect spontaneous activity or behavior on appetitively motivated tasks

were studied. Subjects received two exposures to an open field one week apart.

Prior to the first exposure subjects were treated with small doses of Tween 80-

water. At 30 min or 3 h prior to the second exposure subjects were treated with

Tween or delta-9-THC in doses which ranged from 0.5-5 mg/kg. Results indicated that delta-9-THC affected various indices of open-field activity such as

grooming. sniffing and ambulation differe!ltly depending.on.tb.e-..time"tfter injection.

Rearing and defecation were ~c.te.d...sJJ::c.Uarl.y by THCinde~ndentof post-injection intervals.·····,,·)··

.. ·~_.1
DYKSTRA. L. and McMILLAN. D. E. Shock-intensity adjustment by squirrel monkey under

a titration procedure following administration of morphine. nalorphine. pentazocine.

propoxyphene. delta-8-tetrahydrocannabinol (delta-8-THC) or chlorpromazine.

Federation Proceedings 33: 516 (1974)

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug R'esearch.

DYKSTRA. L.A•• McMILLAN. D.E. and HARRIS. L.S. Antagonism of morphine by

long-acting narcotic antagonists. Psychopharmacologia 39: 151-162 (1974)

The effects of three narcotic antagonists. diprenorphine, naltrexone.

and naloxone were studied on the schedule-controlled behavior of pigeons. Naltrexone decreased the rate of responding under the FR and FI components of a

multiple fixed-interval. fixed-ratio schedule. Naltrexone and diprenorphine were

equipotent in blocking the rate-decreasing effects of morphine on schedule-controlled behavior when the antagonists were given immediately before morphine.

and both were more potent morphine antagonists than naloxone. Higher doses of

all 3 antagonists were required to block the effects of morphine as the time between

the administration of the antagonist and morphine increased. Naltrexone provided

a slightly better antagonism of morphine than diprenorphine when morphine was

given 2 or 6 h after the antagonist and both antagonists had a longer duration of

antagonist action than naloxone.

ECHOLS. S. T. and JEWETT, R.E. Effects of morphine on sleep in the cat. Psychopharmacologia 24: 435-448 (1972)

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

ELLINWOOD. E. H.. JR. "Accidental conditioning" with chronic methamphetamine

intoxication: Implications for a theory of drug habituation. Psychopharmacologica

21: 131-138 (1971)

Methedrine was chronically administered twice a day to a group of cats

over a period of eleven days. The stereotyped behavior elicited after injection became increasingly constricted over the eleven days. After Day 1 when the cats were

placed in the observation cages just prior to injection. the stereotyped behavior would

most often be initiated even before the injection. indicating a conditioning process.

The behavior induced. as well as the parameters of reward. appears to fit well the

accidental contingencies conditioning paradigm.

ELLINWOOD. E. H•• JR. Amphetamine model psychosis: The relationships to

schizophrenia. Biological Mechanisms of Schizophrenia and Schizophrenialike Psychoses. Edited by H. Mitsuda and T. Fukuda. Tokyo. Japan:

Igaku Shoin Ltd.• 1974. Pp. 89-96.
ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Behavioral and EEG changes in the amphetamine model of

psychosis.. Neuropsychopharmacology of Monoamines and .Their Regulatory

Enzymes. Edited by E. Usdin. New York: Raven Press, 1974. Pp. 281-297.

In summary, it is important to conceive of psychosis and experimental

models of psychoses as developing systems that require time and noting

that there are several stages to the development, each characterized by its

own type of behavior and organization. In our studies we have been interested in the electrophysiologicalchanges associated .with these behavioral

states. Although the data are quite preliminary, there are indica..tions that

there may be changes in the organization gradients of electrical activity of

the forebrain that may be related to the pacemaking actiVity. Preseizure

activity in the olfactory forebrain indicates that electrical waveforms

associated with respiration are involved in the elicitation of the responses.

There are dramatic changes in the limbic spindle complex associated not only

with the states of abnormal arousal but also with the onset of this seizure

activity. Arousal concepts may provide the intermediate conceptual bridge

for integrating electrophysiological behavioral and pharmacological

observations in model psychoses.

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Chronic amphetamine intoxication in several experimental animals.

Psychopharmakologie 4: 351 (1971)

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Effect of chronic methamphetamine intoxication in rhesus monkeys.

Biological Psychiatry 3: 25-32 (1971)

Rhesus monkeys chronically intoxicated with methamphetamine displayed

a much greater repertoire of stereotyped behavior thail is noted in lower animals.

In general, the form of these patterns was considerably more analogous to the human

condition. The most notable stereotype pattern in rhesus monkeys is that involving

hand-eye probing and examining movements. These patterns of behavior are· c:U.re"cted

toward external objects as well as being integrated into groo~ responses. The

similarities between ,amphetaJ;nine -induced patterns in humans and those observed in

rhesus monkeys are discussed•. With larger doses of methamphetamine, stereotypes

became more constricted, compulsive, and bizarre. Often repeated tics and dysknesias appeared in the later stages of chronic intoxication.

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. and BALSTER, R. L. Rating the behavioral effects of

amphetamine. European Journal of Pharmacology 28: 35-41 (1974)

For abstrac;:t, see S-;ction I. Methodology of Drug Research.
ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. and DUARTE-ESCALANTE, O. Behavioral and histopathological

findings during chronic methedrine intoxication. Biological Psychiatry 2: 27-39

(1970)

There are specific behavioral changes associated with chronic amphetamine

intoxication in man which appear related to changes in arousal systems at several

levels in the CNS. This paper presents a correlation between the behavior in cats

with chronic administration of methedrine and the histopathological findings of

catecholamine distribution in acute intoxication, cats demonstrated an inattention to

objects in the immediate environment; they are hyperalert to slight movements or

sounds from a distant source, and later develop acute fear responses to any stimuli,

as. well as continuous circling. With chronic intoxication, a decrease is noted in the

above symptoms along with a decrease in tonicity and righting reflexes. The histopathological findings in the CNS are mainly noted in the brain stem. There is a

depletion of catecholamine fluorescence in the nerve terminals and neurons located

in medial and lateral areas of the brain stem corresponding closely with the position

of reticular activating systems and certain cranal nerve nuclei. Changes in serotonin

fluorescence and ch91inesterase activity, as well as beginning central chromotolysis,

are also described.

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. and DUARTE -ESCALANTE, O. Chronic amphetamine effect on the

olfactory forebrain. Biological Psychiatry 2: 189-203 (1970)

Previous observations from many sources have indicated the need for a

study of olfactory systems during chronic amphetamine intoxication. These observations include the induction of seizures from the omygdala, depletion of catecholamines in the amygdala and septum, and the induction of chronic, repetitive sniffing

behavior patterns in lower animals during chronic treatment with methedrine. The

present study was designed to examine the effects of acute and chronic methedrine

intoxication (15-35 mg!kg per day) on olfactory behavior, electrophysiological activity of the anterior forebrain, and the patterns of catecholamine distribution and

depletion. Most cats by the third day of intoxication developed stereotyped, repetitious

patterns of sniffing which included a specific cage location. The pattern usually became more constricted on successive days. Electrical activity of the olfactory bulb

after methedrine has an increase in the "Olfactory burst" wave frequency and remains

faster throughout the chronic intoxication. The respiratory "sniffing wave" also increases in frequency of occurrence. A rather marked depletion of catecholamines,

but an increase in cholinesterase, is noted during chronic methedrine intoxication.

These results are discussed in light of the distribution of catecholamine fibers in

olfactor-y forebrain.

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. and DUARTE-ESCALANTE, O. Chronic methamphetamine intoxication in three species of experimental animals. Current Concepts in

Amphetamine Abuse. Edited by E. H. Ellinwood, Jr. and S. Cohen., Washington,

D. C.: U. S. Government Printing Office, 1972. Pp. 59-68.

The behavior associated with chronic methamphetamine intoxication

in rats, cats, and rhesus monkeys has been described. Each animal develops

his own specific types of stereotyped behaviors. In the rats and cats, stereo-.

typies appeared early in the period of chronic intoxication and were characterlzed

by constructed sequences of posture and movement. The rhesus monkey~ chronically intoxicated with methamphetamine displayed a much wider repertOIre of

stereotyped behavior, which was, in general, more analogous to the human

condition. The most notable stereotype pattern in rhesus monkeys was that

involving hand-eye probing and examining movements. In addition to being

directed toward external objects, these patterns of behavior were integrated

into grooming responses. With larger doses of methamphetamine in monkeys,

stereotypies became more constricted, "compulsive," and bizarre. Often

repeated tics and dyskinesias appeared.

The similarities between amphetamine-induced patterns of behavior

in human being and those observeddn rhesus monkeys have been discussed.

417
ELLINWOOD. E. H.. JR. and SUDILOVSKY.A. Behavioral disruption andEEG changes

following a combination of methamphetamine and disulfiram. Proceedings of the

5th International Congress on Pharmacology. San Francisco. CalifOrnia. July. 1972.

ELLINWOOD. E.lL. JR. and SUDILOVSKY. A. Chronic amphetamine intoxication:

Behavioral model of psycho~es.Psychoeathologyand PSychoeharmacolow. Edited

by J. O. Cole. A. M. Freedman and A. J. Friedhoff. Baltimore. Maryland: Johns

Hopkins Press. 1973. Pp. 51-70.

Amphetamine psychosis has been repeatedly described as a model for

paranoid schizophrenia. Thus. chronic experimental animal studies would be

relevant to evaluate not only comparative neurochemical alterations but also

to assess psychopathologically related phenomena. We have previously reported on the analogy of behavioral constellations evolving over a period of

time in chronically intoxicated cats and monkeys. Drug-induced changes are

reevaluated at this time on the basis of behaviors not necessarily consistent

with the paramoid model. Attention is drawn to bizarre manifestations (loss

of motor initiative. frozen postures, dysjunctive posture and dysynchrony of

movements, stereotyped activity, cataleptic phenomena. pupillary changes)

known to appear in the catatonic form of the human psychosis as well as in

the so called experimental catatonia. A paranoid catatonia continuum is

proposed as the "clinical" expression of chronic amphetamine intoxication in

lower animals, and the need for earlier observation of the process in humans

is stressed. We postulate that pers.everation and distortions of postural-motor

attitudinal sets are common to both possible pathways of the psychotic process.

ELLINWOOD. E. H., JR., SUDILOVSKY,A. and NELSON, L. M. Behavior and EEG

analysis of chronic amphetamine effect. Biological Psychiatry 8(2): 169-176

(1974)

The limbic spindle has been demonstrated in our studies to be

sensitive both to the state of abnormal arousal and to changes leading to

the bizarre behavioral manifestations in the chronic ampMtamine

intoxication paradigm. The high-voltage, high-frequency spindle has

been associated with epilepitform-like .discharges in the rhinencephalon

which are. in turn, associated with the bizarre behavior.

ELLINWOOD. E.lL, JR•• SUDILOVSKY. A. and NELSON, L. Behavioral analysis of

chronic amphetamine intoxication. Biological Psychiatry 4: 215-230 (1972)

The assessment of models. of psychoses requires a detailed and precise

description and quantification of behavioral changes over time. This paper reports

some of our methods and results in chronic methamphetamine-intoxicated cats used

as their own control. Phenomenological descriptions and recordings on video tape

of the ongoing behavior were used in the analysis and constructicmof indexes of

ataxia. dystonic posture. transient and patterned movements, and a multivariate

behavio:-al rating chart. Attention. was focused on the dyssynchrony of posture and

motility throughout the intoxication period.

ELLINWooD,E. H., JR. SUDILOVSKY, A•. and NELSON, L. M. Evolving behavior in the

clinical and experimental amphetamine (model) psychosis. American Journal of

Psychiatry 130: 10 (October, 1973)

A parallel is drawn between several behavioral constellations obser-ved in

the evolution of the human amphetamine psychosis and the motor-postural-attitudinal

manifestationsindu.ced in animals by chronic amphetamine intoxication. On the basis

of the results reported. a triple-layered model of psychosis is suggested.and the

roles played by participating neurotn.nBmttters:andJrieclianiSiiiS-areflIrther elaborated. ;..

.-...41p"~~
ESTRADA, U., VILLARREAL. J.E. and SCHUSTER. C.R. Self-administration of

stimulant drugs as a function of the dose per injection. Committee on Problems

of Drug Dependence. Washington, D. C.: National Academy of Sciences, National

Research Council, 1967. P. 5056.

The ability of amphetamine and cocaine to generate self-administration

behavior in rhesus monkeys was first demonstrated by Deneau. Yanagita and

Seevers (l965). The self-administration of two other stimulants of the central

nervous system has been studied in the experiments to be briefly discussed here --

fencamfamin (2-phenyl~3~thylaminobicyclo(2. 2. I)-heptane) and SPA «1)-1-2

diphenyl-l-dimethyl.-aminoethane). Evidence that the dosage of these drugs is a

first-order controlling variable in the pattern of self-administration prompted

this preliminary presentation of the findings.

EVANS, H. L. Behavioral effects of methamphetamine and alpha-methyltyrosine in the rat.

The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 176(1): 244-254 (1971)

Doses of 0.2 and 1.6 mg/kg of methamphetamine (MA) tended to increase

low lever-pressing rates and low motor activity levels but were mare likely to

suppress high-rate lever pressing and motor activity. In addition to this rate dependency. situational variables. such as electric shock. drug dose and time after

injection. were also found to influence MA effects. Food intake was reduced only

by 1.6 mg/kg of MA. Alpha-methyltyrosine (alpha-MT) in doses of 12.5 to 50.0

mg/kg caused changes in lJehavior and was observed to potentiate, antagonize or

reverse MA effects depending on the variables described above. This suggests

that the effects of alpha-MT + MA involve several central nervous system mechanisms. Alpha-MT did not interact with p-chloromethamphetamine.

EVANS, HoL•• GHISELLI, W.B. and PATTON, R.A. Diurnal rhythm in behavioral effects

of methamphetamine, p-chloromethamphetamine and scopolamine. The Journal of

Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 186(1): 10-17 (l973)

Rats were housed and tested under a controlled cycle of 12 hours light-12

hours dark. Effects of drugs on free-operant avoidance and fixed-interval perfor~

mance varied from enhancement to depression. depending on the stage of the lightdark cycle at which the drug was administered. Methamphetamine produced the

greatest increase in lever pressing when administered during the dark period, regardless of whether responding was maintained by food or by electric shock. This

effect appeared to be independent of diurnal differences in base-line response rates.

Methamphetamine increased locomotor activity at least as much during the light as

during the dark, which suggests a dissociation between effects on operant behavior

and effects on locomotor activity. Alpha-methyltyrosine was a more effective antagonist of methamphetamine effects in the light than in the dark. Unlike methamphetamine, p-chloromethamphetamine was more effective in increasing responding

during the light period. The dose of scopolamine which was most effective in increasing avoidance responding varied from 0.2 mg/kg in the dark to 0.8 mg/kg in

the light. Results are discussed with reference to reported diurnal rhythms in

behavioral toxicity and in brain amines.

419
EVANS, M.A., MARTZ, R., BROWN, D.J., RODDA, B.E., KIPLINGER, G.R., LEMBERGER,

L. and FORNEY, R. B. Impairment of performance with low doses of marihuana.

Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics 14(6): 936-940 (November-December, 1973)

Eight volunteers smoked marihuana cigarettes under controlled laboratory

conditions on 4 separate occasions. The cigarettes were calibrated to deliver doses

of 0, 3, 6, and 9 mu-g per kilogram of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC). The

experimental design was a double-blind random block with a 1 week interval between

sessions. Analysis of variance revealed a significant linear decrease in stability

with increase in dose Of THe. The tracking scores with Pursuit Meter (PM) demonstrated a significant increase above control for all three doses of THC. Mental performance, as evaluated by Delayed Auditory Feedback (DAF), and subjective evaluation revealed no consistent change with dose.

FAITH, M.E., YOUNG, L.D., GRABARITS, F. and HARVEY, J.A. Differences

in the duration of reserpine action in the rat depending on the measure

employed. International Journal of Neuropharmacology 7: 575-585 (1968)

FERGUSON, R. K., ADAMS, W. J. and MITCHELL, C. L. Studies of tolerance development

to morphine analgesia in rats tested on the hotplate. European Journal of PharmaCOlogy 8: 83-92 (1969)

Tolerance to the analgesic effect of morphine was studied in rats using the

hot plate method. Animals were tested at intervals of 6 hours, 24 hours, 7 days, or

14 days after the same dose of morphine (5 mg/kg s. c.). The degree of single-dose

tolerance, measured as the per cent loss of analgesic effect between the first and

second tests, was remarkably similar despite the interval between the tests. For

aU experiments the mean decrease between the first and second tests was 57% (range,

42 to 73%). When either levallorphan (0.5 mg/kg) or nalorphine (0. 5 or 5.0 mg/kg)

was given before morphine on the first test, it blocked the analgesic effect of morphine. On the last test when the antagonist was omitted, the difference in effect of

morphine in the test versus control groups indicated that the antagonist reduced but

did not entirely block single-dose tolerance development•.This was further suggested

by experiInents in which levallorphan was given just after testing with morphineo

FERGUSON, R. K. and MITCHELL, C. L.Pain as a factor in the development of tolerance

to morphine analgesia in man. Clinkal Pharmacology and Therapeutics 10:

372-382 (1969) .

An experiment was designedto test the hypothesis that pain is a factor in

the development of tolerance to the analgesic effect of morphine in man. Pain was

induced by the submaximum-effort tourniquet technique. Four pain ratings were

recorded: mild, moderate, severe, and unbearable. Subjects were randOmly divided

into two major groups: (l) those tested by the tourniquet technique each day and (2)

those not tested until the final day. Each major group was randomly divided into two

SUbgroups: (l) those receiving only morphine and (2) those receiving saline for 4

days and morphine on the final day. Morphine or saline was given intravenously. The

purpose of the experiment was to compare the degree of tolerance development to

chronically administered morphine· in the tested versus nontested groups. In the subgroups receiving morphine, analgesia was significantly less in the tested than in the

nontested group at the highest pain level. Moreover, in the morphine subgroup of

the tested subjects, the degree of tolerance development was proportional to the

severity of pain. These findings indicate that Pain ~anl:!cl.tgJ:DeJlttbedevelopmentof

tolerance to the analgesiceffe,ct..¢~h'iIle':Iiimi~r"·

,1:20'
FERRARO. D. P. Effects of de:lta-9-trans-tetrahydrocannabinol on simple and complex

learned behavior in animals. Current Research in Marijuana. Edited by M. F. Lewis.

New York: Academic Press. Inc., 1972.

FERRARO. D. P, and GLUCK. J. P. Effects of oral delta-9-l:etrahydrocannabinol on operant

reinfordement schedule performance in rats. Pharmacology 11: 65-69 (1974)

Eight rats were trained to barpress for water reinforcement under a variable

interval 60-sec operant schedule. Nine acute oral administrations of ( - ) delta-9-

trans-tetrahydrocannabinol (delta-9-THC). in amounts ranging from 0.25 to 64 mg/kg.

produced dose -related effects on responding; overall response rate increased at lower

doses. while higher doses produced a suppression of responding and a corresponding

loss of reinforcements. It was concluded that oral delta-9-THC has a biphasic effect

on operant behavior in rats which closely resembles that obtained with intraperitoneal

drug administ~ati,ons.

FERRARO, D. P•• GLUCK, J. P. and HERNDON. G. B. Acquisition and extinction of variable

interval schedule behavior by rats under delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol. Pharmacology

Biochemistry and Behavior 2: 487-491 (1974)

Twenty-eight rats were given 10 acquisition sessions under a variable interval

30 sec schedule of water reinforcement for lever-press responding. This training was

followed by one extinction session in which no responses were reinforced. The rats

were divided into 4 groups and were administered either 0, 0.5. 2.0 or 8.0 mg delta9-THC per kg of body weight throughout both variable interval schedule acquisition

and extinction. The presence of delta-9-THC during acquisition suppressed variable

interval response rates and decreased the number of reinforcements obtained in a

dose-related manner. Likewise, a dose dependent decrease in extinction respqnding

was obtaiiled as compared to nondrug control extinction responding.

FERRARO, D. P., GLUCK, J. P. and MORROW. C. W. Temporally-related stimulus

properties of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol in monkeys. Psychopharmacologia

35: 305-316 (1974)

A two-choice operant discrimination procedure was used to train three

monkeys to respond differentially between a fixed dose of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (delta-9-THC) and the drug vehicle alone. During the acquisition of the

drug discrimination, both drug and vehicle alone were administered orally 2.5 h

prior to the experimental session. The drug-stimulus time course was then tested

by administering either the same dose of delta-9-THC or the vehicle alone from

0.5 to 16.5 h before the session. Varying administration time had no effect on the

established discrimination during vehicle alone test sessions. However. orderly

time-related generalization gradients were obtained around the drug administration

time used during discrimination training.

FIBIGER. H. C. and CAMPBELL, B.A. The effect of para-chlorophenylalanine on

spontaneous locomotor activity in the rat. Neuropharmacology 10: 25-32 (1971)

The effect of p-chlorophenylalanine (p-CPA), a depletor of serotonin, on

spontaneous locomotor activity was investigated in rats. It was found that p-CPA

induced large and reproducible increases in locomotor activity in a variety of

situations. This hyperactivity could be reversed by 5-hydroxytryptophan, a precursor of serotonin. The heightened behavioral arousal was not simply a reflection

of the insomnia known to be produced by p-CPA, since hyperactivity occurred during

both phases of the normal diurnal cycle and because baseline activity returned to

normal at different rates depending upon the type of beh::tvioral measure used. It

is suggested that one function of.-Serotonin is to modulate arousal thresholds and that

the hyperactivity following p-CPA was due·lo-a~decreasein these thresholds.

4?1
FIBIGER. II. C•• TRIMBACH. C. and CAMPBELL. B. A.Enhanced stimulant properties of

(+)-amphetamine after chronic reserpine treatment in the rat: Mediation by '.

hypophagia and weight loss. Neuropharmacology ll: 57-67 (1972)

Rats were treated with daily i. p. injections of reserpine>(O. 5 mg/kg) or

saline for 10 days. Twenty-four hours after the last injection they were given (+)-

amphetamine (0.25.0.50. or I mg/kg) or saline and their locomotor activity was

measured for 3 hr. In accordance with previous reports, (+)-amphetamine induced

a significantly greater stimulation of spontaneous activity after reserpine. The effect

was variable however insofar as it was observed only in those animals that suffered

marked weight loss during the reserpine treatment. In addition. when the heightened

baseline activity of the groups chronically treated with reserpine was considered, the

enhanced stimulant effects of (+)-amphetamine were nO longer evident. In a second

experiment, the food intake of the chronic saline animals was controlled so that both

the reserpine and saline groups underwent similar weight losses during the lO-day

injection procedure. In that experiment, chronic reserpine treatment failed on every

measure to increase the stimulant effects of (+)-amphetamine. In contrast to the first

experiment, on one measure (the lowest dosage which significantly increased activity)

the saline pre-treated animals were more responsive to (+)-amphetamine than were

the rats pretreated with reserpine. It is suggested that chronic reserpine administration cOntinues to exert a mild sedative action which is completely masked and reversed by the marked increase in arousal which results from the reserpine-mediated

hypophagiaand weight loss. This starvation-induced arousal appears to interact with

amphetamine-mediated locomotor stimulation to produce thE! increased responsiveness

to amphetamine after chronic reserpine treatment.

FINK, M. Brain, behavior and anticholinergic drugs. Anticholinergic Drugs. and Brain

Functions in Animals and Man. Edited by P. Bradley and M. Fink. AmstE!rdam.

the Netherlandl;J: Elsevier, 1967. Pp. xii-xvi.

FINK, M. Drugs. EEG. and behaviour: EEG profiles and bioavailabUity measures for

clinical psychopharmacology. Electroencephalograph:y and Clinical Neuroph:ysiolog:y

34: 754 (1973)

For abstract, see Sectionm. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

FINK, M. EEG and human psychopharmacology. Annual Review ofPharmacolog:y 9:

241-258 (1968)

For abstract, see Section In. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

FINK, M. EEG classification of psychoactive compounds in man: Review and theory of

behavioral associations. Ps:ychopharmacolog:y: A Review of Progress, 1957-196'7.

Edited by D. Efron, J. Cole, J. Levine and J.R. Wittenborn. Washington, D.C.:

U. S. Government Printing Office, 1968. Pp. 497-507.

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

FINK, M. Psychoactive drugs, brain function and human behavior. Proceedings of the World Congress

on Psychiatry. Amsterdam, the Netherlands: Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1974.

FINK, M. Questions in cyclazocine therapy of opiate dependence. Opiate Addiction: Origins

and Treatment. Edited by S. Fisher and A. M. Freedman.Wa.f:l.~;n~to.o..D.C.:

V.H. Winston and Sons, 1974. ---
FINK. M. Toward a rational theory of behavior. Career Directions in Psychiatry

1: 22 -29 (1971)

FINK, M. Treatment and prevention of opiate dependence. Contemporary Drug Problems.

Washington. D.C.: Federal Legal Publications. 1972.

FINK. M. and BRADLEY, P. Anticholinergic drugs and brain function in animals and man.

Neuropsychopharmacology. Edited by H~ Brill. New York: Excerpta Medica

E'oundahon. 196 'I.

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

FINK, M. and !TIL, T. Anticholinergic hallucinogens and their interactions with centrally

active drugs. Neuropsychopharmacology. Edited by H. Brill. New York: Excerpta

Medica Foundahon. 196'1.

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

FINK, M. and ITIL, T. EEG and behavioral aspects of the interaction of anticholinergic

hallucinogens with centrally active compounds. Anticholinergic Drugs. and Brain

Functions in Animals and Man. Edited by P. Bradley and M. Fink. Amsterdam,

the Netherlands: Elsevier. 1967. Pp. 149-168.

FINK. M•• SIMEON. E., ITIL. T. and FREEDMAN, A. Clinical antidepressant activity

of cyclazocine - a narcotic antagonist. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics

11(1): 41-48 (1970)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

FINK. M•• VOLAVKA, J., DORNBUSH. R. and CROWN. P. Effects of cannabis on human

EE G and heart rate -- evidence of tolerance development on chronic use.

Psychopharmacology, Sexual Disorders and Drug Abuse. Edited by T. A. Ban,

J.R. Boissier, G.J. Gessa, H. Heimann. L. Hollister. H.E. Lehmann. I. Munkwd.

H. Steinberg, F. Sulser. A. Sundwall and O. Vina~. Amsterdam. the Netherlands:

North-Holland Publishing Company. 1973.

In studies of cannabis smoking in non-naive volunteer users we have

observed dose-related EEG increases in alpha activity and decreased beta and

theta activities; increased heart rate; and increased errors on memory tasks. In

chronic studies. these effects show a progressively smaller response on successive

days -- changes that are consistent with the development of tolerance in the classic I

sense.

FINK, M., ZAKS, A., RESNICK, R. and FREEDMAN. A. Opiate antagonists in the treatment of heroin dependence in man. Narcotic Drugs: Biochemical Pharmacology.

Edited by D. Clouet. New York: Plenum Press, 1971.

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

FISHER, S., PILLARD, R. C. and BOTTO, R. W. Hypnotic susceptibility during cannabis

intoxication. Psychopharmacology, Sexual Disorders and Drug Abuse. Edited by

T.A. Ban. J.R. Boissier, G.J. Gessa, H. Heimann, L. Hollister. H.E. Lehmann,

I. Munkvad. H. Steinberg, F.Sulser. A. Sundwall and O. Vina~. Amsterdam, the

Netherlands: North-Holland PublUiAiniC6tnpany. 1973.

423
FOG. R. Behavioural effects in rats of morphine and amphetamine and of a combination of

the two drugs. Psychopharmacologia 16: 305-312 (1970)

Small single doses of morphine (l mg/kg s. c.) and of amphetamine

(1 mg/kg s. c.) induce excitation in rats. Locomotion and rearing are selectively

stimulated by amphetaime. and grooming by morphine. Higher doses of morphine

(5 mg/kg s. c.) cause sedation or catalepsy (20 mg/kgs.c.) but no stereotypies

are seen as after amphetamine (10 mg/kg s. c.). Repeated doses of morphine induce stereotyped behaviour, which is inhibited by nalorphine. An antagonism between

morphine and amphetamine is demonstrated but the anti-amphetamine effect of

morphine is differnt from that· of the neuroleptic drugs. Cateeholamines in the

basal ganglia may playa role in these behavioural effects of morphine.

FOG. R. On stereotypy and catalepsy: Studies on the effect of amphetamines

and neuroleptics in rats. Acta Neurologica Scandinavica 48(Supplement 50)

(1972)

FOG. R. Rage reactions produced in rats by a combination of thymoleptics and monoamine

oxidase inhibitors. Pharmacological Research Communications 1: 79-84 (1969)

FOG. R. L. Role of the corpus striatum in typical behavioral effects in rats produced

by both amphetamine and neuroleptic drugs. Acta Pharmacologiea et Toxicologica

25(Supplement 4): 59 (1967)

FOG. R. Stereotyped and non-sterotyped behaviour in rats induced by various stimulant

drugs. PSychopharmacologia 14: 299-304 (1969)

In rats amphetamine and closely related drugs (e.g. • metamphetamine

and phenmetrazine) give rise to stereotyped hyperactivity. Other centrally stimulating agents. which are less chemically related to amphetamine (e. g.,. pemOline. LSD.

methylphenidate) or totally different from amphetamine (e. g•• cocaine. KSW 3019)

can produce similar behavioural effects. Some drugs with a marked stimulating

effect on the nervous system (e. g•• caffeine and nikethamide) do not cause any·

stereotypy at all. The specificity of the feature of stereotypy is discussed. and it is

assumed that dopaminergic mechanisms in corpus striatum play an important role

in this behavioural effect.

FOG. R. L. and PAKKENBERG, He Behavioral effects of dopamine and p-hydroxy-amphetamine injected into corpus striatum of rats. Experimental Neurology 31: 75-85

(1971)

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

FOG. R. L. and PAKKENBERG. H. Interacerebrallesions causing stereotyped behaviour

in rats. Acta Neurologica Scandinavia 47: 475-484 (1971)

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

FOG. R. L•• RANDRUP. A. and PAKKENBERG, H. Lesions in corpus striatum and cortex

of rat brains and the effects of pharmacologically induced stereotyped. aggressive

and cataleptic behaviour. Psychopharmacolo~a.;~.3~B56(1970) '.-'".---' ...........•

For abstract. see se~fiT.\'),{ee&aiijsmsof Action of Different Drugs.

"'~4:: " .
FOREE, D. D., MORETZ, F. H. and McMILLAN, D. E. Drugs and punished responding. II:

D-amphetamine-induced increases in punished responding. Journal of the Experimental

Analysis of Behavior 20(2): 291-300 (September, 1973)

The effects of d-amphetamine on punished responding were studied in two

experiments. In Experiment I, pigeons responded under a multiple fixed-ratio 30

response fixed-interval 5-min schedule of food presentation with 60-sec limited holds

in both components. Each response was punished with electric shock, the intensity

of which was varied systematically. In Experiment II, another group of pigeons

responded under a multiple fixed-interval 5-min fixed-interval 5-min schedule of

food presentation with 40-sec limited holds. Each response was punished with shock

during one component, and every thirtieth response was punished in the other component. d-Amphetamine increased overall rates of punished responding only rarely

under any of the punishment conditions; however, response rates within the fixedinterval when rates were low were increased by d-amphetamine when the shock intensity was low (Experiment n, or when responses produced shock intermittently

(Experiment II). The data suggest that the effects of d-amphetamine on punished

responding depend on the control rate of responding, the punishment intensity, the

punishment frequency, and the schedule of food presentation.

FRACCHIA, J. F ... FIORENTINO, D., SHEPPARD, C. and MERLIS, S. A comparison

of techniques for the scoring of avoidable errors on the Raven Progressive

Matrices. Journal of Psychology 72: 93-98 (1969)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

FRACCHIA, J., FIORENTINO, D., SHEPPARD, C. and MERLIS, S. Raven Progressive

Matrices avoidable errors as a measure of psychopathological ideational

influences upon reasoning ability. Psychological Reports 26: 359-362 (1970)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

FREY, L. G. and WINTER, J. C. Effects of p-acetyldeoxyephedrine on punished behavior

in the rat. Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 201(1):

125-127 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

GALLAGER, D. W., SANDERS-BUSH. E. and SULSER. F. Dissociation between behavioral

effects and changes in metabolism of cerebral serotonin follOWing delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol. Psychopharmacologia 26: 337-345 (1972)

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

'425
GEBHART. G. F. and MITCHELL. C. L. The effect of adrenalectomyo!'l. morphine analgesia

and tolerance development in rats. European Journal ofPhar.macology 18: 37-42

(1972) ,

The analegesic response to morphine and the development of tolerance to

this effect were examined in adrenalectomized and sham-operated rats employing

the hot plate method. In a quantitative 6 poirlt bioassay procedure. morphine was

found to be 1.8 times more efficacious in adrenalectomized rats. An analysis of

variance of data collected in quantal fashion revealed a complementary relative

efficacy of 1. 7. Tbe rates of tolerance development to the analgesic effect of

morphine over the 5 day period of the experiment were found to be equivalent in

both groups of rats at either of 2equi-analgesic morphine dC'selevels employed.

It was concluded that whereas the effect of adrenalectomy on the. analgesic response

to morphine is significant, it is insignificant with respect to the rate of tolerance

development.

GEBHART. G. F. and MITCHELL. C. L. Further studies On the development of tolerance to the analgesic effect of morphine: The role played by the cylinder in the hot plate testing procedure.

Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 191: 96-103 (1971)

Evidence that experience ,in the hot Pl~te test procedure of Johannesson and

Woods is sufficient to demonstrate tolerance to the analgesic effect of morphine is

offered. Rats were randonily divided into four major groups: tested, non-tested,

ambient temperature tested and table top tested. Morphine (5 or 10 1Ilg Ikg s. c. ) or

saline (2 ml/kg s. c. ) was administered once daily for 5 days or once weekly for 5

weeks. The results clearly demonstrate that tolerance development to morphine is

greater when the animals acquire experience in the test procedure than when morphine is given in the absence of testing. This effect is evident in the weekly experiment irrespective of the method by which experience is acquired H. e., on the heated

plate (550C), on the plate at ambient temperature (250C), or bn a laboratory bench

top). In the daily experiment the same trend was indicated. These findings suggest

that in addition to the frequency of morphine administration and the dbse, the plexiglas

cylinder used to confine the animals to the plate is an important factor in determining

the results obtained.

GEBHART, G. F. and MITCJ::lELL, C. L. the relative contributions of the testing cylinder

and the heated plate in the hot plate procedure tb the development of tolerance

to morphine in rats. European Journal of Pharmac.ology 18:56-62 (1972)

Tolerance to the analgesic effect of morphine was studied using a 3 ft

square hot plate to measure effect. Rats received saline, 2 mI/kg. s. c., or 5

or 10 mg/kg morphine, s. c., once weekly Or once daily, respectively. They

were randomly divided·into 5 major groups: tested with cylinder. tested without

cylinder. ambient temperature tested with cylinder. ambient temperature tested

without cylinder. and non-tested. On the final day of the experiments. all rats

received morphine and were tested on the heated plate within the testing cylinder.

The results 'clearly demonstrated that both the testing cylinder and heat are

important factors in determining the results obtained in the hot plate method.

Tolerance developed in ,all cases where the testing cylinder was employed;

significantly, this occurred even in those cases where heat was not a factor

and the animals acquired experience in the testing cylinder on the plate at ambient

temperature. In addition. tolerance developed in aU chronic morphine-treated

animals tested on the heated plate. even in those cases where only heat was a

factor and the testing cylinder was not employed. Most striking was the combined

effect of the testing cylinder and heat. In both the daily 'and weekly experiments.

the mean increases in reaction time of the chronic morphine-treated animals were

significantly the lowest in those tested in the cylinder on the -heated plate. Thus.

as well as heat being an .important factor, the tes:tingcylinder is demonstrated

also to significantly contribute to the deg,ee'onOlerance 'CIeveloped with the

combination of heat and cylind.~~g:;:p,.etotent. 1ff',:"~~;:}~.!:-(~".':.-".- - - ._",.-

426._-
GEBHART. G. F. and MITCHELL. C. L. Strain differences in the response to morphine as

measured on the hot plate. Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie

201: 128-140 (1973)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

GEBHART. G.F•• SHERMAN. A.D. and MITCHELL, C.L. The influence oflearning on

morphine analgesia and tolerance development in rats tested on the hot plate.

Psychopharmacologia 22: 295-304 (1971)

The influence of "learning" on the development of tolerance to the analgesic

effect of morphine ~n rats was examined employing the hot plate procedure. A

tested-reinforced (Tr) group and its yoked-control. a tested-non-reinforced (Tnr)

group. received identical exposure to the testing procedure; the Tr group was

reinforced daily for its behavior on the heated plate whereas the Tnr group was

reinforced only on the last day of the experiment. Paired statistical comparisons

between'these two groups on the last day of the experiment revealed that: 1. premorphine control reaction times on the heated plate were significantly lower in Tr

than in Tnr animals; and 2. post-morphine increases in reaction time did not

differ between Tr and Tnr animals. It was concluded that whereas some "learning" .

does occur in this testing procedure. "learning" does not influence the "behavorial

tolerance" to' morphine which develops in this analgesiometric method. An hypothesis which accommodates this "behavioral tolerance" and a mechanistic scheme

is offered.

GEBHART. G.F•• SHERMAN. A.D. and MITCHELL. C.L. The influence of stress on

tolerance development to morphine in rats tested on the hot plate. Archives

internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 197: 328-337 (1972)

Tolerance to the analgesic effect of morphine was studied in rats

stressed for four consecutive days and not exposed to testing on the heated plate

until the fifth day of the experiment. The analgesic response to morphine in

rats tested daily on the hot plate for five consecutive days was significantly lower

on day five than that observed in three groups of stressed animals (i. e •• restraint

stress. auditory stress. and swim stress). In addition. the analgesic response

to morphine among these three stressed groups on day five was identical to that

observed in rats which received morphine daily but also were not tested on the

heated plate until the final day of the experiment. Further, there was significant

gastric pathologic changes in the restraint and auditory stressed groups, but not

in those animals tested daily on the hot plate. It was concluded that stress per se

does not significantly contribute to the results obtained in the hot plate procedure.

GELLER,!. and BLUM, K. The effects of 5-HTP on para-chlorophenylalanine (p-CPA)

attenuation of "conflict" behavior. European Journal of Pharmacol~ '9:

319-:324 (1970)

For abstract. see Section III. lVIechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

427"
GELLER, I., HARTMANN, R.J. and BLUM, K. The effects of low-dose combinations of

d-arnphetamine and cocaine on experimentally induced conflict in the rat.

Current Therapeutic ResearCh 14(4): 220-224 (April, 1972)

The findings of this experiment suggest a probable cocaine-amphetamine

potentiation since combinaticms of relatively low doses of the agents produced

effects which were generally greater than additive. If the behavioral changes

are related to catecholamine metabolism, the observed amphetamine-cocaine

synergy might be expected. Both agents have been reported toblock uptake of

NE in tissues while amphetamine also releases NE. The effect of combining the

drugs would have been to increase the availability of free NE with the resulting

increase in behavioral effects.

Reduction of shocks during conflict trials may be due in part to a druginduced "anxiety," a finding which has been reported for humans. Support for

this speculation derives from previous research that demonstrated anti-anxiety

agents attenuated and amphetamine intensified conflict behavior at dose levels

that did not decrease intertrial variable-interval rates significantly.

Despite the fact that further research is reqUired for clarification of the

cocaine-amphetamine potentiation mechanism, these findings are of extreme

. importance in that they point out the potential dangers of indiscriminate polydrug usage of amphetamine and cocaine; two stimulants that are abused excessively.

GELLER, I., HARTMANN, R.J., CROY, D.J. and HABER, B. Attenuation of conflict

behavior with cinanserin, a serotonin antagonist: Reversal of the effect with

5-hydroxytryptophan and alpha-rnethyltryptamine. Research Communications

in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology (7(1): 165 (January, 1974)

For abstract, see Section In. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

GELLERT, V.F. and SPARBER, S.B. Utilization of operant technics to assess degree of

opiate dependence after pellet implantation and naloxone administratiori: A

comparison with body weight changes. Federation Proceedings 33(3):501 (1974)

Depression of fixed ratio (RF) responding and weight loss induced by

naloxone (Nx) precipitated morphine (M) withdrawal in rats were studied. The

operant paradigm consisted ofseven 5 min sessions spaced over 5 hr. After

stabilization, all rats were implanted s. c. with 1 M pellet (75 mgbase). Daily

testing sessions were conducted 1 to 6 days after implant with 0.1, O. 33 and 1. 0

mg Nx/kg or saline injected i. p. immediately after the daily 5 min control

session. Thereafter, semi-weekly testing was conducted with 1.0 mg Nx/kg or

saline until all animals showed no signs of withdrawal (35 days after implant).

The rats were also weighed after each 5 min session. Nx was able to depress

responding rates and, at higher doses, induce weight loss in a dose- and timerelated fashion. Peak withdraWal was observed 1/2 hr after Nx and no significant depression of responding was detectable at 3 hr after injection. Cornplete

tolerance to the behavioral depressant effects of the M pellet was apparent by day

2 and maximal dependence was observed between days 2 and llafter implant.

Significant depression of FR behavior was observed when no change in weight

could be detected indicating that operant techniques may be rnore sensitive in

detecting and quantifying Nx precipitated withdrawal.

GERLACH, J., KOPPELHUS, P., HELWEG, E. and MONRAD, A. Clozapine and

haloperidol in a single blind cross-over trial. Treatment of schizophrenia,

therapeutic and biochemical aspects. Acta Psychiatria Scandinavica (in press)

·428·· ...ot;._."
GESSNER, P. K. Induction of a diethyl ether withdrawal syndrome in mice by exposure to

ether vapor. The Pharmacologist 16: 304 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

GEYER, M. A. and SEGAL, D. S. Differential effects of reserpine and alpha-methyl-ptyrosine on norepinephrine and dopamine induced behavioral activity.

Psychopharmacologia 29: 131-140 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

GEYER, M.A. and SEGAL, D.S. Shock-induced aggression: Opposite effects of intraventricularly infused dopamine and norepinephrine. Behavioral Biology 10: 99-104

(1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

GIANUTSOS, G.. HYNES, M.D., PURl, S.K., DRAWBAUGH, R.B. and LAL. H.

Effect of apomorphine and nigrostriatallesions on aggression and striatal

dopamine turnover during morphine withdrawal: Evidence for dopaminergic

supersensitivity in protracted abstinence. Psychopharmacologia 34: 37-44-

(1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

GLICK, S.D. Change in sensitivity to morphine-induced' analgesia after caudate nucleus

lesions in mice. Research Communications in Chemical Pathology and

Pharmacology 7(4): 775-778 (April. 1974)

When electrical foot shock is administered to mice. morphine increases

both the latency to vocalize (squeak) and the latency to escape from the shock.

Bilateral lesions of the caudate nuclei produced a persistent potentiation of the

effect of morphine on escape latencies without influencing morphine's effect on

vocalization latencies. The caudate nuclei may be important in mediating the

altered reaction to pain induced by morphine.

GLICK, S. D. Impaired tolerance to the effects of oral amphetamine intake in rats with

frontal cortex ablations. Psychopharmacologia 28: 363-371 (1973)

When offered a solution of d-amphetamine sulphate (0.025 mg/ml) in

place of water, normal rats initially drank more drug solution per day than previously consumed water. The drug solution quickly became aversive to normal

rats as daily intake decreased. Tolerance to the anorexic effect of d-amphetamine

paralleled the decrease in daily drug intake. Rats with bilateral lesions of frontal

cortex initially consumed as much drug solution and as much food as normal rats.

Although frontal rats' daily intake of drug solution also decreased. an aversion

never developed. Tolerance to d-amphetamine's anorexic effect took much longer

to occur in frontal rats. The results indicated possible roles for both cumulative

drug effects and conditioning factors in the response to chronic d-amphetamine

use. A possible mechanism by which frontal cortical lesions interfered with chronic

changes was suggested.

429
GLICK, S.D. and CHARAP, A.D. Morphine dependence in rats with medial forebrain

bundle lesions. Psychopharmacologia 30: 343-348 (1973)

Rats with posterior medial forebrain bundle (PMFB) lesions and control

rats were administered morphine chronically for 4 or 5 days via implanted subcutaneous silicone reservoirs. Following cessation of mot'phine administt'ation

after five days, PMFB rats showed less withdrawal-induced weight loss than

control rats. Other PMFB and control rats were subjected to forced drinking of

morphine solution for 9 days. PMFB rats consumed .the morphine solution much

more readily than control rats, whereas intake of a quinine solution was similar

in two other PMFB and control groups. These results suggest that the addictive

and dependence properties of morphine may have separate mechanisms and based

on previously reported neurochemical effects of PMFB lesions, that biogenic

amines may be differentially involved in such mechanisms.

GLICK, S.D., GOLDFARB, T.L., ROB'Q'STELLI, F., GELLER, A.and JARVIK, M.E.

Impairment of delayed matching in monkeys by chlorpt'omazine and pentobarbital.

Psychopharmacologia 15: 125-133 (1969)

Monkeys trained to perfot'm in a delayed matching test under five delay

conditions were given chlorpromazine hydrochloride (0.05, 0.1, 0.2 and 0.4

mg/kg) and pentobarbital sodium (1.·0, 10.0 and 20. omg/kg) before test sessions.

Both drugs decreased response rate proportipnally as dose increased. Chlorpromazine initially depressed accuracy, but showed no specific effects as delay interval

increased. Pentobarbital had little effect upon accurcy, although impairment 'on

the simultaneous conditions was seen at the highest dose. It is concluded that

neither drug produced specific effects upon short-term memory.

GLICK, S.D. and JARVIK, M.E. Amphetamine, scopolamine and chlorpromazine interactions on delayed matching performance in monkeys. Psychopb.armacologia

16: 147-155 (1969)

Two drug combinations, amphetamine-chlorpromazine and amphetaminescopolamine, were examined in monkeys performing on a delayed matching test•

.Antagonism between the effects of amphetamine and chlorpromazine on both

response rate and accuracy measures of performance was found. Amphetamine

and scopolamine had antagonistic effects on response rate but synergistic effects

on· accuracy.

GLICK, S. D. and JARVIK.M. E. Differential effects of amphetamine and scopolamine on

matching performance of monkeys with lateral frontal lesions. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 73(2): 307-313 (1970)

D-amphetamine and scopolamine were administered to four monkeys with

dorsolateral frontal lesions and four unoperated monkeys performing a delayed

matching task. Although initially impaired following surgery, the •• performance of

the frontal monkeys on the delayed matching test had recovered to preoperative

levels by the time of drug administration. Both d-amphetamine and scopolamine

impaired the delayed and nondelayed matching performance of the. unoperated

control monkeys. However, only scopolamine and not amphetamine impaired the

matching performance of the frontal monkeys. The higher doses of both drugs

initially decreased the tendencies. of both the frontal and unoperated monkeys to

respond to the test stimuli. It is proposed that frontal monkeys, unlike normal

monkeys, learn to depend upon a nonadrenergic system to solve the matching

task and therefore are resistant to certain actions of amphetamine.

430
GLICK, S.D. and JARVIK, M.E. Impairment by d-amphetamine of delayed matching performance in monkeys. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 169(1): 1-6 (1969)

The effect of d-amphetamine administration upon performance of delayed

matching for water reinforcement was studied in eight rhesus monkeys. Accuracy decreased with increasing dose. A dose of 0.1 mg/kg of d-amphetamine

increased responding, whereas doses of 0.2 and 0.4 mg/kg decreased responding.

Under nondrug conditions. increasing the duration of water deprivation prior to

testing increased both accuracy and responding. When d-amphetamine and

increased deprivation were combined, an interaction between the tw~ variables

was found. The results are discussed in terms of the behaVioral mode of action

of d-amphetamine. .

GLICK, S. D., JARVIK. M. E. and NAKAMURA, R. K. Inhibition by drugs of smoking

behaviour in monkeys. Nature 227: 969-971 (August. 1970)

GLICK. S. D., LEVIN, B. and JARVIK. M. E. Role of monkeys' spatial preferences in

performance of a nonspatial task. Journal of Comparative and Physiological

Psycholog,r 73(1): 56-61 (1970)

The performance of monkeys on a nons.patial delayed matching task was

analyzed in terms of spatial and ,color preferences and perseverations. Monkeys

were found to utilize significant spatial but not color tendencies. The strength of

spatial. tendencies was determined to be an important error factor accounting for

differences among monkeys in overall accuracy. Spatial tendencies. however,

could not account for intrasubject differences in accuracy as a function of testing

conditions. Administration of d-amphetamine, scopolamine. and chlorpromazine

lowered accuracy. Only the effect of d-amphetamine, however. could be largely

attributed to an influence on spatial tendencies. The elicitation of spatial tendencies was found to be somewhat related to the immediacy with which monkeys

performed the matching response.

GLICK, S. D. and MARSANICO. R. G. Apomorphine-induced and pilocarpine-induced

hypothermia in mice: Drug interactions and changes in drug sensitivity after

caudate nucleus lesions. British Journal of Pharmacology 51: 353-357 (1974)

1. Apomorphine and pilocarpine each produced dose-dependent hypothermic effects in mice. However, the dose-response curve for pilocarpine was

steeper than that for apomorphine.

2. Bilateral. lesions of the caudate nucleus produced a permanent

decrease in sensitivity to apomorphine but had no effect on sensitivity to pilocarpine.

3. Apomorphine and pilocarpine had synergistic effects; i. e. the hypothermic effect was greater following a combination of the drugs than following

either drug alone.

4. The effect of apomorphine was antagonized by either haloperidol or

scopolamine; only scopolamine antagonized the effect of pilocarpine.

5. These results suggest that a mechanism involving dopaminergic

neurones in the caudate nucleus has a modulatory role in temperature regulation.

431
GLICK, S. D. and MARSANICO, R. G. Time-dependent changes in ampheta.mine selfadministration following frontal cortex: ablations in rats. Journal of Comparative

and Physiological Psychology (in press)

Rats were trained to intravenously self-administer d-amphetamine (.01

mg/kg/reward infusion) during daily I-hr, testing sessions. Following removal of

frontal cortejC, rates of d-amphetamine self-administration were higher at early

(3-5 days) postoperative intervals but lower at later (2-4 wk.) postoperative

intervals. These and other results indicated that, as a function of time after surgery, frontal rats are first hyposensitive and then become increasingly hypersensitive to the rewarding effect of d-amphetamine.

GLICK, S.D., MARSANICO, R. G., ZIM:MERBERG, B. and CHARAP, A.D. Morphine

dependence and self-stimulation: Attenuation of withdrawal-induced weight loss.

Research Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 5(3): 725-

732 (May, 19'73)

Rats were allowed to self-stimulate the medial forebrain bundle during

chronic morphine administration and/or subsequent withdrawal. Morphine initially

depressed rates of self-stimulation; tolerance occurred within 2-3 daily 30 minute

sessions. Withdrawal produced by cessation of morphine enhanced rates of selfstimulation. Withdrawal precipitated by a high dose (0.6 mg/kg)of naloxone

depressed rates of self-stimulation. When self-stimulation was allowed only during

the period of chronic morphin~administration,SUbsequent withdrawal-induced

weight loss was ameliorated. Self"stimulation during withdrawal alone or during

both periods of morphine administration and withdrawal had no effect on withdrawalinduced loss. These results suggest that morphine influenCes the activity of the

medial forebrain bundle and that such activity in turn affects the degree of dependence to morphine. . ".'

GLICK, S. D. and RAPAPOR'!', G. Tolerance to the facilitatory effect of morphine on selfstimulation of the medial forebrain bundle in rats. Research Communications in

Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology (in press)

Low (1.25-2.5 mg/kg) and high (l0.0 mg/kg) doses of morphine sulfate increased and decreased, respectively, rates of self-stimulation. Tolerance occurred

to both effects upon repeated drUg administration on four consecutive days.

GLICK, S.D., ZIMMERBERG, B. and CHARAP, 'A.D. Effects ofalpha-methyl-p..tyrosine

on morphine depe?-de.nce.Psychopharmacologia 32: 365-371 (1973)

The effects of alpha-methyl-p-tyrosine (aMp'!') on the initial liability to

consume oral morphine solution and on withdrawal following cessation of passive

morphine administration were assessed. aMpT depressed consumptio~ of .oral

morphine solution if aMpT was administered throughout a nine day perIod of

morphine intake; when aMpT administration was stopped. a day prior to presentation of morphine solution, subsequent intake of morphine was enhanced. FQllowing

cessation of passive morphine administration, aMpT was found to ameliorate

withdrawal-induced weight loss; this effect occurred to a similar extent regardless

of whether a MpT was ad~inistered only during the .first Withdra~al day,. ~ly on.

days of morphine administration or. during both· perIods, of morphme adm~str~tion

and withdrawal. These results implicate an important role of catecholammes m

addiction and dependence to morphine.
GLUCK, J.P. and FERRARO, D.P. Effects of delta-9-THC on food and water intake of

deprivation experienced rats. Journal of Behavioral Biology 11(3): 395-401

(July, 1974)

Two groups of sixteen rats were placed on either a 23-hr food or water

deprivation regimen for 150 days. For twelve days following this period of adaptation, half of the rats in each group were pretreated with an oral dose of 1. 0

milligram delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol per kilogram of body weight which was

administered immediately after the daily 1-hr access to food and water. During

the twelve-day treatment phase, all the rats were administered the drug dose

two hours prior to the daily access period. Finally, the rats were returned to

nondrug recovery conditions for eight days. The amount of food and water consumed during the 1-hr access period was increased by delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol throughout the treatment phase, regardless of the rats' deprivation or

pretrea~ment drug conditions.

GLUCK, J. P., FERRARO, D. P. and MARRIOTT, R. G. Retardation of discrimination

reversal by deIta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol in monkeys. Pharmacology Biochemistry and Behavior 1: 605-608 (1973)

Adult monkeys acquired a simultaneous 2-choice color discrimination

after which they were given a series of ten successive discrimination reversals.

Half of the monkeys received all of this discrimination training under the influence

of a synthetic deIta-9-trans-tetrahydrocannabinol (delta-9-THC), the major

psychoactive constituent of marihuana, while the other monkeys served as nondrug controls. The drug states for the two groups were interchanged during the

eleventh reversal. Although acquisition of the initial discrimination did not differ

between the drug and control groups, subsequent discrimination reversals were

markedly retarded for the drug group. Performance of the drug group on the

initial reversals was characterized by perseveration to the previously reinforced

stimulus. Introduction of the drug to the control group during the final reversal

also produced an impairment of discrimination reversal performance.

GOLDBERG, S. R. Comparable behavior maintained under fixed-ratio and second-order

schedules of food presentation, cocaine injection or d-amphetamine injection

in the s_quirrel monkey. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 186(1): 18-30 (1973)

Under a fixed-ratio (FR) schedule, every 10th or every 30th key-press

response of squirrel monkeys resulted in either presentation of food or intravenous injection of drug. With optimal doses of cocaine or d-amphetamine and

with optimal amounts of food, mean response rate was over one per second.

Decreasing the cocaine or d-amphetamine dose resulted in irregular responding

at reduced rates. Discontinuing food presentation had the same effect. Increasing the cocaine or d-amphetamine dose resulted in a high response rate at the

beginning of each session, followed by decreasing response rates as the session

progressed; increasing the amount of food had the same effect. Monkeys were

then studied under a second-order fixed-interval schedule of FR components.

Each FR component completed during a fixed interval of time (five minutes) produced only a brief light. The first FR component completed after the five-minute

interval ended produced a brief light and either cocaine injection or food presentation. Mean response rates of about one per second were maintained consistently

as the dose of cocaine injected or the amount of food presented was systematically

varied over a wide range. Thus, striking parallels between drug-maintained

responding and food-maintained responding occurred over a wide range of parametervall.les under bothF:R and"~~~on~=-~~er schedules.

433
GOLDBERG. S. R. Control of behavior by stimuli as.sociated with drug injections. Psychic

Dependence. Bayer Symposil1Ill IV. 1972. Pp. 106-109.

GOLDBERG. S. R. Nalorphine: Conditioning of drug effects on operant performance.

Stixnulus Functions of Drugs. Edited by G. Heistad, T. Thompson and R. Pickens.

New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1970.

GOLDBERG. S. R•• HOFFMEISTER. F. and SCHLICHTING. U. U. Morphine antagonists:

Modification of behavioral effects by morphine dependence. Drug Addiction:

Experimental Pharmacology. Vol. 1. Edited by J. M•. Singh. L. Miller and

H. Lal. Mount Kisco. New York: Futura Publishing Company. Inc•• 1972.

Pp. 31-48.

GOLDBERG. S.R. and SCHUSTER, C.R. Conditioned suppression bya stimulus associated

with nalorphine in morphine-dependent rhesus monkeys. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 10: 235 (1967)

Rhesus monkeys which were dependent on morphine were measured in a

food lever response. Nalorphine, which is an antagonist to morphine was administered to the monkeys. This caused withdrawal symptoms, and the administration

of nalorphine caused a suppresSion of the food lever response rate. Two control

rhesus monkeys not dependent On morphine had nalorphine administered to them.

There was no change in the food lever response rate after the nalorphine was

injected into the control monkeys, and no withdrawal symptoms occurred.

GOLDBERG, S.R., WOODS. J.H. and SCHUSTER, C.R. Morphine: Conditioned increases

in self-administration in rhesus monkeys. Science 166: 1306-1307 (1969)

Operant responding in three monkeys was maintained by intravenous

presentations of morphine. Nalorphine produced reliable increases in morphinereinforced responding. With successive daily nalorphine injections there was a

decreased latency of self-administration responditlg for morpl1ine. and substituted

saline injections produced conditioned increases .in morphine-reinforced responding.

GOLDBERG, S. R., WOODS. J. H. and SCHUSTER, C. R. Nalorphine-induced changes in

morphine self-administration in rhesus monkeys. The Journal of Pharmacology

and Experimental Therapeutics 176: 464-481 (1971)

Small doses of nalorphine (30-300 mu-g/kg) and naloxone (3-10 mu-g/kg)

markedly increased the rate of i. v. morphine self-administration in xnorphinedependent rhesus monkeys; larger doses tended to decrease mOrphine selfadministration. Naloxone was about 10 times more potent than nalorphine in

producing these changes. There was evidence of sequential effects, with one dose

of nalorphine affecting the response to subsequent doses. After repeated injections of small nalorphine doses, interspersed saline injections increased selfadministration rate in some monkeys. Nalorphine, in the range of doses that

produced changes in morphine self-administration, had no effect on cocaine

self-administration.

~~c-:i ",":'- ," -~~".:;,,,
GOLDSTEIN, A. and SHEEHAN, P. Tolerance to opioid narcotics. I. Tolerance to the

"running fit" caused by levorphanol in the mouse. The Journal of Pharmacology

and Experimental Therapeutics 169(2): 175-184 (1969)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

GOODE, E. The Marijuana Smokers. New York: Basic Books, Inc., 1970.

GORDON, N. B. The functional status of the methadone maintained person. Discrimination

and the Addict. Edited by L. R. S. Simmons and M. B. Gold. International Yearbooks of Drug Addiction and Society, Vol. I. Beverly Hills, California: Sage

Publications. 1973.

The foregoing presentations of our findings of over seven years of study

of methadone patients has led us to a number of general conclusions. First and

foremost, we have not found any evidence that maintenance ,on methadone per se

should be a barrier to any activity chosen by a patient, consistent with his abilities

and interests. The only qualification to this conclusion might be a medical one,

which would stipulate that an adequate period of time for stabilization on the

medication is necessary. In this connection, it should be kept in mind that our

psychomotor studies were for the most part accomplished with patients who had

been stabilized for a year.

Secondly, it must be recognized that methadone therapy is designed to

deal only with heroin addiction. Other behavioral factors. such as emotional

problems, ancillary drug abuse of substances such as cocaine, amphetamines,

barbiturates and alcohol, where they occur, are problems that are also faced by

those who do not use heroin. A potential employer should use the same judgment

about a methadone patient as he would apply to any other individual. It cannot be

assumed that the status "methadone patient" per se implies anything more than that

an individual has volunteered to change his life style, perhaps save his iife, and

attempt to become a useful citizen. There is no evidence that the ancillary problems

faced by methadone patients occur with any greater frequency in that group than in

any other group in the general urban population.

Finally, it must be recognized that the performance potential of methadone

treated ex-addicts is essentially normal, and their social behavior is likely to be

superior in that they are seeking to improve their lot. They deserve to be treated

as citizens rather than as ex-junkies, for their record of accomplishment is an

impressive one.

GORDON, N. B. Reaction-times of methadone treated ex-heroin addicts. Psychopharmacologia 16: 337-344 (1970)

The reaction-times (r. t. IS) of 18 male and 9 female out-patients under

treatment with methadone for heroin addiction, were compared with those of control subjects who were either non~drug users or had recently been withdrawn from

narcotic drugs. Three different r. t. tests were used: a simple visual, simple

choice and a multiple discrimination. multiple choice r. t.

The median r. t. 's of subjects tolerant to average doses of 100 mg of

methadone per day were either equal to or shorter than those of control subjects.

Analysis of the data revealed that the source of r. t. differences may be ascribable to superior signal detection or possibly decision time (pre-motor components)

rather than limb tranport time components of the total reaction-time.

435
GRAHAM, J.M., JR., SCHREIBER, R.A. and ZEMP. J. W. Effect of d-amphetamine

sulfate on susceptibility to audiogenic seizures in DBA/2J mice. Behavioral

Biology 10: 183-190 (1974)

D-Amphetamine sulfate in saline was injected intraperitoneally into

DBA/2J mice in doses ranging from 0.25 to 16.0 mg/kg. Fifteen minutes after

injection, 21- or 26-day-old DBA/2J mice were tested for susceptibility to audiogenic seizures. Maximal protection was found at 1. 0-2. 0 mg/kgat both ages.

Fewer 21-day-old animals died after the maximally effective dose, and at 26 days

of age, fewer animals manifested a wild running response than did saline controls.

D-Amphetamine sulfate (2. 0 mg/kg) was then injected intraperitoneally,

into DBA/2J mice at 21, 24, 27, 3.0. or 45 days of age. Fifteen minutes after injection, each mouse was tested for susceptibility to sound-induced seizures. DBA/2J

mice receiving D-amphetamine Elulfate manifested significantly fewer severe

seizures than control mice at 21. 24. and 27 days. In particular. the incidence of

tonic seizures and death was significantly reduced for each of the age groups. For

the 27-day-old mice, the incidence of clonic seizures was also significantly reduced.

GRIFFITHS. R.R., WURSTER, R•• FINDLEY. J. and BRADY. J.V. Reduction of heroin

self-administration in baboon subjects by manipulation of behavioral and pharmacological conditions. Presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Psychological Association. Baltimore. Maryland. 1974.

GRISHAM, M. G. and FERRARO. D. P. Biphasic effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol

on variable interval schedule performance in rats. Psychopharmacologia

27: 163-169 (1972)

Four rats were trained tobarpress for water reinforcexnent under a

variable interval 60 sec schedule. Nine acute administrations of (-) delta-9-

trans-tetrahydrocannabinol, in axnounts ranging from 0.25 to I6.0mg/kg, produced dose-related effects on responding; overall response rate increased at

lower doses, while higher doses produced ataxia and a complete suppression of

responding. Increased response rates reflected changes both in response spacing

and in the lengths of post-reinforcement pauses. It was concluded that marihuana

has a biphasic effect on variable inte.rvalwater-reinforced behavior in rats.

HARRIS, L.S., DEWEY. W.L•• SPAULDING, T.C., LEVY. J.A. and PLAINTIDOSI, S.

Recent studies on the development of toleranceanc;i physical dependence in

rodents. Presented at the American Chemical Society Meeting, Rochester,

New York, October 15. 1973.

HARRIS, R. T. and BALSTER, R. L. Discriminative control by dl-amphetamine and saline

of lever choice and response patterning. Psychonomic Science 10(3): 105-106

(1968) •

Discriminative control of lever choice and response patterning by

internal states was demonstrated in rats trained on a two lever mult FR DRL

schedule of food reinforcement. Saline was administered on days when the FR

component was programmed and amphetamine when DRL was in effect. On subsequent extinction sessions, the animals responded on the lever and at rates

which were appropriate to the compound administered.
HARRIS, R. T., WATERS, W. and McLENDON, D. Evaluation of reinforcing capability of

delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol in rhesus monkeys. Psychopharmacologia 37:

23-29 (1974)

Harnessed rhesus monkeys, surgically prepared with indwelling jugular

catheters, were given access by means of remotely controlled infusion pumps to

unlimited quantities of delta-9-trans-tetrahydrocannabinol. Naive monkeys as well

as monkeys which were automatically infused with THC for over 28 days did not

self-administer THC. Monkeys which had a history of multiple drug selfadministration also did not self-infuse THC.

HARTMANN, R.J. and GELLER, I. P-chlorophenylalanine effects on a conditioned emotional

response in rats. Life Sciences 10: 927-933 (1971)

Hungry rats learned to press a lever for a liquid food reward on a 2-minute

variable-interval schedule of reinforcement. Lever pressing was suppressed in

the presence of a tone stimulus by pairing the tone with brief electric shocks. pChlorophenylalanine, the tryptophan hydroxylase inhibitor, produced an attenuation

of the conditioned suppression. The effect was reversed in some animals b.y

administration of 5-hydroxytryptophan.

HARVEY, J.A., editor. Behavioral ADlilysis of Drug Action. Glenview, Illinois:

Scott, Foresman and Company, 1971.

HARVEY. J. A. Physiological and pharmacological analysis of behavior. Advances in

Behavioral Biology. Edited by R. Whalen. New York: Plenum Press. 1974.

Pp. 125-147.

HASSELAGER, E., ROLINSKI, Z. and RANDRUP, A. Specific antagonism by dopamine

inhibitors of items of amphetamine induced aggressive behavior. Psychopharmacologia 24: 485-495 (1972)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

HILL, H. F. and HORITA, A. Inhibition of (+)-amphetamine hyperthermia by blockade of

dopamine receptors in rabbits. Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmacology 23:

715 (1971)

HILL, H. F. and HORITA, A. A pimozide-sensitive effect of apomorphine on body temperature of the rabbit. Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmacology 24: 490 (1972)

HILL. S. Y., SCHWIN, R., GOODWIN, D. W. and POWELL, B.J. Marihuana and pain.

The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 188(2): 415-418

(1974)

Twenty-six men participated in a study of pain and sensation thresholds

and pain tolerance. Cutaneous electrical stimulation was applied to the subjects'

fingers and thresholds were determined before and after smoking marihuana.

It was found that marihuana affected thresholds by increasing sensitivity to both

painful and nonpainful stimulation and reducing tolerance for pain.

';,~-...;-......, ~.-.~ .. ._,

HILL, S. Y•• SCHWIN. R•• POWELL~.B. and GOODWIN, D. W. State-dependent effects

of marihuana on human me~orYz'-Nature 243: 241-242 (May, 1973)

437
HINDMAN. R.D•• MILLER. J. M•• MEYER. R.E. and COCHIN. J. The effect of

length of exposure to etonitazene upon drug seeking behavior. .!!'!!:

Pharmacologist 13: 262 (1971)

In has recently been postulated by us that in mice an etonitazene

(ETA}-induced shift from the normal nocturnal drinking pattern to

increased daytime drinking may be a measure of drug seeking behavior

and may indicate the development of dependence on the drug. In a related

study exploring drug-seeking behavior as a function of the length of

exposure of the drug. 4 groups of mice were given ET2 (l5mu-g/ml) for varying

periods of time- - 0.5.7.9 weeks. The drug groups showed a marked

increase in daytime drinking as compared to the control group; the degree

of change correlating w~th exposure to ET2. At the end of the above

periods of exposure to the drug. all groups except the controls showed

marked cross-tolerance to morphine. When the mice were given

naloxone to precipitate the abstinence syndrome. the majority of

animals on ET2 for nine wks. were shown to be physically dependent.

while the other drug-treated groups showed fewer dependent animals.

As a final test of drug-seeking behavior. all 4 groups were exposed to a

drug/water choice situation in which drug seeking correlated well

with length of exposure to drug. Thus. both the shift in drinking

patterns and drug seeking correlate with forced exposure to ET2.

HIRSCHHORN. I.D. and WINTER. J.C. Mescaline and lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD)

as discriminative stimuli. Psychopharmacologia 22: 64-71 (1971)

For abstra.ct. see SectiOIl ilL Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

HITZEMANN. R.J•• HO. 1.K•• CHO. T.M. and LOH. H.B. Narcotic tolerance and

dependence and serotonin turnover. Science 178: 645-647 (1972)

HO. B.T•• McISAAC. W.M•• AN. R•• TANSEY. L. W. and WALKER. K.E. Effect of

amphetamine analogs on disruption of animal behavior and barbiturate sleeping

time. Adv¥1ces ..in. Mell~al ..Science. Prug pepenciellce. Austin. Texas: University

of Texas Press. 1969.

HO. 1.K•• WH. H.H. and WAY. E.L. Influence of GABA on morphine analgesia. tolerance

and ph~sical dependence. Proceedings of the Western Pharxna.cological Society

16: 4-7 (1973)

, HOCHMAN. J. S. and BRILL. N. Q. Chronic marijuana use and psychosocial adaptation.

American Journal of Psychiatry 130(2): 132-140 (February. 1973)

The authors studied the life history and adaptation of marijuana users and

nonusers in a randomly selected representative sample of ten percent of the UCLA

undergraduate student body. Statistically significant differences were discovered

in family and personal history; educational and work perforxnance; legal history;

marital and sexual adjustment; current adaptation; political. religious, and other

values; and the use of other drugs. Chronic use of marijuana was not accompanied

by significant deterioration in functioning or adaptation but was accompanied by

increasing acculturation into a relativistic. gratification..oriented. stimulusseeking value fi3ystem.
HOFFMEISTER, F. and GOLDBERG, S.R. A comparison of chlorpromazine, imipramine,

morphine and d-amphetamine self-administration in cocaine-dependent rhesus

monkeys. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 187(1):

8-14 (1973)

Rhesus monkeys were studied during daily three-hour sessions in which

every lOth key press (response) produced an intravenous cocaine injection. Cocaine

doses from 0.2 down to 0.05 mg/kg/injection maintained stable responding. When

monkeys were maintained at the 0.05 mg/kg/injection cocaine dose, sessions were

conducted during which responses produced either saline, d-amphetamine, imipramine, morphine or chlorpromazine injections (substitution sessions) rather than

cocaine injections. Response rate over successive saline-substitution sessions

gradually decreased. Stable responding at rates higher than saline-substitution

responding, was well maintained during successive substitution sessions, by injections of 0.01 to 0.05 mg/kg of d-amphetamine and by injections of 0.025 to 0.5

mg/kg of morphine. Imipramine, at injection doses of 0.05 to 0.5 mg/kg, failed

to maintain rates of responding different from those during saline substitution.

Response rates during and after chlorpromazine substitution (0.05-0.5 mg/kg/

injection) were markedly suppressed, indicating that chlorpromazine has aversive

or punishing properties.

HOLLANDER, C., editor. Collection of Background Papers on Student Drug Involvement.

Washington, D.C.: United States National Student Association, 1967.

HOLLISTER, A. S., BREESE, G. R. and COOPER, B. R. Comparison of tyrosine hydroxylase and dopamine-beta-hydroxylase inhibition with the effects of various 6-

hydroxydopamine treatments on d-amphetamine induced motor activity.

Psychopharmacologia 36: 1-16 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

HOLLISTER, L. E. Hunger and appetite after single doses of marihuana, alcohol, and dextroamphetamine. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics 12(1): 44-49 (JanuaryFebruary, 1971)

Two separate experiments indicated that in most subjects, after oral administration of marihuana, total food intake, as well as reports of hunger and appetite,

are increased. Drugs such as dextramphetamine and, to a lesser extent, alcohol,

reduced food consumption and appetite. Stimulation of appetite by marihuana is by

no means invariable, occurring in only slightly more than half the subjects.

Similar variations between individuals were observed in the case of responses to

dextroamphetamine and alcohol.

HOLLISTER, L.E., MacNICOL, M.F. and GILLESPIE, H.K. An hallucinogenic amphetamine analog (DOM) in man. Psychopharmacologia 14: 62-73 (1969)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.
HOLTZMAN. S. G. Behavioral effects of profadol in the rat. Psychopharmacologia

34: 135-142 (1974)

The effects of profadol. an analgesic with mixed agonist and antagonist

properties. were evaluated on continuous avoidance responding and locomotor

activity in the rat. Profadol was tested alone and concomitantly with 8.0 mgIkg

of naloxone. Profadol had a biphasic effect on avoidance response rate. increasing it at from 0.5-8.0 mg/kg and decreasing it at 32 mg/kg. Naloxone blocked

both the rate increasing and the rate decreasing effects of profadolon avoidance

responding. Locomotor activity was unaffected by O. 5-64mglk.g of profadol

alone, but was increased when profadol and naloxone were administered together.

These findings extend the dual action hypothesis for morphine to a partialmorphine agonist. This study provides further evidence that the behavioral activity

of narcotic antagonists can be evaluated in the rat in an objective and qua.ntitative

manner.

HOLTZMAN, S. G. Behavioral effects of separate and combined administration of naloxone

and d-amphetamine. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 189(1): 51-60 (1974)

-Dose-response curves for d-amphetamine were determined in the rat

for three distinct types of behavior: continuous avoidance responding, loc.omotor

activity and food intake. The effects of d-amphetamine were also evaluated on

locomotor activity and food intake in the mouse. d-Amphetamine was tested alone

and in combination with naloxone. a specific narcotic antagonist that is almost

devoid of agonistic properties. Characteristic amphetamine .effects were observed

in both species. Avoidance responding and locomotor activity were increased by

low doses of d-amphetamine and were disrupted by higher doses. A similar biphasic dose-response curve was generated for food intake in the rat. but damphetamine produced only a suppression of food intake in the mouse. Otherwise inactive ~oses of naloxone significantly and consistently reduced the stimulant effects of d-amphetamine on a'Voidance responding and locomotor activity in

the rat; no consistent drug interactions occurred in the locomotor activity tests

in the mouse. There were no interactions between naloxone andrl-amphetamine on

food intake in either species. However. in the rat. naloxone itself showed pronounced activity in suppressing food intake. The results show that a narcotic

antagonist can markedly modify the behavioral effects of a non-opioid psychoactive

drug. Furthermore, it appears that some of the actions of naloxone are species

dependent.

HOLTZMAN, S. G. Interactions of pentazocine and naloxone on the monoamine content of

discrete regions of the rat brain. Biochemical Pharmacology 23: 3029-3035

(1974) .

Pentazocine, 5.6 to 56 rug/kg, caused dose-related decreases in the

catecholamine content of discrete regions of the rat brain. Norepinephrine levels

were lowered in all brain regions examined, whereas the depletion of dopamine

was restricted to the cortex and striatum. Serotonin levels were relatively

unaffected by pentazocine. Pretreatment with naloxone antagonized the pentazocine-induced depletion Of brain dopamine. Naloxone also blocked the pentazocine-induced depletion of norepinephrine in the cortex and midbrain, but failed

to affect the depletion of. norepinephrine in the medulla and actually enhanced the

depletion of hypothalamic norepinephrine. A significant depletion of medullary

serotonin was observed only in rats pretreated with naloxone.. These findings are

consistent with the concept that pentazocine's agonistic spectrum of activity

involves two components: one which is blocked by naloxone and one which is not.
HOLTZMAN. S.G. Narcotic antagonists as stimulants of behavior in the rat: Specific and

nonspecific effects. Narcotic Antagonists. Edited by M. C. Braude. L. S. Harris,

E. L. May. J. P. Smith and J. E. Villarreal. Advances in Biochemical Psychopharmacology. Vol. 8. New York: Raven Press, 1973.

The actions of cyclazocine. pentazocine. and levallorphan were evaluated

on two distinct types of behavior in adult male rats: operant behavior (lever pressing

maintained under a continuous avoidance schedule) and locomotor activity. Drug

effects on the total brain content of norepinephrine and dopamine were also examined. Dose-response curves were first determined for each drug administered

alone, and then redetermined with concomitant administration of 8 or 16 mg/kg

of naloxone. The three narcoti~-antagonistanalgesics increased avoidance re3ponding and locomotor activity in a graded manner over a broad range of doses.

The 'order of potency and peak activity in both procedures was cyclazocine greater

than levallorphan greater than pentazocine. These drugs also produced doserelated decreases in brain catecholamine content ranging from 13 to 40%. Thus,

the rat is a unique species in that its response to narcotic antagonists is characterized by graded behavioral stimulation. ;Naloxone. itself inactive in' all procedures. blocked the effects of the narcotic-antagonist analgesics on operant

behavior. but not their effects on locomotor activity and brain catecholamine

levels. These results indicate that the agonistic component of action of narcotic

antagonists in the rat is mediated by at least two mechanisms: one which is blocked

by naloxone (i. e., specific). and one which is not (i. e •• nonspecific).

HOLTZMAN, S. G. Tolerance to the stimulant effects of morphine and pentazocine on

avoidance responding in the rat. Psychopharmacologia 39: 23-37 (1974)

Dose-response curves were determined for the effects of morphine (0.3-

10 mg/kg) and pentazocine (l.0 -30 mg/kg) on continuous avoidance responding

in the rat. Each dose of morphine was retested following 3 days of morphine

administration. The pentazocine curve was redetermined after 3 days of treatment with either pentazocine or morphine. Upon initial testing, morphine and

pentazocine both generated biphasic dose-response curves. Graded increases in

response rate were produced by 0.3-3.0 mg/kg of morphine and by 1. 0-10 mg/kg

of pentazocine; behavior was disrupted by 10 mg/kg of morphine and by 30 mg/kg

of pentazocine. The stimulant effects of the lower doses of morphine and pentazocine were markedly reduced by 3 days of drug treatment; the disruptive effect

of the highest dose of each drug was similarly attenuated. These findings show that

tolerance can develop to a stimulant component of action of morphine and pentazocine in the rat. The development of pentazocine cross-tolerance to morphine

provides additional support for the view that a common mechanism mediates the

effects of morphine and pentazocine on avoidance behavior.

HOLTZMAN. S.G. and JEWETT. R.E. Interactions of morphine and nalorphine with physostigmine on operant behavior in the rat. Psychopharmacologia 22: 384-395

(1971)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

HOLTZMAN. S. G. and JEWETT. R. E. Shock intensity as a determinant of the behavioral

effects of morphine in the rat. Life Sciences 11 (Part 1): 1085-1091 (September.

1972)

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.
HOLTZMAN. S. G. and JEWETT. R. E. Some actions of pentazocine on behavior and brain

monoamines in the rat. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 181(2): 346 (1972)

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

HOLTZMAN. S.G. and JEWETT. R.E. Stimulation of behavior in the rat by cyclazocine:

Effects of naloxone. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics

187(2): 380 (1973)

For abstract. see Section Ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

HOLTZMAN. S. and VILLA~REAL. J. Effects of acute and chronic morphine

administration on operant behavior in rhesus monkeys. The Pharmacologist

10: 204 (1968)

Food reinforced lever-pressing behavior was maintained On a

VI-I' schedule with 10" limited holds. This behavior was the baseline for

two types of schedules with components of aversive control. In one. a

visual stimulus terminating with a tall shock was presented at regular

intervals (conditioned suppression paradigm CSP). In the other. shocks every

response emitted in the presence of a visual stimulus (punishment paradigm

PP). Morphine produced a dose-related depression of responding in all

c,omponents of the 2 schedules. Published effects of narcotic analgesics

on the CSP are thus not confirmed. Diazepam. a non algesic increased

responding suppressed in the CSP. Morphine was given chronically at two

dose levelS (land 2 mg/kg q 6h)to monkeys on the PP schedule. Responding

was at first depressed but returned to pre-drug levels. Morphine deprivation

led to large decreases in all lever responding. which were rela.ted to

maintenance dose. Responding returned to control levels whenmorPhi.ne

administration was resumed. This procedure should be considered for

evaluation of the physical dependence capacity of analgesics.

HOLTZMAN. S. G. and VILLARREAL. J. E. Operant behavior in the morphine-dependent

rhesus monkey. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics

184: 528-541 (1973) •.

Monkeys were trained to press a level under variable-interval or fixedratio schedules of,food presentation. In each session. nonpunishment periods in

which only the schedule of food presentation was in effect alternated with punishment periods in which the schedule of food· presentation was· in. effect and each

response produced the delivery of a brief electric shock to the tail. Punishment

periods were designated by a red stimulus light. Morphine. 0.5 to 4.0 mg/kg.

depressed unpunished and punished behavior equally. Tolerance developed to this

effect. Physical dependence was produced by chronic morphine treatment with

s. c. injection every six hours at two dose levels: 4.0 and 8.0 mg/kg/day. Withdrawal from either level of morphine maintenance produced marked decreases

in unpunished behavior. Under one-minute variable-interval and 120-response

fixed-ratio schedules. the 'decreases in unpunished responding produced by withdrawal were very consistent within and between monkeys. Under fixed-ratio

schedules of 15. 30 or 60 the effects of morphine withdrawal on behavior were

highly variable. Punished responding emitted at high base-line rates also was

decreased by morphine withdrawal. However. punished responding emitted at
Holtzman, S. G. and Villarreal, J. E. continued

low base-line rates was increased by withdrawal. Drugs producing physical

dependence of the morphine type, but not other classes of drugs, restored both

unpunished and punished behavior disrupted by morphine withdrawal.

HORITA, A. and HAMILTON, A. E. The effects of DL-alpha-methyltyrosine and L-dopa

on the hyperthermic and behavioral actions of LSD in rabbits. Neuropharmacology 12: 471-476 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

HUNT. H. F. Unconditioned stimulus functions of drugs: Interpretations. I. Chapter 5.

of Stimulus Properties of Drugs. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts. 1971.

HURST. P.M. Judgment distortion by amphetamines: Some moderating innuences.

Psychopharmacology of the Normal Human. Edited by W. O. Evans and N. S. Kline.

Springfield, illinois: Charles C. Thomas Company. 1969.

HURST. P.M•• RADLOW. R. and BAGLEY. S.K. The effects of d-ampheta.m.ine and chlordiazepoxide upon strength and estimated strength. Ergonomics 11(1): 47-52 (1968)

Four drug treatments were administered to each of 58 college student

volunteers who served as their own controls in a Latin square design. The treatments

were d-amphetamine sulphate (11-17 mg). chlordiazepOxide HCI (25 mg). placebo. and

no drug.

Grip strength was measured on a Stoelting hand dynamometer 3-3t hours

after ingestion. Prior to giving their maximum effort. subjects were required to

estimate their strengths on the basis of perceived effort required to reach an

assigned submaximum value. determined as a percentage of masked pre-test scores.

Objective strength was significantly higher under d-amphetamine than under

any other treatment condition. The treatments did not differ significantly with

respect to estimated strength or estimate bias. These results imply that the increase

in objective strength was not mediated by suggestion.

HURST. P.M•• RADLOW. R•• CHUBB. N.C. and BAGLEY. S.K. Drug effects upon choice

behavior in mixed motive games. Behavioral Science 14(6): 443-452 (November.

1969)

It was hypothesized that strategic choice behavior is sensitive to changes

in utility or affectively toned expectancies resulting from ingestion of mood-active

drugs. A series of symmetrical two-person. mixed motive games was constructed

upon the four non-trivial archetypes defined by Rapoport (1967). To heighten conflict. these were played for substantial amounts of real money. D-amphetamiOe.

amobarbital. and a mixture of the two were selected as treatments likely to produce significant affective changes. and hence by hypothesis to alter volitional

outcome.

Both of the amphetamine conditions produced the expected changes in

mood self-ratings. They also significantly influenced several dimensions of choice

behavior. thus establishing that the latter are sensitive to mood-active agents.

However. the directions of change in choice behavior were not predictable from

the directions of mood change. and some could better have been oppositely predicted.
HURST, P.M., RADLOW, R., CHUBB, N.C. and BAGLEY, S.K. Effects of alcohol and

d-amphetamine upon mood and volition. Psychological Reports 24: 975-987 (1969)

The purpose was to measure drug effecta upon mood self-.ratings and upon

volitional outcomes presumably related to changes in mood. Alcohol, d-amphetamine and placebo were administered, separately and in combination, to 70 male

volunteers who served as their own controls. Measures of volitional behavior

included gambling for money, and verbal production on assigned topics. Mood

self-ratinga were interapersed. Alcohol increased the number of maximum bets

but did not significantly increase average bet size or affect verbal production. Damphetamine aignificantly increased verbal production but not ri.sk-taking. There

was no evidence of drug interaction in either of these measures of volitional

behavior. However, there were interesting combinatorial effects upon the various

mood dimensions, where the combination of alcohol and d-amphetamine produced

additive, non-additive and supra-additive effects. As in some previous atudiea,

drug effects on the mOod self-ratings were found. to be useful but uncertain predictors of plausibly relevant volitional behaviors.

HURST, P. MOl RADLOW, R. andPERCHONOK, K. Some dimensions of affective response

to drugs. Psychological Reports 24: 239-261 (1969)

This study is an attempt to dimensionalize the affective responses of

normal humans to some common psychoactive drugs. To this end, the methods of

factor analysis were applied to a drug X mood correlation matrix. This technique

differs radically from previous applications of factor analysis to mood effects, in

that the latter characteristically analyze a mood X subject matrix:. Thus, instead

of reflecting the organization of individual differences, the resulting factor structure represented a mood-dimension space in which drug effects were resolved as

vectors•. Amphetamines were found to produce strong effects along three mood

dimensions, whose relative strengths depend upon dosage, latency, and a strong

dosage X latency interaction. Susceptibility to independent manipulation by

dosa.ge-Iatency variations implies that the three dimensions constitute more than

statistical abstractions and may represent isolable biochemical events.

HURST, P. M., RADLOW, R. and WEIDNER, M. F. Effects of d-amphetamine on taskalternation and utility of delayed reward. American Journal of Psychology 81:

391-397 (1968)

Ninety college-student volunteers served as their own controls to test

selected behavioral dimensions of d-amphetamine at two dosage'-levels. Two hypo- .

theses advanced to explain the drug's apparent effect on industriousness were tested

according to overt behavioral cr~teria. The first hypothesis was that an antiinhi.bition mechanism is involved. From this hypothesis was derived the prediction

that the drug would produce less frequent alternation between two different repetitive

tasks than the placebo. This was confirmed at p less than. 02 for the smaller dosage

and at p less than .001 for the larger dosage. The second hypothesis was that damphetamine reduces the disutility of delay in reward and thus flattens the goal~

gradient. This was tested by offering Ss various delayed-payment options concerning their remuneration for the experiment. It was predicted that the drug

would increase the acceptance of lower-interest options. The. second hypothesis

was not confirmed, although measurement-precision was too low for a. conclusive

test.
HURST, P. M., RADLOW, R., WEIDNER, M.F. and ROSS, S. Drugs and placebos: Drug

guessing by normal volunteers. Psychological Reports 33: 683-694 (1973)

A series of 4 related experiments are described, using male and female

student volunteers. Each experiment involved 3 to 5 evening sessions, during

which a number of drug treatments were rotated among Ss. After drug ingestion,

a series of experimental tasks, differing among the experiments, were used~,

At the end of each session, S reported on how the drug received had affected him,

and classified the drug as a "stimulant, " "depressant, " "tranqUilizer, " or as

having "no effect." In one experiment only the first two categories were used.

Differences in drugs received accounted for only a small part of the variance in

assigned categories. ~mphetamines at the dose levels used were better discriminated from placebo than were other drugs. Limited (but recent) prior experience in

being an S in drug experiments may facilitate drug recognition, if the experimental

situation provides cues to S in relationship to task demands. However. since the

over-all accuracy of drug recognition was only slightly better than chance (for both

experienced and naive Ss), little error should be expected to arise from application

of the usual (inert) placebo controls.

HURST, P. M., WEIDNER, M. F. and RADLOW, R. The effects of amphetamines upon judgments and decisions. Psychopharmacologia 11: 397-404 (1967)

D-amphetamine sulfate, dl-amphetamine sulfate, and placebo were orally

administered to 93 college student volunteers who served as their own controls in

a Latin Square design. Dosages were adjusted to the two-thirds power of body

weight with the proportionality constant set for 14 mg/70 kg with each drug. Effects

were measured upon performances in a mathematical reasoning test, upon selfappraisals of these performances, and in a task which attached monetar.y payments

to the accuracy of self-appraisals ("Decision Score"). The objectives of this research

were (1) to reassess the biases in performance self-appraisals reported by SMITH and

BEECHER (1964), and (2) to determine whether these biases represent mere verbal

expansiveness or whether they are reflected by changes in decision behavior.

SMITH and BEECHER's effect upon self-appraisals was confirmed (at pless

than.02). Decision Score also was affected (at p less than. 01) in the predicted

direction. Performance scores were not significantly affected.

HUTCHINGS, D. E. and GIBBON, J. Preliminary study of behavioral and teratogenic effects

of two "stress" procedures administered during different periods of gestation in

the rat. Psychological Reports 26: 239-246 (February, 1970)

This study investigated the teratogenicity of prenatal maternal stress in

the rat as well as the emotional effects produced in the offspring. To determine

whether the magnitude of these -effects or the direction of emotional change in

the offspring depends on differences in the severity of the maternal treatments or

the period in gestation when they are administered, animals were either "handled"

or exposed to shock-escape during the 2nd or 3rd week only of gestation. Both

treatments were equally effective in lowering the emotionality of the offspring

irrespective ,of the period in gestation when treatments were administered. No

appreciable teratogenic effects were produced by either treatment.

IDANPAAN-HEIKKILA, J. E., FRITCHIE, G. E. and McISAAC, W. M. Pharmacological

and behavioral studies of STP: Relationship to tissue distribution. Advances

in Mental Science, Drug Dependence, Vol. 2. Austin, Texas: University of

Texas Press, 1969, Pp. 24.

445
IGLAUER, C. and WOODS, J.B. Concurrent performances: Reinforcement by different

doses of intravenous cocaine in rhesus monkeys. Journal of the Experimental

Analysis of Behavior 22: 179-196 (July, 1974)

Different doses of intravenous cocaine reinforced the lever pressing of

rhesus monkeys under two lever concurrent or concurrent chain schedules.

Under the concurrent procedure, responding produced drug reinforcers arranged

according to independent variable interval I-min. schedules. Under the COncurrent chain procedure, responding in the variable interval link led to one of

two mutually exclusive equal-valued, fixed-ratio links; completion of the ratio

produced a drug reinforcer. Under both procedures, responding on one lever

produced a constant dose of 0.05 or 0.1 mg/kg injection, while on the other

lever. dose was systematically varied within a range of 0.013 to 0.8 mg/kgl

injection. Preferli!nce. indicated by relative response frequency on the variab1edose lever during the variable-interval link, was always for the larger of the

doses. Relative response frequencies on thli! variab11i! dose lever roughly matched

relative drug intake (mg/kg of drug obtained on variable lever divided by mg/kg

of drug obtained on both levers). For many dose comparisons, responding

occurred and reinforcers were obtained almost exclusively on the preferred

lever. Overall variable interval rates generally were lower .than with other

reinforcers and these low rates, under the experimental conditions, may have

occasioned the exclusive preferences.

ISAAC, W. A study of the relationship between the visual system and the effects of damphetamine. Physiology and Behavior 6: 157-159 (1971)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

ISAAC, W. and TROELSTRUP, R. Opposite. effect of illumination and d-amphetamine upon

activit~:' in the squirrel monkey (salmiri) and owl monkey (aotes).Psychopharmacologia 15: 260-264 (1969)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

IWAMOTO, E. T.• BO. I.K. and WAY, E.L. Elevation of brain dopamine during naloxoneprecipitated withdrawal in morphine-dependent mice and rats. Proceedings of

the Western Pharmacological Society 16: 14-18 (1973)

JACQUET, Y. and LAJTBA, A. A concurre.nt hyper/hypo-reactivesyndrome following

morphine microinjection in the midbrain centr'al gray. Journal of Pharmacology

5(Supplement 2): 46 (1974)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

JAFFE, J.• DAHLBERG, C. C., LURIA, J., BRESKIN, S., CHOROSH, J. and LORICK. E.

Speech rhythms in patient monologues: The influence of LSD-25 and dextroamphetamine. Biological Psychiatry 4(3): 243-246 (i972)

I

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms'of Action of Different Drugs.-

JAFFE, J., DAHLBERG, C.C., LURIA, J. and CHOROSH, J. Effects of LSD-25and

dextroamphetamine on speech rhythms in psychotherapy dialogues. •Biological

Psychiatry 6(1): 93-96 (1973) ,

FQr abstract,
JANOWKSY. D.S•• EL-YOUSEF. M.K•• DAVIS. J.M. and SEKERKE, H.J. Cholinergic

antagonism of methylphenidate-induced stereotyped behavior. .Psychopharmacologia 27: 295-303 (1972)

Rats were pretreated with methylscopolamine. One group received

neostigmine or physostigmine followed by methylphenidate. Physostigmine. but

not neostigmine prevented the occurrence of stereotyped gnawing behavior.

Another group received methylphenidate followed by physostigmine or neostigmine. Physostigmine abolished rat stereotyped gnawing behavior.

JARVIK. M.E. and DABROWSKA, J. Effects of drugs and brain lesions upon learning and

memory in monkeys. Use of Nonhuman Primates in Drug Evaluation. Edited by

H. Vagtborg. Austin. Texas: University of Texas Press. 1968.

JESPERSEN. S. and SCHEEL-KRUGER. J. Evidence ~or a difference in mechanism of action

between fenfluarmine and amphetamine induced anorexia. Journal of Pharmacy and

Pharmacology 25: 49-54 (1973)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

JOHANSON, C. E. and SCHUSTER. C. R. A comparison of the reinforcing "efficacy of cocaine

and methylphenidate in rhesus monkeys. Committee on the Problems of Drug

Dependence. Washington. D. C.: National Academy of Sciences. National Research

Council. 1973. P. 500.

JOHNSON. S. and DOMINO, E.F. Some cardiovascular effects of marihuana smoking in

normal volunteers. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics 12: 762-768 (1971)

Marihuana smoking caused a significant increase in heart rate in 25 normal

male volunteers. The degree of tachycardia was significantly related to the dose

of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (delta-9-THC). The marihuana smoked contained

0.5 and 2.9 percent delta-9-THC and was compared to extracted marihuana as a

control in a single-blind experimental design. Dose of delta-9-THC was expressed

as the total amount available in the number of cigarettes smoked under standard

conditions. The tachycardia reached a maximum within 30 minutes and persisted

longer than 90 minutes. Systolic ana"diastolic blood pressures were significantly

elevated after total doses of marihuana containing more than 10 mg. of THC, but

blood pressure was better correlated to heart rate than to dose. Changes in the

electrocardiogram were minimal. but there were premature ventricular contractions in some subjects.

JONAS, W. and SCHEEL-KRUGER. J. Amphetamine induced stereotyped behavior correlated

with the accumulation of O-methylated dopamine. Archives internationales de

Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 177: 379-389 (1969)

For abstract. see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

JONAS. W. and SCHEEL-KRUGER. J. Pharmacological studies on tetrabenazine induced

excited behaviour of rats pretreated with amphetamine or nialamide. Archives

internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 206: 47-65 (1973)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

147
JONES. L. G. and HERD. J. A. Autoradiographic visualization of 85Kr in the normal dog

kidney. American Journal of Physiology 226(4): 886-892 (April, 1974)

Autoradiographs and microvascular injection specimens were prepared

from anesthetized dogs with normal renal blood flow as measured using intraarterial injections of 85Kr. Approximately 82% of the 85Kr entered the renal

cortex, 15'0 entered the vasa recta .and peritubular capillaries of the outer

medulla. and 2% entered the inner medulla. In the cortex, 85Kr disappeared

rapidly, whereas in the medulla. countercurrent exchange occurred and 85Kr

was trapped in the inner medulla and the vasa recta of the outer medulla. Autoradiographs and microvascular injection specimens also demonstrated peritubular

capillaries in the outer two-thirds of the outer medulla that originated directly

from juxtamedullary efferent arterioles. whereas in the inner regions of the outer

medulla, peritubular capillaries originated from vasa recta.

JONES. R. Significance and characteristics of drug dependence: Characteristics

of drug dependence to cannabis. Chemical and Biological Aspects

of Drug Dependence. Edited by S.J. Mule and H. Brill•• Cleveland:, Ohio:

Chemical Rubber Company Press. Inc •• 1972. Pp. 65-81.

KAPLAN, S.L•• KRON, R.E., LITT. M. and FINNEGAN. L. P. Correlationsbetween

scores on the Brazelton Neonatal Assessment Scale, measures of newborn sucking

behavior, and birthweight in infants born to narcotic addicted mothers. Proceedings

of Gatlinburg Conference on Research and Theory of Aberrant Infant Development,

Gatlinburg. Tennessee, March. 1974.

Twenty-three infants born passively addicted to narcotics were studied on

an instrument to measure infant sucking and on the Brazelton Neonatal Assessment

Scale. Brazelton irritability items distinguished between the experimentals and

controls (p less than .001), but did not correlate with sucking measures. Brazelton

alertness items did not distinguish between experimental and controls, but did

correlate with sucking measures (r = .567). Brazelton motor1tems both correlated

with sucking measures (r = • 449) and distingUished between experimentals and

controls (p less than .05). Thebirthweight of the infants also correlated well with

Brazelton motor (r = .640) and alertness item (r = .442). Weight also correlated

highly with sucking measures (r =.674). In a high risk non-addicted population

there were no correlations between groups of Brazelton items. and birthweight. A

second control population of low birthw.eight infants demonstrated a lack of correlation between birthweight and sucking. Thus. we conclude that the above findings

are unique to the passively addicted infant population and are a result of the

neonatal narcotic withdrawal syndrome.

KAPLAN, S.L., KRON. R.E•• PHOENIX, M. and FINNEGAN. L. P. Behavioral assessment

of infants born to narcot~c addicted mothers: Comparison between scores on the

Brazelton Neonatal Assessment Scale and the Neonatal Abstinence Scoring System.

Pediatric Research (in press)

K.t\PLAN, S.L•• KRON. R.E., PHOENIX, M.D•• LITT. M. andFINNEGAN. L.P. Correlations between scores on the Neonatal Assessment Scale and measures of newborn

sucking behavior. Presented at the 8th International Congress for Child Psychiatry

and Allied Professions, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, July-August, 1974.

448
KAYAN, S., FERCUSON, R. K. and MITCHELL, C. L. An investigation of pharmacologic

and behavioral tolerance to morphine in rats. The Journal of Pharmacology and

Experimental Therapeutics 185(2): 300-306 (1973)

The effect of experience in the hot-plate procedure on the response to

acute and chronic doses of morphine was examined. It was found that a diminution

in response to morphine was brought about by the repeated exposure to the test

procedure in the absence of drug (initial behavioral tolerance). In addition, there

was a diminution in response brought about by an interaction between the exposure

to the test procedure and the presence of the drug (chronic behavioral tolerance).

Tolerance occurring as a result of the repeated administration of the drug alone

also was observed (pharmacologic tolemnce). The results also show that 1) the

interval between the tests is an important factor in the development of both initial

and chronic behavioral tolerance and 2) pharmacologic tolerance develops less

rapidly than behavioral tolerance and is influenced both by the frequency of

administration and by the magnitude of the dose.

KAYAN, S. and MITCHELL, C. L. The effects of chronic morphine administration on

tooth pulp thresholds in dogs and cats. Proceedings of the Society of Experimental

Biology and Medicine 128: 755-760 (1968)

The effects of acute and chronically administered morphine on the threshold

voltage required to elicit a response to tooth pulp stimulation in the dog and cat were

quantitatively compared. A single dose of morphine elevated tooth pulp thresholds to

a greater extent in dogs than in cats. After chronic administration. a decrease in

the threshold occurred in cats but not in dogs. In the latter. a tolerance to (but not

a reversal) of the threshold elevating effect was observed. Tolerance was seen to

the overt depressant effects of morphine in dogs but not to the overt excitatory

effects in cats. Studies concerned with attempts to delineate the reason(s) for these

differences may be useful in advancing our knowledge concerning the mechanisms

responsible for the analgesic effect of morphine and the development of tolerance

to this drug.

KAYAN, S. and MITCHELL, C.L. Further studies on the development of tolerance to the

analgesic effect of morphine. Archives internationales· de Pharmacodynamie

et de Therapie 182: 287-294 (1969)

The effect of frequency of drug administration. as well as the effect of

experience in the test procedure on the development of tolerance to the analgesic

effect of morphine was studied in rats using the hot plate method. Two frequencies

of drug administration were used: weekly vs. daily. In both cases the rats were

randomly divided into 4 groups: tested morphine group; non-tested morphine group;

tested saline plus .morphine group and non-tested saline plus morphine group. Morphine (10 mg/kg) or saline (2 ml/kg) was administered subcutaneously. When drug

administrations were made weekly, tolerance was present only in the tested morphine

group. not in the non-tested morphine group. In contrast. there was tolerance development in both the tested and nontested morphine groups in the case of daily administration. However, the degree of tolerance developed was greater in the tested than in

the non-tested morphine group. Also. tolerance developed more rapidly in the tested

animals when morphine was given on a daily basis than when given on a weekly basis.

These results suggest that a least 2 types of tolerance may develop to the analgesic

effect of morphine. This possibility must be considered in any study dealing with

tolerance to morphine.

449
KAYAN, S. and MITCHELL, C. L. The role of the dose-interval on the development of tolerance to morphine. Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie

198: 238-241 (1972)

The effect of the dose-interval on the development of tolerance to the

analgesic effect of morphine was studied in rats using the hot plate method. Doseintervals employed were l-week,2-weeks and 3..;weeks. Morphine (5 mg/kg) was

administered subcutaneously. Tolerance (significant decrease. from initial area

under the time-response curve) developed by the 2nd dose in the I-week and 2-week

interval groups. In the 3-week interval group, however, tolerance did not develop

before the 3rd dose. After the 3rd dose, there was no difference in the magnitude

of tolerance developed in all 3 dose...interval groups.

KAYAN, S. and MITCHELL, C.L. Studies on tolerance development to morphine: Effect

of the dose-interval on the development of single dose tolerance. Archives

internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 199: 407-414 (1972)

Tolerance development tp the analgesic effect ofa single morphine dose

was examined in rats using the hot. plate procedure. A second dose of morphine

(5 mg/kg, s. c.) was given 1 day, 1 'Week, 4 weeks, 8 wee.ks and 6 Inonths after the

first dose (either 10 mg/kg or 5 mg/kg, s.c.). When the initial dose of morphine

was employed, either the animals were tested when they were under the influence

of the drug (experienced), or they were not tested at all (naive). No tolerance

development was observed in the naive animals at any time intervals studied.

There was, however, a significant degree of tolerance developme:nt in the experienced animals at the I day, 1 week and 4 week interval if both drug doses were

the same (5 mg/kg). If the first dose was 10 mg/kg and the second dose was 5

mg/kg~ the tolerance was observed at 1 week and 4 weeks intervals only.

KAYAN, S., WOODS, L.A. and MITCHELL, C.L. EXperience as a factor in the development of tolerance to the analgesic effect of morphine. European Journal of

Pharmacology 6: 333-339 (l969)

The effect of experience in the test procedure on the development of

tolerance to morphine was studied by dividing rats into 2 major groups; the tested

group and the non-tested group (those which although receiVing. drug injections

were not tested until the final day of the experiment). The hot plate procedure

was used to measure analgesia. Morphine (5 mg/kg s. c. ) or saline (2 ml/kg s. c. )

was given once daily, once every 3 days, or Once a week for varying periods of

time. It was observed that (1) control reaction times decreased in the tested

group and (2) the effect of chronically administered morphine was less in the tested

group than in the non-tested group. It was concluded that experience in the test

procedure can playa role in the development of tolerance tp morphine. Thus, this

possibility,' and the consequences thereof, must be considered in studies dealing

with the development of tolerance to morphine.
KAYAN, S., WOODS, L.A. and MITCHELL, C. L. Morphine-induced hyperalgesia in

rats tested on the hot plate. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental

Therapeutics 177(3): 509-513 (1971)

, The ability of repeated morphine administration to produce hyperalgesia

was studied in rats. The hot plate procedure was used to measure changes in the

animal's response latency. The response latency was measured twice at 30-minute

intervals, before the injection of the experimental agent and again at 30, 60, 90.

120. 180 and 240 minutes after drug administration. Morphine (5 mg/kg) or saline

(2 ml/kg) was given s. c. for varying periods of time. It was found that chronic

morphine administration produced hyperalgesia between 60 and 120 minutes after

the drug. This hyperalgesia was found not to be the result of a morphine-test

interaction. Acute administration of nalorphine. 5 mg/kg, delayed the onset of the

hyperalgesic response produced by morphine. Studies designed to delineate the

responsible mechanism(s) for this phenomenon may be useful in understanding the

analgesic effect of morphine. '

KELLEHER. R. T. and MORSE, W. H. Determinants of the behavioral effects of

drugs. Importance of Fundamental Principles in Drug Evaluation. Edited

by D.H. Tedeschi and R.E. Tedeschi. New York: Raven Press, 1969.

Pp. 383 -405.

KELLEHER. R. T. and MORSE, W. H. Determinants of the specificity of behavioral effects

of drugs. Ergebnisse der Physiologie 60: 1-56 (1968)

• ';lO

KELLEHER, R.T., MORSE. W.H•• GOLDBERG, S.R. and HERD, J.A. Behavioral

modulation of th'e cardiovascular effects of I-norepinephrine in the squirrel monkey.

The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 191(2): 269-283

(1974) .

The effects of norepinephrine on mean arterial blood pressure and heart

rate were studied under controlled behavioral conditions. Squirrel monkeys, prepared with chronic arterial and venous catheters., responded (pressed a key) under

fixed-ratio schedules of termination of a stimulus associated with occasional electric

shock or under fixed-ratio schedules of food presentation. When no behavioral

schedule was in effect, norepinephrine produced dose-dependent increases in blood

pressure and decreases in heart rate. Under the fixed-ratio schedules, periods of

rapid responding alternated with periods of no responding, and episodic increases

in both blood pressure and heart rate occurred in phase with responding. While

norepinephrine was being infused under these conditions, blood pressure was high;

heart rate was correspondingly low during periods of no responding, but increased

markedly during periods of responding, often returning to levels prevailing before

infusion. Phenylephrine produced similar effects, whereas angiotensin had mllch

less tendency to decrease heart rate at doses which increased blood pressure.

Neo stigmine. which decreased the resting heart rate, enhanced the episodic increases in heart rate with little or no change in blood pressure. Under all of these

conditions, methyl atropine markedly attenuated the behaviorally induced episodic

changes in heart rate. The results indicate that withdrawal of the vagally mediated

bradycardia induced by the baroreceptor reflex occurs during schedule-controlled

responding. Further, they suggest that heart rate modulation in the squirrel monkey under conditions of these behavioral experiments is controlled primarily by

changes in vagal activity.

45-1
KELLEHER. R. T •• MORSE. W. H. and HERD. J. A. Effects of propranolol. phentolamine

and methyl atropine on cardiovascular function in the squirrel monkey during

behavioral experiments. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 182(2): 204-217 (1972)

Systemic mean arterial blood pressure and heart rate. were measured in

squirrel monkeys trained under a fixed-ratio schedule to press a key that turned

off a light associated with the delivery of electric shocks. The mean blood pressures were above values previously recorded in untrainedsquirrel.monkeys.

Episodic increases in blood pressure and heart rate commonly were associated

with schedule-controlled key-pressing behavior. Phentolamine decreased blood

pressure and increased heart rate. The episodic increases in blood pressure persisted even when phentolamine markedly lowered blood pressure. There was little

change in blood pressure after propranolol. which markedly decreased heart rate.

or after methyl atropine. which increased heart rate. After either drug. the episode increases in blood pressure persisted. None of these drugs consistently

affected key-pressing behavior over the range of doses that markedly affected

blood pressure or heart rate. Atropine. which had cardiovascular effects similar

to methyl atropine. decreased rates of key pressing. Combinations. of propranolol

and methyl atropine had effects similar to propranolol alone; these findings suggest

that in the squirrel monkey a relatively high degree of sympathetic nervous system

tone persists during behavioral experiments.

KELLEHER. R. T•• MORSE. W.H. and HERO. J.A. A pharmacological analysis of behaviorally-induced changes in cardiovascular function in the squirrel monkey. Behavior

Control and Modification of Physiological Activity. Edited by D. I. Mostofsky (in

press)

KERR. F. W. Morphine self-administration in dependent monkeys: Reduction by hypothalamic lesions. mcs International Research Communications System (73-12)

7-16.

KHALSA. J. H. and DAVIS. W. M. Effects of chronic alpha-methyltyrosine on the locomotor

activity response to morphine and amphetamine in rats. ThePharmacologist

15(2): 219 (1973)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms ofAction of Different Drugs.

KHALSA. J. H. and DAVIS. W.M. Inhibition of motility response to morphine or damphetamine and of feeding behavior in rats by u-14. 624. Federation Proceedings

33: 564 (1974)

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Oifferent Drugs.

KHAZAN. N. Declining levels of electrocorticogenesil:l and their response to morphine in

the morphine dependent rat. Federation Proceedings 29(2): 781 (1970)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

KHAZAN. N. Longitudinal EEG study of the effects of morphine injections and withdrawal in

the morphine dependent rat. Committee on the Problems of Drug Dependence.

Washington. D. C.: National Academy of Sciences. National Research Council. 1970.

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs. ;~""~,,,_~ ~'.':"I'!1!'i.t'-
KHAZAN. N. and COLASANTI,B. Decline in the mean integrated electroencephalogram

voltage during morphine abstinence in the rat. The Journal of Pharmacology

and Experimental Therapeutics 177(3): 491 (1971)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

KHAZAN, N. and ROEHRS. T. Methadone dependence and abstinence: EEG study in the rat.

Drug Addiction: Neurobiology and Influences on Behavior. Vol. III. Edited by J. M.

Singh and H. Lal. New York: Stratton Intercontinental Medical Book Company. 1974.

For abstract. see Section ill. Mechanisms of Actions of Different Drugs.

KIPLINGER. G. F. and MANNO. J. E. Dose-response relationships to cannabis in human

subjects. Pharmacological Reviews 23(4): 339 (1971)

KJELLBERG. B. and RANDRUP. A. Changes in social behaviour in pairs of vervet

monkeys (Cercopithecus) produced by single. low doses. Psychopharmacologia

26: 117 (Suppl. 1972)

Social behaviour such as mutual grooming. sexual intercourse. other forms

of touching and vocalization was recorded in six pairs of monkeys (male + female).

Changes in these items of behaviour. most often reductions. were seen after injection of d-amphetamine to both monkeys. Significant changes were found after

0.05 mg/kg s. c. with increasing effects of higher doses such as 0.15 and 0.37

mg/kg.

The experiments indicate that behavioural toxicity affecting social behaviour should be seriously consideredin connection with clinical use as well as

abuse of amphetamines. .

KJELLBERG. B. and RANDRUP. A. Disruption of social behaviour of vervet monkeys

(Cercopithecus) by low doses of amphetamines. Pharmakopsychiatric. Neuropharmakologie 6: 287-293 (1973)

Social behavior was recorded in 6 pairs of monkeys (male and female).

Changes in these items of behavior. most often reductions. were seen after injection of d-amphetamine to both monkeys. Significant changes were seen after

0.05 mg/kg s. c. with increasing effects of higher doses.

The experiments indicate that possible effects on social behavior should

be seriously considered in connection with clinical use as well as abuse of amphetamines. Further. the experiments indicate that there is a similarity between

schizophrenia and amphetamine states in animals not only with respect to stereotype of behavior but also with respect to social behavior.

KJELLBERG. B. and RANDRUP. A. The effect of amphetamine and pimozide. a neuroleptic. on the social behaviour of vervet monkeys (Cercopithecus SP.). Advances

in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Edited by O. Vinar. Z. Votava and P. B. Bradley.

Amsterdam. the Netherlands: North-Holland Publishing Company. 1971. Pp. 305-310.

This report is part of an investigation. which we started almost two years

ago. in which we studied the effects of amphetamine on the behaviour of non-human

primates. We think that the study of abnormal behaviour produced by amphetamine

might be of interest in psychosis research as there might be a certain relationship

between amphetamine )?sychosis observed in human addicts and certain forms of

schizophrenia.

453
KJELLBERG, B. andRANDRUP, A. Excitatory behavioral effects of thymoleptics

in monkeys (Cercopithecus SP). Dissertationes Pharmaceuticae et

Pharmacologicae 23: 608 (1971)

KJELLBERG, B. and RANDRUP, A. Partial restoration bya neuroleptic (spiramide)

of items of grooming behaviour suppressed byamphetlimine. Archives

internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 210(1): 61-66

(July, 1974)

The neuroleptic drug spiramide restored grooming behaviour of

rats suppressed by amphetamine. Since spiramide can be regarded as a

specific blocker of dopamine, the experiments indicate that dopaminergic

systems in the brain affect grooming behaviour. The restoration of

grooming was not complete, grooming with the hind leg being particularly

difficult to restore and more difficult the higher the amphetamine dose.

Possible causes for the incompleteness of the restoration lire discussed,

and also possible relations of these findings with the incomplete normalization

of psychotic patients treated with neuroleptic drugs.

KJELLBERG, B. and RANDRUP, A. Stereotypy with selective stimulation of certain items

of behaviour observed in amphetamine treated monkeys (Cercopithecus).

Pharmakopsychiatrie. Neuropharmakologie 5: 1-12 (1972)

The behavioral effects of a single dose of d-amphetamine were studied in

experiments on 7 primate monkeys.

As in rats, amphetamine produced selective stimulation of certain behavioral

items and decrease of others resulting in a behavior with stereotyped character. The

behavioral items, which were stimulated, were different in the individual·monkeys,

and sometimes a monkey shifted from one behavioral item to another. For periods,

simple movements of the mouth and protrusion of the tongue were observed. In contrast with rats abnormal behavior was also seen 24-176 hours after injection of amphetamine. Certain items of behavior were still selectively stimulated but were not

now done continuously, grooming arid other items of normal behavior were interspersed. Temporary reappearance of more stereotyped behavior was observed.

KJELLBERG, B. and RANDRUP, A. Various forms of stereotyped abnormal behaviour

induced by amphetamine in non-human primates. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica

65 (Supplement 330) (1969)

There are to our knowledge relatively few reports dealing with the effects

of amphetamine upon the behliviourof non-human primates. We have studied the

behavioural effects of one single dose of d-amphetaminesulphfJ.te(4 mg/kg s.c.)

upon 4 primate monkeys (Cercopithecus Cethiops).

As in rats we found selective stimulation of certain behavioural elements

and suppression of others resulting in a behaviour with strongly stereotyped

character. One monkey raised its right forepaw and looked atH continously for

several hours. Another monkey made continous locomotion repeating a certain

route covering only a part of the cage and two were sitting at the front wall of the

cage seizing continously the bars of the wall while repeating c.ertain movements

of the limbs and the head. Fo!" periods, movements of the mouth and the tongue

were also seen. Grooming was absent in all the monkeys during the period of

stereotyped behaviour and then gradually returned. In contrast to rats, however,

the behaviour was also abnormal the next day 24-32 hours after amphetamine. The

monkey looking at its hand did this .much more than normally but not continuously,

grooming and other normal activities were interspersed. Another monkey performed on the second day new forms Of abnormal behaviour, which were not been

during the first day.
Kjellberg. B. and Randrup. A. Various forms... continueg

It is concluded that when compared to e. g. rats. the behaviour displayed

by these primate monkeys after one single dose of amphetamine is highly individual though rather constant for each individual.

KLEMM. W. R. A new. chronic experimental procedure for electrographic study of

neuropharmacological mechanisms. Presented at Society for Neuroscience 4th.

Annual Meeting. St. Louis. Missouri. October 20-24. 1974.

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

KNAPP. D. E. and DOMINO. E. F. The effect of brainstem transections on blood pressure

in the dog. Life Sciences 8: 331-335 (1969)

Blood pressure was compared before and after midpontine pre trigeminal

brainstem transection in the dog. Statistically significant decreases in blood

pressure were observed 1/2. 1. and 1-1/2 hours after brainstem transection. It

is suggested that portions of the central nervous system above the midpontine

level are active in maintaining blood pressure at the level recorded before transection.

KNOWLER. W.C. and UKENA, T.E. The effects of chlorpromazine, pentobarbital.

chlordiazepoxide and d-amphetamine on rates of licking in the rat. The Journal

of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 184(2): 385-397 (1973)

Times between successive licks (interresponse times) were determined

for rats licking water from a drinking tube. The distribution of interresponse times

during bursts of rapid licking was highly peaked and was stable over long periods of

time and under different degrees of water deprivation. Dose-effect relations were

determined for chlorpromazine, pentobarbital, chlordiazepoxide and d-amphetamine

on the mean and standard deviation of interresponse times and several other

characteristics of the rats' drinking behavior. Both the mean and the standard deviation of interresponse times during bursts of rapid licking were increased by

chlorpromzaine, pentobarbital and chlordiazepoxide. In contrast, d-amphetamine

slightly decreased the mean interresponse time at low doses and increased it at

higher doses. Chlorpromazine and d-amphetamine caused a decrease in total

volume of water c·onsumption. Chlordiazepoxide and low doses of pentobarbital increased water consumption, but higher doses of pentobarbital resulted in a decrease

in volume consumed.

KOPELL, B.S. and WITTNER, W.K. The effects of chlorpromazine and methamphetamine

on visual signal-from-noise detection. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease

147(4): 418 (1968)

KRIMMER. E. C. and BARRY, H., III. Discriminability of pentobarbital and alcohol

tested by two lever choice in shock escape. The Pharmacologist 15(2): 236 (1973)

Using escape from painful shock as the incentive for learning to choose

the correct response, rats were trained in a standard 2 lever operant conditioning

chamber. Eight rats from 3 groups were trained to discriminate 10 mg/kg pentobarbital (P) from saline (S), or 100 mg/kg alcohol (A) from saline, or P from A,

all injected i. p., 10 ml/kg. With a learning criterion of 8 correct choices in 10

consecutive test days on the first trial of each day, the discrimination of P from

S was learned more quickly than A from S or P from A. This study demonstrates,

with the use of a lever pressing shock escape response, that at the doses used P

had stronger stimulus .properties than A and that the 2 drugs are discriminable

from each other. ".

455
KRON, R. E., KAPLAN, S. L., FINNEGAN, L. P., LITT, M. and.PHOENIX, M. D.

The assessment of behavioral change in infants undergoing narcotic withdrawal: Comparative data from clinical and objective methods. International

Journal of Addictive Diseases (in press)

The definitive medical management of the neonatal narcotic withdrawal syndrome has yet to be described. Standard clinical methods for

evaluating the infant undergoing withdrawal tend to be insensitive to nuances

in neonatal behavior that reflect important changes in CNS functioning.

Finegrained clinical and objective methods of assessing the adaptive

behavior of the infant, such as the Brazelton neonatal scales, the abstinence

scoring system, and objective measures of sucking behavior, may help to

better define the optimal pharmacologic treatment and dosage schedules

for the abstinence syndrome.

KRON, R. E., LITT, M. and FINNEGAN, L. P. Behavior of infants born to narcotic

addicted mothers. International Journal of Clinical Pharmacology and

Therapeutic Toxicology 10(2): 144 (1974)

This report describes a.bnormalities in the nutritive sucking

performance of congenitally addicted infants undergoing narcotic withdrawal.

A series of 50 infants born to mothers addicted either to heroin or

to methadone were studied by an objective method for sucking behavior.

Sucking rates as well as average pressures and amounts of nutrients consumed

during sucking were significantly reduced for the addicted infants relative

to a control group born to normal mothers and a second group born to

toximic mothers. The subgroup of infants born to methadone-addicted

mothers was significantly more depressed with regard to sucking behavior

than the infants of heroin-addicted mothers. Furthermore, infants treated

with paregoric (an opiate) for symptoms of narcotic withdrawal syndrome

showed significantly less depression of the sucking response than those

treated with sedatives such as pentobarbital. These results raise questions

about a number of ;, priori assumptions regarding the safety and efficacy

of current treatment methods for maternal and neonatal addiction.

KRON, R. E., LITT, M. and FINNEGAN, L. P. Effect of maternal narcotic

addiction on sucking behavior of neonates. Pediatric Research 8: 364

(1974)

Measures of newborn sucking behavior were used to study effects

on the infant's state of CNS arousal induced ~y maternal addiction. The

sucking performance of 38 infants diagnosed and treated for narcotic

withdrawal by a new symptom scoring system (Neonatal Abstinence Score)

was compared with that of 50 infants whose withdrawal was regulated by

acceptable clinical methods. The findings indicate the value of the scoring

system in prescribing the dosage of drug therapy which resulted in bet tel'

levels of CNS arousal and improved sucking performance. Also, using slicking performance as a criterion, it was found that paregoric was superior to

phenobarbital in treating neonatal withdrawal. In addition, the severity of

withdrawal as measured by sucking was directly related to the mother's

length of time in the methadone maintenance program and her average dose

of methadone. This finding may reflect the fact that patients enrolled in a

maintenance program are assured ofa continued supply of a long-acting narcotic drug, as compared to street addicts, whose supply is highly variable

in quality and availability, and, that addicts who enter the methadone program

during pregnancy tend to be given smaller doses than those who are not

pregnant.
KUBENA, R. K. and BARRY, H., III. Stimulus characteristics of marihuana components.

Nature 235: 397-398 (February, 1972)

The discriminative cues of delta-I-tetrahydrocannabinol (delta-l-THC),

the major psychoactive constituent of marihuana, were studied in 12 male

albino wistar rats, trained to respond in an approach or avoidance situation

in which injections of delta-l-THC and a control fluid prior to the testing

situation provided the cues to correct responding. Half of the animals were

trained to approach in the drugged condition and avoid in the nondrugged

condition, while the other half were trained to respond in the opposite manner.

Following preliminary training, the animals responded correctly over 90%

of the time. When the animals were tested using other compounds containing delta-l-THC (delta-I-THC synthesized by another laboratory, marihuana

extract distillate, and alcoholic marihuana extract), the animals performed

more reliably with the compounds containing greater amounts of delta-l- THC.

A generalized metabolic inhibitor, SKF 525-A elicited a no drug response

which injected alone, while it elicited a reliable drug response when followed

by an injection of delta-l-THC. This finding suggests that the active

compound is delta-l-THC itself and not a metabolite. When tests were

conducted with tranquilizers, CNS depressants, psychotomimetics, other

cannabinoids, morphine, and cocaine, it was found that they all seemed to

have subjectively different effects from that of delta-I-THC.

LAL, H., O'BRIEN, J.. and PURl, S. K. Morphine-withdrawal aggression:

Sensitization by amphetamines. Psychopharmacologia 22: 217-223 (1971)

Aggressive behaviors during the withdrawal from morphine sulfate

(400 mg!kg!day), were potentiated by methylphenidate or d and 1 isomers of

amphetamine. d-Amphetamine was most active, while hydroxyamphetamine

was without any effect. Optimum effect of the drugs depended upon the drug

dose and the time of morphine withdrawal.

LAL, H. and PURl, S. K. Morphine-withdrawal aggression: Role of dopaminergic stimulation. Drug Addiction: Experimental Pharmacology, Vol. 1. Edited by

J. M. Singh; L.H. Miller'and H. La!.. Mount Klsco; New York: Futura

Publishing Company, Inc. 1972.

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

LATIES, V. G. Actions of drugs and subjects. Review of T. Thompson and C. R. Schuster's

Behavioral Pharmacology. Science 163: 558 (1969)

LATIES! V. G. Effects of d-amphetamine on concurrent schedules of heat and food reinforcement. Journal de Physiologie 63(3); 315-318 (1971)

LATIES, V. G. On the use of reference substances in behavioral toxicology. Adverse

Effects of Environmental Chemicals and Psychotropic Drugs: Quantitative

Interpretation of Functional Tests. Edited by E. Frantik. Proceedings of the

I. A. O. H. Study Groups on Functional Toxicity, Vol 1. New York: Elsevier,

1973. Pp. 83-88.

457
LATIES. V. G. and WEISS. B. Behavioral mechanisms of drug action. Drugs and the Brain.

Edited by P. Black. Baltimore. Maryland: The Johns Hopkins Press, 1969.

Our brief survey suggests that many questions about how drugs affect

behavior must be put in terms of how the drugs interact with some of the variables

that themselves control the behavior. Several of these variables have been studied:

the experimental history. the schedule of reinforcement, the. particular pattern and

rate of responding. and' the nature of the discriminative stimuli available to the

organism. One broad generalization can safely be made: progress within psychopharmacology comes only after an adequate experimental analysis of behavior. Only

after we understand the many factors that sustain and modulate behavior can we proceed to clarify the ways in which drugs modify that behavior.

LEANDER. J. D. and McMILLAN. D. E.Substantial oral morphine intake by the rat using

schedule-induced polydipsia. Federation Proceedings 32: 726 (1973)

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

LEA NDER. J.D•• McMILLAN. D. E. and HARRIS. L. S. Effects of narcotic agonists and

antagonists on schedule-induced water and morphine ingestion. The Journal of

Pharmacology and ExperimentalTherapeutics (in press)

LEANDER. J. D•• McMILLAN. D. E. and HARRIS. L. S. Schedule induced oral narcotic

self-administration. Acute and chronic effects. The Journal of Pharmacology

and Experimental Therapeutics (in press)

LEVINE. R•• ZAKS. A•• FINK.. M. and FREEDMAN. A. M. Levomethadyl acetate:

Prolonged duration of opioid effects. including cross-tolerance to heroin in

man. Journal of the American Medical Association 226(3): 316 (October. 1973)

For abstract. see Section Ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

LEWIS. E. G•• DUSTMAN•. R. E.. PETERS. B. A. and BECK. E. C. Influence of

. delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol on the human visual evoked response. Proceedings

of the 80th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association. 1972.

LEWIS. E.G•• DUSTMAN. ,R.E•• PETERS. B.A., STRAIGHI'. :R.C. and BECK. E.C.

The effects of varying doses of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol on the human visual

and 'somatosensory evoked response. Electroencephalography and Clinical

Neurophysiology 35: 347-354 (1973)

The present study was designed to determine the effects of varying oral

doses of delta-9-THC on the human visual and somatosensory evoked response.

Two groups of 10 subjects were studied. One group reported smoking

marijuana at least twice a week (frequent user group) while subjects in the second

group reported their marijuana use did ::lot exceed twic.e per month (occasional user

group). Delta-9-THC was extracted from raw marijuana plant material and administered orally on sugar cubes in doses of 0.2, 0.4 and 0.6 mg!kg. All subjects

received each dose of delta-9-THC and a placebo in a randomized sequence. Recording se~sions were separated by at least one week.
Lewis, E. G., Dustman, R. E., Peters. B. A., Straight, R. C. and Beck, E. C••• • continued

Data are reported for visual and somatosensory evoked responses recorded

from frontal. central and occipital scalp 4 h after drug administration. For each

response recorded under drug and placebo conditions amplitudes and latencies of

consistenly identifiable wave components were calculated and analyzed.

No consistent evoked response differences were found between the frequent

and occasional user groups. The most prominent finding was the consistency with

which delta-9-THC slowed the latency of evoked response waves while producing

relatively little change in amplitude. In contrast, most drugs have been found to

exert their main effects on evoked response amplitude with only slight alterations

of latency. It was thus hypothesized that delta-9-THC acts to increase the threshold

of cortical and subcortical neurons or neural networks involved in producing the

evoked response rather than to selectively inhibit brain-stem centers. Delta-9-THC

administration produced no evidence of an excitatory action on the central nervous

system. In those infreq1.lent instances in which delta-9-THC did produce a change in

evoked response amplitude it was always a decrease. Unlike alcohol, delta-9-THC

did not alter amplitude hemispheric asymmetry.

LINTS. C. E. and HARVEY. J.A. Altered sensitivity to foot shock and decreased

brain content of serotonin following brain lesions in the rat. Journal Of

Comparative and Physiological Psychology 67: 23-31 (1969)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

LLEWELLYN. M•• IGLAUER, C. and WOODS, J. H. Cocaine dose preference in a

choice procedure. The Pharmacologist 16: 215 (1974)

Under a two-lever concurrent schedule choice procedure. rhesus monkeys

tend to respond exclusively on the lever associated with the higher of two intravenous cocaine doses. (Iglauer and Woods, J. Exp. Anal. Behav., 1974). The

present study attempted to show a graded distribution of responding between the

two levers associated with different doses of cocaine. The concurrent variableinterval I-min procedure of Iglauer and Woods was modified so that the immediate

availability of a reinforcer on one- lever caused the other lever to become inactive

until the reinforcer had been delivered. Three adult rhesus monkeys were used.

The dose on one lever was held constant at 0.1 or 0.05 mg/kg/injection throughout

the study. The dose on the other lever was selected from the range 0.013-0.8 mg/kg/

injection and was held constant for several sessions until stability was observed.

The greater proportion of total respondlng always occured on the lever associated with

the greater of two doses of cocaine. In general the degree of this preference

corresponded to the relative magnitude of the two doses.

LORENS. S. A. and MITCHELL, C. L. Influence of morphine on lateral hypothalamic

s'.:llf-stimulation in the rat. Psychopharmacologia 32: 271-277 (1973)

Mo:rphine (5. 10, and 20 mg/kg, subcutaneously) both suppressed and

elevated lateral hypothalamic self-stimulation response output. The duration of

the depressant effect and the temporal appearance of the excitatory influence were

d<:>se dependent. With repeated daily injection tolerance developed to the suppressive

effect while the facilitatory effect appeared earlier and tended to be enhanced. Thus

the facilitatory action is not due simply to a rebounded phenomemon. Finally. no

correlation between the effects of morphine on self-stimulation behavior and on

wheel-running activity was observed.
LOWY, K•• WEISS, B. and ABOOD. L. G. Influence of an anticholinergic psychotomimetic

agent on behaviour in cats controlled by an auditory stimulus. Neuropharmacology

13: 707 -718 (1974)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

LYNCH. G.S•• BALLANTINE, P., II and CAMPBELL, B.A. Potentiation of behavioral

arousal after cortical damage and subsequent recovery. Experimental Neurology

23(2): 195-206 (February. 1969)

The effect of ablating the frontal cortex on the rat1sactivity-response to

amphetamine was tested across a wide range of dosages and following varying

postoperative intervals. Removal of the frontal poles (but not posterior cortical

lesions) greatly potentiated the normal increases in spontaneous activity caused

by amphetamine, and this effect became Significantly reduced with longer postoperative intervals. Frontal lesions by themselves did not produce any changes

in daily activity. The results are interpreted as supporting the hypothesis that

the frontal cortex normally serves to control changes in behavioral arousal, and

showing that recovery of this brain function takes place following cortical

destruction.

LYON. M. The effect of no-shock or continuous shock upon avoidance behavior in rats

under d-amphetamine. Activitas nervosa superior 13: 78-81 (1971)

That amphetamine initially increases the number of lever presses

during unavoidable shock should not be surprising since it is depression of the

lever which terminates ongoing shock on both schedules. The response changes

under the drug are relevant to earlier training and show signs of extinction.

During shock-free periods on the Av-R schedule the animals constantly engage

in off-the-Iever behaviour while this is punished on the Av-Hschedule. The

reaction of rats with amphetamine to no-shock is thus also consistent with the

previous training on both schedules. Reversal tests also show that 2-3 mg/kg

amphetamine sometimes "forces,. the animal into irrelevant responding where

consequences are increasing amounts of punishment (Teitelbaum and Derks 1958).

Under amphetamine the animals appear to respond more or less. continuously

or not at all. Both features may represent perseveration in behaviour as a result

of increasing behavioural stereotype which would explain why Av-R reversal and

Av-H responding are more favourably affected at higher dose levels where

stereotyped behaviours fit better with more effective forms of lever behaviour.

LYON, M. and RANDRUP, A. The dose-response effect of amphetamine upon avoidance

behaviour in the rat seen as a function of increasing stereotypy. Psychopharmacologia

23: 334-347 (1972)

LYON, M. and SVENNILD, I. Counteraction of d-amphetamine induced operant (mult FI -

FR) response changes by a neuroleptic (pimozide) in monkeys. Journal de

Pharmacologie 5 (Supplement II): 62 (1974)

Five monkeys (cercopithecus) were trained ooan alternating multiple FI 21

FR 48 schedule using a banana-orange juice reinforcement which was not affected

by the anorexic effects of the drugs. D-amphetamine (0.3-0.5 mg/kg) and pimozide

(0.01-0.06 mg/kg) were used singly and combined, in a partially counterbalanced

order. Nearest preceding NaCl controls were matched compariSons. Response

measures were: (l) Fixed Intervals: total responses/reinforcement and average

latency of reinforced response; (2) Fixed Ratios: average time/reinforcement.

-ADO
LYQn. M. and Svennild. I••.• continued - - - -Results indicate: Amphetamine tends to produce maximal or no responding

and longer pauses, when they occur. Pimozide already reduces total responding

in a-dose giving less than maximal amphetamine counteraction and counteracted

amphetamine best on latency/reinforcement, respectivelyandtime/reinforcement,

respectively. The two drugs thus do not perfectly counteract each other behaviorally

and full normalization with neuroleptics cannot generally be expected due to these

factors.

LYONS. J., FERRARO, D. P., LYONS. J.E., SULLIVAN, J. G. and DOWNEY, D.

Effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol on stimulus control. Bulletin of the

Psychonomic Society 2(5A): 302-304 (1973)

Sixteen rats received extended discrimination training between two

floor-tilt positions and then were given an extinction generalization test along the

floor-tilt dimension. The stimulus control effects of four doses of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (delta-9-THC), 0.0, 0.25, 0.50, or 2.0 mg/kg of body weight,

were assessed in groups of four rats each. Delta-9-THC did not disrupt either

discrimination performance or the occurrence of orderly generalization gradients.

However, a significant dose-related enhancement of the postdiscrimination peak

shift was obtained.

LYTLE, L.D., MOORCROFT, W. H. and CAMPBELL, B.A. Ontogeny of amphetamine

anorexia and insulin hyperphagia in the rat. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 77(3): 388-393 (1971)

The effects of amphetamine and insulin on food intake were studied in

neonatal and weanling rats. Amphetamine did not produce anorexia prior to 15

days of age and insulin did not produce hyperphagia until 25 days of age. Functional

immaturity of the hypothalamus, a change in constituents monitored by the hypothalamus, or maturation of other structures may account for this developmental

sequence.

McAULIFFE, W.E. and GORDON, R.A. A test of Lindesmith's theory of addiction.

The frequency of euphoria among long-term addicts. American Journal of

Sociology 79(4): 795-840 (January, 1974)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

McCLUNG, R., DAFNY, N. and BURKS, T. F. Effects of morphine and naloxone on CNS

field in unanesthetized rats. Federation Proceedings (in press)

For abstract, see Section.I. Methodology of Drug Research.

McISAAC, W. M. Behavioral aspects of drug dependence. Advances in Mental Science,

Drug Dependence. Austin, Texas: University of Texas Press, 1969. Pp. 143-214.

McISAAC, W. M., HARRIS, R. T. and HO, B. T. Behavioral correlates of brain distribution of tetrahydrocannabinol. Acta Pharmaceutica Suecica 8: 671-706 (1971)

461
McKEARNEY, J. W. The relative effects of d-amphetamine, imipramine and harmaline on

tetrabenazine suppression of schedule-controlled behavior in the rat. The Journal

of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 159(2): 429-440 (1968)

The benzoquinolizine derivatives. tetrabenazine (TBZ) and Ro 4-1284

suppress operant response rates. The effects ofd-amphetamine. imipramine

and harmaline in antagonizing this suppression were studied in the rat. d-Amphetamine and harmaline exerted a dose-dependent antagonism of the effects of TBZ in

rats performing under either fixed-interval. variable-interval.or fixed-ratio

schedule of water presentation, or under a fixed-ratio schedule, of electric-shock

termination. Previous investigators. using relatively gross indicators of behavior,

have implied that imipramine and related drugs are antagonists of the behavioral

effects of TBZ and other reserpine-like drugs. On the basis of the present results,

this appears unwarranted. Over a wide range of dosage and time parameters,

imipramine or desmethylimipramine did not antagonize the effects of TBZ, Ro 4-1284

or reserpine on schedule-controlled behavior. Imipramine did antagonize the effects

ofTBZ on fixed-interval response rate in the pigeon, but. in this species. imipramine itself markedly enhances response rates.

McKEARNEY, J. W. Responding under fixed-ratio and multiple fixed-interval fixedratio schedules of electric shock presentation. Journal of the Experimental

Analysis of Behavior 14: 1-6 (July, 1970)

SqUirrel monkeys, initially trained under a schedule of electric shock

postponement and then under fixed interval schedules of electric shock presentation

were studied under multiple fixed-interval fixed-ratio and under fixed-ratio schedules of shock presentation. Under the fixed-interval (10 min) component of the

multiple schedule, a pause was followed by a gradual increase in responding to a

rate maintained until shock presentation; under the fixed-ratio (3-. 10-, or 30-

response) component of the multiple schedule, a brief pause was typically followed

by a relatively high and uniform rate of responding until shock was presented.

When the 60-sec timeout periods, which usually followed shock presentation, were

eliminated from the multiple schedule for one monitey, responding was only

transiently affected. In the one monkey studied, responding was maintained under

a fixed-ratio schedule alone (with timeout periods), but rates of responding were

lower than under the fixed-ratio component of the multiple schedule. Characteristic

patterns of responding, similar to those engendered under schedules of food presentation or shock termination, can be maintained under fixed-ratio schedules of

shock presentation; further. patterns of responding can be controlled by discrimi~

native stimuli in multiple schedules.

McMAHON. T. ,FELDMAN, J. and SCHANBERG. S. M. Further studies of methamphetamine induced insulin release. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology (in press)

McMILLAN, D.E. A comparison of the pUnishing effects of response-produced shock and

response-produced time out. Journal of the E-perimental Analysis of Behavior

10: 439-4.49 (September, 1967)

Electric shock and time out were compared as punishers in the squirrel

monkey. At the parameters investigated, both suppressed responding to about the

same degree. Scheduling punishment intermittently or administering pentobarbital

reduced the effEitctiveness of both punishers. The effects of the punishers were

different in thaf responding suppressed by shock recovered more within a session

than responding suppressed by time out. Responding was suppressed after some

shock punishment components, but less often after time out-punishment components.

The similarities of the two punisjlers were more striking than the differences.

~62
McMILLAN, D. E. Drugs and punished responding. I: Rate-dependent effects under

multiple schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 19(1):

133-145 (January, 1973)

The effects of drugs were studied in pigeons whose responses were punished

with electric shock during one component of a multiple fixed-interval 5 min fixedinterval 5-min schedule of food presentation. Most of the drugs analyzed for ratedependent effects increased low rates of both punished and unpunished responding,

while increasing higher rates less, or decreasing them; however, low rates of

punished responding sometimes were increased more by pentobarbital, diazepam,

and chlordiazepoxide than were matched rates of unpunished responding. In contrast, d-amphetamine and chlorpromazine usually increased low rates of unpunished

responding more than matched rates of punished responding; These, two drugs also

decreased high rates of unpunished responding less-than they decreased high rates

of punished responding. Thus, the effects of drugs on punished responding depend

on the control rate of punished responding; however. the rate-dependent effects of

drugs on punished responding are not always the same as they are foI' unpunished

responding.

McMILLAN, D.E. Drugs and punished responding. ill: Punishment intensity as a

determinant of drug effect. Psychopharmacologia 30: 61-74 (1973)

I

The effects of drug were studied on responding punished with various

intensitites of' electric shock. Morphine did not increase punished responding

at any shock intensity. Chlorpromazine increased punished responding only

when the dose was very large and only when the shock markedly suppressed

responding. Pentobarbital and diazepam produced large increases in the rate

of punished responding. These increases in punished responding depended on

the shock intensity and on the control rate of responding.

McMILLAN. D.E. Drugs and punished responding. IV: Effects of propranolol, ethchlorvynol and chloral hydrate. Research Communications in Chemical Pathology and

Pharmacology 6(1): 167-174 (July, 19?3)

Pigeons were rewarded with grain for pecking a response key under a

multiple schedule of food presentation. When key-peck responding was punished

with electric shock. the rate of responding was decreased markedly. Ethychorvynol and chloral hydrate did not increase the rate of punished responding. but

chlordiazepoxide produced large increases in the rate of punished responding.

Propranolol, which has been reported to have sedativehypnotic activity, also did

not increase the rate of punished responding. It appears that ethcholrvynol.

chloral hydrate and propranolol do not increase punished responding. as do other

drugs with sedative -hypnotic or minortranquilizing activity.

McMILLAN. D.E. The effects of sympathomimetic amines on schedule-controlled behavior

in the pigeon. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experim.ental Therapeutics 160(2):

315-325 (1968)

Dose-response curves were determined for the effects of a series of

sympathomimetic amines on the behavior of pigeons trained to peck a key under

a multiple fixed-ratio fixed-interval schedule of food presentation. Mephentermine,

d-amphetamine, hydroxyamphetamine and ephedrine all increased the rate of

responding during the fixed-interval component of the schedule at low dosages. At

higher dosages these drugs decreased the rate of responding during the fixed-ratio

component of the schedule. __ Phenylephrine, metaraminol and norepinephrine had no

effect on the rate of responding at low dosage§2:~~ decreased the rate of responding

during both components of the schedule at higher'dosage$;''"""The effects of d-amphetamine and ephedrine on behavior were shown to be. a function of the control rate of

responding and the dosage~'

463
McMILLAN, D. E. Physical dependence in rats after drinking narcotic analgesics.

Federation Proceedings (in press)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

McMILLAN, D.E. Some interactions.between sympathomimetic amines and

amine-depleting agents on the schedule-controlled behavior of the pigeon and the

squirrel monkey. The Journal of Pharmacology and E?ffierimental Therapeutics

163(1): 172-187 (1968)

Ephedrine and d-amphetamine increased the rate of key pecking by pigeons

during the fixed-interval component of a multiple fixed-ratio, fixed-interval schedule

of food presentation, but decreased the rate of key pecking during the fixed-ratio

component. Tetrabenazine (TBZ) and phenylephrine decreased rates of responding

during both schedule components. Ephedrine and d-amphetaime partially counteracted the rate-decreasing effects of TBZ during both schedule components, but

phenylephrine only added to the rate-decreasing effects of TBZ. Analysis of the

rates of responding during the fixed-ratio component and during local segments of

the fixed-interval component suggested that the ability of ephedrine and d-amphetamine to partially reverse the effects of TBZ was related to the rate-increasing

effect" that. these drugs have on low rates of responding, even. when the low rates have

resulted from injections of TBZ. The rate-decreasing effects of TBZ could also be

reversed in the pigeon by caffeine, whereas ct-amphetamine could also increase low

rates after TBZ in the squirrel monkey and after NSD 1034 in the pigeon. Although

certain dosages of both TBZ and NSD 1034 reduced the brain, levels of norepinephrine

in the pigeon, the dosages at which the brain levels of norepinephrine were lowered

did not correlate well with the dosages at which behavioral changes occurred.

McMILLAN, D. E. and MILLER, A. T., JR. Interactions between carbon monoxide and

d-amphetamine or pentobarbital on schedule-controlled behavior. Environmental

Research 8(1): 53-63 (August, 1974)

Although carboxyhemoglobin values for the venous blood of pigeons e?ffiosed

to carbon monoxide (CO) for 1.5 hours were similar to values. obtained in other

species exposed to the same CO concentrations, the schedule-controlled behavior

(multiple fixed-ratio fixed-interval schedule) of the pigeons was relatively insensitive to.the effect of CO. However, when the effects of d-amphetamine or pentobarbital on schedule-controlled behavior were studied in the presence of various .

concentrations of CO, interesting interactions were observed.·. CO blocked increases in the rate of key pecking produced by d-amphetamine or pentobarbital and

enhanced decreases in the rate of responding produced by d-amphetamine, and to

some extent by pentobarbital. CO enhanced the effects of pentobarbital on the

temporal pattern of key pecking during the fixed-interval component of the schedule,

but the effects of d-amphetamine on this temporal pattern were not enhanced by CO.

464
McMILLAN, D.E. and MORSE, W. H. Some effects of morphine and morphine antagonists

on schedule-controlled behavior. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental

Therapeutics 157(1): 175-184 (1967)

The effects of morphine, nalorphine and two benzomorphan narcotic

antagonists were studied under a multiple fixed-ratio, fixed-interval schedule of

food presentation. At appropriate doses all of the drugs increased rate of

responding under the fixed-interval component. Higher doses decreased responding under both the fixed-interval and fixed-ratio components. The rank order of

potency was the same for both the rate-increasing the rate-decreasing effects, with

cyclazocine being the most potent, then morphine, pentazocine and nalorphine.

The effects obtained after weekly injections of morphine could be replicated, suggesting that effects of tolerance were minimal. After daily administration of

morphine, however, higher doses decreased responding less, but the same qualitative effects were still observed.

McMILLAN, D.E., WADDELL, F. B. and CATHCART, C. F. Establishment of physical

dependence in mice by oral ingestion of morphine. The Journal of Pharmacology

and Experimental Therapeutics 190(2): 416-419 (1974)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

MABRY, P. D. and CAMPBELL, B. A. Ontogeny of serotonergic inhibition of behavioral

arousal in the rat. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology 86(2):

193-201 (1974)

Neonatal rats, ranging from 10 to 25 days of age, were injected with parachlorophenylalanine, which depletes brain serotonin, and then tested for locomotor

effects after periods of 0, 24, 48, and 72 hr. Depletion of serotonin increased behavioral arousal in 15-, 20-, and 25-day-old animals, but not in those that were 10

days of age. Para-chlorophenylalanine potentiated the locomotor activity induced

byamphetaime, but again 10-day-old animals did not show the effect. Those results

were interpreted as evidence for the delayed maturation of a serotonergic inhibitory

system that modulates behavioral arousal.

MABRY, P. D. and CAMPBELL, B. A. Serotonergic inhibition of catecholamine-inducedbehavioral arousal. Brain Research 49: 381-391 (1973)

Amphetamine-induced locomotor activity in rats was potentiated by treatment with p_CPA, a depletor of brain serotonin. At stronger doses, p_CPA and

amphetamine acted synergistically to produce activity levels that were greater than

would be expected if the effects of the two drugs were simply additive. Administration of 5-HTP, the precursor of serotonin, prevented this effect. When rats

treated with p-CPA were given an acute injection of reserpine, there resulted a

biphasic action. p_CPA enhanced the heightened locomotor actiVity that immediately

follows acute reserpine, but the subsequent level of sedation was not affected. These

findings suggest that there is a serotonergic inhibitory system controlling catecholaminergic arousal.

465
MAICKEL. R.P•• BRAUNSTEIN. M.C•• McGLYNN. M•• SNODGRASS. W.R. and

WEBB. R. W•. Behavioral. biochemical. and pharmacological effects of chronic

dosage of phenothiazine tranquilizers in rats. The Phenothiazines and Structurally

Related Drugs. Edited by I.S. Forrest. C.J. Carr and E. Usdin. New York:

Raven Press. 1974.

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

MAICKEL. R. P •• LEVINE. R. M. and QUmCE. C. M. Differential effects of d- and

I-amphetamine on spontaneous motor activity in mice. Research Communications

in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 8(4): 711-714 (August. 1974)

For abstract. see Section 1. Methodology of Drug Research.•

MAICKEL. R. P. and MALONEY. G. J. Effects of barbital on deprivation-induced water

consumption by rats. PhysiOlogy and Behavior 8: 1175-1178 (1972)

For abstract. se.e Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

MAICKEL. R. P •• ROMPALO. A: M. and COX. R. H•• JR. Differential effects of monoamine

oxidase inhibitors. Research Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 8(4): 727-730 (August. 1974)

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

MANHElMER. D. I•• MELLINGER. G. D. and BALTER. M. B. Psychotherapeutic drugs:

Use among adults in California. California Medicine 109: 445-451 (December. 1968)

MANHElMER. D. I•• MELLINGER. G. D.and BALTER. M. B. Use of marijuana among an

urban cross-section of adults. Communication and Drug Abuse. Edited by J.R.

Wittenborn. J. P. Smith and S.A. Wittenborn. Springfield. Illinois: Charles C.

Thomas. 1970. Pp. 225-243.

MANHElMER. D. I•• MELLINGER. G. D•• SOMERS. R. H. and KLEMAN.M. T. Technical

and ethical considerations in data collection. International Journal of the Addictions

(in press)

MANNO. J.E•• KIPLINGER. G.F•• RODDA. B.E•• FORNEY. R.B. and MANNO. B.R.

Dose-dependent alterations in human motor and mental performance after smoking

marijuana cigarettes. Chapter 1 of Drug Addiction: Clinical and Socio,-Legal Aspects.

Vol. n. Edited by J. Singh. Mount Kisco. New York: Futura Publishing Company.

1972. Pp. 3-11.

466:
MANNO. J.E•• MANNO. B.R. and KIPLINGER. G.F. Motor and mental performance

with marihuana: Relationship to administered dose of THC and its interaction

with alcohol. Behavioral Actions of Marihuana. Edited by L. L. Miller. New

York: Academic Press (in press)

MARLEY, E. and MORSE, W. H. Effects of alpha-methyl derivatives of noradrenaline,

phenethylamine and tryptamine on operant conditioning in chickens. British Journal

of Pharmacology and Chemotherapy 31: 367-389 (1967)

MARR. M. J. Effects of chlorpromazine in the pigeon under a second-order schedule Of

food presentation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 13: 291-299

(May. 1970)

Chlorpromazine was studied for its effects on responding under a second

order schedule in which food was presented following a sequence of 20 one minute

fixed-interval components. A brief visual stimulus. occured at the completion of

each fixed interval including the one that terminated with food presentation.

Chlorpromazine showed rate-dependent effects in that it increased low rates in

the early components of the second-order schedule and. to a lesser extent, decreased high rates in the later components. Chlorpromazine also increased rates

in the early quarters within the I-min fixed-internal components and to a smaller

extent decreased rates in the final quarter. The alteration in the patterns of

responding within I-min fixed-interval components terminating in a brief stimulus

presentation was substantially less than that which occurred throughout the

succession of I-min fixed-interval components terminating in food presentation,

thus suggesting that the presentation of the brief stimulus exerted more control

over responding within components than did food presentation over the sequence

of components. This result and others suggest that studies using drugs may be

useful in elucidating the factors controlling patterns of responding in second-order

schedules.

MARR. M. J. Second-order schedules. Conditioned Reinforcement. Edited by D. Hendry.

Homewood, Illinois: Dorsey Press, 1969. Pp. 37-60.

MARTIN, B. R., DEWEY, W. L., HARRIS, L. S., and BECKNER, J. Marihuana-like

activity of new synthetic tetrahydrocannabinols. Pharmacology, Biochemistry

and Behavior (in press)

F or abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

MARTIN, B. R., HARRIS, L. S. and DEWEY, W. L. Behavioral and pharmacological

properties of ll-methyl-and 9-nor-delta-8-tetrahydrocannabinol. Federation

Proceedings 33: 540 (1974)

F or abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

MARTIN, B.R., HARRIS, L.S., DEWEY, W.L., MAY, E.L. and WILSON, R.S.

Behavioral and pharmacological properties of II-methyl- and 9-nor-delta8-tetrahydrocannabinol.. Federation Proceedings 33(3, Part I): 540 (March,

1974)

For abstract, see Section HI. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.
MARTIN. J. C. and ELLINWOOD. E. H•• JR. Conditioned aversion to a preferred solution

following methamphetamine injections. Psychopharmacologia 29: 253-261

(1973)

Holtzman (Sprague-Dawley) rats which were injected in amounts ranging

from 0.50-3.0 mg/kg i. p. of methamphetamine avoided a 0.10/0 saccharin solution

which had been paired temporally with the injection. and drank water ina subsequent two-bottle choice situation under non-drug condition.s. The aversion

persisted for the duration of the experiment. which lasted and. obtained whethet"

the animals were fluid-deprived or fluid-satiated. Saline-injected controls, on

the other hand, exhibited a 900/0 saccharin solution preference. Rats which received 0.25 mg/kg contiguous with the drug, or animals given 3. 0 mg/kg paired

with water. exhibited as extreme a preference for the saccharin solution as did

the saline controls. It was concluded that neither a drugmediated taste quality

change nor physiological cues associated with thirst were adequate explanations

for the avoidance behavior exhibited. but that the drug was perceived as a noxious

stimulus at levels above 0.50 mg!kg under the conditions described above.

MATSUOKA. S•• DOMINO, E.F•• T:EttADA. C•• IKEDA. T •• andCOOPER. I.S.

The sleep cycle of diskinetic patients before and after cryothalamotomy.

Electroencephalography and Clinical ~europhysiology23: 80-81 (1967)

MATSUZAKI. M. and OKAMOTO. M. Long-tet"m alteration of sleep-wakefulness cycle

during chronic pentobarbital dosing and withdrawal in cat. ThePharmacologist

16: 247 (1974)

The effects Of chronic pentobarbital dosing on sleep-wakefulness cycle

during the treatment and the drug abstinence were studied. Physical dependence

was produced by repeated adminiStration of maximally tolet"able anesthetic

doses of sodium pentobarbital. twice daily for 5 weeks through impl,anted intragastric tube (2nd Int'!. Symp. of Drug Addiction). EEG. neck EM<3 and eye movement were recorded contin.uously throughout the chronic treatment and the withdraWal. At the same time, neut"ologic and behavioral responses were noted daily

at preset times. During the chronic treatment. states of physiological sleep tillow

wave sleep (SWS) and paradoxical sleep (REM) were markedly suppressed. Following abt"upt drug withdrawal. varioUS withdrawal signs which include grand mal

type seizures occurred within 20 to 24 hours and continued for 4to 7 days.

SWS and REM were completely absent while animals were displaying most severe

withdrawal signs (2-4 days). SWS gradually appeared with the diminution of overt

abstinence signs; 2-3 days later. REM emerged and continu~d to increase to

rebound for 5-7 days. Complete recovery of the sleep-wakefulness cycle

occurred in 3 weeks.

MELGES. F. T.. TINKLENBERG. J. R.. HOLLISTER. L. E. and GILLESPIE, H. K.

Marihuana and temporal disintegration. Science 168: 1118-1120 (May. 1970)

High oral doses of marihuana extract. calibrated for content of I (-)-

delta-1-tetrahydrocannabinol. significantly impaired the serial coordination of

cognitive operations during a task that required sequential adjustments in

reaching a goal~ This disintegration of sequential thought is related to impaired

immediate memory.

~.

46l;
MELGES, F. T., TINKLENBERG, J. R., HOLLISTER, L. E. and GILLESPIE, H. K.

Marihuana and the temporal span of awareness. Archives of General Psychiatry

24: 564-567 (June, 1971)

Oral doses of extracts of marihuana were found to induce a greater

concentration on the present and a foreshortening of the span of awareness into

the future. Although there were individual differences in emotional reactions,

the greater concentration on the present was associated, in general, with

euphoric moods.

MELLINGER, G. D. Psychotherapeutic drug use among adults: A model for young

drug users? Journal of Drug Issues 1: 274-285 (1971)

MEYER, R.E., COCHIN, J., MILLER, J.M. and ROSOW, C. The relationship between

aggression and host difference in vulnerability to opiate addiction in the white

mouse. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington, D. C.: -

National Academy of Sciences, National' Research Council, 1970.

Our data suggest that a relationship exists between isolation induced

aggression in the white mouse and opiate seeking behavior and between opiate

avoidance and the absence of fighting behavior. Further, studies are underway

to replicate these findings and to define more completely the nature of the

opiate-seeking and avoiding behavior.

MICZEK, K. A. Does THC induce aggression? Suppression and induction of aggressive

reactions by chronic and acute delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol treatment in laboratory

rats. Pharmacology of Cannabis. Edited by M. Braude and S. Szara.

Baltimore~ Maryland: University Park Press, 1975.

MICZEK, K.A. and BARRY, H., III. Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol and aggressive

behavior in rats. Behavioral Biology 11: 261-267 (1974)

•

"

Fighting by pairs of albino rats, in a situation without painful shock, was

measured by frequency or duration of dominant behaviors (biting attacks, threat

postures, allogrooming, autogrooming), defensive-submissive behaviors

(defensive-upright, submissive-supine and immobile-crouching postures), and

mutual upright postures. Administration of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (I, 2,

or 4 mg/kg, intraperitoneally) to the subordinate rat impaired the defensivesubmissive behaviors, while the non-druggt:d dominant rat's biting attacks became

more frequent and injurious. Administration of the drug to the dominant rat

greatly reduced attacks and threats toward the non-drugged subordinate rat, and

the dominance was weakened but not reversed.

'169
~-;":

~--:-- .-

"-

MICZEK. K.A. and BARRY.H.• III. Effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol on aggressive

behavior in laboratory rats. Drue: Addiction: Neurobiology and Influences on

Behavior, Vol. 3. Edited by J. M. Singh and H. Lal. New York:. Stratton Intercontinental Medical Book Company, 1974.

According to various previous reports. delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol

(THC) increases or decreases aggressive behavior in laboratory animals. We

have investigated this drug ina situation which reliably generates sequences of

stereotypic fighting behavior in rats without preceding painful stimulation. Rats

maintained at 850/0 of their free-feeding weight were trained to eat food pellets in a chamber. The frequency, duration and temporal pattern of ten postures and

movements characteristic of offensive-dominant and defensive-submissive behavior were recorded for two rats in IS-minute tests in the same chamber

without food. The normal dominant behavior includes biting attacks. attack and

threat postures, self-grooming and social grooming, whereas the submissive

animal normally displays defensive-upright, submissive-supine and immobilecrouching postures. urination, defecation and absence of grooming behavior.

while being threatened and attacked. but usually without injuries.

The submissive animal was injected intraperitoneally, at 30 min before

the start of the test, with THC (1,2 or4 mg/kg) or the control fluid (20% propylene glycol. 10/0 Tween 80 - isotonic saline. in a volume of 1 mg/kg). In the

submissive animal, THC clearly increased the duration of immobile-crouching

postures. while greatly decreasing the duration of defensive-upright and

submissive-supine postures. The drugged. submissive animal also was groomed

and was attacked more frequently and suffered more severe injuries. The drug

effects were closely similar in 15 submissive animals which had no previous

experience and 11 submissive animals which had extensive experience with the

fighting situation. Therefore. THC impaired the defensive-submissive behavior

pattern which effectively prevents or minimizes injury in normal intraspecies

fighting•.Contrary to some rep·orts that THC increases aggressive behavior. a further experiment Showed that administration of the drug to the dominant rat

greatly decreased ~ttack and threat behavior.

MlCZEK. K.A •• GIBBONS, J.L. and BARRY. H. m. Effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol

and methysergide on defensive behavior in rats. Federation Proceedings 32(3):

725 (1973) A stereotyPic sequence of fighting behavior by pairs of male albino rats

were generated without painful stimulation in 15 minute tests in which both rats,

individually trained to approach and eata food pellet on previous occasions, confronted each other without food available. The effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol

(THC) (1.2,4 mg/kg.) andmethysergide (5, 10mg/kg), I.P•• 30 minutes before the

test in different groups of rats, were measured on their defensive behavior in

confrontations with experienced. dominant. nondrugged animals. Injuries were

. sUffered under both drug treatments. but not in the control tests for the same

aJ;limals. Immobile crouching also was increased by either drug. Upright defensive

posturing was decreased by THC but increased by methysergide. Other components

of the submissive- defensive behavior pattern (submissive supine posture. defecation. grooming) were not altered by either drug. Running speed to a food pellet

was unaffected by THC but increased by methysergide. Although THC (a constituent of marihuana) and methysergide (a 5-hydroxytryptamine antogonist) act on

different components of defensive behavior. both impair ability to avoid injury.

r!f!!rr!
MIDDAUGH, L.D., BLACKWELL, L.A., SANTOS, C.A., III and ZEMP, J.W. Effects

of d-amphetamine sulfate given to pregnant mice on activity and on catecholamines

in the brains of offspring. Developmental Psychobiology 7(5): 429-438 (1974)

Offspring of C57BL /6J mice injected with d-amphetamine sulfate during

the last third of pregnancy had slightly reduced body weight at birth, altered

concentrations of catecholamines (CA's) in their brains during development,

and increased activity after they had matured. Norepinephrine concentrations were

depressed at birth, returned to control values by Day 3, and were elevated at 21

and 30 days after birth. Dopamine values were elevated at 30 days after birth.

At 75 days of age, animals prenatally exposed to the drug had CA concentrations

similar to controls, but had heightened activity levels compared to controls tested

in the open field. The results of these experiments demonstrate that d-amphetamine sulfate administered to mice during the last third of pregnancy produce

transient alterations in CA concentrations and long-lasting changes in behavior.

MIDDAUGH, L.D., SANTOS, C.A., III and ZEMP, J. W. Effects on phenobarbital given

to pregnant mice on behavior of mature offspring. Developmental Psychobiology

(in press)

Mature offspring of C57BL/6J mice (Mus musculus) injected daily

with phenobarbital (40 mg/kg) for the last third of pregnancy differed from saline

and untreated control animals on 3 measures of behavior. Offspring of phenobarbital treated animals had higher locomotor scores than controls during an

open field activity test at 75 days of age. Male offspring were also tested on a

I-trial passive avoidance task and treated animals were found to be deficient.

Finally, femals offspring responded less than controls on fixed ratio schedules

of reinforcement. The behavioral changes suggest that offspring of mice injected

with phenobarbital during pregnancy are less responsive to the stimuli in their

environment which maintain behavior.

MILLER, J. M. and COCHIN, J. The effect of continued morphine (M) administration on

motor activity in the mouse. The Pharmacologist 16: 248 (1974)

Because reports of tolerance to the effects of chronic M administration

on motor activity in the mouse have been contradictory, the following experiment

was performed. The M effect measured was change in activity as monitored in a

photocell-activity chamber. Male CD-l mice received 22 daily injections of M

sulfate (2.5, 5.0, 10 or 20 mg/kg s. c.). The mice were placed in the activity

chamber in groups of 5, 3 groups at each dose. A 5-min baseline count was

obtained 30 min before the injection. Additional 5-min counts were made immediately following the injection and at 30 min intervals for 3 hours thereafter. The

animals were tested after daily injections I, 8, 15 and 22. Compared to saline

controls, all M groups exhibited reduced motor activity in the test period just

after injection on day 1. This early period of depressed activity was followed by

stimulated activity which was dose related and reached a peak at 60 min. Activity

counts after daily injections 8, 15 and 22 revealed the development of tolerance

to the depressant effect, resulting in an apparent increase in sensitivity to the

stimulant effect. In this experiment we have not seen any evidence of tolerance

to the stimulation of activity that follows M administration.

~--- -----------

471:f1l~~1.,~ ';,:._-,

---_..~----------------_._------.-.----.-

,

,

.'
MILLER. J. M. and COCHIN. J. Some aspects of tolerance to morphine in the mouse.

Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington. D.C.: National

Academy of Sciences. National Research Council. 1968. P. 5462.

We have demonstrated differences in the rate. degree. character and

persistence of tolerance to the effect of chronic administration of 6 and 8mg/kg

doses ofMS in mice as measured by the hot plate technique.

MILLER. J.M•• MEYER. R.E., mNDMAN. R.D. and COCmN, J. Etonitazeneinduced shift of day/night drinking pattern in the white mouse. A measure of

opiate-seeking behavior. The Pharmacologist 13: 262 (1971)

Knowing that the mouse normally consumes the major portion of its

total fluid intake during the night. we hypothesized that an etonitazene

(ETA)-induced shift toward a daytime drinking pattern may be

indicative of drug seeking behavior. When ETA solutions (7 meg/In! and 15

mcg/ml) were substituted for water. there was a concentration-related shift

toward daytime drinking such that the two drug groups had daytime intakes of

12.50/0 and 17.5% respectively, compared to 7.5% by the control group.

After 8 wks. both groups showed marked cross-tolerance to the analgesic

effect. of morphine sulfate (20 mg!kg) as measured by the hot-plate test.

After II wks. both drug groups showed marked physical dependence as

measured by a modification of the naloxone test. When presented with

a drug !'water choice the 15 mcg group preferred drug, while the 7. 5 meg

and control groups showed no preference and water preference>respectively.

The altered day/night drinking pattern corresponds well with tolerance. naloxoneprecipitated withdrawal and drug seeking behavior in a choice situation and

seems to be a sensitive measure of opiate dependence in the mouse.

MILLER. L. L•• editor. Marijuana. Effects· on Human Behavior. New York: Academic

Press. 1974.

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

MILLER. L. L. and DREW. W. G. Cannabis:. Review of behavioral. effects in animals.

Psychological. Bulletin 81(7): 401-417 (July. 1974)

Research studies concerning the action of cannabis and its derivatives on

numerous aspects of animal. behavior including spontaneous activity. escape and avoidance behavior. schedule-controlled behavior. state-dependent learning. miscellaneous

appetitively and nonappetitively motivated behavior. food and water intake. and

aggression are reviewed. Disparate findings are discussed and attributed mainly

to differences in dosage and experimental. procedure. It is suggested that in a

number of instances the effects of cannabis are simUar to those of anticholinergic

drugs. Guidelines for future research are 'suggested.

MILLER. L. and DREW. W. G. Effects of marijuana on recall of narrative material and

Stroop colour-word performance. Nature 237: 172-173 (May. 1972)

MILLER. L.L. and DREW. W.G. Impairment of latent learning in the rat by a marihuana

component. Nature 243: 473-474 (June. 1973)

1.

.~"

~~~'~~~"'.~7_---::;a:<~~~-"""'~----"""""~""""'''''''''''''''''''''''''~;__ 'i''.-'J.''~:'::'''-"':'~·'-:-:.:~l'-';!"'~~-""""'--""""'---'~~-"""'-''''''''-~ ,~-.,----c----- ~.~-.;;. _. -,.',.

_~:-~~::;<~'~_:'~.;?::'i:':':"':':;. ,,;::~}>:,-' .-.' '-'.'
MILLER, L.L., DREW, W.G. and JOYCE, P. Delta-9-THC: Effect on acquisition and

retention of a one-trial passive avoidance response. Behavioral Biology 8(3'):

421-426 (March. 1973)

In two separate experiments, the effect of 5 or 15 mg/kg delta-9-THC on

acquisition and retention of a one-trial passive avoidance in rats was investigated.

Neither dose affected passive avoidance. However, THC at 5 mg/kg appeared to

interfere with retention using an active rete'st procedure. only if an S was retested

under the influence of the drug. It was concluded that the drug could have some

specific effect on performance rather than memory.

MILLER, L., DREW, W. G. and McCOY, D. F. Effects of post-trial injections of scopolamine and eserine on acquisition of a simultaneous brightness discrimination.

Psychological Reports 29: 1147-1152 (1971)

4 groups of rats were given injections of scopolamine, methylscopolamine.

eserine or saline immediately following the completion of an acquisition trial on

a brightness discrimination in a T-maze. Results indicated that eserine and

scopolamine groups displayed little or no reduction in errors over 50 acquisition

trials, while Ss treated with methylscopolamine or saline showed a marked reduction in errors over the last 15 trials. While the data can be interpreted in terms

of a consolidation model of memory, a progressive increase in failures to eat on

rewarded trials by groups receiving the centrally active drugs, indicates that side

effects of these drugs probably played a role in learning impairments.

'If

MILLER, L. L •• DREW. W. G. and WIKLER, A. Comparison of delta-9-THC, LSD-25

and scopolamine on non-spatial single alternation performance in the runway.

Psychopharmacologia 28: 1-11 (1973)

Rats were trained in a straight runway on a non-spatial single alterna~

tion (NSSA) which involved presentation of reward (R) and nonreward (N) in a

fixed repeating sequence (i. e. R-N-R-N•.• ). Patterned running results since

rats learned to run fast on R trials and slow on N trials. This task can be

regarded as an animal analog of the goal directed serial alternation task employed

. with humans. After patterned running was well established the effects of graded

doses of delta-9-THC. LSD and scopolamine were delineated. Although all drugs

modified alternation performance. each agent produced distinctly specific effects

on the different components of NSSA. Delta-9-THC disrupted alternation by

decreasing running speed on R trials and increasing running speed on N trials.

Lower doses of LSD increased running speed on N trials while leaving R trial

speeds unchanged. At the highest dose, LSD decreased running speed on R trials

while leaving N trial speeds only slightly elevated from baseline. Scopolamine

disrupted alternation solely by decreasing speed on R trials. The results were

discussed with reference to the effects of these drugs on internal inhibition.

registration and recall of internal cues and timing behavior.

MIYASAKA, M. and DOMINO, E. F. Neuronal mechanisms of ketamine-induced anesthesia.

International Journal of Neuropharmacology 7: 557-573 (1968)

MOLANDER, L. and RANDRUP, A. Investigation of the mechanism by which LDOPA induces gnawing in mice. Acta Pharmacologica et J:'oxicologica

34: 312-324 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

473

• 1 :li......~., i,;,,~~.~~~ ..Jt~~J

'.'----.-,---.,-'--.....---------:c~,~-~-~------------- .. --- ,...---------- ----------.--,-----
MORETON. J. E. and DAVIS. W. M. Effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol on locomotor

activity and on phases of sleep. The Pharmacologist 12(2): 258(1970)

For abstract, see Section ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

MORETON, J.E. and DAVIS. W.M. Electroencephalographic study of effects of delta.-9-

and delta-8-tetrahydrocannabinol and cannabis extract on sleep in the rat.

The Pharmacologist 13(2): 246 (1971)

For abstract, see Section ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

MORETON. J. E. and DAVIS. W. M. Electroencephalographic study of the effects of

tetrahydrocannabinols on sleep in the rat. Neuropharmacology 12: 897-907

(1973)

For abstracts. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

MORETON,J. E•• ROEHRS, T. and KHAZAN, N. Sleep"'awakeactivity and self-injection

pattern of rats dependent on morphine, methadone, orL-alpha-acetyl- methadol

(LAAM). Federation Proceedings 33: 516 (1974)

F or abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

MORETON. J.E•• ROEHRS, T., KHAZAN, N. and Merrell-National Laboratories.

Patterns of drug self-administration and sleep-awake activity during the state of

dependence on morphine, methadone. and L-alpha-acetylmethadol (LAAM).

Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington, D.C.: National Academy

of Sciences, National Research Council. 1974.

Rats prepared with chronic cortical EEG and EMG electrodes and with i. v.

cannulas were perzp.itted to self-administer morphine (10 mg/kg/injection) on a

fixed ratio schedule of reinforcement to establish physical dePendence. When

methadone (2 mg/kglinjection) orLAAM (1 mg/kgl injection) was substituted for morphine, these dependent rats titrated the daily drug intake and maintained the dependence state. A significant shift from inter-injection intervals of 2.5+

for morphine to shorter intervals of 1.4 + 0.1 hours was noted. for methadone and

to much longer intervals for LAAM (8.8! O. 8qours). While the distribution of sleep.

REM sleep. and awake during these inter-injection intervals was, in general.

analogous. LAAM exhibited a relatively delayed onset of action. However,· EEG slow

bursts emerged with little delay follOWing LAAM injections which IIlay represent,

in part. a significant agonistic property. -

.~.' •. ,>"". "' '."~- '.....,.- .' . fc""""~·,~._",,,.,. __'f

~7k dffi,,;"*,~

,."" ",""':<," .::.,:-,~,::,
MORETON, J.E., YOUNG, G.A., MELTZER, L. and KHAZAN, N. Effects of naloxone

on post-addict rats relapsing to morphine self-administration. Presented at

Federation Meetings, Atlantic City, New Jersey, April, 1975.

Female Sprague-Dawley rats were prepared with chronic cortical and muscle

electrodes and i. v. cannulas. They were administered morphine by i. p. injections, then trained to lever press for i. v. self-injections or morphine (10 mg/kg)

to maintain dependence, and subsequently withdrawn for two weeks. A t this point,

one or two pellets of naloxone base (100 mg) or placebo pellets were implanted

subcutaneously. The rats were then returned to the experimental cages and allowed to self-administer morphine or isotonic saline. Rats that were implanted with

two 100 mg naloxone pellets did not relapse to morphine self-injections. Although

half of the rats implanted with one 100 mg pellet also failed to relapse to morphine,

the remainder increased their lever pressing and morphine intake sufficiently to

overcome the antagonistic effect of naloxone and to re-establish dependence. Rats

implanted with placebo pellets and given access to morphine re-established lever

pressing, while those given access to isotonic saline extinquished their lever pressing.

These findings demonstrate the ability of the narcotic antagonist, naloxone, to interfere with relapse to morphine in post-addict rats.

MORSE, W. H. and KELLEHER, R. T. Schedules as fundamental determinants of behavior.

The Theory of Reinforcement Schedules. Edited by W. N. Schoenfeld. New York:

Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1970. Pp. 139-185.

MOSKOWITZ, H. and McGLOTHLIN, W. Effects of marihuana on auditory signal detection.

Psychopharmacologia 40: 137-145 (1974)

23 male subjects were tested for aUditory signal detection under a notreatment condition, and smoke marihuana conditions containing 0, 50, 100 and

200 mu-g delta-9-THC per kg body weight. Signal detection was measured under

conditions of concentrated attention, in which the subject reported the presence

or absence of a tone in 3-sec noise burst; and divided attention, where the subject

also repeated a series of six digits which were presented simultaneously with the

noise burst. No differences were found between the no-treatment and placebo

conditions. Significant dose-dependent impairment of signal detection resulted for

the marihuana conditions under both concentrated and divided attention. Application of signal setection theory indicated that impaired performance was due to

a decline in sensitivity (d'), independent of changes in subject criteria (beta).

There was also some indication of change in criteria--a greater tendency for

erroneous reporting of a signal when it was not present.

MOSKOWITZ, H. and SHARMA, S. Eye movements during a signal detection task under

marihuana. Perception and Psychophysics (in press)

MOSKOWITZ, H., SHARMA, S. and McGLOTHLIN, W. Effect of marihuana upon

peripheral vision as a function of the information processing demands in

central vision. Perceptual and Motor Skills 35: 875-882 (1972)

Detection of peripheral light stimuli was examined with 12 Ss

under 4 treatment units of smoked marihuana. Marihuana severely

impaired detection performance and the decrement was linearly

related to dose. Information-processing demands from the central

fixation light did not affect the degree of impairment.

MOSKOWITZ, H., SHARMA, S. and SCHAPERO, M. A comparison of the effects of

marijuana and alcohol on visual fWietlomr;-'Current -Research; in Marihuana.

Edited by M. F. Lewis. New York: Academic_:p.I'es_~.1972. 'i . '..." . J

;a'IS';W¥\fLJ.a"t·:~~;tr':~t,~;:t"~f

-~.----------..,-,---- -------_-. -'__.·- ···_,_·-·'C·-'"
MOSKOWITZ. H•• SHEA. R. and BURNS. M. Effects of marihuana on the psychological

refractory period. Perceptual and Motor Skills 38: 959-962 (1974)

Reaction times to an auditory stimulus (RTI) and a subsequent visual

stimulus (RT2) were measured for 12 Ss under three levels of smoked marihuana.

Marihuana impaired responSes; effect was larger on RT2 than on RT1. However,

delays of RT2 are longer than would be predicted in terms of the psychological

refractory period.

MUNKVAD, I. The mechanism of action of psychopharmacological agtens on

behaviour. Acta Pharmacologica et Toxicologica 35(Supplement 1):

11 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

MUNKVAD, I., PAKKENBERG, H. and RANDRUP, A. Aminergic systems in basal

ganglia associated with stereotyped hyperactive behavior and catalepsy.

Brain, Behavior and Evolution 1: 89-100 (1968)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

NAKAI, Y. and DOMINO, E. F. Differential effects of pentobarbital, ethyl alcohol and

chlorpromazine in modifying reticular facilitation of viSually evoked responses

in the cat. International Journal of Neuropharmacology 8: 61-.72 (1969)

NAKAMURA. J., HENDERSON. G. L. and WINTERS. W. D. The behavioral and EEO effects of 1-alpha-aceylmethadol (LAAM) in the rat. Proceedings of the Western

Pharmacological Society 17: 155-158 (1974)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

NASH, P •• COLASANTI, B. and KHAZAN, N. Long.,.term effects of morphine on the electroencephalogram and behavior of the rat. Psychopharmacologia 29: 271-276 (1973)

For abstract, see Section In. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

NEWMAN, L. M., LUTZ, M. P., GOULD, M. H. and DOMINO, E. F •. Delta-9-THC and

ethyl alcohol: Evidence for cross-tolerance in the rat. Science 175: 1022 (1972)

For .abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

~''''''''''-.-

'~4'6~--- l,f,~:;'?:'~:""~'" ': .",.'

~~~~~~--~.~:

-~:t!··.;~~~t:~_~"!:":',::~,·.~...,~.f"".,.·_"",'*':'~';·. -;-~":'."1!'.,!,"" .......-~~j,""'. ~-~~~.._~--_.

--~'"".~.>;.~~; __ ,:~~ - \ _~. ':~ '~-:1f';~\~
..

NIELSEN, E. B. and LYON, M. Drinking behaviour and brain dopamine: Antagonistic

effect of two neuroleptic drugs (pimozide and spiramide) upon amphetamine- or

apomorphine-induced hypodipsia. Psychopharmacologia 33: 299-308 (1973)

Hypodipisia produced by injection of d-amphetamine (2.0 mg/kg) or

apomorphine (0.8 mg/kg) in rats, was partiaUy antagonized by two DA-specific

neuroleptic drugs, Pimozide and Spiramide, respectively. Pimozide revealed a

maximal amphetamine-antagonistic effect at dose levels between 0.1 --0.4 mg/kg.

Hypodipisia could also be produced by Pimozide alone in doses greater than

1. 0 mg/kg. Pretreatment of the apomorphine-induced hypodipsia with 0.05 mg/kg

Spiramide also reliably counteracted drinking deficits. .

The interaction of water deprivation combined with the presence or absence

of food in the test situation was also examined, but no effect was found.

The possibility that perserverative rearing on the hind legs under

d-amphetamine might interfere with drinking was tested with high vs. low drinkingtubes in the Pimozide-amphetamine experiments. There was evidence for a

slight initial effect .of drinking position, but the general form of the dose -response

curve was not greatly altered.

. It was concluded that dopamine effects cannot easily be excluded from a

role in the control of drinking, and that the primary role often accorded norepinephrine in relation to amphetamine effects should be re-examined with respect

to the specific behavioural functions which are altered.

NIELSEN, E. B. and LYON, M. Some possible mechanisms involved in amphetamine

or apomorphine induced hypodipsia. Journal de Pharmacologie 5(Supplement II):_

72 (1974)

For abstract, see Section lIT. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

NORTON, S. Amphetamine as a model for hyperactivity in the rat. Physiology and

Behavior 11: 181-186 (1973)

Exploratory behavior of saline and amphetamine-injected rats has been

analyzed using time-lapse photography. Three models are proposed for the expected effects of drugs causing hyperactivity in rats. The conclusio.:ls which are

reached from the analysis are that control behavior of rats under the condition

employed shows a high degree of patterning and stability and that at moderately

low doses amphetamine causes dose-related:hanges in frequency of certain behavioral acts and a shortening of the duration of an act, once it is initiated. These

two actions can be assumed to encompass the affect of amphetamine described

as behavioral stimulation or hyperactivity. In addition, amphetamine causes

increased randomization of initiation of behavior- acts. This disruption of normal

behavior sequences is not detected by most methods of analysis of hyperactive

behavior but has been shown here to be a dose-related phenomenon accompanying

the other drug-induced changes.

·"""-":""!'r%4~R:g9't~ Yi., ¥f~'~ . 477 .. ")

_..:.....-......::;:~_:_~- ~.:.-:

._------_._---
~::"".,.>.

~..;-, -.

. - .. ~'~._­

.,-,,;. "-

O'BRIEN, C. P. Conditioning aspects of nar-coUcs addiction. Journal of Psychiatric

Research (in press)

The importance of conditioning factors in narcotic addictio:l and relapse

has been established in animal studies and has been suggested by clinical experience.

Wilder has developed a theoretical system which involves both classical and operant

conditioning, but systematic studies in humans are lacking.

Stimuli which precipitate either "craving" or "sickness" were elicitedfr,om

8 former addicts, drug-free at least 6 months and 100 addicts currently undergoing

methadone treatment, The subjects were able to arrange the stimuli in a hierarcy

from most to least potent. Addicts were able to clearly distinguish between the

symptoms of "cravings" and "sickness", but the stimuli which provoke each of ...

these overlap. Various desensitization paradigms were utilized to .extinguish the

responses to these stimuli using both psychophysiological and subjective dependent

variables. _ _ "

One series of extinction trials involved the use of the narcotic antagonist

cyclazocine. Previous studies with antagonists have assumed random experimentation with narcotics by the addict in his environment. In this study systematic

extinction trials were conducted in the clinic. Heroin addicts were detOXified '"

and permitted to inject themselves with the narcotic hydromorphone (Dilaudid)

under bouble-blind saline controlled conditions, while maintaining their usual

rituals. Baseline responses were obtained. After a blocking dose of cyclazocine was achieved, thrice weekly extinction trials were conducted consisting of

self-injections of either saline or llydromorphone under double-blind conditions,

Results with 15 patients to date indicate that, (1) the procedur-e is acceptable to patients; (2) all injections even saline, are pleasureable initially,

but after 10-15 trials they have become neutral and continued injections become

increasingly aversive; (3) self injections in the clinic are generalized to other

environments according to patient reports (supported by frequent urine tests);

(4) pupillometry is the best measure of pharmacological "high", but conditioned

constriction to the injection of saline may occur; (5) video tapes and slides of

addicts "shooting up: are potent stimuli for most addicts and post-addicts,

but not for individuals who have undergone extinction trials.

This treatment technique is still in a preliminary stage of development.

The drop-out rate due to cyclazocine side effects is high (up to 50 per cent),

but this should be reduced by naltrexone, an antagonist with few side effects.

It remains to be seen whether relapse occurs after termination of antagonist

when the patients know that getting narcotic effects is again possible.

O'BRIEN, C. P. The role of conditioning in narcotic addiction. International Symposium on Behavior Modification. Edited by E. Chirinos (in press)

OGLESBY, M. W., ROSENBERG, J. and WINTER, J. C. Behavioral and biochemical

effects oi chronic administrl1-tion of bromide in the rat. ~sychopharmacologia

32: 85-92 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

OLSON, J. and CARDER, B. Behavioral tolerance to marihuana as a function of amo:mt

of prior training. Pharmacology Bioch.emistry and Behavior 2(2): 243-247 (1974)

Rats were trained to run an alley for food reinforcement. Rats dosed with

marihuana distillate b·efore each sessioa from the b·eginning 0: tra.ining showed a

very slow imp!'ovement of performance during training. Rats that first received

marijuana after reaching asymptotic performance showed a disruption oi performance under the drug. These rats, however, rapidly developed a tolerance to

the drug. It was concluded ':hatincreased prior training increases the rate of

behavioral tOlerahce-aeveloinri~~":!''''''''''':'''''''.

(,

. '.' -'~'-~ i:)

."
OVERTON, D. A. Experimental methods for the study of state-dependent learning.

Federation Proceedings 33(7): 1800-1813 (July, 1974)

Drugs produce a variety of effects on performance, on th8 formation of

memories, and on their retrieval. One of these effects is state-dep::mdent

learning. To study state-dependent learning, investigators commonly use a

2 x 2 experimental design in which four groups are first trained and then tested

for recall under the cO{lditions N-N, N-D, D-N and D-D, respectivC'ly (N = no

drug, D :: drug). However, this design generally does not providl' sufficent

data to allow an evaluation of the relative strengths of the vario:ls possible drug

effects. As a result, impaired performance caused by other drug effects frequently

attribtlted to state-d,ependent learning and vice versa. The limitations of this

design are discussed and alternative strategies are proposed. If ... drug produces

only a weak state-dependent lea:rning effect, learned behaviors may be made

contingent on the drug state by a "drtlg discrimination" training p~o~edure. Such

procedures are currently being used to answer a variety of qtlestions about drug

actions on the brain. This paper discusses available experimental methods,

with emphasis on methods for deriving d::>se-resp:mse relationships, 0~1 the interpretation of transfer test results, on metho::ls that allow quantitive and :{"..lalitative comparisons of the discriminable effects of various drugs, and on the

limitations of each method. It is concluded that drtlg discrimination procedures

are less prone to yield erroneous conclusions that is the 2 x 2 exp,erimental

design. Data obtained with rats in a shock escape T -maze task are presented to

illustrate some of the properties and limitatio:lS of drug descriminatio:1 procedures.

OVERTON, D. A. State-dep:cmd,ent learning produced by addicting drtlgs. Opiate Addiction:

Origins and. Treatment. Edited by S. Fisher and A. M. Freedman. Washington, D. C. :

V.H. Winston and Sons, Inc., 1974.

Available evidence increasingly supports the generalization that statedepen::lent learning (SDL) is produced by most abused drtlgs. This suggests that

stu,jies of SDL may predict the abuse potential of drugs, and also raises the

possibility that SDL may be cuasally involved in the addictive pro,~ess. Altho'.lgh

no explicit relationship between drug abuse and SDL has been demonstrated,

exp,erimental studies of this question have only recently begun. This paper will

selectively review data on SDL which appear related to drug abuse, and will

summarize the major theoretical formulations which have been P:lt forward

relating SDL to abuse.

OVERTON, D. A. State-dependent retention o~ learned responses produced by drtlgs:

Its relevance to sleep learning and recall. Sleep...:_ Physiology, Biochemistry,

Psychol~Pharmacology, ClinicaUmp~ic~yo.ls. Edited by W. P. Koella an::l

P. Levin. Proceedin-;s of First Europ:~an Congress 0.1 Sleep ~esearch.

Basel, Switzerland: Karger, 1973.

Several drll~s pro::luce an effect called SDL. If a resp:>nse is learned

while an animal is drugged it can thereafter be performed best when th-e animal

is 1.gain drugged, and it is p,~rf~n'med mo-:-e poorly or not at all. in th;: absence

o~ drug. Data by EVANS et al. (1970) SCl~g2St that some types 0: learning which

etn take place during REM ,.;lecp :tre ;;mimlarly retrievable o.1ly during subseq'l,::nt REM periods and C3.nno~ be remembered when the subject is awake.

Thus d"rugs and REl\1 slecp3.pp,-ear to have effects on memory and retention

which are at least fo-:-mally similar. Su~h drug effects have b-een extensively

studied and this p::lp'3r attemp~s to extrapolate from the drug literature as

regards the state d3p:mdency effects which sleep might p,;,odtlce and the exp,-erimental mehtodology which might be useful in demonstrating such effects. This

paper is explicitly sp.eculative, an::i is not intended to imply that drugs and

sleep acutally do have' similar effects on, learning and retentio.1, beyond those

shown by the d3.ta. '''''~'~'''':_''~'~M'''''t .

_'.E ::... ~~;~"_~"""",,u.A .'

. ~. - ---'_._._--~---------:---'-~--.. -.~.-.------.-.,....-.,.._.~.--.-.-,..---- ".-,-....-..._--. .. - --.. _~..
~-~:;;~

f~ OVERTON, D.A. and LEBMAN, R. I. Rapid drug discrimination produced by ketamine,

a dissociative anesthetic. Proceedings of t.he 8lst Annual Convention of

the American Psychological Association. Washington, D. C.: The American

Psychological Association, 1973. Pp. 1007-1008.

OVERTON, D. A. and WINTER, J. C. Discriminable properties of drugs and state dependent

learning. Federation Proceedings 33(7): 1785-1786 (1974)

PAPESCHI. R. An investigation on the behavioral and hypothermic effects of

yohimbine: Interaction with drugs affecting central and peripheral

monoamines. Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie

208: 61-80 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Dru gs.

PAPESCHI, R., RANDRUP, A. and LAL, S. Effect of ECT ondopaminergic an::! noradrenergic mechanisms. I. Effect on the behavioural changes induced by reserpine. alp~a-methyl-p-tyrosineOr amphetamine. Psychopharmacol0l!~

35: 149-158 (1974)

For abstract. see Sectio.1 III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

PARRY, H. J. Patterns of psychotropic drug use among American adults. Journal of

Drug Issues 1: 269-273 (1971)

PARRY, H. J. Use of psychotropic drugs by U. S. adults. Public Health Reports

83(10): 799-810 (October, 1968)

PARRY, H. J. an:! CISIN, I. He Students, parents. and drugs. Today's Edu::~tlo;).:

NEA JO".lrnal (May, 1973)

PARRY, He J•• OISIN, I. H. and BALTER, M. B. Concomitants of marihuana use among

Americans aged 18-29. Special Report D-1. Wa;shington, D. C.: Social Research

Group, The George Washington University, 1972.

PATRICK, G. A., DEWEY, W. L. and HAitRIS, L. S. Relationship of brain morphine

concentration to tail-nick activity in pellet;-implanted and acutely treated mice

. and rats. Federatio.1 Proceedi~ 33(3, Part I>: 474 (March, 1974)

Brain morphine (M) levels were measured according to a modification

of the nuorometric method in animals in Which the tail nick test was performed.

In mice implanted S. C. with M pellets, significant analgesia was observed 20 mins

after implantation though brain M was no~ measurable. Increased analgesia

p.3.ralleled increased brain M at 1 and 4 hours after implantation. By 24 hrs analgesia

had begun to decline and was entirely absent at 72 hI'S, though brain M levels remained

elevated through 78 hI'S. When the M pellets were removed at 72 hI'S, brain M

declined steadily, returning to zero 6 hI'S later. These data suggest that the encapsulation observed around the p,ellet does .not greatly interfere with the absorption ~.'>~?;',':':>;'-~'~~:'::~~--"I"'c' '.t.~~:,....,..;.,._

i~"'4S0 I -----.--..... ;

I

t- '"il: ':";-~::':{:'; ,W'df" ( ":il~

-'"~ '- -·1·:.\_~"> ,~.':.;: ;-, :...{:::.....

".' " " ,:-~" .. ;'":-;,_·~·.';':'~;;;:f'" <,.•.
..

Patrick, G. A•. Dewey. W. L. and Harris. L. S.•.. continued

of M. Brain M levels were found to correlate with S. C. doses of morphine sulfate

(MS) and tail flick activity in mice and rats. In mice the brain M level at the

ED50 was found to be 140NGS/G tissue. Following a single S. C. injc:::tion of

8MGS/KG of MS, mouse brain M levels peaked at 30 mins after injection, corresponding to peak analgesic effect. In rats, an injection of 16MGS/KG S. C. produced

peak brain M levels and peak analgesia at -+;) to 60 mins after administration.

PETERSON, D. W. and SPARBER. S. B. Increased fixed-ratio performance and differential

d- and I-amphetamine action following norepinephrine depletion by intraventricular

6-hydroxydopatnine. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics

191(3):349 (1974)

For abstract, see Section Ill. Mechanisms of Action of Differept Drugs.

PICKENS, R. and HARRIS. W. C. Self-administration of d-amp;1.ctamine by rats.

E~ychopharmacologia 12: 158-163 (1968)

PICKENS, Ro and PLUNKETT, C. R•. Morphine self-administration by rats: Co.1.fo'J.nding

activity effects. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington, D. C.:

National Academy of Sciences, National Research Coancil, 1970. Pp. 6592-6597.

PICKENS, R. and THOMPSON, T. Cocaine-reinforced behwior in rats; Effects of reinforcement magnitude and fixed-ratio size. The Journal of Pharmacology and

Exp'2Eimental Therapeutics 161(1): 122-130 (May, 1968)

Cocaine was shown to serve as a reinforcer for the rat. The effects of

different infusion doses and fixed-ratio schedules on cocaine self-administration

were studied. Within the range of doses that main~ained responding, the response

rate was foand to vary inversely as a function of drug dose per infusion (reinforcement magnitude) and directly as a function of size of the fixed ratio. Outside

this range, low doses produced ragged performance and high doses caused responding to cease entirely. In general, ratio performance was somewhat dep'2ndent 0.1. reinforcement magnitude, with higher ratios being achieved by intermediate and higher drug doses. Food reinforcement under conditions resembling

those llsed with co:::aine also yielded an inverse relationship between reinfo,:,cement magnitu::le and response rate, reco.lciling what appeared to be a major

difference between the reinforcers. Th:~ most striking characteristic of cocainereinforced behavior was long but regularly spaced pauses after reinforcement.

Comparable pauses were obtained in food-reinforced fixed-ratio p'2rformance

after cocaine infusio.l. suggesting the 2ffp.ct may be due at least in part to

performance disruption produced by the drug•

PICKENS. R. and THOMPSON. T. Simple schedules of drug self-administration in

animals. Drug Addiction: Experimental Pharmacology, Vol. 1. Edited by J. Singh.

L. H. Miller and H. Lal. Mount Kisco, New York: Futura Publishing Company. 1972.

P. 107.

PICKENS, R., THOMPSON, T. and YOKEL, R. A. Characteristics of amphetamine selfadministration by rats. Current Concepts on Amphetamine Abuse. Edited by

E. H. Ellinwood, Jr~ and S. Cohen. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government

Printing Office, 1972.
_.-""--

~-::..

F- • .-

PILLARD, R. C. and FISHER, S. Effects of chlordiazepoxide and secobarbital on film-induced

anxiety. Psychopharmacologia 12: 18-23 (1967)

Normal college students were given a single dose of chlordiazepoxide,

secobarbital or placebo 85 min before being shown an anxiety-inducing film.

Measures of sedation and of subjective anxiety were taken before and after the

film. Results indicate that chlordiazepoxide and secobarbital had a measurable

sedative action compared with placebo. Neither medication showed a significant anti-anxiety effect.

PIRAINO, A. J. and DiGREG aRIa, G. J. Quantitation of barbiturates in the induced

parotid saliva of rats. The Pharmacologist 16: 217 (1974)

PIRCH, J. H. and OSTERHOLM, K., C. Influence of alpha-methyltyrosine on enhancement

of shuttle-box avoidance by marijuana and pentobarbital. Research Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 8(2): 203 (June, 1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

PRYOR, G. T. Acute and subacute behavioral and pharmacological interactions of delta-9-THC

with other drugs. Proceedings of the International Conference on the Pharmacology

of Cannabis, Savannah, Georgia, December 3-6, 1974 (in press)

Using a battery of tests ... conditioned avoidance behavior~ photocell activity,

heart rate, body temperature, and rotarod performance - we have evaluated some of

the interactions between delta-9-THC (5.0 or 10 mg/kg in sesame oil administered

intragastrically) and thirteen other drugs - phenobarbital, nicotine, caffeine,

diphenylhydantoin, desmethylimipramine, aspirin, methamphetamine, tolbutamide,

chlordiazepoxide, methaqualone, cocaine, LSD-25, alldphencyclidine.

The interactions were studied after acute administration and after subacute

pretreatment for six days with delta-9-THC or the test drug••• III these initial studies

only one or two doses of delta-9-TCH and each test drug were evaluated. Delta-9-

THC was adminis.tered 2 hours and the test drug 30 millutes before each test.

The results, while complex and SUbject to fU,rther verification using other

dose and time parameters and other test systems, suggest that the •depressant effects

of delta-9-THC tend to predominate. In general if the test drug was depressant

(even though the dose used was ineffective alone), it added to or potentiated the

depression caused by delta-9-THC. If the drug was stimulant, this property was

antagonized and the depressant properties of delta-9-THC were predominant.

Tolerance developed to many of the effects of delta-9-THC and this tolerance

extended to its interactions with most other drugs. On the other hand, 'the tolerance

that developed to Some drugs did not always attenuate their interactive effects with

delta-9-THC and some showed cumulative effects that enhanced the depression

caused by acute administration -of both•

.

,

(

f,.tL'XH"," i,,';.. t'482 ..._-_._-,--,--.-.----.

-."'"-.........':-=......---.....
•

PURl, S. K. and LAL, H. Effect of dopaminergic stimulation or blockade on morphinewithdrawal aggression. Psychopharmacologica 32: 113-120 (1973)

Aggregation during morphine abstinence elicited social aggression

(rearing, vocalization, attack-bites) in the morphine dependent rats. J>retreatment

with L-dihydroxyphenylalanine (50 mg/kg), DL-dihydroxyphenylalaine (200 mg/kg),

dextro-amphetamine sulfate (2 mg/kg) or apomorphine hydrochloride (1. 25 mg/kg)

enhanced that aggression severalfold. Alpha methyl-p-tyrosine (200 mg/kg)

abolished the morphine withdrawal aggression that was elicited either by mere

aggregation ot.' by aggregation combined with amphetamine. However, alpha

methyl-p-tyrosine did not block the aggression in apomorphine treated r.ats.

Haloperidol (0.63-2.5 mg/kg) also blocked the aggression due to mere abstinence

or abstinence supersensitized by amphetamine. Similarly, methadone hydrochloride

(5-20 mg/kg) blocked morphine withdrawal aggression supersensitized by apomorphine. These data are intepreted to suggest dopaminey;:gic basis of morphine

withdrawal aggression and a latent supersensitivity of dopaminergic neuropathways

during morphine dependence.

PURl, S. K. and LAL; H. Reduced threshold to pain induced aggression specifically

related to morphine dependence•.Psychopharmacologia 35: 237-241 (1974)

Male rats of Long-Evans strain were chronically administered increasing

doses until a maximally tolerated maintenance-dose of morphine (400 mg/kg/day),

phenobarbital (400 mg/kg/day), ethanol (20 ml of 50% v/v/day) or amphetamine

(16 mg/kg/day) was reached. After several days of maintenance doses, the rats

were withdrawn from those drugs. When grouped, morphine-withdrawn rats

showed intermittent spontaneous-aggression (rearing, vocalization, attack-bites).

Amphetamine (2 mg/kg) treatment potentiated morphine withdrawal aggression.

However, animals withdrawn from phenobarbital. ethanol or amphetamine failed

to show spontaneous aggression with or without amphetainine. Similarly. shock

intensity required to elicit pain-induced aggression was significantly decreased

in morphine-withdrawn rats but not in rats withdrawn from phenobarbital. ethanol

or amphetamine. These results suggest that the aggression seen during abstinence

is caused by specific changes in the central nervous system uniquely produced by

t~e chronic administration of narcotic drugs.

QUOCK, R. M. and HORITA, A. Apomorphine: Modification of its hyperthermic effect

in rabbits by p-chlorophenylalanine. Science 183: 539 (1974)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

RANDRUP, A. and MUNKVAD, 1. Behavioural stereotypies induced by pharmacological

agents. Pharmakopsychiatrie. Neuro-Psychopharmakologie 1: 18-26 (1968)

The word stereotypy is used in psychiatry, psychology and'psychopharmacology to designate different forms of behaviour. The present paper

deals with a very spectacular form of stereotyped behaviour produced in many

animal species by amphetamine and other stimulant drugs.

Evidence is presented which indicates that this stereotypy is associated

with a certain form of behavioural stimulation produced by action of the stimulant

drugs upon a dopaminergic system in the basal ganglia.

"Amphetamine-psychosis" observed in the clinic shows many symptoms

similar to those seen in certain forms of schizophrenia (including stereotypy),

and the stereotypies produced by amphetamine in animals are specifically

antagonized by neuroleptic drugs, used for the treatment of schizophrenia. On

this basis the relation of these stereotypies to psychopharmacology is pointed

out, and it is suggested as a ~king hypothesis that the dopaminergic system

in the basal ganglia may be involveCJ-rrr"th&--pathogenesis of schizophrenia. 483 '
RANDRUP. A. and MUNKVAD. I. Biochemical. anatomical and psychological

investigations of stereotyped behavior induced by amphetamines. Amphetamines

and Related Compounds: Proceedings of the Mario Negri Institute for

Pharmacology Research. Milan. Italy. Edited by E. Costa and S. Gorattini.

New York: Raven Press. 1970. Pp. 695-713.

For abstract. see Section ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

RANDRUP. A. and MUNKVAD. I. Brain dopamine and amphetamine induced stereotyped

behaviour. Acta Pharmacologia et Toxicologia 25(Supplexnent 4): 62 (1967)

RANDRUP, A. and MUNKVAD, I. Correlation between specific effects of amphetamines

on the brain and on behavior. Current Concepts on Amphetamine Abuse.

Edited by E. H. Ellinwood, Jr. and S. Cohen. Washington. D.C.: U.S.

'Government Printing Office, 1972.

For abstract, see Section ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

RANDRUP. A. and MUNKVAD. 1. Influence of amphetamines on animal behaviour. Stereotypy.

functional impairment and possible animal-human correlations. Psychiatria,

Nel1rologia. Neurochirurgia 75: 193-202 (1972)

The behavioural stimulation of animals brought about by amphetamines

is selective: certain activities (items of behaviour) are increased and others

concurrently decreased. With increasing doses of amphetamine this leads to

an extremely stereotyped activity. consisting. of continuous repetition of one or

a few items of behaviour.

The selective stimulation causes impairment of the functional capacity

of the animals. e. g. by derangements of operant and social hebaviour.

Possible hUman-animal correlations and implications for the clinic

(amphetamine addiction. schizophrenia) are discussed.

The biochemical actions of amphetamine underlying the. behavioural effects

are not discussed here, but reference is made to recent reviews by the authors

published elsewhere and to other papers in the present symposium.

RANDRUP. A. and MUNKVAD. I. Mechanisms by which amphetamines produce stereotypy.

aggression and other behavioural effects. VIII. Congress Collegium International

Neuro-Psychopharmacologicum, Copenhagen. Praha: Avicenum Press, 1972.

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs•

. .

. ~~ ,?~

,~'-~~'- -{'~~.':\·;'\/L~ ""~: .,~"

..
•

RANDRUP, A. and MUNKVAD, I. Mechanisms by which amphetamines produce stereotypy,

aggression and other "behavioural effects. "Psyc.hopharmacologia 2"6(S'upplement): 37

(1972)

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

RANDRUP, A. and MUNKVAD, I. Pharmacological studies on the brain mechanisms underlying

two forms of behavioural excitation: Stereotyped hyperactivity and "rage." Annals of

the New York Academy of Sciences 159: 928-938 (1969)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

RANDRUP, A. and MUNKVAD, I. Roles of brain noradrenaline and dopamine in

pharmacelogically induced aggressive behaviour. Symposium on

Pharmacological Agents and Biogenic Amines in the Central Nervous

System. Edited by J. Knoll and K. Magyar. Budapest, Hungary:

Akademiai Kiado, 1973. Pp. 131-139.

RANDRUP, A. and MUNKVAD, 1. Stereotype behavior produced by amphetamine and other

substances. Neuro-Psychopharmacology, Vol. 5. Edited by H. Brill, J. O. Cole,

P. Deniker, H' I Hippius and P. B. Bradley. Amsterdam, the Netherlands:

Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1967. P. 1225 •.

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

-. " .-

- :~ --",.

RANDRUP, A. and MUNKVAD, I. Various forms of stereotype activity produced by amphetamine

in certain animal species and man. NeuropsYxhopharmacology•. Vol. 5. Edited by

H. Brill, J.O. Cole, P. Deniker, H. Hippius and P.B. Bradley. Amsterdam, the

Netherlands: Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1967. P. 1224.

In earlier papers we have reported pharmacological investigations of

stereotype sniffing activity produced in rats by moderate doses of amphetamine

(about 3 mg/kg s. c.). Although the sniffing (accompanied by licking and biting

of cage wires) is highly characteristic of this stereotype behavior, other forms

of stereotype can be produced in rats by smaller doses of amphetamine.

We have extended these behavioral observations by giving amphetamine

to some other animals: mice, guinea pigs, cats and squirrel monkeys. In all

these species we could produce stereotype behavior, but the form of stereotypy

differed from species to species, including sniffing, biting, movements of head,

trunk or extremities, repetition of certain repertoires etc. This indicates that

it is not the form of activity, but stereotypy as such, which is the most characteristic feature of the abnormal behavior produced by amphetamine. Other

behavioral features were also observed and recorded in several species e. g.

decrease in normal activities such as grooming and locomotion. Elements of

aggressive or fearful behavior (fighting, "freezing", vocalization) were

occasionally seen.

This evidence made us review the clinical literature about amphetamine

psychosis in man, and some case reports describing various forms of stereotype

activities were found. Decreased locomotion as well as fear, rage and acts of

violence are also on record.
~,-.-~:: :

~--:-;."

.,--

"'"

t;-~:;~

ii€:

~':.-- .. ..,;,...

Randrup. A. and Munkvad. I. Various forms••• continued

The results of this cOmparison between species will be discussed in relation

to: firstly. the use of amphetamine stereotypies in rats as a screening test for

neuroleptica. and secondly. the similarity between symptoms of amphetamine

psychosis in man and symptoms of schizophrenia.

RANDRUP. A•• MUNKVAD. I•• FOG. R., KJELLBERG. B., LYON. M., NIELSEN. E ••

SVENNILD. I. and SCHIq)RRING, E. Behavioural correlates to antipsychotic

efficacy of neuroleptic drugs. Presented at the International Symposium on

Antipsychotic Drugs. Pharmacodynamios and Pharmacokinetics, Stockholm.

Sweden. September 17-19. 1974.

RANDRUP. A•• MUNKVAD. I. and SCHEEL-KRUGER. J. Mechanisms by which

amphetamines produce stereotypy. aggression and other behavioural effects.

Proceedings of the Symposia held at the vm Congress of the Collegium

Internationale Neuro-Psychopharmacologicum, Copenhagen. Denmark.

August 14-17. 1972. Edited by T.A. Ban. J.R. Boissier, G.J. Gessa.

H. Heimann. L. Hollister. H.E. Lehmann. I. Munkvad, H.Steinberg,

F. Sulser, A. Sundwall and O. Vin"!r. Amsterdam. the Netherlands:

North Holland Publishing Company, 1973.

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

REGELSON, W., BUTLER, J.R.• SCHULTZ, J., KIRK. T .• PEEK, L. and GREEN, M.L.

Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (Delta-9-THC) as an effective antidepressant and

appetite stimulating agent in advanced cancer patients. Presented at the International Conference on the Pharmacology of Cannabis, National Institute on Drug

Abuse. December 3-6, 1974.

RENAULT, P.F., SCHUSTER, C.R., FREEDMAN, D.X., SIKIC, B., de MELLO, D.N.

and HALARIS. A. Repeat administration of marihuana smoke to humans. Archives

of General Psychiatry 31: 95..102 (July, 1974)

Tolerance to marihuana was investigated in two experiments. Four men

were given smoke from 435 mg of marihuana (1.5 delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol

(THC» twice a day for ten days preceded and followed by three days of a plaoebo

twice a day; three additional men were given a higher dose (2 •.80/0 THC).

Time estimation was disrupted on the higher dose and gradually improved.

Heart rate increase did not show tolerance. Enhancement of postural cradiovascular

responses, when present, decreased in duration in three subjects. One developed

a brief toxic psychosis, another pneumonitis of uncertain etiology. Dysphoric and

psychotoxic effects were evident as a cumUlative effect of the high dose.

Three additional men were given the low dosage once a week for six to

eight weeks, and time estimation and heart rate changes weresimiIar to those

seen with frequent administration at that dose. Tolerance, recentIyreported in

man, 'probably requires more frequent administration or a different dosage than

the schedules employed here.

l -

,/r

...• "".,

~>:,.<- ~.<".' .
ROBUSTELLI, F., GLICK, S.D., GOLDFARB, T.L., GELLER, A. and JARVIK, M.E.

A further analysis of scopolamine impairment of delayed matching with monkeys.

Communications in Behavioral Biology 3: 101-109 (March, 1969)

-~

.

-~

-:~

t

The effect of intramuscular administration of scopolamine hydrobromide

was studied in a thirst motivated delayed matching test with monkeys. Four

different delay intervals were randomly presented: 0 sec., 2 sec., 8 sec. and

32 sec. In addition, trials of simultaneous matching were given, also in

randomized order. Both accuracy and response rate were impaired by the drug

under all delay conditions, as well as in the simultaneous matching. In a second

series of experiments, the motivational level of the subjects was varied. A decrease of this level produced a decrease of response rate, and impaired acc~racy.

:An increase of the motivational level resulted in an increase of response rate, with

an improvement in accuracy. In the scopolamine treated animals the increase of the

motivational level could counteract the scopolamine produced descrease of response

rate, though accuracy was still impaired. Results are discussed in relation to the

.main hypotheses so far suggested of the behavioral effects of anticholinergic substances.

Short term memory deficit or competitive responses disinhibition hypotheses seemed

not to be confirmed. Furthermore, manipulation of the motivational variable

suggested that, though scopolamine produced a decrease of the motivational

level, this decrease could not account for all of the impairment of the delayed

response performance. A perceptual or an associative disturbance seemed,

therefore, to be the most likely cause for the residual part of such impairment.

ROEHRS. T. and KHAZAN, N. REM sleep rebound and EEG correlates in methadone

dependent rats upon withdrawal. The Pharmacologist 15: 167 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms at Action of Different Drugs.

ROFFMAN, M., REDDY, C. and LAL, H. Control of morphine-withdrawal hypothermia

by conditional stimuli. Psychopharmacologia 29: 197-201 (1973)

Male rats were given increasing doses of morphine sulfate to cause

addiction. Each injection was paired with a bell. After a number of pairings,

the bell acquired conditional-stimulus property in that, like morphine, it prevented withdrawal hypothermia during 72 h of withholding morphine. In another

group the withdrawal hypothermia was .precipitated by withholding of morphine

injections. The bell reversed that hypothermia.

487

~~ .. ''' _..... . ~~ .

..

..
II

ROLINSKI. Z. and SCHEEL-KRUGER. J. The effect of dopamine and noradrenaline

antagonists on amphetamine induced locomotor activity in mice and rats.

Acta Pharmacologica et Toxicologica 33: 385-399 (1973)

The effect of noradrenaline antagonists. aceperone. phenoxybenzamine

and dihydroergotamine and neurOleptic drugs with dopamine receptor blocking

properties. i. e. haloperidol. perphenazine. trifluperazine.spiramide and

pimozide was tested on the locomotor and rearing activity induced by amphetamine.

25 mg/kg. in rats. In general it was found that the neuroleptic drugs in very low

doses. haloperidol. 0.10 mg/kg; perphenazine. 0.05 mg/kg; trifluperazine. 0.15

mg/kg; spiramide. 0.05 mg/kg and pimozide. 0.15 mg/kg produced complete

inhibition of the amphetamine activities. whereas much higher doses of aceperone,

20 mg!kg and phenoxybenzamine. 20 mg /kg only produced partial antagonism.

Dihydroergotamine (20 mg!kg) produced no significant effect on the amphetamine

locomotor and rearing activity. In mice trifluperazine (0. 2 and. O. 4 mg!kg)

produced a very marked inhibitory effect. whereas spiramide (0.15 and 0.20

mg!kg) produced a s,ignificant but short-lasting effect on the locomotor activity

after 4 and 8 mg!kg d-amphetamine. Aceperone (5 and 10 mg/kg and phenoxybenzamine (10 mg/kg) also produced a strong antagonistic effect on the motility.

Furthermore mu-methyltyrosine (250 and 350 mg!kg). an inhibitor of the biosynthesis of dopamine and noradt'enaline. produced complete inhibition. whereas

FLA-63 (20 and 40 mg!kg), an inhibitor of the formation of noradrenaline produced

partial inhibition•. In conclusion these results indicate that the locomotor effect

in mice and rats 8.fter ainphetamine is dependent on both dopaminergic and

noradrenergic mechanisms. However. dopamine may be regarded as most significant. since the amphetamine motility only seems possible in the presence of

functional active dopamine receptors.

ROSENCRANS, J. A.and SHEARD, M. H. Effects of an acute stress on forebrain

5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) metabolism in C. N. S. lesioned and drug pretreated rats. European Journal of Pharmacology 6: 197 (1969)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SAGALES. T.• ERILL, S. and DOMINO. E. F. Differential effects of scopolamine and

chlorpromazine on REM and NREM sleep in normal male subjects. Clinical

Pharmacology and Therapeutics. 10: 522-529 (1969)

The study compares the effects of scopolamine. and chlorpromazine on

the EEG and the EOG in sleeping subjects. Saline was used as a control.

Scopolamine hydrobromide (0. OQ6 mg. per kilogram) clearly retarded the onset

of stage REM. No immediate rebound was seen in the analysis of the sleep

pattern for two hours after the first recording of this stage. The total amount

of REM sleep during the full period of recording was therefore diminished•

.The decrease in REM resulted in an increased amount of stages land n. No

significant changes were observed in stages III or IV or in the periods of

wakefulness. A significant increase in body movements was n.oted. Methscopolamine bromide (0.0055 mg.' per kilogram) did not produce any substantial

modification in the pattern of sleep. Chlorpromazine hydrochloride (0.4 mg.

per kilogram) produced an increase of stage III activity apparently at the

expense of stage II sleep. The observed changes further support a role of

cholinergic mechanisms in human REM sleep.

- -- i'

.' ..;;. c': ~.

r-·'··",'·-.._, .....-... .. :-'!'t'<~, .... :~.•:e;---....-'.".

i.._,,,.....

,i .~

.
SASSENRATH. E. N.• GOO. G. p;. COWEN. J. D. and CHAOMAN. L. F. Effects of longterm chronic exposure to delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) in the rhesus monkey.

Proceedings of the Fourth Annual Meeting of the Society for Neuroscience. St.

Louis. Missouri. October 20-24. 1974.

The effects of chronic daily oral drugging with THC (at 2.4 mg/kg/day) on

social behavior and stress-related neuroendocrine measures in group-caged rhesus

and fascicularis macaques have been studied. During the first few weeks drugging

of single members of cage groups of 3 to 6 subadult or young adult rhesus monkeys.

the treated subjects showed paradoxical combinations of behaviors characteristic

of withdrawal. sleepiness. hyperactivity. and anxiety. with a wide range of interindividual differences. After 6 to 9 months of drugging, a high level of Qehavioral

tolerance had developed to the immediate effects (1 to 5 hours lWst drug) of THC in

all subjects. In two peer groups of 3 males and 3 females each, the one drugged

female in each group showed increased aggressiveness. resulting in marked rise

in dominance rank for each. These females also showed a 3-months delay in

pregnancy compared to 4 non-drugged female cagemates. After nine-months,

drugging of single members of 6 other 3 or 4-membered cage groups, there were

no observed changes in basal excretion levels of epinephrine, norepinephrine,

MIPG or cortisol or in ACTH-response levels of cortisol which specifically

differentiated the 6 drugged subjects from their 16 non-drugged cagemates. These

data suggest that the observed behavioral effects of THC are not media.ted via direct

action on the stress respopse systems monitored, but via a central action which

can also affect reproductive function.

SCHANBERG, S.M. and COOK. J.D. Effects of acute and chronic methamphetamine on

brain norepinephrine metabolism. Current Concepts in Amphetamine Abuse.

Edited by E. Ellinwood. Jr" and S. Cohen; Washington. D. C.: U. S. Government

Printing Office, 1972.

SCHECHTER. M.D. and WINTER. J.C. Effect of BOL on the LSD induced alteration of

flicker discrimination in the rat. Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie

et de Therapie 196(1): 64 (1972)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SCHECHTER. M. D. and WINTER. J. C. Effect of mescaline and lysergic acid diethylamide

on flicker discrimination in the rat. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 177(2): 461 (1971)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SCHEEL-KRUGER. " J. Behavioural and biochemical comparison of amphetamine derivatives,

cocaine, benztropine and tricyclic anti-depressant drugs. European Journal of

Pharmacology 18: 63-73 (1972)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SCHEEL-KRUGER. " J. Central effects of anticholinergic drugs measured by the apomorphine

gnawing test in mice. Acta Pharmacologica et Toxicologica 28: 1-16 (1970)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

489

""', Ji

. -- -~
....;..:,_ ............

~-'..;;,::':

,.

~-.... '.0;; SCHEEL-KRUGER, J. Comparative studies of various amphetamine analogues demonstrating

different interactions with the metabolism of the catecholamines. European Journal

of PharmacolC?U 14: 47-59 (1971)

For abstract. see Section ilr. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SCHEEL-KRUGER. J. Pharmacological studies on a counter-balancing adrenergiccholinergic system in the brain. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica 330

(Supplement>: 66 .(1969)

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

SCHEEL-KRUGER, J. and JONAS. W. Pharmacological studies on tetrabenazineinduced excited behaviour of rats pretreated with amphetamine or nialamide.

Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 206(1): 47-65

(November. 1973)

SCHEEL-KRUGER, J. and RANDRUP, 'A. Aggressive behaviour provoked by pargyline in

rats pretreated with diethyldithiocarbamate. Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmacology 20: 948-949 (1968)

SCHEEL-KR\JGER. J. and RANDRUP, A. Evidence for a cholinergic mechanism in brain

involved in the tetrabenazine reversal by thymoleptic drugs. Journal of Pharmacy

and Pharmacology 21: 403-406 (1969)

SCHEEL-KRUGER. J. and RANDRUP, A. Pharmacological evidence for a cholinergic

mechanism in brain involved in a special stereotyped behaviour of reserpinized

rats. British Journal of Pharmacology 34(1): 217 (1968)

SCHEEL-KRUGER, " J. and RANDRUP. A. Production of a stereotyped behaviour in rats

by dopamine in the absence of noradrenaline. Acta Pharmacologica et

Toxicologica 25 (Supplement 4): 61 (1967)

For abstract, see Section ilr. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs•.

a;',

.~~..._- -'-.-_.---~,..-..---:-:-.,.,------,-----
scm~RRING, E. Amphetamine induced selective stimulation of certain behaviour items

with concurrent inhibition of others in an open-field test with rats. Behaviour

39: 1-17 (1971)

The main conclusions of the experiments are: 1) Amphetamine

(5 mg/kg s. c. ) cannot be characterized as a "general stimulant". According

to the overt behaviour studied the drug has a selective stimulating action

with concomitant 'selective inhibition, as some behaviour items increase while

other simultaneously decrease. 2) Amphetamine causes disruption of

behaviour patterns as well as development of new combinations of items, which

are not associated in normal subjects. 3) Amphetamine can induce changes in

locomotion activity: a) Increase in the pre-phase, zero in the stereotypy-phase

and increase (with later normalization) in the after-phase b) the locomotion was

abnormally persevering or stereotyped: several rats followed a restricted

route and other types of fixed locomotion patterns (These data will be published

separately)•

The possible relation from the animal data to the study of stereotyped

behaviour found in the psychopathology of humans, including amphet amineaddiction and the underlying brain mechanisms is discussed. .

scm<.bRRING. E. Social isolation and other behavioural changes in a group of three vervet

'monkeys (Cercopithecus) produced by single, low doses of amphetamine.

Psychopharmacologia 26: 117 (Supplement 1972)

Problems of psychopathology are closely associated with the individual

in a social context. Drug effects upon group-behaviour should therefore be

considered as important. The present work demonstrates the influence of low

doses of amphetamine on the interaction of three vervet monkeys. using an

open-field test. Individual and social behaviour patterns and items were

registrated. The triadic social behaviour was significantly, selectively

changed by 0.1 and 0.15 mg/kg body-weight d-amphetamine sulphate. Total

isolation (no social items present) as well as various aberrations in the

frequency. duration and qualitative characteristics of 2-group and 3-group

activity occurred. Stereotyped self-grooming. "staring" into space. changes

in the rank order of the females and the sexual pattern of the male were seen.

Severe decreases in social interaction was furthermore demonstrated in

experiments, where the dyadic mother/infant relationship was studied.

The mother showed increased aggression and resistance against the approach

of the infant. Normal social contact with the infant was replaced by isolated

self-grooming or "staring". Possible parallels to clinical phenomena such as drugaddiction, psychosis. group-therapy are drawn and the importance of a psychopharmacological approach to basis science (esp. social psychology) is emphasized. Dopaminergic and noradrenergic transmitter substances are discussed in relation to the

behavioural data and correlated with other. previously published. results from our

laboratory.

491
SCHI~RRING. E .. and HECHT. A. Behavioural effects of morphine in acute doses

in rats and mice. Journal de Pharmacologie 5(Supplement II): .90 (1974)

Social and individual behaviour of rats and mice were studied

in an open-field test. The effect of low, acute doses of morphine was

different in the two species. In rats morpho (2; 3.5; 5 mg/kg)induced

an increase in frequency of group formations, following and hindleg-grooming.

Rearing, mutual sniffing and nose-to-nose contact postures were unchanged.

7.5 and 10 mg/kg morpho produced a bi-phasic effect, starting with a sedated

phase. In mice morpho (2; 5; 10; 15 mg/kg) induced a decrease in the

behavioural response. Locomotion, grooming, rearing, exploration

of objects and social interaction were decreased. 100 to 150mg/kg morpho

produced a stereotyped, hyperactive locomotion pattern, without grooming

or other activities.

The neurotransmitter noradrenaline is suppossed to play an

important role, possibly interacting with the dopaminergic system in

the basal ganglia. Stimulating properties of morpho might be of direct

importance for the understanding at the psychological level of the addictive

characteristics of the drug, also in human sUbjects. Blocking effects of

apomorphine will be discussed in relation to the treatment of morphine

. dependence.

scm<1>RRING, E. and RANDRUP, A. l'l·rare.do~i~alllstereotypedactivity of reserpinized

rats. International Journal of Neuropharmacology 7: 71-73 (1968)

Rats Were treated with 7.5 mg/kg reserpine s. c. As expected the

general effect was strong sedation, but by observations 7, 9to 11 and 19-21

hr. after the injections nineteen out of seventy-two rats (=260/0) temporarily

displayed a paradOXical, stereotyped activity which is described. Some

resemblance between this behaviour and the stereotypy seen in rats after

amphetamine is mentioned.

SCHIQRRING, E. and RANDRUP, A. Social isolation and changes in the formation of

groups induced by amphetamine in an open-field test with rats. Advances

in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Edited by O. Vinlr, Z. Votava and

P. B. Bradley. Amsterdam, the Netherlands: North-Holland Publishing

Company, 1971. Pp. 285-298.

Groups of 8 naive male rats, placed in a large cage (open-field),

were treated with d-amphetamine sulphate and the effects .on their social

behaviour were studied.

With a relatively small dose, 1 mg/kg, there was a change in the

way groups of 3 rats or more were formed: grouping in the corners of

the cage was decreased, while grouping at the walls but outSide the corners

was increased. With higher doses of amphetamine (3 and 5 mg/kg) there

were also periods without any social interaction between the rats

(social isolation).

Animal exp,~riments on the effects of drugs upon group behaviour may

be of interest in relatio:l to drug-therapy of psychiatric patients. consequences

of clru!! abuse and to the basal investigation of group-psychology.

492

.,

';

;
SCHLANT, R. C. and NUTTER, D. O. Effect of lysergic acid diethyl~ide (LSD) upon

ventricular function and myocardial contractility. Clinical Research 18: 72 (1970)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SCHOENFELD, R.1. Melatonin: Effect on punished and nonpunished operant behavior

of the pigeon. Science 171: 1258-1260 (1971)

Intramuscular injections of melatonin had a dose-dependent, rate

increasing effect on responding maintained by a fixed-interval schedule of

positive reinforcement. When a punishment contingency was added to the

fixed-interval schedule, the overall rates were not increased although

responding was increased during the initial part of each interval. ,.

SCHUSTER, C. R., .TR. Psychological approaches to opiate dependence and selfadministration by laboratory animals. Federation Pro~f'edin~s 29(1): 2-5

(January-February, 1970)

SCHUSTER, C. R. Variables affecting the self-administration of drugs by rhesus monkeys.

Use of Nonhuman Primates in Drug Evaluation. Edited by H. Vagtborg. Austin, Texas:

University of Texas Press, 1968. Pp. 283-299.

SCHUSTER, C.R. and THOMPSON, T. Self-administration of and behavioral dependence

on drugs. Annual Review of Pharmacology 9: 483-502 (1969)

SCHUSTER. C. R. and WOODS, J. H. The conditioned reinforcing effects of stimuli

associated with morphine reinforcement. International Journal of the

Addictions 3(1): 223-237 (Spring. 1968)

SCHUSTER, C. R. and WOODS, J. H. The positive reinforcing properties of morphine

as a function of dosage/injection. Federation Proceedings 26: 614 (1967)

Five rhesus monkeys were conditioned to respond for food and intravenous injections of morphine S04 on a ~. 5 min. variable-interval schedule of

reinforccmcnt. One-hr. periods in each 24-hr. session were distinguished

by the rresentation of either a green or white light. Morphine reinforcement

was available' in th(~ presence of the white light during four I-hr. reriods

SI1:1cc'd :,t 6-hr. intc'rvals. Food r'einf(ll'C~cment was available in the presence

ui the grc'!'n Jh;ht r1ul'ing I-hr. periorl", I,dore and after the morphine periods.

!)os:l'-!"es f,f 10, :!fi, 100, 250, and 1000 !'lu-g/kl;/in.i. of morphinE(' were studied

to dt't,f,rminp ih,~ir r'C'inforcine- str(~n>.2·th. Before and after each morphine

dosage was stildierl for 1.1 cons("cutiV(: s."ssions, saline injections were

1'1'0<.:r·ammcrl in li(~u of lnorrhine. In -t of the fi animals response rate for

10 rnl1-g/kg!ini. was significantly cl(,vated above saline control levels.

Drug-lever l'espunse rates increased as a function of dosage/inj. up to

100 mu-g and decreased at hi!;her ciosnges. The number of drug reinforcements/day remained relatively constant over this range of dosages. Foodlever rCRronrling decreased markedly for several sessions following the

\Vithd~ ,-;wcd "I' the higher rlnsagcs uf nl,'rphinp.

';~~:~:;'\I(j-;"".!l;~·~'~r0-_::"'.~. ·"1 ';';.',_"

493'" :~

.!olf,.<cl.... ..'~;1~'.' '-}"':"';'~-4i'~1'--' i~~J
':::"P~

,-'3:'-

~-..-- .0<

- ---

..• ....;:;.. .. ~.

'I

SCHUSTER. C. R., WOODS, J. H. and SEEVERS, M. H. Reinforcement properties

of cocaine and SPA as a function of unit dose. The Pharmacologist 9: 201

(1967)

Rhesus monkeys were conditioned to respond for intravenous

injections of cocaine or SPA (1, 2-diphenyl-dimethyl aminoethane Her)

on a continuous reinforcement schedule. When given a 4-hr. opportunity

to respond for drug each day, drug responding became stable within

three weeks. After stabilization of.drug responding, dosage/injection

was varied. A baseline dosage/injection was chosen and changes in

doaage / injection were interpolated in this baseline. .The baseline intake

was recovered rapidly for both drugs regardless of the change in dosage /

injection. Drug intake was a sharp negatively accelerated function of

dosage / injectio.:l for both drugs with the function being essentially flat

from 0.1 mg/kg/inj. to 1.2. mg/kg/inj. for cocaine and from O. 25 mg/kg!inj.

to 1.0 mg/kg/inj for SPA. These data suggest that different classes

of pharmacological agents may be discriminated on the basis of the

function relating intake to dosage!injectio.:l. A comparison to narcotics

was drawn to support this generalization.

SCHUSTER, C.R., WOODS, J. H. and SEEVERS, M. H. Self",administration of central

stimulants by the monkey. Abuse of Central Stimulants. Edited by F. Sjovist

and M. Tottie. Stockholm, Sweden: Almquist and Wiksell, 1969.

The monkey (macacca mulatta) voluntarily initiates and maintains

for long periods characteristic and reproducible patterns of self-administrative

behavior for all of the common drugs of dependence. These behavioral patterns,

the pharmacologic response, and the nature of psychotoxicity are strikingly

similar to those of humans who abuse large quantities of drugs. This paper

presents data With the central stimulants which suggest that this technic may

serve as a model for ~he evaluation of psychological dependence for those

drugs like the stimulants which do not induce physical dependence.

SCHWARTZ, A. S. and MARCHaK, P. L. Depression on morphine-seeking belllaviour

by dopamine inhibition. Nature 248(5445): 257 (March, 1974)

SCHWARTZ, A. S. and MARCHaK. P. L. Depression of morphine-seeking behavior in the

rat by haloperidol. Committee on the Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington,

D. C.: National Academy of Sciences, National Research Council, 1974.

SCHWIN, R .• HILL, S. Y., GOODWIN, 'D.W. and POWELL, B. Marihuana and critical

flicker fusion. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease 158(2): 142-144 (1974)

Critical flicker fusion (CFF) has been used extensively in ,studying the

physiology of vision. CFF refers to the minimal number of successive

flashes of light per second that produces a sensation of steady light. The

fusion threshold is affected by a variety of drugs having the capacity to

alter central nervous system (CNS) excitability. The present study examines the effect

of smoking 1 g of marihuana containing 1.5 per cent (-) -delta9-transtetrahydrocannabinol (THC) on the CFF thre13hold. Results of this stUdy indicate that marihuana enhances the CFFthreshold, unlike other drugs classified as CNS "depressants. "

The increased exci.tability of the visual system following marihuana smoking is

discussed with reference to previous reports of "percepfualsharpening."
SCOTT, J. P. Effects of psychotropic drugs on separation distress in dogs. Presented at

the 9th Congress Collegium Internationale Neuropsychopharmacologicum,

Paris, France, July 11, 1974.

Separation distress can be reliably elecited in young dogs 3-8 weeks of

age by removal to an unfamiliar environment and / or separation from mother and

littermates. It is expressed as discrete vocalizations that are easily counted

and show rates up to 120 per min. or mor-e. It is therefore a r-eadily induced emotional

state that lends itself to modification by and testing of psychotropic drugs. In

general, tranquilizers (chlorpromazine, meprobamate, valium, reserpine) have

little effect at doses producing marked physiological side effects. Ethanol likewise has little effect. Sodium pentobarbital has irregular effects, and only at doses

that produce muscular incoordination. Among anti-depressants, d-amphetamine

... sulfate increases vocalization rates expressed at intermediate levels. Imipramine

completely suppresses vocalization without side effects, but only in beagles and

certain beagle hybrids. In summary, this important emotional reaction is resistant

to effects of most psychotropic drugs. Genetic differences appear to 'be very important

:and point the way to futher detailed biochemical research.

SCOTT, J. P., LEE, C-T., and HO, J. E. Effects of fighting, genotype, and amphetamine

sulfate on body temperature of mice. Journal of Comparative and Physiological

Psychology 76(3): 349-352 (1971)

These experiments demonstrate complex interaction between behavior

genotype, drug effects, and internal physiological reactions. Fighting significantly elevates body temperature in male mice of both the C57BL/6 and BALB/c

inbred strains, and may contribute to the increased toxicity of amphetamine

sulfate in grouped mice. This drug has widely different effects on the two

genotypes, lowering temperatures in C57s at all levels tested, but raising

it in BALBs at 10mg/kg and above. At 10 mg/kg fighting is inhibited in C57s but not

in BALEs, except when elevated temperatures reach lethal levels.

SEEGAL, R. F. and ISAAC, W. Sensory influences upon amphetamine tolerance. Physiology

and Behavior 7: 877-879 (1971)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SEEVERS, M. H. A euphoria-dysphoria homeostasis hypothesis as a basis for drug

seeking behavior. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington,

D. C.: National Academy of Sciences, National Research Council, 1967. P. 5079.

SEGAL, D. S. and MANDELL, A..J. Differential behavioral effects of hypothalamic

polypeptides. The Thyroid Axis, Drugs, and Behavior. Edited by A. J. Prange, Jr.

New York: Raven Press, 1974.

Intraventricular infusions of thyrotropin releasing hormone (TRH) and

of somatotropin release-inhibiting factor (SRIFhvere found to have differential

effects on the behavior of freely moving rats. TR H increased spontaneous

motor- activity, whereas comparable doses of SRIF suppressed activity. This

differentiation suggests specific physiological roles for these hypothalamic

polypeptides in the regulation of behavior and their potential effectiveness

in the treatment of disorders of mood.

495

-

..
SEGAL. D. S. and MANDELL. A. J. Long-term administration of d-amphetamine:

Progressive augmentation of motor activity and stereotypy. Pharmacolosy

Biochemistry and Behavior 2: 249-255 (1974)

The competitive relationship between d-amphetamine induced

stereotypy and locomotor activity indicates the importance of their concurrent

evaluation. especially during chronic studies. Repeated injection 0.5. 1. O. 2.5.

5.0. or 7.5 mg/kg d-amphetamine for 36 successive days, in rats continuously

exposed to the experimental chambers, produced a, progressive augmentation

in stereotypy and/or locomotion (depending on dose) during the 3-4 hr. interval

following injections (post-injections phase). In contrast. dark phase locomotor activity

(8-20 hr. after each daily injection) was maximally reduced (30-40% of controls)

after the first injection of either 5.0 or 7.5 mg/kg d-amphetamine and gradually

declined to this level with repeated injection of 1.0 and 2.5 mg/kg. Carry-over

of both the post-injection augmentation and dark phase reduc-tion of locomotion was

revealed during amphetamine retest 8 days following discontinuation of daily

d-amphetamine injections. Possible mechanisms underlying these behavioran

alterations are discussed.

SETHY. V. H. and WINTER. J. C. Effects of yohimbine and mescaline on punished

behavior in the rat. Psychopharmacologia 23: 160-166 (1972)

For abstract, see Section Ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SHAGASS. C. Effects of LSD on somatosensory and visual evoked responses and on the

EEG in man. Recent Advances in Biological Esychiatry, 9: 209 (1967)

SHAGASS, C. Invited discussion of Drs. M. Fink and T. ltillS paper: Evoked response

and behavioral effects of LSD and ditran. Pharmacology: A Review of Progress.

1957 -1967. Edited by D. H. Efron. Washington, D. C.: PHS Publication No. 1836,

1969.

SBARKAWl. M. and GOLDSTEIN, A. Antagonism by physostigmine of the "running fit"

caused :'Jy levorphanol, a morphine congener, ,in mice. British Jou.rnal of

Pharmacology 37(1): 123-128 (September, 1969) __,

1. Drugs of the morphine type cause a stereotyped "running fit" in the mouse.

2. The intensity and duration of this response are related to the dose.

3. Measurement of this phenomenon serves as a good method for the quantitative comparison of drugs of this type and fo~ the study of their antagonists.

4. Intracerebral injection of physostigmine antagonized the "running fie' induced by a wide range of doses of levorphanol.

5., The results are consistent with the hypothesis that drugs of the morphine

type act by retarding the release of acetylcholine at some central cholinergic

synapses. ""

SHARMA, S. and MOSKOWITZ. H. Effect of marihuana on the visual autokinetic

phenomenon. ~erceptual and Motor Skil~~ 35: 891-894 (1972)

The effects of 4 dose levels of marihuana upon the visual autokinetic

phenomenon were examined in 12 Ss. The amount of apparent movement

was greatly increased under the two highest doses. Possible hazards

associated with vehicle operation at night under marihuana are noted.

i -'ili96

i..', ,

......,<""-"""'-'.......:..ert~

-_.. ..

t~--'

,~ --

~Z:'t~":;?~\?~~'t$L';;..f;;'_::.' ~"...'i!-..",.._...".,~_·-'"'",""".\_:=~,_::-o-.~.-,.. __,,....,.._:o;~~_~i.'~..",_,,...:;ooo..,.,__ '~--~""""',.".~~.""~,,~-"'----~~--~ -~--~~

t~~ ~:;',.: '; . ",:~~t.::~:~<,:·::
· .

SHARMA, S. and MOSKOWITZ, H. Effects of two levels of attention demand on vigilance performance under marihuana. Perceptual and Motor Skills 38: 967-970

(1974)

12 Ss under marihuana performed a modified version of the Mackworth

clock-vigilance task with two levels of attention and response demands. Similar

continuous declines in signal detections o'rer- time were found for both experimental conditions indicating that the vigilance decrements induced by marihuana

(2\10 meg. /Kg. B. W. ) are unrelated to arousal level.

SRARPE, L. G., GARNETT, J. E. and CICERO, T. J. Analgesia and hyperreactivity

produced by intracranial microinjections of morphine into the p'e~aqueductal

gray matter of the rat. Behavioral Biology ll(3): 303-313 (1974)

For abstract, see Section ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SHEARD, M. H. Aggressive behavior: Modification by amphetamine, p-chlorophenylalanine and lithium in rats. Agressologie 14(5): 323 (1973)

For abstract, see Section ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SHEARD, M. H. The effect of p-chlorophenylalanine on behavior in rats: Relation

to brain serotonin and 5-hydroxyindoleactic acid. Brain Research 15:

524-528 (1969)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

SHEPPARD. C., FIORENTINO. D.• COLLINS. L. and MERLIS. S. Performance

errors on Ravens Progressive Matrices (1938) by sociopathic and schizotypic

per-sonality types. Psychological Reports 23: 1043-1046 (1968)

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

SHUSTER, L., WEBSTER, G. W. and YU, G. Increased running response to morphine

in morphine pretreated mice. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental

Therapeutics (in press) ,

SHUSTER. L.• WEBSTER. G. W. and YU. G.

Sensitization to morphine stimulation.

Disease~ (in press)

Perinatal narcotic addiction in mice:

Inter-national Journal of Addictive

..

SMITH. S. G. and DAVIS. W. M. Behavioral control by stimuli associated with acquisition of morphine s~lf-administration. Behavioral Biologz.. 9(6): 777-780

(December, 1973)

Seven rats were allowed to acquire self-administration behavior which

was then extinguished. Two stimuli previously associated with self-administration, a buzzer and presence of drug in the organism, were tested for their

effects upon conditioned drug-taking behavior. In tests of each stimulus separately.

there was a gradual decline of behavioral control. However, when tested in combinatio::l they maintained behavior even if the conditioned reinforcing property of

the b:.lzzer had previously been extinguished. The si.gnificance of the results to

behavioral control as it relates to the applied problem of eliminating conditioned

drug-taking behavior was discussed.

y ""49"1''''.".....,.".

-------
~-~:::

",-- . ...... SMITH. S. G. and DAVIS. W. M. Haloperidol effects on morphine self-administration:

Testing for pharmacological modification of the primary reinforcement mechanism. The Psychological Record 23: 215-221 (1973)

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

SMITH. S. G. and DAVIS. W'. M. Interrelationships of exteroceptive and interoceptive

stimuli associated with morphine self-administration: Significance to elimination of drug-seeking behavior. Clinical Toxicology 7: 264-265 (1974)

Rats were implanted with indwelling jugular catheters and allowed to

self-administer low doses (32 mu-g/kg) of morphine sulfate (MS) intravenously.

Following acquisition of the operant behavior; a study was conducted concerning

the behavioral control exerted on the drug-seeking response by interoceptive

stimuli (drug sensations) previously experienced. and by an exteroceptivestimuIus. a conditioned reinforcer established during MS self-administration. The

results indicated that: (1) extinction of lever-pressing in the absence of both

contingent MS and the conditioned reinforcer to backchain and abolish interoceptive or exteroceptive stimulus control over drug-seeking behavior; (2) control of drug-seeking behavior by a conditioned reinforcer associated with MS

was very resistant to extinction in comparison to extinction of conditioned

reinforcers associated with traditional primary reinforcers (i. e .• food or

water) under similar acquisitional situations; (3) the behavioral control previously exerted by a conditioned reinforcer which subsequently was extinguished

cO:lld be re-established '!:Iy mere association with drug sensations experienced

without response contingency (i.e•• subcutaneous injection of MS); (4) if the

b.ehavioral cOl1trol of both the exteroceptive and interoceptive stimuli was extinguished individually before combined testing. drug-seeking behavior also

was abolished.

A second study assessed the effects of response-contingent shocks on

MS self-administration behavior. Results that response-contingent shock suppressed self-administration of MS. The significance of the results in both

studies was evaluated relative to behavior control mechanisms a.:td to the use

0: extinction or pUnishment technics to abolish MS self-administration behavior.

SMITH. S. G. and DAVIS. W. M. Punishment of.amphetamine and morphine self..

administration·behavior. The Psycholo¥ical Record 24: 477-480 (1974)

The effects of pLlllishmenton self-administration of morphine an:i

amphetamine were examined. The date indicate that response-contingent shock

is effective in suppressing lever-pressing fo:, both abuse agents. The results

are discussed in terms of a possible method for suppressing drug-seeking b-ehavior in nondepend=nt organisms.

S:'~YDER.E. W•• LEWIS. E. G•• BECK. E.C. an:i DUSTMAN. R.E. Lack of behavioral

tolerance to d=Ua-9,-tetrahydroeannabinol in stumptailed macaques. Proceedings

the _~~~!.~012'!.entionof the American,Psych~!&icalA~o:::iatiO~. 1973.

SNYDER. S. H. Stereoselective features of catecholamine disposition and their behavioral

implications. Jou.!E~l of Psychiatric Research 11: 1-10 (1974)

"""","--., . ~'''''"''.-""'

j

l::-=----·.----~-

b1L-j?*k't!r:~.Mit'-'K~

."','

. ,;,~

" .
SNYDER. S.H•• TAYLOR. K.M., COYLE. J.T.andMEYERHOFF,J.L. Th~ role of

brain dopamine in behavioral regulatio:1 and the action:s of psychotropic drugs.

American Journal of Psychiatry 127(2); 199-207 (August. 1970)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

SOFIA. R. D. and BARRY. H•• III. The influence of SKF 525 0:1 the analgesic actions

of delta-I-tetrahydrocannabinol. Federation Proceedings 31(2); 506 (MarchApril. 1972) ,

The influence of SKF 525 on the analgesic actions of delta-I-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) in mice and rats was investigated. Analgesia was tested by

in~rease in respo~~e latency to a painful stimulus. in mice with the hote plate

and tail flick methods and in rats with the tail flick, at 0.5 hour after injection

of d.=lta-I-thc (5 to 40 lllg/kg I. P. ) and morphine '(1. 25 to 10 mg/kg S. C.). In

mice. delta-l-THC was approximately one-half to one-third as potent as morp:'1ine tested with both methods. In rats, delta-I-THC was only o:le-eighth as

potent as morphine, suggesting a species -iifference for the 7-hydroxy metabolite of delta-I-THC is largely respo:lsible for the behavioral effects of this drug.

pretreatment with SKF 525-A (25 mg/kg. I. P.). a nonspecific inhibitor of liver

microsomal enzymes responsible for drug metabolism. enhanced the analgesic

a~tivity of delta-I-THC tested in mice with both methods a.nd in rats with the

tail flick. Analgesic effe~t of delta-I-THC (20 mg/kg). tested with the hot plate

in mice at intervals of 0.25 to 24 hours. was maximal 0.25 to 1 hour and disap;>eared between 4 and 8 hours. Pretreatment with SKF 525-A enhanced an:!

pro:'..onged the analgesic action of delta-I-THC. with peak effect at 1 hO'lr and

substantial analgesia persisting at 8 hours. The analgesic activity' of delta-lTHC may be due primarily to' the parent compo"lnd;

- . .

-~

---~: -~ ._.-

-.

SOKOL. G. H. and MAICKEL. R. P. Toxic interactions of d-amphetamine and tricyclic

antidepressants in mice. Research Communications in Chemical Pat~ology

~E~p.armacology 3(3): 513 (May, 1972)

Fo~ abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SOSKIN. W. Children of the Good Life. A Second Interim Report of Project Community. Berkeley. California. March. 1972.

SOULE. A. B•• STANDLEY. K., COPANS. S. A. and DAVIS. M. Clinical uses of the

Brazelton-neonatal scale. Pediatrics 54(5): 583-586 (November, 1974)

The clinical usefulness of the Brazelton Neonatal Assessment Scale was

exp~o!"ed in examinatio.'1 of infants born to :1eroin-ad:licted mothers taking methad:mc. Scale scores differentiated these babies in drug withdrawal from data 0: a

no.~mal sample and provided important information on courses of illness. Systematic observation of newborn b.ehaviors can be a significant adjunct in diagnosis

a..t1d management.

·····::~499

...._-_. ...... - "--.--~--''''-'
-.,.~..:...--

~-f: ,. "",- . ...- ~'

SPARBER, S. B. Neurochemical changes associated with schedule-controlled behavior.

Federation Proceedings (in press)

SPARBER. S. B. and PETERSON, D. W. Operant behavioural demonstration of qualitative differences between the d- and I-isomers of amphetamine. Frontiers in

Catecholamine Research. New York: Pergamon Press. 1973.

SPAULDING. T.C. and DEWEY. W.L. The effect of pbenitrone. a reported hashish

antagonist. on the overt behavior of cats. Research Communications in

Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 7(2): 347-352 (February. 1974)

The compound phenitrone 3-(hexahydro-lH-YL)-nitropr()piophenone

HC] which has been reported to be a hashish antagonist exhibited interesting

pharmacological and behavioral effects in mice. rats, and especially dogs.

Cats which received phenitrone 10-.80 mgs/kg. I. P. exhibited an alteration of

their ongoing steady state pattern of behavior. At doses from 20-80 mgs/kg

the cats showed a marked increase in vocalization and excitement and a notable

disruption of autonomic and somatomotor functions. The purported hashish

antagonist. phenitrone. exhibited interesting behavioral effects in cats which

resembled 'behavior induced by several known psychotropic drugs such as

mescaline and chlorpromazine in this species.

SPAULDING. T.C•• FORD. R.D., DEWEY, W.L•• McMILLAN.n.E. and HARRIS. L.S.

Some pharmacological effects of pbenitrone and its interaction with delta-9-THC.

European Journal of Pharmacology 19: 310-317 (1972)

Fo:' abstract, see Section n. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

STEINERT. H. R•• HO LTZMAN, S.G. and JEWETT. R. E. Some agonistic actions of

the morphine antagonist levallorphan on behavior and brain monoamines in the

rat. Psychopharinacolo§ia 31: 35-48 (1973)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different :prugs•

. ,.

STITZER. M. Comparison of morphine and chlorpromazine effects on moderately and

severely suppressed punished responding in the pigeon. The JO'J.rnal of Pharmacolog.,Y. and Experimental Therapeutics 191(1): 172-178 Ci9'i4)

Key-peek respo.:lding of pigeo~s was maintained under a fixed-interval

3-minute schedule of food d.elivery. Simultaneously, electric shOCk was delivered

under a fixed-ratio schedule for respo~ses occurring during alternate schedule

compo~ents. Shock intensity and frequency were adjusted to produce either moderate

0.:' severe respo~s'.:l suppression in the panishment components. Chlorpromazine,

ll.'1d·er both levels of punishment severity. further decreased most rates of punished

respo:lding. while generally increasing comparable rates of unpunished responding.

Very low rates which occurred at the beginning of the punishment components were

increased by drug. but to a"lesser extent than comparable low rates of unpu..'1ished

responding. The effects of morphine depended on shock severity. When punished

respo:lding was moderately suppressed (50-74%) with resp'ect to unp:mished respond

ing, morphine increased comparable low rates in the two schedule components to

,f , - ,.,.,;..;:~~~~~~;, ~"

{'.sot)" ,

~;.~, .•..,.,"'''~=:s
.... __ ._--"-.-

Stitzer. M. continued

the same extent. When punished responding was more severely suppressed. morphine further decreased very low rates 0:: p:.mished responding. but generally

increased comparable rates of unpunished responding. The effect of both drugs

0:1 local rates within the intervals depended in an orderly way on control response

rate.

STRAIGHT. R•• WAYNE. A.W•• LEWIS. E.G. and BECK. E.C. Marihuana extraction

and purification for oral administration of known amounts of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC). Biochemical Medicine 8 (3): 341-344 (December. 1973)

We have developed a simple method for the extraction. purification.

estimation. and oral administration of delta-9-THC from a standardized batch

of cannabis plant material for physiological and psychological studies of the

effect of marihuana on man and primates. The technique of oral administration

is applicable also to synthetic delta-9-THC recently made available by the

National Institute of Mental Health.

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens. Inc. eNS depressants.

A STASH literature review. Grassroots (November. 1974 supplement)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens. Inc. STASH fact sheet

011 cocaine. Grassroots (February, 1972 supplement)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens. Inc. STASH fa.ct. sheet

0.1 DOM ("STpl). Grassroots (July. 1972 supplement)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens. Inc. STASH fact sheet

0,1 psilocybin. Grassroo~s (August. 1972 supplement)

SULLIVAN, R. and FREEMARK. N. Judgment of minimal aversion thresholds and

tolerance levels in two modalities. Psychonomic Science 15: 107-108

(1969)

Eight males and four females judged a minimal aversion

threshold (MA T) and a tolerance level for white noise and electric

shock stimuli. Cross model rank correlations of both judgments were

fO".1nd to be significant. Significant sex and practice differences were

found for electric shock judgments but not for white noise judgments.

501

-~---"-----._------
:"':'--","-,--

("f'~.

~~"lll-

'" TAKEMORI, A.E., PICKENS, R. and PLUNKETT, C.R. Substitution of GPA-1657 and

GPA -1658 for morphine in drug self-administration by rats. Federation Proceedings

27(2): 754 (March, 1958)

Recently it had been reported that GPA 1657 had a more potent analgesic

activity than morphine in rats and mice while GPA 1658 exhibited relatively little

activity. It also appeared in single dose suppression studies that GPA 1658 suppressed abstinence syndrome in morphine -dependent monkeys while GPA 1658 did

not. The present study determined the effect of substitution of these isomers on

the self-administration of morphine. Rats were first made physically dependent

on morphine by parenteral injections beginning with 10 and increasing to either 50

or 100 mg/kg t. i. d. over a 4-5 day period, and then equipped with a jugular catheter

and given the opportunity to self-administer the drug at 10 mg/kg/infusion. When

daily morphine intake had stabilized, various doses of eitherGPA 1657 or 1658 were

substituted for morphine. Self-administration was maintained by the analgesically

inactive GPA 1658 but not by the active GPA 1657. The frequency of self-administration of GPA 1658 resembled that of morphine. and GPA 1657 produced a typical

extinction-like pattern of responding.

TAKEMORI, A.E•• STESIN. A.J. and TULUNAY, F.C. A single-dose suppression

test in morphine-dependent mice. ~edings of the Societ;: for E~rimental

Biology and Medicine 145: 1232-1235 (1974)

For abstract. see Section 1. Methodology of Drug Research.

TART, C. T. On Being Stoned: Psychological ~t.?dy of Marijuana Intoxication.

Palo Alto. California: Science and Behavior Books, 1971.

TAYLOR. K. M. and SNYDER, S. H. Amphetamine: Differentiation by d and 1 isomers of

behavior involving brain norepinephrine or dopamine. Science 168: 1487-1489

(June, 1970)

For abstract. see Section tii. Mechanisms of Action of Different Dr"ugs.

TAYLOR. W. A. and SULSER, F. Effects of intraventricularly administered 1- dand dl-p-hydroxyamphetamine (POH) on behavior and cerebral

catecholamines. Presented at the Fifth International Congress on

Pharmacology, San Francisco, California, 1972.

r~"~~'~"-" """"'''.. .''''"'~'

~~. _ikt~~.+¥t';t~_ ~>~.-­

~;f:.:"-.-.-.,~-~~,-~,...,-,.-.,~_ ..~.,~.-

··>7-Jf5tez:"~o-:' 'f:~;~- <"0.$

,.,.:" .:-:~ ·'>.:'0 ". '; -Jj£~~~~.:~{~:.-'~.;.

..
TESSEL, R. E. and WOODS, J. H. Structural relatio"nship between meta-substituted

n-ethyl amphetamines and self-administration in rhesus monkeys. The Pharmacologist 16: 215 (1974) . ------

Doses of N -ethyl amphetamine (NEA) and its meta-fluoro (FEA),

meta-bromo (BEA), meta-iodo (lEA) and meta-methyl (MEA) derivatives were

'SUbStituted for respo:J.se:contingent intravenous injections of cocaine to determine

the ability of these compounds to reinforce fixed-ratio-30 responding in .rhesus

monkeys. All compounds except IEA maintained stable responding at rates higher

than saline when each dose was available for at least 14 sessions. With NEA and

FEA (0" 01-0.10 mg/kg/ injection), the maximum rates occurred at 0.03 mg/kg

injectioLl; with BEA and MEA (0.30-0.30 mg/kg/injection), maximum rates

oecurred at 0.10 mg/kg/injection. IEA (0.01-0.30 mg/kg/ injection) failed to

reinforce responding even though in other monkeys it had a potency comparable

to that of a self-administ'ered drug, BEA, and a rapid onset of behavioral action

in suppressing fixed-ratio-30 food-reinforced responding. Since substituent size

is primarily responsible for variations in the efficacy of drugs in this series in

other systems (e. g., Pharmacologist 15: 140, 1973), the present data together with

o';her findings indicate that substituent size influences the extent to which these

compounds can function as reinforcers.

THOMPSON, T. and PICKENS, R. Drugs as reinforcers: Schedule considerations.

~~oceedings of Symposium on Schedule-Induced and Dependent Phenomena,

Toronto, Canada (in press)

THOMPSON, T. and PICKENS, R. Interoceptive stimulus control of behavior. Chapter lof

Stimulus Properties of Drugs. Edited by T. Thompson and R. Pickens. New York:

Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1971. P. 3.

THOMPSON, T. and PICKENS, R. Stimulant self-administration by animals; Some compariso:J.s with opiate self-administration. Federation Proceedings 29(1): 6-12 (JanuaryFebruary, 1970)

THOMPSON, T. and SCHUSTER, C.R. Behavioral Pharmacol~. Englewood, New

Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1968.

This book is ,~o:J.cerned only with observable behavioral changes in

the field of behavioral pharmacology. The main scope of the book deals with

p:'inciples and techniques of experimental psychology and principles of

pharmacology as they apply to behavioral pharmacology.

THOR, D. H. Amphetamine indu::ed fighting during morphine withdrawal. The JO:.lrnal

o~ ge~..r~1 PsychologI 84: 245-250 (1971)

Male hooded rats received ad lib d-amphetamine sulfate in concentrations

of 50 or 200 mcg/ml in their drinking water for 10 days after withdrawal from

morphine (l00 mg/kg/day). Lethal and near-lethal fighting occurred among Ss

consuming the greater amphetamine concentration. Less intense, ritualistic

fighting occurred among Ss consuming the lesser amphetamine concentration. A

control group under withdrawal from the same morphine regimen also exhibited

nontraumatic fighting. Amphetamine appears to be an effective pharmacological

stimulus to violent fighting during a broad segment of the withdrawal syndrome.
THOR, D. H. and HOATS, D. L. Morphine-amphetamine-induced fighting and interim

socialization. Psychonomic Science 20(3): 156-158 (1970)

Traumatic and lethal fighting among male rats can be induced by a single

moderate dose of amphetamine given during withdrawal from morphine. Socialization with other rats during the interval between terminal morphine and amphetamine mo.dLfies th~ course of subsequent aggressive behavior. Fighting is prolonged for rats maintained in isolatiqn during the interdrug interval.

THOR, D. H., HOATS, D. L. and THOR, C. J. Morphine induced fighting and prior

social experience. Psychonomic Science 18(3): 137-139 (l970)

Six groups of normally docile laboratory rats received morphine injections(to 600 mg/kg/day), placebo injections, or no injections under social or

isolated conditions for 6 days. Postwithdrawal intragroup .fighting was then

monitored for 168 h by automated recording of loud vocalizations. Morphinetreated groups spontaneously began sustained (30h) fighting 3 days after terminal

injections, with greatest fighting observed in the grclUp receiving the drug under

social conditions.

TILSON, H.A•• RECH, R. H. and SPARBER. S. B. Release of HC-norepinephrine into

the lateral cerebroventric1e of rats exposed to a conditioned aversive stimUlus.

Pharmacology Biochemistry and Behavk,r (in press)

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

TINKLENBERG. J. R. Study group (a:i hoc): Cannabis study group on marihuana and

alcohol. Psychopharmacology Bulletin 8(1): 9-10 (1972)

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

TINKLENBERG. J. R•• KOPELL. B. S•• MELGES. F. T. and HOLLISTER•. L.E.

Marihuana and alcohol. Time production and memory functions.

~~ves of General PsychiaEz_27: 812-815 (December. 1972)

In a double-blind study, time production tasks and clinical tests

of memory function were performed by 15 normal subjects given placebo

and "social" doses of alcohol (ethyl alcohol) and marihuana, calibrated to

(-)-de1ta-l~tetrahydrozannabinol. Using subjects as their own controls.

it was found that. compared to alcohol and placebo, marihuana induced

a significant under production of time intervals sugge·sting an acceleration

of the internal clock. At these dose levels, there were no significant

changes in memory functio"1. h:lt during marihuana in~oxication some consistent trends toward greater impairment of tracking information over time

were noted.

TINKLENBERG. J. R•• MELGES, F. T. and HOLLISTER, L. E. Marihuana and

memo,="y. Psychopharmacology Bulletin 7(4): 2;) (1971)

Th.;lse findings suggest thatmh. can impair perIormanceon some

tasks which require memory function, particularly if those tasks are complex. Tasks which require rote memory function are less vulnerable to

effects.

TINKLENBERG. J.R., MELGES. F.T., HOLLISTER, L.E. andGILLEBPIE, H.K.

Marijuana and immediate memo:-y. Nature 226: ll71-ll72 (June. 1970) .

':--"~

~.

~~-~-

!" -~t;::~:·:--~,~.:""""'.c-:--':'""'''''''''''''--'--~-''' _

.- ,._--.:-.:...........-:.:.-_'-_.--

k..;"".~'4~~"".. ',;, d~
TOLOSA. E.S. and SPARBER. S.B. Apomorphin~ in Huntington's Chorea: Clinical

observa tions and theoretical considerations. Life Sciences 15: 13'il (1974)

For abstract. see Section Ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

TROST. J. G. and FERRARO. D. P. Discrimination and generalization of drug stimuli

in monkeys. Drug Add.iction: -Neurobiology and Influences on Behavior, Vol. 3.

Edited by J. M. Singh and H. Lal. New York: Stratton Intercontinental Book Company.

197,1.

TRUITT. E. B•• JR. A behavioral comparison between alcohol and THC. Proceedings

of the American Association for the Advancement of Science Meeting. Chicago.

IllinoIs. December 19. 1970.

TRUITT, E. B•• JR. and ANDERSON, S. M. The role of biogenic amines in the central

actions of tetrahydrocannabinols and their metabolites. Acta Pharmaceutica

Suedca 8: 696-697 (1971)

For abstract. see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

T~NG. L.P•• LOH. H.H•• HO. I.K. and WAY. E.L. The role of brain catecholamines

in 'laloxone-induced withdrawals in morphine-dependent rats. Proceedings of the

~::stern Pharmacological Society 17: 178-183 (1974)

TSENG. L. F .• WEI. E. and LOH. H. H. Brain areas associated with bulbacapnine

catalepsy. Europ,~an JO:lrnal of Pharmacology 22: 363-366 (1973)

Fo.=- abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

UEHLING. B. S. Effects of chronic d-amphetamine sulfate administration during development in rats. International Journal of Neuropharmacology 8: 43-48 (l969)

Th~ present investigation was concerned with the effects of long-term

aiminIstration of d-amphetamine in the daily drinking water of rats on weight and

three behavioral tasks. No tolerance to the drug was found for weight measures.

nor in the b~havioral measures of level pressing for illumination change or gross

aetivity. Drug animals were si.gnifican':1y lighter than non-drug animals. pressed

mo:-e fo": illuminatio;1 change. and were mo:oe active. No difference was found

betwe~n performance 0: drug and non-druq' animals in an avoi.dance conditioning

task. It may b~ that to~erance to the drug does not apFear when measured by

situations not employing strong motivational conditions (e. g. pressing for

illumination change and activity). but where such conditions are employed (e. g.

sho,~k >. tolerance as reflected in the lack of differen~e between drug and n011-

drug gro'lps do~s app0ar.

UYENO. E. T. Alteration of rat behavior produced by 2, 5-dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine.

£E~~!:diI!.f{~!...tEeWes~E~~::cological_~ocietx15: 106-103 (1972)

UYENO. E. T. Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol administration during pregnancy of the rat.

Proceedings of the Western Pharmacological Societx 16: 64-67 (1973)

-. - -""f

-~

--... .-~
~~;=:: . 1-;-

til:"',

... UYENO, E. T. Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol and the competitive behavior of the rat.

Federation Proceedings 33(3):540 (March. 1974)

The time of peak effect study conducted at 1.5. 2. and 2.5 hrs. after an

intraperitoneal injection of 0.5 mg/kg of de1ta-9-tetrahydrocannabino1(delta-9-

THC) showed that the compound inhibited the dominance behavior of male Wistar

rats in competition for a female in estrus. The groups of matched pairs. tested

2 hrs. after the treatment had the highest percentage of submissive experimental

animals; therefore. the peak time was considered to be 2 hrs. after the injection.

A dose-response experiment conducted at the time of peak effect indicated that

0.25. 0.5. and 1 mg/kg of delta-9-THC inhibited the sexual dominance behavior

in a dose-dependent manner. The median effective dos.e (ED50) is defined as an

estimated doee by which 50% of the treated animals are expected to be submissive.

The ED5!) and ~5% confidence limits calculated according to the profit method of

Litchfield and Wilcoxon are 1.76 micromoles/kg and (0.70 -4.40 micromoles/kg).

A statistical analysis indicates that delta-9-THC is significantly less potent than

lysergic acid diethylamide (ED50:; 0.08 micromole/kg; Uyeno: Intern. J. Neuropsychiatry. 188-190. 1967) in the inhibition of sexual dominance behavior. The

present finding is consistent with that of Uyeno (Fed. Proc. 32:725. 1973) who

found that delta-9-THC inhi'::Jited the dominance behavio~ of rats in competition

for a food pellet.

UYENO. E. T. Disruption of maze performance by delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol.

ceedings of the 81st Annual Convention of the American Psychi.atric Association,.

1973.

UYENO. E. T. Disruption of retrieving behavior of the rat by LSD. Proceedings of the

80~h Annual Conventicn of the American Psychiatric Association. 1972•.

UYENO. E. T. Effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol in the Viability and behavioral

development of the rat. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington.

D. C.: National Academy of Sciences. National Academy of Engineering. National

Research Council. 1973. Pp. 167-177.

i #.

l,TYENO. E. T. 'Effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol on the dominance behavior of the

rat. E,.ederation Proceedings 32(3): 725 (March. 1973)

The time of peak effect experiment conducted 1.1. 5. and 2 hrs. after a

single intraperitoneal administration of O. 5 mg/}.{g of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol

(delta-9-THC) showed that the compmllld inhibited the dominance behaVior of male

Wistar rats in a food competition situation. The group tested 1.5 hrs. after

the injection had the highest percentage of submissive experimental animals;

therefore, the time of peak effect was considered to be 1.5 hrs. post injection.

The peak time of delta-9-THC was much later than that (0.25 hr. ) of O. OOB mg/kg

of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD-25). obtained in our preVious study (Int. J.

Neuropharmacol.5. 317. 1966). A dose-response study conducted at the time of

peak effect showed that 0.25. 0.5, and 1 mg/kg of deUa-9-delta-THC inhibited

considerably the dominance behaVior in a dose-related manner. The median

effective dose (ED50) estimated from the dose-response curve is 1.9 micromoles/kgj

and the 95% confidence limits, computed according to the graphic profit method are

0.99 and 3.65 micromoles/kg. An analysis of potency ratio showed that delta-9-THC

was significantly less potent than LSD-25 (EDso :; 0.03 micromole /kg) in inhibiting'

the dominance behavior. The present finding is consistent with that of Hollister

et al (Clin. Pharm. Therap. 9. 783, 1968) who reported that deIta-9-THC tended

to..:-educe aggression in man.

UYENO. E. T. Effects of lysergic acid diethylamide on the maternal behavior of the rat.

The Journal of Psychology 75: 27~..,z~~OJ.._.. ,-".""~,~._."...

f:',,-.

t~:;~att*$~t
.. i ...

UYENO. E. T. Effects of prenatally administered lysergic acid diethylamide on the viability

and behavioral development of rat offspring. Committee on Froblems of Drug Dependence. Washington. D. C.: National Academy of Sciences. National Research

C'OUiiCil. 1970. Pp. 6550-6554.

UYENO. E. T. Effects of 2. 5-dimethoxy-4-methylamphetamine on the behavior of rats

in competition for food. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington.

D. C.: National Academy of Sciences, National Academy of Engineering.

National Research Council, 1972.

UYENO. E. T. Enhancement of swimming performance with delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol.

Presented at the 13th Annual Meeting of The Psychonomic Society. St. Louis,

Missouri, November 2-4. 1972.

According to their swimming times (i. e., duration of swim). 22 Wistar

male rats were matched and assigned to experimental and control groups. The

experimental animals were injected intraperitoneally with 2 mg/kg of delta-9-

tetrahydrocannabinol dissolved in dehydrated alcohol, whereas the control

animals were given the vehicle. The results of the postdrug swim test showed

that the mean swimming time of the experimental group was significantly longer

than that of the control group.

UYENO, E. T. Influence of drugs on the aggressive and dominant behavior of the rat.

Presented. at the NATO International Conference, Monte Carlo, Monaco,

July 1-6. 1973.

The present results, indicating that delta-9-THC inhibits aggressive

and dominant behavior are consistent with those of Santos. Sampaio, Fernandes,

and Carlini (1966). of Kilbey, Fritchie, McLendon, and Johnson (1972), and of

McIsaac. Fritchie, Indanpaan-Heikkila. Ho, and Englebert (1971). Other studies have

have shown that delta-9-THC disrupts the retention performance of rats tested

in an underwater swim maze (Uyeno, 1973) and distorts the time perception of

human subjects (Hollister, Richards, & Gillespie, 1969). Despite the disrupting

side effects, delta-9-THC and other psychotropic compounds can be used as effective research tools to study the physiological and chemical determinants of

aggressive behavior. Moreover. interdisciplinary research involving development and pharmacological approaches will probably lead to better understanding

of the determinants and origins of aggreSSive behavior.

UYENO. E. T. Lysergic acid diethylamide, chlorpromazine and maze performance.

Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 184(2): 389-394

!April, 1970)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

UYENO, E. T. Lysergic acid diethylamide and a novel stimulus. Psychonomic Science

18(1): 52 (1970)

The mean running time of rats injected with 0.016 mg/kg of lysergic acid

diethylamide (LSD-25) was not significantly different from that of others. administered saline solution. However, when a novel stimulus (hurdle) was presented

in the run"way. the mean running time of the experimental group was significantly

longer than that of the control group.

507
VACHON, L. and SULKOWSKI, A. Attention, learning and speed in psychomotor performance after marihuana smoking. Proceedings' from National Conference

on Marihuana (in press)

We conclude from these results that since attention, memory and

psychomotor speed are not affected by marihuana, the central processing

of relevant stored information is more difficult after administration of

this drug.

VACHON. L., SULKOWSKI. A. and RICH, E. Marihuana effects on learning, attention and time estimation. Psychopharmacologia 39: l-ll (1974)

Ten young, healthy male volunteers smoked a marihuana cigarette

with 2.5% delta-9-THC and a THC-exhausted placebo cigarette. The marihuana administration was associated with an increase in heart rate, elevation of systolic blood pressUre, cOnjunctival reddening and specific airway

conductance increase; time perception and Automated Digit Symbol Substitution Test performance were impaired. Diastolic blood pressure and

attention measured by the Continuous Performance Task were not affected.

The placebo preparation produced a subjective pleasan.t llhighll but

no physiologic effects nor performance change. The IIhighll induced by the

active preparation was often rated as unpleasant.

VAn..L..ANT, G.E. Clinical significance of anticholinergic effects of imipramine-like

. drugs. American Journal of Psychiatry 125: 154-156 (1969)

VAILL.ANT., G.E. A comparison of antagonists of physostigmine-induced suppression

of behavior. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics

157 (3): 636-648 (1967)

Experiments were designed to assess the effects of a variety of

drugs in antagonizing the suppression of operant behavior by physostigmine.

The experimental preparations were pigeons and monkeys pretreated both

with physostigmine and with methylatropine; the latter drug was given to

block peripheral effects of physostigmine. The operant behavior was maintained on fixed interval and fixed ratio schedules by food reinforcement

or shock termination. Previous observations that physostigmine exerted a

very nonspecific suppressant effect upon operant behavior were confirmed;

the observed effects seemed mediated by a muscarine-like effect of physostigmine on the central nervous system. Physostigmine-induced suppression of

behavior was not differentially affected by type of schedule or by type of

reinforcer. Scopolamine, atropine, trihexYphenidyl, benztropine, diphenhydramine and imipramine antagonized physostigmine-induced suppression

at dose levels comparable to those known to antagonize acetylcholine in the

periphery and those producing sedative effects in humans. Chlorpromazine,

dihydro-beta-erythroidine, mecamylamine and amphetamine proved ineffective in reversing physostigmine-induced suppression of behavior.

<,-......,

. ,-':" .•.. ;
VILLARREAL, J.E. The effects of morphine agonists on morphine-dependent rehesus

monkeys. Agonist and Antagonist Actions of Narcotic Ana1s-esic Drugs. Edited by

H. W. Kosterlitz, H. O. J. Collier and J~ E. Villarreal. ,Baltimore, Maryland: Baltimore

University Park Press, 1973. Pp 73-93.

VOLAVKA, J., CROWN, P., DORNBUSH, R., FELDSTEIN, S. and FINK, M.

EEG, h:eart rate and mood change ("high") after cannabis. Psychopharmacologia 32: 11-25 (1973)

Fourteen experienced marijuana users smoked marijuana, hashish,

delta-9-mc, and placebo. EEG, ECG and ratings of subjective feelings of

"high" and pleasantness were recorded. EEGs were processed by period

analysis.

In EEG, marijuana and delta-9-THC increased the amount of alpha

activity, and the three Cannabis preparations decreased the amount of beta

activity. The average frequency of alpha activity was decreased by 0.15--

0.20 c/sec after marijuana, hashish and delta-9-THC. The peak EEG effect

occurred during the first 10 min after smoking; most of the changes disappeared after 40 min. Heart rate was increased by all the three drugs, and

the effect persisted for the entire observation period (50 min).

Feelings of I 'high' I were elicited by each Cannabis preparation.

This was not true of the pleasantness of the experience: only marijuana and

hashish were perceived as more pleasant than placebo. Intensity of "high"

increased with the amount of alpha activity, and decreased with the average

alpha frequency. Pleasantness was unrelated to the EEG. . .' ,

The "high" showed a linear increase with heart rate, whereas

pleasantness of the experience was an inverted U-function of heart rate.

VOLAVKA, J., DORNBUSH, R., FELDSTEIN, S., CLARE, G., ZAKS, A., FINK, M.

and FREEDMAN, A. M. Marijuana, EEG, and ·beh~vior. Annals of the New

York .Academy of Sciences 191: 206-215 (December, 1971)

Data from two experiments are presented. The first (chronic)

experiment showed that marijuana induced dysphoria and EEG synchronization

when smoked daily by four heroin postaddicts for 10-22 days.

The second (acute) experiment employed 10 student volunteers. A

placebo and two dose levels (7.5 and 22.5 mg THC) of marijuana were used.

An EEG effect of rapid onset and short duration was detected by computer

analysis. The principal changes were an increase in percent time alpha

and an associat ed reduction in theta and beta bands. The performance on

short;;'term memory and reaction time tasks was impaired. Heart rate was

increased. These physiological and behavioral responses were dose-related.

In future studies, EEG and behavioral tasks should be administered

as soon after smoking as possible and smoking time should be reduced. A

continuous alerting task should be used for EEG studies of marijuana. The

time course of the EEG and behavioral changes produced by the smoking of

marijuana should be further investigated.

~-_._-_..

509

, .

~~:'~:::J~: --.:,:":.~"M!t-,:t
VOLAVKA, J., DORNBUSH, R., FELDSTEIN.,S., and FINK, M. Effects of delta-9-

tetrahydrocannabinol on EEG, heart rate, and mood. .E~ectroencep.haloi1raphy

andClililcalNeur'ophys101ogy 33: 458 (1972)., .

Ten experienced marijuana users smoked placebo, 10, or 20 mg of

THC.;'delta-9, EEG, EKG and a ratin~; scale for the subjective feeling of "high"

were used. EEGs were processed by period analysis.

THC elicited a short-lived increase in alpha amount immediately

after smoking, which was accompanied by a decrease of beta and theta

quantities. Heart rate showed a dose-related increase which began during

smoking: the peak increas.e was reached during the first 8 min after smoking.

In the latter part of the experimentalsession, THC inhibited the emergence of

EEG signs of sleep. Heart rate was negatively related to the occurrence of

these sleep signs. Heart rate, as well as the EEG alpha activity. increased

with subjective feeling of "high". These relationships were independent of

the dose of THC.

These results replicate the effects of 1llarijuana on EEGand heart

rate. THC-delta-9 elicits physiological effects which parallel the effects of

marijuana.

VOLAVKA,J•• LEVINE, R•• FELDSTEIN. S. and FINK. M. Short-term effects of

heroin in man. Archives of General Psychiatry 30:677 (May. 1974)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

VOLAVKA. J. ,LEVINE. R•• KOMLOSI. M. and FINK, M. EEG and task performance

after heroin in post-addicts. Electroencephalography.and Clinical Ne'lfrophysiology

37: 195 (1974)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

WATERS, D. H. and OKAMOTO, M. Increased central excitability in nondependent mice

during chronic barbital dosing. Drug Addiction: Experimental Pharmacology. Vol. 1.

Edited by J.M. Singh, L. B.Miller and B. -Lat.' Mount Kisco. New York: Futura

. Publishing Company. Inc •• 1972.

WAY, E. L., LOH, H. H., HO, I.K., rwAMOTO. E. T. and WEI. E. Neuroanatomical

and chemical correlates of naloxone-precip\tated withdrawal. Narcotic

Antagonists. Edited by M.C. Braude, L.S. Harris, E.L. May, J.P. Smith

and J .E. Villarreal. Advances in Biochemical Pharmacology, Vol:' 8.

New York: Raven Press, 1973.

Physical dependence on morphine is manifested by a highly characteristic behavior when morphine intake is abruptly terminated or when a morphine

antagonist is administered. In the rodent rendered dependent on IIlorphine by

subcutaneous morphine pellet implantation. one of the most characteristic signs

of withdrawal precipitated by naloxone administration is stereotyped jumping

4

..

,

~~.
•

Way. E. L•• Loh. H. H•• Ho. 1. K•• Iwamoto. E. T. and Wei. E. continued,

behavior. In experiments utilizing the application of crystalline naloxone to

discrete brain areas of the morphine-dependent rat, the thalamus was found

to be one of the. if not the. most sensitive regions responding to precipitated

withdrawal. Severe withdrawal signs were elicited after administration of

naloxone in the thalamus but not in the neocortical. hippocampal. hypothalamic.

or tegmental areas of the brain. A study of the biochemical changes occurring

during naloxone-precipitated withdrawal in the mouse revealed that the jumping

response was accompamed by a sudden elevation of dopamine in the caudate

nucleus while norepinephrine and serotonin remained unchanged. Pharmacologic

manipulations designed to block the sudden dopamine increase effected an

inhibition of the jumping response. That the dopamine increase was not the

consequence of the jumping action was evidenced by the fact that dopamine in,..

creased even through jumping was prevented by D-tubocurarine. Increase in

cholinergic activity by cholinesterase inhibition reduced the dopamine increase

as well as the jumping response.

WEI. E. Brain lesions attenuating "wet shake" behavior in morphine-abstinent rats.

Life Sciences 12. Part I: 385-392 (1973)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

WEI, E., LOH, H.H. and WAY, E.L. Neuroanatomicalcorrelatesofwetshakebehavior

in the rat. Life Sciences, 12, Part II: 489-496 (1973)

. For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

WEI, E., TSENG, L.F•• LOH, H.H. and WAY, E.L. Morphine withdrawal

syndrome: Similarity to thermoregulatory behavior. Presented at

the Third Annual Meeting. Society for Neuroscience, San Diego,

California, November 7-10, 1973.

WEISS, B. Amphetamine and the temporal structure of behavior. Amphetamines and

Related Compounds: Proceedings of the Mario Negri Institute for Pharmacological

Research, Milan, Italy. Edited by E. Costa and S. Garattini. New York: Raven

Press. 1970.

WEISS, B. Enhancement of performance by amphetamine-like drugs. Abuse of

Central Stimulants. Edited by F. Sjovist and M. Tottie~ Stockholm, Sweden:

Almquist and Wiksell, 1969. Pp. 31-60.

WEISS, B. Tools for the assessment of behavioral toxicity. Behavioral Toxicology:

J;:arly Detection of Occupational Hazards. Edited by C. Xintaras, B.L.

Johnson and I. deGroot. Washington. D.C.: U.S. Government Printing

Office, 1974. Pp. 444-449.

... -~..,. -.'_h.. '.
WEISS. B. and GOTT. C. T. A microanalysis of drug effects on fixed-ratio performance

in pigeons. The Journal of Pharmacology and E:eerimental Therapeutics 180(2):

189-202 (1972)

,

Pigeons trained to peck a lighted key on a fixed-ratio 30 (FR 30) schedule

of food presentation received various dose levels of dl-amphetamine sulfate.

sodiwn. pentobarbital or imipramine hydrochloride. Performance was gauged in

terms of the 30 interresponse times (IRTs) within the ratio. The first IRT of the

ratio. the time between reinforcement and the first response. increased ina

dose-related fashion after amphetamine and imipramine and decreased after

pentobarbital. The subsequent IRTs displayed similar alterations after these

drugs. but the magnitude of the effect depended. in part. on ordinal position within

the ratio. Further analyses revealed that changes in the incidence of IRTs greater

than one second ("outliers") correlated closely with the mean IRT changes. leading

to the hypothesis that drugs mainly act on the cohesiveness of the FR pattern.

Changes in the character of the interval histograms revealed further. more subtle

alterations.· which could be viewed as springing from changes in response topography.

•

WEISS. B. and LATIES. V. G. Behavioral pharmacology and toxicology. Annual Review

of Pharmacology 9: 297-326 (1969) .

Two dominant themes in this review both grow out. of the current search

for correlations between brain chemistry and behavior. One is the role of

adrenergic mechanisms in behavior. The other is the enhancement of learning

by a drug originally claimed to affect RNA in the brain. Both surveys underscore

the need to understand the behavioral mechanisms of drugact.lon--our third theme.

The fourth. behavioral toxicology. bears witness toa new concern by society and

to the fact that much of what we call behavioral pharmacology is the study of selective toxicity. a point prominently featured in the previous sections. As in

previous reviews. our selection of papers is meant to indicate trends. not to

provide exhaustive coverage.

WEISS. B. and LATIES. V. G. Comparative pharmacology of drugs affecting behavior.

Federation Proceedings . 26(4): 1146-1156 (July-August. 1967)

The follOWing points were made. Qualitative species differences in drug

effects on certain components of behavior are often found•. e. g•• imipramine and

chlordiazepoxide-like drugs increase wakefulness in the cat and dog and produce

sleep in monkeys and man. In contrast. drug effects on interactional behavior.

such as the effect of major and minor tranquilizers on active or passive avoidance

behavior. seem more similar across species inclUding man; the same is true of

drug effects on discrimination tasks that reveal errors of omission and commission

in information processing (rat and man). The prediction of drug effects from

animals to man thus reqUires awareness of the qualitative differences in response

among species (as a function of drug class). and the selection and use of animal

species or strains most like hwnans in their baseline behavior and drug response.

Systematic observational techniques are also applicable across. species and can

provide a broader range of behavioral and physiologic information.

-..... . .~ ......

~~.... '.' . .........~.

.. ".~.. '".~ ... .. ~~,..,...,...,...~~~~ '.,;.,~\:,;;. ~'.~':'~1y .....
.. j -

WEISS, B. and LATIES, V. G. The psychophysics of pain and analgesia in animals.

Animal Psychophysics: The Design and Conduct of Sensory Experiments.

Edited by W. C. Stebbins. New York: Apple ton-Century-Crofts, 1970.

Looking back on the history of our research on titration schedules, we

are struck by how much of it was forged by an interplay of behavioral and pharmacologic questions. The development of the technique was spurred by the lack of a

satisfactory behavioral approach to questions of pain and analgesia. It rather

qUickly became clear, however, that our ability to use the titration technique as

a pharmacologic tool depended on a thorough understanding of its behavioral properties. In exploring these properties, we encountered a number of interesting

behavioral questions. Given what we already knew about the complexity of drugbehavior interactions, it was a natural step to seek out the dimensions of the interaction.

A similar kind of history, substituting physiologic or anatomic for pharmacologic questions, underlies many of the other techniques described in this book.

The perspective imposed by having to understand and control behavior, in order to

ask intelligent questions about other variables, forces us to speak explicitly about

behavioral variables. By driving investigators away from speculation and toward

concrete manipulations, research in animal psychophysics should continue to make

valuable contributions to a science of behavior.

WEISS, B. and LATIES, V. G. Reconciling the effects of amphetamine on human and animal

behavior. Proceedings of the Twelfth Meeting of the European Society for the Study

of Drug Toxicity, Uppsala, Sweden, June, 1970.

The information about how amphetamines affect human behavior comes

mainly either from experiments on the enhancement of performance or from

observations on drug abuse. The basic behavioral pharmacology of the amphetamines derives from experiments on animal behavior within the context of schedules

of reinforcement. Reconciling these two divergent sources of data can be accomplished, at least for vigilance (signal detection) performance and simple intellectual

tasks, by looking at them as examples of reinforcement schedules. If the decline in

performance they typically display with time is viewed as extinction, then the

restoration of performance by amphetamines can be viewed as a restoration of

extinguished behavior, a result characteristic of animal behavior experiments.

This way of describing amphetamine's effects on human performance makes it

easier to formulate experiments on marginal toxicity and the breakdown of performance under high doses.

WIllTE, R. P., DREW, G. W. and FINK. M. Neuropharmacological analysis of agonistic

actions of cyclazocine in rabbits. Biological Psychiatry 1: 217-330 (1971)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

..,~.,--...~.

513 .

~~
Karger, Basel, 1973. " ,

WIKLER. A. Conditioning of successive adaptive response to the initial effects of drugs.

Conditional Reflex 8(4): 193-210 (October-December. 1973)

Data in the literature indicate that conditioned responses (CRs) generated

by repeated pairing of conditional stimulus (CS) with administration of a neurotropic drug may resemble its unconditional effects or they may be opposite in

direction; furthermore, the CRs. may change as such pairings are continued~ In

explanation. it is hypothesized that as in conditioning of physiological reflexes. a

CS repeatedly paired with administration of a neurotropic drug eventually comes

to activate central "processing" events that are evoked by the "stimulus" properties

of the drug, i. e., the effects of the drug at receptor sites inside or outside the pia

matter which lie in the afferent arms of "reflex" neural circuits; or. the CS comes

to activate central processing events that are evoked by centripetal feedback

responseS to the effects of the drug at receptor sites in the processing or efferent

arms of reflex neural circuits. Depending on the receptor site action of the drug.

the conditioned autonomic and/or neuromuscular responses that are observed may

be in the same direction as, or opposite in direction to the unconditioned effects of

the drug. With continued pairings of CS and drug. the unconditioned processing

events evoked by the stimulus properties of the drug, and hence the CRsalso,

change in consequence of compensatory (sometimes "overshooting") biochemical

alterations proximal to the receptor site of action of the drug, induced by negative

or positive neuronal feedback mechanisms. These concepts are utilized in a

theory of opiate addiction and relapse.

WIKLER, A. Dynamics of drug dependence: Implications of a conditioning theory for

research and treatment. Opiate Addiction: Origins and Treatment. Edited by

S. Fisher and A.M. Freedman.• Washington. D.C.: V.H. WinSton and Sons, 1974.

WIKLER, A. Sources of reinforcement for drug using behavior--a theoretical formulation.

Pharmacology and the Future of Man, ';Vol. 1. San Francisco, California: .

In man, social reinforcers interacting with a 'need to belong' often initiate

drug-using behavior (DUB). leading in many cases to 'direct' primary pharmacological reinforcement due to interactions between specific drug actions and nondrug-engendered sources of reinforcement (SsOR), e. g. 'psychic dependence'; and,

in the case of certain drugs. to 'indirect' prirnarypharmacological reinforcement

due to interactions between specific drug actions and drug-egendered SsOR, e. g.

'physical dependence'. These reinforcement processes may become conditioned

to 'exteroceptive' and/or 'interoceptive' stimuli, thus generating secondary (conditioned) pharmacological reinforcement, 'direct' or 'indirect'. In the case of the

latter, relapse may be strongly facilitated through triggering. by conditioned stimuli, of previously conditioned abstinence phenomena and DUB. Treatment should

include experimental extinction of both conditioned responses under specific

narcotic-antagonist blockade after 'detoxification', and generation of new, socially

acceptable SsOR by appropriate rehabilitative and psychotherapeutic procedures.

...

<::F-·:<_:~~·:~_:,' .t.!., .'

•. ;-~ .' ~-r;;.".::~, •.
WIKLER. A•• NORRELL. H. and MILLER. D. Limbic system and opioid addiction in the

rat. Experimental Neurology 34(3): 543-557 (1972)

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs~

WIKLER. A. and PESCOR. F. T. Persistence of "relapse-tendencies" of rats previously

made physically dependent on morphine. Psychopharmacologia 16: 375-384 (1970)

1. Measurements of 24 hr tap water consumption. body weight. "wet dog"

shake frequency and free choice drinking (etonitazene. 5 meg/ml versus distilled

water) were made at intervals up to 434 days following abrupt withdrawal of morphine (from'a daily maintenance dose level of 200 mg/kg i. p.) in one group of rats

("postaddicts") and following termination of i. p. injections of saline in a control

group of rats ("normals").

2. During the first five days after termination of injections. signs of

primary morphine abstinence were observed in the "postaddict" rats: transient

decrease in 24 hr tap water consumption and in body weight. and increase in "wet

dog" shake frequency. '

3. Secondary morphine-abstinence phenomena. consisting of significantly

greater 24 hr tap water consumption and slightly higher "wet dog" shake frequency

(compared with normal rats) were observed in "postaddict" rats over the 7th-23rd

post-injection days. Thereafter, these differences persisted. but not at significant ~~. .

4. In a no-choice test (etonitazene, 5 mcg/ml or water on different

occasions) conducted between the 28th and 37th days after termination of injections.

"postaddict" rats drank significantly more etonitazene than water. whereas normal

rats drank slightly less etonitazene than water.

5. In free-choice drinking tests (etonitazene. 5 mcg/ml versus water) conducted at intervals over a period of 434 days following termination of injections

(morphine or saline), no significant differences in mean water consumption between

"postaddict" and normal rats were observed. In contrast. "postaddict" rats drank

significantly larger mean volumes of the etonitazene solution on every "relapse"

test through the 336th and again on the 406th post-withdrawal day (but not on the

372nd or 434th day).

6. It is concluded that in the "postaddict" rat a "need" for an opioid persists for about one year after abrupt withdrawal of morphine, and that this "need"

is based on long-term derangement of homeostasis. Although the physiological

characteristics of such homeostatic derangement differ in the relatively short

primary and more protracted secondary abstinence periods.

7. The long persistence of "relapse-tendency" in rats previously made

physically dependent on morphine may be based on such long-term derangement

of homeostasis coupled. perhaps. with "interoceptive" conditioning generated

during daily cycles of primary abstinence from and relief by morphine in the

"addiction" period, through which the internal sensorial effects of opioids (morphine while receiving injections; etonitazene imbibed in "relapse" tests) may

acquire secondary reinforcing properties.

-. .

-~-,.. ---~ - ..

~_.._ - _.._----_ -.--_.. _ _ .

_6

..... -~
WIKLER, A., PESCOR, F. T., MILLER, D. and NORRELL, II. Persistent potency

of a secondary (conditioned) reinforcer following withdrawal of morphine from

physically dependent rats. Psychopharmacologia 20: 103-117. (1971) .

1. On 9 nights (2000-0800) over a 25-day period, an anise-flavored

aqueous solution of etonitazene, 5 mcg/mI., was provided as the sole drinking

fluid for one group of physically dependent rats (MFETZ) maintained on morphine,

200 mg/kg i. p. once daily at 0800 (hence acutely abstinent each night) and for one

group of saline-injected rats (SFETZ), while only anise-flavored water was available to comparable physically dependent (MFH20) and saUne-injected (SFH20)

~roups.

2. Beginhing 3 days after abrupt and permanent termination of morphine

or saline injections, all rats were tested at intervals over a period of 287 days on

nocturnal (2000-0800) chOice drinking from 2 tubes (positions alternated), one contained anise-flavored water and the other, plain water.

3. Analyses of variance on the mean volumes of each of the two fluids

consumed by each ra't over blocks of choice-drinking tests revealed that through

the vnth test (l37th post-injection day), MFETZ drank more anise-flavored water

than any other group while there were no significant differences among the groups

as regards consumption of plain water.

4. The evidence indicates that the potency of secondary re"ioforcers so

generated can persist long after morphine withdrawal. Some implications for

problems of relapse .and treatment of opioid addicts are discussed.

WILSON, M. C. Discriminative properties .of psychomotor' stimulants in the rat.

The Pharmacologist 15(2): 236 (1973)

Subjects were trained in the absence of exteroceptive stimuli under two

experimental conditions (two lever situation), i.e., an i. p. inj. of saline or of 1.0

mg/kg of I-amphetamine ten min. prior to the experimentaLsession. on a fixedratio ,(FR) ten schedule of food reinforcement~ . Two consecutive saline sessions were

followed by two conse~utive I-amphetamine sessions or vice versa with. "test"

sessions conducted every Friday•• The saline, I-amphetamine sequence was reversed

at weekly intervals. The "test drug" was administered i. p. ten minutes prior to the

start of the experimental session. Responses on either lever did not result in food

pellet presentation; the sequence and location of the first 100 responses were recorded

as was the time required to make these responses. Dose response reiatic>oships for

three or more dosages of phenmetrazine, d-amphetamine. fenfluramine, I-amphetamine. chlorphentermine, methylphenidate and atropine were ascertained. The results indicated that neither anor-exia nor central stimulation (as determined by effects

0"1 a Sidman avoidance paradigm) was the effect used to discriminate between the two

states. '

"'-'''<c;'';~''~

,

.:.
'. .

~-_ ..

WILSON. M.C.. ffiTOMI. M. and SCHUSTER. C. R. Further studies of the selfadministration of psychomotor stimulants in the rhesus monkey. Committee on

Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington. D. C.: National Academy of Sciences.

National Research Council. 1969. Pp. 6057-6063.

Data obtained from the present study demonstrated that comparable results

are obtained with other psychomotor stimulants such as methylphenidate. phenmetrazine and pipradrol. The results seem to indicate that either a regulatory mechanism

or a drug effect per se exists which controls the total amount of psychomotro stimulant drugs which the monkeys will self-administer.

WILSON. M. C•• ffiTOMI. M. and SCHUSTER. C. R. PsychomotoI: stimulant selfadministration as a function of dosage per injection in the rhesus monkey.

Psychopharmacologia 22: 271-281 (1971)

The relationships between drug dosage per injection and response rate.

and drug dosage per injection and total daily drug intake were ascertained in

Rhesus monkeys which self-administered cocaine. pipradrol. methylphenidate and

phenmetrazine intravenously. The study demonstrated the monkeys would selfadminister all of these compounds over a wide range of dosages. Furthermore.

the magnitude of reinforcement. i. e •• dosage per injection. and the rate of

responding in self-administering these compounds were inversely related. However.

total daily drug intake was independent of the dosage per injection over a wide range

of dosages. The results indicate that either the subjects can compensate for large

changes in unit dosage so that daily drug intake remains stable or that a direct

effect of these compounds functions in limiting their self-administration.

WILSON. M. C. and SCHUSTER, C. R. The effects of chlorpromazine on psychomotor

stimulant self-administration in the rhesus monkey. Psychopharmacologia 26:

115-126 (1972)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

WILSON. M. C. and SCHUSTER, C. R. The effects of stimulants and depressants on

cocaine self-administration behavior in the rhesus monkey. Psychopharmacologia

31: 291-304 (1973)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

WILSON. M. C. and SCHUSTER. C. R. Pharmacological modification of the selfadministration of cocaine and SPA in the rhesus monkey. Committee on the

Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington, D. C.: National Academy of Sciences.

National Research Council, 1968.

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

WILSON, T. W•• WALLACE. S. C. and McMILLAN. D.E. Morphine drinking as a model

of opiate dependence. Presented at the 52nd General Session of the International

Association for Dental Research and the Annual Session of the North American

Division of IADR. Dental Research (in press)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

,..

:~I!~J' -,"

-~ -- - '"
WINTER, J. C. Behavioral effects of n,n-diethyltryptamine: Absence of antagonism by

xy1amidine tosy1ate. The Journal of Pharmacology and Emrimenta1 Therapeutics

169(1): 7 (1969)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

WINTER,J. C. A comparison of the stimulus properties of mescaline and 2,3, 4-trimethoxyphenylethylamine. The'Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental

Therapeutics 185(1): 101 (1973)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

WINTER, J. C. The effects of 3,4-dimethoxyphenylethy1amine in rats trained with

mescaline as a discriminative stimulus. The Journal of Pharmacology and

Experimental Therapeutics 189(3): 741-747 (1974)

It is known that the effects of mescaline (3,4, 5-trimethbxypheny1ethy1-

amine). a hallucinogen, can function as a discriminative stimulus. The present

investigation examined the ability of 3,4-dimethoxypheny1ethylamine (DMPEA),a

non-hallucinogen. to substitute for mescaline in animals previously trained with

mescaline and saline. Subjects were first trained on a variable interval schedule

of positive reinforcement. Two treatment conditions, xnescaline hydrochloride

(10 mg/kg) and saline, were then assigned to each animal. One treatment was SD,

the stimulus in whose presence responses were reinforced, and the other treatment was Sdelta, the stimulus in whose presence no responses were reinforced.

After apprOXimately 10 sessions in which the drug' treatments were alternated on

successive days, a punishment contingency was added, i. e •• in the presence of

Sdelta, responses were punished by the delivery of electric shock. The efficacy

of the drug treatments as discriminative stimuli was established in test sessions

in which responses were neither punished nor reinforced. Subsequent administration of a range of doses of DMPEA to subjects in which saline functioned as

Sdelta revealed that a dose of 10 to 30 mg/kg of DMPEA was equivalent to the

training dose of mescaline. However, the same range of doses, when tested in

subjects in which mescaline was sdelta, did not result in responding appropriate

for tile mescaline condition. Subsequently. direct comparisons of DMPEA and

mescaline were made by substituting DMPEA for saline l)insubjects previously

trained with mescaline and saline and 2) in a second group which had previously

received neither drugs nor behavioral training. Discriminated responding developed rapidly in both groups. The present results suggest that DMPEA cannot

substitute for mescaline in a discriminative task and that comparable doses of the

two drugs are discriminable in rats.

WINTER, J. C. Tolerance to a behavioral effect of lysergic acid diethylamide and crosstolerance to mescaline in the rat: Absence of a metabolic component. The Journal

of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 178(3): 625-630' (1971).

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

WINTER, J. C. Xylamidine tosylate: Differential antagonism of the hypothermic effects of

n, n-dimethyltryptamine, bufotenine, and 5-methoxytryptamine•.Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 198(1): 61(1972)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs•

.. .:... ..: ... '~·~-~'-~-·~"':"':~"':""'''''''''_'''''-''''''_!',", ..T_L~.. -:-.'.tc',-. ._.•--,--. .,..---.--..-,.-----

"\>'e-"'< -.:~~~~\-s,::_.~ :"~'-~_ .,:__ .
WOODS. J. H. Effects of morphine. methadone. and codeine on schedule-controlled behavior -

in the pigeon and rhesus monkey. Federation Proceedings 28: 511 (1969)

Rhesus monkeys and pigeons were reinforced with food presentations for

responding following either fixed intervals (FI) of time or fixed numbers (FR) of

responses. Visual signals indicated which schedule was in force. At small doses

of the drugs used. FI responding was occasionally stimulated though FR responding

was not. At larger doses. all of the drugs produced dose-related decreases in both

FI and FR responding. At intermediate doses. methadone and codeine produced

equal decrements in FI and FR responding whereas morphine depressed FI responding more than FR responding. Using FR responding to assess the relative potency

of these drugs. codeine was least potent; methadone and morphine were equally

potent. In the pigeon. naloxone counteracted the morphine-induced depression of

responding.

WOODS. J. H•• DOWNS. D.A. and VILLARREAL. J.E. Changes in operant behavior during

deprivation- and antagonist-induced withdrawal states. Psychic Dependence. Edited

by L. Goldberg and F. Hoffmeister. New York: Springer-Verlag. 1973.

Deprivation-induced and antagonist-induced changes in narcotic-dependent

monkeys are very comparable in many respects. The two methods of inducing withdrawal elicit nearly identical behavioral and physiological signs. In addition.

operant behavior appears to be similarly affected by deprivation and by antagonists.

Non-drug reinforced behavior is disrupted by withdrawal regardless of the method

of induction. Narcotic-reinforced responding is affected in much the same way by

both methods of inducing of abstinence unless responding is correlated with amount

of narcotic delivered. In the latter case. deprivation-induced withdrawal is ineffective in modifying morphine-reinforced responding. On the other hand. antagonists can cause increases or decreases in narcotic-reinforced responding depending upon the manner in which they are presented in relation to behavior. The successful application of antagonists in paradigms of aversive control (punishment and negative reinforcement) suggests that these procedures will be useful in the elucidation

of behavioral processes associated with narcotic dependence.

WOODS. J. H. and SCHUSTER. C.R. Changes in operant behavior during withdrawal from

morphine. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington. D. C. :

National Academy of Sciences. National Research Council. 1967. P. 5073.

WOODS. J. H. and SCHUSTER. C. R. Self-administration of pentazocine by the rhesus

monkey. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington. D. C.:

National Academy of Sciences. National Research Council. 1969. Pp. 6052-6056.

WOODS. J. H. and TESSEL. R. E. Fenfluramine: Amp:1etamine congener that fails to

maintain drug-taking behavior in the rhesus monkey. Science 185: 1067-1069

(September. 1974)

. Fenfluramine. over a dose range from 0.003 to 3 milligrams per kilogram of body weight. failed to maintain self-injection behavior in rhesus monkeys

that had initiated and maintained responding for cocaine or methohexital. This

absence of a positive reinforcing effect could not be attributed to a slow onset of

drug effect or to the use of behaviorally inactive doses. Fenfluramine. because

of its distinctive properties. may produce fewer problems of human abuse than do

amphetamine-type agents.

'.' :..~.. -=--_::~~~~

" ' ..;;,..t;' ........, --..~~ _~.~ .~...--J~

-. ..

-~
r-" . .,..-

... WOODS. J. H•• WINGER. G. D. and STITZER. M. Patterns of barbiturate-reinforced

responding in the rhesus monkey. The Pharmacologist 13: 206(1971)

Rate and pattern of lever-press responding were studied when

a response on one of two available levers led to the intravenous delivery of

one of several barbiturates or saline. Access to the drug was limited to

3 hr/ 24 hr except for barbital which was limited to 3 hr/72 hr. Lever

responding was increased and maintained by the following ranges of

dose / injection: barbital (0.625 - 10.0 mg/kg). pentobarbital

(0.25 - 4.0 mg/kg). amobarbital (0.25 - 4.0 mg/kg). Thiopental

(0.50 - 4.0 mg/kg). methohexital (0.25 - 2.0 mg/kg). The reinforcing

effects of these drugs were indicated by higher rates of responding on

the. lever that delivered the drug than on the inactive lever and by lower

rates of responding when saline was delivered rather than one of the

barbiturates. Rates of responding were inversely related to dose

delivered with each injection for each of the barbiturates over the above

ranges. Responding in some monkeys tended to occur in bursts

followed by pauses. particularly with barbiturates of intermediate

duration.

WUTTKE. W. The effects of d-amphetamine on schedule-controlled water-licking

in the squirrel monkey. Psychopharmacologia 17: 70-82 (1970)

Three squirrel monkeys performed under a 5-min fixed-interval

schedule of food presentation with licking a water-filled tube as the

required operant response. All subjects developed the characteristic

fixed-interval pattern of responding: an initial period of little or no

responding followed by acceleration of responding to a final rate that

is sustained until reinforcement. Over a range of doses. d-amphetamine

had a dose-related enhancing effect on the overall rate of licking; higher doses

decreased the overall rate. Analysis of the effects of d-amphetamine on the

different rates within successive 30-sec periods of the interval showed

that all doses in one subject and the higher doses in the two others changed

the output of the licking behavior in a rate dependent way. Over a range of

doses d-amphetamine not only increased the rate of licking but als.o the

intake of water directly proportional to the number of responses. After

high doses. which still increased the rate of responding. the water intake

per lick decreased. The effects of d-amphetamine on licking behavior

maintained under a fixed-interval schedule of food presentation were

similar to the effects of amphetamine on other operant responses. such

as pressing a lever or pecking a key. Schedule-controlled licking is

influenced by d-amphetamine differently from drinking which is not

under the control of explicit experimental consequences.

YANAGITA. T •• ANDO. K•• TAKAHASm. S. and ISmDA. K. Self-administration of barbiturates. alcohol (intragastric) 'andCNS stimUlants (intravenous) in monkeys.

Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington. D. C.: National Academy

of Sciences, National Research Council. 1969. Pp. 6052-6056.

l

~~.•
;

YANAGITA, T., HAGA, M. and SATO, S. Voluntary inhalation of organic solvents by

monkeys. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington, D. C.:

. National Academy of Sciences, National Research Council, 1969. Pp. 6064-6068.

YOKEL, R. A. and PICKENS, R. Intravenous self-administration of dextro and levo isomer

of amphetamine and methamphetamine by rats. The Pharmacologist 13(2): 281

(1971)

For abstract, see Section ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

ZAKS, A., FINK, M. and FREEDMAN, A. Duration of methadone induced cross-tolerance

to heroin. British Journal of the Addiction 66: 205-208 (1971)

ZAKS, A., FINK, M. and FREEDMAN, A. M. Levomethadyl in maintenance treatment of

opiate dependence. Journal of the American Medical Association 220(6): 811

(May, 1972)

For abstract, see Section ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

,

to

ZEMP, J. W. and MIDDAUGH, L. D. Some effects of prenatal exposure to d-amphetamine

sulfate and phenobarbital on developmental neurochemistry and on behavior.

International Journal of Addictive Diseases (in press)

Amphetamine. Prenatal intraperitoneal injection of d-amphetamine sulfate

(5 mg/kg) produces decreases in the levels of catecholamines in the brain the day of

birth and increases on day 30. Open field activity from days 12 to 31 was higher for

group of animals injected with amphetamine or saline if scores were totaled across

all test days. At day 75 the offspring of amphetamine-injected mothers exhibited

altered open-field behavior. The effects were not observed with subcutaneous injection regardless of the dose used (2. 5, 5.0,. and 10.0 mg /kg). The lowest subcutaneous dose decreases neonatal Viability.

Phenobarbital. Prenatal intraperitoneal injection of phenobarbital (80

mg/kg) resulted in decreased litter size, increased mortality, and decreased

amounts of nucleic acid and protein in the brains of surviving offspring. Behavioral

deficits associated with response perseveration could be demonstrated at 60 days

in the mice prenatally exposed to this dosage. Subcutaneous injections of phenobarbital to pregnant mice at 80 and 40 mg/kg, but not 20 mg/kg, doses increased

neonatal mortality. Mature animals prenatally exposed to 40 mg/kg phenobarbital

have altered open field behavior and differ from control animals on a passive avoidance task. Mature offspring prenatally exposed to the 20 or 40 mg/kg dose also

responded less than controls on an operant task requiring an increasing number of

responses per reinforcement. These studies suggest that prenatal exposure to

phenobarbital has in some way altered the animals reactivity to stimulation.

~-----~-----~~-----_.-._-"~--------_..-- .-. --------".._-.... ~_ .. ~---.

_~!'; ...

.- -~---
.:-:-~ .- '-:-

.. --

ZIMMERBERG. B., CHARAP. A. D. a.nd GLICK. S. D. Behavioral effects of in utero administration of morphine. Nature 247: 376-377 (February, 1974)

ZIMMERBERG. B•• GLICK. S. D. and JARVIK, M. E. Impairznent of recent memory by

marihuana and THC in rhesus monkeys. Nature 233: 343-345 (October. 1971)

;

t-~,:_-'._".'..

. -..~.

- ... ~.". -.-

p22
· .--........-.,

-'~il .~--:;..'-

---J[ -"'"

-.-- -

.., ..

'--t -: - . -~ .- .~-.,

~---
~--'-

-~.-

E:--

~.-

. ~-
\:Z £c[l\Y@L?~@ ~~~@@~~91J®~fJ@n~~

romc[l @@m@~n@ ~~~@@~~ :

ABEL, E. L., editor. Behavioral and Social Effects of Marijuana. New York: MSS

Information Corporation, 1973.

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

ABRAMS, C. A. L. Cytog'enetic risks to the offspring of pregnant addicts. International

Journal of Addictiv~ Diseases (in press)

Peripheral blood chromosomes were studied ill 34 newborn infants who

had been exposed to heroin and methadone in utero, and in 22 matched controls.

Those infants (16) exposed predominantly to heroin showed a significant increase

in the frequency of chromosomal aberrations compared with 14 controls

(p less than 0.0001), whereas those (18) exposed predominantly to methadone

showed no significant difference in the incidence of chromosomal aberrations

compared with 8 controls. Chromosomal rearrangements (dicentrics, rings,

markers) were observed, however, in both drug-exposed groups which leads

us to suspect that heroin and methadone can induce chrom.osome damage in

vivo, and permits us to infer that these drugs are potentially harmful to the

fetUs from the cytogenetic point of view.

ABRAMS, C. A. L. and LIAO, P-Y. Chromosomal aberrations in newborns exposed to

heroin in utero. Presented at the 64th Annual Meeting of the American Society

for Clinical Investigation, Inc., Atlantic City, New Jersey, May 1, 1972.

Equivocal evidence of chromosomal abnormalities has been found upon

the administration of various psychotropic drugs. Opiates have received scant

attention in this respect, and definitive information concerning their cytogenetic

effects is lacking. We examined peripheral blood lymphocytes of 16 newborns

aged t-31 days whose mothers had used heroin during pregnancy, and 14 newborn

controls aged 1-13 days whose mothers were not drug users. Both groups of

newborns received vitamin K before blood samples were taken. In the heroin

group, five newborns had received medication for withdrawal symptoms, and

one had had a viral illness before sampling. 10 mothers in the heroin group had

received methadone during pregnancy. Cultures were set up in parallel for

heroin subjects and controls. Whole blood inoculum (heelstick) was incubated

for 72 hI', and colcemide added 2 hI' before harvesting. 100 metaphases per

subject were analyzed. The heroin group showed 81 chromatid breaks, 29

dicentrics, 28 fragments, 28 gaps, 9 isochromatid breaks, 5 deletions, and 3

bizarre forms in the 1600 mitoses analyzed. The control group showed 20

chromatid breaks and 4 gaps in the 1400 mitoses analyzed. The mean values

for damaged chromosomes and for damaged cells in the heroin group were found to

be 6 times higher than the corresponding values in the control group (p less than

0.0001). Although other drugs and various environmental factors must be considered as possible causes of the chromosomal aberrations observed, it is permissible to infer that heroin itself played the major role.

ADAMS, P. M. and BARRATT, E. S. Effect of chronic marijuana administration on stages

of primate sleep-wakefulness. Biological Psychiatry (in press)

For abstract, see Section IV;""Behavioral Studies.

523~

---...•_-_...•.-.- .,.-..,- , __._.

i

",~.--:::~•

--"-...~

--.-.." ---

:"!J"

'--'

-~ -: --..:.:--,
~..;.- fif._. ;:'

..,;..

ADLER. M. W•• BENDOTTI, L.• GHEZZI, D., SAMANIN, R.. and VALZELLI, L. Dependence

to morphine in differentially housed rats. Psychopharmacologia (in press)

ADLER, M. W.• KOSTOWSKI. W., RECCHIA, V. and SAMANIN,.R. Anatomical specificity

as the critical determinant of the effect of raphe lesions on morphine analgesia.

European Journal of Phamacology (in press) .

ADLER, M. W., LIN, C., SMITH, K. P., TRESKY, R. and GILDENBERG, P. L. Lowered

seizure threshold as a part of the narcotic abstinence syndrome in rats.

Psychopharmacologia 35: 243-247 (1974)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

AMAROSE, A. P., SCHUSTER, C. R. and MULLER, T. P. An animal model for the evaluation

of drug induced chromosome damage. Oncology 27: 550-562 (1973)

For abstract, see Section Ill. Mechanism of Action of Different Drugs.

ASTON. R. Mechanisms contributing to barbiturate intolerance in rats. British Journal

of Pharmacology 49: 527 (1973)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

ASTON, R. and HIBBELN. P. Induced hypersensitivity to barbital in the female rat.

Science 157(3795): 1463-1464 (September. 1967)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

BAILEY, D. N. and JATLOW. P. I. Methaqualone. a new drug of abuse: Studies of

analytical methodology and interpretation of serum drug levels in overdose.

Clinical Chemistry 19: 666 (1973)

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

BAILEY. D. N. and JATLOW, P.I. Methaqualone overdose: Analytical methodology,

and the significance of serum drug concentrations. Clinical Chemistry

19: 615-629 (1973)

For abstract. seeSectionI. Methodology of Drug Research.

BAILEY. D. N. and JATLOW. P. I. Methyprylon overdose: Interpretation of

serum drug concentrations. Clinical Toxicology 6(4): 563..569 (1973)

Serum drug concentrations were obtained in 10 cases of

methyprylon (Noludar) overdoSe seen at our medical center over

a two-year period. A retrospective correlation of clinical findings

with drug concentrations was made and compared with findings in

"Other reported cases. Methypr-ylon concentrations in serum ranged

from 1. 7 to 8.8 mg/lOO ml. Concentrations above 3.0 mg!lOOml

were associated with unconsciousness whether or not other drugs

were ingested. Six of the 10 cases involved at least one other drug

in addition to methyprylon. All patients recovered quickly with

supportive therapy only. Hemodialysis was not required in any of

the cases. 1 ~/ .,•..~'''" .. ,.. 524

?'"

·.?&~_it1~itWi.
BELLVILLE, J. W., SWANSON, G.D., HALDEMANN, G., AQLEH, K. and SATO, T.

Respiratory effects of tetrahydrocannabinol, pentobarbital and alcohol. Proceedings of the Western Pharmacological Society 17: 215-218 (1974)

It is widely accepted that one isomer of tetrahydrocannabinol (delta-9-THC)

is the major active compound in hashish and marijuana (1). While it has some

stimulatory properties, it has many depressant qualities. Although it does not fit

in a class of compounds similar to the barbiturates or the alcohols, it has been

compared to other commonly used depressant drugs such as ethanol and

pentobarbital.

It has been reported to produce no respiratory depression (2) but we

question the sensitivity of the methodology used. Therefore the present investigation was designed to compare the respiratory effects of delta-9-THC to alcohol

and pentobarbital when these medications are given orally.

BLUM, K., McDONALD, L., MADDUX. J. and WALLACE, J. E. Production of "wet-dog"

shakes by chronic administration of methadone in female rats. Drug Addiction:

New Aspe'cts of Analytical and Clinical Toxicology, Vol. 4. Edited by J. M. Singh

and H. Lal. Mount Kisco, New York: Futura Publishing Company, Inc., 1973.

Pp. 123-126.

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

BOLT, A. G. and FORREST, I. S. Metabolic studies of chlorpromazine-induced hyperpigmentation of the skin of psychiatric patients. Agressologie 9(2): 201-207 (1968)

BOND, D.D., BRACELAND, F.J., FREEDMAN, D.X., FRIEDHOFF, A.J., KOLB, L.C. and

LOURIE, R. S., editors. The Year Book of Psychiatry and Applied Mental Health

1971. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers, Inc., 1971.

One chapter, entitled "Addiction and Drug Abuse, " reviews treatment of

narcotic addiction, effects of marihuana, marihuana psychosis, adverse reactions

to marihuana, studies of marihuana users, drug abuse in adolescents, nature and

extent of speed use in North America, effects of tranquilizing drugs and effects of

smoking cigarettes.

BORGEN, L. A., DAVIS, W. M. and PACE, H. B. Effects of prenatal delta-9-tetrahyrocannabinol on the development of rat offspring. Pharmacology Biochemistry and

Behavior 1: 203-206 (1973)

Pregnant rats were injected SC with 10 mg/kg delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol

(delta-9-THC) or vehicle solution on Days 10-12 of gestation. The course of pregnancy

and parturition was unaffected by this drug treatment. The litter size, sex ratio,

average birth weight and external appearance of the progeny did not differ from normal.

Twenty-four male pups were selected from each of 6 delta-9-THC litters and 7 control

litters for observations of physical maturation and for testing of reflexive and exploratory behavior development from birth to weaning. Cross fostered controls were

employed. Offspring of delta-9-THC treated females showed delayed incisor

eruption and retarded development of cliff avoidance and visual placing reflexes.

Delta-9-THC progeny were significantly hyperactive in an open field arena at 9 days

of age. Decrements in rearing and grooming behavior were found at 13 and 17 days

of age. Differences in open field exploration had disappeared by weaning age. Although no differences in body weight were present at birth, delta-9-THC exposed pups

showed retarded growth from the fourth day through weaning. The failure of cross

fostering procedures to reduce any of these effects indicates a direct, prenatal drug

action on the developing fetus.

; .:to< ........

. ·525
BOWERS, M. B., JR. Acute psychosis induced by psychotomimetic drug abuse. II. Neurochemical Findings. Archives of General Psychiatry 27: 440-442 (October, 1972)

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

BRACELAND, F.J., FREEDMAN, D.X., FRIEDHOFF, A.J., KOLB, L.C.,

LOURIE, R.S. and ROMANo.,. J., editors. The YearBook of Psychiatry

and Applied Mental Health 1973. Chic~o: Year Book Medical Publishers,

Inc., 1973.

One chapter, entitled "Addiction and Drug Abuse, " reviews drug

dependency among physicians, acute addictive states, in-patient community

services for narcotic addicts, methadone treatment of opiate addiction and

heroin addicts, drug abuse in juveniles, personality characteristics of

marihuana users and noriusers, social and medical aspects of illicit use of

LSD, emergency treatment of drug abuser'S, amphetamine addiction,

reinforcers for drug abuse and prevention of. drug abuse.

BRACELAND, F.J., FREEDMAN, D.X., FRIEDHOFF, A.J., LOURIE, R.S. and ROMANO, J.,

editors. The Year Book of Psychiatry and Applied Mental Health 1972. Chicago: Ye.ar

Book Medical Publishers, Inc., 1972.

One chapter, entitled "Addiction and Drug Abuse, H reviews complications of

narcotic addiction, methadone m;rlntenance for opiate dependence and heroin addiction,

use of ancillary treatment, heroin withdrawal studies, effects of marihuana on adolescents and young adults, clinical aspects of marihuana intoxication, marihuana use

among adults, adverse marihuana reactions, amphetamines, barbiturate dependence,

LSD and chromosome damage, patterns of drug use, effects of smoking cigarettes

and adverse effects of LSD.

BRAUDE, M. C., MANSAERT, R. and TRUITT, E. B., JR. Some pharmacologic

correlates to marihuana use. Seminars in Drug Treatment 1(3):229-246

(December, 1971)

BRIDGE, T. P. and ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Quaalude alley: A one-way street.

American Journal of Psychiatry 130(2): 217 (1972)

BRILL, N. Q. Longitudinal study of college marijuana users. Proceedings of the

Twentieth Annual Conference of Air Force Behavioral Scientists. Brooks

Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas, September, 1973.

BRILL, N. Q. and CHRISTIE, R. L. Marihuana use and psychosocial adaptation.

Archives of General Psychiatry 31: 713-719 (November, 1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

-_._---

1&/;. ,i~:-!'~~"¥;il:d.jj
BRILL. N. Q•• CRUMPTON. E., FRANK. I. M.• HOCHMAN, J. S.• LOMAX. P .•

McGLOTHLIN. W. H. and WEST. L.J. The marijuana problem. Annals

of Internal Medicine 73: 449-465 (1970)

Use of marijuana is increasing. Although predominantly used by

young people, it is not confined to any age, social, or occupational group.

Marijuana is unusually safe (as compared with alcohol or barbiturates).

It appears to cause no physical dependence, and no tolerance develops

on continued use, but psychic dependence and habituation do occur. Although

statistical evidence is lacking, some clinicians believe personality changes

occur in chronic users. They describe diminished drive, ambition. and

motivation, along with poor judgment, distractability, impaired ability to

communicate, and diminished capacity to carry out complex plans or pursue

career goals and believe there: is some organic basis for these changes.

Others have been reluctant to attribute such changes to marijuana because

the chronic user has usually taken other drugs and because chronic marijuana

use may be a manifestation rather than a cause of personality disorders. Some

see drug abuse by middle-class youth as a symptom of dissatisfaction with the

present values and direction of society, and the solution is seen to lie in the

resolution of this conflict rather than through laws or control. In the next 10

years many more mind-altering drugs will become available, making it more

imperative for the development of imaginative controls to replace the punitive

approaches that have aggravated rather than solved the problem.

BROOKES. L. G. and FORREST. I. S. Transplacental transfer of 3 -H-.chlorpromazine

in guinea pigs, rabbits and sheep. Federation Proceedings- 29(2): 347 (1970)

Since human feti are frequently exposed to phenothiazine or related

drugs administered to the mother either during pregnancy or with the predelivery anesthesia. the transplacental transfer of chlorpromazine has been

studied in chronically dosed rabbits, guinea pigs and sheep. Tracer doses of

3H-chlorpromazine given to the maternal animals were followed in feti or

neonates. Results to date indicate localization of 1 to 3% of the isotope dose

in the organs of the offspring in guinea pigs and rabbits. In these species,

intestine, stomach, liver and skin usually showed the major drug accumulations, followed by lung, kidney, eyes and brain, approximately in this order.

Heart tissues were consistently found to store minimal amounts of drugs.

Types and amounts of individual drug metabolites assayed by quantitative thin

layer chromatography were compared to those seen in the adults of various

mammalian species, including man.

BROOKES. L. G.• HOLMES, M. A., SERRA. M. T. and FORREST. I. S. Placental

transfer of chlorpromazine in rabbits and guinea pigs. Proceedings of

the Western Pharmacological Society 13: 127-137 (1970)

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

BRUST. J. C. M. and RICHTER. R. W. Tetanus in the inner city. New York State

Journal of Medicine 74(10): 1735-1742 (September, 1974)

Of 34 patients with tetanus seen at the Harlem Hospital Center

from 1964 through 1971, . 30 were heroin addicts. The case fatality

rates were 70 percent for the addicts and 50 percent for nonaddicts.

While curare appeared to be effective in controlling tetanospasms

in those patients resistant to other agents. the most common cause

of death was sudden cardiac standstill at a time when spasms were

well controlled. and arterial blood gases were satisfactory. The

cause of these arrests remains obscure.
BUCHENATIER. D.• TURNBOW. M. and PETERS. M. A. Effect of chronic methadone

administration on pregnant rats and their offspring. The Journal of Pharmacology

and Experimental Therapeutics 189(1): 66-71(1974)

Chronic administration of methadone to pregnant rats is associated

with an increase in mortality compared with either nontreated pregnant

rats or treated nonpregn.ant rats. These observations would suggest some

interaction between pregnancy and methadone administration. Treatment of

the female during pregnancy resulted in a decreased number of live offspring

per litter. an increase in the percentage of stillborn pups. an increase in

infant mortality and a retardation of growth of the pups nursing treated

mothers. There was a dose-response relationship inmost parameters

at the lower doses used but at higher dose levels the dose-response

was not as obvious. The overall effect of methadone on reproduction

was seen as an increase in the number of maternal deaths. a decrease in

the number of pups born per litter and a decrease in the number of pups

weaned. One hundred and forty-eight pups weJre weaned from 20 control

animals while 20 animalS in each of the three treated groups. 2. 5. 5 and

7.5 mg/kg of methadone. raised 78. 42 and 41 pups. respectively. to weaning

age.

CATE. J.C. and JATLOW. P.I. Chlordiazepoxide overdose: Interpretation of

serum drug concentrations." Clinical Toxicology 6(4): 553-561(1973)

A retrospective study of 60 cases of chlordiazepoxide (Librium)

overdose seen at this medical center was performed to establish the clinical

significance of serum drug concentrations. Concentrations ranged from

0.1 to 6.6 mg/lOO ml. Seventy-seven percent of the ingestions

involved other drugs in addition to chlordiazepoxide. most often

barbiturates and ethanol. Following ingestion of chlordia.zepoxide

alone. drowsiness or stupor occurred with conce"ntrations above 2.0

mg/lOO ml. but coma was not s.een. If patients cannot be aroused

following chlordiazepoxide in&estion•.regardless of the set'um concentration. another drug or cause of coma should be sought. On the

other hand, chlordiazepoxide probably contributes to the total clinical

picture in cases of mixed ingestions.

CHALLENOR. Y. B•• RICHTER. R. W•• BRUNN. B. and PEARSON. J.

Nontraumatic plexitis and heroin addiction. Journal of the American

Medical Association 225(8): 958-961(1973)

Brachial and lumbosacral plexitis were observed as new

complications of intravenous injection of heroin-adulterant mixtures in

13 patients (eight With brachial and five with lumbosacral plexitis).

Clinical features included monoparesis with impaired sensation and

hyporenexia in the involved limb. Severe causalgia':nke pain was a

frequent symptom for lower-extremity lesions. Electrodiagnostic

studies showed denervation in the weak limb. with localization of the

causative lesion at a plexus rather than at a t'adicular or peripheral

nerve level in 12 patients. One patient showed a radicular localization.

The lesions appeared to be at least partially reversible. A direct toxic

effect of the injectant or hypersensitivity reactions are possible causes.

,.
~---

CHAMBERS, C. D., BRILL, L. and INCIARDI, J. A. Barbiturate use misuse and

abuse. Journal of Drug Issues 2(4): 15-20 (Fall, 1972)

Some of the accumulated knowledge of the prevalency of the use,

misuse, and abuse of barbiturates is presented, as well as an enumeration

of symptoms that might appear during intoxication and management considerations

for the benefit of medical practitioners. It is suggested that all users are at

risk for acute toxic reactions and some will be at risk for chronic intoxication

and addiction. Minor symptoms for abusers include apprehension, muscular

weakness, tremors, postural faintness, anorexia, and twitches. Major symptoms

include grand mal episodes and psychoses. The 3 phases of treatment are

detoxification and initial and extended abstinence. Special suicide prevention

procedures should. be implemented.

CHAPEL, J. L. and TAYLOR, D. W. Drugs for kicks. Crime and Delinquency 16(1):

1-35 0,,970)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

CHAU, T. T., DEWEY, W. L. and HARRIS, L. S. Mechanism of the synergistic

lethality between pentazocine and vasopressin in the rat. TheJournal

of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 186(2): 288 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

CHERUBIN, C.E., STENGER, R.E., STRAUSS, R., ROSENTHAL, W.S., PRINCE, A.M.,

BADEN, M. and McGINN, T.G. Chronic liver disease in asymptomatic

narcotic addicts. Annals of Internal Medicine 76(3): 391-395 (March, 1972)

Liver sections from 44 consecutive autopsies ot addicts were compared

with 28 age matched nonaddict controls and 28 controls with gross liver abnormalities. Former addicts in a rehabilitation program were followed with liver

function and SR!Australia antigen tests. Sixteen liver biopsies were obtained.

Of active addicts, 12 had chronic aggressive hepatitis, 10 had chronic persistent

hepatitis, and 14 had nonspecific reactive hepatitis. In both control groups, most

had normal livers, fatty change, or cirrhosis. In the 16 former addicts, with persistently elevated serum glutamic .pyruvic transaminase values or SRI Australia

antigenemia for 8 months or more after the cessation of drug use, only 3 liver

biopsies were normal. The rest showed abnormalities similar to those of the

autopsied addicts. The data suggest that a minority of addicts develop

histologically severe- chronic hepatitis. Most, however, have a moderate

histological abnormality that probably continues for a long time, even after

cessation of drug use.

CICERO, T.J., MEYER, E.R., BELL, R.D. and WIEST, W.G. Effects of morphine

on the secondary sex organs and plasma testosterone levels of rats. Research

Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 7(1): 17-24

(January, 1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

-.-------.--_ .._---- -------

- . -

- ~~

---~"'; --

-.. -:-.~ - 7~''::'··'''t
COHEN. S•• OlTMAN. K. S. and HAYMAN. M.• editors. .Symptoms and signs of

drug abuse: Continuing. Drug Abuse and Alcohol1sm Newsletter 1(10): 1-4

(December. 1972)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COUSENS. K. and DiMASCIO. A. H-Delta-9-THC as an hypnotic. Psychopharmacologia

33: 355-364 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

CROFFORD. M. and SMITH, A. A. Growth retardation in young mice treated with

dl-methadone. Science 181: 947-949 (September, 1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs•

. CULVER. C. M. and KING. F. W. Neuropsychological assessment of undergraduate

marihuana and LSD users. Archives of General Psychiatry 31: 707-711

(November, 1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

CUSHMAN. P•• JR. Growth hormone in narcotic addiction. Journal of Clinical

Endocrinology 35: 352 (1972)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

CUSHMAN, P., JR. Persistent increased immunoglobulin M in treated narcotic

addiction. Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology 52(2): 122-128

(August. 1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

CUSHMAN. P •• JR. and GRIECO. M.H. Hyperimmunoglobulinemiaassociated with

narcotic addiction. American Journal of Medicine 54: 320-326 (March. 1973)

Increased serum immunoglobulins were common in narcotic addicts.

Immunoglobulin M (IgM) levels were high in 75 percent of 46 adult addicts

and in 65 percent of 63 adolescent addicts seeking methadone maintenance or

detoxification. Isolated hypermacroglobulinemia was found in 56 percent. During

methadone maintenance or abstinence high IgM levels were much less

frequent. History of overt hepatitis. manifest liver disease, serum glutamic

oxaloacetic transaminase (SGOT) or alkaline phosphatase levels did not

correlate with the presence of high serum IgM levels.· Serum immunoglobulin

G (IgG) was qsed more variably and less frequently increased the IgM in the

untreated addicts. but was commonly increased in the patients maintained

on methadone. Prospective studies of 21 patients starting methadone maintenance

Showed a decrease in mean Serum IgM during treatment. The incidence of

normal IgM levels in these patients rose to 48 percent after one year compared

to 24 percent before treatment. The pattern of immunoglobulin changes in narcotic

addiction is significantly alte.red during methadone maintenance treatment.

perhaps as a result in the reduction of. drug abuse. ,...,.",~O-·. ;'
CUSHMAN. P., JR. and SHERMAN. C. Biologic false-positive reactions in

serologic tests for syphilis in narcotic addiction. American Journal of

Clinical Pathology 61(3): 346-351 (March. 1974)

Biologic false-positive (BFP) tests for syphilis was found in 230/0 of

69 New York heroin addicts. After 23 + 7 months of methadone maintenance

treatment. BFP decreased to 5.8%. No correlation between abnormalities

in SGOT. alkaline phosphatase. albumin, total protein. and the presence or

loss of BFP reactions was observed. Similarly. no correlation between

serum IgM or IgG levels or latex-fixation titers and the presence or loss of

BFP reactions was found. BFP is a nonspecific serologic abnormality seen

in urban narcotic addicts. which is alleviated by methadone treatment. presumably

as a result of reduced exposure to unknown antigens.

DAVIS. J.• M., EL-YOUSEF, M. K., JANOWSKY, I. S. and SEKERKE, H. J.

Treatment of benz tropine toxicity with physostigmine. Fifth International

Congress on Pharmacology 5: 52 (1972)

DAVIS, M. M.• BROWN, B. S. and GLENDINNING, S. T. Neonatal effects of heroin

addiction and methadone-treated pregnancies. Preliminary report on 70

live births. Proceedings of the Fifth National Methadone Conference. NAPAN.

1973.

The characteristics and neonatal course of infants born to methadone

maintained mothers are compared to those of untreated or unsuccessfully treated

heroin addicted mothers.

Futher comparisons were made by dividing the "methadone exposedll

offspring in 2 groups according to maternal dosage level.

Preliminary data suggests a possible dose-effect relationship with a more

favorable course in the newborns of low dosage than those of high dosage methadone

maintained mothers.

Changes in the therapeutic approach to the pregnant addict are proposed.

DAVIS, M. M. and SHANKS. B. L. Neurological aspects of perinatal narcotic addiction.

Addictive Diseases: An International Journal (in press)

The semiology and significance of neonatal IIminor withdrawalll is

developed. Its treatment and the consequent prevention of rebound. late. or

classical withdrawal is proposed. Basic research implications are formulated.

DAVIS, W. M. and BRISTER, C. C. Increased toxicity of morphine-like analgesics

in aggregated mice. Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmacology 23: 882-884

(1971)

DAVIS, W. M. and KHALSA, J. H. Morphine lethality in rats: Effects of inhibitors

of brain catecholamine synthesis and methylation. Research Communications

in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 6(3): 867-872 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of. Action of Different

Drugs.

-.. :"''-1

:=...=~
~,_.;:-:-:.

~­.'- DAVIS. W. M. and LIN. C. H. Prenatal morphine effects on survival and behavior of

rat offspring. Research Communications in Chemical Pathology and

Pharmacology 3(2): 205-214 (March. 1972)

For abstract see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

DENEAU. G. A. and KAYMAKCALAN, S.Physiological and psychological dependence

to synthetic delta-9-THC in rhesus· monkeys. The Pharmacologist 13(2): 246

(August, 1971)

For abstract. see Section IV. Behavioral Studies;

DENEAU, G. A. and WILSON. M. Evaluation of sedative-hypnotic agents for

barbiturate-like physiological dependence capacity in the dog. Committee on

the Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington, D. C.: National Academy

of Sciences. National Research Council, 1970.

DEWEY. W. L. and HARRIS, L. S. Intraperitoneal infusion of narcotic.antagonists in

rats. Sixth International Congress of Pharmacology. Helsinski, Finland

(in press)

Considerable effort has been put forth in recent years to develop longacting preparations of a· narcotic antagonist which would be useful·in the rehabilitation of post-opiate addicts. We have determined the rate of release of a

number of antagonists from such a preparation which would be necessary to

antagonize the antinociceptive activity of morphine in rats. Male Sprague

Dawley rats were anesthetized and an indwelling catheter was sutured into

the peritoneal cavity one week prior to the experiment. Three groups of rats

were infused with logarithmic -spaced doses of an antagonist. and the fourth

group was infused wit!l saline. Each rat was injected subcutaneously with

morphine and tested on the tail flick test 20 minutes later "at 24. 48, and 72

hours after the infusion was begun.. At 24 hours naltrexone was the most

potent antagonist tested; with an antagonistic dose 50 (AD-50) of 0.01

(0.004-0.037) mg/kg/day. Naloxone and cyclazocine were about equipotent

with AD-501s of 0.25 (0.14-0.45) and 0.3(0.2-0.45) mg/kglday respectively.

Nalorphine was the least potent with an AD-50 of about 3 mg/kg/day. Some

tolerance to the effects of morphine was seen in the saline infused rats,

but there was no tolerance to the antagonistic activity over the 72 hour

period. Although the constant infusion of these very low doses blocked the

antinociceptive activity of morphine. considerably larger injected doses

of the same antagonists were required to block the development of physical

dependence when morphine was infused constantly over a six day period.

DEWEY. W. L., MARTIN, B. R•• HARRIS, L. S. and BECKNER", J. S. Disposition

of H3-delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol in brain of pregnant dogs and their

fetuses. The Pharmacologist 16(2); 397 (1974)

For abstract. see Section n. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

DINGLEDINE. R. and GOLDSTEIN. A. Lethality of morphinian isomers levorphanol

and dextrorphan. British Journal of Pharmacology 48: 718 (1973)

c·',.."U,,::··'

~~~~
DITMAN. K. S. The value of LSD in psychotherapy. The Problems and Prospects

of LSD. Edited by J. Ungerleider. Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas,

1968.

The literature contains much information concerning' the therapeutic use of D-lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) in a supervised medical

setting by qualified psychiatrists and psychologists. A majority of these

studies are anecdotal case histories and clinical studies without control

groups (or with inadequate ones) against which to compare results. Psychotherapy with LSD can be described as psycholytic when it involves a

continuing series of LSD sessions with a therapist. in which, over a period

of months, the basic conflicts and symptoms are uncovered through .

ventilation. catharsis and abreaction. Psychedelic therapy is a different

approach in which a single massive dose (200-1500mcg) is given in one

protracted session in order to achieve the "rebirth" or "transcendental"

conversion experience. In particular. this type of therapy has been claimed

to be extremely helpful with chronic alcoholics who have not responded to any

other form of treatment. Adverse experiences with LSD are frequently

reported. particularly in an unsupervised, nonmedical setting.

DITMAN. K. S•• MOSS. T •• FORGY. E. W•• ZUNIN, L. M., LYNCH, R. D. and

FUNK, W. A. Dimensions of the LSD, methylphenidate and chlordiazepoxide

experiences. Psychopharmacologia14(l): 1-11 (1969)

For abstract, see Section III.. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

DITMAN. K. S•• TIETZ. W•• PRINCE, B. S•• FORGY. E. and MOSS, T. Harmful

aspects of the LSD experience. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease

145(6): 464-474 (1967)

Some people have had disastrous reactions to the LSD experience,

including psychotic episodes and suicide. Others claim no bad effects.

but benefits from their LSD usage. In an attempt to understand this

anomaly. 116 subjects were studied. They were classified into 3 groups:

Those not requiring therapy after their LSD experience, those needing

psychiatric outpatient care as a result of taking LSD, and those hospitalized after LSD usage. All subjects were interviewed to obtain biographical

data and were administered the DWM card sort (consisting of 156 items

descriptive of the LSD experience). which they were required to evaluate

on a 5-point scale. ranging from "very much like the experience" to

"very much unlike the experience." Statistical analysis revealed that

the LSD sessions were more unpleasant for those groups requiring

psychiatric care than for those requiring no treatment. The hospitalized

group experienced more depression and paranoia than did the other groups.

DOMINO, E. F. Cholinergic mechanisms in narcotic dependence and withdrawal.

Journal de Pharmacologie 5(Supplement 0: 42 (1974)

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

DORRANCE. D. L•• BEIGHLIE. D. J•• YOSHII, V., JANIGER, 0 .• BRODETSKY.

A. M. and TEPLITZ. R. L. Studies on the mechanism of interactions

between lysergic acid and chromosomes. Journal of Laboratory and Clinical

Medicine 84(1): 36-41 (July. 1974)

~.__._._-_._..

Drugs.

For abstract. see Seetioa'Ui>o'.. Me~ban~ms of Action of Different

.533 ••. Ei ~-;.,t~rr?;%TiS "I"

"I .:-_--1

:-:-_..::-\
DORRANCE. D•• JANIGER, O. and TEPLITZ. R. L. In vivo effects of Ulicit

hallucinogens on human lymphocyte chromosomes. Journal of the

American Medical Association 212(9): 1488 (June. 1970)

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

DUARTE-ESCALANTE, O. and ELLINWOOD. E. H., JR. Effects of ~hronic amphetamine

intoxication on adrenegic and cholinergic structures in the central nervous

system: Histochemical observations in cats and monkeys. .Current Concepts

in Amphetamine Abuse. Edited by E. H. Ellinwood, Jr. and S. Cohen.

Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing Office. 1972. Pp. 97-106

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

EIDELBERG. E. and LOSCHIAVO, C. M. Effects of morphine and opioid antagonists

on the central nervous system. Committee on the Problems of Drug ,

Dependence. Washington. D. C.: National Academy of Sciences. National

Research Council, 1969.

EIDELBERG. E. and SCHWARTZ, A. S. Consequences of selective brain biogenic

depletion upon the effects of morphine in rats. Committee on Problems

of Drug Dependence. Washington, D. C.: National Academy of Sciences,

National Research Council, 1970. Pp. 6422-6427.

ELLINWOOD, E. a. JR. Amphetamine model psychosis: The relationships to

schizophrenia. Biological Mechanisms of Schizophrenia and Schizophrenialike Psychoses. Edited by H. Mitsuda and T. Fukuda. Tokyo. Japan:

Igaku Shoin Ltd•• 1974. Pp. 89-96.

ELLINWOOD, E. H.. JR. Amphetamine psychosis: Individuals, settings. and

sequences. Chapter 14 of Current Concepts in Amphetamine Abuse.

Edited by E. H. Ellinwood, "Jr•. and S.Cohen. washington, D.C. : U.S. Government Printing Office, 1972. Pp. 143-157.

Psychopathic and schizophrenic individuals are much more

prone to abuse amphetamines than any other groups of psychiatric

patients, antI schizophrenics and borderline schizophrenics tend to

be abnormally susceptible to amphetamine psychosis. These facts,

however, do not explain the fairly constant paranoid schizophrenic

form of the psychosis and the associated stereotypic symptom clusters.

From observations of certain of these stereotyped behavior patterns

in human patients. as well as in lower animals chronically medicated

with amphetamine, it appears that stimulation of arousal and

attention mechanisms in the central nervous system is in part ...

responsible for the form of the psychosis.

In summary. the amphetllmine psychosis can best be understood as

an interaction of predisposing personality, environment, and stimulation of

arousal mechanisms in the central nervous system. '
ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Amphetamine psychosis: A multi-dimensional process.

Seminars in Psychiatry 1(2): 208-226 (May, 1969)

Psychopathic and schizophrenic individuals are much more prone

to abuse amphetamines than any other diagnostic groups. Schizophrenic

and borderline schizophrenics tend to be more susceptible to developing

the psychosis. The predilection of these individuals to use amphetamines

and to develop the amphetamine psychosis does not, however, explain

the fairly constant form of the psychosis, a paranoid schizophreniclike psychosis with certain stereotypical symptom clusters. From

observations of certain of these stereotyped behavior patterns in humans

as well as lower animals chronically medicated with amphetamine, it

appears that central nervous system arousal and attention mechanisms

are being stimulated and are, in part, responsible for the form of the

psychosis. The amphetamine psychosis can best be understood as an

interaction of predisposing personality, environment and stimulation

of central nervous system arousal systems.

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Amphetamine psychosis: Systems and subjects. Drug

Abuse: Current Concepts and Research. Edited by W. Keup. Springfield,

Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1972.

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Amphetamine psychosis: II. Theoretical implications.

Journal of Neuropsychiatry 4(1): 45-54 (1968)

Many symptoms of temporal lobe epilepsy are presented in the

amphetamine psychosis including deja vu, complex visual hallucinations,

and olfactory hallucinations. The paranoid psychosis seen in temporal lobe

epilepsy is similar to the amphetamine psychosis. Many of the symptoms,

including hallucinations, comprise recognition phenomena and their emotive

counterparts. The limbic system and the temporal lobes are probably

involved in relating present experience to past categories, expecially

the emotional interpretation of experiences. As with the Kluver-Bucy monkeys

many amphetamine psychotics have difficulty in locating past standards, but there

is also stimulation of certain visual, sexual and aggressive behavior patterns.

There appears to be hyperalertness to stimuli in the lateral periphery

and hyperactivity of certain minor hemisphere functions. An hypothesis for

one attentional system of the cerebral cortex and its relation to the

amphetamine psychosis has been presented.

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Behavioral and EEG changes in the amphetamine model of

psychosis. Neuropsychopharmacology of Monoamines and Their Regulatory

Enzymes. Edited by E. Usdin. New York: Raven Press, 1974. Pp. 281-297.

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Chronic amphetamine intoxication in several experimental

animals. Psychopharmakologie 4: 351 (1971)

ELLINWOOD, E. H., PETERSEN, D. M. and CHAMBERS, C. D. Methaqualone:

Another "safe" sedative? Journal of Drug Issues (Spring, 1974)

-. --"_'-i

:;:~~-:;
,

~-:- .-.

'" EL-YOUSEF. M. K•• DAVIS. J. M•• JANOWSKY. D.S. and FANN. W.E. Central

atropine-like toxicity in combined psychotropic drug administration.

Tennessee State Medical Journal 65(8): 719 (1972)

FERNANDEZ. J•• BRENNAN. T.. MASTERSON. J. and POWER. M.Cytogenic

studies in the offspring of LSD users. The British Journal. of Psychiatry

124: 296-298 (March, 1974)

Because of a reported increase in chromosome aberrations. spontaneous abortions. premature births and congenital malformations in the offspring.of females who had used LSD prior to and during pregnancy, the

off-spring of two female psychiatric patients (Sl and S2) who had been treated

with known amounts of pure d-LSD 25 prior to conception were investigated

so as to ascertain whether either of the following possible teratogenic mechanisms could be held accountable: (l) A disturbance of organogenesis caused

by a persistent metabolite of LSD ingested by the mother at some time prior

to conception and/or (2) Chromosome damage or point mutations in parental

germ cells exposed to LSD prior to initiation of a pregnancy

Results of chromosome analysES of peripheral blood leucocyte

cultures of both female parents and offspring were as follows: A single

chromatid gap in a long arm ofa group D (13-15) chromosome was seen in

~he preparations from parents S2; this is well within the frequency range

for such anomaUes in normal control cultures. Other than this. no cytogenetic abnormality was noted in any of the total 600 cells from bOth mothers

and infants.

FERNANDEZ. J•• BROWNE, I. W., CULLEN, J.', BRENNAN. T., MATHEU, H. and

FISCHER, I. LSD••• an in vivo retrospective chromosome study. Annals

of Human Genetics 37: 81-91 (1973)

In a single-blind retrospective in vivo study, chromosome analyses

were performed on 32 psychiatric patients who had be.en treated with known

amounts of pure d-LSD 25 as part of their psychiatric management and on 32

controls. The control gro:up consisted of psychiatric patients who were on

comparable psychopharmacologic;al medication- otner than d-LSD 25.

Peripheral blood leucocyte cultures of all 64 subjects were$tudied. A total

of 4099 (mean = 128.09) cells were studied in the experimental subject group

and 4271 (mean = 133.46) cells in. the control groUp. There was no evidence

to suggest that pure d-LSD 25 influenced chromosome structure nor was

there any evidence of the presence of centric fragments resembling the

PhI chromosome. 31 chromosome aberrations were noted in the experi;'

mental group (0. 75% of cells studied) and 25 chromosome ;aberrations

in the control group (0.59% of cells studied). These proportions e. g.

31 aberrations in 4099 cells and 25 aberrations in 4271 cells, show a non

significant difference (Xlsigma = 0.96). In conclusion, there was no

evidence to suggest that pure d-LSD 25 given in therapeutic amounts

(Total dose range =25 - 1425 mu-g; Mean =375.46 l'!lu-g) produced increased

chromosomal damage.

FINK, M. Treatment and prevention of opiate dependence. Contemporary Drug

Problems. Washington, D. C.: Federal Legal Publications, 1972.

FINNEGAN, L. P. Drug dependence in pregnancy. I. Its effects upon immediate

and long-term maternal and neonatal outcome. II. Innovative

measures for the management of the pregnant woman and the passively

dependent infant...Etnal Report: A Survey of New Techniques for the

Treatment of Drug Abuse (in;Jlress)

, l,,;536' ..

l~·· ~------.,.----,---_.---~--'~-~--~-

~-_.' , ",,~

-''''··~''q. ......... "..~.""..d.':'"·".;':W

'. '''S'_,'-'
FINNEGAN, L. P., REESER, D., CONNAUGHTON, J. F. and SCHUT, J. Maternal

methadone dependence: Effect on neonatal jaundice. Pediatric Research

(in press)

FINNEGAN, L. P., SHOURARE, Z., EMlCH, J. P., CONNAUGHTON, J~ F., SCHUT,

J. and DELIVORIA-PAPADOPOULOS, M. Alterations of the oxygen

hemoglobin equilibrium curve and red cell 2, 3-diphosphoglycerate (2, 3-DPG)

in cord blood of infants born to opiat~dependentwomen. Pediatric Research

8(4) (April, 1974)

The absence of hyaline membrane disease (HMn) in low birthweight

infants of heroin addicted mothers may be due to accelerated lung maturation

in utero as shown in fetal rabbits. The aim of the present studies was to

assess the tissue oxygenation of infants born to opiate-dependent mothers and

relate it to the clinically documented absence of HMD. The cord bloods of 14

infants weighing between 1650 and 3460 grams at birth were obtained as well

as maternal venous blood. Measurements of the P50 (partial pressure of

oxygen at which hemoglobi n is 50% saturated) hematocrit and red cell DPG

were performed in maternal and fetal bloods. All infants monitored for signs

and symptoms of HMD showed no evidence of disease. Mean values of P50

in the cord blood were 24.0 mmHg as compared to 19.5 mmHg in control

infants, total 2, 3-DPG was 7458 muM/ml of RBC as compared to 5433 in

normal controls. Maternal values were slightly elevated for both (P50, 2, 3-DPG)

as compared to normal controls. This shift of the curve to the rig'ht is achieved

in term infants by the 6th-9th week of life under normal conditions. It seems

that newborns of opiate -dependent mothers achieve tissue oxygen unloading

comparable to that of a 6 week old term infant suggesting that opiates may .

function as enzyme inducers resulting in increased blood levels of 2, 3-DPG

and a decrease in 02 affinity.

FISCHER, R. and HILL, R. M. Psychotropic drug-induced transformations of

visual space. International Pharmacopsychiatry 6: 28-37 (1971)

'lit was found that ergotropic arousal-inducing drugs, such as psilocybin,

a Ditran -type 'glycolate' and D-amphetamine, significantly lower human

spatial distortion thresholds, i. e. these drugs interfere with counter-adaptation to optical distortion, or the intention to see the world undistorted. The

trophotropic arousal-inducing chlorpromazine on the other hand promotes

such counter-adaptation, i. e. the optimization of visual information. The

interference with optimization is independent of the rate at which the distorting stimulus is presented.

Optimization is regarded here as a cortical (perceptual-behavioral)

interpretive process while interference with and promotion of the optimization are subcortical influences.

FISCHER, R., HILL, R. THATCHER. K. and SCHEIB, J. Psilocybin-induced contraction

of nearby visual space. Agents and Actions 1(4): 190-197 (1970)

Using apparent fronto-parallel plane (AFP) monitoring techniques,

the relative stability of the abathic plane, i. e. Euclidean visual space, was

investigated in 16 volunteers with a median age of 23. 5 years under 160

mu-g!kg psilocybin-induced ergotropic arousal. Handwriting area and

pressure were also measured in the same subjects.

Drug-induced contraction of nearby visual space was inferred from

changes of AFP curvature and tilt, as well as from increased handwriting

area at drug peak. The 'rising horizon' (Rennert) in the drawings of schizophrenics is also considered a manifestation of the contraction of visual

space and is described in terms of an arousal-dependent. transformation

of constancies. The 'projection' of central nervous system activity as

experience 'out there' is also discussed as an arousal-dependent learned

co,slancy. .!'~:.'~--,-;J

iii'f"*b'. ,. .,i f'''''m'

- - .r.-:"-
..-:,:: ~- ..

.---

~: FOG. R. and PAKKENBERG. H•. Loss of brain cells in rats after long-term neuroleptic

treatment. Presented at the FirstWor1d Congress of Biological Psychiatry.

Buenos Aires. Argentina. September. 1974.

FOG. R. L•• RANDRUP. A. and PAKKENBERG. H. Chlorpromazine and related

neuroleptic drugs in relation to the corpus striatum in rats. The Present

Status of Psychotropic Drugs. Edited by A. Cerletti and F. Bove.

Amsterdam. the Netherlands: Excerpta Medica Foundation. 1969. Pp. 278-279.

FORREST. I. S. The nature of the interaction between melanin and drugs.

Psychopharmacology Bulletin 10(4): 38-40 (1974)

FREEDMAN. A. and FINK. M. Cannabis psychosis. Biochemi.cal and Pharmacologic

Aspects of Dependence and Reports on Marijuana Research. Edited by

H. M. ve.n Praag. Amsterdam. the Netherlands: Ervin F. Bohn. 1972.

pp. 194-204.

FRIEDHOFF. A. J. Biogenic amines and schizophrenia. Biological Psychiatry.

New York: John Wiley and Sons. 1973. Pp. ll3-124.

The ability to produce relapse in schizophrenia through theadministration of specific compounds. such as methionine. represents a great advance

toward our understanding of this illness. These studies. as well as the isolation of specific methylated hallucinogens from the urine of schizophrenic

sublects and. in the case of tryptami.ne analogues. the demonstration that

necessary enzymes for their production are present. point toward a methylation or demethylation defect as a factor in schizophrenia.

A disturbance in the relationship between the cholinergic and dopami.nergic or adrenergic systems. involved at some level of symptom production in

schizophrenia. has support from several lines Of investigation. If these imbalances exist. it is not clear whether they result from abnormalities in

metabolism or levels of catecholliunines or serotonin oracctylcholine. However. a definite role for the extrapyramidal system as a regulator of behavioral functions involved in psychoSis seems to be emerging.· Also. we

can now design compounds with relative assurance that theywill either ,

produce psychotomimetic effects or will be useful as therapeutic agents. This

represents an impressive advance in knowledge.

Finally. the great advance in technology available for the study ofbiological p!'ocesses ensures that further understanding of these issues will

evolve.

....•.•.•
" .-.-..... -._~.__._.'--'"-._-_..~~_ .. ~.~-_ .._--------------_._-----------------_._-------..._-- ._.. _-_._.--._---_.~.- --- - ----------- -- - - -

FRIEDLER, G. and COCInN, J. Altered post-natal growth pattern of offspring of

female rats chronically treated with morphine prior to mating. The

Pharmacologist 9: 230 (1967) -

..

During the course of studies on morphine tolerance in female

rats, we observed a significant effect of morphine sulfate (MS) pretreatment

of female breeders on body weight of their offspring. Female breeder rats,

Holzman strain, were given MS subcutaneously twice daily for 6-10 days.

The dose was increased stepwise to a maximum of 60 mg/kg/day. Controls

were similarly injected with physiologic saline. Rats were housed in pairs,

each pair consisting of one experimental and one control female. Five

days after termination of the injections, a male was placed in each cage

containing a female pair. Males were removed after 5 days and the females

transferred to 'individual cages. Offspring of the MS-injected females

showea a significant decrease in body weight when compared with offspring

of saline-injected controls. This phenomenon, most pronounced in female

offspring, is presently not understood but may involve a direct morphine

effect on the hypothalamic-hypophyseal axis as well as indirect effects of

morphine pretreatment on maternal care and handling of the litters.

FRIEDLER, G., and COCInN, J. The effect of cross-fostering on growth patterns

in offspring 'of morphinized and withdrawn female rats. Federation Proceedings 27: 754 (1968) .

We previously reported a significant effect of morphine (MS) administration to female rats, prior to mating, on growth patterns of their young. Offspring

of MS-injected females showed a significant decrease in body weight when

compared with the young of saline-injected controls (Pharmacologist 9 :258,1967).

Cross-fostering experiments were performed in order to determine the role of

either postnatal maternal care or a possible milk factor on body weight differences observed. Female rats were injected with MS s. c. twice daily for 6

days with the dose increased stepwise to a maximum of 30 mg/kg/day. Rats

were mated 5 days after MS injections were terminated. One to three days after

birth, the young of morphinized females were placed with untreated foster

mothers where they remained until weaning at 26 days of age; control offspring were

similarly cross-fostered to withdrawn females. The significant differences in

body weight between experimental and control offspring reported previously

were not affected by the cross-fostering procedure. It is apparent that the

phenomenon cannot be explained by an indirect effect of MS pretreatment on

postnatal maternal factors. Prenatal influences are indicated and may involve

a transplacental mechanism.

FRIEDLER, G. and COCHIN, J. Growth retardation in offspring of female rats treated

with morphine prior to conception. Science 175: 654 (1972)

Treatment of female rats were morphine sulfate for 5 1/2 or 10 days,-

prior to drug withdrawal for 5 days and subsequent mating, results in retarded

growth of offspring. The effect is not present at birth but appears at 3 to 4

weeks of age. It occurs even though offspring are not exposed to morphine in

utero or postnatally. It is not eliminated by cross-fostering and is apparently of

prenatal origin.
FRIEDLER. G. and COCHIN. J. Sensitivity and tolerance to morphine sUlfate (MS)

in the rat as affected by neonatal thymectomy of MS -pretreatment of the

mother. The Pharmacologist 10: 188 (1968)

As part of a continuing study on the possible role of immune

phenomena in the response to morphine two appreacheswere used:

1) the effect of neonatal thymectomy; and 2) the effect of treating

females with MS. prior to withdrawal, for 5 days .and subsequent

mating. on the responses to MS of their progeny. lIoltzman male

and female rats were tested for their initial reaction to a 10 mglkg

test dose of MS at 7 weeks of age. using latency of response toa

thermal stimulus as a measure of the drug effect. Animals were

retested at 1. 3 and 11 week intervals to assess the development of

tolerance. No differences in tolerance were observed: between

neonatally thymectomized rats and their sham-operated or nonoperated controls; and between offspring of MS- or saline-pretreated

females. However. a significant reduction in hot-plate response to

,the initial test dose of MS appeared among offspring of MS -pretreated

females. The results indicate that treatment of the mother prior

to conception affects the response of offspring to MS.

GARRETT. E. R•• BRES, J•• SCHNELLE. K. and ROLF. L. L•• JR. Pharmacokinetics

of saturably metabolized amobarbital. Journal of Pharmacokinetics and

Biopharmaceutics2(1): 43-103 (1974)

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

GEBER. W. F. and SCHRAMM. L. C. Effect of marihuana extract on fetal hamsters

and rabbits. TOXicolOgy and Applied Pharmacology 14: 276-282 (1969)

Malformations of the brain. spinal cord. foreleg. and liver as well

as edema of the head and spinal region were found in fetal hamsters and rabbits

from mothers injected subcutaneously with multiple doses Of marihuana

extract (resin) from crUde plant material grown in either New Jersey or

Mexico. Pregnant hamsters received a totai Of 25-300 mg/kgof extract

during days 6 through 8 of gestation. Pregnant rabbits received a total of

130-500 mg/kg of extract during days 7 through 10 of gestation•. The extracts

were embryocidal and increased the number of runts in the fetal rabbits.

The extracts were not embryocidal toward the fetal haxnster.but did increase

the proportion of runts found to greater than the control percentage.

GEBER. W. F. and SCHRAMM. L. C. Teratogenicity of marihuana extract as

influenced by plant origin and seasonal variation. Archives Internationales de

Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 177(1): 224-230 (January. 1969)

Correlative studies of the teratogenic and psychotomim.etic

characteristics of m.escaline. lysergic acid diethylamide. and brom lysergic

,acid diethylamide have been previously reported.

In the present study. a psychotomimetic material of an entirely

different chemical class. i. e. Cannabis sativa resin. believed to represent

a composite of the major acti.ve constituents ofthe marihuana plant.

has been evaluated for both its central nervous system and teratogenic

activity in the hamster fetus.

Two variables were programmed into the experiments. the origin of

the plant material. and the season of the year during which the studies were

carried out. The crude marihuana plant samples were established to have been

grown in New Jersey and Mexico. although the exact location within these

geographical areas could not be determined. In addition, one series of experiments was conducted during ttae?~OtbMay,tbrO:\,lghSeptember. and another series

November through January. ~:,~",;.;,;:,~.i ~.;;..::....~~_.~'..J..i»......"
GESSNER, P. K. Antagonism of the tranyclypromine-meperidine interaction by

chlorpromazine in mice. European Journal of Pharmacology 22:187-190

(1973)

Chlorpromazine protected mice against the toxicity resultant from

administration of tranylcypromine and meperidine 4 hr. apart in a 3/10 ratio

by weight. Doses of 3 mg/kg chlorpromazine administered i. p. 1 hr. prior

to meperidine completely reversed the mortality seen after the i. p. administration of 21 mg/kg tranylqypromine and 70 mg/kg meperidine. Chlorpromazine

was also found to protect mice significantly against meperidine toxicity.

Administration of chlorpromazine, 10 mg/kg, 3 hr. after tranyicypromine resulted in a marked fall in body temperature and a failure of

meperidine, administered '1 hI'. later, to bring about the hyperthermic

response seen in control. '

GESSNER, P. K. and SOBLE, A. G. Antagonism of p-chlorophenylalanine of late

tranylcypromine toxicity. Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmacology 24:825-827

(1972)

GOLDSTEIN, A. and GOLDSTEIN, D. B. Enzyme expansion theory of drug tolerance

and physical dependence. Chapter XIX of The Addictive States, Vol. XLVI.

Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Diseases. Baltimore,

Maryland: The Williams and Wilkins Company, 1968, Pp. 265-267.

GOLDSTEIN, J. W. Students' evaluations of their psychoactive drug use. Journal of

Counseling Psychology (in press)

Evaluations were obtained with the same questionnaire item in 1968,

1969, 1970, and 1972 at Carnegie-Mellon University. The evaluations of

marijuana and LSD experiences reported in 1968 were very similar to those

at California Institute of Technology in 1967. Evaluations varied by drug,

but were predominately "beneficial and helpful" (marijuana, hallucinogens,

tranquilizers/barbiturates), or "no particular effect" (amphetamines, beer,

liquor, tobacco, narcotics). In the Class of 1972, evaluations were positively

related to number of usage experiences, and remained steady over time for

all drugs except hallucinogens: these were seen less positively in later

surveys. More negative experiences resulted from hallucinogen use than

from any other drug. Statements about drug effects are evaluated against

personal and peer experience and expectations, thus counselors and

educators need to know that most experiences are seen as beneficial or

neutral.

GRAHAM, J. M., JR., SCHREIBER, R. A. and ZEMP, J. W. Effect of d-amphetamine

sulfate on susceptibility to audiogenic seizures in DBA /2J mice. Behavioral

Biology 10: 183-190 (1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

~~-~~

• 541 ;

'.. :~~:-""~-A<'''~

" j.

.~

-. '_'-t

~.;,-~
GUPTA. S•• GRIECO. M. H. and CUSHMAN. P •• JR. Impairment of rosette-forming

T lymphocytes in chronic marihuana smokers. New England Journal of

Medicine 291: 874-877 (October 24. 1974)

Rosettes formed by circulating T and B lymphocytes obtained from 23

healthy. chronic marihuana smokers were compared with those in 23 normal

control subjects who denied marihuana use. The mean percentage of T cells

forming rosettes was lower in the marihuana smokers (p less than O. 005).

Nine of 23. or 39 per cent, had T-cell rosette formation lower than 2 standard

deviations below the mean for control subjects. The percentages of B-cell

rosettes were similar in both marihuana smokers and the controls. This

study suggests suppression of aT-lymphocyte subpopulation in chronic

marihuana smokers.

HANAWAY. J. K. Lysergic acid diethylamide: Effects on the developing mouse lens.

Science 614: 574-575 (May. 1969)

High doses (5 X 10-6 gram) of LSD-25 given toSwiss-Webster females on

gestation days 6. 7. 8. or 9 caused a high incidence of anterior subcapsular

lens abnormalities. Accompanying this. the lens epithelium was often hyperplastic.

and the lens bow was widened posteriorly in a fashion similar to cataracts

induced by x-radiation. Confirmation of this effect of LSD-25 was obtained by

a (duplicate) experiment 1 year after the observations reported.

HARBISON. R. D. and MANTILLA-PLATA. B. Prenatal toxicity. maternal distribution

and placental transfer of tetrahydrocannabinol. The Journal of :pharmacology

and Experimental Therapeutics 180(2): 446-453 (1972)

Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (delta~9.-THC>-wasembryo- or fetocidal when

administered to pregnant mice. Delta-9-THC administered on days 8 and·9 of

gestation produced about 700/0 incidence of in utero deaths. Delta-9-THC induced

about 30% incidence of in deaths whenadministered on gestational days

10 and n or days 12 and 13. Delta-9-THC also significantly reduced fetal body

weight. Again. there was a gestational period susceptibility. After i. p•

.administration of l4C-labeled delta-9-THC. l4C was meas.ured in maternal plasma.

The greater accumulation of 14c was found in maternal fat and liver tissue.

Smaller amounts of l4C were measured in maternal kidney. muscle and

brain tissue. Delta-9-THC was transferred across the placenta and was

measured in fetal tissue and amnionic fluid. Excretion of delta-9-THC was

primarily by feces and at 120 hours after injection about 10% of the dose remained

in the animals. Maximum excretion of delta-9-THC in the urine was about

10% of the administered dose. Thus. delta-9-THC is transferred across the

placenta and is embryocidal or fetocidal•

.......-..-

.. ~- .- 1':...~.,.-

. ....;.

.~~~?"'~ ," ~--
..

HARINDRANATH. A., FEINGOLD, E •• SOKAL. M•• HARPER. R. G. and SOLISH. G. '

Cellular content of placentas of methadone-maintained addicts. Society for

Pediatric Research (in press)

Babies born to narcotic-addicted mothers are often growth retarded

in utero. Placentas from 12 methadone-maintained pregnant narcptic addicts

and 7 non-addicted pregnant patient's were analyzed for weight and RNA an:i

DNA content to determine the effect of methadone on the cellular growth of

the placenta. The patients and controls were healthy and comparable in

age. race. parity and length of gestation. Frequent urines for drug-screening were obtained on all participants.

Mean birth weight of infants born to methadone-maintained mothers

was similar to that of control patients (3079 gm i: 448 gm vs 3206 gm 1;

695 gm P greater than 0.05). as was mean placental weight (536 t 130 gm

vs 532 t 104 gm). There was no significant difference in either RNA or DNA

contents of the placentas of methadone patients and control patients (RNA Q.82

"!: 0.29 gm vs 0.77 gm "!: 0.29 gm; DNA 1.72 t 0.44 gm vs 1.47 ±0.30 gm).

In our study methadone did not retard the intrauterine growth of the

fetus or ~he cellular growth of the human placenta. '

HARVEY. J. A., McMASTER. S. E. and YUNGER. L. M. p-Chloroamphetamine:

Selective neurotoxic action in brain. ~~c:~ (in press)

HILL. J. H•• WAINER. B. H•• FITCH, F. W. and ROTHBERG. R. M. The interaction

of 14C -morphine with sera from immunize'j rabbits and from patients addicted

to ~eroin. Clinical Experimental Immunology 15: 213-224 (1973)

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

HO. I. K•• YAMAMOTO. I•• LOH. H. H. and WAY. E. L. Enhancement of pentobarbital

responses after morphine addiction. The Pharmacologist 16(2): 193 (1974)

For abstract. see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

HOCHl'vlA N. J. S. and BRILL. N. Q. Chronic marijuana use and psychosocial adaptation.

AII2.~~an Journal ofPsychiatr:l:. 130(2): 132-140 (February. 1973)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

HOLLISTER. L. E. Marihuana in man: Three years later. Science 172: 21-28

(April 2. 1971)

For abstract. see Section II. Dr'ug Chemistry and Metabolism.

HOLLISTER. L. E. and GILLESPIE. H. K. Delta-8- and delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol•

Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics 14(3): 353-357 (1973)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

HOLLISTER. L. E., lVIERLIS. S. and [TIL. T. Newer complications of psychotherapeutic

drugs. International Journal of Neuropsychiatry 3(Suppl. 1): 141-148

(August. 1967)

",.,-4
HOLLISTER. L. E. and REAVEN. G. M. Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol and glucose

tolerance. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics 16(2): 297-302 (August. 1974)

Intravenous doses of 6 mg of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC)

produced moderately severe marihuana intoxications. Glucose tolerance was

impaired. and this deterioration of glucose tolerance was associated with

increased plasma levels of growth hormone. Although large doses of

marihuana might aggravate diabetes. the rarity of this phenomenon in

clinical practice may be due to the lower doses of THC used socially or development of tolerance to this specific pharmacologic effect.

HORITA. A. and HILL. H. F. Hallucinogens. amphetamines and temperature

regulation. The Pharmacology ofThermore~ulationSymposium.

San Francisco. California. 1972. New York: Karger. 1972.

HUANG. P. and SMITH. A. A. Single dose tolerance to mep.eridine. Committee on the

Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington. D. C.: National Academy of

Sciences, National Research Council. 1970.

IWATSUBO, K., GOLD, G. J. and CLOUET, D. H. Dopamine-sensitiveadenylate

cyclase of the caudate nucleus of rats treated with morphine or halope idol.

The Pharmacologist 16(2): 270 (1974)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

JARVIK. L. F •• YEN, F~S." DAHLBERG. C. C•• FLEISS, J. L •• JAFFE, J••

KATO. T. and MOkALISHVILI. E. Chromosome examinations after

medically administered lysergic acid diethylamide and detroamphetamine.

Diseases of the Nervous System 35(9): 399-407 (September, 1974)

The results of the present study demonstrate once again that. on

the average, the addition of LSD in vitro leads to ~hromosome damage

in excess of that observed in cultures without such added LSD even

tho:tgh nearly all of the in vitro experiments were ,carried out on blood

cultures derived from patients who had already been started on the

drug regime in vivo.

By contrast. the present data p~ovide no evidence for a

measurable detrimental effect of LSD and DA When administered to

patients under medical supervisi9n. It is conceivable that an effect

might have emerged had we been 'able to monitor chromosomes

separately before and after administration of LSD and before

and after administration of nA. but we consider it unlikely that either

drug wo:tld exert protective action against potentially damaging consequences of the other. It is conceivable also that damaged cells

are sequestered to give rise eventually to neoplasia-prone clones.

The likelihood of that possibility can be determined only by longterm follow-up studies.

JATLOW. P. I. Analysis of drugs and toxicological agents•. GelS Chromatography

in Clinical Microbiology and Medicine. Edited by B. Mitruka and

R. Kundargi. New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1975. Pp. 396-416.

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

544:;~ .
JATLOW, P. A rapid ultraviolet spectrophotometric procedure for the analysis

of drugs frequently involved in overdose emergencies. Manual of Analytic

Toxicology, Vol. 2. Edited by I. Sunshine. Cleveland, Ohio: Chemical

Rubber Company Press, Inc., 1971.

JATLOW, P., McKAY, D. and SELIGSON, D. Computer assisted emergency

analysis of drugs. Clinical Chemistry 18: 712 (1972)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

JATLOW, P. and SELIGSON, D~ Application of a digital computer to emergency

toxicology. CHnica Chlmica Acta 50: 19-30 (1974)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

JONES, R. Significance and characteristics of drug dependence: Characteristics

of drug dependence to cannabis. Chemical and Biological Aspects of

Drug Dependence. Edited by S.J. Mule and H. Brill. Cleveland, Ohio:

Chemical Rubber Company Press, 1972. Pp. 65-81.

JONES, R. T. and STONE, G. C. Psychological studies of marijuana and alcohol

in man. Psychopharmacologia 18(1): 108-117 (1970)

For abstract,' see Section ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

KARLER, R., CELY, W. and TURKANIS, S. A. A study of the relative anticonvulsant

and toxic activities of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol and its cogeners. Research

Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 7(2): 353 (February,

1974)

For abstract, see Section ill." Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

KENNEDY, D. K., GRUBB, M. N. and BURKS, T. F. Antagonism of methadone's

intestinal effects by cyproheptadine. Gastroenterology 66: 396-402

(1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

KENNEDY, J. S. and WADDELLr W. J. Whole-body autoradiogr:aphy of the pregnant mouse

after administration of 4C-delta-9-THC. Toxicology and Applied Pharmac~

22: 252-258 (1972)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

KIPLINGER, G. F. and MANNO, J. E. Dose-response relationships to cannabis in

human subjects. Pharmacological Reviews 23(4): 339 (1971)
KRON. R. E., LITT. M. and FINNEGAN, L. P. Behavior of infants born to narcotic

addicted mothers. International Journal of Clinical Pharmacology and

Therapeutic Toxicology 10(2): 144 (1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

KRUMHOLTZ, W. V., SHEPPARD, C. ami MERLIS, S. Menstruation changes as

usual side effect in a molindone trial. Current Therapeutic Research

12(2): 94-96 (February, 1970)

Ten women with chronic mental illness treated with Molindone in

doses of 25 to 125 mg. daily during a six-weeks period exhibited no clinical

improvement. In addition to exhibiting a variety of side effects, five of ten

women demonstrated menstrual irregularities which did not exist prior to

this treatment. There is presumptive evidence to suggest a causal

relationship of the menstrual irregularities to the administration of

Molindone.

LABRECQUE, G. and DOMINO, E. F. Tolerance to and physical dependence on morphine:

Relation to neocortical acetylcholine release in the cat. The Journal of Pharmacology

and E'9'eri~ental Therapeutics 191: 189-200 (1974)

LANG, D. W., DARRAH, H. K., HEDLEY-WHYTE, J. and LAASBERG, L. H. Uptake into

brain proteins of 35 S-methionine during morphine tolerance. The Journal of

Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics (in press)

LEANDER, J. D., McMILLAN, D. E. and HARRIS, L. S. Schedule induced oral narcotic

self-administration. Acute and chronic effects. The Journal of Pharmacology

and E'9'erimental Therapeutics (in press)

LEGATOR, M. S., WEBER, E., CONNOR, T. and STOECKEL, M. Failure to detect

mutagenic effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol in dominantlethal, host-mediated

assay, blood-urine studies, and cytogenetic evaluation with mice. Presented at the

International Conference on the Pharmacology of Cannabis, Savannah, Georgia,

December 3-6, 1974.

The uniformly negative results in this comprehensive study would

indicate that delta-9-THC when administered orally to mice at concentrations

used in this report does not produce measurable genetic damage. These

results support the theory that purified delta-9-THC has no genetic effects.

Although this study is probably the most comprehensive evaluation of

potential mutagenic activity of delta-9-THC reported to date, it should be

realized that these studies were limited to the evaluation of the compound

in a specific strain of mice and by a single mode of administration by gavage.

The genetic effects of this compound have yet to be studied in other animal

models. It is also conceivable that if the compound is administered by

smoking, the results would be di.fferent than that obtained in this study.

LIN, C. H., BRAVERMAN, S., KEINATH, S., TRESK, R. and ADLER, M. W.

Anticonvulsant action of acute morphine administration in rats.

Federation Proceedings (in press)

McISAAC, W. M. 14c-LSD: Autoradiographic study on the placental transfer and tissue

distribution in mice. Science (in'F.es~). .

·";·X~,L·
<

McMAHON, E. M., ANDERSEN, D. K., FELDMAN, J. M. and SCHANBERG, S. M.

Methamphetamine-induced insulin release. Science 174: 66-68 (1971)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

MAICKEL, R. P., BRAUNSTEIN, M. C., McGLYNN, M., SNODGRASS, W. R. and

WEBB, R. W. Behavioral, biochemical, and pharmacological effects of

chronic dosage of phenothiazine tranquilizers in rats. The Phenothiazines

and Structurally Related Drugs. Edited by I. S. Forrest, C.J. Carr and

E. Usdin. New York: Raven Press, 1974.

For abstract, see Section T. Methodology of Drug Research.

MAICKEL, R.P., FEDYNSKYJ, N.M., POTTER, W.Z. and MANIAN, A.A. Tissue

localization of 7- and 8-hydroxychlorpromazines. Toxicology and Applied

Pharmacology 28: 8-17 (1974)

For abstract, see Section 1. Methodology of Drug Research.

MAICKEL, R. P., LEVINE, R. M. and QUIRCE, C. M. Differential effects of dand I-amphetamine on spontaneous motor activity in mice. Research

Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 8(4): 711-714

(August, 1974)

For abstract, see Section 1. Methodology of Drug Research.

MAICKEL, R. P., ROMPALO, A. M. and COX, R. H.,JR. Differential effects of

monoamine oxidase inhibitors. Research Communications in Chemical

Pathology and Pharmacology 8(4): 727-730 (August, 1974)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

MAICKEL, R. P. and SNODGRASS,W. R. Physiochemical. factors in maternal-fetal

distribution of drugs. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology 26: 218-230

(1973 )

The time course of physiological disposition of a variety of drugs

has been examined in pregnant rats using radiolabeled compounds and

highly specific methods. The results indicate that the placental barrier in

rats behaves as a lipoidal barrier towards positively charged and neutral

drugs, while negatively charged drugs pass the placental barrier with

comparative ease. Localization in fetal tissues is less pronounced than

in corresponding maternal tissues for all drugs. Fetal and maternal

plasma half-lives are similar for most of the compounds tested.

MANNO, B. R. and MANNO, J. E. n-hydroxy-delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol induced

changes in the perfused rat heart. Presented at the Meeting of the Society

of Toxicology, Williamsburg, Virginia~ Spring, 1975.

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

MANNO, B. R. and MANNO,

Toxicology Annual.

(11, press)

J. E. The marihuana dilemma: Has it been resolved?

Edited by C. L. Winek. New York: Marcel Dekker, Inc.
MANNO, B. R. and MANNO, J. E. Some cardiovascular actions of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol in the rat. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology 25; 451 (1973)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

MANNO. J. E., KIPLINGER, G. F., RODDA, B. E., FORNEY, R. B. and MANNO, B. R.

Dose-dependent alterations in human motor and xnental performance after smoking

marijuana cigarettes. Chapter I of Drug Addiction: Clinical andSocio-Ie«al Aspects,

Vol. II. Edited by J. Singh. Mount Kisco, New York: Futura Publishing Company,

1972. Pp. 3-11.

MANNO, J. E. and MANNO, B. R. Cardiovascular actions of ll-hydroxy-delta-S-tetrahydrocannabinol in the rat. Presented at the Meeting of the Society of Toxicology,

Williamsburg, Virginia, Spring, IS75.

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

MANNO, J. E. and MANNO, B. R. The interaction of delta-S-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC),

pentobarbital and SKF-525A with the cardiovascular system of the rat. Federation

Proceeciings 32: 755 (1S73)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

MANNO, J. E., MANNO, B. R. and KIPLINGER, G. F. Motor and mental performance

with marihuana: Relationship to administered dose of THC and its interaction

with alcohol. Behavioral Actions of Marihuana. Edited by L. L. Miller.

New York: Academic Press (in press)

MANTILLA-PLATA, B. and HARBISON,R. D. Effects of phenobarbital and SKF 525A

pretreatment, sex, liver injury, and vehicle on delta-S-tetrahydrocannabinol

toxicity. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology 27: 123-130 (IS74)

Phenobarbital (PB) antagonizes and SKF 525A potentiates deltaS-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC)-induced mortality. PB (60 mg/kg/day for

4 days) and SKF 525A (40 mg/kg, 1 hr before THe) alter THC plasma

concentration, distribution, and excretion. After ip administration of

14C- labeled THC, 14C was measured in plasma and brain tissue. SKF

525A pretreatment resulted in a significantly higher plasma and brain

14C concentration. PB pretreatment resulted in a slight reduction of

plasma and brain 14C concen~ration. Neither pretreatment significantly

alters the total percent of dose excreted, but both treatments resulted

in significantly greater 14C excretion in urine when compared to con-

, troIs. Male mice are more sensitive to'THC-induced toxicity than

fe~ale mice. Carbon tetrachloride and ANIT -induced liver injury

produced a significant increase in THC -induced lethality. ~resence

of liver injury produced a 3- to 5-fold increase in THC -induced lethality

when compared to THC alone. THC suspended in Tween 80 and saline

is 5 times more toxic than the same dosage administered in anoll

solution.
MATEFY. R. E. and KRALL. R. G. An initial investigation of the psyched~lic drug flashback phenomena. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 42: 854-860

(1974)

Many users of psychedelic drugs. especially LSD. report recurrences

of the drug effects long after taking the drug. This study provides an initial investigation of some of the cha:cacteristics of those persons experiencing such

"flashbacks. " and provides systematic descriptions of the flashback phenomena.

Among the major findings were that the drug user experiencing flashbacks when compared with the drug user not experiencing flashbacks showed

no significant differences in psychopathological characteristics as measured

by the MMPI nor significant differences in attentional processes as measured'

by the EFT. There were few biographical differences between the two subject

groups. Subjective reports by the flashback subjects offered some revealing

details of the flashback experience itself.

MATEFY. R. E. and KRALL. R. G. Psychedelic drug flashbacks: Psychotic manifestations or imaginative role-playing? Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology

(in press)

MELGES. F. T .• TlNKLENBERG. J. R •• DEARDORFF, C. M•• DAVIES, N. H.,

ANDERSON. R.E. and OWEN. C. A. Temporal disorganization and delusionallike ideation processes induced by hashish and alcohol. Archives of General

Psychiatry 30: 855-861 (June, 1974)

From studies of acutely paranoid psychiatric patients, we postulated

that temporal disorganization might be involved in the emergence of delusionallike ideation (ie. feelings of influence, grandiosity and persecution). To test

this postulate, high doses of tetrahydrocannabinol were used to induce temporal

disorganization in carefully screened normal subjects who had no detectable

predisposition to delusional ideation. Each subject was used as his own control

for five experimental condHions (including comparably intoxicating alcohol doses

as well as placebo) at weekly intervals. Tetrahydrocannabinol conditions induced significantly greater temporal disorganization and delusional-like ideation.

For all subjects. there were substantial change correlations between temporal

disorganization and delusional-like ideation. The findings indicate that changes

in the rate. sequence. and goal-directedness of thinking processes were involved

in the emergence of unusual thought content.

ME LLETT. L. B. and STROBE L. J. An electroph:)re tic study of acute and

chronic drug effects. Bulletin. Problems 0: Drug Dependence 30:

5376-5391 (1968)

MESHEL. E. and DENBER, H. C. Double-blind study of tybamate in psychotic patients.

Diseases of the Nervous System 28: 311-313 (1967)

MEYERS. F. H. Pharmacologic effects of marijuana. Journal of Psychedelic Drugs

1:31-36 (Fall, 1968)

MEYERS. F. H., ROSE. A. J. and SMITH. D. E. Incidents involving the Haight-Ashbury

population and some uncommonly· used drugs. Journal of Psychedelic Drugs

1:139-146 (1968)

'-'---')... :.;~~:.'

549
MIDDAUGH, L.D., BLACKWELL, L.A., SANTOS, C.A•., III andZEMP, J.W. Effe~ts

of d-amphetamine sulfate given to pregnant mice on activity and on catecholammes

in the brains of offspring. Developmental Psychobiology. 7(5): 429-438 (1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

MIDDAUGH, L. D., SANTOS, C. A., mand ZEMP, J. W. Effects of phenobarbital given

to pregnant mice on behavior of mature offspring. Developmental Psychobiology

(in press)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

MILLER, L. L., editor. Marijuana. Effects on Human Behavior. New York: Academic

Press, 1974.

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

MORETON, J. E. and DAVIS, W. M. Electroencephalographic study of effects of delta-9

and delta-8-tetrahydrocannabino1 and cannabis extract on sleep in the rat.

The Pharmacologist 13(2): 246 (1971)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

MULE, S. J. and CLOUET, D. H. Pharmacological and biochemical aspects of opiate

dependence. Psychopharmaco10gia 26: 116 (1972)

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

MUSHLIN, B. and COCHIN, J. Effects of irradiation on the development of tolerance

to morphine in the rat. Federation Proceedings 33: 502 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs. !

NADITCH, M. P. Acute adverse reactions to psychoactive drugs, drug usage, and

psychopathology. Journal ofAbnqrma1 Psychology 83(4): 194-403 (August, 1974)

A field survey method Was used to examine the relationship between

psychopathology and acute adverse reactions to psychoactive drugs. A paperand-pencil measure of acute adverse reactions was discussed.. Acute adverse

reactions were hypothesized to covary positively with regression, schizophrenia,

and drug usage,. and to covary negatively with adjustment and paranoia. These

hypotheses were supported. Usage of LSD and mescaline was hypothesized to

covary positively with regression and covary negatively with adjustment; these

hypotheses were supported. A hypothesis that schizophrenia would positively

covary with LSD and mescaline usage was not confirmed. Regression was

also found to be related to marijuana usage. A recursive linear model is

developed in an attempt to integrate and explain these results.
NADITCH. M. P. Ego functioning and acute adverse reactions to psychoactive drugs.

Journal of Personality (in press)

The relationship between ego functioning and acute adverse reactions

to psychoactive drugs was examined using retrospective data. The data were

consistent with a causal model in which characteristic use of regression (and

to a lesser extent repression) was associated with acute adverse reactions to

marijuana and to LSD. Regression also had an indirect effect through increased usage of LSD. Subjects characterized by the use of intellectualization

and denial were less likely to report developing acute adverse reactions. A

higher score on a general measure of coping was related to avoiding acute

adverse reactions to LSD. but not to marijuana. Projection regression in

the service of the ego. and tolerance of ambiguity has no effect on acute

adverse reactions.

NADITCH. M. P. The relation of motives for drug use and psychopathology in .the,

development of acute adverse reactions to psychoactive drugs. Journal of

Abnormal Psychology (in press)

The relationship between,motives for drug use. the degr~eotdrug

usage. psychopathology, and acute adverse reactions to marijuana and LSD

were examined using retrospective data. Three dimensions of motives were

identified: use for pleasure, use with therapeutic intent, and reluctant use

as a response to peer pressure. Use of drugs with therapeutic intent and as

a response to peer pressure were related to the development of acute adverse

reactions, even after partialling out shared variance with other motives, the

extent of usage and the measures of psychopathology considered in the

analysis. A causal model of the relationships between psychopathology,

motives for use, the extent of usage and acute adverse reactions was

developed using path analysis procedures.

NADITCH, M. P., ALKER, P. C. and JOFFE, P. Individual differences and setting

as determinants of acute adverse reactions to psychoactive drugs. Journal

of Nervous and Mental Disease (in press)

The relationship between setting and individual differences in determining acute adverse reactions to psychoactive drugs was examined

using retrospective data from 483 drug users. Five dimensions of setting

were identified.

Although there were some small setting main effects, these effects

failed to reach significance when shared variance with individual difference

variables was considered. For acute adverse reactions to LSD, however,

there were seven independent interaction effects between setting and individual difference variables, two of which were larger in magnitude than

any main effects. There were two interaction effects of smaller magnitude

related to acute adverse reactions to marijuana. The significance of these

results for the current controversy over the relative importance of situational versus personality determinants of behavior was discussed.

NICHOLS, W. W., MILLER, R. C., HENEEN, W.• BRADT, C., HOLLISTER, L.

and KANTER, S. Cytogenetic studies on human subjects receiving marihuana

and delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol. Mutation Research 26: 413-417 (1974)

Cytogenetic analysis of metaphase chromosomes from peripheral

blood leukocyte cultures of volunteer male subjects sampled before and

after a series of oral applications of marihuana extract, hashish extract,

or synthetic delta-9-THC revealed no increase in chromosome breakage

which could be attributed_to the effects of these compounds.

":~;~?S5r-'
NICHOLSON. M. T.• PACE. H. B. and DAVIS. W. M. Effects of marijua.'1aand lysergic

acid diethylamide on leukocyte chromosomes of the golden hamster. Research

Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 6(2): 427 (September.

1973)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

NORTH. R. B•• HARIK. S. I. and SNYDER. S. H. Amphetamine isomers: Influences on

locomotor and stereotyped behavior of cats. Pharmacology Biochemistry and

Behavior 2: 115-118 (1974)

Catecholamine release and reuptake are considerably more stereoselective at norepinephrine than at dopamine nerve terminals. suggesting

that pronounced differences in the influence of amphetamine isomers on

particular behaviors favors norepinephrine mediation while similar actions

of these isomers indicates a predominant role for dopamine. (+)-Amphetamine

is markedly more potent than its (-)-isomer in stimulating locomotor activity

of the cat while the two isomers differ less in provoking stereotyped behavior.

These findings support a major role for brain norepinephrine in mediating

amphetamine-induced locomotor enhancement. while dopamine may be more

important in facilitating stereotyped behavior. Besides inducing stereotyped

behavior. L-Dopa greatly enhances locomotor activity. which suggests an

important role for dopamine in mediating locomotor activation.

PACE. H. B.• DAVIS. W. M. and BORGEN. L. A. Teratogenesis and marijuana.

Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 191: 123-131 (December. 1971)

PEARSON. J•• BADEN. M. B. and RICHTER. R. W. Neuronaldepletion in addicts.

Report of the Thirty-Sixth Annual Scientific Meeting. Committee on Problems

of Drug Dependence. Mexico City. March 10-14. 1974. Washington. D. C.:

National Academy of Sciences. National Academy of Engineering. National

Research Council. 1974.

Decreased neuronal population densities are described in the

globus pallidus of narcotic addicts. Toxicologic studies indicate

mixed addiction to be frequent but exposure to parenteral heroin is

the -only common faCtor. This permanent brain damage seems more

likely to be caused by recurrent episodes of hypoxia during severe

reactions to :larcotics than to be related to direct neurotoxic

effects of heroin. The lesion may account for some of the long

term changes observed in addicts.. ..

PEARSON. J. and RICHTER. R. W. Neu.ropathological effects of opiate

addiction. Medical Aspects of Drug Abuse. Edited by R. W. Richter.

Hagerstown. Maryland: Harper and Row. Publishers. 1975.
PEARSON, J., RICHTER, R.W., BADEN, M.M., CHALLENOR, Y.B. andBERTEL, B.

Transverse myelopathy as an illustration of the neurologic and neropathologic

features of heroin addiction. Human Pathology 3(1): 107-113 (March, 1972)

A case history is presented of transverse myelopathy occurring in

a 33 year old male heroin addict soon after the injection of heroin. There

were degenerative changes in the globi pallidi, loss of astrocytes from the

deep white matter, a vascular malformation in the cerebellum, old necrosis

with cystic change in the spinal cord gray matter, minimal damage to the

long white tracts of the cord, peripheral myelin axons in cord cysts; and

neurogenic atrophy and siderosis in the skeletal muscle. These changes

represent many of the characteristic findings typical of the transverse

myelopathy found in heroin addicts. That a causal relationship exists between the injection of adulterated heroin and the rapid development of

transverse myelopathy can no longer be doubted. Despite clinical evidence

of severe localized cord insult, marked clinical recovery is the rule in

these cases. Ischemic and anoxic mechanisms have been implicated as

etiological factors in transverse myelopathy, as has hypersensitivity to

the injected components of the adulterated heroin used by addicts. No

real proof has been found to substantiate these hypotheses. Thus the

cause of the syndrome in heroin addiats remains to. be elucidated. "

PETERS, M. A. Studies on the time course distribution of methadone in the pregnant,

nonpregnant, male and fetal rat. Proceedings of the Western Pharmacological

Society 16: 70-76 (1973)

PILLARD, R. C. Medical progress. Marihuana. New England Journal of Medicine

283: 294-303 (August, "1970)

RANDRUP, A. and MUNKVAD, 1. Behavioural toxicity of amphetamines studied

in animal experiments. The Correlation of Adverse Effects in Man with

Observations in Animals. Edited by S. B. de Baker. Amsterdam, the

Netherlands: Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1971.

The behavioural stimulation of animals brought about by

amphetamines is selective; certain activities (items of behaviour)

are increased and others simultaneously decreased. With increasing

doses of amphetamine this leads to an extremely stereotyped activity

consisting of continuous repetition of one or a few items of behaviour.

The selective stimulation causes impairment of the functional

capacity of the animals e. g. by derangements of operant and social

behaviour.

Possible human-animal correlatio.1s and impli:::ations for the

clinic (amphetamine addiction, schizophrenia) are discussed.

The bio:::hemical actions of amphetamine underlying the behavioural

effects are not discussed here, but reference is made to recent reviews

by the authors published elsewhere.

RANDRUP, A. and MUNKVAD, 1. Influence of amphetamines on animal behaviour.

Stereotypy, functional impairment and possible animal-human correlations.

Psychiatria, Neurologia, Neurochirurgia 75: 193-202 (1972)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.
RAYE. J. R•• DUBIN.J. W. and BLECHNER. J. N. Fetal growth restriction following

maternal narcotic administration: Nutritional or drug effect? The Society for

Pediatric Research (in press)

Intrauterine growth retardation has been observed in 25-450/0 of

infants born to narcotic addicted mothers. The relative roles of maternal

nutrition and narcotic drug effect are unclear. Rabbits treated with morphine (50 to 100 mg/kg / d s. c.) I week prior to conception and throughout

gestation were pair fed with weight matched controls. At 29d litters were

delivered surgically and measurements made of fetal weight. length. organ

weight. protein and DNA. A 2 way analysis of variance was performed.

Significant reductions in mean fetal growth were seen in both the

50 mg /kg (p is less than • 01) and the 100 mg /kg (p is less than. 001) groups

when compared to their pair fed controls. Decreases in forebrain (FB)

weight were particularly striking. When compared to the 50 mg/kg group.

the 100 mg /kg group showed significant additional growth restriction (p is

less than .001). Ad lib fed control offspring were not significantly larger

than food restricted control offspring.

(Mean+lSD) 50 mg/kg Control 100 mg/kg Control Ad lib

Weight (gm) 30.3+8.2 35.6+7.426.9+7.2 40+9.3 35.4+6.5

Length (cm) 10. 5+: 9 10. 9+: 9 10. 2+: 9 11:-0+9.3 11. O+: 8

FB Wt. (gm) .56+: 04 • 60+: 06 • 53+. 09 .64+.06.61+.05

These data show that chronic maternal morphine adniInistration

in the rabbit leads to significant reductions in fetal growth that are not

secondary to decreased maternal food intake. This effect appears to be

dose dependent.

RICHTER. R. W. and PEARSON. J. Heroin addiction related neurological

disorders. Medical Aspects of Drug Abuse. Edited byR. W. Richter.

Hagerstown. Maryland: Harper and Row. Publishers. 1975.
RICHTER, R. W., PEARSON, J., -BRUUN, B., CHALLENOR, Y. B., BRUST, J. C. M.

and BADEN, M. M. Neurological complications of addiction to heroin.

Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine 49(1): 3-21 (January, 1973)

This presentation has focused on the neurological findings observed

in heroin addicts. The social and therapeutic aspects of addiction must

not be overlooked. Treating the overdosed patient or the patient who

has an interesting neurological complication is totally insufficient if it

is not coupled with simultaneous concern to ensure adequate rehabilitation and restoration. The need of the addict to recognize his intrinsic

potential as a human being has been emphasized increasingly. In response

to this recognition and to the desire on the· part of an addict for help,

a responsibility falls on all health professionals to provide the necessary

avenues of treatment in all dimensions--social and rehabilitative as well

as medical. We can no longer ignore this broad responsibility.

This responsibility is all the more cruCial in a community such as

Harlem, where addiction to heroin and its complications contribute

such a large component to other medical illnesses. The neurology service staff cooperates actively with the various programs of treatment and

rehabilitation for heroin addicts, including the Methadone Maintenance

Program. Group meetings are he~d that utilize, among other techniques,

peer-group counseling. From the humane starid-pointalone, it is neces""

sary to prevent further exposure to the heroin-quinine adulterant mixtures which may precipitate neural disability. Patients who are

addicts must be referred to a suitable treatment facility pdor to discharge from the hospital for their acute illness. Over-all results are still

limited, but evidence indicates that recovery from addiction is possible.

An example is a heroin addicted patient who was treated successfully

for tetanus. His recovery was so complete that he became an oxygen

therapist in the very recovery room where he himself had been a patient.

Since addiction to heroin is a major health problem in the community, further support must be given for establishment of trUly

community-based and community-oriented programs of prevention,

education, and treatment. Active research programs defining the basic

mechanisms in the addictive states must accompany various therapeutic

approaches.

ROSENBERG, H. C. and OKAMOTO, M. A method for producing maximal pentobarbital dependence in cats: Dependency characteristics. Drug Addiction:

Neurobiology and Influences on Behavior, Vol. 3. Edited by J.M. Singh

H. Lal. New York: Stratton Intercontinental Medical Book Company, 1974.

For abstract, see Section I· Methodology of Drug Research.
ROSOW. C.• MILLER. J •• PELIKAN, E. and COCHIN, J. The effect of ambient temperature on morphone-induced temperature change in the mouse. The Pharmacologist

15: 202 (1973)

Administration of morphi ne produces poikilothermia in the mouse.

Previous experiments may have obscured this effect by controlling ambient

temperature and using temperature change as the dependent variable. Male

mice (25-30 g) were restrained and body temperature was monitored continuously for 2 hours. Morphine sulfate (MS) or distilled water (.01 cc/g)

was injected s. c., and temperature was recorded for 3 more hours.

Ambient temperatures varied from 21 to 27.50 C. on any given day.

Mice given distilled water or 5 mg/kg MS showed little temperature change

regardless of ambient temperature. Mice given 10 and 20 mg /kg MS acutely

or chronically showed significant correlation between body temperature at

the time of peak effect and ambient temperature (the regression coefficient

approximated I). Hypothermia was seen at ambient temperatures below

approximately 240 G. and hyperthermia above. These results indicate

that morphine may act to decrease the capacity of the mouse to regulate

internal temperature, .rather than to cause hypo- or hyperthermia per se.

SANDERS-BUSH, E., BLUMBERG, J. B. and SULSER, F. Biochemical effects of

chlorinated amphetamine derivatives. Psychopharmacologia 26(Supplement):

34 (1972)

SBORDONE, R. J. and CARDER. B. Mescaline and shock induced aggression in rats.

Pharmacology. Biochemistry and Behavior (in press)

Rats treated with 10 mg or 50 mg of mescaline /kg fought more than

controls in a shock-induced aggression situation. At the higher dosage. the

fighting was quite vicious and sometimes lethal. Further data indicated that

the effects of mescaline on fighting were not a result of postural changes. It

was proposed that mescaline serves both to increase aggressive drive and

to block the inhibition of aggression normally caused by the assumption of a

submissive posture by the victim.

SCHUSTER. C. R. and VILLARREAL. J. E. The experimental analysis of opioid dependence. Psychopharmacology: AReview of Progress. 1957-1967. Edited

by D. Efron. J. Cole, J. Levine and J.R. Wittenburn. Washington, D.C.:

U". S. G.overnment Printing Office, 1968. Pp. 811-828. .
SEGAL. M. and COCHIN. J. Delta':9-tetrahydrocannabinol (delta-9-THC) - imipramine

interaction on mouse body temperatu~e. The Pharmacologist 16: 282 (1974)

The effects of many centrally active agents on body temperature

are known to be dependent on ambient temperatures. It has been shown

(Haavik and Hardman, JPET, 187:568, 1973) that delta-9-THC induced

hypothermia at 20°C and had no effect on temperature at 300 C. We found

that at 300 C, imipramine (lm), (10 mg/kg, s. c.) induced hyperthermia

and at 200 C it induced hypothermia. We were interested in studying the

possible interation of 1m and delta-9-THC at varying ambient temperatures.

Mice were placed in a controlled temperature chamber and were given

delta-9-THC one hour before 1m. At 300 e the 1m-induced hyperthermia

was blocked by delta-9-THC (2 and 8 mg/kg s. c.); at 200 C the 1m-induced

hypothermia was enhanced by delta-9-THC (2 mg/kg, s. c.). The anomalous results that have been reported in relationship to delta-9-THC in

antidepressant screening in rats and mice may well be due to the lack of

control of ambient temperatures. The, interaction be tween delta-9-THC

and imipramine at controlled ambient temperature may shed some light

on the mechanism of impramine's action on temperature.

SEGELMAN. A. B. and SEGELMAN, F.P. Possible noninhibition of cellular-mediated

immunity in marihuana smot{ers. Science 185: 543-544 (August, 1974)

SEGELMAN. A. B. and SOFIA, R. D. Cannabis sativa L. (marijuana) IV: Chemical

basis for increased potency related to novel method of preparation. Journal

of Pharmaceutical Sciences 62(12): 2044-2046 (December, 1973)

Recent reports from the drug subculture in this country indicate that

the simultaneous use of marijuana teas together with smoking previously

boiled marijuana plant material results in more profoundly experienced psychotropic effects. It was found that the boiling water treatment of marijuana removes water soluble materials equivalent to 30% of the weight of the plant

material, thus leading to marijuana correspondingly enriched in cannabinoids,

including (-)-trans-delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol. one of the major psychoactive compounds present in the plant. This finding explains, in part, the

reputed increased pharmacological effects resulting from this newly described method of marijuana use. Moreover, the potential dangers inherent

in the described method are discussed.

SHAGASS. C. Effects of LSD on somatosensory and visual evoked responses and on the

EEG in man. Recent Advances in Biological Psychiatry 9: 209 (1967)

SHAGASS. C. Invited discussion of Drs. M. Fink and T. Itil's paper: Evoked response

and behavioral effects of LSD and ditran. Pharmacology: A Review of Progress,

1957-1967. Edited by D. H. Efron. Washington. D. C.: PHS Publication No. 1836,

1969.

557
SHEPPARD, C. and MERLIS, S. Drug induced extrapyramidal symptoms: Their

incidence and treatment. American Journal of Psychiatry 123: 886 (January,

1967)

The question of side effects concurrent with treatment for psychological

symptomatology has received added attention in the past decade. The search for

chemical structures which provide therapeutic change whileprodu.cing limited

side effects continues. So to does the investigation of the incidepce of untoward

effects with current psychoactive medications.

The authors survey the incidence of extrapyramidal symptoms at a

large (census 11,182) psychiatric hospital. In previous studies a high percentage

of symptom remission has been adequately demonstrated. Therefore, it is unlikely that the data reported on extrapyramidal symptoms was related to inadequate dosage.

Five percent (378) of a total of 7,110 patients receiving psychotropic

therapy received antiparkinson medication. The empirical evidence reported

indicated a sex difference (3:1 females). Different "clusters" of extrapyramidal

symptoms were elicited by different drugs. It was suggested that these

differences may cut across chemical structure. The incidence of side effects

seems to be related more to dosage and chemical structure than to a possible

psychodynamic interpretation of the patients adjustment to psychophysiological

changes induced by the treatment regimen. Nonetheless, in a total treatment

program these symptoms should not be ignored. They have meaning to the

patient, to the therapist-patient relationship, to the ward staff and to the

total ward milieu.

Effective treatment was achieved by adding anyone of four antiparkinson

medications to the therapy regimen. Ninety -seven percent ofthe patients treated

improved (38% completely, 35% moderately, 240/0 some and 3% no improvement).

Two tables were included. One summarized the antipsychotic drugs, their

dosage regimen, incidence and type of most frequent extrapyramidal effect by

sex. The second gave the antiparkinson agents used, their median daily dose

and dosage range.

SROURARE, Z., FINNEGAN, L.P., REESER, D.S., PAEZ, P.D.and SHAFFER, T.R.

Early pulmonary function studies of infants born to opiate dependent mothers.

Pediatric Research (in press)

SHUSTER, L., WEBSTER, G. W., YU, G. and ELEF-THERION, B. E •..A genetic

analysis of the response to morphine in mice: Analgesia and running•

.Ps.ychopharmacolog~a (in press) . _,

SIVA SANKAR, D. V., ROZSA, P. W. and GEISLER, A. Chromosome breakage in

children treated with LSD-25 and tJML-491. Comprehensive psychiatry 10(5):

406-409 (September, 1969)

The percentage of chromosome breakage was studied' using 57. child

psychiatric patients and' eight non-hospitalized, non-drug treated volunteer

controls. Out of this, there were 15 subjects who received LSD-25, nine

who received UML-491 and eight Who received both the drugs. The per cent

breakage in seven adults was O. 57 per cent and in 25 control children was

0.68. The per cent chromosome breakage in the children treated with

LSD-25 and/or UML-491 ranged from 0.56 to 1 per cent. These differences,

however, are not statistically significant. It is concluded that treatment with

LSD-25 had no long lasting effects on human leukocyte chromosomes in

child psychiatric patients.
SMITH, A. A. Adrenergic regulation of the lenticular response to opioids in mice.

The Addictive States, Vol. XLVI. Baltimore, Maryland: The Williams and

Wilkins Company, 1968.

For abstract, see Section IlL Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SMITH, A. A. Anamnestic response to an opioid. Experientia 27: 542 (1971)

SMITH, A. Narcotic antagonists. Narcotic Drugs: Biochemical Pharmacology.

Edited by D. H. Clouet. New York: Plenum Press, 1971.

SMITH, A. A'. Potentiation of opioid-induced cataracts by catecholamines injected into

the mouse brain. Ps,Ychopharmacologia 16: 313 ;,,317 (1970)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of'Action of Different Drugs.

SMITH, A."A. and HUl, F. W. Inhibition ot neurotrophicadivity in salamanders treated

with opioids. Experimental Neurology 39(1): 36 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SMITH, A. A., HUI, F. and CROFFORD, M. Inhibition of growth by methadone and

other cholinolytic drugs. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences

228: 338-343 (March, 1974)

For abstract, see Section IlL Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SOKOL, G. H. and MAICKEL, R. P. Toxic interactions of d-amphetamine and tricyclic

antidepressants in mice. Research Communications in Chemical Pathology and

Pharmacology 3(3): 513 (May, 1972)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

SOLISH, G., FEINGOLD, E. and HARPER, R. G. Chromosomal studies of methadonemaintained women and their newborns. Society for Pediatric Research (in press)

The effect of methadone on chromosomal structure has not been sufficiently studied. We assessed the peripheral blood chromosomes in: (1) 12

pregnant women maintained on methadone doses of 10 to 60 mg per day throughout pregnancy; (2) 4 pregnant women maintained on methadone until the 28th

week of gestation, then becoming drug-free until delivery; (3) 9 pregnant women

matched for age. race, and parity, who took no drug during pregnancy. Frequent

urines for drug-abuse screening were obtained from all women. No mother was

included with medical or obstetrical compiicatio.1s. Cord blood chromosomes

were studied in all 25 infants. Twenty metaphase spreads per subject were

analyzed for chromosome number and aberrations (gaps, breaks, fragments, dicentrics, deletions, additions, rings). No significant difference was found between

the 3 groups of mothers or between the 3 groups of infants, either in chromosome

number or total number of chromosomal aberrations. These data allow us to infer that methadone taken during pregnancy does not alter the cytogenetic status of

the mother or infant.
SOSKIN, W., Children of the Good Life. A Second Interim Report on Project

Community, Berkeley, California, March, 1972.

SOULE, A. B., STANDLEY, K., COPANS, S. A. and DAVIS,M. Clinical uses of the

Brazelton neonatal scale. Pediatrics 54(5): 583~586 (November, 1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

SPECTOR, M. Chronic vestibular and auditory effects of marijuana. TheLaryngoscope

84(5): 816~820 (May, 1974)

The objective of this study was to ascertain vestibular dysfunction and

impaired hearing resulting from the chronic use of marijuana. Electronystagmography was utilized to record gaze nystagmus, tracking a pendulum, spontaneous

nystagmus, positional nystagmus, and rotation on the torsion swing. Pure tone

thresholds were also obtained. The results of these tests, for normals and heavy

marijuana users, were then comp<ired. The comparison of these results showed

significant changes in vestibular functions for chronic marijuana users in: a.

decrease in maximum amplitude On torsion swing; b. increase in incidence of

nystagmus in two or more supine positions; and c. decrease in speed of slow com~

ponent on caloric tests.

STEELE, W. J. and JOHANNESON, T. Effects of morphine infusion in maternal rats at

. near term on ribosome size distribution in foetal and maternal rat brain.

Acta Pharmacologia et Toxicologia (in press)

STEELE, W. J. and JOHANNESON, T. Effects of prenatally administered morphine on

brain development and resultant tolerance to the analgesic effect of morphine in

offspring of morphine treated rats. Acta Pharmacologia et Toxicolosia (in press)

STOLMAN, S. and ASTON, R. Relationship of barbital disposition toauto~inducedhypersusceptibility in the rat. B.iochemical Pharmacology 19: 595-601 (1970)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drug,s.

STOLMAN, S. and ASTON, R. The role of anoxia and hypercarbiain induced hyper~

susceptibility to barbital. Archives internationales clePharmacodyhamieet cle

.·therapie 180(1): 40' (July, 1969) ..,' .

For abstract, E1ee Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs. "

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. STASH fact sheet on DOM ("STp")•.

Grassroots (July, 1972 suppleme.nt)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. STASH Notes: A mini~review of

the 1973 marijuana literature, Part I. STASH CapSUles 6(2) (March~April, 1974)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. STASH notes: A mini~review of

the 1973 marijuana litera~:ure, Part II. STASH Capsules 6(3) (May-June, 1974)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. STASH notes: The adverse effects

of amphetamines. STASH Capsuies .6(1) (March, 1974)

-·\ili6D:.
TING. R•• KELLER. A•• BERMAN. P. and FINNEGAN. L. P. Follow-up studies of

infants born to methadone:-dependent mothers. ,Proceedings of the First International French. Canadian and American Congress on Toxicology. Montreal.

Canada. August. 1974.

Twenty-five infants born to methadone -dependent mothers were studied

between 6 and 41 months of age for growth. developmental. behavioral and neurological status., Fifty infants of non-drug-dependent mothers of similar socioeconomic backgrounds served as controls. Weight was less than 3rd percentile

in 8% of methadone infants and 2.6% of controls (p=O.lO) while 26% of methadone

infants were less than 3rd percentile in height in contrast to none in the control

group (p less than 0.001). Head circumferences were all with + 2 S D. Gesell's

developmental schedule showed a mean D. Q. in the study groupof 100 (S D + 8.8)

and in the control group 102(S D + 10.5). There was no significant difference in

gross and fine motor. adaptive. personal-social and language behavior between

the two groups. Behavior profiles were scored by assigning grades 1 (decreased)

to 5 (increased behavior). In the methadone group there was a marked shift toward high scores; the control group profiles were normal. This behavior pattern

decreased in intensity and frequency as the children reached 2 years of age.

Neurologic examinations were all normal. In conclusion. children born to

methadone-dependent mothers as c'ompared to controls Show: decreased linear

growth under 3t years of age. behavior characterized by increased activity and

intensity of response in the first 18 months of life. and no differences with regard to developmental and neurological status.

TINKLENBERG. J.R•• MELGES. F.T. and HOLLISTER. L.E. Marihuana and memory.

Psychopharmacology Bulletin 7(4): 20 (1971)

For abstract. see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

UYENO. E. T. Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol administration during pregnancy of the'rat.

Proceedings of the Western Pharmacological Society 16: 64-67 (1973)

UYENO. E. T. Effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol in the viability and behavioral development of the rat. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington.

D. C.: National Academy of Sciences. National Academy of Engineering. National

Research Council. 1973.

UYENO. E. T. Effects of lysergic acid diethylamide on the pregnancy and reproduction

of the rat. Fifth International Congress on Pharmacology. San Francisco.

California. July 23-28. 1972.

Our previous study (Reported to the Committee on Problems of Drug

Dep,::mdence. Feb. 16-18, 1970. Washington, D. C.) has shown that a considerable

number of rats, administered a single dose (2-6 mg/kg) of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD-25) on the fourth day of gestation, produced no offspring. In the

first and second experiments of the present study a single dose (4-8 mg/kg) of

LSD-25 was injected subcutaneously on the sixth and eighth day. respectively.

In the third dose-response experiment a single dose of (15-25 mg/kg) of LSD-25

was administered on the tenth day. In each experiment the percentages of females that produced no offspring, were calculated at each dose level and plotted

against dose on logarithmic probability paper. The dose-response curves show

that the disrupting effect of LSD-25 on reproduction is dose-related. The median

effective doses (ED5Q's). estimated from the data of the first. second. and third

experiments, are 4.01, 9.39, and 34.80 mg/kg. respectively. In the third experiment the percentages of abnormal offspring born of the treated females were

significantly greater than those born of the control females.

561
UYENO. E. T. Effects of prenatally administered lysergic acid diethylamide on the viability

and behavioral development of rat offspring. Committee on Problems of Drug

Dependence. Washington. D. C.: National Academy of Sciences. National Research

Council. 1970. Pp. 6550-6554.

UYENO. E. T. Lysergic acid diethylamide administered to pregnant rats. Hospital

Formulary Management 6(3): 15-17 (March. 1971)

UYENO. E. T. Lysergic acid diethylamide in gravid rats. Proceedings of the Western

Pharmacological Society 13: 200-203 (1970)

Alexander et al. (1967) reported that a single dose of 5mu-g!kg of

lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD-25) administered subcutaneously on the fourth

day of gestation to Wistar rats produced abnormalities in the offspring.

In the present study we have initially repeated their work and then

extended it to irivestigate the behavioral development of the surviving offspring. A dose-response

experiment was. conducted to evaluate the effects of not only the same dose. but

also a higher and lower dose than the dose administered by these investigators.

It was conceivable that prenatal administration of LSD-25 might produce subtle

"malformations" in the central nervous system of the offspring. Since these

"anomalies" might be manifested in "abnormal" behavior during maturation

and growth, we have examined the learning ability and social dominance behavior

of the surviving offspring at various stages of development.

VOLAVKA. J•• CROWN. P •• DORNBUSH. R•• FELDSTEIN. S. and FINK. M. EEG. heart

rate and mood change C'high") after cannabis. Psychopha.rmacologia 32: 1l-25

(1973)

For abstract. see Section In. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

VOSS. E. W•• JR•• BABB. J. E •• METZEL. P. and WINKELHAKE. J. L. In vitro effect

of d-lysergic acid diethylamide oninununoglobulin synthesis. BioCheIi'i'iCal and

Biophysical Research Communications 50(3): 950 H973)

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

voss; E~W.; JR•• METZEL. p. and WINKELHAKE;. J. L. Incorporation of a lysergic

acid diethylamide intermediate into antibody protein in vitro. Molecular Pharmacology 9(3): 421-425 (May. 1973) . --

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

v6ss. E. W.. JR. and WINKE LHAKE. J. L. Mechanisms of lysergic acid diethylamide

interference with rabbit antibody biosynthesis. Proceedings of the National

Academy of Sciences 71(4): 1061-1064 (April. 1974)

For abstract. see Section Ill•. Mechanisms of Action of Di.f.ferent Drugs.

5~···
WAJDA, I. J., WAJDA, S. H., MANIGAULT, I. and STEINER, L. Morphine-induced

neurochemical and morphological changes in the corpus striatum and the choroid

plexus of rats. Federation Proceedings 33(3): 1568 (March, 1974)

After a single injection of morphine base (30 mg/kg), female SpragueDawley rats were decapitated at different time intervals ranging from 30 min to

16 h. The concentration of norepinephrine (NE), dopamine (DA) and acetylcholine (ACh) and the activity of tyrosine hydroxylase were determined in the

corpus striatum. Histologic studies of the choroid plexus after acute and chronic

morphine treatment were performed. Decreases in NE and DA levels were

noticed 2 h and I h respectively after morphine injections. Slow return to normal

within 4 h, followed in the case of NE, and slight increase in DA levels were found

at this time. After 16 h both NE and DA levels were normal. Changes in ACh

levels were much more pronounced and did occur earlier (42% increase within

1 h). Tyrosine hydroxylase activity was higher than normal 1 h after morphine,

returned to normal within 3 h, and was slightly increased 4 h after the injection.

Observed fluctuations in striatal neurotransmitters suggest an earlier and

stronger effect of morphine on the cholinergic system. In chronically treated

rats, histologic examination of the choroid plexus revealed an increased

vacuolization of both the nuclei and_ the cytoplasm of the ependymal ceUs, suggesting an increased secretory activity.

WEBSTER, J. B., COUPAL, J. J. and CUSHMAN, P. Increased serum thyroxine levels

in euthyroid narcotic addicts. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism

37(6): 928-934 (December, 1973)

Twenty-two percent of 285 untreated, nongoitrous euthyroid narcotic

addicts had serum thyroxine (T4) levels above the upper limits of normal. The

serum triiodothyronine (T3) resin uptake was below the lower limits of normal

in either 57"/0 or 25% of the subjects depending on the assay method used. The

mean thyroxine-binding globulin binding capacity in a small sample was significantly above that in a group of nonaddicts but within the normal range. Both

absolute free thyroxine, when measured, and the free thyroxine index were

normal in this 80% male population. There was no correlation of abnormal

thyroid function with the history of specific drugs abused and there was no

clinical evidence of hyperestrogenism. It appeared that successful methadone

treatment was accompanied often by a return towards normal of T 4 levels and

T 3 uptake. Thirty-six chronic methadone maintained p'3.tients had essentially

normal T4 measurements, and the T3 resin uptake was normal in all in whom

it was measured. Narcotic addiction may result in abnormalities of thyroxine

transport which may produce distortions in some commonly used thyroid

function tests.

WEI, E., LOH, H. H. and WAY, E. L. Quantitative aspects of precipitated abstinence

in morphine-dependent rats. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental

Therapeutics 184(2): 398-403 (1973)

For abstract, see Section 1. Methodology of Drug Research.

WEI, E. and WAY, E. L. Ap?lication of the pellet implantation technique for the assessment of tolerance and pl1ysical dependence in the rodent. Methods of Narcotic

Research. Edited by S. Ehrenpreis and A. Neidle. New York: Marcel Dekker,

Inc., 1974.

-5.63
WEISS. B. Tools for the assessment of behavioral toxicity. Behavioral Toxicology:

Early Detection of Occupational Hazards. Edited by C. Xintaras. B. L.

Johnson and 1. deGr.... ~t. Washington. D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office.

1974. Pp. 444-449.

WEISS. B. and LATIES. V. G. Behavioral pharmacology and toxicology. Annual Review

of Pharmacolog;y 9: 297-326 (1969)

For abstract. see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

WINKELHAKE. J.L•• VOSS. E. W•• JR. and LOPATIN, D.E. Comparative inhibitory

action of d- and I-tryptophan on the effect of d--lysergic acid diethylamide in vitro.

Molecular Pharmacology 10(1): 68 (1974) ---

For abstract. see Section In. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

WOOD. R. W•• WEISS. A. B•• and WEISS. B. Hand tremor induced by industrial exposure .

to inorganic mercury. Archives of Environmental Health 126: 249-252 (May. 1973)

Hand tremor induced by industrial exposure to inorganic mercury vapor

was studied during recovery in two women patients. Subjects were instructed to

maintain a force with the forefinger between two limits (10 to 40 gm). Performance

progressively improved after the cessation of exposure. and were asymptomatic

in about 3.5 months. The dispersion of the amplitude distribution decreased. and

percent time within the specified limits increased. Power spectral analyses revealed a marked reduction in power associated with a change in the shape of the

spectra. These changes were associated with a reduction in plasma levels of

mercury.

YANAGITA. T. Development of tolerance and physical dependence to barbiturates in rhesus

monkeys. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington. D.C.:

National Academy of Sciences, National Research Council. 1968. P. 5618.

ZEMP. J. W. and MIDDAUGH. L.P. Some effects of prenatal exposure to d-amphetamine

sulfate and phenobarbital on developmental neurochemistry and on behavior.

International Journal of Addictive Diseases (in press)

...-,

For abstract. see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

ZIMMERMANN. E •• YOUNG. J•• BRANCH. B•• TAYLOR, A. N. and PANG. C. N. Longlasting effects of prep'lbera1 administration of morphine in female rats.

Narcotics and the Hypothalamus. Edited by E. Zimmermann and R.George.

New York: . Raven Press. 1974.

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

ZIMMERMANN. E •• YOUNG. J•• BRANCH, B•• TAYLOR. A. N•• PANG. C. N. and

SAWYER. C. H. Long lasting effects of prepuberal administration of morphine

in female rats. Journal of Steroid Biochemistry 5: 387 (1974)

For abstract. see Section In. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.
.~

..... _---- ,". _.~-..-._------ --.

)]))],DD~ @~@/£tbDD~@

BAKER W. W.• LALLEY, P.M. and YOUNG. R.L. Biphasic effects of intracaudate

morphine on caudate functioning. Federation Proceedings 33: 293 (1974)

After a short latency (approximately 17 min) intracaudate (1. c. ) injection

of small doses (11 mu-g) of morphine partially or totally depressed tremors previously established with t. c. physostigmine (increased levels of endogenous acetylcholine). Inhibition of these ongoing cholinergic tremors developed progressively.

Suppressed tremor activity was temporarily reestablished by supplemental i. c.

acetylcholine (7.5 mu-g)._ By contrast, in untreated preparations (absence of tremor)

intense tremor responses of long dura'tion (greater than 5 hours) developed at

significantly higher (greater than 50 mu-g) doses of morphine. The intensity and

duration of these morphine tremors increased with dose and were cumulative.

Although i. c. acetylcholine had no effect on these morphine tremors, local scopolamine (l00 mu-g) and hemicholinium (120 mu-g) both abolished this activity. Dopamine (67 mu-g) and Ca++ (32 mu-g) also readily suppressed morphine tremor. Our

findings indicate that morphine biphasically alters caudate functioning and suggest

the following interpretations: at low doses the morphine depressed the release of

acetylcholine; and at higher doses it is tremorgenic, interfering with the stabilizing

action of local dopamine.

BAKER, W. W., YOUNG, R. L. and KRATKY. M. Acute effects of hydromorphone on

chemically-induced repetitive discharges in the hippocampus. Archives internationales

de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 207: 57-68 (1974)

The acute effects of hydromorphone on hippocampal electrographic activity

of chemically-induced foci and continuous spike discharges were studied in cats.

Foci were established with intrahippocampal (1. H.) picrotoxin; spike discharges of

cholinergic origin were developed by I. H. injection of the anticholinesterase, diisopropylfluorophosphate (DFP). Although reducing the excitabili ty of both types of

repetitive discharges, i. v. hydromorphone (1-10 mg/kg) was more effective in suppressing picrotoxin foci than in abolishing the DFP discharges. Depression of the

foci was antagonized by i. v. naloxone which unmasked a weaker excitatory hydromorphone action; this effect was similar to the increased excitation of foci produced

by I. H. hydromorphone. The dominant depressant effects of hydromorphone on foci

are attributed principally to an extrahippocampal site of action which augments local

inhibition in the hippocampus. On DFP discharges I. H. hydromorphone had a

biphasic action: small doses suppressed or abolished the DFP discharges; higher

doses were focogenic. The depressed DFP activity was readily restored with

supplemental I. H. ACh, suggesting that hydromorphone initially interfered with the

local release of ACh. It is concluded that hydromorphone has a significant influence

on the activity of the hippocampus to which both the direct and indirect actions of the

opiate contribute.
BALL. J. C. and CHAMBERS. C.D.• editors. The Epidemiology of opiate Addiction in the

United States. Springfield. illinois: Charles C. Tpomas. 1970.

A comprehensive epidemiological study of drug addiction in the U. S. is

presented. Substantive findings concerning drug addiction at'e discussed based on a

6 year period of research at the addiction research center in Lexington, Kentucky.

Research findings are presented pertaining to female, Negro, Chinese-American,

Puerto Rican, and Mexican-American addicts, the phenomenon of onset of drug

use. and concurrent barbiturate addiction. The spread of the intravenous method of

hypodermic infection and the parentage and geographic mobility of U. S. addicts are

examined. Questions of both etiology and prevention are considered along with an

. extensive overview of the hard narcotics problem in contemporary America.

BERLOW, L. and WORK, D.R. My student is on drugs -- What can I do? North

Carolina Education (January, 1973)

BHARGAVA. H. N.and WAY, E. L. Brain acetylcholine (ACh) and choline(Ch) changes

during acute and chronic morphinization and during abrupt and naloxone precipitated withdrawal in morphine tolerant dep~ndent mice and rats. Proceedings of

the_Western EJ1~macologicaJ.Society 17: 173-177 (1974)

BLOOM. R., HAYS. J. R. and WINBURN. G. M. Marijuana use in urban secondary schools:

A three-year compariso:l.' Internatio~al Jo:.trnal of the Addictions 9(2): 329-335

(1974)

In this study the use of marijuana by high school students ranking from the

lower to the upper socioeconomic class and including Blacks. Mexican-Americans.

and Anglos was compared over a 3-year period. Analyses of the data revealed that

the Preston and Hays findings of the incidence of reported marijuana use were

comparable. and the different instruments and methodologies used by each investigator yielded data that were similar in pattern and frequency. The major finding

was that marijuana use varies according to the ethnic and socioeconomic group

examined.

BLUMBERG. H. and IKEDA. C. Interactions between naltrexone. morphine and cocaine

ill rats. Federation Pro·~eedings (in preSs)

During the course of clinical narcotic blockade maintained by oral naltrexone lIeI (N) administration, postaddicts frequently resort to the use of nonH9.rcotic abuse drugs, such as cocaine HeI (C). Investigations in ra;;s were undertaken to determine the possible effect of concomitant C admi.nistration upon the

narcotic antagonist activity 0: N. Deep narcosis with loss of righting reflex

(LRR) was -produced in young fosted male rats by morphine sulfate (M) at 50 109/kg

s. c. Motor hyperactivity was produced in normal rats by C at 40 tog /kg i. p. When

C was injected following M. deep narcosis with LRR still resulted. with occasional

spasm. convulsion and sometimes death. Narcotic antagonism was determined by

administering N p. 0 •• followed in 20 min•.by M s. c •• and 10 min. later by saline

or C i. p. ED50± s. e. values for N. as determined by protection against LRR.

were: with saline .70t .08. with C L 03 t .12 109/kg. indicating that C caused

little or no interference with N narcotic antagonist action. At 10 109/kg s. c. or

50 109/kg p. 0 •• N did not block C motor hyperactivity. When Nat 1 mg/kgs. c. or

10 mg/kg.p. o. preceded the M-C combination, narcosis and LRR were completely

blocked and the motor hyperactivity of C emerged•. Similarly. when N at 1 109/kg

s. c. was given to rats depressed by the M-C combination. the rats quickly righted

and exhibited C motor hyperactivity.
BOND, D. D., BRACELAND, F.J., FREEDMAN, D. X., FRIEDHOFF, A.J., KOLB, L. C.

and LOURIE, R.S., editors. The Year Book of Psychiatry and Applied Mental

Health 1971. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers, Inc., 1971.

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

BOYINK, N.O., HAYS, J.R. and WINBURN, G.M. Rural, urban, and white flight: The

Texas drug studies. St. Joseph Hospital Medical Surgical Journal 9(1): 18-24

(March, 1974)

Between December 1971 and April 1972, the prevalence of drug use among

secondary school students iIi each of three geographical locations in Texas was

surveyed. Each of these three studies was conducted at the request of someone

in that location with an interest in the actual level of drug use. In Houston, the

Houston Independent School District Committee on Drug Abuse had sponsored a

similar survey in 1970 and was interested in changes and trends in drug use.

In Alief the school districtsupervi~o~swere interested in the prevalence of drug

use' in Alief schools. The Plainview study was instigated by the Centr3i Plains

Community Mental Health Center. When all three surveys were completed, it

seemed worthwhile to compare them, since each area represented a different

cultural environment for the students growing up there. This comparison centers

mainly on the a...-nount of drug use for each community: rural, urban. and whiteflight suburban. Brief mention is made of patterns of use associated with demographic variables for each community.

In examining these communities, we found many factors that varied among

the children in each of the three areas. The biggest difference is probably between

the variety of life styles and possible value systems to which the children are exposed. The pace of life, the exposure to the rest of the world is very different in

an industrial city of two million people than it is in a white suburb 20 miles away

or in a small rural town 500 miles away. Since drug abuse is often considered a

societal problem. it is interesting to compare the prevalence of drug use in

these three different environments.

BRACELAND, F.J.. FREEDMAN, D.X., FRIEDHOFF, A.J., KOLB, L.C.. LOURIE. R.S.

and ROMANO. J., editors. The Year Book of Psychiatry and Applied Mental

Health 1973. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers. Inc .. 1973.

For abstract. see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic Effects.

BRACELAND, F.J., FREEDMAN, D.X.. FRIEDHOFF, A.J., LOURIE, R.S. and ROMANO,

J. ,editors. The Year Book of Psychiatry and Applied Mental Health 1972.

Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers, Inc., 1972.

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

BRAESTRUP, C. Effects of phenoxybenzamine, aceperone and clonidine on the

level of 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MOPEG) in rat brain.

Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmacology 26(2): 139-141 (February, 1974)

567
BRASE. D.A.. TSENG. L •• LOH. H.H. and WAY. E.L. Cholinergic modification of naloxoneinduced jumping in morphine dependent mice. European Journal of.F'harxnacol~

26: 1-8 (1974)

For abstract. see Section ITI. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

BRILL. N.Q. The marijuana problem. California Medicine 114(4): 55-57 (April. 1971)

BRILL. N.Q. The marijuana problem in perspective. Military Medicine 138(4): 205-210

(April. 1973)

BRILL. N.Q•• CRUMPTON. E •• FRANK. I.M•• HOCHMAN. J.S•• LOMAX. P •• McGLOTHLIN.

W. H. and WEST. L.J. The marijuana problem. Annals of Internal Medicine 73 :

449-465 (1970)

For abstract. see Section V. Adverse Effects. Toxicity and Genetic Effects.

BROTMAN. R•• SILVERMAN. I. and SUFFET.F. Drug use among affluent high school

youth. Marijuana. Edited by E. Goode. New York: Atherton Press. 1969.

BROTMAN. R. and SUFFET. F. The concept of prevention and its limitations. Annals of

American Academy of Political and Social Science (in press)

BROTMAN. R. and SUFFET. F. illicit drug use: Preventive education in the schools.

Psychiatric Annals (April. 1973)

BROWNE-MAYERS. A.N•• SEELYE. E.E•• SEIXAS, F. and STOKES, P. Alcoholism and

drug abuse. Chapter 25 of Progress in Neurolov and Psychiatry. Vol. 28.

Edited by E.A. Spiegel. New York: Grune and Stratton. Inc•• 1973•. Pp. 449-

467.

CHAMBERS. C.D~ and INCIARDI, J.A. Forecasts for the future: Where we are and where

we are going. Drugs and the Criminal.JuBtice System. EditedbyJ.A. Inciardi

andC. D-. Chamber-so Beverly Hills. ~ii!lifornia: Sage Publications. 19!74. - '-

Significant issues which require careful planning and refocusing of

drug prevention and intervention efforts are analyzed. A significant focus for

reducing crime is to increase the number of addicts in treatment. Most control

efforts addressing this social problem function as if drug use and drug-related

crime were operating independently of the other major social problems in urban

settings. The long-term reduction of addict crime will come about only after

societY addresses the correlate social problems. Most of society in general and

law enforcement people in specific react to all drug use as if it were the most

dangerous dysfunctional abuse. Some. drug experimentation and Some social!

recreational use of drugs will become normal behavior. Prevention and intervention efforts will become focused upon the persons so involved with drugs that

this use becomes a significanfrole in their lives and they cease adequate functioning

in their other roles. The pursuit of apprehension and punishment ofthose involved

in victimless crime must change if our criminal justice system is to remain

credible.

/.o'. '.

·-5613
CHENEY, D.~., JUDSON, B. A •. ~nd GOLDSTEIN, A. Failure of an opiate to protect mice

agamst naloxone-precIpItated withdrawal. The Journal of Pharmacology and

Experimental Therapeutics 182(2): 189-194 (1972)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COCHIN, J. Methods for the appraisal of analgesic drugs for addiction liability.

Selected Pharmacological Testing Methods, Vol. 3. Edited by A. Burger.

Medicinal Research Series. New York: Marcel Dekker, Inc., 1968.

For abstract, see Section 1. Methodology of Drug Research.

COCHIN, J. The role of the professional in affecting the climate surrounding the issue of

drug abuse. Chapter 33 of Drugs and Youth. Proceedings of the Rutgers Symposium

on Drug Abuse. Edited by J.R. Wittenborn, H. Brill, J.P. Smith and S.H.

Wittenborn. Springfield, illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1969.

COCHIN, J. ano HARRIS, L. Study of synthetic substitutes for morphine. Committee on

Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington, D. C.: National Academy of Sciences,

National Research Council, 1974.

COCHIN, J., SPIVAK, C. T. and LIPPER, S. Characteristics of the inhibition of

n-deme thylation of narcotic drug substrates by yarious antagonists. The

Pharmacologist 9: 218 (1967)

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

COHN, M. L. and COHN, M. Norepinephrine -- an antagonist of dibutyryl cyclic AMP in

the regulation of narcosis in the rat. Federation Proceedings 33: 494 (1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

COHN, 1\1. L., COHN, M. and TA YLOR, F. H. Norepinephrine - an antagonist of dibutyryl

cyclic AMP in the regulation of narcosis in the rat. Research Communications in

Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 7: 687-699 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COHN, M. L., TAYLOR, F., COHN, M. and YAMAOKA, H. Dibutyryl cyclic AMP - an

effective antidote against lethal amounts of amobarbital in the rat. Research

Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 6: 435-446 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COHN, M. L., YAMAOKA, H., TAYLOR, F. H. and KARYNACK, B. Action of intracerebroventricular dibutyryl cyclic A MP on amobarbital anesthesia in rats.

Neuropharmacology 12: 401-405 (1973)

F or abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

569

COLASANTI, B. and KHAZAN, N. Agonistic properties of narcotic analgesics and antagonists

on the electroencephalogram and behavior in the rat and their reversal by naloxone.

Neuropharmacology 12: 619-627 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COLASANTI, B. and KHAZAN, N. Antagonism of the acute electroencephalographic and

behavioral effects of morphine in the rat by depletion of brain biogenic amines.

Neuropharmacology 12: 463-469 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

COLASANTI, B. and KHAZAN, N. Interactions of narcotic analgesics and antagonists on the

electroencephalogram (EEG) and behavior of the rat. Federation Proceedings 31:

304 (1972)

COLLINS, P., WEI, E. and WA Y, E. L. The central site of morphine analgesia in rats.

Proceedings of the Western Pharmacological Society 17: 164-167 (1974)

COUSSENS, W. R., CROWDER, W. F. and DAVIS, W.M. Morphine induced saccharine aversion in alpha-methyltyrosine pretreated rats. Psychopharmacologia 29: 151-157

(1973)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

DAHLBERG, C. C. Let's stop lying about drugs. Medical Economics (special issue)

(April, 1970)

DAVIS, F. and MUNOZ, L. Heads and freaks: Patterns and meanings of drug use among

hippies. Journal of Health and Social Behavior (June, 1968)

An emerging social typology amo:lg Haight-Ashbury hippies is the as yet

largely implicit distinction drawn by them between "heads" and "freaks". At the

simple denotative level the former refers to regular users of LSD, the latter to

those who regularly "shoot speed" (inject Methedrine). These terms have, however,

acquired great referential elasticity and connote different hippie life-styles along

with their associated philosophical and attudinal outlooks. From the vantage-point

of this broadened socio-linguistic context, the terms reflect both differential

sources of social recruitment to the "head" and "freak" drug use patterns as well

as a prominent value tension within the hippie subculture between contemplative,

inwardly-directed forms of "mind-expansion" and more hedonistically oriented

forms of sensual excess.

DAVIS, W.M., BABBINI, M., COUSSENS, W.R., SMITH, S.G. and CROWDER, W.F.

Antagonism of behavioral effects of morphine by alpha-methyltyrosine (AMT).

The Pharmacologist 13(2): 280 (1971)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

DAVIS, W.1\1., BABBINI, M. and KHALSA, J.H. Antagonism by alpha-methyltyrosine of

morphine induced motility in non-tolerant and tolerant rats. Research Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology 4(2): 267-279 (1972)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs

570

DAVIS, W.M., LOGSTON, D.G. and HICKENBOTTOM, J.P. Antagonism of acute amphetamine intoxication by haloperidol'"and propranolol. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology 29: 397-403 (19-74)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

DAVIS, W. M. and SMITH, S. G. Alpha-methyltyrosine to prevent self-administration of

morphine and amphetamine. Current Therapeutic Research 14(12): 814-819

(1972)

For abstract, see Section III. Mech,anisms of Action of Different Drugs.

DAVIS, W. M. and SMITH, S. G. Blocking effect of alpha-methyltyrosine on amphetamine

based reinforcement. Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmacology 25: 174 (1973)

DAVIS, W.M. and SMITH, S.G. Blocking of morphine based reinforcement by alphamethyltyrosine. Life Sciences 12: 185-191 (1973)

for abstr~ct, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action ::>f Different Drugs.

DAVIS, W. M. and SMITH, S. G. Naloxone use to eliminate opiate-seeking behavior: Need

for extinction of conditioned reinforcement. Biological Psychiatry 9(2): 181-189

(1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

DA VIS, W. M. and SMITH, S. G~ Noradrenergic basis for reinforcement associated with

morphine action in nondependent ra.ts. Clinical Toxicology 7: 265 (1974)

DEWEY, W. L. Narcotic-antagonist assay procedures in dogs. Narcotic Antagonists.

Edited by M.C. Braude, L.S. Harris, E.L. May, J.P. Smith and J.E. Villarreal.

Advances in Biochemical Pharmacology, Vol. 8. New York: Raven Press. 1973.

Pp. 263-272.

Fpr abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

DEWEY, W. L. and HARRIS, L.S. Antagonistic activity of morphine and other narcotics in

the mouse locomotor activity test. The Pharmacologist 15(2): 65 (1973)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

DEWEY, W.L. and HARRIS, LoS. Intraperitoneal infusion of narcotic antagonists in rats.

Sixth International Congress of Pharmacology, Helsinki, Finland (in press)

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

DEWEY, W.L., HARRIS, L.S., HOWES, J.F. and NUITE, J. The effect of various neurohormo~al modulators on the activity of morphine and the narcotic antagonists in the

tail-flick and phenyquinone tests. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental

Therapeutics 175(2): 435 (1970)

For abstract, see Section w:.Mechal).ism~__<?f Action of Different Drugs.

571
DEWEY. W.L•• HARRIS. L.S. and PATRICK. G.A. Annual report on narcotic antagonists.

Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington, D.C.: National

Academy of Sciences. National Research Council (in press)

DOWNS, D. A. Narcotic antagonists: Behavioral paradigms of aversive control.

Presented at the Eastern Psychological Association Meeting. Washington.

D. C., May 3, 1973.

DOWNS, D. A. and WOODS, J. H. Effects of morphine, pentazocine, and naloxone on operant

responding in monkeys and pigeons. The Pharmacologist 16: 263(1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

DOWNS. D. A. and WOODS, J. H. Naloxone: Behavioral paradigms of aversive control.

The Pharmacologist 15: 237 (1973)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

DOWNS. D. A. and WOODS, J. H. Naloxone-maintained schedules of negative reinforcement

in morphine';'dependent rhesus monkeys. Committee on Problems o( Drug

Dependence. Washington, D. C.: National Academy of Sciences, National Research

Council, 1974. Pp. 826-838.

DRAWBAUGH, R. and LAL, H. Reversal by narcotic antagonist of a narcotic action elicited

by a conditional stimulus. Nature 247: 65-67 (January, 1974)

DWARSHUIS, L. Police-community relationships in innovative drug programs. Journal of

Forensic Psychology (Winter, 1973)

DWARSHUIS, L., KOLTON, M. and GORODEZKY, M. Role of volunteers in innovative

drug treatment programs. Pro::eedings, 8lst Annual Convention, American

Psychological Association. Washington. D. C.: American Psychological

Association. 1973. Pp. 967-968.

In this paper, findings regarding the use of volunteers in drug

treatment programs are presented. Special emphasis is placed on learning

what types of persons volunteer their services and whatissues face progra.ms

with a mostly v,olunteer staff.

DWARSHUIS. L., KOLTON. M. S. and GORODEZKY, M. The treatment approach of innovative drug programs for youth. Drug Forum 3(3): 249 (Spring, 1974)

The treatment approaches of 72 innovative drug programs were studied.

A wide variety of services were offered on a routine basis, including individual

and group counseling. crisis intervention, consciousness raising techniques and

alternative activities. The voluntary nature of treatment made client selection

and follow-up difficult. Dependency on the program often became an issue. Increasingly treatment has shifted toward a community prevention emphasis.

DYKSTRA, L.A.. McMILLAN, D. E. and HARRIS, L. S. Antagonism of morphine by longacting narcotic antagonists. Psychopharmacologia 39.: 151-162 (1974)

For abstract, See Section IV. Behavioral StUdies. ,'5?2~-
EIDELBERG,.~. and BO~, '~' L. _E.ffects of morphine and antagonists 0:1 hypothalamic cell

actlVlty. Archlves mternatlona1es de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie 196:

16-24 (1972) . _ '

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

EIDELBERG, E. and ERSPAMER, R. Failljlre of na10xo:1e to prevent acute morphine tolerance and dependence. Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de

Therapie 211(1): 58-63 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

EIDELBERG, E. and LOSCHIAVO, C.M. Effects of morphine and opioid antagonists on

the c~ntral nervous syst.em. Committee. on .the Problems of Drug Dependence.

Washmgton, D. C.: Natlona1 Academy qt SClences, National Research Council,

1969. .'

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. and COHEN, S.,_ Meetings: Amphetamine abus,? Science

171: 420-421 (January, 1971)

EL-YOUSEF, M.K., JANOWSKY, D.S., DAVIS, J.M. and ROSENBLATT, J.E. Induction

of severe depression by physostigmine in marijuana intoxicated individuals.

British Journal of the Addictions (in press)

:nDELL, L. S. Put her down on .drugs: Prescribed dr.ug usage in women. Presented at the

Western Psychological Association Meeting. Anaheim, California, April 12,

1973.

FINK, M. Narcotic antagonists in opiate dependence. Science 169: 1005-1006 (1970)

FINK, \\1. A rational therapy of opiate dependence: Narcotic antagonists. Qrug Abus~:

~roceedings of the International Conference. Edited by C.J.D. Zarafonetis.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.: Lea and Febiger, 1971.

FINK, M. Treatment and prevention of opi.ate dependence. Contemporary Drug Problems.

\Vashington, D. C.: Federal Legal Publications, 1972.

FINK, M. and FREEDMAN, A. M. Antagonists in the treatment of opiate dependence.

Modern Trends in Drug Dependence and Alcoholism. Edited by R. V. Phillipson.

London: Butterworths, 1970. Pp. 49-59.

Following the theoretic view that relapse in opiate dependence

may be related to conditioning, often to subtle environmental clues,

a treatment model was suggested using narcotic antagonists and

repeated exposure to narcotics to produce de conditioning. Nalorphine was

suggested in this context but its duration was too short.

Studies with two active antagonists, Cyclazo:::ine and Naloxone,

are reported. These have proved sufficiently useful to recommend

continued clinical trials. Engagement to a rehabilitation progr~mme

and anti-depressant activity are observed as useful concomitants of

the narcotic antagonist approac·h.

573
FINK, MOl FREEDMAN, A., ZAKS, A., SHAROFF, R. and RESNICK, R. Narcotic antagonists and substitutes in opiate dependence. The Present Status of Psychotropic

Drugs. Edited by A. Cerletti and F. J. Bove. Amsterdam, the Netherlands:

Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1969.

FINK, M., ITIL, T., ZAKS, A. and FREEDMAN, A. EEG patterns of cyclazocine. a

narcotic antagonist. Neurophysiological and Behavioral Aspects of Psychotropic

Drugs. Edited by A. Karczman and W. P. Koella. Philadelphia. Pennsylvania:

Charles C. Thomas, 1971.

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

FINK, M•• SIMEON, J., ITIL, T. and FREEDMAN, A. Clinical antidepressant activity of

cyclazocine - a narcotic antagonist. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics

11(1): 41-48 (1970)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

FINK, M., ZAKS, A•• RESNICK, R.B. and FREEDMAN, A.M. Narcotic antagonists in

the treatment of opiate. dependence. International Journal.of Clinical Pharmacology,

Therapy and Toxicology 4: 455-458 (1971)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs..

FINK, M., ZAKS, A., RESNICK, R. and FREEDMAN, A. Opiate antagonists in the treatment

of heroin dependence in man. Narcotic Drug:s: Biochemical Pharmacology. Edited

by D. Clouet. New York: Plenum Press, 1971.

For abstract, see Section Ill. Mecnanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

FINK, M., ZAKS. A •• SHAROFF. R., MORA. A•• BRUNER, A., LEVIT, S. and FREEDMAN,

A. M. Naloxone in heroin dependence. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics

9: 568-577 (1968)

Naloxone is a potent and rapidly acting narcotic antagonist, with a duration

of action whi-ch is shorter (3 to 4 hours) than that of heroin. In a clinical trial of

naloxone in the treatment of heroin dependence, a daily oral dose of 100 mg. at

8 a. m. and 7 p. m. effectively blockaded 20 mg. of heroin, with partial blockade

oPIO mg•• for up to lO-hours after the,morning dose. In nart:otic antagonisrn

therapy of opiate dependence, naloxone has the advantages of potency, rapid action,

absence of secondary effects, and acceptability. It has 'the disadvantages of brief

action and high cost.

FINK, M., ZAKS. A •• VOLAVKA, J. and ROUBICEK, J. Electrophysiological studies of

opiates and antagonists in man. Narcotic Drugs: Biochemical Pharmacology.

Edited by D. Clouet. New York: Plenum Press,. 1971.

FISHMAN, J., COTTER, M. L. and NORTON, ~. 1. Narcotic antagonists. 2. Preparation

and biological stability of naxolone-7. 8- 3H. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry

16: 556-557 (1973)
FISHMAN, J", NORTON. B. and HAHN, E. Differential distribution of opiate agonists and

antagonists in the rat brain as determined by double isotope techniques. Presented

at meeting of the American Society of Biological Chemists. 1974.

For abstract. see Section L Methodology of Drug Research.

FISHMAN, J., ROFFWARG, H. and HELLMAN, L. Disposition of naloxone-7, 8- 3H in normal

and narcotic-dependent men. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental

Therapeutics 187(3): 575-580 (1973)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

FORBES, J. E., DEWEY, W. L. and HARRIS, L. S. The effect of narcotics and narcotic

antagonists on ganglionic transmission in rat. Federation Proceedings (in press)

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

FREEDMAN. A.M.• ZAKS, A., RESNICK, ,R.. and FINK, M. Blockade with methadone,

c,yclazocine, and naloxo':1e. International Journal of the Addictions 5(3): 507-

515 (September, 1970)

GELLER, I., HARTMANN, R.J. and BLUM, K. The effects of low-dose combinations of damphetamine and cocaine on experimentally induced conflict in the rat. Current

Therapeutic Research 14(4): 220-224. (April. 1972)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

GELLERT, V. F. and SPARBER, S. B. Utilization of operant technics to assess degree of

opiate dependence after pellet implantation and naloxone administration: A comparison with body weight changes. Federation Proceedings 33(3): 501 (1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

GESSNER, P. K. Antagonism of the tranylcypromine-meperidine interaction by chlorpromazine

in mice. European Journal of Pharmacology 22: 187-190 (1973)

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic Effects.

GESSNER, P. K. and SOBLE, A. G. Antagonism of p-chlorophenylalanine of late tranylcypromine toxicity. Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmacology 24: 825-827 (1972)

575
GESSNER. P. K. and SOBLE. A. G. Studies on the role of brain 5-hydroxytryptamine in the

interaction between tranylcypromine and meperidine. Federation Proceedings

29: 685 (1970)

Rogers and Thornton (Br.J.Pharm. 36. 470. 1969) have suggested that the

increased toxicity of meperidine (MEP) after tranylcypromine· (TCP) is due to the

accumulation of brain 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) consequent to monoamineoxidase

inhibition. To test this hypothesis we determined the toxicity of the TCP-MEP

combination at 5 different doses in mice pretreated for 3 daY$ with 100 mg/kg/day

p-chlorophenylalanine (PCPA).an inhibitor of 5-HT synthesis. TCP sulfate and

MEP hydrochloride were always injected i. p. in a dose ratio of 3:10 by weight 4

hrs. apart. (Isobolographic analysis showed the effects of TCP and MEP at a

dose ratio of 3:10 to be more than additive.) Mice pretreated with PCPA exhibited

significantly lower 4 and 24 hr. mortalities than did saline pretreated controls

(P less than 0.001 and P less than 0.001 respectively). &-Hydroxytryptophane

(5-HTP). on the other hand, when administered i. p. 1 hr. prior to MEP (where

TCP:5-HPT:MEP = 3:1:10 at 6 different doses) resulted in a significantly higher

1 hr. mortality than was observed in controls receiving TCP, saline and MEP

(P=.04). We also have found that pretreatment with chlorpromazine in a dose of

10 or 20 mg/kg 1 hr. before MEP significantly (P less than 0.001) decreases the

toxicity of the TCP-MEP combination.

. .. GOLDBERG. S.R. Nalorphine: Conditioning of drug effects on operant performance.

Stimulus Functions of Drugs. Edited by G. Heistad, T. Thompson and R. Pickens.

New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1970.

GOLDBERG, S. R., HOFFMEISTER, F. and SCHLICHTING, U. U. Morphine antagonists:

Modification of behavioral effects by morphine dependence. Drug Addiction:

Experimental Pharmacology, Vol. 1. Edited by J. M. Singh. L~ Miller and

H. Lal. Mount Kisco, New York: Futura Publishing Company. Inc•• 1972.

Pp. 31-48.

GOLDBERG. S. R. and SCHUSTER. C. R. Conditioned suppression by a stimulus associated

with nalorphine in morphine-dependent rhesus monkeys. Journal of the Experimental

Analysis of Behavior 10: 235 (1967)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

~. ,.-,

GOLDBERG. S.R. and SCHUSTER. C. R. Nalorphine: Increased sensitivity of monkeys

formerly dependent on morphine. Scien~ 166: 1548-1549 (1969)

Three rhesus monkeys Macaca mulatta. formerly dependent on morphine,

had increased sensitivity to nalorphine1s effect of suppressing operant responding

for food. as compared with two monkeys with no history of morphine exposure.

Within the dose range employed, nalorphine injections produced emesis.·salivation. and hyperirritability in f~rmerly morphine-dependent monkeys but not in

cO:ltrols. .
GOLDBERG, S. R. and SCHUSTER, C. R. Persistence, extinction, -and reconditioning of

conditioned morphine-withdrawal changes in post-addict monkeys. Federation

Proceedings 28: 512 (1969)

Th,ree morphine-dependent rhesus monkeys were reinforced with food

presentations following every tenth response. A red light, which initially ha.d no

effect on food responding or heart rate, was aperiodically presented every third

or fourth session, 5-min before and after a..'1 intravenous injection of nalorphine,

a morphine antagonist which produces an immediate withdrawal syndrome in

morphine-dependent monkeys. After several such pairings, conditioned suppression

of food responding and heart rate occurred during the 5-min red light period prior

to the nalorphine injection, confirming results of our previous study (Fed. Proc.

25: 261, 1966). After ten pairings of the red light and nalorphine, two of the

;;""onkeys were completely withdrawn from morphine and were tested monthly

for the persistence of the conditioned response. Conditioned suppression to the

red light and saline injections was observed for 1-4 months following the withdrawal

of morphine. Repeated presentations of the red light-saline injection complex

led eventually to the extinction of conditioned suppression. Nevertheless, conditioned suppression could be rapidly reinstated by additional nalorphine injections.

GOLDBERG, S.R., WOODS, J.H. and SCHUSTER, C.R. Nalorphine-induced changes in

morphine self-administration in rhesus monkeys. The Journal of !'E_~~~

and Experimental Therapeutics 176: 464-481 (1971)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

GOLDSTEIN, A. Comments on the drug abuse problem. The Challenge of Life:

Biome_dical Progress and Human Values. Edited by R. M. Kunz and

H. Fehr. Basel, Switzerland: Birkhauser Verlag, 1972. P. 96.

GOLDSTEIN, A. Interactions of narcotic antago:1ists with receptor sites. Narcotic

Antagonists. Edited by M. C. Braude, L. S. Harris, E. L. May, J. P. Smith

and J. E. Villarreal. Advances in Biochemical Psychopharmacology, Vol. 8.

New York: Raven Press, 1973.

Evidence is summarized, from the work of others, indicating that narcotic antagonists occupy receptor sites passively and reversibly, whereas agonists

occupy the same sites actively, promoting cO:1formation change in the recepto!'.

A derivative conclusion is that narcotic receptor sites do not ordinarily interact

with any essential endogenous substrate such as a neurotransmitter. The receptor,

however, could have two sites - one for a..'1 endogenous substrate, the other an

allosteric site interacting with narcotic agonists and antagonists. A method is

described wher"by the interaction of naloxone with brain proteolipid can be

followed and compared with the similar interactions of levorphanol. The system

may b~ conducive to obtaining direct evidence about induced conformational change.

The guinea pig ileum longitudinal muscle-myenteric plexus preparation from

tolerant-dependent guinea pigs is tolerant to morphine and also to catecholamines,

is supersensitive to serotonin, and has unchanged sensitivity to acetylcholine. An

interpretation of these findings is offered, explaining the basis of tolerance and

dependence. Some receptors in the central nervous system, which are responsible

for precipitated withdrawal caused by naloxone, have different kinetic properties

from those that mediate various acute effects of the narcotics. The interaction

between naloxone and these receptors is noncompetitive with respect to narcotic

agonists. A well-known discrepancy between the duration of action of methadone

as an agonist and as a suppressor of withdrawal points in the same direction.

5.11'-
GOLDSTEIN. A •• LOWERY. P.J. and LOWNEY. L.I. Increased binding of an opiate narcotic

to a receptor proteolipid in the presence of naloxone. Federation Proceedings

33(3): 474 (March. 1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

GOLDSTEIN. J. W. Students' evaluations of their psychoactive drug use. Journal of

Counseling Psychology (in press)

For abstract. see Section V. Adverse Effects. Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

GORODEZKY, M.J•• DWARSHUIS. L. and KOLTON, M.S. Evaluation research with

innovative drug programs. DruS Forum 3(4): 349 (Summer, 1974)

Innovative drug programs often do not engage in any systematic program

evaluation. This absence of evaluation does not reflect an arbitrary resistance;

rather, it may be produced by difficulties in establishing evaluation criteria,

devising a measurement process, and lor potential cultural biases by available

researchers. This paper gives a definition for good evaluation. Elements of the

. definition are: a non-judgemental style by the evaluator, the use of unobtrusive

measures, and the importance of feedback to program staff.

GRAY, A. P. Long acting narcotic antagonist complexes. Proceedings of the Workshop

on Narcotic Abuse Problems (in press)

With the ultimate objective of developing long-acting narcotic antagonist

preparations for intramuscular administration in the treatment of narcotic dependence, we have prepared a large number of essentially water-insoluble salts and

complexes of cyclazocine, naloxone and naltrexone. Salts were derived from a

variety of mono- and poly-basic organic acids, and complexes from polybasic

organic acids and the polyvalent metal ions, Zn++' Al +++, Mg++ and Ca++.

As a guide to the select ion of preparations for study in animals, the equilibrium

percent dissociation of these salts and complexes was determined in vitro in a

simulated, physiological medium. Duration of narcotic antagonist activity of

selected salts and complexes admi.nistered by intramuscular injection to mice

was determined at several dose levels by a modification of the tail-flick test

.for analgesia. ,

The most significa!1t increases in duration of narcotic antagonist

activity in vivo were shown by zinc tannate and aluminum tannate complexes,

particularly when these were administered in suspension in an aluminum

monostearate gel in peanut oil. Two of these, naltrexone zinc tannate and

naltrexone aluminum tannate appear· most promising and are being subjected

to detailed evalution in anticipation of possible clinical trial. The duration

of actiVity in mice of naltrexone zinc tannate .has been independently confirmed

and preliminary toxicological study has revealed no untoward effects. The work

is continuing.
GRA Y, A. P. and ROBINSON, D. S. Insoluble salts and salt complexes of cyclazocine and

naloxone. Narcotic Antagonists. Edited by M. C. Braude, L. S. Harris,

E. L. May, J. P. Smith and J. E. Villarrea1. i~dvances in Biochemical

Psychopharmacology, V01. 8. New York: Raven Press, 1973.

The ultimate objective of this research is the development of longacting narcotic antagonist preparations for intram uscular administration in

the treatment of narcotic dependence. To this end, we have thus far prepared

23 salts of cyclazocine and 11 salts of nalozone with various mono- and polybasic

organic acids. In general, salts of methadone were more soluble than those of

cyclazocine which were more soluble than those of nalozone. From study of a

large number of organic acids, a rather complete picture has been deduced of

the structural features which need to be present in the acid if it is to yield a

water-insoluble salt with an antagonist base. Various methods were explored

to incorporate metal ions into complexes with drug and organic acid. Generally,

complexes were less soluble than corresponding simple salts. Twelve complexes

of cyclazocine and seven of naloxone have been prepared to date. As a guide to the

selection of preparations for study in animals, the percent dissociation of our salts

and complexes was determined in vitro in a simulated physiolo!?;ical medium.

Duration of narcoti c antagonist activity of sel('cted salts and complexes administered

intramuscularly to mice was determined by a modification of the tail-flick test for

analgesia, essentially according to Harris et a1. (5). Eighteen preparations of

cyclazocine a.nd six of naloxone have thus far been evaluated for duration of antagonist activity. A suggestion of a correlation has been observed between duration

of activity in vivo and percent dissociation in vitro. Several of our preparations

have significantly increased duration of narcotic antagonist activity in mice. These

are being studied further.

GRAY, A. P. and ROBINSON, D. S. Naltrexone zinc tannate: A prolonged-action narcotic

antagonist complex. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences 63(1): 159-161 (January,

1974)

GRIFFITHS, R. R., WURSTER. R., FINDLEY, .T. and BRADY, .T. V. Reduction of heroin

self-administration in baboon subjects by manipulation of behavioral and pharmacological conditions. Presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Psychological Association, Baltimore, Maryland, 1974.

HAHN, E. F. and FISHMAN,.T. Narcotic antagonists v. stereochemistry of reactions at

C-6 in 14-hydroxynoroxyTIlOrphone derivatives. Journal of Organic Chemistry

(in press)

The epimeric products of the borohydride reduction and of the methyl

lithoum reacH on of the C-6 ketone of naloxone were isolated. The stereochemistry

of the products was assigned on the basis of nmr evidence, which indicates that in

each case the major product has the 6 alpha-hydroxy orientation.

HAHN, E. F., FISHMAN, J. and HEILMAN, R. D. Narcotic antagonists IV. C-6 derivatives

of N-substituted noroxymorphones as narcotic antagonists. Journal of Medicinal

Chemistry (in press)

A series of new narcotic antagonists have been synthesized by modifying

the C -6 carbonyl group in naloxone la and naltrexone lb. New functional units were

introduced by reaction with various phosphorus and sulfur ylids and alkyl lithium

reagents. The activity of the new compounds was measured by the hot plate and

tail clip tests after oral administration to mice. The majority of the new narcotic

antagonists exhibited oral potencies considerably superior to the parent compounds,

with 6-methylene derivatives Ira and lIb showing the most impressive increases.

579

HANLON. T. E .• KURLAND. A. A. and McCABE. O. L. Naloxone treatment of the paroled

narcotic addict: A program of research. Neurotherapy and Other Treatments.

Vol. 5. Edited by J. Singh. Mount Kisco. New York: Futura Publishing Company,

1974.

The overall findings of a long term research program on the use of

naloxone with the paroled narcotic addict were reported. The first two studies of

the four study program involved successive pilot and controlled evaluations of the

effectiveness of daily administered. low dose naloxone (200 to 800 mg.), termed

a "partial, " or brief, blockade approach. The two subsequent studies involved

successive pilot and controlled evaluations of the effectiveness of a higher dose of

naloxone (500 to 2000 mg.), administered on a "contingent" basis; i. e .• whenever

there was evidence of narcotic drug use. Outcome results (retention in the treatment program vs. absconding and reinstitutionalization) for both the partial and

contingent approaches were consistent. Although initial pilot findings in both

instances had been encouraging, no significant differential results between

naloxone and placebo were subsequently found in controlled research. Interestingly, results of narcotic drug usage in the two controlled studies were not

consistent, having been in favor of naloxone over placebo in the partial blockade

method and having revealed no difference between active and inactive drugs in

the contingent approach. This inconsistency was explainable in terms of increased

placebo effectiveness under contingent conditions, a phenomenon that possibly bears

further investigation. The chief weakness of the narcotic antagonist approach was

discussed (i. e .• the lack of adherence to a prescribed treatment regimen because

of the addict's capability of titrating his own medication intake), and the importance

of a high level of motivation on the part of the patient was again observed. The use

of naloxone with an essentially unmotivated population was considered particularly

limited in view of its brief duration of action and the relatively high oral dose

necessary to achieve a 24-hour blockade. Implications and advantages of a

sustained released form of a narcotic antagonist agent were briefly noted.

HANLON. T. E .• McCABE, O. L. and KURLAND. A. A. Contingent naloxone treatment

of the narcotic addict. American Journal of Drug Abuse and Alcoholism (in press)

HARRIGAN, S. E. and McCARTHY, D. A. Morphine. propranolol and their interaction in

monkeys trained to self-administer drugs. The Pharmacologist 15(2): 237 (Fall,

1973)

Clinical reports have claimed that propranolol is effective in the treatment

of heroin dependence (Grosz, Lancet Se[Jt. 1972 & J. Ind. State Med. Assoc. 65, 1972).

Because of the similar pharmacologic responses between man and M. Mulatta with

respect to opiate drug seeking behavior and dependence, monkeys trained to selfadminister drugs were used to test this propranolol-morphine interaction under

controlled experimental conditions. Minimally restrained self-administering

monkeys were trained to discriminate between morphine (8 mu-g/kg/injection)

and saline on a limited access schedule of 15 minutes every 4 hours for 2 days on

morphine alternating with 2 days on saline. Propranolol (l mg / kg 1M) given

30 minutes prior to the first 3 sessions on morphine following the saline (control) days

did not antagonize the self-administration of morphine, whereas naloxone was highly

effective in this procedure. Additionally, propranolol itself was found to be weakly

reinforcing in methamphetamine trained self-administering monkeys. These results

offer no support of a presumptive nature for the claim that propranolol interferes with

opiate drug seeking behavior.

HASSELAGER, E., ROLINSKI, Z.-and RANDRUP, A. Specific antagonism by

dopamine inhibitors of items of amphetamine induced aggressive behaviour.

Psychopharmacologia 24: 485-495 (1972)"

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

HA YS, J. R. The incidence of drug abuse in the secondary schools of the Houston

Independent School District. A Technical Report to the Drug Education Committee

of the Board of Education of the Houston Independent School District, November,

1971.

The student drug survey was designed to provide relevant info~mation

on four points. It would provide the baseline data necessary to detect

changes in the pattern of drug abuse. It would help focus and modify the

drug education programs ,which are required by statute in the State of Texas

in grades five through twelve. It would aid public service agencies in planning

programs in drug abuse. It would provide data for public education so that

the general public can be'- aware of the extent of the problem in Houston;'

HERNDON, B. L., BAEDER, D. H. and RINGLE, D. A. Antagonism of morphine

analgesia by morphine-pellet implanted rabbit serum. Federation Proceedings

(in press)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechansims of Action of Different

Drugs.

HIGBEE, K. L. What is the "fear" in a fear-arousing appeal? Psychological Rep:>rts

35: 1161-1162 (1974)

Studies of the effectiveness of threat, or fear-arousal, in persuasion

seem to have assumed that the same variable was being investigated even

though different kinds of fear may have been aroused and different measures

of fear were used. These different kinds of fear may be grouped in two

categories: (a) an '3.ffective nausea-type fear and (b) a more cognitive concerntype fear. Responses of 60 junior-high and 126 college students to -::ommunications

on the dangers of marijuana were obtained on five measures used p:-eviously:

fear, anxiety, nausea, wo:-ry, and concern. rs among measures were significant

(p less than. OI), but fear, anxiety, nausea, and worry showed high intercorrelations,

while co.-lcern showed lower correlations with the other four measures. The

findings are consistent with the suggestion that there may have bean different

kinds of "fear" involved in research on fear appeals.

HO, I. K., LOH, H. H. and WA Y, E. L. Cyclic adenosine monophosphate antagonism

of morphine analgesia. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental

Therapeutics 185: 336-346 (1973)

For abstract, see S,=ction III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

HO, I. K., LOH, H. H. and WAY, E. L. Influence of GA BA on morphine analgesia,

tolerance and physical dependence. Proceedi~s of the WesterI!. Pharmacological

Society 16: 4-7 (1973).

581
HO, I. K., L U,S.E., STOLMAN, S., LOH. H. H. and WAY, E. L. Influence of

p-chlorophenylalanine on morphine tolerance and physical dependence and

regional brain serotonir, turnover studies in morphine tolerant-dependent mice.

The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 182(1): 155-165 (1972)

The administration of p-chlorophenylalanine (pCPA) inhibited partially

the development of tolerance to and physical dependence on morphine induced by

morphine pellet implantation in the mouse and rat. Tolerance inhibition by.

pCpA was evidenced by the decreased amount of morphine necessary to

produce analgesiaa.nd by the reduction in dependence by the increase in the

amount of naloxone necessary to induce precipitated withdrawal jumping

after pCPA treatment. Further evidence that pCPA reduced dependence

development on morphine was indicated by the fact that pCPA decreased

the loss in body weight that occurred after abrupt morphine withdrawal.

Regional studies of serotonin turnover in four brain areas indicated that

tolerant-dependent mice exhibited higher serotonin levels after pargyline

than nontolerant controls. especially in the hypothalamus and brain stem.

HOLLANDER, C•• editor. Collection of Background Papers on Student Drug

Involvement. Washington, D. C.: United States National Student Association,

1967.

HOLLISTER, L.E. Propranolol in withdrawal from opiates. Archives of General

psychiatry 31: 695-698 (November, 1974)

We used three different studies involving patients undergoing detoxification to evaluate the worth of propranolol hydrochloride in withdrawal

of opiates. If propranolol acts as a narcotic antagonist. the patient's condition

should become worse and require increased methadone hydrochloride; if it

were to afford symptomatic relief by blocking autonomic responses, methadone

requirements might be decreased. None of the studies indicated that propranolol r

hydrochloride in doses of 160 mg/day or less aggravated withdrawal symptoms.

Patients treated with the drug consistently required a somewhat smaller

methadone dose for detoxification. Patients who responded favorably had

mild withdrawal symptoms. The small benefit from the drug hardly merits

its consideration as an adjunct to the treatment of withdrawal from opiates.

HOLTZMAN. S. G. Behavioral effects of profadol in the rat. Psychopharma~ologia

34: 135-142 (1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

HOLTZMAN, S. G. Behavioral effects of separate and combined administration of

naloxone and d-amphetamine. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental

Therapeutics 189(1): 51-60 (1974).

For abstract, ,see Se~tion IV, Behavioral Studies.

HOLTZMAN. S. G. Interactions of pentazocine and naloxone on the monoamine content of

discrete regions of the rat brain. Biochemical Pharmacolo¥y 23: 3029-3035 (1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.
HOLTZMAN. S. G. Narcotic antagonists as stimulants of behavior in the ral

and nonspecific effects. Narcotic Antagonists. Edited by M. C. Br

L.S. Harris. E.L., May. J.P. Smith' and J.E. Villarreal. Advanc

Biochemical Psychopharmacology. Vol. 8. New York: Raven PresE

For: abstract. see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

HOLTZMAN. S. G. and JEWETT. R. E. Some actions of pentazocine on bet

and brain monoamines in the rat. The Journal of Pharmacology an(

Experimental Therapeutics 181(2): 346 (1972)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

HOLTZMAN. S. G. and JEWETT. R. E. Stimulation of behavior in the rat by

cyclazocine: Effects of naloxone. The Journal of Pharmacology and

Experimental Therapeutics 187(2): 380 (1973)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

HUGHES. J•• KOSTERLITZ. H. W. and LESLIE. F. M. Assessment o+: the agonist and

antagonist activities of narcotic analgesic activities of narcotic analgesic

drugs by means of the mouse vas deferens. British Journal of Pharmacology' .

51: 139-140 (1974)

HUNT. H. F. Problems of motivation and behavior in narcotics addiction. Catalogue

of Selected Documents in Psychology 3(Supplement): 54-55 (1973)

In this paper major features of the motivational and behavioral matrices

that lead to and maintain narcotics addiction are summarized. Such addictions

appear to depend fundamentally on two pillars: search for pleasure and avoidance of discomfort. The developmental sequences found in the acquisition of

addiction are reviewed. motivational factors coming into play at crucial

junctures are described. and the relative contributions of search for pleasure

and avoidance of discomfort at each are considered. The roles of abstinence

(both unconditioned and conditioned) and of personality dynamics are considered

in relation to the high probability of relapse after detoxifying treatment.

Difficulties enCO'1ntered in methadone and heroin maintenance and in the

therapeutic use of narcoUc antagonists are considered in the light of the

motivational. behavioraL and social factors that support addiction. Finally.

personality dynamics believed to contribute to addiction vulnerability are

discussed. The paper is written in largely nontechnical language. and is intended

as a brief but comp:oehensive introduction to the topic for educated lay perso:ls.

IWAMOTO. E. T •• HO. I. K. and WAY. E. L. Elevation of brain dopamine during

naloxone-precipitated withdrawal in morphine-dep.endent mice and rats.

Proceedings of the Western Pharmacological Society 16: 14-18 (1973)

IWATSUBO. K•• GOLD. G. J. and CLOUET. D. H. Dopamine-sensitive adenylate

cyclase of the caudate nucleus of rats treated with morphine or haloperidol.

The Pharmacologist 16(2): 270 (1974)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

"583
JAMES. J. Female addictive research. Addictive Diseases: An International Journal

(in press)

JANOWSKY. D.S•• EL-YOUSEF, M. K., DAVIS, J. M•• FANN. W.E. and OATES. J.A.

Guanethidine antagonism by antipsychotic drugs. Tennessee State Medical

Journal 65(7): 620-622(1972)

JANOWSKY, D. S., EL-YOUSEF, M. K., DAVIS. J. M. and SEKERKE, H.J.

Cholinergic antagonism of methylphenidate-induced stereotyped behavior.

Psychopharmacologia 27: 295-303 (1972)

For abstract. see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

JESPERSEN, S. and SCHEEL-KR.UGER, J. Antagonism by methYsergide of the 5-

hydroxytryptamine-like action of toxic doses of fenfluramine in dogs.

Journal of Pharmacy and Pharmacology ,22: 637-638 (1970)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

JONES, R. Significance and characteristics of drug dependence: Characteristics

of drug dependence to cannabis. Chemical and Biological Aspects of Drug

Dependence. Edited by S. J. Mule and H. Brill. Cleveland, Ohio:

Chemical Rubber Company Press, 1972. Pp. 65-81.

KAPLAN, J. Marijuana laws': An empirical study of enforcement and administration

in Los Angeles County. UCLA Law Review 15: 1499-1542 (1968)

KAUFMAN, J. J., KERMAN. E. and KOSKI, W. S. Quantum chemical, other theoretic!

and p~ysicochemicalstudies on narcotics and narcotic antagonists to understan<

their mechanism of action; International Journal of Quantum Chemistry"

Symposia Issue 1: 289 (1974)

·For abstract, see Section Ill. i\lechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

KAUFMAN, J. J •. , SEMO, N. M. and KOSKI, W. S. Microelectrometric titration

measurement of the pK IS, partition and drug distribution coefficients

of narcotics and narcotTc antagonists and their pH and temperature

dependence. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (in press)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

KENNEDY. D. K., GRUBB. M. N. and BURKS, T. F. Antagonism ofmethadone's

intestinal effects by cyproheptadi.ne. Gastroenterology 66: 396-402 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of ActioQ'ofDifkrent

Drugs;
KERR.F. W. and POZUELO, J. Suppression of physical dependence and induction of

hypersensitivity to morphine by stereotaxic hypothalamic lesions in addicted

rats and a new theory of addiction. Drug Addiction: Experimental Pharmacology,

Vol. 1. Edited by J. M. Singh, L. H. Miller and H. Lal. Mount Kisco, New York:

Futura Publishing Company, Inc., 1972.

For abstract, see Sp.ction III. Mechanisms of Action ·of Different

Drugs.

KERR, F. W., TRIPLETT, J. N., JR. and BEELER, G. W. Reciprocal (p:.lsh-puU)

effects of morphine on single units in the ventromedian and lateral hypothalamus

and influences on other nuclei: With a comment on methadone effects during

withdrawal from morphine. Brain Research 74: 81-103 (1974)

For abstract, stle Section ill. Mechanisms. of Action of Different

Drugs.

KHAZAN, N. EEG-EMG studies of morphine-like narcotics and antagonists. Journal

de Pharmacologie 5(Supplement>: .~06 (1974)

For abstract, see Section ill. MechanismS of Action of Different

Drugs.

KOLTON, M., DWARSHUIS, L. and GORODEZKY, M. Innovative Michigan

drug programs. Michigan Academician 5(1) (Summer, 1972)

KOSTERLITZ, H. W., LESLIE, F. M. and WATERFIELD, A.. A. Narco~ic agonist and

antagonist potencies of a homologous series of N-alkyl-norketobemidones measured

by the guinea pi.g ileum and mouse vas deferens methods. Journal of Pharmacology 27: 73-78 (1975)

For abstract, see Section J. Methodology of Drug Research.

KURLAND, A. A., HANLON, T. E. and McCABE. O. L. Naloxone and the narcotic

abuser: A controlled study of partial blockade. International Journal of the

Addictions 9(5): 663-672 (1974) ---

Within the framework of an ongoing urine monitoring program, 119

paroled narcotic addicts were randomly assigned to either urine monitoring

alone (concurrent control) or to double-blind treatment with either placeb::l

or Naloxone at a partial blockade dosage level (200 to 900 mg daily). Outcome

assessments at 6 and 9 months tended to favor "pill-takers" O"/er concurrent

controls. Although there were no significant differen:es between placebo and

Naloxone in terms of retention rates and the maintenance of complete

abstinence, there was considerably less narcotic drug use by Naloxonetreated subjects. Side effects were judged to be minimal and of little

consequence. The imp'Jrtance of motivation on the p3.rt of the addict in the

narcotic antagonist app!'oach is stressed.

585·

-r

Kl:RL.4.:"D, A. A., l\1cCABE, L. and lL!\NLO:\, T. Contir.ger:t naloxone treatment

of the narcotic addicl: A pilot study. InternatiO:Jal JO:lrnal of the Addictions

2(1): (in press)

A group of 10e chronic heroin abusers, paroled from Maryland correctional

institutions, was treatvd with the narcotic antagonist, naloxone, utilizing a new

prescription technique. This technique, applied in the context of a communitybased abstinence program, involved the administration of naloxone contingent

upon evidence of narcotic drug usage. Specifically, naloxone was administered

in escalating 500 mgs dosages to a daily maximum dosage of 2000 mgs. when

either urine analysis indicated narcotic drug use or unexcused absences

led to the suspicion of narcotic intake. Antagonist administration was then

continued at the maximum blockade level until th~ record was clear of both

direct and indirect evidence of drug abuse. This approach, incorporating

a tailored and parsimonious use of naloxone, was regarded as such a

distinct departure from the pop'..1lar approach of continuous, dailyantagonist administration, that a pilot investigation of its effectiveness was undertaken. Six month O:ltcome data on all subjects included in the investigation are contrasted with those of an historical control group of subjects

previously treated in the same clinic without naloxo:le administration. Both

groups were equivalent on all criminal history, demographic, and prognostic

variables. The group receiving contingent naloxone administration showed a

significa,ntly lower attrition (reinstitutionalization) rate (810) compared to a

non-chemotherapy reference sample (370/0) for the six-month evaluation period.

Moreover, the "total abstinence" rates for the same six-month period were considerably in favor of the naloxone group, 380/0 vs. 120/0. The contingent approach

to the use of naloxone is discussed in relation to the traditional daily administration procedure. the rationale for which is anchored in a conditioningextinction paradigm. The paper concludes with clinical impressions about

patient acceptability of the procedure and direction for future research.

LEAFE, T. D•• SARNER. S. F., WOODLAND. J. H. R.• YOLLES. S., BLAKE. D. A.

and MEYER. F. J. Injection method for deliv!=ry of long-acting narcotic antagonists.

Narcotic Antagonists. Edited by M. C. Braude. L. S. Harris.E. L. May.

J. P. Smith and J. E. Villarreal. Advances in Biochemical Psychopharmacology

Vol. 8. New York: Raven Press, 1973. .

Fo::' abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

LEANDER, J. D•• McMILLAN, D. E. and HARRIS. L. S. Effects of narcotic agonists

and antagonists on schedule-induced water and morphine ingestion. The

Journa~!Pharmacolo~~ and Experimental Therapeutics (in press) --

LINDER. C. and FISH!\1AN. J. 'Narcotic antagonists. 1. Isomeric sulfate and acetate

esters of naloxone (N-allylnoroxymorphone). Journal of Medicinal Chemistry

16(5): 553-556 (1973)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

McCABE, L., HANLON. T., SAVAGE, C., SHOCK, H., KURLAND, A. and BOGAN,

P. Contingent naloxone treatment of the narcotic abuser: Studies of two patient

samples. Proceedings of the 5th International Institute on the Prevention and

Treatment of Drug Dependence. Lausanne, Switzerland: International

Council on Alcohol and Addictions (in press)

586

McMILLAN, D. E. and MORSE. W. H. Some effects of morphine and morphine

antagonists on schedule-controlled behavior. The Journal of Pharmacology

and Experimental Therapeutics 157(1): 175-184 (1967)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

MELLETT, L.B. and STROBEL, J. An electrophoretic study of acute and

chronic drug effects. Bulletin, Problems of Drug Dependence

30: 5376-5391 (1968)

MOORE, S. R. The last article on drug abuse education. The Carolina Journal

of Pharmacy (March, 1974)

MOORE, S. R. The practicing pharmacist and the state plan for drug abuse prevention.

The Carolina Journal of Pharmacy (August, 1973)

MORETON, J. E •• ROElffiS, T. and KHAZAN. N. Duration of blockade by naloxone

arid naltrexone of EEG and behavioral effects of morphine injections in the

ra~. The Pharmacologist 16: 248 (1974)

Female Wistar rats were prepared with chronic cortical and muscle

electrodes and i. v. cannulas. Injections of naloxone or naltrexone (EN -1639A)

were administered s. c. at 12 noon, and 30 to 60 minutes later i. v. injections

of morphine were delivered automatically every 5 minutes (hourly dose of

2.5 mg/kg). Injections of morphine were discontinued upon the emergence

of morphine-induced EEG and behavioral changes which included suppression

of sleep and rapid eye movement sleep. and occurrence of EEG slow bursts.

Pretreatment with naloxone. 2, 4. 8 or 16 mg/kg'produced a dose-related

blockade of mor~hine effects. permitting normal sleep, REM sleep and awake

activity for 2.7 - 0.4. 2.6 t 0.2, 4.8 -: 0.5 and 5.6 to. 4 hours. respectively.

The duration of blockade provided by naltrexo:le at intermediate doses was about

twice that of naloxone. One, 2, 4. or 8 mg/kg naltrexone blocked morphine

effects for 3.0 -t 0.4, 3.9 -t 0.6, 6.6 -t 0.8 and 8.3 -t 0.2 hours, respectively.

It is concluded that the experimental design used permits delineation of the

p:1armacodynamics of narcotic antagonists.

MORETON, J. E., YOUNG, G. A., MELTZER, L. and KHAZAN, N. Effects of naloxone

on post-addict rats relapsing to morphine self-administration. Presented at

Federation Meetings. Atlantic City, New Jersey, April, 1975.

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

MUDGILL, L., FRIEDHOFF, A. J. and TOBEY, J. Effect of intraventricular administrations

of epinephrine, norepinephrine, dopamine, acetylcholine and physostigmine on

morphine analgesia in mice. Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie

et de Therapie 210: 85 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

MUSHLIN, B., GRELL, R. and COCHIN, J. Blockade of the development of tolerance to

morphine by concurrent naloxone administration. The Pharmacologist 16: 194

(1974) .

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms--or'Actlon of Di!fe~~rit Drugs.

I\"LHER, J. A second look at the social seminar. Sightlines (November, 1973)

NIELSEN, E. B. and LYON, M. Drinking behaviour and brain dopamine: Antagonistic

effect of two neuroleptic drugs (pimozide and spiramide) upon amphetamineor apomorphine-induced hypodipsia. Psychopharmacologia 33: 299-308 (1973)

For abstract, see Sectio:l IV. Behavioral Studies.

PARKER, R. B. Mouse locomotor activity: Effect of morphine, narcotic antagonists, and

the interaction of morphine and narcotic antagonists. Psychopharmacologia 38:

15-23 (1974)

Morphine-induced locomotor activity in mice has been investigated but

there appear to be only a small number of reports on the effects of narcotic

antagonists on this increased activity. Also, it is well known that some narcotic

antagonists can act as both morphine antagonists and analgesics in nociceptive

assays, but there have been few demonstrations of this stimulant and antagonistic

action with locomotor activity studies. In this study, six compounds (cyclazocine

levallorphan, diprenorphine (M-5050), nalorphine, naloxone, and naltrexone) have

been investigated in regard to their activity as antagonists of morphine -induced

locomotor activity and in regard to their ability to stimulate locomotor activity

themselves. All six compounds antagonized the effect of morphine, but only

cyclazocine and levallorphan produced any significant stimulation of locomotor

activity by themselves at the doses tested. This study indicates that changes in

mO'..lse locomotor activity can be used successfully to monitor the interaction between morphine and narcotic antagonists and that locomotor activity studies can

also be used to study the stimulant (agonist) properties of narcotic antagonists.

PASTERNAK, G. W., WILSON, H. A. and SNYDER, S. H. Differential effects of protein

modifying reagents on receptor binding of opiate agonists and antagonists.

Molecular Pharmacology (in press)

PERT, C. B., PASTERNAK, G. and SNYDER, S. H. Opiate agonists and antagonists discriminated by receptor binding in brain. Science 182: 1359-1361 (December, 1973)

PERT, C. B. and SNYDER, S. H. Opiate receptor binding of agonists and antagonists

affected differentially by sodium. Molecular Pharmacology 10: 868-879 (1974)

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metab·:>lism.

PRATHER, J.E. and FIDELL, L.S. Patient sex differences in the content and style of

medical advertisements. Social Science & Medicine_ (in press)

This study focuses on the relationship between sex differences in medical

advertisements for drugs and physician attitudes as these attitudes are influenced

by and/or reflected in drug advertisements. The sex of the patient is a salient

variable because there are sex differences in the extent, type, and source of

drugs in use.

PRATHER, J. E. and FIDELL, L. Put her down and drug her up! Presented at American

Sociolo6"Y Asso·:iation, New Orleans, Louisiana, August, 1972.

0588

QUOCK, R. M. and HORITA, A. The interaction of naloxone with apomorphine induced

hyperthermia in rabbits. Proceedings of the Western Pharmacological Society

16: 68 (1973)

For abstract, see Section ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

RESNICK, R. B., FINK, M. and FREEDMAN, A. M. Cyclazocine treatment of opiate

dep·endence: A progress report. Comprehensive Psychiatry 12(6): 491-502

(November, 1971)

ROBBINS, T., ANTHONY, D. an9- CURTIS, T. Youth ::ulture religious movements:

Evaluating the integrative hypothesis. Sociological Quarterly (February, 1975)

This paper assesses the "integrative hypothesis" as an aid to understanding the current emergence of new religious mo.vements appealing mainly

to young persons. Four ways in which these movements reintegrate young

persons. Four ways in which these movements reintegrate young persons into

the, social system are identified: a'djustive socialization', combination,'compensation, and redirection. The limitations of each of these as an explanation for

the integrative consequences of youth culture religious movements are discussed.

A distinction is made between adaptive movements which appear to actually re- .

assimilate social "drop-outs" into conventional instrumental routines, aild marginal

movements which appear to take converts out of conventional roles and routines,

but which also perform latent tension management functions for the so::ial system.

The correlated properties of adaptive and marginal movements and the tendency

for marginal movements to evolve into adaptive movements are discussed. Finally,

the problem of "reductionism" in analyzing religious movements in terms of their

latent integrative "functions" is discussed.

ROLINSKI, Z. and SCHEEL-KRUGER, " J. The effect of dopamine and noradrenaline

antagonists on amphetamine induced locomotor activity in mice and rats.

Acta Pharmacologia et Toxicologica 33: 385-399 (1973)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

SCHEEL-KRUGER, J. Pharmacological studies on a counter-balancing adrenergiccholinergic system in the brain. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica 330

(Supplement): 66 (1969)

For abstract, see Section Ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

SCHIcDRRING, E. Can we change the behavior and attitude of adolescents to ingestion of

euphoriant drugs? Folkeskolen 36 and 37 (1971)

SCHWARTZ, A. S. and MARCHOK,. P. L. Depression of mo~phine-seekingbehaviourby

dopamine inhibition. Nature 248(5445): 257 (March, 1974)

SCHWARTZ, A. S. and MARCHOK, P. L. Depression of morphine-seeking behavior in the

rat by haloperidol. Committee on the Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington,

D. C.: National Academy of Sciences, National Research Coundl, 1974.
SEGAL. B. and MERENDA, P.F. Locus of control. sensation seeking. and drug and

alcohol use in college students. Drug Forum (in press)

This report consists of a series of interrelated studies. each of which

tests specific hypotheses related to drug use. alcohol use•. and nonuse of either.

and the personality constructs. of sensation seeking and locus of control. Since

the data. collection differed slightly for. each. of the studies. and since each study

addressed itself to a specific problem. the studies are presented as individual

research projects. Each study has its own rationale .and conclusions and is

cited in the order in which it was conducted. together with summaries which

interrelate the specific findings.

SHARKAWI. M. and GOLDSTEIN. A. Antagonism by physostigrnine of the "running fit"

caused by Ievorphanol. a morphine congener. in mice. British Journal of

Pharmacology 37(1): 123-128 (September. 1969)

For abstract. see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

SMITH. C. B. Neurotransmitters and the narcotic analgesics. Chemical and Biological

Aspects of Drug Dependence•• Edited by S. J. Mule and H. Brill. Cleveland.

Ohio: Chemical Rubber Company Press. 1972. Pp. 495-504.

For abstract, see Section m.Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

SMITH. C.B•• SHELDON. MoL. BEDNARCZYK. J.H.and VILLARREAL. J.E.

Morphine-induced increases in the incorporation of 14C-tyrosine into 14C_

dopamine and l4C-norepinephrine in the mouse brain: Antagonism by naloxone

and tolerance. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics

180(3): 547-557 (1972)

For abstract. see Section n. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

SOSKIN. W. Children of the Good Life. A Second Interim Report on Project

Community. Berkeley, California. March. 1972.

Southern"Regional Education Board. Beyoncf'the Three R IS. Training Teachers for

Affective Education. Atlanta, Georgia: Southern Regional Education Board, 1974.

Southern Regional Education Board. Doing Drug Education. The Role of the School Teacher.

AUanta, Georgia: Southern Regional Education Board. 1972.

Southern Regional Education Board. State plans for drug and alcohol education and issues

in program licensing. Proceedings of the Southern Regional Education Board .

Conference. Atlanta. Georgia. July, 1973.

Southern Regional Education Board. Why Evaluate Drug Education? Task Force Report.

Atlanta. Georgia: Southern Regional Education Board. 1974.
SPAULDING. T. C. and DEWEY. W. L. The effect of phenitrone. a reported hashish

antagonist. on the overt behavior of cats. Research Communications in Chemical

Pathology and Pharmacology 7(2): 347-352 (February, 1974)

For abstract, see -Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

SPEEDY. G.A. Opera~tion Reach Guidebook for Explorers. Boy Scouts of America. 1971.

SPEEDY. G.A. Operation Reach'Guidebook for Posts. Boy Scouts of America. 1971.

SPEEDY. G.A. Operation Reach Guidebook for Scouts. Boy Sco"J.ts of America. 1971.

SPEEDY. G. A. Operation Reach Guidebook for Troops. Boy Scouts of America. 1971.

SPEEDY, G.A. Reaching. Scouting Magazine (January. 1972)

STEINERT. H. R•• HOLTZMAN. S. G. and JEWETT. R. E. Some agonistic actions of the

morphine antagonist levallorphan on behavior and brain monoamines in the rat.

Psychopharmacologia 31: 35-48 (1973)

For abstract. see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens. Inc. CNS depressants. A STASH

literature review. Grassroots (November. 1974 Supplement)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens. Inc. Different strokes for different

folks. The multimodality approach to the management of narcotics addiction.

A STASH literature review. Grassroots (November. 1973 Supplement>

Student Assodatio:l for the Study of Hallucinogens. Inc. The relationshi'p between drug

advertising and drug misuse. A STASH literature review. Grassroots

(January. 1974 Supplement)

Student Association for the Study of HallUcinogens. Inc.

Gr~~~ (A ugust. 1972 Supplement)

STASH fact sheet on psilocybin.

Stu::lent Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. STASH notes: Phenyclidine (PCP).

STASH CapSUles 5(2) (April. 1973)

TAKEMORI. A.E. Biochemistry of drug dependence. Ann"!'al Review of Biochemistry

43: 15-33 (1974)

TAKE MORI, A. E. Determination of pharmacological constants: Use of narcotic

antac:ronists to characterize analgesic receptors. Narcotic Antagonists. Edited

bv l\;.C. Braude, L. S. Harris, E. L. ]'v1ay, J. P. Smith and J. E. Villarreal.

Advances in Biochemical Psychopharmacology, Vol. 8. New York: Raven Press,

1973.

TSENG, L. F., LOR, R. R., RO, I. K. and WAY, E. L. The role of brain catechoJamines

in naloxone -induced withdrawals in morphine-dependent rats. Proceedings of the

Western Pharmacological Society 17: 178-183 (1974)

TULUNAY, F. C., SPARBER, S. B. and TAKEMORI, A. E. The role of dopaminergic

stimulation and blockade on the nociceptive and antinociceptive resp:::mses 0: mice.

European Journal of Pharm~cology (in press)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of A ction of Different Drugs.

TULUNAY, F. C. and TAKEMORI, A. E. Dopaminergic system and analgesia. The

Pharmacologist 16: 248 (1974)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

TULUNAY, F.C. and TAKEMORI, A.E. Further studies on the alteration of analgesic

receptor-antagonist interaction induced by morphine. The Journal of Pharmacology

and Experimental Therapeutics 190(3): 401-407 (1974)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

VACHON, L., MIKUS, P., MORRISEY, W., FITZGERALD, M. and GAENSLER, E.

Proceedings from the National Conference on Marihuana (in press)

For abstract, see Section Ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

VAILLA J\"'T, G. E. A comparison of antagonists of P:Jysostigmine -induced suppression of

behavior. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 157(3):

636-648 (1967)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

VILLARREAL, J. E. The effects of morphine agonists on morphine-dependent rehesus

mO:lkey.s. _Ag~nist and Antagonist Actions ,of Narcotic Analgesic Drugs. Edited by

H.W. Kosterlltz, H.O.J. Colher, J.E. VIllarreal. Baltimore, Maryland: Baltimore

University Park Press, 1973. Pp. 73 -93.

VILLARREAL, ,J.E., A suggested procedure for evaluating the dependence liability of

morp~e-llke compounds with mixed agonist-antagonist properties. Committee

on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington, D. C.: National Academy of

Sciences, National Research Council, 1969. Pp. 6015-6028.

VOLAVKA, J., ZAKS, A., ROUBICEK, J. and FINK, M. E1ectrographic effects of

diacetylmorphine (heroin) and naloxone in man. Neuropharmacology 9: 587-593

(1970)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

WAINER. B. H.. FITCH. F. W•• ROTHBERG. R. M. and SCHUSTER. C. R. In vitro

morphine antagonism by antibodies. Nature 241: 537-538 (February. 1973)

WAX. J•• NUITE, J. A•• TESSMAN. D. K•• JORDAN. J. H., JR•• McLEAN. J. R. and

McCARTHY. D. A. Antinociceptive agonist and antagonist activities of reference

agents and new compounds in rodents. Report of the 36th Ani'lUal Scientific Meeting

of the Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Mexico City. Mexico.

March 10-14. 1974. Pp. 1150-1159.

Eight compounds submitted under code number by the NIMH Center for

Studies of Narcotics and Drug Abuse were evaluated for antinociceptive and morphine antagonist activity by the subcutaneous route in rodents. DAC -26-4 was

ca. 0.025 times as potent as morphine in inhibiting phenylquinone writhing in mice

(ED50 =16 (7.6 to 33) 950/0 mg base!kgm). The other compounds were substantially

devoid of activity at reasonably subtoxic dose levels. Antagonist activity was determined as potency relative to naloxone in antagonizing morphine-elevated thresholds to tail pressure in rats. In descending order of activity. the relative

potencies are: naltrexone. 2.5 (1.8 to 3.4) 95%; naloxone, 1; DAC -26-4. 0.77

(0.60 to 0.99) 950/0; DAC-1412. ca. 0.4; DAC-28-4. 0.27 (0.22 to 0.32) 950/0; .

NIH-8773, ca. O. 25; DAC-27-4-:-0~14 (0.10 to 0.19) 95%. DAC-8-7... E.JV[Y~121 and

EMY-122 sh(;Wed no activity at doses 170 times greater than effective levels of

naloxone.

WAY. E. L., LOH. H. H•• HO. I. K. , IWAMOTO. E. T. and WEI. E. Neuroanatomical

and chemical correlates of naloxone-precipitated withdrawal. Narcotic Antagonists.

Edited by M.C. Braude. L.S. Harris. E. L. May, J. P. Smith and J.E. Villarreal.

Advances in Biochemical Psychopharmacology, Vol. 8. New York: Raven Press.

1973.

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

WAY. E.L. and SETTLE. A. Multiapplications of narcotic antagonists. Rational Drug

TherapY (in press)

WEI. E •• LOH, H.H. and WAY. E.L. Neuroanatomical correlates of morphine dependence.

Science 177: 616-617 (August. 1972)

WILSON. H.A., PASTERNAK. G. W. and SNYDER, S. H. Differentiation of opiate agonist

and antagonist receptor binding by protein modifying rea~ents. Nature (in press)

WINBURN. G. M. and HAYS. J. R. Dropouts: A study of drug use. Jout"nal of Drug

Education 4(2): 249-254 (Summer. 1974)

A group of 144 high school dropouts wet"e surveyed in an effort to study

the prevalence and correlates of their drug use as compared to that of 2. 277 high

school students. Tobacco (740/0) and alcohol (71%) were reported to be the most

used of nine categories of substances included in the survey. Next highest categories of use were of marijuana (38%) arid stimulants (31%). The category of

drugs with the lowest overall reported use was opiates or co~aine, with 11.9 per

cent of the dropouts reporting use. The results were reported according to grade

level. sex, and ethnicity.

593
WINTER. J.C. Behavioral effects of n. n-diethyltryptamine: Absence of antagonism by

xylamidine tosylate. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics

169(1): 7 (1969) ..

For abstract. see Sectionm. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

WOODLAND. J;, aR•• YOLLES. S•• BLAKE. D.J\•• HELRICH. M. and MEYER. F. J.

Long-acting delivery systems for narcotic antagonists. Journal ofMedicinal

Chemistry 16(8): 897-901 (1973)

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

WOODS. J.H.. DOWNS. D.A. and VILLARREAL. J.E. Changesinop,srantbehavior

during deprivation- and antagonist-induced withdrawal states. Psychic Dependence.

Edited by L. Goldberg andF. Hoffmeister. New York: Springer-Verlag. 1973.

For abstract. see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

YOLLES. S•• ELDRIDGE. J•• LEAFE. T•• WOODLAND, J. a R•• BLAKE. D. R. and

MEYER. F. Long-acting delivery systems for narcotic antagonists. Controlled

Release of Biologically Active Agents. Edited by A. C. Tanquary and R.E. Lacey.

New York: Plenum Press, 1974. Pp. 177~193.

YOLLES,S•• ELDRIDGE, J.E. and WOODLAND, J. aR.Sustained delivery of drugs from

polymer/drug mixtures. Polymer News 1(4-5): 9-15 (1970)

For abstract. see Sectlon I. Methodology of Drug Research.

ZAKS, A. M., BRUNER, A•• FINK. M.and FREEDMAN. A. M. Intravenous diacetylmorphine (heroin) ,in studies of opiate dependence. Diseases of Ule Nervous System

30(Supp1ementh 89-92 (1969)

.;'0.

ZAKS, A., JONES.. T•• FINK. M. and FREEDMAN. A. M. Naloxone treatment of opiate

dependence. JO".lrnal of the American Medical.As.go~iation 215(13): 2108 (March. 1971)

For abstras;:t•. See Section .ur., .Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs. . .'.

··.594
.- .

.SfDD

- - - _. -.. .._.

1fIT@ffi~LITl@rn~C1ill@ilffi~@c[l - - . -.' - --- - ----

AMINI, F. and SALASNEK, S. Adolescent drug abuse: Search for a treatment model.

Comprehensive Psychiatry (in press)

The search for an effective form of treatment for the adolescent drug

abuser has brought the authors to a conceptual model which is presented here.

The attempt is made to delineate an approach and to assess its strengths and

weaknesses on the basis of the experience gained on a Youth Drug l'nit that has

been in operation for nearly seven years.

BABST, D. V., CHAMBERS, C. D. and WARNER, l;; Patient characteristics associated

with retention in a methadone maintenance program. BritiSh ,L'urnal of the

Addictions 66: 195-204 (1971)

The purpose of this study was to determine if it is possible to differentiate

between types of patients as to their ability to stay in a methadone maintenance

program. The study is based on most first admissions {679 cases} to the DoleNyswander Methadone Maintenance Program from its beginning in 1964 to March 15,

1968. Each patient was followed up to determine whether he was still in the program

2 years later. This meant the last admissions were followed to March 15, 1970.

Eighty percent of both males and females were still in the program 2 years or longer.

Those patients who did poorly were those who had longer conviction records, were

multiple drug users, abused alcohol, were not employed at admission, were older,

and were not married. It was shown that patients with combinations of the above

characteristics had lower retention rates than those identified by one factor at a

time.

BAKER, W. W. and KRATKY, M. Suppression of hippocampal DFP discharges by chlorpromazine, imipramine and desipramine. Archives internationales de Pharmacodynamie

et de Therapie 189: 109-122 (1971)

Acute effects of chlorpromazine, imipramine, or desipramine administered

i. v. or microinjected intrahippocampally 0. H. } were studied on continuous hippocampal

discharges; these discharges of cholinergic origin were established by 1. H. microinjection of the anticholinesterase diisopropylfluorophosphate (DFP>' When administered

i. v. all three agents, without initially stimulating, reduced the intensity and subsequentl.... aboli.shed the discharges. Modifiration of the extrahippocampal inputs was

su~gested as an indirer.t mechanism throu"h which the psychotropic drugs reduced

the excitability of the hippocampus; however, they also acted directly on the hippocampus to alter local activity. At small!. H. doses each drug enhanced the discharges,

but at higher cumulative doses tota11y suppressed all activity. Desipramine produced

also an early transitional phase of cycling with alternate periods of waxing and waning

of the discharges. Suppression of the discharges by the psychotropic drugs was

attributed to an hypothesized local stabilizing effect involving norepinephrine as

well as to a central cholinolytic action. It is concluded that in this system the

psychotherapeutic drugs chlorpromazine, imipramine and desipramine differ

only quantitatively from one another in stabilizing hippocampal activity.

595

BAKER. W. W., YOUNG, R. L. and KRATKY, 1\1. Analysis of the effects of hydromorphine

on hippocampal excitability and their antagonism by levallorphan and naxolone.

Fifth International Congress on Pharmacology, San Francisco, California, 1972.

P. 13.

BALDWIN. B. A., LJPTZIN. lVI. B. and GOLDSTEIN, B. B., JR. Youth services: A multifaceted community approach to drug abuse. American Journal of Psychiatry

24(10): 695-697 (October, 1973)

The increase in drug abuse in the 1960s prompted the establishment of

numerous telephone hotlines and drop-in crisis centers. As the number of acute

drug crises has abated, such facilities are expanding their services to deal with

other problems of youth. In Chapel Hill, North Carolina, the drug-crisis center

has evolved into a multiservice center, and its sponsors have also established

two other programs, a residential center for heroin addicts and a foster home for

runaways. Peer counselors in the facilities have proved valuable in helping

disturbed youths.

BLUMBERG, A. G., COHEN. M., HEATON, A. M. and KLEIN, D. F. Covert drug abuse

among voluntary hospitalized psychiatric patients. Journal of the American

Medical Association 217(12): 1659-1661 (September, 1971)

A survey of 332 young psychiatric patients, by means of repeated urinaOry

chromatographic analyses, revealed that at least 60% of these patients employed

abusable drugs while hospitalized. Barbiturates were detected most frequently,

and addiction did not occur among patients who remained in the hospital. The

high incidence of drug abuse in hospitalized patients must be considered in the

light of alterations of psychiatric states and in the interpretation of treatment

results. The chromatographic screening of the urine of hospitalized patients

for nonprescribed drugs is recommended.

BOND, D.D., BRACELAND, F.J., FREEDMAN, D.X., FRIEDHOFF, A.J., KOLB, L.C.

and LOURIE, R. S., editors. The Year Book of Psychiatry and Applied Mental

Health 1971. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers, Inc., 1971.

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, TOXicity and Genetic Effects.

BOUDIN, H. M. Contingency contracting as a therapeutic tool in the deceleration of

amphetamine use. Behavior Therapy 3(4): 604-608 (October, 1972)

This study illustrates the use of contingency contracting in the treatment

of drug abuse. Miss X had been a heavy user of amphetamines. A small portable

shock dispenser and a contingency contract were used in the treatment. Due to

its unreliability, the use of the shock dispenser was cancelled.

The contingency contract was used for a 3-month period, during which time

there was only one remission, and a 2-year followup indicates no return to

amphetamine use.

596

BOUDIN, H. M. and VALENTINE, V. E., III. Behavioral techniques as an alternative to

methadone maintenance. Advances in Behavioral Therapy (in press)

BOWERS, M. B~, JR. Clinical measurements of central dopamine and 5-hydroxytryptamine

metabolism: Reliability and interpretation of cerebrospinal fluid acid monoamine

metabolite measures. Neuropharmacology 11: 101-111 (1972)

Concentrations of 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid and homovanillic acid were

measured with and without probenecid pretreatment in the lumbar cerebrospinal

fluid of psychiatric patients and inmate controls. Values were obtained for the

errors of the methods (both 5-hydroxyindoleaceticacid and homovanill;'c acid), and

for intra-individual variation among some sequential samples. Baselines values

for 5-hydroxyin~01eaceticacid and homovanillic acid correlated positively with

the increment after probenecid in individual subjects. Following the administration of probenecid. cerebrospinal fluid 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid and homovanillic acid showed a significant positive correlation. In clinical studies, not

only absolute values for these cer.ebrospinal fluid acid amine metabolites but also

their ratio must be considered in the interpretation of results. The ·use and

interpretation of these measures in clinical studies is briefly reviewed.

BRACELAND, F.J., FREEDMAN, D.X., FRIEDHOFF, .4o.J.• KOLB, L.C., LOURIE, R.S.

and ROMANO, J., editors. The Year Book of Psyc!2iatry and Applied Mental

Health 1973. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers, Inc •• 1973.

For abs~ract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic Effects.

BRACELAND; F.J., FREEDMAN, D.X., FRIEDHOFF, A.J., LOURIE, R.S. and

ROMANO, J., editors. The Year Book of Psychiatry and Applied Mental Health

1972. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers. Inc., 1972.

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic Effects.

BRILL, L. and CHAMBERS, C. D.. Summary and conclusions: Status of methadone therapy.

Methadone: Experiences and Issues. Edited by C. D. Chambers and L. Brill.

New York: Behavioral Publications. 1973. Pp. 349-366.

The state of the practice of methadone therapy is discussed. The philosophic

concepts governing the Dole-Nyswander Methadone Approach are presented, including

the metabolic deficiency concept and the narcotic blockade concept. Some pharmacological questions concerning the use of methadone are reviewed. Various philosophical aspects of methadone stabilization and maintenance are examined. illicit

diversion of methadone and retention rates and success of methadone maintenance

are summarized.

--:--
BROTMAN, R. Drugabuse: The dilemma of the criminal-sick hypothesis.

Drugs and the Brain. Edited by P.Black. Baltimore, Maryland: The

Johns Hopkins Press, 1969. Pp. 371-377.

The problema! drug abuse has completed the cycleo!.a "selffulfilling prophecy." From its origins as a medical problem. it was

legislatively defined as a crime. Amajor result was the withdrawal of

the medical profession from the treatment of users. The difficulties of -

the addict were greatly complicated by the criminal stigma conferred on

him, by the criminal role he was fOrced to play, and by the punitive

treatment he received.

The recent introduction of the disease concept of drug abuse has

resulted in even more ambivalence toward the addict. He is viewed

simultaneously as a criminal and a sick person in need of medical treatment.

Certainly, some users fit these roles, but to apply these definitions. as

blanket descriptions of all addicts is to engage in unjustifiable stereotyping.

Erroneous assessments of the drug abuse phenomenon have arisen

from a failure to exam.ine the a$sociated social parameters•. The community

mental health approach views the problem as an interaction between .the

individual, the drug. and the envirOnment.

BROTMAN, R.E., SHAH, R. and SUFFET, S.L. Generational differences among

drug abuse patients. International Journal of the Addictions 7(2): 219-235

(1972)

Our stUdy shows that there are several recognizable and measurable

generational differences between the younger and older patients in the DCMH

drug program. They tend to indicate that the youngergroup(l) conta.ins a

greater Proportion of Dliddle class persons and (2) is more volatile than the

older; this may be a reflection Of generational differences in all of American

society. However. additional studies are needed to determine whether similar

differences occur among the patient populations of other programs.

BRmMAN, R. and SUFFET, S. L. Marijuana use and social control. Annals of the

New York Academy of Sciences 191: 235-245 (December, 1971)

OUr p~rpose -in this paper. is to review some of the currenUrends

in the so~ial controlo! marijuana use and certain of the issues that surround

efforts at control. We shall discuss four major formal types of control:

treatment, economic blo~kade, education, and law.

BRotMAN. R. andSUFFET, S.L. YouthfulDrugUse. Washington, D.C.: U.S.

Government Printing Office, 1970.
BROWN. B. S•• BENN. G. J. and JANSEN. D. R. Methadone maintenance. neither

friend nor foe - some client opinions. American Journal of Psychiatry

(in press)

BROWN. B. S•• JACKSON, C. S. and BASS. U. F •• m. Methadone and abstinent

clients in group counseling sessions. International Journal of the

Addictions 8(2): 309-316 (1973)

Study was made of the roles played by methadone clients (N=23)

and by abstinent clients (N=33) at counseling sessions attended by both.

In addition. opportunity was taken to study the activities of ex-addict counselors

(N=3) at these same sessions. Using Bales' Interaction Process Analysis.

data were gathered on the contributions made by members of three different

treatment groups. A total of 15 sessions were observed in this way.

Significant differences were found between methadone and abstinent clients

in the numbers and kinds of communication made by each. Not only did

methadone clients make more contributions than did abstinent clients. but

their contributions were ~ore likely to be weighted toWard support of other

group members and toward efforts to solicit ideas and feelings from others

as well as toward the expression of their own ideas. feelings. and suggestions

for group activity. The contributions of abstinent clients were weighted

toward expressions of rejection and of open antagonism toward other group

members. Thus. methadone clients appeared more largely supportive

of the work to be done in the group counseling sessions and more largely

involved in that work. Differences between ex-addict and nonaddict

counselors. while suggestive only. support a view that ex-addict counselors

take a far more active role in group sessions than do nonaddict counselors

and are more likely to express their own opinions and feelings. while

nonaddict counselors are more likely to give support to others and relieve

tension.

BROWN. B.S•• JANSEN. D.R. and BASS. U.F•• m. Staff attitudes and conflict

regarding the use of methadone in the treatment of heroin addiction.

American Journal of Psychiatry 131(2): 215-219 (February. 1974)

Realizing that attitudes toward drug use held by staff members

of methadone maintenance clinics have a strong influence on the treatment

given. the authors sampled the opinions of ex-addict counselors maintained

with methadone. ex-addict counselors who were abstinent. nonaddict

counselors. and administrative and supervisory staff. The staff uniformly

viewed methadone maintenance as preferable to the use of heroin but as

significantly less desirable than the person's functio.t;1ing without drugs.

The implications of these attitudes for treatment are discussed.

BROWN. B."S•• JANSEN. D. R. and BENN. G. J. Changes in attitudes regarding the

use of methadone in treatment by staff and clients. Presented at the

National Drug Abuse Conference. Chicago. Illinois. March 31. 1974.

BROWN, B.S., JANSEN, D.R. and BENN, G.J. Changes in attitudes toward methadone.

Archives of General Psychiatry (in press)

Staff and client attitudes toward heroin users and toward maintenance

and abstinent clients were assessed in 1970 and again in 1973. On each

occasion there was striking agreement between the ratings made by staff

and client groups. Abstinent clients were rated by all groups as

significantly more effective and more responsible than either maintenance

clients or heroin use rSj maintenance clients were rated as more conservative,

self-conscious and self-effacing then were the other groups. While heroin

users and abstinent clients were characterized similarly in the two rating

periods, raters in the 1973 survey viewed methadone clients as more passive

and less inclined to undertake adult responsibilities than was true of raters

in the 1970 survey.

BROWNE -MAYERS, A. N., SEELYE, E. E., SElXAS, F. and STOKES, P. Alcoholism

and drug abuse. Chapter 25 of Progress in Neurology and Psychiatry, Vol. 28.

Edited by E.A. Spiegel. New York: Grune and Stratton, Inc., 1973.

Pp. 449-467.

BUCCI, L., FUCHS, M., SIl\iEON, J. and FINK, M. Depot fluphenazine in the

treatment of psychosis in a community mental health clinic. Diseases of the

Nervous System 31(9 Supplement): 28-31 (1971)

CHAMBERS, C. D. Characteristics of attrition during ambulatory detoxification.

Methadone: Experiences and Issues. Edited by C. D. Chambers and L.

Brill. New York: Behavioral Publications, 1973. Pp. 195-202.

Prediction of which addict patients will terminate the detoxification

process before it is completed is discussed in terms of personal, social and

historical factors. Results show that the greater the amount of formal

education, the greater potential for remaining in treatment. It was found

that addicts who concurrently abuse multiple drugs will correctly perceive

of their detoxification as being more difficult and requiring more time. The

abuser of only heroin can more readily ascertain when his addiction or

detoxificatio::l becomes personally manageable and is more likely to judge

for himself when treatment should terminate.

CHAMBERS, C. D., BABST, D. V. and WARNER, A. Characteristics predicting longterm retention in a methadone maintenance program. Proceedings of the

Third National Conference on Methadone Treatment, National Institute of Mental

Health, Rockville, Maryland, November 14-16, 1970. Pp. 140-143.

A study to isolate those .attributes of drug addicts most closely

associated with continuing in a methadone treatment program utilized single

factor and multifactor techniques to analyze the 679 patient population

admitted to the Dole-Nyswander program from 1964 to March, 1968. A

single factor analysis revealed that continuing in treatment was not related

to the sex or marital status of the patient, to the multiple abuse of drugs or

of alcohol, to the race or degree of education of the patients, to the age at

onset of heroin use or number of prior treatments. Continuing in treatment

was related to the length of abuse of narcotics and to the employment

status of the patient and was marginally related to the conviction history

of the patient. Patients with the least chance of remaining in treatment

600

Chambers, C.D., Babst, D. V. and Warner, A. continued

have some of the following characteristics: early onset age of drQg use;

long drug history; concurrent drug or alcohol abuse; and multiple

convictions. Tables present detailed breakdowns of data in terms of

reasons for termination of treatment and characteristics of patients

who remain..The statistical techn~que of configural analysis is explained.

CHAMBERS, C. D. and BERGEN. J. J. Self-administered methadone supplementation.

Methadone: Experiences and Issues. Edited by C. D. Chambers and L. Brill.

New York: Behavioral Publications. 1973.Pp. 131-142.

The dimensions and characteristics of the self-administered

supplementation of methadone by addict patients were studied. Statistical

profiles of social characteristics of methadone supplementers are presented.

and include such factors as other drugs used. employment status. race. age.

sex. arrest history, treatment hi~tpry. and attendance. The data show that

treatment officials must have knowledge of supplementation. or aitemptsat detoxification will be unsuccessful.

CHAMBERS. C.D. and MOFFETT. A.D. Philadelphia drug abuse in Philadelphia:

Current treatmeat, legislative and research activity. Yearbook of Drug-Abuse.

Edited by L. Brill and E. Harms. New York: Behavioral Publications, 1973.

Pp. 129-156.

Current treatment and research activities concerning drug

abuse in Philadelphia are discussed. Philadelphia probably has one

of the 10 largest heroin subcultures in the U.S. The major treatment programs

in Philadelphia are divided into somewhat opposing modalities: The chemical

substitution programs and the abstinence programs. There are 2 major chemical

substitution programs in Philadelphia: The Narcotic Addict R.ehabilitation

Program (located at Philadelphia General Hospital) anc! the Young Great Society

Program (located in a Black ghetto in West Philadelphia). Both groups

utilize methadone. have detoxification and maintenance components. and are

primarily ambulatory programs. Two major groups practice the abstinence

approach to rehabilitation: Gaudenzia Hoase and Teen Challenge. As of

January 1972. there were 14 medical and social agencies providing specialized

treatment for drug abusers in Philadelphia. Some agencies are attempting to

provide a multimodality approach. Research programs include carbon dioxide

inhalation therapy. which helps the addict to cope with the craving that occurs

during heroin withdrawal.

CHAMBERS. C.D. and TAYLOR, W.J. Patterns of cheating among methadone

maintenance patients. Drug Abuse: Current Concepts and Research.

Edited by W. Keup. Springfield. Illinois: Charles C. Thomas. 1972. Pp. 328-336.

A urine screening and patient interview program conducted by

researchers in the narcotic ad:iiction rehabilitation program revealed a high

incidence of cheating among methadone maintenance patients being served by

Philadelpb.ia General Hospital's ambulatory clinic. Almost one-third of all

the long term methadone maintenance patients screened submitted urines

which were dirty 100 percent of the time. Interviews clearly demonstrated

the futility of attempting to elicit information from addict patients concerning

their cheating. In spite of the extensive addiction careers and the extensive

cheating on the maintenance program, 51.3 percent of the patients were

maintaining an intact marriage. 53.8 percent were legally employed on

a full-time basis, and only 28.2 percent were receiving welfare.

CHAMBERS, C.D., TAYLOR, W.J. and MOFFETT, A.D. The incidence of

c02aine abuse among methadone maintenance patients. International Journal

of the Addictions 7(3): 427-441 (Fall, 1972)

The incidence of cocaine abuse among methadone maintenance

patients is reported. Methadone maintenance patients sell a portion of

their take -home medicine to purchase cocaine. A simple and reliable urine

screening method to detect the presence of co:::aine is available, and whzn the

results are presented to the cocaine cheaters, they abstain from the practice.

The mean age of the cheaters in the study was 36.4 years, and that of the

nonabusers was 32.1 years. The cocaine cheating population was 34.4 percent

white and 65.6 percent black. Over 40 percent of all cocaine abusers were

either divorced or separated. Only 18.8 percent of the cocaine abusers had

been working at the time of admission compared to 44.7 percent of the

nonabusers. Only 8.3 percent of all the addict patients with abuse histories

of less than 10 years were cocaine cheaters, but 25.7 percent of those with

more than 10 years were detected abusers of cocaine. Only 9.9 percent of the

noncheaters were criminally involved, but 28.1 percent of the cocaine abusers

were. Thus, it is concluded that the use of cocaine is common among

narcotic addicts throughout the nation, and it is reasonable to expect these

addicts to continue even after stabilization with a substitute narcotic.

CHAMBERS, C. D., TAYLOR, W. J. and WALTER, P. V. Drug abuse during

ambulatory detoxification. Methadone: Experiences and Issues. Edited by

C. D. Chambers 'and L. Brill. New York: Behavioral Publications, 1973.

Pp. 203-213.

The dimensions and patterns of drug abuse during ambulatory

detoxificatio:1 are discussed. A major clinical disadvantage in ambulatory

detoxification is the lack of control over what drugs the addict patient may

continue to abuse. Statistical evidence is presented showing the percentage of

weeks drugs were detected and their types and amounts. When tests reveal no

methadone, it is assumed the patient is selling the medication in order to

purchase other drugs.

CHAPEL, J. L. Emergency room treatment of the drug-abusing patient. American Journal

of Psychiatry 130(3): 257-259 (1973)

Preferred treatment of patients appearing for emergency care

with acute symptoms suggesting drug overdose or a bad trip from heroin,

dzpressants, alcohol, stimulants, cocaine, hallucinogens, marihuana, or

b211adonna derivatives is suggested.

CHOULIS, N. H. and PAPADOPOULOS, H. Long acting methadone. Journal of Pharmaceutical

Science (in press)

COHEN, M., BLUMBERG, A. G., KLEIN, D. F. and HEATON, A. M. Relationship

between history of drug abuse and covert drug use in a psychiatric hospital.

Proceedings of the 80th .I\nnual Convention of the American Psychiatric

Association, 1972.

602

COHEN, M. and KLEIN, D. F. Posthospital adjustment of psychiatrically hospitalized

drug users. Archives of General Psychiatry 31: 221-227 (August, 1974)

This report compares the in-hospital and posthospital behavior of

four groups of young psychiatric patients, those with a history of

mild, moderate, or heavy drug use and those with a negative drug use

history.

The measures of in-hospital behavior, covert drug use, and social

affiliations, indicate that the greater the drug use prior to hospitalization,

the more likely the patient was to continue drug use within the hospital

and to associate primarily with other drug users.

The posthospita~measure of community adjustment and degree of

drug use, as determined by a six month follow-up interview, indicated that

in-hospital drug use and social affiliations predict posthospital drug

use only for those patients with a history of heavy drug use and that only

among this lat.ter group, is posthospital drug use related :0 poor posthospital adjustment.

COHN, M. L. Acute behavioral changes induced in the rat by the intra:::erebroventricular

administration of thyrotropin releasing factor (TRF) and somatostatin.

Proceedings of the Society of Toxicology, Williamsburg, Virginia, March 9-13,

1975.

COHN, M. L. Cyclic AMP. thyrotropin releasing factor (TRF) and somatostatinkey factors in the regulation of the duration of narcosis. Molecular

Mechanisms of Anesthesia. Edited by B. R. Fink. New York: Raven

Press, 1975.

COHN, M. L. Dibutyryl cyclic AMP - an antidote to hypnotic, sedative and tranquilizer

ovardosage in the rat. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology 25: 439 (1973)

For abstract. s:~e Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

COHN, l\1. L. and COHN, M. Antianesthetic effects of cyclic AMP and analeptic

drugs as determined by reversal of amobarbital-induced narcosis. Proceedings

o~ the Society for Toxicolon. Washington. D. C., March 10-14, 1974.

COHN, M. L. and COHN, M. Phentolamine - an antagonist of cyclic AMP regulation of

narcosis. Proceedings of the Society for Neurosciences, San Diego,

California, November 7-10, 1973.

COHN, M. L. and COHN, M. Thermoregulatory control in the rat anesthetized with

amobarbital. Role of thyrotropin releasing factor. Proceedings of the

American Society of Anesthesiologists, Washingto.1, D. C.• October 12-16, 1974.

COHN, M. L. and COHN. M. The role of thyrotropin releasing factor and cyclic AMP

in the duration of amobarbital-induced narcosis. Proceedings of the Society

for Neurosciences, St. LOllis, Missouri, October 20-23. 1974.
COLLIER. W. V. A profile study on residents of Daytop Village. Journal of

Drug Issues 3(1): 10-21 (1973)

COLLIER. W. V. and ffiJAZI. Y.A. A follow·up study of former residents of

a therapeutic community. International Journal of the Addictions

9(6): 805-826 (1914)

In an attempt. to measure the outcome of the Daytop drug abuse

program. a longitudinal follow-up study was initiated on former residents

of the program. Interim findings indicated that most of the "graduates"

and drop-outs who remained in treatment for about one year had remained

drug-free and were pursuing productive life styles. In discussing some

methodological problems encountered. it was pointed out that the issue of

cO:lfidentiality of agency's files on former residents of Daytop led the

investigators to use street sources in obtaining corroborativefollowup

data. Finally. in commenting on the overall findings of the resident

re-adjustmentproblems. some issues surroanding the therapeutic

community re-entry process were discussed.

CONNAUGHTON. J.F•• FINNEGAN. L. P•• SCHUT. J. and EMICH. J.p. Current

concepts in the management of the pregnant opiate addict. International

Joarnal of Addictive Diseases (in press)

The, number of young women addicted to opiates has increased

marl,tedlyin the past 10 years. Accordingly. there has been a sharp rise

in p:-egnancies complicated by addiction. The care of the pregnant addict

and her newborn has become a major and controversial problem. There is

a need fo:- a specific approach to this particular high risk patient and her

newborn.

A comprehensive approach to the care.of 206 pregnant addicts and

th~ir infants at the Philadelphia General Hospital has significantly

reduced maternal and infant morbidity heretofore associated with pregnancies

complicated by opiate addiction. More significantly. the incidence of .

obstetrical complications has been reduced to 12% with a decrease in incidence

of low birth weight to.22% and a reduction of infant morbidity to 33%.

The authors propose that application of this comprehensive type

of approach to the pregnant addict is a sigqificant factor in the successful

'·management of these patients. .

CONNAUGHTON~ J. F •• FINNEGAN. L. P •• SCHUT. J. and EMICH. J. P. Family

cente r program - A successful approach for the.rehabilitation' of pregnant

women~ Proceedings of the 36th Annual Meeting of Committee on Problems

of Drug Dependence of the NationalResearchCouncil (in press)

CUSHMAN. P•• JR. Methado:l';! maintenance treatment: An appraisal. Journal of

Drug Issues 376-380 (Fall. 1974)
CUSHMAN, P., JR. Plasma testosterone in narcotic addiction. American Journal

of Medicine 55: 452-458 (October, 1973)

Mean plasma testosterone levels in male heroin addicts, methadonemaintained, former methadone-maintained and abstinent addicts did not differ

significantly from that of normal controls. A prospective study before and

during 1 year of methadone maintenance treatment showed no change in the mean

plasma testosterone levels during treatment; no correlation-.was observed

between plasma testosterone levels and symptoms of sexual disturbances.

Some untreated heroin addicts and some methadone-maintained patients had

plasma testosterone values below the lower limits of normal. In the methadonetreated group there was. no direct methadone dose-testosterone level relationship, although patients receiving 40 mg of methadone or less had significantly

higher mean testosterone levels than those receiving more than 40 mg of

methadone dai:ly. There was no relationship between serum glutamic oxaloacetic transaminase (SGOT), presence or abs~nce of illicit drug use, or

plasma luteinizing hormone level and plasma testosterone. A significant

relationship between .low testosterone levels and recognized alcoholism

was evident.

CUSHMAN, P., JR. Progress report on methadone. The Wall Stre·et Journal

(July 2, 1974)

CUSHMAN, P., JR. and DOLE, V. P. Detoxification of rehabilitated methadonemaintained patients. Journal of the American Medical Association 226:

747-752 (November, 1973)

Detoxification was studied in well-rehabilitated, selected,

methadone-maintained patients. Seventy-nine percent of 48 patients were

successfu,Uy detoxified, functioned well, and were apparently drug-free

when studied months after their last methadone treatment. Twenty-one

percent returned to methadone maintenance treatment because of heroin

use or the withdrawal syndrome. Other patients could not be detoxified,

even in a slow, flexible dose-reduction regimen. It is recommended that the

. primary aim of methadone treatment is to facilitate rehabilitation. Decisions

regarding detoxificatio:l should be made by the physician on an individual

basis, after a year or more of successful treatment after weighing the

degree of rehabilitation, relapse potential, and the patient's wishes.

CUSHMAN, P., JR. and GRIECO, M. H. Hyperimmunoglobulinemia associated with

narcotic addiction. American Journal of Medicine 54: 320-326 (March, 1973)

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

CUSHMAN, P. and KREEK, M. J. Methadone maintained patients. New York State

Journal of Medicine 74: 1970 (October, 1974)

CUSHMAN, P., JR. and SHERMAN, C. Biologic false-positive reactions in serologic

tests for syphilis in narcotic addiction. American Journal of Clinical

Pathology 61(3): 346-351 (March, 1974)

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

DAHLBERG. C. C. The 100 minute hour. Contemporary Psychoanalysis 4: 1-18

(]967)

DAHLBERG. C. C•• FELDSTEIN. S. and MECRA.]"....ECK. R. Systematic research

on LSD in psychoanalysis. Interpersonal Explorations in Psychoanalysis.

Edited by E. G. Witenberg. New York: Basic Books, 1973.

DAHLBERG. C. C. and JAFFE. J. Need good research destroy good therapy?

Science and Psychoanalysis. Edited by J. H. Masserman. New Yo.:k: Grune

and Stratton. 1972. Pp. 173-186.

This chap~er grows ou: of the exp,=rien~es of a project in which we

gave small doses of LSD to patients in analysis. All the clinical work was

done by one analyst (CCD) but there were an ex-practicing analyst (JJ),

three psychologists, and a number of technicians on the team. The therapy

s~ssions were audiotaped; 100-min. drug sessions and an active as well as

an inactive placebo were used. Also, the experiment itself lasted over a

period of from 16 to 22 mo. with each p3.tient. We were interested in looking

into dinical and psycholinguistic elements of the interaction as affected by

LSD as opposed to the two placebos. The details of the design and findings,

reported elsewhere, are not relevant to this paper. Here we are interested

in certain ethical and p::,o::edural problems which relate to research in a

psychoanalytic setting as we have enco:mtered them.

DAVIS, J. M" FANN, W. E. and JANOWSKY, D. S. Problems of the drug treatment of

the elderly. Psychopharmacology and the Aging Rat. Edited by W.E. Fann.

New York: Plenum Press, 1973.

DAVIS, M. M., BROWN, B. S. and GLENDII\TNING, S. T. Neo:latal effects 0: heroin

a jdictio.1 and methadone-treated pregnan~ies. Preliminary report on 70

live births. Proceedings of the Fifth National Methadone Conferen~e,

NAPAN, 1973.

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicityanj

Genetic Effects.

DAVIS, M. M. and SHANKS, B. L. Neurological asp'=cts of perinatal narcotic

addiction. Addictive Diseases: An Intern3.tional Journal (in press)

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and

Genetic Effects.

DAVIS, W.lVI. and SMITH, S. G.

con:litio:led reinforcer.

Behavioral C011':rol exerted by an amp~etamin~ based

Clinical Toxicology 7: 272-273 (1974)

Fo::' abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

DA ,ns, W. M. and SMITH, S. G. Naloxone use to 2liminate opiate-seeking

beh3.vio::-: Need fo: extinction of conditioned reinfo!'cement. Biological

Psychiatry 9(2): 181-189 (1974)

Fo::' abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

666-

· DeLEON, G., HOLLAND, S. andRESENTHAL, M. S. Phoenix House: Criminal

activity of dropouts. Journal of the American Medical Association

222(6): 686-689 (November, 1972)

A study using 358 residents of Phoenix House, a drug rehabilitation center

in New York City. was undertaken to explore the relationship between criminal

activity and r~sidency in that therapeutic community. Of this sample, 254 had

left the progr'am against clinical advice (dropouts). A second group, 104 residents

remained. Among volunteers who dropped out, ~he largest decrease in arrests

was seen for subjects who remained more than 12 months in the program. Data

from subjects in the volunteer group seems to suggest that dramatic decreases

occur in the more incorrigible addicts. The results of the study indicate that

even for those addicts Who fail to complete the program. postprogram arrests

remain low in comparison to their before-pr.ogram levels. The reduction of

criminal activity is understood best in terms of their socialization while at

Phoenix House. The extent to which an addict becomes socialized depends in

part on the time under the influence of the program.

DEMAREE. R. G. Behavioral measures and related criterion for assessment of

outcomes during treatment for drug users in the DARP: 1969-1971

admissions. Evaluation of Treatments. Edited by S.B. Sells. Studies

of the Effectiveness of Treatments for Drug Abuse, Vol. 1. Cambridge.

Massachusetts: Ballinger, 1974,

DWARSHUIS, L., KNOX. M•• KOLTON, M. and MADER. G. Research report:

Training activities ilnd needs in Michigan drug programs. Journal

of Alternative Human Services 1(4): 43-45 (1974)

DWARSHUIS, L., KOLTON. M. and GORODEZKY, M. Role of volunteers in

innovative drug treatment programs. Proceedings. 8lst Annual

Convention. American Psychological Association. Washington. D. C.:

American Psychological Association. 1973. Pp. 967-968.

For abstract. see Section VI. Drug Use /Abuse Prevention.

DWARSHUIS. L•• KOLTON, M.S. and GORODEZKY. M. The treatment approach of

innovative drug programs for youth. Drug Forum 3(3): 249 (Spring. 1974)

For abstract. see Section VI. Drug Use/ Abuse Prevention.

EL-YOUSEF. M. K., JANOWSKY. D. S.. DAVIS. J. M. and SEKERKE. H. J. Reversal

of antiparkinsonian drug toxicity by physostigmine: A controlled study.

American .Joumal of Psychiatry 130(2): 141-145 (Februar.y. 1973)

Three female schizophrenic patients receiving a combination of

psychotropic agents including the antiparkinsonian agent benztropine mesylate.

developed the central anticholinergic syndrome. consisting of hallucinations,

anxiety. short-term memory loss. disorientatio:l, and agitation. These

symptoms responded dramatically to physostigmine salicylate administered

intramuscularly; they were unaffected by placebo injection given on a doableblind basis. In patient€ receiving multiple psychotropic drugs, evaluation of

whether the patient is acting confused because of the combined central anticholinergic properties of these drugs is important. When identified, this

syndrome can usually be treated I:>y reduction of the dose of the anticholinergic

agents or in specialilJ.stam:e~~t.beuseof the cholinomimetic agent .' ,., _0··" physostigmine. . .~.J_

·,,/·107
FINK, M. Levomethadyl'CLAAM): A long-acting substitute for methadone in

maintenance therapy of opiate dependence. Current Psychiatric Therapies.

Edited by J. H. Masserman. New York: Grune and Stratton, 1970.

FINK, M. Opiate dependence - Treatment and prophylaxis. Biochemical and Pharmacologic

Aspects of Dependence and Reports on Marijuana Research. Edited by H. M. van

Praag. Amsterdam, the Netherlands: Ervin F • Bohn. 1972. Pp. 85-99.

FINK, M. Questions in cyclazocine therapy of opiate dependence. Opiate Addiction:

Origins and Treatment. Edited by S. Fisher and A. M. Freedman. Washington,

D. C.: V. H. Winston and Sons. Inc•• 1974.

FINK, M. A rational therapy of opiate dependence: Narcotic antagonists. Drug Abuse:

Proceedings of the International Conference. Edited by C. J. D. Zarafonetis.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: Lea and Febiger. 1971.

FINK, lVI. Technology in psychiatric research. Non-Scientific Constraints in Medical

Research. Edited by S. Merlis. New Yo:,k: Raven Press, 1970. Pp. 91-96.

FINK, M. Treatment and p!"evention of opiate dependence. Contemporary Drug Problems.

Washington, D. C.: Federal Legal Publications, 1972.

FINK. M. and FREEDMAN, A. M. Antagonists in the treatment of opiate

dependence. Modern Trends in Drug Dependence and Alcoholism.,

Edited by R. V. Phillipson. London: Bl.1tterworths, 1970.Pp. 49-59.

For abstract, see Section VI. Drug Use/Abuse Prevention.

FINK, M., FREEDMAN, A. ,RESNICK, R. and' ZAKS, A. Clihicalstatus of the narcotic

antagonists in opiate dep,~ndence. Agonist and Antagonist Actions of Narcotic

Analgesic Drugs. Edited by H. Koste:rlitz, H. O. J. Collier andJ. Villarreal.

London, England: MacMillan, 1972. Pp. 266-276.

FINK, M•• FREEDMAN. A.M., ZAKS, A. M. and ~ESNICK, R. B. Narcotic antagonists.

Another approach to addiction therapy. American Jo:.trnal of Nl.1rsing.7l:

1359-1353 (1971)

Currently, the most pop"Jlar app!"oaches to the treatment ofd,rug

addictiO;l are methado;le p!"ograms and therap.eutic co:nmunities. Narcotic

antagonists, su·::h as cyclazocine and naloxo;le, may, however, be the answer

fo!" the future.

FINK. M., ZAKS, A., RESNICK, R. B. and FREEDMAN, A. M. Narcotic antagonists

in the treatment of opiate dependence. Internatio:lal Journal of Clinical Pharmacology,

Therapy and Toxicology 4: 455-458 (1971)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

1608,

:.
FINK, M., ZAKS, A., RESNICK, R. and FREEDMAN, A. Opiate antagonists in the

treatment of heroin dependence in man. Narcotic Drugs, Biochemical

Pharmacology. Edited by D. Clouet. New York: Plenum Press, 1971.

For abstract, see Section ID. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

FINK, M., ZAKS, A., RESNICK, R. and FREEDMAN, A. M. Treatment of heroin

dependence with opiate antagonists. Current Psychiatric Therapies. Edited

by J. Masserman. New York: Grune and Stratton, 1970. Pp. 161-170.

FINK, M., ZAKS, A., SHAROFF, R., MORA, A., BRUNER, A., LEVIT, S. and

FREEDMAN, A. M. Naloxone in heroin dependence. Clinical Pharmacology

and Therapeutics 9: 568-577 (1968)

FINNEGAN, L. P., CONNAUGHTON,. J. F. and EMICH, J. P. Abstinence score in the

treatment of the infant of the drug-dependent mother. International Journal of

Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutic Toxicology 10(2): 139 (1974)

Oyer the past 3 years 85% of 146 infants of drug dependent mothers at

Philadelphia General Hospital manifested symptoms of abstinence. In the

management of the first 121 infants careful observation for the progression

of symptoms preceded the use of drugs in the therapeutic regimen. Thus

far the decision to use drugs or to increase dosage was influenced by arbitrarily

applied clinical criteria providing inadequate basis for judgment in the treatment

of this syndrome. A neonatal abstinence score has been devised to provide a

more precise method of management in the last 25 infants of drug dependent

mothers. 21 of the commonly seen symptoms are listed and each has been

given a score of 1-5 according to its clinical significance. The infants are

scored once every hour for the first 24 hours, every 2 hours for the second

24 hours and every 4 hours for the duration of the symptomatology. Infants

whose scores are 7 or less are not treated with drugs. Once a score of 8

or more is attained and sustained for 3 hours the infant is treated. Dosage

schedules relating the score to particular dosages of detoxicant drugs are used.

This abstinence score will help in monitoring the' symptomatology of the passively

addicted infant and may provide more uniform criteria for assessment and

treatment.

FINNEGAN, L. p., CONNAUGHTON, J. F. and SCHUT, J. Family center: A comp!'ehensive

program for pregnant drug-dependent women and their newborns. Pediatric

Research (in press)

609 .
FINNEGAN, L. P., KRON, R. E., CONNAUGHTON. J. F. and EMICH, J. P. Neonatal

abstinence syndrome: Assessment and management. International J o".1rnal of

Addictive Diseases (in press)

A scoring system for the neonatal abstinence syndrome has been

devised and implemented as both a clinical and investigative tool. The score

monitors the passively addicted infant in' a more comprehensive ,and objective

fashion, and facilitates a more precise evaluation of the clinical status

of the infant undergoing withdrawal.' Inaddition, the scoring system has been

applied in research designed to test the comparative usefulness of various

pharmacologic agents currently recommended for the neonatal abstinence

syndrome, and has been found useful in following the progression and diminution

of withdrawal symptomatology before, during. and after therapy. Furthermore,

the scoring system provides a basis for developing uniform criteria for the

assessment and treatment of the neonate born to the addicted mother.

FINNEGAN, L.P., KRON. R.E., CONNAUGHTON, J.F. andEMICH. J.P. A scoring

system fo~ evaluation and treatment of the neonatal abstinence syndrome: A

new clinical and research tool. Basic and Therapeutic Aspects of Perinatal

Pharmacology New York: Raven Press (in press)

FINNEGAN, L. P. and MacNEW. B. A. Care of the addicted infant. AmericanJournal

of Nursing 74(4): 685-693 (April. 1974)

A comprehensive discussion of the problems that may beset the

baby born to the narcotic-dependent mother, and recommendations for

their solution.

FISHMAN, J., NORTON, B. and HAHN, E. Differential distribution of opiate agonists and

antagonists in the rat brain as determined by double isotope techniques.

Presented at the meeting of the~AmericanSociety of Biological Chemists, 1974.

For abstract, see Section 1. Methodology of Drug ResearCh.

3

FISHMAN, J•• ROFFWARG, H. and HELLMAN, L. Disposition of naloxone-7, 8- H

in normal and narcotic-depandent men. The JO"J.rnal of Pharmacology and

Exp..~rimental Therap,~utics 187(3): 575-580 (1973)

'" For abstract, see Section·l. Metl:lodology of Drug Research.

FREEDMAN, A. M. and FINK, M. Basic concepts and use of cyclazocine in th,~ treatment

of narcotic addictio;l. British JO".1rnalof the Addictions 63: 59-69 (19aS)

.Recent developments In the field of narcotic addiction have established

the prerequisites for a rational approach to narcotic addiction. This does not

imply that a definitive pro-::edure has been establiShed, however, a method that

can lead to a variety of meaningful modalities relevant to the different types

can be put into practice and evaluated. ' Since the structure of society itself

contributes to the genesis and maintenance of addiction, the ultimate resolution

may necessitate social changes. The strategy must be one in which a start

is made along the lines that are feasible so that we may proceed systematically

to treat and eventually to prevent the vario<ls typ'3S of addiction. Those types

not amenable to current techniques will be inanaged by the development of new

procedures.

lilO
FREEDMAN, A. M., FINK, M., SHAROFF, R•. and ZAKS, A. Clinical studies of

cyclazocine in the treatment of narcotic addiction. American Journal of

Psychiatry 124(11): 1499-1504 (May, 1968)

Cyclazocine, a long-acting narcotic antagonist, was found to be safe

and useful in the treatment of narcotic addicts in a voluntary municipal hospital.

Treatment induction in 15 days to a daily maintenance dose of 4.0 mg. was

well tolerated. That dosage effectively blocked clinical and EEG effects of

challenges with 15 mg. of intravenous heroin, administered in two minutes,

for periods greater than 24 hours. Cyclazocine treatment permits "engagement"

and continuity of rehabilitation and resocialization eff6rts, and p~ovides a

useful alternative to the' methadone mainten3.nce treatment model.

FREEDMAN, A. M., ZAKS, A., RESNICK, R. and FINK, M. Blockade with methadone,

cyclazodne, and naloxone. International Journal of the Aodictions 5(3): 507-515

(September, 1970)'

GASTON,E. T. and EAGLE, C. T., JR. The functio:l of music in LSD therapy for

alcoholic patients. Journal of Music Therapy 7: 3-19 (Spring, 1970)

The purpose of this study was to obtain quantitative data concerning the

function of music in LSD therapy, the knowledge of which would make the

use of music mor-e effective in LSD treatment pr-ograms in general, and with alcoholic

patients in particular. So far as is known, this was the first study incorporating

controlled conditions to determine the influence of music on patients during

LSD treatment.

GERLACH, J., KOPPELHUS, P., HELWEG, E. and MONRAD, A. Clozapine and

halop'::lridol in a single blind cross-o-.rer trial. Treatment of schizophrenia,

therapeutic and biochemical aspects. Acta Psychiatria Scandinavica

(in press)

GESSNER, P. K. and CLARKE, C. C. The effects of meperidine and dextromethorphan

on thermoregulation in mice. Temperature Regulation and Drug Actio.l.

Edited by E. Schonbaum and .r. Jacob. New York: S. Karger, 1975,

GES"!\"ER, P. K. and SOBLE, A. G. Studies on the role o~ brain 5-hydroxytryp~amine

in the interaction between tranylcypromine and meperidine. Federation Proceedings

29: 635 (1970)

For abstract, see Sectio.l VI. Drug Use/Abuse Prevention.

GOLDIAMOND, I. Heroin ab'.1se: A constructional self control program. Presented

at the 82nd Annual Convention of the American Psychological Assoo::iation,

New Orleans, Louisiana, Sep~ember I, 1974.

- ......:....:.._-~
GOLDSTEIN. A. Are opiate tolerance and dependence reversible: Implications

for the treatment of heroin addiction. Biological and Behavioral Approaches

to Drug Dependence~Editedby H. Cappel and A.E. LeBlanc•.Toronto.

Ontario: Addiction Research Foundation. 1974.

GOLDSTEIN. A. Blind comparison of once-daily and twice-daily dosage schedules

in a methadone program. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics 13(1):

59-63 (January-February. 1972)·· .

In a large methadone program. 120 patients were randomly assigned to

two groups at the time of admission. One received the daily methadone dose in

two equal portions. morning and evening•. The other received the whole daily

dose in the morning and a placebo in the evening. The experiment continued

for 3 months. Results were evaluated periodically byanumber of criteria

sueh as symptom complaints. heroin use. and survivorship in the program.

The resulte in the two groups did not differ at all except in a few respects,

in which the advantage lay with the once-daily schedule. There is no reason,

therefore. to administer methadone mo~.e than once daily.

GOLDSTEIN. A.Blind controlled dosage comparisons in two hundred patients.

Proceedings of the Third NationalConference on Methadone Treatment.

Washington. D. C.: U. S. Government Printing Office, 1971. P. 31.

GOLDSTEIN. A. Blind dosage comparisons and other studieS' in a large methadone

p~ogram. Jo~rnal o~ Psychedelic Drugs 4: 177 (1971)

GOLDSTEIN. A. Heroin addiction and the role of methadone in its treatment. International

Journal of the Addictions 21: 3 (1974)· .

GOLDSTEIN. A. Heroin addiction and the role of methadone in its treatment.

Archives ofGeneral Psychiatry 26: 291-297 (Ap::oil, 1972)

Tolerance and physical dependence, although important in the

addicted state, cannot account for the central problem of addiction--relapse

from the abstinent state. Psychologic conditioning tbeo::oy offers mo::oe satisfactory

explanations. Methadone p~ograms are effective. it is p:ooposed,not because addicts

··have any "biochemical need" for opiates. but for straightforward}T.1armacologic and

psychologic reasons. Methadone hydrochloride abolishes the periodic crosstolerance. it diminishes the rewarding (reinfo~cing) effects of heroin. Thus

methadone allows the motivated addict to discontinue heroin use without

discomfo::ot. A methado11e p~ogram should strengthen that motivation by

providing a nonp~itive environment within which self-help and p,eerhelp ::an

operate to alter life style. A methadone temporary support program is outlined

as an alternative to methadone mainten!ilnce of indefinite duration.

GOLDSTEIN. A. Status of drug research. Drug Abuse - Now: Proceedings oUhe

Western Institute of Drug Problems Summer School. Edited by P. H.

Blachly. Portland, Oregon: University of Oregon Medical School, 1971.

P. 18.
GOLDSTEIN, A. and BROWN: B. W. Urine testing s·chedu1es in methadone maintenance

treatment of heroin addiction. Journal of the American Medical Association

214: 3ll-315 (October, 1970)

In the treatment of heroin addiction by methadone hydrochlo::ide

maintelnance, it is customary to test urine specimens regularly, in order to

monitor each patient's illicit use of drugs and to assess the general success

o£ the program. Principles and graphs are presented here to aid the

physician in choosing an economical testing frequency, and in interpreting

the results quantitatively on a correct statistical basis. For most purposes,

a random testing schedule at an average frequency of once in five days will

suffice.

GOLDSTEIN, A., HANSTEEN, R. W., HORNS, W. H. and R.I!.DO, M. Control of

methadone dosage by patients. Proceedings of the First National Drug Abuse

Conference, Chicago, Illinois, March 30-Aprill, 1974 (in press)

GOLDSTEIN, A. and JUDSON, B. A. Efficacy and side effects of three widely

different methadone doses. Proceedings of the Fifth National Conference on

Methadone Treatment. New York: National Association for the Prevention

of Ad::iiction to Narcotics, 1973. P. 21.

GOLDSTEIN, J. W. Students' evaluations of their psychoacti"'!e drug use. Journal of

Counseling Psychology (in press)

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and

Genetic Effects.

GORODEZKY, M. J., DWARSHUIS, L., and KOLTON, M. S. Evaluatio.:l research with

. innovative drug programs. Drug Forum 3(4): 349 (Summer, 1974)

For abstract, see Section VI. Drug Use /Abuse Prevention.

GRAY, A. P. and ROBINSON, D. S. Insoluble salts and salt complexes of cyclazocine

and naloxone. Narcotic Antagonists. Edited by M. C. Braude, L.S. Harris,

E.L. May, J.P. Smith and J.E. Villarreal. Advances in Biochemical

Psychopharmacology~ Vol. 8. New York: Raven Press, 1973.

Fo::- abstract, see Section VI. Drug Use/ Abuse Presention.

GRAY, A. P. and ROBINSON, D.S. Naltrexone zinc tan;'late: A 'Prolonged-action

narcotfc antagonist complex. Journal of Pharmaceutic,,),l Sciences 63(1):

159-161 (January, 1974)

HAHN, E. F. FISHMAN, J. and HEILMAN, R. D. Narcotic antagonists IV. C-6

derivatives of substituted noroxymorphones as narcotic antagonists. Journal

of Medicinal Chemistry (in press)

Fo:: abstract, see Sectio.1 VI. Drug Use/Abuse Prevention.

913
HANLON, T. E., KURLAND, A. A. and McCABE, O. L.. Naloxone treatment of

the paroled narcotic addict: A program of research. Neurotherapy and

Other Treatments, Vol. 5. Edited by J. Singh. Mount Kisco, New York:

Futura' Publishing Company, 1974.

For abstract, see Section VI. Drug Usel Abuse Prevention.

HANLON, T. E., McCABE, O. L. ana KURLAND, A. A. Contingent naloxone treatment

of the narcotic addict. American Journal ofDrug Abuse and Alcoholism

(in press)

HARINDRANATH, A., FEINGOLD, E., SOKAL. M., HARPER, R. G. andSOLISH, G.

Cellular content of placentas of methadone-maintained addiC:ts. Society for

Pediatric Research (in press)

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and

Genetic Effects.

HENDERSON, A., NEMES. G., GORDON,N. B. and Roes, L. Sleep and narcotic

tolerance. Psychophysiology 7(2): 346-347 (September, 1970) .

HO, I. K., LOH, He H. and WAY,. E. L. Effects of cyclic 3', 51 -adenosine monophosphate on morphine tolerance and physical dependence. The Journal of

Pharmacology and Experimental Therap.;utics 185(2): 347-357 (1973)

For abstract,see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

HOLLISTER, L. E., SHELTON, J. and KRIEGER, G. A controlled comparisono!

lysergic acid diethylaIIlide (LSD) and dextroamphetamine in alcoholics.

American Journal of Psychiatry 125: 1352-1357 (.~pril, 19·69)

Seventy-two alcoholic patients were admitted to a controlled

comparison of LSD and dextroamp~etamineas treatments. In the contest of

little associated psychotherapeutic intervention, LSD produced slightly

beUerresults early, but after siX mOnths the results were alike for both

Jre~tment groups. Controlled studies of such treatments are no.t oply

possible but mandatory, the authors conclude, if one is not to be misled

into ascribingsp'~cialtherapeutic attributes to a specific treatment.

HUGHES, P., CHAPPEL. J., SENAY, E. and JAFFE, J. Developing inpatient

s~rvicesfo!' community-based treatment of narcotic addiction. Archives of

General Psychiatry 25(3): 278-283 (September. 1971>

A specialized inpatient unit for the treatment of addiction was

developed in a genel'al hospital. Architectural considerations were important

in the planning of the unit to aSSure control oyer outpatient traffic to and from

the unit. The tendency- of hospitalized narcotic addicts to form an antitherapeutic

patient subculture was. reduced by developing a special staffing pattern in which

ex-addicts were given equal responsibility with nurses for operation of the unit.
HUGHES, P. H., CRAWFORD, G. A. and BARKER, N. W. Developing an epidemiologic

field team for drug dependence. Archives of General Psychiatry 24(5); 389-393

(May, 1971)

We are concerned with the question of how local treatment programs for

narcotic addic\ion might organize their therapeutic activities around the goal of

reducing incidence and prevalence of this disorder in defined communities. Toward

this end, they eXanlined program models developed for control of infectious diseases

such as syphilis. A key element in the venereal disease control system is the

epidemiologic field team which engages in intensive case-finding and treatmentintake functions, and which.responds quickly to contain local epidemics. We

explored the feasibility of using methadone-maintained ex-addict field workers to

perform similar functions in an addiction control system. Despite a number of

developmental problems, this field team was able to carry out a variety of epidemiologic-research, case-finding, and intervention functions on the actively addicted

population of their community.

HUGHES, P. H., CRAWFORD, G. A., BARKER. N. W., SCHUMANN, S. and JAFFE, J. H.

The social structure of a heroin copping community. American Journal of Psychiatry

128(5): 551-557 (November. 1971)

A field worker was assigned to a heroin distribution site or "copping area"

in a Chicago neighborhood for a period of one year. He identified and mor:itored 127

different dealers and consumers who were regular visitors to the site. Thirty-four

of these addicts were involved in a home visit and outreach treatment project. These

sources of data permitted the authors to describe the role structure of a local heroin

maintenance system, the distribution of its membership in various roles, and the

social and treatability characteristics of the occupants of these roles. Their findings suggest that neighborhood heroin distribution systems are amenable to study

and manipulation by treatment programs.

HUGHES, P. H. and JAFFE, J. H. The heroin copping area. A location for epidemiological

study and intervention activity. Archives of General Psychiatry 24(5): 394-400

(May, 1971)

Before we could carry out systematic studies and intervention projects on

the active heroin addict population of our community, we were in need of a field

concept that would define addicts as members of a social system rather than as

individual social units. Early observations suggested that most heroin users in an

urban community are already members of a natural group structure, i. e., they

participate daily in the operations of a neighborhood heroin-distribution system.

To explore the possibility of organizing epidemiologic activities around this drugdistribution system, a field team was assigned to the intense study of one such

copping area. The team observed and gathered information from all addicts who

regularly obtained or distributed heroin at this site for a period of six months.

This experience suggests that it is possible to obtain epidemiologic data on addicts

who frequent a copping area, and that it might be possible to study the impact of

treatment, law enforcement, and other competing social factors on the prevalence

of active heroin use at such sites.

JAFFE, J., DAHLBERG, C.C., LURIA, J., BRESKIN, S., CHOROSH, J. and LORICK, E.

Speech rhythms in patient monologues: The influence of LSD-25 and dextroamphetamine. Biological Psychiatry 4(3): 243-246 (1972)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

':615
JAMES. J. Female addictive research. Addictive Diseases: An International Journal

(in press)

JANSEN, D. R.• BROWN. B. S. and BASS, U. F., III. Attitudes and beliefs of clients toward

methadone prior to and during treatment. Presented at the 5th National Conference

on Methadone Treatment, Washington, D.C•• March 17. 1973.

JANSEN. D. R., BROWN. B. S. and BASS, U. F., III. Comparison of attitudes and beliefs

about methadone of clients retained and lost to treatment. Drug Forum 3(3): 215~

223 (Spring. 1974)

Forty clients t'etained in tt'eatment one month, and 69 not retained were

administered open-ended interviews and semantic differentials tapping attitudes

regarding heroin and methadone. Attitude toward heroin was found an effective

predictor'-of retention in treatment beyond one month. Retained clients became

more favorable toward methadone in that first tt'eatment month. but limited the

length of time they planner;i to remain on methadone. Moreover, time actually

spent On methadone correlated with length of time expected to remain on methadone.

JOE. G. W. Retention in treatment of drug users in theDARP: 1969-1971 admissions.

Evaluation of Treatments. Edited by S.B.Selis. Studies o~the Effe~tiveness

of Treatments for Drug Abuse. Vol~ 1. Combridge. Massachusetts:

Ballinger. 1974.

JOE. G.W•• PERSON. P., JR., SELLS. S.B., and RETKA,R.L. An evaluative

study of methadone and drug free therapies for opiate addiction. Evaluation

of Treatments. Edited by S.B. Sells. Studies of the Effectiveness of

Treatments for Drug Abuse, Vol. 1. Cambridge. Massachusetts: Ballinger.

1974.

KHAZAN. N. and ROEHRS,T. Methadone dependence and abstinence: EEG study in the

t'at. Drug Addiction: Neurobiology and Influences on Behavior, Vol. III. Edited

by J. M. Singh and H. LaI. New YOt'k: Stratton.Intet'continental Medical Book

Company: 1974.

For abstrs:ct, see Section m.. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

KHAZAN. N. and ROEHRS, T. Methadone versus morphine- EEG and sleep-:-awake :cycle

during dependence and ~bstinence. Clinical Toxicology 7: 294 (1974)

KOLTON, M. The humanistic treatment philosophy of innovative drug programs. Journal

of Humanistic Psychology 13(4): 47-56 (~all, 1973)

KOLTON, M. S., DOSHER, A. and DWARSHUIS, L. Community drug-abuse programs for

youth: A conceptual model. International Journal of the Addictions 7(2): 333-339

(1972)
KOLTON, M. and DWAHSHUIS, L. Evaluation 0" innovative drug p:-ograms. Journal

of Alternative Human Services 1(4): 46-53 (1974)

KOLTON, M., DWAHSHUIS. L. and GOHODEZKY, M. Innmrative Michigan drug

pC'ograms. Michigan Academician 5(1) (Summer, 1972)

KURLAND, A. A. The deceptive communication and the narcotic abuser. Rutgers Symposium on Communication and Drug Abuse, New Brunswick, New Jersey, September

3-5, 1969·

KURLAND, A. A. Outpatient management of the narcotic addict. Drugs and the Brain.

Edited by P. Black. Baltimore, Maryland: The Johns Hopkins Press, 1969. Pp. 353-370.

KURLAND, A. A., BASS, G. A., KERMAN, F. and KOKOSKI, R. The out-patient management of the paroled narcotic abuser -- a four-year evaluation. Committee on

Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington, D. C.: National Academy of Sciences,

National Research Council, 1969.

KuRLAND, A. A., HANLON, T. E. and McCABE, O. L. Naloxone and the narcotic abuser:

A controlled study of partial blockade. International Journal of the Addictions

9(5): 663-672 (1974)

For abstract, see Section VI. Drug Use/ Abuse Prevention.

KURLAND, A. A., McCABE, L. and HANLON, T. Contingent naloxone treatment of the

narcotic addict: A pilot study. International Journal of the ~ddlcti_~ 2(1)

(in press)

For abstract, see Section VI. Drug Use/Abuse Prevention.

LEVINE, R., ZAKS, A., FINK, M. and FREEDMAN, A. M. Levomethadyl acetate: Prolonged duration of opioid effects, including cross-tolerance to heroin in man.

Journal of the American Medical Association 226(3): 316 (October, 1973)

For abstract see Section Ill. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

617

LEVY, S. J. and EUKER, C. Post Treatment Occupational and Educational Services for the

Former Drug Abuser in New York City. A Model for an Occupational and Educational Information Referral Service and an Employment Service. Albany, New York:

Bureau of Occupational Education Research, State Education Department, 1973.

This project was prompted by information culled from the New York State

Drug Administrators' Conference and the New York State Crisis Center Conference

concerning the oc~upational and educational needs of former drug abusers in New

York State and Ne-w York City. Data collected as a result of these conferences

indicated the need for further study. Information was needed in the practices of

drug abuse treatment programs and occupational and educational agencies as they

relate to the post treatment education and employment of the former drug abuser.

The first part of this report consists of a review of the initiation of the

project and the research procedures employed. The second part is an overview of

the drug abuse treatment programs including the development of clients skills for

education and the job market. Employment practices of business and industry

and the interface between treatment and employment are also reviewed. The conclusions drawn from this review set the stage for the development of the proposed

models.

The third section describes two models. The first is a model for an occupational and educational information referral service for ex-drug abusers in New

York City. The second model is for an employment service for the same target

population. The delivery system for the two models is an independent non-profit

agency. This agency would be designed to serve as an intermediary serviceorganization between the treatment programs and educational and occupational institutions.

Special attention is devoted to the distinction between specific skills preparation and

attitudinal and psychological preparation for schooling and employment. The special

problems of methadone maintenance patients are also noted.

The final section is a presentation of a computer system for the proposed

models and the combined model budget projections. A summary is included at the

end of the report which contains recommendations for potential implementation

and funding of the models.

LUDWIG, A. M. A model fo:- evaluating the clinical and therapeutic effects of

ps):chedelic agents. Psychopharmacology: A Review of Progress, 1957-1967.

Edlted byD. Efron, J. Cole, J. Levine andJ.R. Wittenbo:-n.. Washington,

D.C.: U.S. Government Prin;'ing Office, 1968. Pp. 1263-1268.

LUDWIG, A: Nt. The relationship of attitude to behavior. Preliminary results and implicatlOns for treatment evaluation studies. Research Psychotherapy, Vol. 3. Edited by

J.1\1. Shlein, H.F. Hunt, J.D. Matarazzo and C. Savage. Washington, D.C.:

American Psychological Association, 1968. Pp. 471-487.

LUDWIG, A. M. Studies on alcoholism and LSD: Influence of therapist attitudes on treatment outcome. American Journal of Othropsychiatry 38: 733-737 (1968)

618

LUDWIG, A. M. and LEVINE, J. Hypnodelic therapy. Current Psychiatric

Therapies. Edited by J.H· Masserman. New York: Grune and

Stratton, Inc., 1970. Pp. 130-141.

In conclusion, we should like to state that our investigations with

the hypnodelic technique leave little question in our minds that a single

profound experience can produce dramatic symptom relief and constructive attitude change in many patients. However, it will take

much further research to determine how lasting these changes are,

the relationship of this change to actual behavioral change, the

spectrum of patients most suitable for this treatment, and the

efficacy of this procedure compared to other forms of psychedelic and

psychiatr'ic therapy.

LUDWIG, A., LEVINE, J., STARK, L. and LAZAR, R. A clinical study of LSD treatment

in' alcoholism. American~Journar-Of Psychiatry '126: 59-69 (196'9)"

One hundred seventy-six male alcoholic patients participated in a controlled

investigation of the differential efficacy of three LSD treatment procedures and a

fino therapy, " or milieu treatment,. condition. Half of each group was also assigned

to disulfiram after discharge from the hospital to determine whether any of these

techniques could be enhanced by its use. Although significant improvement was

shown within all treatment groups as measured by a number of clinical assessments

in the post-treatment and follow-up periods. no one treatment condition proved to

be superior. The authors conclude that the dramatic claims for the efficacy of LSD

treatment in alcoholism are unjustified.

McAULIFFE, W. E. and GORDON, R. A. A test of Lindesmith's theory of addiction. The

frequency of euphoria among long-term addicts. American Journal of Sociology

79(4): 795-840 (January, 1974)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

McCABE, O. L•• HANLON. T. ,SAVAGE, C., SCHOCK, H., KURLAND, A. and BOO AN, P.

Contingent naloxone treatment of the narcotic abuser: Studies of two patient

samples. Proceedings of the 5th InternationalInstitute on the Prevention and

Treatment of Drug Dependence. Lausanne, Switzerland: International Council on

Alcohol and Addictions (in press)

McCABE, O. L., KURLAND, A. A. and SULLIVAN. D. Paroled narcotic addicts in a

verified abstinence program: Results of a five year study. International Journal

of the Addictions (in press)

McCABE, O. L., KURLAND, A. A. and SULLIVAN, D. A study of methadone failures in

an abstinence program. International Journal of the Addictions (in press)

MADDUX, J. F., BERLINER, A. K. and BATES, W. M. Engaging Opioid Addicts in a

Continuum of Services. A Community-Based Study in the San Antonio Area.

Fort Worth. Texas: Texas Christian University Press, 1971.

819

MATEFY, R. E. Behavior therapy to extinguish spontaneous recurrences of LSD effects:

A case study. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease 156(4): 226-231 (1973)

Systematic desensitization in conjunction with other behavior techniques

was utilized to treat a client who for 5 months was experiencing spontaneous

recurrences of LSD effects. Besides the elimination of the target symptoms

(flashback effects), additional desired changes occurred on both cognitive-affective

and behavioral levels. A theoretical explanation of LSD flashback effects based

on the role-enactment model is presented.

MAYO, G. A., CALLAHAN, D. and CALLAHAN, B. The Family. A Self Help Program

for Drug Abusers. Pueblo,.Colorado: Colorado State Hospital, 1974.

MUNKVAD, 1., HEIN, G. and HERSKIN, B. The treatment of chronic

schizophrenics with pimozide (Orap). Clinical Trials Journal 8

(Supplement II): 67-71 (1970

A trial of pimozide (Orap) on 16 chronic male schizophrenics

is described. In these cases previous neuroleptic treatment had been

given without special benefit. The main symptoms such as paranoid

ideas, hallucinations, emotional withdrawal and repetitive stereotyped

movements were still dominating the patients, even though in

some they may have been slightly modified.

Pimozide dosage, given to most of the cases for six weeks,

started at 6 mg daily, was increased to a maximum average of 15 mg,

and was reduced to an average daily dosage of 12 mg. Psychological

testing was carried out before, during and after pimozide therapy.

Six patients showed marked improvement, nine were unchanged,

and one became worse. These results were confirmed statistically•

.In the six improved patients, the effect of pimozide on dominating

symptoms was two to three times better than the effects on general

schizophrenic symptoms. Perseverance and compulsive stereotyped

movements were among the seven symptoms most successfully

influenced by the drug.

Side-effects were rare; slight akathisia being reported in only

two cases.

The interference with striatal dopamine by neuroleptic drugs

is discussed and the importance of antidopaminergic activity, a

property of pimozide, in influencing compulsive stereotyped movements

is put forward.

OVERALL, J. E., HOLLISTER, L. E. and POKORNY, A. D. Alcohol history in drug treatment. Diseases of the Nervous System 34: 175-180 (April-May, 1973)

620

PHOENIX, D.D., JR., KALUZNY, A.D., VENEY, J.E., ZALKIND, D. and FERGUSON.

L. Some approaches to providing innovative drug abuse treatment services.

Presented at the National Drug Abuse Conference, Chicago, Illinois, March 30-

April I, 1974.

The purpose of this paper is to outline a series of research questions on

the implementation of drug abuse treatment programs and the process of change

within the programs themselves. In so doing, we focus on the providers of drug

abuse treatment services rather than the drug abuser. We attempt to hypothesize:

(1) why certain types of treatment programs are implemented; (2) the speed with

which they are implemented given the availability of resources; (3) factors associated with the adoption of innovative drug treatment modalities by service providers. Finally, we suggest a method by which drug programs can be made more

responsive to changing community needs and demands.

RANDRUP. A. and MUNKVAD. I•. Eviden~.e. indicating an association between

schizophrenia and dopamiriergic hyperactivity in the brain. Orthomolecular

Psychiatry 1: 2-7 (1972)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

REGELSON. W .• BUTLER. J. R•• SCHULTZ. J., KIRK, T., PEEK. L. and GREEN, M. L.

Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (Delta-9-THC) as an effective antidepressant and

appetite stimulating agent in advanced cancer patients. Presented at the International Conference on the Pharmacology of Cannabis. National Institute on Drug

Abuse. December 3-6. 1974.

RESNICK, R. B., FINK. M. and FREEDMAN, A. M. Cyclazocine treatment of opiate

dependence: A progress report. Comprehensive Psychi~tr~ 12(6): 491-502

(November, 1971)

RESNICK. R. B.• FINK. M. and FREEDMAN. A. M. A cyclazocine typology in opiate dependence. American Journal of Psychiatry 126: 1256-1260 (1970)

The authors present a typological classification useful in the therapy

of opiate dependence based on the patientsI self-ratings of their need for opiates.

Fourteen male subjects on cyclazocine treatment for up to two and one-half years

reported less dependence on opiates for normal functioning than 17 male subjects

who discontinued treatment. The existence of a consistent heterosexual relationship

was significant in successful cyclazocine treatment. Enlisting patientsI wives to

supervise the daily cyclazocine intake has proven useful.

RESNICK. R.• FINK. 1\1. and FREEDMAN. A. M. High dose cyclazocine therapy of opiate

dependence. American Journal of Psychiatry 131: 595-597 (May. 1974)

Twenty-three former her.oin addicts who had been stabilized on 4 to 5 mg.

of cyclazocine per day had their dosage increased to 10 to 30 mg. per day. These

increases resulted in mild, transient side effects. The narcotic-blocking activity

of cyclazocine was extended to 48 hours by a daily dose of 10 mg. and to 72 hours

by 20 mg. A daily dose of 30 mg. increased its blocking activity at 48 hours but

not at 72 110urs.
RICHTER. R. W•• PEARSON. J .• BRUUN. B•• CHALLENOR. Y. B., BRUST. J. C. M.

and B.~DEN. M. M. Neurological complications of addiction to heroin.

Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine 49(1): 3-21 (January. 1973)

For abstract. see Section V•. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and

Genetic Effects.

scm~RRING. E. Can we change the behavior and attitude ,of adolescents to ingestion of

euphoriant drrigs? Folkeskolen 36 and 37 (1971)

SCHbOFF. K.G •• HERSCH, R.G. and KEEGAN, J.F. Narcotic antagonists: A reasonable

method of treating narcotic dependency. International Journal of the Addictions

(in press)

SCHOOFF, K.G .• HERSCH, R.G. and LOWY, D.G. Cyclazocine -- a reasonable alternative to methadone. Com.mittee on Problems ofDrug Dependence. Washington. D. C.:

D. C. : National Academy of Sciences. National Research Council. 1973.

SCHOOFF. K.G •• KEEGAN. J.F. and LOWY, D.G. Cyclazocine. A prerequisite in the

treatment of heroin' addiction. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence.

Washington. D. C.: National Academy of Sciences, National Research Council.

1974.

SCHOOLAR, J. C.. WInTE. E. H. and COHEN, C. P. Drug abusers and •their clinic-patient

counterparts: A comparison of personality dimensions. Journal of Consulting and

Clinical Psychology 39(1): 9-14 (1972)

This study cOmpares lnterpersonal behavior patterns of drug. abuse patients

with their non-drug-using counterparts. The Interpersonal System developed in

1956 by T. Leary was used in comparing eighty multi-drug-habituated patients at the

Texas Research Institute's Drug Abuse Clinic with a population of outpatients

matched for age and sex. The drug abusers emerged as significantly more hostile

and critical. idealizing the socially undesirable behaviors of distl:'ust and non-conformityand revealing a significant degree of self-deception. Self-perceptions of

the two groups were similar and reOected a lack of cohfidencein their own ability

·-to achieve success. _but their rea~tipns to these feelings were markedly different.

Both groups perceived their parents as strong. self-reliant. and behaving in a

socialiy desirable manner. although mothers of drug abusers .were described as

lacking warmth and nurturant behaviors.

SCHbOLAR. J. C., WINBURN. G. M.and HAYS. J. R. Rehabilitation of drug abusers --a

continuing enigma. Rehabilitation Literature 34(11): 327-330 (Novemb~r, 1973)

SELLS. S. B. Evaluation of treatment for drug abuse -- A discussion of research problems

and approaches from the perspective of the DARP. Report to the J()intNIMH-TCU

drug abuse reporting program. The Effectiveness of Drug Abuse Treatment.

Edited by S.B. Sells. Evaluation of Treatments. Vol. 1.IBR Report 73-14, 1973.

Pp. 3-9.

SELLS. S. B. Research on Evaluation of Treatments for Drug Abuse Based on the NIMH-TCU

Drug Abuse Reporting Program. Forth Wo~th. Texas: Texas Christian University.

Institute of Behavioral Research. 1973.

'~:'~~;
SILVERMAN, 1., BROTMAN, R., SUFFET, F. and ORDES, D. Reaching for accountability in community practice. Public Health Reports. Public Health Service. U. S.

Department of Health Education and Welfare. 85(3): 251-260 (March, 1970)

SIMEON, J., KESKINER, A., FIN".K, M. and ITIL, T. M. Depot fluphenazine facilitation

of treatment of psychosis. Changing Patterns in Psychiatric Care. Edited by

T. Rothman. New York: Crown. 1970.

This chapter concerning the intramuscular use of fluphenazine decanoate

at monthly and bimonthly intervals is one of timely importance. A well-designed

scientific exploration of depot fluphenazine. this study shows its psychopharmacologic effectiveness as a phenothiazine and demonstrates the sp~cific items of

schizophrenia it helps to relieve. The study findings offer an optimistic probability

that this drug will bring widespread relief to a multitude of patients not usually

capable of following their aftercare. treatment. Its practical advar;.tag~for use in

community care will help tb implement programs at present considered impractical and will facilitate a broader use in home care. This well-planned investigation deserves consideration for a more widespread applicatiqn and replication.

SIMPSON, D. D. Use of alcohol (;\' DARP patients in treatment for drug abuse:

1959-1971 admissions. Research on Patients, Treatments, and Outcomes.

Edited by S.B. Sells. Studies of the Effectiveness of Treatments for

Drug Abuse. Vol. 2. Cambridge. Massachusetts: Ballinger. 1974.

SIMPSON. D.D. and McRAE. D.J. Readmissions to treatment of drug users in the

DARP: 1969-1971 admissions. Evaluation of Treatments. Edited by

S. B. Sells. Studies of the Effectiveness of Treatments for Drug Abuse.

Vol. 1. Cambridge. Massachusetts: Ballinger. 1974.

SMITH. S. G. and DAVIS, W. M. Behavioral control by stimuli associated with acquisition

of morphine self-administration. Behavioral Biology 9(6): 777-780 (December,

1973)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

SMITH. S. G. and DAVIS, W. M. Interrelationships of exteroceptive and interoceptive

stimuli associated with morphine self-administration: Significance to elimination

of drug-seeking behavior. Clinical Toxicology 7: 264-265 (1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

SMITH, S. G. and DAVIS, W. M. Punishment of amphetamine and morphine self-administration behavior. The Psychological Record 24: 477-480 (1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral StUdies.

SOSKIN, W., Children of the Good Life. A Second Interim Report on Project

Commumty. Berkeley, caniorma, March, 1972.
SOSKIN. W. F .• ROSS. N. W. and KORCHIN,S. J. The origins of Project Community:

Innovating asocial institution for adolescents. Seminars in Psychiatry 3(2):

271-287 (May. 1971)

This paper has explored some. of the problems and issues that arose in the

process of creating a new institution of socialization for adolescents~ Project

Community. These problems and issues have been conceptualized in terms of intraand inter-institutional value conflicts and have been presented in the light of their

importance and relevance to the more general issues of innovation in the mental

health and related fields.

SOULE, A. B•• STANDLEY. K.• COPANS. S. A.. and DAVIS. M. Clinical uses of the

Brazelton neonatal scale. Pediatrics .54(5): 583-586 (November. 1974)

For abstract. see Section .IV.Behavioral Studies.

SPIEGEL. D.K. and SELLS. S.B. Evaluation of treatments for drug users i.rl

the DARP: 1969-1971 admis.sions. Evaluation of Treatments. Edited by

S. B. Sel.ls. Studies of the Effectiveness of Treatments for Drug Abuse,

Vol. 1. Cambridge. Massachusetts: Ballinger. 1974.

STRAUSS, M.E•• ANDRESKO. M.• STRYKER.J.C.• WARDELL.J.N. and DUNKEL, L.D.

Methadone mainteD.ance during pregnancy: Pregnancy. birth and neonate

characteristics. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 120: 895-900

(1974)

The records of 72 pregnant methadone addicts and 72.nonaddicted

.gravidas. all receiving prenatal care. were examined to determine the degree

of obstetric risk associated with low dose methadone maintenance and dimensions

of difference between addicted and nonaddicted newborn infants. Rates of pregnancy illness. pregnancy complications. as well as labor and delivery characteristics. did not differ between groups. L.ow birth weight (less than or equal to

2.500 grams) was not more common among addicted infants. although neonatal

weight loss was greater in this group. Most addicted newborns were symptomatic.

but pharmacologic treatme.nt was requil'ed in only 30 per cent of the cases. Lowdose methadone maintenance in· conjunction with comprehensive prenatal care

appears to reduce obstetric risk to a level comparable with that of nonaddicted

women of.similar sociomedical circumstances.

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, loc. Different strokes for

different folks. The multimodality approach to the management of narcotics

addiction.. A STASH literature review. Grassroots (November. 1973 Supplement)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens. Inc. Methadone and pregnancy:

An annotated guide to the literature. Journal of Psychedelic-Drugs •• 6(1): 101-124

(January-March. 1974)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucipogens. Inc. STASH fact sheet on the

British narcotic system. Grassroots· (October, 1972.Supprement)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. STASH fact sheet on

methadone. Grassroots (May, 1972 Supplement)

Student Association for the Studyot Hallucinogens. Inc.

drugs. STASH Capsules ~(4) (A~~!lS.!.}9H).

~;.'J

STASH notes: Women and
TAYLOR, W.J., CHAMBERS, C.D.and DEMBO, R. Cocaine abuse among methadone

maintenance patients. Drug-Abuse: Current Concepts and Research. Edited by

W. Keup. Springfield, illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1972. Pp. 313-327

A study of methadone maintenance patients at the Philadelphia General

Hospital revealed a rather high incidence of cocaine abuse (18.5 percent). The

highest incidence of this form of abuse was among the black male patients over

age 3'5 who had been heroin addict~ for more than 10 years. These cocaine cheaters

were also abusing drugs other than cocaine and had continued to engage in illegal

activities even though they no longer could rationalize this behavior on the basis

of their addiction. The necessity of having an adequate surveillance procedure to

detect the abuse of cocaine as well as the abuse of sedatives, amphetamines. and

opiates thus seems clear. The procedure for the detection of abuse-potential

drugs in urine used in the clinical pharmacology-toxicology center of Philadelphia

General Hospital is given in an appendix.

The University of the State of New York. Statewi<;ie Crisis Center Conference.

Albany, New York: The State Education Department, Bureau of

Occupational Education Research, 1973.

VERESS, F., MAJOR, V., FINK, M. and FREEDMAN, A. High dose tybamate

therapy of heroin dependence. Journal of Clinical Pharmacology and

New Drugs 9: 232-238 (1969)

VOSS, E. W., JR., and BERGER, B. B. Neutralization of LSD by active immunization.

Psychopharmacologia 26: 140-145 (1972)

Mice immunized with a lysergic acid derivatized protein showed subsequent

resistance to the effects of intravenously administered LSD as measured by the poke

and rearing tests. Mice immunized with a tryptophylconjugated protein displayed

similar refractoriness relative to normal control mice. Thus, significant immunological cross reactivity as expressed by neutralization, was evident due to the

common indole moiety of the two haptenic groups studied.

WATSON, D. and SELLS, S. B. Directory of Narcotic Addiction Treatment Agencies in the

United States 1968-1969. Washington. D. C.: U. S. Government Printing Office,

1970.

WEBSTER, J. B., COUPAL, J.J. and CUSHMAN, P. Increased serum thyroxine levels

in euthyroid narcotic addicts. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism

37(6): 928-934 (December. 1973)

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

WELLISCH, D.' and HAYS, J. R. Development of family therapy as a new treatment modality

in a drug abuse program for adolescents. Current Issues in Adolescent Psychiatry.

Edited by J. C. Schoolar. New York: Brunner/Mazel. Inc., 1973. Pp. 221-232.

This paper will describe an initial exploratory effort to enable the staff

to consider the family. not only the individual. when viewing adolescent and postadolescent drug problems as they are presented for treatment. The material will

be presented in three sections: first, the general design of the drug treatment

program and the treatment populations; next. the design of a pilot program. including

clinical material from this effort and the trends observed as a result of it; third.

staff issues encountered in the deTelopment of· a· family-conscious approach.
WHITE. E.H.• COHEN, C.P.and SCHOOLAR, J.C.Families -- how can we help? St.

Joseph Hospital Medical Surgical Journal 6(1): 43-51 (Spring, 1971) -

WHITE, R. P., DREW, G. W. and FINK, M. Neuropharmacological analysis of agonistic

actions of cyclazocine in rabbits. Biological Psychiatry .1: 217-330(1971)

For abstract, see Section m. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

WINBURN, G. M. and HAYS, J. R. Methadone: The carrot at the end of the stick.

prue Addiction; NgwAspectsofAnalytical and Clinical Toxicology. Vol. 4.

Edited by J. M. Singh and H. Lal. Mount Kisco, New York: Futura Publishing

Company, Inc., 1973.

This study supports other studies which have reported increased legitimate employment, reduced criminal activity, reduced illicit drug use and improved

physical health of addicted. individuals who have been in methadone treatment for

six months. This investigation made an exploratory attem.pt to examine the effectiveness of a methadone treatment system which uses concomitant therapy. Those

addicts engaged in some type of therapy while receiving methadone .showed less

illicit drug use than those addicts receiving only medication. No significant differences were noted for employment and criminal activity between the two groups.

WINBURN, G.M. and HAYS, J.R. Methadone: One step toward rehabilitation. St. Joseph

Hospital Medical Surgical Journal 9(1):. 25-31 (March, 1974)

This study explores several issues concerning methadone treatment of the

opiate-dependent individual. Using data gathered in an evaluation of the methadone

program of the Texas Research Institute of Mental Sciences, the study examines

whether or not<iherapy heightens the effectiv~ness,of methadone treatment, using

as criteria for success reduced criminal activity, increasedemplnyment, reduced

illicit drug use, and improved health. Our findings generally support those of

other studies that have reported improvement in these parameters among addicted

individuals who have been in methadone treatment for six months.

Of greater interest and importance is a comparison of the effectiveness of

methadone treatment used concurrently with therapy and the administration of

methadone alone. Addicts engaged in therapy while receiving methadone showed

less illicit drug use than did those receiving only medication. No significant

differ.ences between the two groups ~ere noted for employment or criminal activity. '

It is not possible to draw g-eneral conclusions for all methadone, programs;

further research is needed with larger samples and control groups over, a longer

period oftime in order to explore the possible effects therapy has on the methadone

client. But it is now reasonable. tos8;ythat methadone is the most significant factor

in keeping the-addictin the tre'atment pl"ogram. Since he is physically dependent

on the medication, this dependence should be used to therapeutic advantage in order

to deal successfully with his social, vocational, and interpersonal problems.

ZAKS, A., FINK, M. and FREEDMAN, A. Duration of methadone induced cross-tolerance

to heroin. British Journal of the Addictions 66: 205-208 (1971)

ZAKS, A.• FINK. M. and FREEDMAN. A. M. Levomethadyl in maintenance treatment of

opiate dependence. Journal of the American Medical Association 220(6): 811

(May, 1972)

ZAKS, A., JONES, T., FINK, M. and FREEDMAN, A. M. Naloxone treatment of opiate

dependence. Journal of'the American Medical Association 215(13): 2108 (March.

1971)

For abstract.
- --. -- - --- - . ----

'. -' . - -

~lSDDcQ1[!@&3 .

AARONSON, B. S. LSD: Experimental findings. International Journal of Parapsychology

9(2): 86-90 (1967)

The psychedelic experience makes legitimate scientific investigation

almost impossible. The nature of the LSD experience has been listed in 7 major

categories by Marsh: (l) release of the symbolizing function, (2) experience of

unity, (3) seeing through our cultural limits, (4) receptivity, (5) awareness of

the shadow, of the not-self, (6) discovery of.love, and (7) discovery of the true

self. However, no 2 experiences, even for the same person, are alike. Masters

and Houston divide the drug session into 4 stages: (1) sensory, (2) recollectiveanalytic, (3) symbolic, and (4) integrative. More research is needed-in the

methods of thinking produced by psychedelic drugs.

ABRAMS, R., FIXK, M., DORNBUSH, R. L., FELDSTEIN, S., VOLAVKA, J. and

ROUBICE~, J. Unilateral and bilateral ECT: Effects on depression, memory

and tee electroencephalogram. Archives of General Psychiatry 27: 88-94

(1972)

The relationship among the clinical, electroencephalographic (EEG)

and memory changes occurring with unilateral electroconvulsive therapy

(ECT) in 85 hospitalized depressed patients was investigated. Treatments

were given by the patients I attending psychiatrists, who chose the method of

treatment, its rate of administration, and prescribed concurrent psychotropic

drugs according to his customary practice. Assessment of treatment outcome

was not blind. Despite nonrandom assignment, the groups were equivalent

prior to treatment for the variables relevant to outcome. In analysis of the

data, differences between treatment groups were accounted for by multiple

stepwise regression. The two methods of treatment differed for each parameter

studied, with unilateral ECT yielding less therapeutic effect, less memory

alteration, and different patterns of EEG change.

BABST, D. V., CHAMBERS, C. D. and WARNER, A. Patient characteristics associated

with retention in a methadone maintenance p!"ogram. British Journal of

Addiction 66: 195-204 (1971)

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment - Related Research.

BADEN, M. E-. Drug abuse--its current status. New York Medicine 24: 464-474

(1968)

A discussion of the medical aspects of drug abuse is presented. In

New York City, heroin addiction is the leading cause of death in the 15 to 35

year age group, and the number of addiction deaths are increasing. The

medical complications of parenteral heroin and the causes of addiction death,

as well as some of the characteristics of drug addicts are indicated. Physicians

are becoming more involved with this problem, and they can make an

invaluable contribution by helping treat the drug addict.

627

BADEN, M. M. Alcoholism as related to drug addiction: A medical examiner's view.

Drug Abuse: Current Concepts and Research. Edited by W. Keup. Springfield,

Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1972.

Present problems of heroin addiction and drug abuse are the result of

past unwillingness and inability of society, the medical profession, and

psychiatry to'deal with other mental health problems. particularly. alcoholism

and suicide. Postmortem findings and premortem histories indicate that it

is naive to consider each type of drug abuse as unique, requiring a single

specific solution: one antidote for the heroin addict. another for the alcoholic,

etc. The medical profession in general and psychiatry in particular must

begin to deal with the b.road and common reasons for substance abuse, selfdestructiVe behavior, and the inability to function productively in an increasingly complex society.

BALL, J. C. and CHAMBERS, C•.D., edi.~o.rs. The Epidemiology of Opiate Addiction in the

United States. Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1970.

For abstract. see Section VI. Drug Use!Abuse Prevention.

BALL, J. C., CHAMBERS. C. D. and BALL, M. J. The association of marihuana

smoking with opiate addiction. The Epidemiology of Opiate Addiction in the

United States. Edited by J. C. Ball and C. D. Chambers. Springfield.

Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1970.

The association of marihuana smoking and opiate use was investigated.

It is indicated that several patterns of behavior may lead to drug addiction.

Marihuana use is closely associated with opiate addiction in the high drug use

metropolitan areas of the East and West but not associated with opiate addiction

in 12 southern states.

BALL, J. C., CHAMBERS, C. D. and BALL, M. J. The association of marihuana

smoking with opiate addiction in the United States. Journal of Criminal Law,

Criminology and Police Science 59(2): 171-182 (1968)

The precise research question under investigation is: Given existing

social conditions and laws, is the smoking of marihuana in the United States

associated with the subsequent use of opiate drugs? If so, under what conditions;

if not, under what conditions? The subjects were 2,213 addict patients admitted

to the Lexington and Fort Worth hospitals quring 1965. They included both

voluntary admissions and Federal prisoners, males and females, Negroes and

Whites. laborers and housewives, prostitutes and physicians, lawyers and forgers,

and drug sellers as well as users. Forty-six of the fifty states were represented,

and the range in age was from 16 to 75 years. It was found that there is a

positive association between marihuana and opiate use in 16 states, the District

of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. In 12 other states, most of the opiate addicts

had never used marihuana. These alternative patterns of drug use were related

to demographic factors: residence standard metropolitan statistical areas in the

United States, state. sex, race, and age. A within-area comp.:irison of

marihuana users with nonusers revealed that the former addicts were significantly more deviant on most dependent variables: arrest record. early arrest,

earlier onset of opiate use. intravenous administration, heroin use. and

obtaining drugs from underworld sources.

628

BALTER, M. B. and LEVINE, J. - The nature and extent of psychotherapeutic drug usage

in the United States. Psychopharmacology Bulletin 5: 3-14 (1969)

BALTER, M. B., LEVINE, J. and MANHEIMER, D. I. Cross-national study of the

extent of anti-anxiety/sedative drug use. New England Journal of Medicine

290:769 (April, 1974)

National samples of respondents ·in nine Western European countries

were asked identical questions about their use of anti-anxiety/sedative drugs

during the past year and about their general attitude toward tranquilizers. The

proportion of persons who used anti-anxiety/sedative drugs on one or more occasions varied from 17 per cent in Belgium and France to 10 per cent in Spain.

In almost every country the percentage of females who had used anti-anxiety/

sedative drugs was approximately twice that of males. Persons 45 years of

age and over were over-represented among drug users in all countries in

relation to their presence in the national population. The rank order of the

countries on attitude toward tranquilizers was poorly correlated with rank

order on use rates. Howe'ver, within each country there was a sharp.difference

in attitude between users and nonusers. Independent data place the United States

in a middle position among the nine countries surveyed on use of anti-anxiety /

sedative drugs.

BALTER, M. B., LEVINE, J. and RUBINSTEIN, I. Cross-national study of the extent

of anti-anxiety/sedative drug use. Presented at the Eighth Congress of the

Collegium Internationale Neuro-Psychopharmacologicum. Copenhagen, Denmark,

1972.

BENTLER, P. M. and EICHBERG, R. H. A social psychological approach to substance

abuse construct validity: Prediction of adolescent drug use from

independent data sources. Presented at the Natio:lal Institute of Drug Abuse

Drug Lifestyles Conference, St. Simons, Georgia, January, 1975.

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

BERLOW, L. Kids IN Drugs. Chapel Hill, North Carolina: School of Pharmacy,

University of North Carolina, 1971.

BLUM, R. H., editor. Society and Drugs, Vol. I. Students and Drugs, Vol. II.

San Francisco, California: Jossey-Bass, Inc., 1969.

BOND, D. D., BRACELAND. F. J., FREEDMAN, D. X., FRIEDHOFF, A. J•• KOLB,

L. C. and LOURIE, R. ~., editors. The Year Book of Psychiatry and Applied

Mental Health, 1971. Chtcago: Year Book Medical Publishers, Inc., 1971.

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

629

BOURQUE, L. B. and BACK, K•.W. Values' and transcendental experiences. Social

Forces 47:34-38 (September, 1968)

Ecstatic-transcendental experiences, or fundamental changes in the

individual's level of consciousness, have been an integral part of human life,

particularly religious movements, throughout most of the world. By concentrating on the experience itself, this study is designed to determine how common

such experiences are in western society, whether such experiences are

restricted to specifically religious contexts, and whether they can be related

to various social and personality variables, including the individual's potential

use of drugs. The subject population was composed of three groups: students

from a traditionally white, southern university; students from a traditionally

, Negro southern col1ege~ and students from a hospital school of nursing.

Essentially, two different types of ecstatic-transcendental experiences were

discovered: one is primarily an "aesthetic" experience, which related to

potential tendency to use drugs and greater self-confidence; the other is

primarily a "religious" experience, which related to lower class, or minority

group socioeconomic position, and high levels of social and religious value'

orientations.

BRACELAND, F. J., FREEDMAN, D. X., FRIEDHOFF, A. J., KOLB, L. C., LOURIE,

R. S. and ROMANO, J., editors. The Year Book of Psychiatry and Applied

Mental Health. 1973.. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers, Inc., 1973.

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

BRACELAND, F. J., FREEDMAN, D. X., FRIEDHOFF, A. J., LOURIE, R. S. and

ROMANO, J., editors. The Year Book of Psychiatry and Applied Mental

Health, 1972. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers, Inc., 1972.

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

BREHM, M. L. and BACK, K. W. Self -image and attitudes toward drugs. Personality

36: 299-314 (June, 1968)

Three hundred-thirty three introductory psychology students responded

to a questionnaire on self image and on drugs. The questionnaire was divided

into 3 main headings: attitudes (toward drugs); usage (of drugs); and self

descripUon. In terms of a positive association between attitudes and usage, the

results suggest that insecurity relates to the use of all agents for both sexes.

Curiosity, however, relates significantly only to the use of drugs. Thus, the

dissatisfaction or feelings of inadequacy represented by the first attitude factor

are reflected in a willingness to use any and all types of external agents to

augment change; but the predominant element of curiosity to explore the

pot.entialities of the self is associated only with a desire to use the more

disinhibiting agents. For both sexes, fear of loss of control app.ears negatively

related to the use of these same disinhibiting agents.

BRIDGE, T. P. and ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Quaalude alley: A one-way street.

American Journal of Psychiatry 130(2): 217 (1972)

BRILL, N. Q. Longitudinal study of college marijuana users. Proceedings of the

Twentieth Annual Conference of Air Force Behavioral Scientists. Brooks

Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas, September, 1973. :"'!:-:

.630

BRILL, N. Q. The marihuana problem. California Medicine 114(4): 55-57 (April, 1971)

BRILL, N. Q. The marihuana problem in perspective. Military Medicine 138(4): 205-210

(April, 1973)

BRILL, N. Q. and CHRISTIE, R. L. Marihuana use and psychosocial adaptation. Archives

of General Psychiatry 31:713-719 (November, 1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

BRILL, N. Q., CRUMPTON, E., FRANK, I, M., HOCHMAN, J. S., LOMAX, P.,

McGLOTHLIN, W. H. and WEST, L. J. The marijuana problem. Annals of

Internal Medicine 73:449-465 (1970)

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

BRILL, N. Q., CRUMPTON, E. and GRAYSON, H. M. Personality factors in marihuana

use. Arcgives of General Psychiatry 24: 163-165 (February, 1971)

Clinical observation of marihuana users have suggested that there lire

personality characteristics that are correlated with regular marihuana use. This

study investigates the relationship of some personality factors to extent of

marihuana use in young college students. Four groups of marihuana users

differing in extent of use (from less than once per month to almost every day)

were compared with two control groups on four MMPr scales, a risk-taking

propensity scale, a stimulus-seeking scale, nine specially constructed items,

and a number of demographic variables. More frequent use of marihuana was

significantly related to !ligher scores on the stimulus-seeking scale, on the

MMPI psychopathic Deviant Scale and to "true" responses to the items, "a

person should not be punished for breaking a law that he thinks is unreasonable"

and "as long as I can remember, I have had more emotional problems that

other people." Regular use of marihuana was very significantly related to use

of other drugs. There was no support in this sample of young functioning college

students for hyp::>theses about impaired parental identification, goal-orientation,

or the role of religion.

BROTMAN, R.and LIVENSTEIN, M. A. A role model for social workers in community

mental health practice. Social Work 12(2): 21-26 (April, 1967)

A new role m01el for social workers in community organization--

th·e organizer-educator--is presented to deal with some problems arising in

community mental health p:-actice. A primary objective for the practitio.:ler

is to mo!:>ilize and integrate the thoughts and actions of other professio.1als

toward stated goals of change in care-delivery systems.

BROTMAN, R. E., SHAH, R. and SUFFET, S. L. Generational differences among drug

abuse patients. International Journal of the Addictions 7(2}; 219-235

(1972)

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

831' .

BROTMAN, R., SILVERMAN, I. and SUFFE'I.', S. L. Some social correlates of student

drug use. Crime and Delinquency 16: 67-74 (January, 1970)

BROTMAN, R. and SUFFET, S. L. Marijuana use and social control. Annals of the

New York Academy of Sciences 191: 235-245 (December, 1971)

For ;l.bstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

BROTMAN, R. and SUFFET, S. L. Marijuana users' views of marijuana use. The

Psychopathology of Adolescence. New York: Grune and Stratton, Inc;:-T970.

BRUNSWICK, A. F. Health needs of adolescents: How the adolescent sees them.

American Journal of Public Health 59(9): 1730-1745 (1969)

Results are presented from a survey of how adolescents view their

own health and their health needs" a,nd of possible differences between 3

major ethnic groupings: Spanish-speaking, white~ and Negro young peopfe.

The sample consisted of 122 adolescents, 12-17 years old, living in the Washington

Heights section of New York. Findings indicate that: (l) They are concerned

about their health and able to provide detailed information about their own

feelings and perceptions regarding health matters; (2) major areas of interest

were exercise, eating, smoking, and sleeping; (3) self-appraisal regarding

dental health was more critical; (4) 4 of 10 wear eye glasses and more

reported uncorrected visual problems; and (5) all groups were in general agreement on the major health and medical problems. One in 3 of the respondents,

considered drugs a major contemporary health problem, marihuana being the

drug most widely used. These results are significant for those interested in

improving health services and indicated a difference in general attitude toward

health. Most Spanish and Negro youths expressed health concerns, with

Negroes showing a conviction about the avoidability of illness and the Spanish

sho-oVing considerable fatalism. Physical appearance was of major concern to

Negro boys.

CARLIN, A. S., BAKKER, C. B., HALPERN, L. and POST, R. B. Social facilitation

of marijuana intoxication: Impact of social set and pharmacological activity.

Journal of Abnormal Psychology 80(2): 132-140 (1972)

To determine to what extent marijuana intoxication is the result of

(a) dt'ug effects, (b) exp.~ctancy and social setting, or (c) an interaction of

aU these factors, two exp,~riments were devised. In Experiment I, S9 first

soVallowed a placebo pill and then smoked either two placebo cigarettes or

two marijuana cigarettes containing a total of 15 mg. of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol

(THC). The cigarettes were smoked in a setting designed to either facilit~,te

intoxicatio::l (up llight) or interfere with it (down night) through manipulation of

S's expo~ctancy and through modeling. Results indicate that the amount of

marijuana smoked impaired cognitive functioning and was rated as more intoxicating than was the placebo. Manipulations of setting and belief had no

effect. In Experiment II, Ss smoked two cigarettes containing either (a)

placebo, or (b) 7.5 mg. of THC, or (c) 15 mg. of THC. The Ss who smoked

placebo cigarettes first swallowed a pill cO:ltaining either 10 mg. of Librium or

25 mg. of Librium. The Ss who smoked cigat'ettes containing THC received

placebo pills. Smoking was done in either up night or down night contexts.

Results suggest that social setting and belief interact with smaller doses of

marijuana, but not with large doses nor with placebo.

CARLIN, A. S. and POST, R. D. Drug use and achievement. International Journal of the

Addictions 9(3): 401-410 (1974) .

The relationship between lowered achievement and nonmedical use of

drugs has become a concern as drug use increases. Two hundred sixty-six young

males, some of whom wel'e marihuana smokers, and some of whom used other drugs

also, were interviewed about their levels of achievement and drug use. It was found

that lowered levels of achievement were associated with higher rates of drug experience

for both marihuana and other psychedelic drugs. Goal setting varied as a function of

the decision to use drugs or not, rather than amount of drugs used. These two findings, taken together, suggest that observed lowered achievement is not the result

primarily of a change in values, but of perhaps several factors which are discussed.

CARLIN, A. S. and POST, R. D. Patterns of drug use among marihuana smokers. Journal

of the American Medical Association 218: 867-868 (November 8, 1971)

One hundred and six male marihuana smokers were interviewed concerning

their use of other drugs. Seventy-four percent admitted experimentation with

psychedelic drugs and 6% experimeated with heroin. Compared to earlier findings,

use of psychedelic drugs seems to be growing, while use of heroin remains about the

same.

CARLIN, A. S., POST, R. D., BAKKER, C. B. and HALPERN, L. M. The role of

modeling a'nd previous experience in the facilitation of marijuana intoxication.

Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease 159(4): 275-281 (1974)

Ss without previous experience with marijuana smoked marijuana or

placebo cigarettes in the presence of a model who exhibited marijuanaintoxicated behavior or did not. Marijuana naive Ss' self-ratings of intoxication were differentially affected by drugs and placebo, but were not affected

by modeling. Performance on four of six cognitive measures was impaired

by drug consumption. On one additional task, pzrformance was impaired by

modeling in conjunc'tion with consumption of the active drug. In order to

clarify the nature of the relationship between previous experience with

marijuana and self-ratings of intoxication, a number of aposteriori analyses

were carried out which compared performance, symptoms, and ratings of

marijuana naive and experienced Ss. The results indicate that previo;.Is

experience is a socialization process through which individuals learn to discriminate and label the drug state as intoxication.

CHAMBERS, C. D. An Assessment of Drug Use in the GeneraL Population. Special Report

No.1. Drug Use in New York State. New York: New York State Narco~ic Addiction Control Commission, 1971.

The prevalence, incidence, frequency, and situational content of all

types of drug use within the general population throughout New York State were

assessed through face to face interviews of 7, 500 persons. Also included in the

survey are assessments of (1) accuracy of beliefs relative to ~he adverse

effects of certain forms of drug misuse and abuse; (2) the visibility of persons

who misuse or abuse drugs as reflected in the awareness of other persons of this

misuse; and (3) attitudes toward various types of drug abuse and abusers. An

epilog comments on the extent of current drug abuse, and appendixes present

the interview schedules for respondents and details on the methodology 0: the

stu:ly.

CHAMBERS, C. D. Barbiturate-sedative abuse: A study of prevalence among narcotic

abusers. International Journal of the Addictions 4(1): 45-57 (1969)

Using only voluntary admissions to ensure a clinical basis for the

diagnosis of addiction and only standard metropolitan statistical area residents to

ensure that all subjects would have had access to similar illicit subcultures, 100

narcotic abusers consecutively admitted to the NIMH clinical research center at

Lexington, Kentucky, during 1957 were compared with 100 narcotic abusers

consecutively admitted during 1966. Empirical support was demonstrated for the

clinical impression that barbiturate - sedative abuse and addiction among narcotic

abusers increased significantly between 1957 and 1966. The clinical impression

that barbiturate-sedative abuse and addiction are found more often in white than

in Negro narcotic abusers was ve-rified for 1957, but the significant race differences

in both abuse and addiction had disappeared by 1966. Thus, the increased incidence of

the abuse of and addiction to these drugs can be attributed primarily to the

disproportionate increases among Negro heroin abusers. An evolutionary

pattern of drug abuse was found. The data suggest that sex has never been a

significant factor in the abuse of or addiction to barbiturates - sedatives. Race

does appear to have been a'signific'ant factor in the past; with Negroes'lagging

behind white narcotic users in adopting the use of barbiturate - sedative drugs.

By 1966, however~ this race difference ~ad disappeared and barbituratesedative use had become a prevalent pattern for both races. 'White abusers of

barbiturates - sedatives are still more likely to become addicted to the tlrugs, once

they begin using them, to the point of chronic intoxication. This difference may

be related to time. In 1966, the addiction liability among Negroes did not differ

from that found among whites in 1957. Since the racial differences in the

incidence of barbiturate - sedative use and addiction disappeared over time, the

racial differences in addiction liability are also expected to decrease and! or

disappear. The data suggest the hypothesis that, given continuity of the current

circumstances surrounding narcotic use, the incidence of barbiturate - sedative

use and addiction among narcotic users may not significantly increase beyond the

1966 level. This hypothesis is supported by: 1) The relative stability of the white

pattern of abuse and addiction to these drugs since 1957; and 2) the homogenizing

effect of the standara metropolitan statistical area illicit drug subculture, wherein

both races tend to secure their drugs from the same sources, tend to prefer the

same drugs, and tend to administer the drugs in the same manner and setting.

CHAMBERS, C. D. Characteristics of attrition during ambulatory detoxification.

Methadone: Experiences and Issues. Edited by C. D. Chambers and L. Brill.

New York: Behavioral Publications, 1973. Pp. 195-202.

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

634

CHAMBERS, C. D. Narcotic addictton and crime: An empirical review. Drugs and the

Criminal Justice System. Edited by~. A• .!nciardi and C. D. Chambers.

Beverly Hills, California:. Sage Publications, 1974.

A review of empirical studies focusing upon the relationship between

drugs and crime has identified a number of unrelated conclusions. At least for

most contemporary narcotic addicts, criminal involvement is a part of their

lifestyle prior to becoming addicted to narcotics but not necessarily prior to some drug

experimenting. The vast majority of contemporary narcotic addicts support

their addictions by committing crimes. Although the majority of crimes committed

to support addictions involve the theft of goods which are then sold or traded to

secure drugs, the rate at which addicts are turning to crimes against persons

to secure money rather than goods and to the selling of drugs are both alarming.

The risk of arrest and incarceration for drug related criminal activity are both

extremely low. The younger narcotic addicts app::!ar to be criminal opportunists:

whatever criminal opportunity presents itself attracts this contemporary addict.

Treatment does reduce the extent of criminal involvement of addicts but it does

not eliminate this activity, and in most cases the curtailment is probably transitory.

CHAMBERS, C. D. and BALL, J. C. Suicide among hospitalized opiate acWicts.

The Epidemiology of Opiate Addiction in the United States. Edited by J. C. Ball

and C. D. Chambers. Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1970.

Suicides were analyzed at an inpatient medical and psychiatric hospital

for opiate addicts. Between 1935 and 1967, 43,215 addicts had been admitted, and

13 of these committed suicide during their hospitalization. This rate of suicide,

3 per la, 000, is considerably less than rates reported for other inpatient

psychiatric facilities and prisons. The rate is approximately 3 times greater than

that 'for the general population. An analysis of the 13 suicides indicates that

suicides among hospitalized opiate addicts usually do not occur among the younger

addicts or among the novice addicts. Suicides do occur in both sexes, in races,

and among patients from all social and familial backgrounds. It was found that

suicide is not associated with prisoner or voluntary status in the hospital. time

of day, nor psychiatric diagnosis at admission. The probable cause of suicide

among hospitalized narcotic addicts include 1) the psychological and physiological

discomfort of drug withdrawal; 2) physical illness not related to addiction;

3) difficulties of institutional adjustment; 4) the inability to accep~ the severity

of legal p·.mishment for crimes related to addiction; and 5) the inability to cop,s

with the p.ersonal problems addiction brings to the addict and his family. There

are indications that suicides occur even more frequently before and after hospitalization. Fifty female opiate addicts consecutively admitted to the Lexington

Hospital were physically examined for visible signs of suicide gesturing. In

this sample 14.0 percent had visible signs of prior suicide gesturing.

CHAMBERS, C. D., BRIDGE, T. P., PETERSEN. D. M. and ELLINWOOD, E. H•• JR.

Methaqualone: Another "safe" sedative? Journal of Drug Issues 4(2): 126-129

{Spring, 1974)

Statistics from Dade County, Florida, indicate that adverse reactions

to Methaqualone occurs most frequently among the young who may have a

dangerous inability of disinclination to properly manage their use of the drug.

The high number of sedative alcohol overdose combinations reflects the major

pattern of use of this drug. The disproportionate number (74 percent) aged

24 and under is suggestive that large amounts of these medications are

illicitly obtained.

CHAMBERS, C. D., IDNESLEY, R!. K. and MOLDESTAD, M. The female opiate addict.

The Epidemiology of Opiate Addiction in the United States. Edited by J. C. Ball

and C. D. Chambers. Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1970.

Female opiate addicts admitted for treatment at Lexington (Kentucky)

and Fort Worth federal hospitals were studied to provide comprehensive

source data on female opiate addicts through controlled race comparison.

Negroes and whites were shown to differ significantly in childhood home status,

occupational status, conjugal home status, and regional area of residence. The

racial differences were also significant with respect to how they became addicted,

what drugs were used, method of administration, and how drugs were evident in

their life Iiistories.

CHAMBERS, C. D. and MOFFETT, A. D. Negro opiate addiction. The Epidemiology "

of Opiate Addiction in the United States. Edited by J, C. Ball and C. D. Chambers.

Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1970.

The homogeneity of the contemporary Negro opiate addict is demonstrated.

Comparisons of prehospitalization attributes (consanguine home status, marital

status, formal education, and means of economic support) produced minor

distribution differences, but these"differences were not' consistently affected by the

experimentally independent variable of the sex of the addict. Comparison of these

attributes with normal Negro groups revealed the addicts 1) were more likely

to have come from a broken home, 2) were more likely to have been school

dropouts, 3) were more likely to have been married, 4) were less likely to have kept

a ::onjugal relationship lntact, and 5) were less likely to have been legally

employed. The addicts could be considered to be deviants even within the

environment of the metropolitan area. Negro addicts have been shown to derive

their economic support predominantly from illegal activities. The extent or

absence of marihuana use in an addict Is drug history may prove to be a valuable

independent variable. The age of initial opiate exp,srimentation, the likelihood

of being arrested, of selling drugs. and of exp.srimentation with other drugs

appear affected by the extent of marihuana use. But the smoking of marihuana

did not affect significantly the time at which formal education was terminated.

CHAMBERS, C. D., SHERIDAN. B. K. and WILLIS, T. Diffusion paths for a drug of

abuse. Drug Abuse: Current Concepts and Research. Edited by W. Keup.

Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1972.

An examination of the diffusion paths for the abuse of propoxyphene

hydrochloride (Darvon) within a Philadelp~ia Negro ghetto, a white southern middle

class suburban community, and a Greenwich Village drug abuse area indicates

a single legal source: the physician. In the first instance, all the propoxyphene

was stolen, often from the medicine cabinets 0: families. The second instance

involved high school girls who obtained the drug from a school nurse or from

parents who also used the drug; the ostensible reason was to alleviate menstrual

cramps. Of 12 subjects studied in the third instance, 7 had procured propoxyphene

by medical prescrip~ion. The fact that prescriptives for propoxyphene are legal

and open-ended seems to contribute to its abuse.

CHAPEL, J. L. Emergency room treatment of the drug-abusing patient. American Journal

of Psychiatry 130(3): 257-259 (1973)

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

636

ClLA.PEL, J. L. and TAYLOR, D. W. Drugs for kicks. Crime and Delinquency 16(1): 1-35

(l970)

For abstract, see Section III. M2chanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

ClL!\PEL, J. L. and TAYLOR, D. W. Glue Sniffing. Missouri Medicine 65(4): 288-296

(April, 1968)

A report on the p,actice of glue sniffing, the undesirable physical and

psychological effects of sniffing, and suggestions for legal :incl community

preventive measures is presented. Glue sniffing by adults Zlnn children is

widespread and is cODsid2red a problem bv school officials, organized medicine,

and law enforcement agencies throughout Ih'2 nation. Th2re is some disagreement

as to whether or not sniffing causes irreversible physical and mental damage.

However, th2re is complete agreement 0,1 its high correlation with crime, sex,

and antisocial behavior.

CISIN, 1. H. and MANHEIMER, D. 1. Marijuana w;e 8n10ng adults in a large city and

sub'Jrb. Annals of thO' New York Academy Of Sciences 191: 222-234 <December, 197])

CLARE:, L. D. Marijuana and human behavior. Rocky Mountain M~dical Journal 69(1): 43-46

(January, 1972)

For abstract, see Section IV. Beh1vioral Studies.

COHEN, C. P., WIDTE, E. H. and SCHOOLAR, J. C. Interpersonal patterns of

personality for drug-abusing patients and their th2rapeutic implications.

Archives 0" General Psychiatry 24: 353-358 (Ap>:il, 197])

The Leary Interpersonal System was used to analyze interlevel relationships of personality among 80 drug-abusers and a control group matched for

age and sex also seeking p.':'ofessional help 'lut not abusing illicit drugs. Both groups

were failing to actualize their ideals b'Jt co.1trols wanted to be more assertive and

self-sufficient while drug-abusers idealized passive hostility and dependence. Two

new measures of "Identity Diffusio,1" and "Parental Assimilation" were introduced

and revealed significant differences between the groups. Controls showed no

severe identity problems and had assimilated an image of more nurturant mothers.

Drug-abusers were seen to have identity problems 0: long-term duration and had

n8t assimilated a maternal image which was perceived as managerial and

narcissistic. Implications 0" these findings are discussed, including problems

and p:Jssibilities for therapeutic intervention.

COHEN. M. and KLEIN, D. F. Age of onset of drug abuse in psychiatric inpatients•

.:2:'chives Of General Psychiatry 26: 266-269 (March, 1972)

This stu::ly investigated the relationship between age of onset of drug

use and patterns of ensuing drug abuse of white, middle-class psy.::hiatric patients,

ranging in age from 15 to 25 years. Th·2 results for male patients show that the

earlier the onset of drug use (ages 12 to 14), the greater the likelihood of becoming

heavily involved with a variety o:f drugs, excepting heroin. Males who start using

drugs after age 14 tend to become more involved with heroin use. For female patients,

the earlier the age of Oilset of drug use, the more likely they are to become involved

in all drugs, including heroin. Furthermore, for younger females (ages 12 to 14),

drug use and promiscuity were both seen as manifestations of emoUonally

unstable, antisocial behavior.

637

COHEN, M. and KLEIN, D. F. "Social values and drug use among psychiatric patients.

American Journal of Psychiatry -128(8): 1017-1019 (February, 1972)

Two so:::ial values tests were given to young, middle-class drug abusers and to a

cO,1trol group of non-drug users to determine whether drug users rejected typical

middle-class values significantly more often than non-drug users. The drug users

reje:::ted values that connoted the Protestant ethic more often than the non-drug

users; however, they were not more rejecting of values, such as mO.1ey, marriage,

and job security, that would help them succeed in so"~iety.

COLE, J. 0., FRIEDHOFF, A. J. and FREEDMAN, A. M., editors. Psychopathology

and Psychopharmacology. Baltimore, Maryland: Johns Hopkins Press, 1972.

CRUMPTON, E. and BRILL, N. Q. Personality factors associated with frequency of

marijuana use. California Medicine 115(3): 11-15 (September, 1971)

A number of personality and style-of-life variables were found to ~e

significantly related to frequency of marijuana use, in a study of 1215 students on

the University of California, Los Angeles, campus. Compared with the non-user,

in composite the typical marijuana-user is somewhat depressed, more-inclined

to doubt his emotional adjustment. He likes to take risks and seeks stimulation; he has strong

political opinions; he believes in p'lnishment for law-breakers, but he is more likely

to question it. He is not religious; he is less well identified with parents, and he has

a lower opinion of their marital adjustment. He is not decisive about career goals;

he is a fine arts or liberal arts major. He uses alcohol, sometimes in combination

with marijuana; he first tried marijuana after entering college and is not increasing

his use. The typical marijuana-user in the sample uses it infrequently, twice a

month or less often, and is not likely to be using other drugs. The frequent user

probably uses other drugs.

CUSHMAN, P., JR. Methado:l8 maintenance treatment of narcotic addiction. New York State

Journal of Medicine_ 72(13): 1752-1755 (July 1, 1972)

Decreased criminal behavior is frequently stated to result from methadone

maintenance treatment of narcotic addictio:l. However, convincing documentation

is urgently needed. In this study, New York City police records were used to

measure the frequency of arrests before, during, and after methadone maintenance

treatment of chronic heroin addicts attending a New York City methadone clinic.

CUSHMAN, P., JR. Relationship !:Jetween narco~ic addiction and crime. Federal Probation

38: 38-42 (Sep~cmber, 1974)

Despite the Widely held assump~ion that there is a close association

between narcotic addiction and some types of crime, there are very few reliable

data, and many important questions. In particular, there is very little information

about the relationship.:; between crime and the natural history of narcotic addiction•

. A longitudinal record ofcriminal activities of 269 addicts before and during

narcotic addiction, and during methado:le treatment, was studied using arrest

records from New York City Police Criminal Records Division. Some conclusions

can be reached regarding the relationship between crime in three phases of narcotic

addiction: Before the O:lset of addiction, during the years of illicit narcotic use,

and lastly, during methadone maintenance treatment.

638

DAHLBERG, C. C. Sexual behavior in the drug culture. Medical Aspects of Human

Sexuality 5(4): 64-71 (April, 1971)

DA:m...BERG, C. C. and JAFFE, J. Need good research destroy good therapy? Science

and Psychoanalysis. Edited by E. H. Masserman. New York: Grune and Stratton,

1972. Pp. 173-186.

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

DA:m...BERG, C. C., MECHANECK, R. and FELDSTEIN, S. LSD research: The

impact of lay publicity. American Journal of Psychiatry 125(5): 685-689

(November, 1968)

An inquiry was sent to 29 investigators conducting research involving

the use of LSD or other halluc inogens, in an effort to determine what effects

publicity had negatively affected the. recruitment of "appropriate" ,subjects,

th2 attitudes of already participating subjects, the behavior of research

p'3rsonnel, and the continuation of several research projects.

DAVIS, F. and MUNOZ, L. Heads and freaks: Patterns and meanings of drug use among

hippies. Journal of Health and Social Behavior (June, 1968)

For abstract, see Section VI. Drug Use/Abuse Prevention.

DAVIS, J.M., EL-YOUSEF, M.K., JANOWSKY, I.S. andSEKERKE, H.J.

Treatment of benztropine toxicity with physostigmine. Fifth International

~ongress on Pharmacology 5: 52 (l972)

DeFLEUR, L. B. Biasing influences on drug arrest records: Implications for deviance

research. American Sociological Review (February, 1975)

DeFOREST, J. W., ROBERTS, T. K. and HAYS, J. R. Drug abuse: A family affair-?

Journal of Drug Issues 4(2): 130-134 (Sp!'ing, 1974)

This investigation compares interp'3rsonal behavior patterns of mothers

of adolescent drug abusers with a comparison group of mothers reporting no

drug abuse in their families. The Interpersonal System develop(~d by Leary

was used in comparing 31 mothers of drug abusers at the Texas Research

Institute's Drug Abus'3 Clinic with a group of mothers matched for age, education,

ethnic background, and socioeconomic status. The drug abuse mothers emerged

as significantly more disidentified with their own mothers. Also, they described

their husbands as significantly more critical and arrogant that did the control

group. The drug abuse mothers described their children as significantly more

resentful and bitter. Therapeutic and future research implications were suggested.

639

DeFOREST,. J. W. and HAYS, J. R. Drugs: How much do parents know? St. Joseph

Hospital Medical Surgical Journal 9(1): 7-11 (March, 1974)

A number of recent surveys have focused on the adolescent's use of

drugs and his attitudes toward drug-taking behavior. These surveys generally

have dealt with school children and were for the purpose of gathering information.

While various programs of intervention and prevention have been designed as a result

of such studies, they have been oriented primarily to the educational system; parents

of teenage children have been largely overlooked in the research process.

The present study was designed to examine the drug attitudes and drug

knowledge of parents. Such an investigation is necessary' for two reasons: parents are

the most important influence upon the child's attitudes toward life, and programs

implemented by outside institutions can only be fully effective in the presenc.e of

parental cooperation and understanding. The objective of this project was to point up

general trends in parental attitudes, to examine the parents' level of factual knOWledge,

and to provide some guideposts for further research.

DeLEON, G. Phoenix House: Psychopathological signs among male and female drug-free

residents. Addictive Diseases: An International Journal 1(2): 135-151 (1974)

Measures on 7 scales of psychopathology were obtained for 200 drug addicts

participating in the Phoenix House Therapeutic Community Progr,am and analyzed

by sex. Results showed the follOWing: 1) Males and females consistently scored

in the psychiatric range on all scales. The magnitude of the scores reduced

with time in program for both sexes. 2) Scores dropped significantly for a

subgroup of males and females retested after 7. 5 months. 3) Male and female

dropouts scored consistently higher than their counterparts who remained in

the program. 4) Black males and females scored significantly lower than all

other, and white males and females and Spanish females were highest. The

meaning and modification of addiction requires clarification of psychological

differences between males and females.

DeLEON, G., HOLLAND, S. and RESENTHAL, M. S. Phoenix House: Criminal activity

of dropouts. Journal of the American Medical Association 222(6): 686-689

(November, 1972)

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

DEWEY, W. L. Behavioral procedures: An overview. Narcotic Antagonists. Edited by

M. C. Braude, L. S. Harris, E. L. May, J. P. Smith and J. E. Villarreal.

Advances in Bio::::hemical Pharmacology, Vol. 8. New York: Raven Press, 1973.

Pp. 415-416.

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

DORNBUSH, R. L., CLARE, G., ZAKS, A., CROWN, P., VOLAVK.A, J. and FINK, M.

21-day administration of marijuana in male volunteers. Current Research in

Marijuana. Edited by M. F. Lewis. New Yo:-k: Academic Press, Inc., 1972.

DORNBUSH, R., FINK, M. and FREEDMAN, A. M. Marijuana, memory and percep~ioi1.

American Journal of Psychiatry 128(2): 194-198 (August, '1971)

The effect of high and low doses of marijuana on behavioral and physiological

responses was studied in male medical school volunteers. Short-term memory,

reaction time, EEG, and heart rate were significantly affected by the higher dose;

time estimation and blood sugar·were not.,diff~.I'~ntiallyaffected by either dose.

640 ,~

DuTOIT,' B. M. Dagga: The history and ethnographic setting of Cannabis Sativa in

Southern Africa. Cannabis an.d Culture. Edited by V. Rubin. The Hague:

Mouton Publishers, 1975.

DWARSHUIS, L. Police-community relationships in innovative drug programs. Journal of

Forensic Psychology (Winter, 1973)

DWARSHUIS, L •• KOLTON. M. and GORODEZKY. M. Social dynamics of drug abuse.

Developing a City Drug Program, Public Management 54(3): 23 (March, 1972)

EICHBERG, R. H. and BENTLER, P. lVI. Current issues in the epidemiology of drug abuse

as related to psychoso::ial studies of adolescent drug use. Presented at the National

Institute on Drug Abuse Drug Lifestyles Conference. St. Simons, Georgia. January,

1975.

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.'

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. AmphetamiM psychosis: A multi-dimenSional p!'ocess.

Seminars in Psychiatry 1(2): 203-226 (May, 1969)

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and

Genetic Effects.

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Amphetamine psychosis: II•. Theoretical implications.

Journal of Neuropsychiatry 4(1): 45-54 (1968)

For abstract. see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity al'ld

Genetic Effects.

ELLINWOOD. E. H., JR. Assault and homicide associated with amphetamine abuse.

American Journal 0: Psychiatry 127(9): 1170-1175 (March, 1971)

The author describes the histories of 13 persons who ::ommitted homicide

while intoxicated with amphetamines. In most of these cases, the events leading

to the homicidal act were directly related to amphetamine-indu~edparanoid

thinking, panic, emotional lability, or lowe red impulse control•. The most

important variables associated with these cases included predisposing personality,

. environmental circumstan::es, and the use o+: other drugs.

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Cultural dispa.rity between generations and drug use. Drug

Addiction: Clinical and Socia-legal Aspects, Vol. II. Edited by J. Singh.

Mount Kisco, New York: Futura Publishing Company, 1972. Pp. 97-105.

FELDMAN, H. W. The street system, drugs, and the military service. Confronting

Drug Abuse. Edited:1Y A.A. Sorensen. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania:

Pilgrim Press, 1972. Pp, 61-77.

M1

FELDSTEIN. S•• CHESTER. P. and FINK. M. Psychological differeritiation and the

response of opiate addicts to pharmacological treatment. British Journal of

Addiction 68:151-157 (1973)

The degrees of psychological differentiation of 21 opiate dependent males.

as measured by the Embedded Figures Test. were found to be unrelated to their

scores on a self-report questionnaire (HAQ) which a previous study had shown

capable of distingUishing between addicts who do and do not resppnd well to

an heroin antagonist. The HAQ. however. has sufficiently high internal consistency

to warrant further exploration of its usefulness.

FIDELL, L. S. Put her down on drugs: Prescribed drug usage in wqmen. Presented at the

Western Psychological Association Meeting, Anaheim, California, April 12. 1973.

FINK, M. Drug models in schizophrenia. Psychopathology <lnci Psychopharmacology.

Edited by J.O. Cole, A.J. Fr-iedhoff and A.M. Freedman. Baltimore,

Maryland: Johns Hopkins- Press. 19'72. Pp. 108-lll.

FINK, M•. Drugs, EEG, and :behaviour: EEG profiles arid bioayaila,bility-tneasures for

clinical psychopharmacology, Electroencephalography and Clinic~l NeuroEhysiology

34: 754 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

FINK. M. and ITIL. T. M. EEG and human psychopharmacology. TV: Clinical antidepressants.

Psychopharmacol0e-y : A Review ofPl"ogress. 1957-1967. Edited by D. Efron,

J. Cole. J. Levine and J. R. Wittenborn. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government

Printing Office, 1968. .pp. 671,.682.

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

FINK, M. and SHAPIRO. D. M, EEG-profile fot' psychopharmacology: A progress report.

Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology 31: 103-106 (1971).

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

FRACCHIA. J. F •• FIORENTINO, D., SHEPPARD, C. and MERLIS. S. A comparison

of techniques for the scoring of avoidable errors on the Raven Progressive

Matrices. Journal of Psychology 72: 93-98 (1969)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug R\':lsearch.

FRACCHIA, J., FIORENTINO, D., SHEPPARD, C. a.,d MERLIS, S. Raven

Progressive Matrices avoidable errors as a measure of psychopathological

ideational influences upon reasoning ability. Psychological Reports 26:

359-362 (1970)

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research•

.""',:,

'642

FRACCHIA, J., SHEPPARD, C. and MERLIS, S. Early cigarette smoking and drug use:

Some comments, data and thoughts. Psychological Reports 34:371-374 (1974)

This paper considers some recently reported cigarette smoking and

drug-use data which indicate teenage smokers have a greater probability of using

or becoming involved with illicit drugs than non-smoking peers. It is suggested that

the epidemiological concept of high risk groups be applied to relationship between

the use of socially approved substances like tobacco by young people and subsequent

drug experiences because it acknowledges the empirical covariance between these

events but does not have as strong causal implications as a "stepping.stone" notion.

By this, it is implied that a person who begins smoking, for example, at age 10

when his reference group will begin at age 15, may be more likely to become

involved with substance abuse. Further suggested the decision to use drugs

is an individual one which appears to be influenced by a multiplicity of factors as

availability, personal needs, values, peer influences, personality characteristics

and previous behavioral tendencies.

FRACCHIA, J., SHEPPARD, C. and MERLIS, S. Some comments about the personality

comparison of incarcerated and str.~E.lt heroin addicts. Psychological Reports

33:' 413-414 (1973)

This note questions the assumption that the greater personality deviance

seen in the MMPI profiles of street heroin addicts than in those of incarcerated

heroin addicts is a function of environmental and situational differences between

these samples. The street addicts' elevations on the scales comprising the

neurotic triad may instead represent a drug effect.

FRACCHIA, J •• SHEPPARD, C., RICCA, E. and MERLIS, S. Interrelations among

psychological needs of suburban heroin addicts. Psychological Reports

35:559-562 (1974)

Among the 15 variables assessed by the EPPSror 59 male and female

applicants to a suburban methadone maintenance program the pattern, direction

and magnitudes of correlations between need states were significantly different

from those of the normative sample. The implications of the tendency of addicts

to associate positively a number of incompatible needs for: (l) counseling,

(2) generating interpersonal conflict, and (3) understanding the addict as an

individual were discussed.

FREEDMAN, A. M. and BROTMAN, R. E. Multiple drug use among teenagers: Plans for

action -- research. Drugs and Youth. Proceedings of the Rutgers Symposium on

Drug Abuse. Edited by J. R. Wittenborn, H. Brill, J. P. Smith and S. A. Wittenborn.

Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1969.

FREEDMAN, A. M., FINK, M., SHAROFF, R. and ZAKS, A. Clinical studies of

cyclazocine in the treatment of narcotic addiction. American Journal of Psychiatry

124(11): 1499-1504 (May, 1968)

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

>643

GOLDSTEIN, J. W. Getting high in high school: The meaning of adolescent drug usage.

Presented at Students and Drugs Symposium, Annual Meeting of the American

Educational Research Association, New York, New York, February 7, 1971.

Psychoactive drug users have been consistently shown to differ from

nonusers on a variety of demographic and psychological characteristics. These data

are summarized from our study, The Social Psychology and Epidemiology of Drug

Usage. Included are data on patterns of use, relationships of use with attitudes

of and use by one's friends, educational level of the beginning of use, and attitudes

and values related to use. The problem of deciding upon the meaning of usage

under circumstances of increasing numbers of users, the several levels of

causal analysis possible, and the tendency to m<J,ke value judgments about the

user's motivation is discussed. A parsimonious value-free model of usage is

suggested. The model is related to the traditional problems of adolescence

and of secondary education. Suggestions for alleviating these problems, including

the reform of school practices, are rpade. Problems related to drug usage are seen

to lie in the social-cultural context of use rather than in the drug itself. Finally,

a scheme calling for the user to be his own initial clinical diagnostician is proposed.

'..

GOLDSTEIN, J. W. Motivations for psychoactive drug use among students. Readings in the

Essentials of Abnormal Psychology. Edited by B. K1einmantz. New York: Harper

and Row, 1974.

Drug usage is a complex behavior with multiple causes. Motivational

causal analysis is useful in specifying who within a given demographic category is most

likely to ·zngage in this behavior. In the past, however, personality analyses of

usage motivation and causation have often been used to stigmatize users and to

deprecate their usage. Studies comparing degree of usage of a given drug and

personality scales show impressive similarity of findings. The similarity o!

personality profiles of users of a wide variety of drugs with each other is also

impressive and only recently has attracted the attention of investigators. For

example, teenage cigarette smokers, college student marijuana users, college

student amphetamine users, college student drinkers, and Haight- Ashbury multiple

drug users all score lower than nonusers of these drugs on scales assessing satisfaction

with self and higher on scales assessing flexibility. Detailed data on amphetamine,

marijuana and hard liquor use by a university freshman class (N=752), tested during

their first days at college, was obtained as part of a major aU-university drug

study. Comparisons of scores and scale configurations on the California

Psychological Inventory and on the Allport-Vernon-Lindzey Study of Values

reveal substantial agreement in the pattern of user-nonuser differences for

all three substances.

Rathe r than label drug-taking behavior as "pathological" it is suggested

that a value -free model o! approach and avoidance forces be used to better clarify

the relationships between the various usage correlates discovered to date. Such

an approach has the additional virtue of helping to prevent the exacerbation of

p,zrsonal and social difficulties (the "drug problem problem") which sometimes

accompany efforts to combat drug usage. Labeling adherants of deviate behavior

,,,s pathological often is disguised circular reasoning; further, it increases the

likelihood that they will be treated unjustly while not advancing understanding of

causation or, where needed, treatment. To lessen the problems of drug abuse

we must separate it from drug use by criteria based upon deleterious effects, not

merely on unauthorized use, and when we do this we find that the amount of drug

abuse which exists is but a small fraction of even illicit use. Motivational

analyses which distinguish between users and abusers are now needed to guide

therapy with abusers and to help 'lS in understanding the relationships bztween

innocuous and deleterious use.

·844

GOLDSTEIN, J. W. Narcotics and Alcoholism. Hearings before the Subcommittee on

Alcoholism and Narcotics of the Committee on Labor and Public Welfare,

United States Senate, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, January 18-19, 1971. Washington,

D. C.: U. S. Government Printing Office, 1971.

GOLDSTEIN, J. W. Students' evaluations of their psychoactive drug use. Journal

of Counseling Psychology (in press)

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

GOLDSTEIN, J. W., GLEASON, T. C. and KO~N, J. H. Whither the epidemic? Psychoactive

drug use career patterns of college students. Journal of Applied Social Psychology

(in press)

Reported nonmedical use and intentions for future use of eight groups of

psychoactive drugs were c:onceptuallzed and arrayed to· represent-an individual's

usage ~reer. Intentions closely predicted usage eight months later. Changes in

career were analyzed from data obtained in surveys of all students ata university

in 1968 and three follow..up surveys of the Class of 1972. 1n1968, the most commo~

order of extent of use of the drug groups was: beer, hard liquor. tobacco, cannabis,

depressants, amp~etamines, hallucinogens, and narcotics. Studentsr starting,

usage and intent patterns for the drugs displayed hierarchical, Guttman-like, scalability in approximately this order. Intentions to progress to new drugs on the scale

were strong in all classes in 1968. In the class of 197~, however, despite growing

experience with the less common drugs as they went through college, intention!!! to

return to more common drugs grew and intentions to progress to new ones decreased,

relative to both themselves as freshmen and to equivalent level classes in 1968.

The pattern of these changes suggests that it is hazardous to extrapolate from early

usage and intent data in predicting the long term course of usage.

GOODE, E. The Marijuana Smo!<ers. New York: Basic Books, Inc., 1970.

GOODE, E. Multiple drug use among marijuana smokers. Social Problems 17:48-64

(Summer, 1969)

HOCHMAN, J. S. and BRILL, N. Q. Chronic marijuana use and psychoso:::ial adaptation.

American Journal of Psychiatry 130(2): 132-140 (February, 1973)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

HOLLANDER, C., editor. Collection of Backgro'..lnd Papers on Student Drug Involvement.

Washington, D. C.: United States National Student Association, 1967.

HOLLISTER, L. E. Marihuana in mam Three years later. Science 172: 21-28

(A pril 2, 1971)

For abstract, see Section II. Drug Chemistry and Metabolism.

645

HOLLISTER, L. E. and GILLESPIE, H. K. Marihuana, ethanol,. and dextroamphetamine.

Archives of General Psychiatry 23:199-203 (September, 1970)

Twelve normal volunteer subjects were treated with marihuana (median

dose equivalent to 32 mg tetrahydro:::annabinol), ethanol (median dose 57 gm),

dextroamphetamine (median dose 15 mg), and a marihuana placebo. Assignment

to treatments was random over weekly intervals. Subjective responses based

on a mood scale revealed increased stimulation and activity, as we~l.as decreased

drowsiness from dextroamphetamine as compared with placebo; ethanol and

marihuana decreased activity. Dextroamphetamine tended to improve p.erformance

on psychometric tests; the other two drugs tended to impair it. Time estimation

was longer with marihuana than with the other treatments, yet because the

latter were associated with gross underestimates, marihuana estimates most

closely approximated the actual interval being estimated. Dextroamphetamine

increased performance on the digit-symbol substitution test. Ethanol and

marihuana increased simple reaction time.

Marihuana and ethanol were most alike in their effects, with the particular

exception of the alteration in time perception produced by the former drug. On the

other hand, dextroamphetamine was essentially unlike the other two drugs and was the

only one which improved, rather than impaired, performance even in nonfatigued

subjects.

HUGHES, P. H., BARKER, N. W., CRAWFORD, G. A. and JAFFE, J. H. The

natural history of a heroin epidemic. American Journal of Public Health 62(7):

995-1001 (July, 1972)

Incidence data are presented describing an epidemic of heroin addiction among

Negro yolIth in Chicago following World War II. The epidemic reached its peak in 1949

and declined during the early 1950's. This report examines the effects of a variety

of societal control measures on the epidemic's decline, and the implications of

the readings for addiction control programs.

HUGHES, P. H. and JAFFE, J. H. Heroin epidemics in Chicago. Proceedings of the Fifth

World Congress of Psychiatry, Mexico City, November 28-December 4, 1971.

Pp. 1416-1424.

HURST, P. M., RADLOW, R., CHUBB, N. C. and BAGLEY, S. K. Drug effects upon

choice behavior in ·mixed motive games. Behavioral Science 14(6): 443-452

(November, 1969)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

INCIARDI, J. A. and CHAMBERS, C. D., editors. Drugs and the Criminal Justice

System. Beverly Hills, California: Sage Publications, 1974.

Fundamental q'lestions regarding the response of the criminal justice

system to the problems of drug dependence are raised by several authors. Drug

abuse and crime are P'lt in an historical perspective which suggests that drug

related crime is often a function of irrational and unenforceable drug laws.

Available treatment for drug dependent persons within the criminal justice system

is reviewed and its shortcomings are discussed. The notion that drug dependence

causes much or most crime is shown to have little empirical evidence to support

it. Attention is focused on the mythology of drug dependence and its relationship to existing drug laws.

64~

JAFFE, J., DAHLBERG, C. C., LURIA, J., BRESKIN, S., CHOROSH, J. and LORICK, E.

Speech rhythms in patient monologues: The influence of LSD-25 and dextroamphetamine.

Biological Psychiatry 4(3); 243-246 (1972)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

JAFFE, J., DAHLBERG, C. C., LURIA, J. and CHOROSH, J. Effects of LSD-25

and dextroamphetamine on speech rhythms in psychotherapy dialogues. Biological

Psychiatry 6(1); 93 -96 (1973)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

JANOWSKY, D. S., EL-YOUSEF, M. K. and DAVIS, J. M. Interpersonal

manem1(~rs of manic patients. Scientific Proceedings of the American

Psychiatric Association 126: 267-268 (1973)

JANOWSKY, D. S., EL-YOUSEF, M. K" DAVIS, J. M. and SEKERKE, H. J.

Psychologic effects of physostigmine in psychiatric patients and normal

volunteers. Fif~h Int~rnational Congress on Pharmacology 5: 115 (1972)

JESSOR, R. and JESSOR, S. L. The perceived environment in behavioral science;

Some conceptual issues and some illustrative data. American Behavioral Scientist

16{ 6); 801-828 (July-August, 1973)

Achieving an analytically useful conceptualization of the environment of

h'..lman action and its relation to personality has been one of the most refractory

problems in behavioral science. The problem has resulted in polarization of

workers within the same discipline and in relatively insuperable barriers between

discip!ines. In the present paper, we discuss some of the conceptual issues

involved and focus on what we consider to b·e a key notion -- the perceived

environment -- in any general resolution of the p.~oblem. Data from o:.tr current

longitudinal research are presented to illustrate the explanatory utility of the

p.erceived.environment concept and to demonstrate its amenability to operational

spe c ifica tion.

.TESSOR, R., JESSOR, S. L. and FINNEY, J. A social psychology of marijuana use;

Lonaitudinal studies of high school and college Yo'.lth. Journal 0: Personality and

Soci~l Psycho~~gy 26(1) 1-15 (973) ---

Problem b·ehavior theory, consisting 0: personality, perceived environment,

and behavior systems, was employed to account for variation in marijuana use

among junior high, senior high, and ~ollege students, both male and female.

The research design enabled both cross-sectional comparisons b·etween nonusers

arid users on variables in each of the systems and longitudinal comparisons

between those who shifted to '..lser status over a I-year interval and those who

remained nonusers. Data revealed a similar pattern of personality, environment, and

behavio~ differences between all nonuser and user groups, suggesting a

pervasive social-psychologic".l constancy. The same variables were also predictive

o' the shift from nonuse to use over time among the high school students but

nl)t the college students.

647

JESSOR, S•.L. and JESSOR, R. Maternal ideology and adolescent problem behavior.

Developmental Psychology"-10(2): 246-254 (1974)

The relationship of maternal traditional ideology to adolescent problem

behavior was assessed in a correlational study. Mothers of 184 junior and senior

high school students were interviewed about their beliefs about society and

morality and about their child-rearing practices; their sons and daughters

responded separately to questionnaires that included reports of their own behavior

with respect to alcohol use, marijuana use, sex, and political activism. The

results of the correlational analyses supported the main hypothesis that the

more traditional the mother's ideology, the less the adolescent's involvement in

problem behavior. A second hypothesis, that maternal affectional interaction'

and controls, when taken in conjunction with ideological beliefs, would contribute

to a stronger account of the variation in adolescent problem behavior, was

partially supported. In general, the associations between mother's ideology and

adolescent behavior were stronger for daughters than for sons,

JONES" R. T. The marijuana indu~ed "high": Influence of exp,zctation, setting and

previous drug experience. Pharmacological Review 23: 359-369 (1971)

JONES, R. T. The marijuana induced "so:::ial high": A note of caution. Proceedings of the

Western Pharmacological Society 14:21-25 (1971)

The attitude and expectations of the subject, and the social setting are

important determinants of the subjective effects produced by marijuana. This

report described two experiments on the effects of these factors. The first

experiment involved 100 experienced marijuana smokers, mainly students, aged

21-30 years. PreviOUS marijuana use varied from a total of 5 to 5 cigarettes/day with

a mean of 4/month. Subjects were tested on 2 occasions. They smoked marijuana

on Oile occasion and placebo on the other. They were told they might be given

inactive marijuana. The treatments were assigned in a double-blind balanced order.

The marijuana was from the California Bureau of Narcotic Enforcement, grown in

Western Mexico.

JONES, R. T. Tetrahydro,::annabinol and the marijuana-induced social "high," or the

effects of the mind on marijuana. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences

191: 155-165 (1971)

JONES, R. T. and STONE, G. C. Psychological studies 0": marijuana and alcohol in

man. Psychop~armacologia 18(1): 108-117 (1970)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

KANDEL, D. Adolescent marihuana use: Role of parents and peers. Science 181: 1067-1070

(Sep~ember, 1973)

In order to examine the relative influence of parents and peers on

marihuana use among adolescents, independent data have been obtained from

adolescents, their parents, and their best school friends in a sample of secondary

school students in New York State. The data indicate that drug use by p':;lers

exerts a greater influence than drug use by parents. Friends are more similar in

their use of marihuana than in any other activity or attitude. Parental use of

psychotropic drugs has only a small influence, mostly related to maternal use.

Peer and parental influences are synergistic; the highest rates of marihuana

usage are observed among adolescents whose parents and friends are drug users.

'648

KANDEL, D. Inter and Intragenerational influences-on adolescent marijuana use.

Journal of Social Issues 30(2): 107-135 (1974)

To investigate inter- and intragenerational influences in adolescent

marijuana use, a· survey was undertaken on a representative sample 0" public

secondary school students in New York State. Independent data were obtained

from adolescents, their parents, and their best-school-friends. These relational

data document the crucial role which members of the same generation play

in adolescent illegal drug use. Involvement with other drug-using adolescents

is a mo!"e important correlate of adolescent marijuana use than is parental use

of psychoactive drugs or alcohol (which provides a small influence). Interand intragenerational influences are synergistic, however. The highest rates

of marijuana usage are observed among adolescents whose parents and best

friends are drug users. Interactional generational factors influence levels of

intragenerational influences. Implications of these data for parental and peer

influence, the generation gap, and social change are discussed.

KANDEL, D. Interpersonal influences on adolescent illegal drug use. Drug Use: EpIdemiological and Sociological Approaches-.· Edited by E.- Josephson and E. E·. Carroll.

New York: Hallstead Publishing Corporation, 1974.

KANDEL, D. Reaching the hard-to-reach: Illicit drug use among high school absentees.

Addictive Diseases (in press)

For abstract, see Section I. Metho::lology of Drug Research.

KANDEL, D. Some comments on the relationship of selected criteria variables to

adolescent drug use. Presented at the National Institute on Drug Abuse Drug

Lifestyles Conference, St. Simons, Georgia, January, 1975.

KESKINER, A., SIMEON, J., FINK, M. and ITIL, T. M. Long acting pheno~hiazine

(fluphenazine decanoate) in the treatment of psychosis. Archives of General

Psychiatry 18: 477-481 (1968)

A long-acting depot phenothiazine, nuphenazine decanoate, was active in

the therapy of the severe mentally ill for periods of 7 to 21 days after a single

intramuscular injection 0" O. 5 ~o 3.0 Cc (12.5 to 75 mg. >. both as the initial

treatment and as a substitut~ for other psychotropic drugs.

Of 24 chronic psychotic patients, 13 were discharged within six months

of treatment. 4 were cO:1sidered dischargeable, and 7 did not improve. The

extrapyramidal symp~oms appeared with a frequency, typ·e. and severity similar

to those seen with other piperazine phenothiazines and were readily controlled

by antiparkinson drugs.

Fluphenazine decanoate is an active long-acting depot psychotropic drug

with significant advantages of convenience.

KLINE. F. G•• MILLER, P. V., MORRISON, A. J. and FREDIN. E. S. The basis for

adolescent information acquisition about drugs and alcohol -- A uses and gratification approach. Presented at the International Conference on Drug Education.

Copenhagen, Denmark, June, 1974.

KORN. J. II. and GOLDSTEIN. J. ·W. Psychoactive drugs: A course evaluation. Journal

of Drug Education 3(4): 353-368 (Winter. 1973),

Evidence is presented concerning achievement of cognitive objectives in

a college course on drugs. A mastery grading system insured that students

learned to criterion. Reported experience with drugs did not change during

the course and was unrelated to m,easures of learning and student ratings of

the course and the instructors. C'oncern for friend's drug usage did increase

and changes were observed in preferred sources of advice and information about

drugs.

McAREE, C. P •• STEFFENHAGEN. R. A. and ZHEUTLIN. L. S. Personality factors

and patterns of drug usage in college students. American Journal of Psychiatry

128: 890 (1972)

Under a grant of immunity from prosecution. the authors tested 100 student

drug users and 100 nonusers. who also qad ,immunity. They categorized the drug

users as marijuana-only users. multiple-drug users. or gross-multiple-drug

users. Using the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory as a criterion,

they found that the gross-multiple users had the highest incidence of abnormal

profiles and that they, as', well as,.the multiple users. evidenced I!l0r~.psychopathology than the marijuana-only users or the nonusers.

McAREE,. C. P. STEFFENHAGEN. R. A. and ZHEUTLIN. L. S. Personality factors in

college drug users. International Journal of Social Psychiatry 15: 102 (1969)

McAULIFFE,. W. E. and GORDON, R. A. A test of Lindesmith's theory of addiction.

The frequency of euphoria among long-term Cl.ddicts. American Journal of

Sociology 79(4): 795-840 (January, 1974)

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

McCABE, O. L•• KURLANJ;). A. A. and SULLIVAN. D. Paroled narcotic addicts in a

verified abstinence program: Results of a five year study. International Journal of

the Addictions (in press)

McCABE, O. L•• KURLAND. A. A. and SULLIVAN. D. A study of methadone failures

in an abstinence program. International Journal of the Addictions (in press)

MADDUX. J. F. and DESMOND. D. P. Obtaining life history information about opioid

users. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse 1: 181 (1974)

MADDUX. J. F. and DESMOND, D. P. Reliability and validity of information from

chronic heroin users. Journal of Psychiatric Research (in press)

MANDELL, A. J. Neurobiological barriers to euphoria. American Scientist 61(5): 565-573

(September-October. 1973)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

650

MANHEIMER, D. 1., DAVIDSON, S. T., BALTER, M. B., MELLINGER, G. D., CISIN,

1. H. and PARRY, H. J. Popular attitudes and beliefs about tranqUilizers.

American Journal of Psychiatry 130: 11 (November, 1973)

In a nationwide survey of the extent and nature of psychotherapeutic drug

use, respondents were alsoquestioned about their knowledge of tranquilizers and

their attitudes toward the use of these drugs in general and in specific situations.

The survey revealed surprising similarities of attitudes across demographic

subgroups. Although respondents believed in the efficacy of tranquilizers and

were willing to condone their use in some sp..~cific circumstances, they also had

doubts about their long-term effects and about the morality of using them. Doubts

about th'e morality of using tranquilizers were associated with traditional stoic

values.

MANHEIMER, D. I. and MELLINGER, G. D. Marijuana use among urban adults.

Science 166: 1544-1545 (December, 1969)

A relatively high proportion of young adults in San Francisco have used

marijuana one or more times. The proportion in this age group who have used

marijuana is as great among nonstudents as among students.

MANHEIMER, D. I. and MELLINGER, G. D. The psychotrppic pill taker -- Will he talk?

Public Opinion Quarterly 31: 436-437 (Fall, 1967)

The purpose of this study was to obtain quantitative descriptions of how

people obtain and use psychotropic (i. e. mood-changing) drugs, including stimulants,

sedatives, and tranquilizers. Three methodological issues confronted the

investigators. First, how candid would respondents be in discussing their use of

psychotropic drugs? Second, would they be willing to report ways of obtaining

such drugs that are questionable from an ethical, legal, or medical point of view?

And, third, even if they are willing to admit use of such drugs, would they

be able to recall which drugs they have used and identify them by name?

MANHEIMER, D. 1., MELLINGER, G. D. and BALTER, M. B. Psychotherapeutic

drugs: Use among adults in California. California Medicine 109: 445-451

(December, 1968) .

MANHEIMER, D. I., lVIELLINGER, G. D. and BALTER, M. B. Use of marijuana among

an urban cross-section of adults. Communication and Drug Abuse. Edited by

J. R. Wittenborn, J. P. Smith and S. A. Wittenborn. Springfield, Illinois: Charles

C. Thomas, 1970. Pp. 225-243.

MANHEIMER, D. 1., lVIELLINGER, G. D., SOMERS, R. H. and KLEMAN, M. T. Technical

and ethical considerations in data collection. International Journal of the Addictions

(in press)

651

•

MELLINGER, G. D. The psychotherapeutic drug scene in San Francisco.

Abuse: Data and Debate. Edited by P. H. Blachly. Springfield, Illinois:

Charles' C. Thomas, 1970. Pp. 22,6-240.

In summary, data from a cross-section sample of adults in

San Francisco indicate that the following:

1. The use of psychotherapeutic drugs to deal with various

kinds of emotional needs and distress is very widespread,

and there is little reason to believe that .these drugs will

be used any less widely as time goes on,

2. If people cannot, or choose not to. get these drugs from

physicians, the fact is that they are getting them elsewhere.

Among young people, especially, the.re appears to be a

considerable deterioration in the physician's traditional

role as gatekeeper in the drug distribution system. However, drugs obtained from nonmedical sources appear, for

the most part, to be used on a relatively casual and infreqaent basis.

3. The extent to which the physician is still the primary

source of drugs depends not only on the age and sex of

the user, but also on the need for which drugs are sought.

In a society which placeS great value on' energy, it is a -

rather interesting paradox that the medical system apparently is not viewed, either by its practitioners or its

clients, as an appropriate place to obtain energizing drugs.

In closing, it is our belief that any discussion of the drug

problem must consider two exceedingly important issues. First

why are people using these drugs? If certain patterns of drug

ii'S€are "bad, " then are they not symptomatic of a more funda,..

mental problem, i. e. the pressures and tensions of society

which create emotional distress? And second. what acceptable

alternatives does society provide to the use of psychotherapeutic

drugs? We have seen that the desire for energy and stimulation

is syphoned off to some extent by the relatively innocuous overthe-counter drugs. But the younger generation recognizes that

these drugs are not really very potent, and they have learned

where to find more effective alternatives. The pressing question

we must try to answer is what do we have to offer them that

is better?

MELLINGER, G:. D. Psychotherapeutic drug use among adults: A model for young drug

users? Journal of Drug Issues 1: 274-285 (1971)

MELLINGER, G.D., BALTER, M.B. and MANHEIMER, D.L Patterns of psychotherapeutic drug use among adults in San Francisco. Archives of General Psychiatry

25: 383-394 (November, 1971)

Data on use of psychotherapeutic drugs were obtained in personal

interviews with a cross-section sample of adults in San Francisco. Proportions

using such drugs during the year prior to interview were 45% for women and 33%

for men. Prevalence of use, however, varies greatly by sex and age of person,

by therapeutic class, and by intended and actual source of drug. Persons between

45 and 59 are more likely than others to use prescription drugs from medical

sources. Use of over-the-counter drugs and prescription drugs obtained from

nonmedical sources is most prevalent among persons 18 to 29. Overall, prevalence of psychotherapeutic drug use is highest among persons under 30. Persons

who obtain prescription drugs from nonmedical sources are more likely than

others to use a variety of drugs... but. are lesB lik,ely to use any drug regularly.

652

MILLmR, L. L., editor. Marijuana. Effects on Human Behavior. New York: Academic

Press, 1974.

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

MIRIN, S. M., SHAPIRO, L. M., MEYER, R. E., PILLARD, R, C. and FISHER, S.

Casual versus heavy use of marijuana: A redefipition of the marijuana problem.

American Journal of Psychiatry 127: 1134-1l40 (March, 1971)

Twelve heavy and 12 casual users of marijuana generally founc;l the experience to be a pleasurable one. In contrast to casual smokere. heavy users of

marijuana tended to use multiple drugs and demonstrated a significant inc;,dence

of psychic dependence on marijuana. 'rJieir eearch for insight or for a meaningful

affective experience colored their motivation fOr drug US!:1. Experience with

multiple drugs was also associated with poor social and wqrk adjustment; goaldirected activity and ability to master new problems w~re diminished.

PAR~Y, H. J. Patterns of psychotropic drug use among American adults. Journal of Drug

Issues 1: 269-273 (1971).. . i

PARRY. H. J. Use of psychott'opic drug:;l by U. S. adults. Public Health Reponts 83(10h

799-810 (October, 1968) i • .

P~RRY. H. J.• BALTER, M. B•• MELLINGER, G. D•• CISIN, I. and MANHEIME~, D. I.

National patterns of psychotherapeutic drug use. Archives of General Psychiatry

a8: 769 (June. 1973)· . .

Data on n;'iltional patterns of use of psychotherapeutic qrugs derived from

a national sample of American adults. During the year preceding the iqtemew,.

13% of the men and 290/0. of the woznen useef such prescl"iption drugs ... in

particular minor tranquilizers and daytime sedatives. Prevalence of prescription

drug use varies greatly by sex. age, and region of the country.

Comparable data from Europe indicate American rates to be consonant

with those for other Western industrialized nations. Findings suggest Americans

are rather conservative in their use of prescription psychotllerapeuticdrugs and

that most of the users felt they had benefited from the drugs. Over-the-eounterr

drugs were used by 10% of adults, most commonly by respondents age 18 to 29.

Over-the-counter use is short-term and most users reported Httle or no benefjt.

PARRY. H. J. and C~IN, I. H. Students, parents, and drugs. Today's Educatiom NEA

Journal (]day, 1973)

PARRY, H. J .• CISIN, 1. H. and BALTER,. ]d. B, Concomitants qf marihuana use among

. Americans aged 18-29. Seecial Report D-l. Washington, D. f.: Social Research

Group, The George Washington University, 1972.

PILLA~D, R. C. Marijuana is not a public health menance~ It is time to relax our social

policy. Controversy in Internal Medic~ne II. Edited by F.J. Ingelfinger, M.

Finland, A. ReIman and R. Elbert. Philadelphia,. Pennsylvania:. W .B~ Saunders

and Compa:lY, 1974.

853: .

PILLARD, R. C. Medical progress. Marihuana. New England Journal of Medicine 283:

294-303 (August, 1970)

PRATHER, J. E. and FIDELL, L. S. Medica1.advertising: Is it a reinforcement for drug

abuse? Presented at the First National Drug Abuse Conference, Chicago, Illinois,

March 30-April 1, 1974.

PRATHER, J. and FIDELL, L. S. Patient sex differences in the content and style of medical

advertisements. Social Science and Medicine (in press)

PRATHER, J. and FIDELL, L. Put her down and drug her up! Presented at American

Sociology Association, New Orleans, Louisiana, August, 1972.

RANDRUP, A. and MUNKVAD, I. Evidence ~ndicating an association between

schizophrenia and dopaminergic hyperactivity in the brain. Orthomolecular

Psychiatry 1: 2 -7 (1972)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different

Drugs.

ROBBINS, T., ANTHONY, D. and CURTIS, T. Youth culture religious movements:

Evaluating the integrative hypothesis. Sociological Quarterly (February, 1975)

For abstract, see Section, VI. Drug Use/Abuse Prevention.•

ROFFMAN, M., REDDY, C. and LAL, H. Control of morphine-withdrawal hypothermia

by conditional stimuli. Psychopharmacologia· 29: 197-201 (1973)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

SALZMAN, C., VAN DER KOLK, B. A. and SHADER, R.1. Marijuana and hostility in a

small group setting. Presented at the American Psychiatric Association Meeting,

May, 1975.

SCIn<1>RRING, E. Can we change the behavior and attitude of adolescents to ingestion of

euphoriant drugs? Folkeskolen 36 and 37 (l971)

SCHI<1>RRING, E. and RANDRUP. A. Social isolation and changes in the formation of groups

induced by amphetamine in an openfield test with rats. Advances in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Edited by O. Vinar, Z. Votava and P. B. Bradley. Amsterdam, the

Netherlands: North-Bolland Publishing Company, 1971.

SCHOOFF. K.G., EBNER. E., LOWY, D.G. and HERSCH, R.G. Comparison: Inner-city

and suburban heroin users. Presented at 126th Annual Meeting of the American

Psychiatric Association, Honolulu, Hawaii, May, 1973.

SCHOOLAR, J. C., WHITE, E. H. and COHEN, C. P. Drug abusers and their clinic-patient

counterparts: A comparison of personality dimensions. Journal of Consulting and

Clinical Psychology 39(1): 9-14 (1972)

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

654'

SCOTT, J. P. Effects of psychotropic drugs on separation distress in dogs. Presented at

the 9th Congress Collegium Internationale Neuropsychopharmacologicum, Paris,

France, July 11, 1974.

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

SEEVERS, M. H. Psychologic dependence defined in terms of individual and

Psychic Dependence. Edited by L. Gold:::Jcrg and F. Hoffmeister.

Springer-Verlag, 1973. P. 25.

social risk.

New York:

SEGAL, B. Drug use, alcohol use and nonuse of either as a functi.on of perso~ality: A.

replicated and cross-validated study. Presented at the Fifth InternatIOnal Institute

on the Prevention and Treatment of Drug Dependence, Copenhagen, Denmark, July,

1974.

SEGAL, B. and MERENDA, P. F. Locus of control, sensation seeking, and drug and

alcohol use in college students. Drug Forum (in press)

For abstract, see Section VI. Drug Use! Abuse Prevention.

SHEPPARD, C., FIORENTINO, D., COLLINS, L. and MERLIS, S. Comparison of emotion

profiles as defined by two additional MMPI profile types in male narcotic addicts.

Journal of Clinical Psychology 25(2): 186-188 (April, 1969)

Concurrent and construct validity were reported indicating that narcotic

users with different character structures have measurable differences in emotion

profiles. A sample of male narcotic users with a 42' MMPI configuration was compared with a sample having five or more MMPI scales 5' within the pathological

range and an F scale score less than 80. These groups differed significantly on

four of eight prototypic emotion dimensions. The 5' group were lower on dimensions of incorporation and reproduction, and higher on rejection and destruction,

thus minimizing feelings of well being while emphasizing destructive prototypic

emotions.

SHEPPARD, C., FIORENTINO, D., COLLINS, L. and MERLIS, S. Performance

errors on Ravens Progressive Matrices (1938) by sociopathic and schizotypic

persmality types. Psychological Reports 23: 1043-1046 (1968)

For abstract, see Section 1. Methodology of Drug Research.

655

SHEPPARD, C., FIORENTINO, D., COLLINS, L. and MERLIS, S.S. Ravens Progressive

Matrices (1938): Normative data on male narcotic addic1S. Psychological Reports

23: 343-348 (1968)

The Ravens Progressive Matrices (RPM), a test of intellectual ability,

was administered to 396 male narcotic users. Norms are given, and concepts

basic to the validity and reliability of the RPM tested. Significant shifts were

found in item order in sets A, B, C, and D. Differences were not considered

crucial for each set, which was progressively more difficult than the preceding

set; thus the total structure of the test was supported by the sample. The discriminative power of most items ranged from good to excellent. In investigating

properties of distractors, answer four was chosen significantly more often than

other alternatives as the wrong answer in sets C, D and E identifying the possible

operation of a positional distractor. Test-retest reliability, content and concurrent

validity coefficients were of the order of .8. Correlation or formal education with

RPM was of the order of .2. Previously available normative data on patient

samples are extended and use of the RPM as a measure of intellectual performance

relatively free from language and cultural bias is supported.

SHEPPARD, C., FIORENTINO, D. and MERLIS, S. Affective differential: Comparison

of emotion profiles gained from cloinical judgment. and patient self~report.

Psychological Reports 220:809-814 (1968)

Narcotic addicts comprising 2 diagnostic groups as defined by MMPI profile types (49' sociopathic and 468' paranoid) were selected to test the validity of

emotion profiles gleaned from affective differential ratings, the affective differential methodology and the assumption that patients with different character structures

have measurable differences in emotion profiles. Comparisons were made between

the patient groups and between profiles gleaned from clinicians' ratings and the

patients' self-reports. Emotion profile differences were demonstrated between

paranoid and sociopathic patient groups. The clinicians' ratings tended to exaggerate the intensity of the emotions, making differences between profile types

greater than those differences observed from patient self-reports. The results

supported the hypothesis that persons with different character structures have different emotion profiles but not to the degree first reported by clinicians.

SHEPPARD, C., FRACCInA, J., RICCA, E. and MERLIS, S. Indications of psychopathology in male narcotic abusers, their effects and relation to treatment effectiveness. Journal of Psychology 81: 351-360 (1972)

The Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory Report was administered

to 336 male narcotic addicts admitted to a special treatment unit at Central Islip

State Hospital. Ninety-four percent of these patients had measurable pathology

as reflected in T scores of 70 or above. The data supported the hypothesis that

addicts form a heterogeneous psychopathological sample. Specific diagnostic subgroups can be identified which shouls:! require different treatment modalities. Each

of these diagnostic groups have base-rate expectations of treatment effectiveness

when addiction is not an attended difficulty. Comparisons of treatment effectiveness

of addict subgroups should be made with regard to these base-rate data, rather

than to some more global criteria for a total addict sample. It may in fact be

unrealistic, for example, to expect a treatment program for schizophrenic addicts

to be more efficacious than a treatment program for schizophrenic nonaddicted

patients, which is in fact one error we continue to commit. Hypotheses of this

type are readily tested.

656

SHEPPARD, C., RICCA, E., FRACCHIA, J. and MERLIS, S. Indications of psychopathology

in applicants to a county methadone maintenance program. Psychological Reports

33: 535-540 (1973)

The MMPI was completed by 74 applicants to a Suffolk County methadone

maintenance program. All had measurable psychopathology as reflected in T

scores of 70 or above on one or more of the original clinical scales. Data demonstrated heterogeneity in MMPI protocol code types, character structure, and

psychopathological indications. Comparisons with previously reported data for

addict samples committed to federal and state treatment units indicates fewer

neurotic and sociopathic, but more schizotypic, incipient schizophrenic, or

schizophrenic personality types applying to the methadone maintenance clinic.

The most prevalent code type seen (842'), however, was identical with that reported

for a sample of 117 patients seen at a VA methadone maintenance clinic.

SHEPPARD, C., RICCA, E., FRACCHIA, J. and MERLIS, S. Personality characteristics

of urban and suburban heroin abusers: More data and another reply to Sutker and

Allain (1973). Psychological Reports 33: 999-1008 (1973)

Sutker and Allain (1973) suggest that nonincarcerated heroin addicts who

are involved in the "street life style" would tend to obtain elevated scores on the

Hs, ttY. and Pd scales of the MMPI. If these findings were cross-validated,

then personality descriptions of addicts would have to be modified accordingly.

Also, improvement measured by decreases on the Hs and fu scales soon after

entering a drug-free environment may be a result of milieu differences rather than

personality change. Four groups of heroin addicts, two hospitalized, urban drug

abusers who were free of drug influence a.t testing (Hospitalized1 and Hospitalized Z)

were compared with two street addict samples, one from an urban (StreetNARA)'

the other a suburban (StreetSCNCC) environment. It was hypothesized that both the

StreetNARA and StreetSCNCC groups would score significantly higher than the

hospitalized groups. As was expected, the street samples scored statistically

higher on the Hs and !iY scales. However, data for the 12-and Pd scales failed to

. cross-validate the Sutker-Allain hypothesis. These data suggest that personality

characteristics playa more dominant role in MMPI score elevations than the

"street life style." This contention was also supported by test-retest data on the

Hospitalized2 sample measuring the effect of 90 days of hospitalization in a drugfree environment.

SHEPPARD, C., RICCA, E., FRACCHIA, J. and MERLIS, S. Psychological needs of

suburban male heroin addicts. Journal of Psychology 87: 123-128 (1974)

The Edwards Personal Preference Schedule (EPPS), an objective test

of Murray's theory of personality development, was completed by 51 male applicants to a county methadone maintenance program.

Tests of significance (t) were applied to the suburban heroin addict sample

(n = 51) and to the general adult male normative sample (n = 4031) data to determine if they scored differently on the 15 EPPS psychological need constructs.

Because of the disproportionate sample sizes, a hypothetical sample (n = 51) was

drawn from the normative sample for comparative purposes.

Questions raised in these analyses were the following: Do heroin addicts

differ in psychological need structure from the general adult male population?

What motivates and directs behavior? What are the factors leading to the psychological availability to abusing drugs? What may make addicts resistant to

psychotherapy?

657

SHEPPARD. C•• RICCA. E •• FRACCHIA. J •• ROSENBERG, N. and MERLIS, S.

Cross-validation of a heroin addiction scale from the Minnesota

Multiphasic Personality Inventory. 'Journal of Psychology 81: 263-268

(1972)

For abstract. see Section 1. Methodology of Drug Research.

SIMEON. J .• KESKINER. A.. FINK. M. and ITIL. T. M. Depot fluphenazine facilitation

of treatment of psychosis. Changing Patterns in Psychiatric Care. Edited by

T. Rothman. New York: Crown, 1970.

For abstract. see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

SINGLE, E .• KANDEL. D. and FAUST, R. Patterns of multiple drug use in high school.

Journal of Health and Social Behavior (in press)

As part of a larger investigation into adolescent drug use, the patterns

of multiple drug use are examined in a representative sample of 8. 206 New Yot"k

public secondary school studentS'; , Among the 350/0 of adolescents reporting illicit

drug use. the majority are polydrug users having used other illicit drugs besides

marihuana. Furthermore, the use of any drug. legal or illegal, is positively

correlated with the use of any other drug. A series of scalogram analyses reveals

that patterns of illicit drug use fit the Guttman scale model. The use of illicit

drugs other than marihuana rarely takes place in the absence of marihuana use.

However, the use of legal drugs such as tobacco and alcohol also scales with the

use of illicit drugs. Public concern over adolescent drug use should not focus

solely upon the use of illegal drugs. since progressive involvement with drugs on

the part of youth begins with the use of alcohol and tobacco rather than with marihuana.

SNYDER. S. H. Amphetamine psychosis: A "model" schizophrenia mediated by catecholamines. American Journal of Psychiatry 130(1): 61-67 (January. 1973)

Because of its close clinical similarity to acute paranoid schizophrenia,

amphetamine psychosis may serve as a useful experimental model for schizophrenia. Molecular and clinical studies suggest that both the schizophrenia-like

symptoms of amphetamine psychosis and the specific ability of phenothiazines to

relieve the symptoms of schizophrenia and amphetamine psychosis may be the

result of interactions with dopamine systems in the brain. The author discusses

some implications of the roles dopamine and norepinephrine may play in mediating

some schizophrenic symptoms.

SOSKIN, W.• Children of the Good Life. A Second Interim Report on Project

Community. Berkeley. California, March. 1972.

STEFFENHAGEN. R. A. Motivation for drug and alcohol use: A social perspective.

Paper for the Symposium Concerning Research on Methods and Programs of Drug

Education, Toronto, Ontario, Canada. October 22-25, 1973.

658

STEFFENHAGEN, R.A.• SCHMIDT. F.E. and McAREE. C. P. Emotional stability and

student drug use. Journal of Drug Education 1: 347 (December. 1971)

The focus of this paper is upon college drug uSe as it relates to the

individual student user. As with the academic dropout. the college drug user is

seen as reflecting an emotional problem and possibly is one and the same

phenomenon. Drug use is merely symptomatic of an untoward reaction of

emotional problems. The MMPI scale analysis is used as a measure of emotional

stability. Drug users and non-users are. analyzed to indicate and predict the extent

of emotional problems within the college population. It is our contention that most

contemporary effort directed solely toward the control and prevention of drug use

on campus is in error. The concern about drug use is secondary. The real

problem is one of helping the problem student achieve a better emotional adjustment while in college.

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. CNS depressants. A STASH

literature review. Grassroots (November. 1974 Supplement)

Student Association. for the Study of Halluc1nogens. Inc. MDA.· STASH Capsu·les- 5(1)

(February. 1973)

Student Association for the Study of HallUcinogens. Inc. The relationship between drug

advertising and drug misuse. A STASH literature review. Grassroots (January.

1974 Supplement)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens. Inc. STASH fact sheet on cocaine.

Grassroots (February. 1972 Supplement)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens. Inc. STASH fact sheet on DOM (

t1 STptI

).

Grassroots (July. 1972 Supplement)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens. Inc. STASH fact sheet on methadone.

Grassroots (May. 1972 Supplement)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. STASH fact sheet on opioids.

Grassroots (November. 1972 Supplement)

Student Association for the Study of HallUcinogens, Inc. STASH fact sheet on psilocybin.

Grassroots (August, 1972 Supplement)

Student Association for the Study of HallUcinogens, Inc. STASH notes: Methaqualone.

STASH Capsules 5(3) (May-June, 1973)

Student Association for the Study of HallUcinogens. Inc. STASH notes: A mini-review

of the 1973 marijuana literature. Part I. STASH Capsules 6(2) (MarchApril, 1974)

Student Association for the Study of HallUcinogens. Inc. STASH notes: A mini-review

of the 1973 marijuana literature, Part II. STASH Capsules 6(3) (MayJune. 1974)

659

.- - -_.. -

J]c[ll]J@[f1lSD®m

ABRAMS, L. A., GARFIELD, E. and SWISHER, J., editors. Accountability in Drug

Education: A Model fo::" Evaluation. Washington, D. C.: Drug Ab:lse Council,

1973.

BROTMAN, R. and SUFFET, F. Youthful Drug Use. Washington, D. C.: U.S.

Government Printing Office, 1970.

Drug Ab:lse Education Project, Pa:::ific School 0' Religion. A Drug Abus·: Curriculm

Guideline for Use in Slergy Training Institutions. Berkeley, California:

Pacific School of Religion, 1973.

GOLDSTEIN, J. W. Drug education worthy of thc; name. Impact:. The Magazin? for

Innovation and Change in Counseling 1(4); 18-24 (1972)

GOLDSTEIN, J. W. Getting high in high school: The meaning of adolescent drug usage.

Presented at Students and Drugs Symposium, AnilUal Meeting of the American

Educational Research As'sodation, New York, New York, .February 7, 1971.

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

GOLDSTEIN, J. W. Narcotics and Alcoholism. Hearings before the Subcommittee on

Alco;10lism and Narcotics of the Committee on Labo::" and Public Welfare,

United States Senate, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, January 18-19, 1971.

Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing Office, 1971.

HUGHES, P. H. and JAFFE, J. H. Heroin epid2mics in Shicago. Proceedings o:f the

Fifth Wo:-ld Congress of Psychiatry, Mexico City, N07ember 28-December

4, 1971. Pp. 1416-1424.

LEVY, M. R. Resource Book for Drug Abuse Education. Washington, D. C.: American

Association for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, 1970.

LEVY, S. J. an:] EUKER, C. Post Treatment Occupational and Edu:::ational Services

fo~ th,=, Former Drug Abuser in New York City. A Model for an Occupational

and Educational Information Referral Service and an Employment Service.

Albany, New Yo.rk: Bureau of Occupational Education Research, State Education

Department, 1973.

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

66i

MANHEIMER. D. I•• MELLINGER. -G. D•• SOMERS. R. H. and KLEMAN. M. T.

Technical and ethical considerations in data collection. Proceedings of the

First International Conference on Student Drug Surveys. Edited by

S. Einstein and S. Allen. Farmingdale, New York: Baywood Publishing

Company, 1972.

Nearly 2000 male students at the University of California (Berkeley).

some 90% of the sample. cooperated in lengthy personal interviews as part of

a longitudinal study of changing life styles and values. This paper reviews

the pretesting of interview questions, selection and training of interviewers,

and similar procedures that elicited such a high completion rate.

MOORE, S. R. Drug Education '74. Chapel Hill, North Carolina: University

of North Carolina, School of Pharmacy, 1974.

MORALES, R. R. An evaluation of five drug abuse education projects. D. East Los

Angeles school drug program. Drugs in Our Schools. Hearings before the

Select Committee on Crime, Hous~ .of Rep~esentatives, Los Angeles,

California. December 8-9; 1972. .-

Report of the Panel on the Impact of Information on Drug Use and Misuse. Phase II:

Evaluating Drug Information Programs. Washi.ngton. D. C.: National Academy

of Sciences, National Research Council. Assembly of Behavioral and Social

Sciences (July, 1973)

Southern Regional Education Board. Beyond the Three R's. Training Teachers for

Affective Education. Atlanta, Georgia: Southern Regional Education Board.

1974.

Southern Regional Education Board. Doing Drug Education. The Role of the School

Teacher. Atlanta, Georgia: Southern Regional Education Board. 1972.

Southern Regional Education Board. State plans for drug and alcohol education and

issues in program licensing. Southern Regional Education Board Co,1f'erence.

Atlanta, Georgia. July, 1973.

SPEEDY. G.A. Operation Rea-:h Guidebook for Explorers. Boy Scouts of America. 1971.

SPEEDY, G. A. Operation Reach Guidebook for Posts. Boy Scouts of America, 1971.

SPEEDY, G.A. Operation Reach Guidebook for Scouts. Boy Scouts of America. 1971.

SPEEDY. G.A. Operation Reach Guidebook for Troops. Boy Scouts of America, 1971.

SPEEDY. G.A. Reaching. Scouting Magazine (January. 1972)

Student American Pharmaceutical Association. Project Speed. Washington. D. C:

Student American Pharmaceutical Association. 1974.

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens. Inc. STASH fact sheet on the

British narcotic system. Grassroots (October. 1972 supplement)

WEPPNER. R.S•• WELLS. K., McBRIDE. D.C. and LADNER•• R.A. The effects

of criminal justice and medical definitions of a social problem upon the

delivery of treatment. Journal of Health and Social Behavior (in press)

The knowledge that social scientists have about drug abusers and

drug abuse has been obtained from a population defined and often provided

by the criminal justice system. As a result. this knowledge of drug abuse

has. been limited, generally. to those whouse illic.it drugs. In thi~paper._

selected social and demographic characteristics and drug use patterns of

a population of county hospital emergency room drug overdose cases were

examined and compared to a population of drug users in drug. treatment

programs in the same county. It was found that drug users who came to

the emergency room. in comparison to drug users in treatment, were

more likely to be female, older and abusers of prescription drugs. In

addition. it was found that the existing treatment programs in the county

in their present structure seem to be unable to adequately prOVide treatment services to the drug using emergency room popalation.

-_ .. -_ ..'- ..

--

-.- .. _.-

, ~wfic9J@rrnfi®D®i!3lJ@®D

._- -_.-.- - - ----~--

!~lSmc9J~@&3

romc9J ~DDITOO~&J

£0 ~Jj)~c9J@LJlJD~®D®iB~@®D~lSrnc9J~@&3

®rnc9J ~rnIT\Y@~&3 '.-

ABRAMS, L. A., GARFIELD, E. a.lld SWISHER, J., editors. Accountability in Drug Education:

A Model for Evaluation. Washington, D. C.: Drug Abuse Council, 1973.

AMSEL, Z., FISHMAN, J. J.• RIVKIND, L., KAVALER, F., KRUG, D., CLINE, M.,

BROPHY, F. and CONWELL, D. The use of the narcotics regist'er for follow-up

of a cohort of adolescent addicts. International Journal of the Addictions 6(2):

225-239 (June. i971)

The narcotics register has been shown to be a useful tool for the followup of'a group of addicts. Over 53 percent of the 247 patients studied were known

to the register. The reporting system of the register prior to 1963 was dependent

on legislation requiring reportsonly from medicial sources. The amendments to

the city health code extending this r.equirement to include all resou!,ces,anci assuring

the cOiuidentiality of these reports influenced the increased volume of reporting

in later years. The rapport that has developed between the register and the reporting agencies shows the promise of cooperative research in which agency records

might be much promise of cooperative research in which agency records might be

much more extensively utilized than in the present study. The follow-up in this

report was based almost exclusively on routinely reported information. The most

important finding of this study was the high mortality in the cohort. It is apparent

from the causes of death noted on the death certificates that mortality in the

majority of cases was directly related to drug use. 'The mortality rate among

the drug abusers in this cohort, even when compared with that in poverty areas.

seems excessively high and merits attention. Based on the high level of

cooperation the regiSter has received in conducting this follow-up study. future

follow-up and/or evaluation studies appear totally feasible. Any such studies

would presumably involve greater attention to specific therapeutic data and/or

correctional experiences of cohorts suitable for long-term evaluation.

BABST. D.V., CHAMBERS, C.D. and WARNER, A. Patient characteristics associated

with retention in a methadone maintenance program. British Journal of the Addictions

66: 195-204 (1971)

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

BADEN, M. M. Homicide, suicide. and accidental death among narcotic addicts. Human

Pathology 31(1): 91-95 (1972)

The number of cases of homicide, suicide, and accidental death among

narcotic addicts in New York City is presented. In 1971 there were 280 of these

violent deaths in addition to 1,000 deaths directly due to narcotic uses. Homicide

is the common cause of death. Of the 215 homicides, 146 were caused by gunshot.

Other causes were stabbing (59), assault (5) and strangulation (5). Of the 19

sUicides, 8 were by hanging, 2 were by jumping, 1 by gunshot, 4 by drugs other

than narcotics, and 4 by other means. it is impossible to determine

suicidal death by heroin unless a note is left. Of the 46 accidental deaths, 21.

were from falls from heights, 8 were from vehicular accidents, 9 from head

injuries, 5 from drowning and 3 from fires. The association of violent death and

addiction is often overlooked or not recoreded when the drug use does not directly

cause death.

BADEN, M. M. Narcotic abuse: A medical,e;l:aminer's view. New York State Journal of

Medicine 72(7): 834-840 (April, 1972)

Narcotic addiction is discussed from the point of "iew of the medical

examiner in New York City. In 1918, the year the office was established, there

were approximately 50 deaths per year due to narcotice abuse. Deaths decreased

around the time of the second world war, but have steadily increased since 1960 to

a total of 1, 016 in 1969. Deaths from heroin abuse are the result of the manner in

which the drug is taken: in tmknown amounts with unknown diluents and without

regard for sterile precautions. An acute fatal reaction following intravenous injection is the major cause of death of addicts and is commonly inaccurately referred to as overdose. Actually, a pharmacologic overdose is rare, most causes

being either an allergic type reaction or a reaction to injected bacteria. It is

difficult to determine the actual cause of death because usually no data are available on the circumstances of death or on the decreaed. At autopsy, the most

striking finings are external: scars, fibrosed veins and subcutaneous abscesses.

The internal findings are unremarkable because there are no lesions specific for

chronic narcotic use. There is a high incidence of homicidal, suicidal and

accidental death among addicts. Although abuse of barbiturates, amp:1etamines,

marihuana, hallucinogens, and tranquilizers is probably much more widespread

than is abuse of narcotics, and deaths are not as common, perhaps because

these drugs usually are taken in relatively known amounts and by mouth. The

initial identification of a parenteral drug user can usually be made by physical

examination. However, continued use of drugs, or identification of drug users

could be determined by urine testing. The major modalities for treating drug

ab:Isers are therap'~utic communities and drug substitition maintenance programs.

BALL, .J. C. and CHAMBERS, C. D., editors. The Epidemiology of Opiate Addiction in

th,~ United States. Sp:-ingfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1970.

For abstract, see Section VI. Drug Use/ Abuse Prevention.

BALL, J. C. and CHAMBERS, C. D. Overview of the problem. The Epidemiology of

Opiate Addiction in the United States. Edited by J. C. Ball and C.D. Chambers.

Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1970. Pp. 5-21.

;

The principle epidemiological aspects of opiate addiction in the U. S.

are discussed. Areas of discussion include the extent of opiate addiction; geographic distribution; age distribution of opiate addicts; sex and race; type of

opiate to which addicted; nativity and mobility; education and intelligence of

addicts; occupation; criminality; major cultural groups and etiology of addiction.

BALL, J. C., CHAMBERS, C.D. and BALL, M.'J. The association of marihuana smoking

with opiate addiction in the United States. Journal of Criminal Law, Criminology

and Police Science 59(2): 171-182 (1968)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

BALL, J. C., ENGLANDER, D. M. and CHAMBERS, C. D. The incidence and prevalence

of opia.te addiction in t.he United States. The Epidemiology of Opiate Addiction in

~~ .Umted States. Edlted by J. C. Ban and C. D. Chambers.· Sp:oingfield, Illinoi

Charles C. Thomas, 1970. Pp. 68-78.

BALTER, M. B., LEVINE, J. and MANHEIMER, D. I. Cross-national study of the extent

of anti-anxiety/sedative drug use. New England Journal of Medicine 290: 769

(April, 1974)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

BENTLER, P. M. and EICHBERG, R. H. A social psychological approach to substance

abuse construct validity: Prediction of ~dolescent drug use from independent data

sources. Presented at the National Institute on Drug Abuse Drug Lifestyles

Conference, St. Simons, Georgia, January, 1975.

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

BERBERIAN, R. M. Differential rates of drug use among black and whites, affluent and

non-affluent adolescents. Presented at the 102nd Annual Meeting of the American

Public Health Association, New Orleans, Louisiana, October 24, 1974.

BERBERIAN, R. M. Drug use among adolescents. Presented at the 100th Annual Meeting

of the American Public Health Association, Atlantic City, New Jersey, November

14, 1972.

BERBERIAN, R. M. and ROSENBERG, J.8. Changing patterns of drug use. Presented

at the 101st Annual Meeting of the American Public Health Association, San

Francisco, California, November, 1973.

BERBERIAN, R. M. an:! THOMPSON, W. D. The relationship between drug education

and changes in drug use. Presented at the North American Congress on Alcohol

and Drug Problems, San Francisco, California, December, 1974.

BLACKFORD. L. S-C. Do high school students who use LSD tend to avoid alcoholic

beverages? Presented at the 100th Annual Meeting of the American Public

Health Association. Atlantic City. New Jersey, November 14. 1972.

It is obvious, as far as the exploration has proceeded. that the use of

LSD and alcohol are asso-::iated positively. There is still a possibility that further

analysis could show that there are several clusterings of drug use. and there could

be some special pattern of drug use involving LSD. barbiturates and amphetamines

without the use of alcohol and tobacco. There has not been time for the analysis to

proceed that far. Additional manip"Jlation of the existing data is scheduled in the

near future. This includes the examination of class/sex cohorts over several years.

With this caution. the paper is concluded.

It must be reiterated that absolutely no information produ:ed from this

study would indicate any order of use of drugs by an individual. We cannot say that

the use of LSD leads to the use of alcohol, or vice versa.

BLACKFORD. L. S-C. Surveillance of levels of drug use in a student population.

Drug Forum 1(3): 307-313 (April. 1972)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

BLOOM. R., HAYS, J. R. and WINBURN, G. M. Marijuana use in urban se-::ondary

s-::hools: A three-year comparison. International Journal of the Addictions

9(2): 329-335 (1974)

For abstract. see Section VI. Drug Use/Abuse Prevention.

BLUM, R. H.• editor. Society and Drugs. Vol. I. Students and Drugs. Vol. II.

S3.:J. Francisco. California: Jossey-Bass, Inc., 1969.

BOURQUE. L. B. and BACK, K. W. Values and transcendental experiences. Social Forces

47: 34-38 (September, 1968)

For abstract, see Se-::tion VIII. Psychoso-::ial Studies.

BOYINK, N. 0., HAYS, J. R. and WINBURN, G. M. -Rural. urban. and white flight:

The Texas Drug Studies. St. Joseph Hospital Medical Surgical Journal 9(1):

18-24 (lVlarch, 1974)

For abstract. see Section VI. Drug Use / A buse Prevention.

BREHM. M. L. and BACK. K. W. Self image and attitu:!es toward drugs. Personality

36: 299-314 (June. 1968)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

668

BRILL, N. Q. and CHRISTIE, R. L.· Marihuana use and psychosocial adaptation.

Archives of General Psychiatry 31: 713-719 (November, 1974)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

BROTMAN, R. and SUFFET, F. Youthful Drug Use. Washington, D. C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1970.

BROWN, J. W., GLASER. D., WAXER, E. and GEIS. G. Turning off: Cessation of

marijuana use after college. Social Problems 21(4): 527-538 (April. 1974)

Marijuana use among recent alumni reflects prior diffusion of a student

subculture with a variety of correlated norms and values. Constraints of family

and job. and change of associates after graduation, foster cessation of such drug

use more often than complete change from the other values of this subculture.

Diffusion of norms and values of the student subculture among educated young

adults off campus is evident in many 'alumni notnilich involved in this sub--

culture as students. especially in those who are late starters at marijuanae use.

Twice as high a rate of volunteering for interviews was elicited from long-term

users as from non-users. suggesting that non-conformity and aberrant behavior

foster opposite types of pluralistic ignorance of the prevalence of deviance.

BRUNSWICK, A. F. Health needs of adolescents: How the adolescent sees them.

American Journal of Public Health 59(9): 1730-1745 (l969)

For abstract, see Section Vill. Psychosocial Studies.

CHAMBERS, C. D. An Assessment of Drug Use in the General Population. Special Report

No.1. Drug Use in New York State. New York: New York State Narcotic Addiction

Control Commission, 1971.

For abstract, see Section Vill. Psychosocial Studies.

CHAMBERS, C. D. Barbiturate-sedative abuse: A study of prevalence among narcotic

abusers. International Journal of the Addictions 4{l): 45-57 (l969)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

CHAMBERS, C. D., BABST. D. V. and WARNER, A. Characteristics predicting long-term

retention in a methadone maintenance program. Proceedings of the Third National

Conference on Methadone Treatment. National Institute of Mental Health. Rockville

Maryland, November 14-16, 1970. Pp. 140-143.

For abstract. see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

CHAMBERS, C. D. and BALL, J. C. Suicide amoag hospitalized opiate addicts.

The Epidemiology of Opiate Addiction in the United States. Edited by J. C. Ball

an:l C. D. Chambers. Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1970.

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

CHAMBERS, C. D., BRIDGE, T. P., PETERSEN, D. M. and ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR.

Methaqualone: Another "safe" sedative? Journal of Drug Issues 4(2): 126-129

(Spring, 1974)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

CRII,MBERS, C. D., CUSKEY, W. R. and MOFFETT, A. D. Mexican-American addicts.

The Ep~demiology of Opiate Addiction in the United States. Edited by J. C. Ball

amd C. D. Chambers. Sp.:'ingfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1970. Pp. 202-221.

An empirical study of the Mexican-American opiate addict is reported.

This group is the fourth largest .::ontributer to the addict population in the U. S.

S::>cial characteristics, characteristics associated with addiction and related

deviancies, and hospital admission characteristics were examined. Statistics

are provided which .compare this group with other ethnic and cultural groups.

CHAMBERS, C. D., HINESLEY, R. K. and MOLDESTAD, M. The female opiate addict.

The Epidemiology of Opiate Addiction in the United States. Edited by J. C. Ball

and C. D. Chambers. Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1970.

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

CHAMBERS, C. D. and INCIARDI, J. A. An empirical assessment of the availability of

illicit methadone. Proceedings of the Fourth National Conference on Methadone

Treatment. New York: NAPAN, 1972. pp. 149-151.

Results of an empirical assessment conducted to determine the availability of illicit methadone on the street were given. A series of questions were

directed at 95 street addicts dealing with the availability, the actual purchase,

the identification of the source and the uses of illicitly purchased methadone. Of

the 95 active heroin addicts, 92 percent reported that they had been offered the

opportunity to purchase illicit methadone, while 56 percent had actually purchased

illicit methadone. The most readily available methadone was the 'wafer which

sold for the average price of $4.00 per 40mg wafer. Not unexpectedly, the reported source of most of the illicit methadone was from ambulatory patients enrolled in programs dispensing takehome medication. The most frequently

specified primary uses were to insure against withdrawal distress, to boost

other drugs, to clean up, and to resell. The data indicates a need for further

investigations into: (1) the programs responsible for the diversion of methadone;

(2) the differential rates of diversion from programs utilizing the various types

of methadone; (3) the motivation and rationale for both selling and purchasing

illicit methadone; (4) how one learns about methadone; and (5) when in an active

addict's career he is most susceptible to buying illicit methadone.

670

CHAMBERS. C. D. and MOFFETT. A.D. Negro opiate addiction. The Epidemiology of

Opiate Addiction in the United States. Edited by J.C. Ball and C.D. Chambers.

Springfield. Illinois: Charles C. Thomas. 1970.

For abstract. see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

CHAMBERS. C. D. and MOLDESTAD. M. The evolution of concurrent opiate and sedative

addictions. The Epidemiology of Opiate Addiction in the United States. Edited by

J. C. Ball and C. D. Chambers. Springfield. Illinois: Charles C. Thomas. 1970.

Pp. 130-146.

It is indicated that sedative abuse and addiction among opiate users may

not significantly increase beyond the 1966 level. The relative stability of the white

pattern of abuse and addiction to these drugs since 1957 supports such a hypothesis.

The homogenizing effect of the standard metropolitan statistical area (SlVISA) illicit

drug subculture. wherein both races tend to from the same illicit sources. and tend

to administer the drugs in the same manner and setting. would also support such a

hyp.othesis. .

CHAMBERS. C.D•• SHERIDAN. B.K. and WILLIS. T. Diffusion paths for a drug of

abuse. Drug Abuse: Current Concepts and Research. Edited by W. Keup.

Springfield. Illinois: Charles C. Thomas. 1972.

For abstract. see Section vm. Psychosocial Studies.

CHAMBERS. C.D•• TAYLOR. W.J. and MOFFETT. A.D. The incidence of cocaine

abuse among methadone maintenance patients. International Journal of the

Addictions 7(3): 427-441 (Fall. 1972)

For abstract. see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

CHAPEL. J. L. and TAYLOR. D. W. Drugs for kicks. Crime and Delinquency 16(1):

1-35 (1970)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

CHERUBIN. Co E •• BADEN. M•• KAVALER. F •• LERNER. S. and CLINE. W. Infective

endocarditis in narcotic addicts. Annals of Internal Medicine 69(6): 1091-1098

(1968)

A study of endocarditis in 29 hospitalized and 7 nonhospitalized narcotic

addicts showed sole tricuspid valve involvement in 9 percent and bilateral endo:arditis involving the tricuspid valve in another 9 p'3rcent. The most commonly

affected valves were the aortic and the mitral. in that order. Of the hospitalized

patients. 48 pcrcnet had staphylo::occi. 14 percent had streptococci. 3 patients had

candida. and the rest had either gram negative or no organisms. A history of unde

lying heart disease was less frequent in the addicts than in age matched controls.

Major embolic episodes were common. particularly in patients with aortic inyolvement. Seven patients died suddenly. out of the hospital. with cerebral or

myo:ardial emboli. Although there appears to be no increased frequency of tricuspid and candid endocarditis in addicts as compared to controls. the literature

overreports these unusual cases of endocarditis in addicts.

CROWLEY. T. J•• CHESLUK. D•• DILTS. S. and HART. R. Drug and alcohol abuse among

psychiatric admissions. Archives of General Psychiatry 30: 13-20 (January. 1974)

Over one third of the adults in a psychiatric hospital had drug abuse

including alcohol) problems. The patients had fewer psychotic tUagnoses. briefer

hospitalizations. and less elevated Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory

scores than other inpatients. Toxicologic examinations. at admission. revealed

psychoactive drugs in nearly half of the patients: many test results were positive

for drugs that the patients denied using.

Alcohol or sedative physical dependence was not uncommon. Alcohol contributed to one fourth of the admissions. but many patients also took other drugs.

Younger and older patients drank alcohol in equal proportions.

There was no current. and very l~ttle past, narcotic physical" dependence.

but one fifth of patients had abused narcotics. Nonaddicting narcotic abuse was

especially common among young psychedelic users. Salicylates were' abused

frequently. The high incidence and complex pattenrs of drug abuse among

psychiatric inpatients demand better diagnosis, more focused treatment, and altered

public and private funding policies., .

CRUMPTON. E. and BRILL. N. Q. Personality factors associated with frequency of

marijuana use. California Medicine 115(3): 11-15 (September. 1971)

For abstract. see Section VIII. PsychoE'ooial Studies.

CUSHMA N. P. Hyperimmunoglobulinemia in heroin addiction: Some epidemiologic

observations. including some possible effects of rou~e of administration ahd

multiple dru!~' abuse. American Journal of Epidemiology 99(3): 218-224 (1974)

Epidemiologic and clinical features of hyperimmunoglobulinemia in heroin

addiction were studied in 250 New York City. 131 Washington. D.C•• 36 Tucson and

7 Honolulu heroin addicts. The frequency with which increased serum IgG levels

was found was similar in all groups studied. Increased serum IgM was found in

about 75% of the New York addicts. 41% of the Washington. D. C. addicts: 25% of the

Tucson addicts; and 57% of the Honolulu addicts. Demographic and clinical differences between the groups may be contributed to the different frequencies of increased serum IgM. The route of heroin administration was significant since

patients who seemed to have used only intranasal heroin had generally normal serum

IgM levels. Concomitant use of barbiturates. cocaine and amphetamines. when

recognized, did not appear to be a factor in hyperimmunoglobulinemia. Since the

diluents used in the eastern seaboard cities differed significantly from those in use

in Arizona, the finding of hyperimmunoglobulinemia in both regions makes its unlikely that the diluents were a significant factor. Reduction in serum 19M abnormality

was associated with methadone maintenance treatment in some patients.

67..2

CUSHMAN, P., JR. Methadone maintenance treatment of narcotic addiction. New York

State Journal of Medicine 72(13): 1752-1755 (July I, 1972)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

CUSHMAN, P. Narcotic addktion and crime. Rhode Island Medical Journal 57: 197-204

(May, 1974)

Criminal behavior of 269 narcotic addicted individuals, reflected by their

New York City police arrest records, were studied longitudinally in relation to

various stages of narcotic use. Predominantly non-criminal before addiction, the

patients had progressively increased rates of annual arrests after addiction started.

Increased arrests were primarily for violations of the dangerous drug laws, prostitution, violence, property crime, and misbehavior. During methadone maintenance

treatment the frequencies of dangerous drugs, prostitution, and property type of

arrests fell steeply, approaching their incidences in the control propu1ation, while

misbehavior and violence r.emained somewhat higher than controls. This study documents a complex interrelationship between addiction and crime in a loWer-class,

predominantly minority group of urban addicts.

CUSHMAN, P., JR. Relationship between narcotic addiction and crime. Federal Probation

38: 38-42 (September, 1974)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

CUSHMAN, P., JR. and SHERMAN, C. Biologic false-positive reactions in serologic

tests for syphilis in narcotic addiction. American Journal of Clinical Pathology

61(3): 346-351 (March, 1974)

For abstract, see Section V. Adverse Effects, Toxicity and Genetic Effects.

DeFOREST, J. W. and R<\ YS, J. R. Drugs: How much do parents know? St. Joseph Hospital

Medical Surgical Journal 9(1): 7-11 (March, 1974)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

DeLEON, G. Phoenix House: Psychopathological signs among male and female drug-free

residents. Addictive Diseases: An International Journal 1(2): 135-151 (1974)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

673.

DeLEON. G•• HOLLAND. S. and RESENTHAL. M. S. Phoenix House: Criminal activity

of dropouts. Journal of the American Medical Association 222(6): 686-689

(November. 1972)

For abstract. see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

DuTOIT. B. M. Cannabis sativa in sub-Saharan Africa. South African Journal of Science

70(9) (1974)

EICHBERG. R. H. and BENTLER. P. M. Current issues in the epidemiology of drug abuse

as related to psychosocial studies of adolescent drug use. Presented at the, National

Institute on Drug Abuse Drug Lifestyles Conference. St. Simons. Georgia. January.

1975.

For abstract. see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

ELLINWOOD. E. H•• JR. Cultural disparity between generations and drug use.

Drug Addiction: Clinical and Socio-Legal Aspects. Vol II. Edited by

J. M. Singh. Mount Kisco. New York: Futura Publishing CompanYt Inc;!.

1972. Pp. 97-105.

FELDMAN. H. W. Street Status and the Drug Researcher: Issues in ParticipantObservation. Washington. D. C.: The Drug Abuse Council. Inc •• 1974.

FELDMA N. H. W. The street system. drugs. and the military service. Confrontin~

Drug Abuse. Edited by A.A. Sorensen. Philadelphia. Pennsylvania:

Pilgrim Press. 1972. Pp. 61-77.

FELDSTEIN, S., CHESTER. P. and FINK, M. Psychological differentiation and the

response of opiate addicts to pharmacological treatment. British Journal of the

Addictions 68: 151-157 (1973)

For abstract. see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

FINK, M. EEG and human psychopharmacology. Annual Review of Pharmacology 9:

241-258 (1969)

For abstract. see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

GOLDSTEIN. J. W. Getting high in high school: The meaning of adolescent drug usage.

Presented at Students and Drugs Symposium, Annual Meeting of the American

Educational Hesearch Association. New York. New York, February 7. 1971.

For abstract. see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

GOLDSTEIN. J. W. Narcotics and Alcoholism. Hearing before the Subcommittee on

Alcoholism and Narcotics of the Committee on Labor and Public Welfare. United

States Senate. Pittsburgh. Pennsylvania. January 18-19, 1971. Washington. D.C.:

U. S. Government Printing Office. 1971.

674

GOLDSTEIN, J. W. and GLEASON, T. C. Significance of increasing student marijuana use

for intended use of other drugs. Proceedings of the 81st Annual Convention of the

American Psychiatric Association, 1973. Pp. 305-306.

GOLDSTEIN, J. W., GLEASON. T. C. and KORN, J. H. Whither the epidemic?

Psychoactive drug use career patterns of college students. Journal of Applied

So:::ial Psychology (in press)

For abstract, see Se:::tion VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

GOODE, E. The marijuana market. Columbia Forum 12(4): 4-8 (Winter. 1969)

GOODE, E. Multiple drug use among marijuana smokers. Sodal Problems 17: 48-64

(Summer. 1969)

GOODWIN. D. W.• DAVIS. D. H. and ROBINS. L. N. Drinking amid abundant illicit drugs:

The Viet Nam case. i\rchives of General Psychiatry (in press)

GOTTSCHALK, L. A •• McGUIRE. F. L .• HEISER. J. F. and ALEXANDER. P. B.

The Development of a Uniform System for Reporting and Recording DrugRelated Deaths. Orange. California: Research and Education Foundation of

Orange-Co'..lnty Medical Center. Psychiatry Department. 1973.

GRUPP, S. E. The Marihuana Muddle. Lexington, Massachusetts: D. C. Heath and

Company, 1973.

lLl\YS, J.R. The incidence and correlates of drug abuse in the secondary schools of the

HO'..lston Independent School District. A Technical Report to the Drug Education

Committee of the Board of Edu:::ation of the Houston Independent School District.

November, 1971.

For abstract. see Section VI. Drug Use/Abuse Prevention.

HA YS. J. R. The incidence of drug abuse among secondary school students in Houston.

St. Joseph Hospital Medical Surgical Journal 6(1): 52-59 (Spring, 1971)

The aim of the survey was to define the extent of drug use among secondary

school students, the demographic. factual and attitudinal variables which covaried

with drug use. Additionally the students were asked what they felt would be the best

respo;1se of the school system and p:Jblic service agencies to drug abuse education

and treatment. The survey was designed to provide relevant information on four

points. It would p:oovide the baseline data necessary to detect changes in the pattern

of drug abuse. Secondly. it would help focus and modify the drug education progran:

which are required by statute in the State of Texas in grades 5 through 12. It would

aid public service agencies in planning programs in drug abuse. It would prOVide da

for public edu:::ation so that the general public can be aware of the extent of the

problems in HO:Jston.

675

HA YS, J. R. The incidence of drug abuse among secondary school students in Houston,

1971. St. Joseph Hospital Medical SurgiCal Journal 7(4) 146-152 (Fall, 1972)

As a result of the second survey in HISD, we now have an index of the

change in the patterns of drug use among secondary school'students. We have

also obtained validation of the correlates of drug use when comparing the 1970

with the 1971 data. This is the first opportunity we have had for examining the

changes in patterns of drug use and should allow us to begin making predictions

about future changes. Modification on our drug education programs and programs

for treatment should be based on the data we have obtained. Further analysis of

the data will provide information fQr changes in our drug education programs and

drug abuse treatment programs. Further studies should be conducted of changes

in the patterns of the use of drugs. In such future studies the only information

which should be required is the incidence information. It does not 'appear that

the correlates of use have changed significantly from 1970 to 1971. However

this should be examined periodically also. It would be advisable to check the

correlates of use perhaps. every fourth or fifth year rather than obtaining the data

annually. '

HA YS, J. R. The incIdence of drug abuse among secondary school students in Houston,

1973. St. Joseph Hospital Medical Surgical Journal 9(1): 12-17 (March, 1974)

As a result of the third survey in HISD, we n'ow have an index of the

change in the patterns of drug use among secondary shcool students. We have

also obtained validation of the correlates of drug use by comparing the three

years of data. This is the first opportunity we have had for examining the change

in patterns of drug use and it should allow us to begin making predictions about

future changes. It is evident from these data that Houston has not yet reached any

peak or plateau for most of the drugs of abuse. Modification of our drug education

programs and programs for treatment should be based on the data we have obtained.

Further analysis of the data will provide information for changes in our drug education programs and drug abuse treatment programs. Further studies should be

conducted of changes in the patterns of the use of drugs. It does not appear that

the correlates of use have changed significantly during the three years of study.

However, the correlates should be examined periodically.

HAYS, J. R. and WiNBURN, G. M. Drug abuse among elementary school students in a

suburban school setting. Journal of Drug Education 2(4): 355-360 (Winter, 1972)

Review of a study concerning drug abuse, conducted at the elementary

school level. Study investigated the extend and nature of drug abuse among

children of this age. Paper describes sample, instrument, and procedure of

methods used, and results. Discussion provides summary of findings.

HAYS, J.R., WINBURN, G.M. and BLOOM, R. Marijuana and the law: What

young people say. Journal of Drug Educatio.1 (in press)

HOCHlYIAN, J. S. and BRILL, N. Q. Chronic marijuana use and psychosocial adaptation.

American Journal of Psychiatry 130(2): 132-140 (February, 1973)

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

HUGHES, P. H., BARKER, N. W., CRAWFORD, G. A. and JAFFE, J. H. The natural

history of a heroin epidemic. American Journal of Public Health 62(7): 995-1001

(July, 1972)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

HUGHES, P. H., CRAWFORD, G. A. and BARKER, N. W. Developing an epidemiologic

field team for drug dependence. Archives of General Psychiatry 24(5): 389-393

(May, 1971)

For abstract, see Section ViI. Treatment-Related Research:-

HUGHES, P. H., CRAWFORD, G.A., BARKER, N. W., SCHUlYIANN,"S. and JAFFE, J. H.

The social structure of a heroin copping community. American Journal of

Psychiatry 128(5): 551-557 (November, 1971)

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

HUGHES, P. H. and JAFFE, J. H. The heroin copping area. A location for epidemiological

study and intervention activity. Archives of General Psychiatry 24(5): 394-400

(May, 1971) "

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

INCIARDI, J. A. and CHAMBERS, C. D. Patterns of pentazocine abuse. Drug Abuse:

Current Concepts and Research. Edited by W. Keup. Springfield, Illinois:

Charles C. Thomas, 1972.

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

INCIARDI, J. A. and CHAIVlBERS, C. D. Unreported criminal involvement of narcotic

addicts. Journal of Drug Issues 2(2): 57-64 (Spring, 1972)

In an attempt to mitigate the problem of collecting empirical data with

respect to narcotic addiction and drug abuse, the New York State Narcotic

Addiction Control Commission initiated a series of special projects designed to

accumulate more comprehensive data relative to drug-using and drug-seeking

b2haviors. This preliminary report of the self-reported crime of narcotic

addicts evolved for the purpose of refining methods for the collection of hidden

offense data, for assessing the extend of addict-crime, and for constructing and

analyzing criminal career patterns. The results indicated that 6,766 alleged

offenses were committed by 38 male addicts over a median period of 4 years, and

6,425 alleged offenses were committed by 32 female addicts over a median period

of 3 years. Furthermore, the data suggested that only 1 crime was cleared by

arrest for every 120 offenses committed. Though there are limitations circumscribing the findings, the data do indicate that crime rates among specific popula tions may indeed be many hundredfold higher than are realized.

JOE, G. W. Patient background indices for a drug-abusing population - de-,relop:nent and

d:'stribution characteriStics of a set of p?tient background index measures, based

on the DARP pop'llation admitted :0 treatment between June 1969 and June 1971.

Research on Patients, Treatments, and Outcomes. Edited by S. B. Sells.

St.udies on the Effectiveness of Treatments for Drug Abuse, Vol. 2. Cambridge,

Massachusetts: Ballinger, 1974.

JOSEPHSON, E. Adolescent marijuana use, 1971-1972: Findings from two national surveys.

Addictive Diseases: An International Journal 1(10): 55-72 (1974)

JOSEPHSON, E. Trends in adolescent marijuana use. Drug Use: Epidemiological and

Sociological Approaches. Edited by E. Josephson and E.E. Carroll. New York:

Hallstead Publishing Co:-poration, 1974. Pp. 177-205.

JOSEPHSON, E., HABERlVLI\N, P., ZANES, A. and ELINSON, J. Adoles.::ent

marijuana use: Report on a natio;"Jal survey. Presented at the First

Internatio;"Jal CO:1ference on Student DruJ Surveys, Newark, New Jersey,

September 14, 1971.

The majo, finding fro:n this survey is that one in seven (15%) of a

na ':ion.'ll ad:>lesce ,1t sample had tried rna rijuana, with 3% repo:'ting

freq-l'cnt use (60 or more times\. Another finding is that youngste:::-s in

the West were twice as likely to have tried the drug as their contemporaries

in the South. Older boys and girls (those 16 and 17 years of age) were

n.?a rly ten times as likely to ha ve used marijuana as the younger ones

02 -lnd 13); freq-lent use was reported chiefly by the older youths. On

the ot.her hand, younger boys and girls were just as interested in

trying the drug as the older ones, who :nay be using as much as they

want to. Su:-p:-isingly, girls reported almo.3t as much marijuana use

as did ':Joys. In compariso:1 with nonusers, occasional and frequent users

of tb.:? drug were not. 0;11y concentrated in the West and East and among

those 16 a:J.d 17 years of age, they were also :no,e likely to be found in

metropolitan areas and in families with abo7c average income. Occasional

and freq'lent users of marijuana were also considerably more likely to

have experimented with a n:lmber of other mood-changing drugs.

678

KANDEL, D. Adolescent marihu.ana use: Role oCparents and peers. Science 181:

1067-1070 (September, 1973)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

KANDEL, D. Inter- and intragenerational influences on adolescent marijuana use.

Journal of Social Issues 30(2): 107-135 (1974)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

KANDEL, D. Interpersonal influences on adolescent illegal drug use. Drug Use:

Epidemiological and Sociological Approaches. Edited by E. Josephson and

E.E. Carroll. New York: Hallstead Publishing Corporation, 1974.

KANDEL, D. Reaching the hard-to-reach: Illicit drug use among· high school absentees.

Addictive Diseases: . An Internatiol1al Journal (in press, 1975)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

KANDEL, D. Some comments on the relationship of selected criteria variables to

adolescent drug use. Presented at the National Institute on Drug Abuse Drug

Life-styles Conference, St. Simons Island, Georgia, January, 1975.

KORN, J. H. and GOLDSTEIN, J. W. Psychoactive drugs: A course evaluation. Journal

of Drug Education 3(4): 353-368 (Winter, 1973)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

McBRIDE, D. C., WEPPNER, R.S. and McCOY, C. B. A comparison of Spanish and nonSpanish drug users in treatment in Dade County, Florida. The Spanish Drug User:

Issues and Perspectives (in press)

McRAE, D. J. Development of a patient topology. Research on Patients,

Treatments, and Outcomes. Edited by S. B. Sells. Studies of the

Effectiveness of Treatments for Drug Abuse, Vol. 2. Cambridge,

Massachusetts: Ballinger, 1974.

MANHEIMER, D. I. and MELLINGER, G. D. Marijuana use among urban adults. Science

166: 1544-1545 (December, 1969)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

MECHANECK, R., FELDSTEIN, S., DAHLBERG, C. C. and JAFFE, J. Experimental

investigation of LSD as a psychotherapeutic adjunct. Comprehensive Psychiatry

9( 5): 490-498 (September, 1968)

679

MELLINGER, G. D. The psychotherapeutic drug scene in San Francisco. Drug Abuse:

Data and Debate. Edited by P. H. Blachly. Springfield, Illinois: Charles

C. Thomas, 1970. Pp. 226-240.

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

MELLINGER, G. D., BALTER, M. B. and MANHElMER, D. I. Patterns of psychotherapeutic

drug use among adults in San Francisco. Archives of General Psychiatry 25:

383-394 (November, 1971)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

MIRIN, S. M., SW\PIRO, D. M., MEYER, R. E., PILLARD, R. C. and FISHER, S. Casual

versus heavy use of marijuana: A redefinition of the marijuana problem.

American Journal of Psychiatry 127: 1134-1140 (March, 1971)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

PARRY, H. J., BALTER, M. B. and CISIN, I. H. Primary levels of under-['eporting

psychotropic drug use. Public Opinion Quarterly 34: 582-592 (Winter, 1970-1971)

The present article reports on a methodological problem: The extent to

which use of psychotropes is under-repo['t.ed by various population'subgrQups and

under various techniques of questioning. Comparative findings for antibiotic use

are also reported.

PARRY, H. J., BALTER, M. B., MELLINGER, G. D., CISIN, I. H. and MANHEIMER, D. I.

National patterns of psychotherapeutic drug use. Archives of General Psychiatry

28: 769 (June, 1973)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

PEARLMAN, S., PHILIP, A. F., ROBBINS, L., ROBBINS, E. S., ROBINSON, E. and

SCHMITTER, B. The college drug scene: Adventures in epidemiological research.

Presented in the Symposium: Students and Drugs, 55th Annual Convention of the

American Educational Research Association, New York City, New York, February 7,

1971.

PEARLMAN, S., PHILIP, A. F., ROBBINS, L. C., ROBBINS, E. S., ROBINSON, E.E. and

SCHMITTER, B. Religious affiliations and patterns of drug usage in an urban

university population. Proceedings of the First International Conference on Student

Drug Surveys, September 12-15, 1972, Newark, N.J. Edited by S. Einstein and

S. Allen. Farmingdale, New York: Baywood Publishing Company, 1972. Pp. 139-186. ~. r"

680

PEARLMAN, S., ROBBINS, E., ROBINSON, E':, ROBBINS, L., PHILIP, A. and

SCHMITTER, B. Myths and realities of the college drug scene: Adventures in

epidemiology. Management of Adolescent Drug Misuse: Clinical, Psychological

and Legal Perspectives. Edited by J. R. Gamage. Madison, Wisconsin: STASH

Press, 1973. Pp. 1-13.

PILLARD, R. C. Marijuana is not a public health menance: It is time to relax our social policy

Controversy in Internal Medic-ine II. Edited by F. J. Ingelfinger, M. Finland, A. ReIman

and R. Elbert. Philadelphia, Pennsynvania: W. B. Saunders and Company, 1974.

PILLARD, R. C. Medical progress. Marihuana. New England Journal of Medicine 283:

294"-303 (August, 1970)

RICHMAN, A. Peak year of onset of heroin use: Epidemiologic fact or mystic statistic.

Presented aUhe First National Drug 'Abuse Conference, Chicago, nliriois~

March 30-Ap:-il 2, 1974.

The "peak year" of onset of heroin use among admissions is a misleading

index; it does not demonstrate changes in the incidence of narcotic dependency in

the community. Rather, as the distribution of intervals between onset and admission, it demonstrates the effects of threshold affecting factors - the balance

between need for treatment and admission. The threshold for admission is affected

by a large number of factors' in addition to incidence in the community. "Peaks" in

the distribution of year of onset of heroin use of time do not (and cannot) show that

there were peak years of onset in the community. The "peaks" of onset years among

admissions have been shown to be produced, not by epidemic outbreaks, but by the

summation of data from diverse sources.

The major, rapid decrease in first admissions to the Narcotic Treatment

Agency in 1972, which also occurred for readmissions, and which was more marked

with voluntary admissions than criminal justice admissions, represents changes in

the utilization of treatment or attitudes toward admission in the District of Columbia.

Such differences in the utilization of services are evident in the Haight Ashbury Free

Medical Clinic where Newmeyer has described marked changes in characteristics

of patients. Admissions whose addiction began in 1969 or later were, in comp3.rison

to patients with earlier onsets, more likely to be white, female, to have had widespread .use of other substances before their heroin addiction and to have b2come

addicted at a later age. These changes represent the kinds of patients being admitted

from the community whose drug abuse requires some form of clinical or social intervention provided by the clinic, rather than changes in incidence.

We do not yet have methods for monitoring changes in the extent of narcotic

dep'2ndency in the community and, as yet, correlation of data from diverse sources

cannot substitute for direct surveys of incidence and prevalence. Epidemiologic

research has no adequate substitute for valid data or reliable methods. Estimates

of incidence of narcotic addiction which are based on faulty assumptions, understated

. premises, unsubstantiated multipliers or erroneous interpretations of statistical or

epidemiologic data are useless.

8S1

R!CH:MAN. A. and RICH:MAN. V. V~ Epidemiologic assessment of changes in the onset of

narcotic addiction. Committee on Problems of Drug Dependence. Washington.

D. C.: National Academy of Sciences. National Research C.ouncil. 1974. Pp. 669-69C

We have assessed the evidence for claims of decreased incidence of

narcotic dependency in the community. The existing evidence does not yet

support such claims of decreased incidence.

This paper has demonstrated the hazards of assessing "peak" years of

onset from percentage distributions; identified the type of statistical distribution

followed by ascertainment intervals; emphasized that incidence cannot be. assessed

from admission data alone; and described the range of social. biological and intrapsychic variables involved in'the complex process leading up ~o entry into treatment.

Delays in entering treatment are discussed in terms of street alternatives

to treatment of narcotic dependency; the role of. compulsion and multiple substance

use.

Additional epidemiologic research is required to assess trends in prevalence. incidence. duration, distribution and outcome of narcotic abuse.

'..

RICH:MAN, A. and RICH:MAN, V. V. National estimates of the prevalence of narcotic

addiction. Presented at the First National Drug Abuse Conference, Chicago,

Illinois, March 30-April 2, 1974.

There is no substitute for v~lid data or reliable methods in epidemiologic

research. Estimates of the prevalence of narcotic addiction which are based on

faulty assumptions, unstated premises, or unsubstantiated multipliers are useless.

The natural history of narcotic addiction, the validity of source data, and the highly

specific demographic and spatial distributions of narcotic addiction must be considered in assessing prevalence.

A log normal distribution has been identified for the prevalence of narcotic

addiction in sub-regions of New York City and Baltimore. This log normal distribution is of major importance for analyzing the dynamics of spatial spread of

diffusion. .

In addition to ::onsidering trends in incidence, changes in the geometric

dispersion of the distribution of prevalence by place would reflect the state of

growth or spread of epidemic disorders.

682""

RICHTER, R. W. and BADEN, M. M. Neurological c'omplications of heroin a.ddiction.

Transactions of the American Neurological Assocation 94: 330-332 (1969)

The epidemiology of heroin addiction in Harlem, New York City, is

discussed. Harlem Hospital serves the central Harlem area, which has a

population of more than 300,000. Many complications of heroin addiction are

treated there. Neurological syndromes observed there and discussed in this

article include: acute transverse myelitis of thoracic segments; peripheral

nerve lesions; polyneuritis; acute and chronic brain disorders, including fulminating infections; and tetanus. Brain findings at autopsy are summarized.

ROBBINS, L., ROBBINS, E., PEARLlVIAN, S., PHILIP, A., ROBINSON, E. and

SCHMITTER, B. College students' opinions of various aspects of drug use:

A comparison of users and nonusers. Proceedings of the 78th Annual Convention

of the American Psychiatric Association, 1970.

ROBBINS, L., ROBBINS, E., PEARLMAN,. ~., PHILIP, A., ROBINSON, E. and

SCHlVrITTER, B. College students" perceptions o{theirparents' altitudes' and

practices toward drug use. Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education 18(2): 6-12

(Winter, 1973)

Students at twenty colleges in the New Yo.:-k area were asked about their

parents' attitudes and practices regarding drug use. Reported parental use and

willingness to tolerate experimentation with drugs were more likely to be perceived as parental characteristics by students using marijuana or other illicit

drugs than by students who never used illicit drugs or who stopped using them.

The present data suggest that parental practices and attitudes playa major role

in the decision of many student to become involved with drugs, as well as their

selection of substances.

ROBINS, L. N. A follow-up study of Vietnam '{eterans' drug use. Journal of Drug Issues

4(1): 61-63 (Winter, 1974)

The results of this study indicate that dependence on narcotics is not so

permanent as we had once believed, at least among young healthy men whose

perio:! of addiction was less than one year. Not only did many of the addicted stop

their drug use without any sp.ecial treatment at the time they left Vietnam but many

of those who continued use have not been readdicted. Although addiction to heroin

has not been nearly so common as one might have anticipated on the basis of the

high rates of addiction in Vietnam, there has been enough shift to other drugs,

particularly by those who were addicted to narcotics, to be of concern. We hope

to re-study these men when they have been back from Vietnam for three years to

learn their long-term prognosis and drug use patterns.

683

ROBINS, L. N. Getting epidemiological data for' policy planning: Explanations for design

decisions in the Vietnam follow-up. Proceedings of the CENTO Seminar on The

Epi.demiology of Non-Medical Drug Use, Izmir, Turkey, October, 1974 (in press)

ROBINS, L. N. The Vietnam Drug User Returns. Final report submitted to the Special

Action Office for Drug Abuse Prevention. Special Action Office Monograph,

Series A, Number 2, May, 1974. Washington, D. C.: U.S. Government Printing

Officer, 1974.

ROBINS, L. N., DAVIS, D. H. and GOODWIN, D. W. Drug use by U. S. army enlisted men

in Vietnam: A (ollow-up on their return home. American Journal of Epidemiology

99(4): 235-249 (1974)

Between May and September 1972, ,943 men who had returned to the United

States from Vietnam in September 1971 as Army enlisted men were sought for interview and collection of urine specimens. Of these men, 470 represented the general

population of Army enlisted, mell re,tu.rning at that time; 495 represented those whose

uriries had been positive for opiates' at time of departure' from Vietnam~' l\t interview 8-12 months after their return, 83% were civilians and 17% still in service. Nine

hundred were personally interviewed and urine specimens collected for 876. Almost

half of the "general" sample tried heroin or opium while in Vletnam and one-fifth

developed physical or psychological dependence. In the 8- to 12-month period since

their return, about 10% had some experience with opiates. but less than 1% had shown

signs of opiate dependence. In the "drug positive" sample. three-quarters felt they

had been addicted to narcotics in Vietnam. After return, one-third had some experience with opi.ates, but only 7% showed signs of dependence. Rather than giving

up drugs altogether, many had shifted from heroin to amphetamines or barbiturates.

Nevertheless, almost none expressed a desire for treatment. Pre-service use of

drugs and extent of use in Vietnam were the strongest predictors of continued use

after Vietnam. The results indicate that, contrary to conventional belief, the occasional use of narcotics without becoming addicted appears possible even for men who

have previously been dependent on narcotics.

ROBINS, L. N., DAVIS, D. H. and NURCO, D. N. How permanent was Vietnam drug addiction?

American Journal of Public Health 64(Supplement): 38-43 (December, 1974)

In 1971, drug use by U. S. servicemen in Vietnam had, by'all estimates,

reached epidemic proportions. A follow-up study of returning Army enlisted men

was carried out in order to facilitate planning of programs for these soldiers and

to gain insight cO.:1cerning the natural history of drug use and abuse when drugs are

readily available to young men from all types of social backgrounds. Findings on

the permanence of Vietnam drug addiction are presented.

684

ROSENBERG, J. S., KASL. S. V. and BERBERIAN. R. M. Sex differences in adolescent

drug use: Recent trends. Addictive Diseases: An International Journal 1(10):

73-96 (1974)

Sex differences in preferred illicit drugs and trends in use over time were

identified for large samples of junior and senior high school students. Current use

and lifetime prevalence were anonymously reported by 2 comparable samples one

year apart. Between survey years the number of females who "ever used" a drug

increased significantly for 9 out of 11 drug categories while the number of males

increased in only 3 categories.

SELLS. S. B. Research on Evaluation of Treatments for Drug Abuse Based on the NIMH-TCU

Drug Abuse Reporting Program. Fort Worth, Texas: Texas Christian Bniversity,

Institute of Behavioral Research. 1973.

SHICK. J. F., SMITH. D. E. and lVIEYERS, F. H. Patterns of drug use in the HaightAshbury neighborhood. Clinical Toxicology 3: 19-56 (1970)

SHICK, J.F., SMITH. D.E. and lVIEYERS. F.H. The use of amphetamines in the HaightAshbury subculture. Journal of Psychedelic Drugs 2: 63-76 (1969)

SHICK, F., SMITH, D.E. and lVIEYERS, F. H. Use of marijuana in the Haight-Ashbury

subculture. Journal of Psychedelic Drugs 1: 49-66 (Fall. 1968)

SILVERMAN, I. On the methodology of student drug use surveys: From an epidemiologic

to a cybernetic model. Proceedings of the First International Conference on

Student Drug Surveys. September 12-15. 1971. Newark. New Jersey. Edited by

S. Einstein and S. Allen. Farmingdale. New York: Baywood Publishing Company.

1972. Pp. 195-198.

SIMPSON. D. D. Use of alcohol by DARP patients in treatment for drug abuse:

1969-1971 admissions. Research on Patients. Treatments. and Outcomes.

Edited by S. B. Sells. Studies of the Effectiveness of Treatments for

DrugA;)use. Vol. 2. Cambridge. Massachusetts: Ballinger. 1974.

SIMPSON. D. D. and SELLS, S. B. Patterns of multiple drug abuse: 1969-1971.

International JO'lrnal of the Addictions 9(2): 301-314 (1974)

For abstract, see Section I. Methodology of Drug Research.

SINGLE, E., KANDEL. D. and FAUST. R. Patterns of multiple drug use in high school.

Journal of Health and Social Behavior 'Hti press)

For abstract. see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

SOMERS, R. H•• MANHEIMER. D. I•• KLEMAN. M. T. and MELLINGER. G. D. Earning

the cooperation of students in surveys on sensitive topics. Social Science Methods:

A New Introduction, Vol. 1. Edited by R. B. Smith. New York: The Free PressMacmillan (in press)

Over 90 per cent of two large probability samples of male students at the

University pf California (Berkeley) were successfully interviewed during 1970-71.

Much personal information was sought in interviews lasting a minimum of 1-1/2

hours and in many cases continuing-for 2-1/2 hours or more. Areas of questioning

included personal experience in the especially sensitive areas of political dissent

and the use of drugs. Since the interviews were conducted at a time when gaining

the cooperation of respondents for studies of this ,nattire was very difficult. we

believe it useful to dis,cuss the procedures we followed that apparently helped us

to ?btain such a high level of cooperation.

Southern Regional Education Board. Why Evaluate/Drug Education? Task Force Report.

Atlanta. Georgia: Southern Regional Education Board. 1974.

SPIEGEL, D. K. DARP population description - a description of certain

characteristics of the patients admitted to the joint NIMH-TCU Drug

Abuse Reporting Program from June 1969 through November 1971.

Research on Patients, Treatments. and Outcomes. Edited by S. B. Sells.

Studies of the Effectiveness of Treatments for Drug Abuse. Vol. 2.

Cambridge. Massachusetts: Ballinger. 1974.

STEFFENHAGEN. R. A. Motivation for drug and alcohol use: A social perspective. Paper

for the Symposium Concerning Research on Methods and Programs of Drug Education. Toronto, Ontario. Canada. October 22-25. 1973.

STEFFENHAGEN. R.A •• McAREE. C. P. and NIXON. H. L•• II. Drug use among college

females: Socio-demographic and social psychological correlates. International

.Journal of the Addictions 7(2): 285-303 (1972)

The purpose of this study was to determine whether socio-demographic

and social psychological variables are related to college female drug use. A

questionnaire was administered to 38 female drug users and 93 female nonusers.

All the participants in this study were undergraduates at the University of Vermont.

Of the 37 socio-demographic and social psychological variables tested by the chi

square technique, statistically significant differences between drug users and nonusers at the 0.01 level were found for 10 of the variables. Drug users and nonusers

were differentiated according to attitudes toward legalization of marijuana use and

marijuana use as an enhancer of creativity; present religious affiliation; similarity

of own religious affiliation and that of each parent; extent and nature of religious

interest; initiation into alcohol use; previous use of cigarettes; frequency of current

cigarette smoking; and initiation into cigarette smoking.

STEFFENHAGEN. R.A•• McAREE. C. P. and PERSING. B. F. Socio-demographic

variables associated with drug use at a New England college. International

Joumal of Social Psychiatry 17(4): 277-286 (Winter. 1971)

Of 37 variables checked for differences between the experimentals and

controls. only 17 were significant at the . 01 confidence level. Of the 17. 10

reflected socio-economic characteristics. On the basis of a Chi Square analysis

it would appear that drug use is closely associated with S.E.S. factors. However.

when the principal component analysis was applied to the data no apparent set of

socio-demographic factors from our questionnaire is associated with illicit drug

use. In conclusion; the analysis of our data suggests that extensive questionnaires

dealing with socio-demographic variables are unproductive in explaining drug use.

STEFFENHAGEN. R.A •• McAREE. C. P. and ZHEUTLIN. L. S. Social and academic factors

associated with drug use on the University of Vermont campus. International Journal

of Social Psychiatry 15: 92 (196.9)

STEFFENHAGEN, R. A., McAREE, C. P. and ZHEUTLIN, L. S. Some social factors in

college drug usage. International Journal of Social Psychiatry 15: 97 (1969)

A study of drug use among students at the University of Vermont was conducted during the school year 1967-1968. A questionnaire of both demographic and

social data was administered to a group of admitted drug users along with a MMPI.

The data in this article is restricted to a study of the demographic data. The experimental group was analyzed in an attempt to discern what factors might be associated with drug use. The following factors were significant:

1. A larger percentage of the admitted drug users were fraternity members

than the general University population.

2. Family cohesion was significant, with only the Jewish group being high

on cohesion.

3. Religion was also important in relationship to in-state and out-of-state.

The Jewish were basically out-of-state while the Protestants and Catholics were

in-state.

4. Religiosity and getting high the first time were related. Students who

have strong religious conviction are less prone to get high the first time.

5. The variable of smoking alone is dependent upon the frequency of

marijuana use.

6. The use of other hallucinogens (other than marijuana) is related to

frequency of use.

7. Degree of social participa tion with drug users is related to frequency

of marijuana smoking.

8. The use of other drugs is related to the frequency of marijuana smoking.

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. MDA. STASH Capsules 5(1)

(February, 1973)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. PMA. STASH Capsules 5(5}

(October, 1973)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. STASH fact sheet on psilocybin.

Grassroots (A ugust, 1972 supplement)

Student Asso~iation for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. STASH notes: A mini-review of

the 1973 marijuana literature, Part I. STASH Capsules 6(2} (March-April, 1974)

Student Asso~iation for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. STASH notes: A mini-review of

the 1973 marijuana literature, Part II. STASH Capsules 6(3) (May-June, 1974)

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. STASH notes: Phenyclidine (PCP).

STASH Capsules 5(2) (April, 1973)

688

Student Association for the Study of Hallucinogens, Inc. STASH notes: Women and drugs.

STASH Capsules 6(4) (August, 1974)

TART, C. T. On Being Stoned: A Psychological Study of Marijuana Intoxication. Palo Alto,

California: Science and Behavior Books, 1971.

TAYLOR, W. J., CHAMBERS, C. D. and DEMEO, R. Cocaine abuse among methadone

maintenance patients~ Drug Abuse: Current Concepts and Research. Edited by

W. Keup. Springfield, illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1972. Pp. 313-327.

For abstract, see Section VII. Treatment-Related Research.

UNGERLEIDER, J. T., COHEN, Sr, FORT. J'-. DITMAN, K.S. and FISHER. D.O. The

prospects of LSD. The Problems and Prospects ofLSD.. Edited by J.JJnge.rleider.

Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas. 1968. pp. 80-91.

Five authors present their opinions on the prospects.of lysergic acid

diethylamide (LSD). Areas of discussion include: reactions among the professional

and physi.cian communities; types of users of LSD the future of LSD research; and

possible beneficial effects of LSD.

The University of the State of New York. New York State Drug Administrators' Survey and

Conference Report. Albany, New York: The University of the State of New York,

1971.

WATKINS, T. D. and CHAMBERS, C. D. Oxymorphone abuse among narcotic addicts. Drug

Abuse: Current Concepts and Research. Edited by W. Keup. Springfield, Illinois

Charles C. Thomas, 1972. Pp. 307-312.

Numorphan (oxymorphone), one of the newer semisynthetic narcotic

analgesics, is currently being abused on a rather widespread scale, both as a

preference drug and as a drug supplement to o~her narcotic habits. Although the

prevalence of numorphan abuse was found to vary from a low of 2.9 percent to a

high of 20.1 percent among various addict populations, it is primarily an abused

drug among the white addicts, with their more ready access to legitimate drugs

from physicians and pharmacists.

WECHSLER, H. and THUM, D. Drug use among teenagers: Patterns of present and anticipated use. International Journal of the Addictions 8(6): 909-920 (1973)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

WECHSLER, H. and THUM, D. The social context of drug abuse. New York Law Journal,

Special Edition gn Drugs (December 6, 1971)

689

WECHSLER, H. and THUM, D. Teen-age drinking, _drug use, and social correlates.

Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol 34(4): 1220-1227 (December, 1973)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

WELLISCH, D. and HAYS, J. R. A cross-cultural study of the prevalence and correlates

of student drug use in the United States and Mexico. Bulletin on Narcotics 26(1):

31-42 (January-March, 1974)

Many of the co-variates of drug use found in Houston are evident in the

data generated in Monterrey. The prevalence for most drug use is lower in

Monterrey, however. Future comparative studies need to be conducted to find

how patterns of behaviour follow and develop from culture to culture. If effective

prevention and education programmes ar.e developed they could be applied in areas

where drug use has not yet become pandemic.

WINBURN, G. M. and HAYS,J. R. Dropouts: A study of drug use. Journal of Drug

Education 4(2): 249-254 (Summer,'-f974)

For abstract, see Section VI. Drug Use/Abuse Prevention.

690

[P@[pfiWlJD@U'roDfW.

;ill@Dro~@(fl-

ABOOD, L.G. and HOSS, W. Kinetics of Ca2

+ adsorption and cationic selectivity with a synaptic

membrane, protein. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 332: 85-96 (1974)

A study was conducted on the adsorption of 45Ca2+ to a surface film of a

hydrophobic protein derived from synaptic membranes isolated from bovine cerebellum.

A kinetic analysis 'of Ca2+ displacement from the protein by various metal and organic

cations could be described by a rate law, bf'lsed on diffusion and displacement. The

relative rate constants for the displacement of bound Ca2 + we're in the order'Li+ less

than Na+, Rb+ less than Cs+ less than K+, NH4+. Among the alkaline earth series the

sequence was Mg2+, Sr2+ less than Ba2+. Ca 2+ adsorption could be described by a

theoretical formulation which takes into account an interfacial energy and potential

barrier as well as the diffusional process. An attempt was made to consider the effect

of energy of hydration of the cations, surface charge, and the chemical environment

at the interface on catonic selectivity. The behavior of the cations in this system significantly resemble their behavior in natural membranes, particularly excitatory ones.

The structural and physicochemical environment of the protein at the interface is discussed in relation to Ca2+ binding and cationic selectivity.

ABRAMS. R., VOLAVKA. J.• ROUBICEK, J., DORNBUSH. R. and FINK. M. Lateralized

EEG changes after unilateral and bilateral electro-convulsive therapy. Diseases of

the Nervous System 31(11 Supplement): 28-33 (1970)

BABBINI, M. and DAVIS, W. M. Active avoidance learning in hamsters. Psychonomic Sciences

9(3): 149-150 (1967)

Hamsters were found to be very inefficient in acquiring a one-way locomotor

avoidance response compared to albino rats, whereas an earlier report showed them to

be much more proficient than rats in learning a lever-press avoidance response. Even

fewer avoidances were made by hamsters when a visual rather than auditory CS was

used. The deficiency in co.mparison to rats could not involve a general learning deficit

since the hamsters showed much improvement in escape latencies. The results emphasize

the importance of the required avoidance behavior in determining the relative learning

proficiencies of different species.

691

BAKER. W. W. and KRATKY, M. Stabilizing influence of cholinergic rathways on chemically

induced hyperactive states in the hippocampus. Federation Proceedings (in press)

BAKER. W. W. and ZIVANOVIC, D. Analysis of tremorgenic effects of intracaudate

serotonin. Proceedings of the Societ:-· for Experimental Biology and Medicine

143: 1088 (1973)

In chronic cats, 5-HT injected into the caudate elicited tremors which

were ascribed to a local excitatory effect. The 5-HT tremors developed

rapidly, were of short duration and exhibited no tachyphylaxis. Tremor responses

were readily antagonized by methysergide, reversibly suppressed by DA and

prolonged by pargyline without a corresponding increase in amplitude. Development and maintenance of 5-HT tremor activity is substantially independent

of cholinergic intervention. Based on its intracaudate profile of action and its

ability to modify the neuroregulatory actions of local neurotransmitters.

cACh, DA), 5.- HT has been assigned a modulator role in the caudate.

BANER.IEE. S. P., SNYDER. S. H., CUATRECASAS, P. and GREENE, L. A. Binding

:;;. n.erve growth factor ~eceptor in sympathetic ganglia. Proceedings.oLthe

01atlonal Academy of SCIences 70(9): 2519-2523 (September, 1973)

125I-Labeled nerve growth factor binds to membrane preparations

from superior cervical ganglia of rabbit in a specific fashion indicative of an

interaction with the physiological receptor. Of various tissues examined,

binding was observed only in the superior cervical ganglia, a presumed target

organ of nerve growth factor. Binding of labeled factor is displaced by nonradioactive factor but not by several other peptide hormones. Binding to ganglia of

preparations of nerve growth factor treated with N-bromosuccinimide closely

parallels their biological activity. Binding of nerve growth factor receptor is

saturable with an affinity constant of about 0.2 nM, similar to the reported

plasma levels of the factor. Nerve growth factor does not elicit insulin-like

biological effects in isolated adipocytes, and it does not modify the binding of

(125I)insulin or (125I)epidermal growth factor to fat cells or liver membranes.

f~L;\];H. \V.T., BEECHER, H.K., BERENS, J., RENNER, J., WINKELMAN, A.C.

and IL;RRIS, T. When relief of pain is the challenge. Patient Care 6(3):

22-;;:~ (F'ebruary, 1972)

Very often the type of pain a patient complains about can be handled by

sedatives rather than by narcotics. For short. term pain of moderate intensity,

aspirin, per os, is a most valuable tool. ('are lliust be taken to be aware of

complication such as, gi bleeding, altered coagulation and hypersensitivity,

however. When aspirin is contraindicated ~l(·da.minophen is the drug or choice.

Whe!1 more analgesic effect is needed. a c01;n;ination of darvon or codeine and

aspirin offers greater pain relief. :Ylorphinc i,..; usually the narcotic of choice,

but other potent analgesics such as pentazocine are acceptable when sensitivity

is present. Preoperatively, a narcotic is not indicated unless the patient is in

pain. If so give morphine; other>\ise, tranquilizers or sedatives. Postoperatively, morphine im is indicated. In the case of terminal patients as little

medication as possible should be used at first. llspirin, alone, should now be

the primary medication. Later, when the maximum narcotic dose is ineffective,

a combination sedative narcotic will be useful. To cope with tolerance the drugs

should be given P. R. N. and the patient should be convinced to settle for less

than complete relief. When medical analgesia can no longer help, surgery may

be considered; but before taking any steps, all risks should be carefully studied

and weighed.

'692

BENNETT, J. P., JR., LOGAN,W.J. and SNYDER, S. H. Amino acids as central

nervous transmitters: The influence of ions, amino acid analogues, and

ontogeny on transport systems for L-glutamic and L-aspartic acids and glycine

into central nervous synaptosomes of the rat. Journal of Neurochemistry 21:

1533-1550 (1973)

The accumulation by synaptosomal fractions from rat central nervous

system tissue of transmitter candidate amino acids and non-candidate amino

acids was studied with respect to ionic requirements, metabolic inhibitors,

structural analogues, and ontogeny. For L-glutamic and L-aspartic acids in

cortex and spinal cord and glycine in spinal cord a stringent sodium requirement

for high affinity uptake was demonstrated. Detailed kinetic analysis of the sodium

requirement for glutamic acid uptake into cortical synaptosomal fractions suggests that: (1) sodium ion acts both competitively and non-competitively in determining the velocity of high affinity uptake; (2) in the absence of sodium ion only

the low affinity uptake can be demonstrated; and (3) inhibition of the Na-K-ATPase

enzyme system with ouabain reduces the velocity of uptake to 60% of control

values in contrast to alanine whose synaptosomal uptake is less dependent on

this enzyme system. No~ potent inhibitors of L"'glutamic acid accumulation were

found among several structural analogues or derivatives. The kinetic analysis

for glycine accumulation was more complex and suggested allosteric interactions

between glycine and sodium ion. Developmental studies revealed GABA and

L-glutamic acid to have absolute sodium requirements for cortical synaptosomal

accumulation from the 16th gestational day through adulthood, with glycine accumulation showing a decreasing sodium requirement as maturation proceeded

over this period. The combined evidence suggests that sodium requirement for

high affinity uptake is a characteristic of neuroactive substances and may be

used as a screening tool to search for other neurotransmitter candidates.

BENNETT, J. P., JR., LCX:;AN, W. J. and SNYDER, S. H. Amino acid neurotransmitter candidates: Sodium-dependent high-affinity uptake by unique synaptosomal fractions. Science 178: 997-999 (December, 1972)

Glutamic and aspartic acids and glycine are accumulated by highaffinity uptake systems into synaptosomal preparations in central nervous

tissue. Sodium is required by these high-affinity transports, but not by the

low-affinity transports for these and other amino acids. The sodium-requiring

amino acid uptake systems label unique synaptosomal fractions. Observations

suggest that these amino acids serve specific synaptic functions, presumably

as neurotransmitters.

BENSON, H., HERD, J. A., MORSE, W. H. and KELLEHER, R. T. Behaviorally induced

hypertension in the squirrel monkey. Circulation Research 27(Supplement 1):

1-21 -1-26 (July, 1970)

Increased mean arterial blood pressure may occur during behavioral

experiments in the unanesthetized monkey. Operant conditioning schedules

that exert strong control over a monkey's key-pressing behavior can also induce marked, persistent elevations in systemic mean arterial blood pressure.

The present report confirms and extends the previous studies. It describes increased mean arterial blood pressure occurring during behavioral experiments

in five unanesthetized squirrel monkeys. Each monkey had been trained to press

a key (respond) under a fixed-ratio schedule of termination of a stimulus associated with noxious stimuli and had developed marked, persistent elevations of

693

Benson, H., Herd, J. A., Morse, W. H. and Kelleher, R. T. continued.

mean arterial blood pressure._.In one monkey that dled, there were petechial

hemorrhages of the renal cortex and focally proliferative, obliterative renal

arterial changes.

BILLINGS, D. K. and FERRARO, D. P. Integration of a Hewlett-Packard mini-computer

with digital-logic controlled hehaviora~ laboratories. Behavior Research Methods

and Instrumentation 6(1): 43-45 (1974)

A Hewlett-Packard on-line minicomputer controller for a new primate

laboratory was integrated with existing equipment in digital-logic controlled rat

and pigeon laboratories so as to maximize the utility of the separate systems.

BYRD, L. D. Responding in the cat maintained under response-independent electric shock

and response-produced electric shock. Journal of the Experimental Analysis

of Behavior 12: 1-10 (January, 1969)

Key-pressing responses in the cat were maintained under conditions in

which brief electric shock was first postponed by responses (avoidance), then

periodically presented independe~Uy of responses, and finally produced by responses on a fixed-interval schedule of 15 min (FI 15-min). A steady"rate of

responding occurred under shock avoidance and under response-independent

shock; positively accelerated responding was engendered by the FI15-min

schedule. A second experiment studied responding under second-order

schedules composed of three FI 5-min components. Responding was suppressed when a stimulus was presented briefly at completion of each FI 5-min

component and a shock followed the brief stimulus at completion of the third

component. Responding was maintained when each of the first two components

was completed either with or without presentation of a brief stimulus and a

shock alone was presented at completion of the third"FI 5-min component"

BYRD, L. D. Responding in the squirrel monkey under second-order schedules of shock

delivery. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 18: 155-168 (1972) I

Lever-pressing t'esponses were maintained in the sqUirrel monkey when

the only consequence of responding was the delivery of a response-produced electric shock, or alternatively, a brief visual stimulus that was occasionally followed

by an electric shock. When shock was produced by the first response occurring

after 8 min (8-min fixed interval schedule), a period of no responding at the beginning of the interval was followed by a gradual increase in response rate during

the interval. Similar rates and patterns of responding were maintained when a

I-sec visual stimulus was produced by the first response occurring after 8 min

and shock delivery fonowed the briefstimulus. Subsequently, patterns of positively

accelerated responding were engendered during individual fixed-interval components when the first response occurring after 4 min produced a I-sec visual

stimulus and shock delivery followed the second, and later the fourth, presentation of the I-sec stimulus. When the duration of the brief stimulus was varied

over a 100-fold range from 0.1 to 10.0 sec (1) mean response rates decreased

monotonically as stimulus duration increased, and (2) patterns of positively accelerated responding were least variable and response rates during the initial

part of each 4-min interval were lowest at a stimulus duration of 1 sec.

694

CARDER, B. and BECKMAN. G. C. Limitations of "container neophobia" as an

explanation of rats' responding for food in the presence of free food.

Behavioral Biology (in press)

The hypothesis that responding for food in the presence of free food

results from "container neophobia" was discussed. An alternative explanation

of the data cited in support of this hypothesis was presented: that habits

established during training largely determine the performance of Ss tested for

responding in the presence of free food. A study in which container neophobia

was not confounded with habits established in training was described. Rats

pre-exposed to the free food container before being tested for responding in

the presence of free food performed no differently from rats which did not receive

this pre-exposure. Thus the data failed to confirm the hypothesis that container

neophobia is the principal determinant of responding in this situation.

CHAMBERS, C.D. Conflict and cooperation between data-seeking and data-providing

organizations. Proceedings of the. Fourth Nationa,l. Conference on Methadone

Treatment.. New York: NAPAN. 1972. P .. 323. ,

The conflicts which exist between organizations whi.ch seek data and those

who are called upon to provide it in the field of addiction and treatment were discussed. It is believed that the major conflicts between these two organizations

involve differences in values placed upon the data and a natural concern for the

ultimate uses of the data. It is suggested that administrative needs be separated

from research needs to increase the level of cooperation between organizations.

Those providing data should be told how the data is to be used. Those seeking

data should design and standardize administrative instruments to collect only

the minimal data required to meet administrative needs. and to monitor the items

for possible reduction constanUy. They should also take time to design a meaningful research project, and to make an effort to be honest and fair with the data

providers. It is suggested that organizations be purged of incompetents and those

not committed to the highest levels of professionalism.

CHAMPLIN. F.B., COTTER, C.F., MOSKOWITZ, M.'D., ROSSMAN, M., SHEPPARD,

C. and MERLIS, S. A comparison of chlormezanone, meprobamate and placebo.

Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics 9(1): 11-15 (I968)

A double-blind, comparative survey was conducted on a combined

sample of inpatients and outpatients presenting moderate degrees of anxiety,

depression, somatic concern, and tension. Patients were randomly assigned

to therapy. Twenty-one patients received chlormezanone averaging 500 mg.

(200 to 800 mg.) daily, for a maximum of 6 weeks. Twenty-one patients were

treated with an average of 500 mg. of meprobamate (400 to 600 mg.) daily.

Twenty-four patients were treated with an average of 3 placebo capsules (2 to

8) daily. for a maximum of 6 weeks. Ratings were conducted prior to and 2

weeks following medication, 6 weeks after the start of medication, and 2 weeks

after medication stopped. Based upon the dual criteria of symptom reduction

and frequency and intensity of untoward reactions, meprobamate was the more

effective drug in this study.

695

CHAPEL, J. L. and TAYLOR, D. W. Glue sniffing. 'Missouri Medicine 65(4): 288-296

(April, 1968)

For abstract, see Section VIII. Psychosocial Studies.

CHIPPENDALE, T.J., COTMAN, C.W., KOZAR, M.D. and LYNCH, G.S. Analysis

of acetylcholinesterase synthesis and transport in the rat hippocampus: Recovery

of acetylcholinesterase activity in the septum and hippocampus after administration of diisopropylfluorophosphate. Brain Research 81: 485-496 (1974)

The site and rate ,of synthesis, as well as the transport dynamics of

newly synthesized acetylcholinesterase (AChE) has been studied in the septum

and hippocampus of the rat. Histochemical and biochemical techniques were

,employed to study ti.me-dependent changes in AChE activity of the medial septal

nucleus and hippocampus following systemic administration of the anticholinesterase diisopropylfluorophosphate. In both septum and hippocampus, an initially

rapid phase of recovery was followed by a slower recovery with similar rate

constants for the two regions. Analysis of AChE synthesis in the septa-hippocampal system revealed that recovery of activity in the septum (U for recovery z =140 h) preceded that in the hippocampus (tt for recovery =400 h). The data

suggested that the bulk of septal AChE in the hippocampus is, transported via the

slow component ofaxoplasmic flow (about 2 mm/day). A fast component may

exist, but the experimental arrangement did not permit the clear demonstration

of any rapid axoplasmic flow.

CHOULIS. N. H. a!ld PAPADOPOULOS, H. Slowly eroding tablets containing quinine

sulfate. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (in press)

COHEN, S., DITMAN, K.S. and HAYMAN, M., editors. Household HallUcinogens.

Compton, California: Vista Hill Psychiatric Foundation, 1972•

. Common household items which may cause accidental or intentional intoxication are reviewed. These are: nutmeg. mace. commercial solvents, aerosols, anesthetics, cough syrups. nasal inhalers and sprays, antihistamines,

anticholinergics, certain garden plan~s, and items containing alcohol.

CORBY, J. C. and KOPELL, B. S. The effect of predictability on evoked response enhancement in intramodal selective attention. Psychophysiology 10(4); 335-346 (1973)

We investigated the relationship between the attention enhancement of the

visual average evoked response (AER) and the SiS ability to predict the presentation of the attended stimulus. Twelve students were presented with sequences

of two distinct visual stimuli while DC EEG and electro-oculogram (EOG) were

simultaneously recorded. Stimuli were either regularly alternated (predictable)

or randomly intermixed (nonpredictable). Verbal instructions directed SIS

attention and push button response to either one or both of the two stimuli. Interstimulus interval was held constant to permit computer averaging of the AER ar'

the contingent negative variation.

Corby. J.C. and Kopell. B.S. continued

- Selective attention enhanced the late positive component of the AER

equally in the two conditions of predictability. Thus, it seems that the AER

enhancement with intramodal selective attention does not depend on the SIS

ability to predict the presentation of the attended stimulus or to differentially

arouse prior to its presentation. In the high predictability condition, the baseline EEG potential fluctuated with attention such that the AERs to the attended

stimuli were negative relative to those to the ignored stimuli.

DACHOWSKI. L. Reward size effects in the double runway. Psychonomic Science

9(3): 157-158 (1967)

Rats received one of three sizes of reward or no reward in the

first goal box of a double runway. Reward size had some effect on Runway-l

running and goal speeds. but neve;r-:rewarded S5 <:lid give acquisit!on _~_ur:v:es

for these measures and start scores. The only Runway-2 effect was a

temporary depression of start speed for Ss given the smallest reward.

Open-field pretesting did not affect speeds.

DACHOWSKI. L. and DUNLAP. W. P. Frustrative nonreward effects in acquisition

under zero hours deprivation. Psychonomic Science 14(3): 113-114 (1969)

Facilitating effects of partial reinforcement were found when six

female rat-s were given 80 trials in a runway under zero food deprivation and

with sucrose reward pellets. The three Ss trained under 50% reinforcement

were initially slower than the 100% sSs. but with continued training finally

reached higher speeds. This effect was greatest for speed measured in the

middle of the response chain. The results were discussed in terms of the

theories of Spence and Amse!.

DAVIS. J. M•• JANOWSKY. D. S. and EL-YOUSEF. J. K. The use of lithium in clinical

psychiatry. Psychiatry Annals 3(2): 78-99 (1973)

DAVIS. J.M•• JANOWSKY. D.S•• EL-YOUSEF. M.K. andSEKERKE. H.J. Provocation

of psychotic symptoms in schizophrenia by methylphenidate. Society for Neuroscience

2: 155 (1972)

DEWS, P. B. Effects of biogenic amines on operant behavior. NeuroSciences Research

Program Bulletin 5: 78-80 (1967)

DEWS. P. B. Studies on responding under fixed-interval schedules of reinforcement:

The effects on the pattern of responding to changes in requirements at reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 12:191-199 (March. 1969)

In pigeons responding under a 180 sec fixed-interval schedule of reinforcement. the frequency distribution of the duration of the final interresponse time

before the reinf?rcer was compared with the distribution of the preceding two

interre~ponse times. The results confirmed qualitatively and quantitatively the

expected preferential reinforcement of longer interreinforcement times under

fixed-interval reinforcement. Requirements at reinforcement were then changed

to eliminate the preferential reinforcement of longer interresponse times. Local

patterns and mean rate of responding could change. without the characteristic fixedinterval pattern of increasing responding through the interval (scalloping) being

much affected. It is concluded that this characteristic pattern of fixed-interval

responding does not depend crucially on the effects of the reinfo~cer'at the moment

of reinforcement. but rather to effects extending over much longer periods of time

than just the last interresponse time.

DEWS. P. B. The theory of fixed-interval responding. The Theory of Reinforcement

Schedules. Edited by W. N. Schoenfeld. New York: Appleton-Century Crofts.

1970.

DEWS. P. B. and HERD. J. A. Behavioral activities and cardiovascular functions: Effects

of hexamethonium on cardiovascular changes during strong sustained static work

in rhesus monkeys. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics

189(1): 12-23 (1974)

Rhesus monkeys have been trained to pull with a force of about 80% of

their body weight. During pulls. there was a sustained increase in mean arterial

blood pressure of about 20 mm Hg and a longer lasting increase in heart rate.

Hexamethonium i. m. caused a dose-dependent decrease in resting mean arterial

pressure to an asymptote at 40 to 50 mm Hg with doses of hexamethonium of 10

mg/kg or larger. The rise in mean arterial blood pressure during a pull was

not attenuated by hexamethonium in doses which prevented the increase in heart

rate. Neither atropine nor phentolamine after hexamethonium prevented the

pressor response to pulling. It appears. therefore. that the pressor response

does not require mediation by the autonomic nervous system. It is suggested

that the blood pressure increase during ganglionic blockade is due to mechanical

factors related to the contraction of the skeletal muscles. The large cardiovascular

effects of skeletal muscle contraction. even in a relatively motionless subject.

make the inference of direct environmental or emotional effects on cardiovascular

function hazardous.

DEWS, P. B. and WIESEL. T. N. Consequences of monocular deprivation on visual behaviour

in kittens. Journal of Physiology 206: 437-455 (1970)

698

DITMAN. K: S. The value of ~SD in psychotherapy. The Problems and Prospects of LSD.

Edlted by J. Ungerlelder. Springfield. illinois: Charles C. Thomas. 1968.

For abstract. see Section V. Adverse Effects. Toxicity and Genetic

Effects.

DOMINO. E. F. Effects of preanesthetic drugs on visually·evoked responses. Anesthesiologz

28: 184-191 (1967)

The results of this excursion into clinical and laboratory neuropharmacology

may not as yet be particularly meaningful clinically primarily due to our lack of

understanding of the nature of the VER in man. The monkey may be a useful sub-

"stitute for the study of man awake. asleep. and during anesthesia.

What is clear in both species is that during general anesthesia a great deal

of visual input is reaching the cerebral cortex. Only very deep general anesthesia

with the more potent anesthetics completely abolishes the evoked responses recorded

in the cortex. "0 " 0 _

DOMINO, E.F•• McCARTHY. D.A. and DENEAU. G.A. General anesthesia in infrahuman

primates. Federation Proceedings 28: 1500-1509 (1969)

DOMINO. E. F. and STAWISKI. M. Modification of the cat sleep cycle by hemicholinium-3. a

cholinergic antisynthesis agent. Research Communications in Chemical Pathology

and Pharmacology 2: 461-467 (July-September. 1971)

The cholinergic antisynthesis agent hemicholinium-3 (HC-3) was given into

the lateral ventricle in a dose of 50 mu-g (base) as the bromide salt to cats with

chronic indwelling brain electrodes and an intraventricular cannula. Continuous EEG

activity was monitored 0-24 hours after injection of the drug or an equimolar dose of

sodium bromide in a solution with a similar osmotic tension and pH as cerebrospinal

fluid. HC-3 reduced REM sleep for 6-12 hours after injection. After HC-3 a typical

REM was observed, characterized by decreased eye movements and EMG activity.

with irregular hippocampal theta with spikes and slow waves in the neocortical EEG.

NREM sleep was increased amIEEG wakefulness decreased. NaBr injections reduced

slightly the percent of REM sleep. but only typical REM episodes were seen. In view

of the fact that HC -3. in doses known to reduce subcortical ACh. produces such

dramatic effects. it is concluded that cholinergic mechanisms are important in the full

expression of both REM sleep and arousal.

DOWDALL, M. J. and SIMON, E. J. Comparative studies on synaptosomes from squid

optic lobes. Journal of Neurochemistry 21: 969 (1973)

The uptake of (N-Me- 3H)choline inlo synaptosomes from squid optic lobes was

studied using a Millipore filtration technique. When incubated in an artificial sea

water medium at 26 0C, but not at OOC, the synaptosomes rapidly accumUlated choline, most

of which could be recovered as unchanged free choline. The accumulated choline was .

readily released by treatment of the synaptosomes with TritonX-lOO or exposing them to

hypoosmotic conditions. The influx of choline increased with increasing concentrations of choline and could be resolved into saturable and non-saturable components. Kinetic analysis revealed the presence of two saturable components one

of high affinity (Km about 2mu-M) and one of lower affinity (Km greater than or

equal to 25 mu-M). The rate of choline uptake by these synapt030mes was considerably greater than by mammalian brain synaptosomes. Both high and low

affinity systems were Na+-requiring and inhibited by hemicholinium no. 3, levorphanol and dextrophan. NaCN, 2, 4-dinitrophenol and ouabain also inhibited

choline uptake, the high affinity system being particularly sensitive to these agents.

It is suggested that the high affinity system is specific for cholinergic terminals.

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. Perception of faces. Psychiatric Quarterly 43: 622-646

(October, 1969)

ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR., DUARTE-ESCALANTE, 0., MITCHELL, R. and HART, L.

Behavior-EEG correlation by split screen TV recording. Physiology and

Behavior 5: 625 (1970)

A split screen TV technique in which both behavior and EEG p:>lygraph

write out are simultaneously recorded is described. This technique allows for

comp3.rison of time relationships between electrical activity and behaVior.

EVANS, H. L. Rats' activity: Influence of light-dark cycle, food presentation and deprivation.

Physiology ahd Behavior 7: 455-459 (1971)

Environmental events such as light-dark cycle and schedule of food presentatiO:l 3..re compared with internal stimuli of food deprivation as determinants of rats'

locomotor activity. A new method is d'2scribed for measuring locomotor activity

cO:lcurrently with operant behavior. With food presentations at fixed intervals of

either 120 sec or 24 hr, deprived rats displayed activity patterns characteristic of

FI behavior, with increased activity only when food p::-esentation was imminent. The

similarity in effects of the 120 sec and 24 hr schedules suggests that physiological

chan~es accompanying hunger are not responsible for the temporal activity pattern.

Nondeprived rals displayed a similar pattern, suggesting the increase in activity was

more related to the palatability of the food and to the probability of reinforcement than

to effects of deprivation per~. The activity pattern was less pronounced when food

presentation was contingent upon a lever-press. Lever-pressing rates and activity

levels were lower in the light than in the dark. This difference was often more pronO"J.nced immediately before food presentation. The greatest output of activity was

associated with the onset of the dark phase of the light-dark cycle, regardless of

deprivation conditions. The importance of the test environment and similarities to

adjunctive behavior are discussed.

700

FENIMORE, D. C., LOY, P. R. and-ZLATKIS, A. High temperature tritium source for

electron capture detectors. Applicat~,on to.a low volume detector. Analytical

Chemistry 43(14): 1972-1975 (December, 1971)

A tritium ionization source capable of sustained operation at 3000 C was

evaluated for use in electron capture detectors. The high specific activity of the

source permitted utilization of a relatively small source area in a low volume

coaxial geometry detector designed for operation at elevated temperatures. Use

of this detector at low carrier gas flows associated with capillary columns was demonstrated.

FINK, M. CNS effects of convulsive therapy: Significance for a: theory of depressive

psychosis. Disorders of Mood. Edited by J. Zubin and F. Freyhan. Baltimore,.

Maryland: Johns Hopkins Press, 1972. Pp. 93-ll2.

FINK, M. Computers in psychiatry. Textbook of Psychiatry. Edited by A. M. Freedman

and H. Kaplan. Baltimore, Maryland: The Williams and Wilkins Company,

1967. Pp. 232-238.

FINK, M., editor. Convulsive Therapy. Seminars in Psychiatry, Vol. 4.

New York: Grune and Stratton, Inc., 1972.

FINK, M. EEG applications 'in psychopharmacology. Psychopharmacological Agents,

Vol. m. Edited by M. Gordon. New York: Academic Press, 1974. Pp. 159-174.

FINK, M. Long-acting (depot) phenothiazines in emergency and maintenance therapy

of psychosis. The Role of Drugs in Community Psychiatry. Edited by C. Shagass.

Modern Problems of Pharmacopsychiatry 6: 78-82 (1971)

FINK, M. Neurophysiological response strategies in the classificati-on of mental illness.

The Role of Methodology of Classification in Psychiatry and Psychopathology.

Edited byM.M. Katz, J.O. Cole andW.E. Barton. Washington, D.C.:

U.S. Government Printing Office, 1968. Pp. 535-540.

FINK, M. The therapeutic p~ocess in induced convulsions (ECT). Seminars in

Psychiatry 4: 39-46 (1972)

FINK, M. and ABRAMS, R. Answers to questions about ECT. Seminars in Psychiatry

4: 33-38 (1972)

FINK, M. and ABRAMS, R. Selective drug therapies in clinical psychiatry: Neuroleptic,

anxiolytic, and antimanic agents. Treating Mental Illness: Aspects of Modern

Therapy. Edited by A. M. Freedman and H. Kaplan. New York: Atheneum,

1972. Pp. 287-309.

FINK. M. and !TIL. T. Organic treatment of schizophrenia. Textbook of Psychiatry.

Edited by A. M. Freedman and H. Kaplan. Baltimore. Maryland: The

Williams and Wilkins Company. 1967. Pp. 661-664.

FINK. M•• KETY. S•• McGAUGH, J. and WILLIAMS, T., editors. Psychobiology

of Convulsive Therapy. Washington. D. C.: V. H. Winston and Sons. 1974.

FIORENTINO, D., SHEPPARD, C. and ,MERLIS, S. Emotions profile index (EPI) pattern

for paranoid personality types: Cross-validation and extension. Psychological

Reports 26: 303-308 (1970)

The possibility of defining an emotion profile consistent with per~onality

type was examined in this cross-validational study. The procedure contrasted a

sample of newly admitted acute paranoid schizophrenic patients, who were identified by clinical procedures and judgment, with a·group of narcottc users- who

were defined as paranoid personality types on the basis of their responses to selfreport inventories. When the resulting Emotions Profile Index scores were compared for these two groups, they showed high similarity. This suggests the

possibility of identifying emotion profile types which are consistent with underlying

per,sonality types. '

FOOTE, W. E., MACIEWICZ, R. and MORDES, J. P. Effect of midbrain raphe and lateral

mesencephalic stimulation on spontaneous and evoked activity in LGN of the cat.

Experimental Brain Research 19: 124 (1974)

Single shock stimulation of the midbrain raphe and lateral reticular formation altered the spontaneous and evoked activity of single cells in the dorsal

lateral geniculate of the cat. The effect of-stimulation was to produce a facilitation

of 64 units with a latency of 15 msec or greater and an inhibition of 30 units with

a latency of 7-10 msec. These two effects were jointly confirmed by computation

of post-stimulus time histograms and by conditioning-test procedures employing

stimulation of optic tract and stimulation.

FORD, J. M., MACPHERSON, L. and KOPELL, B.S. Differences in readiness potential

associated with push-button construction. Psychophysiology 9(5): 564-567 (1972)

For the purposes of psychophysiological experiments that require an

operant response, a push-button switch that utilized the skin resistance of the

thumb was constructed. The skin contact push-button (SC-PB) produced a more

negative pre-response slow potential shift recorded at the vertex than the standard

push-button (S-PB). using 6 subjects in a repeated measures design.

FORREST, 1". M., FORREST. I. S. and FINKLE, B. S. Alcohol-chlorpromazine

interaction in psychiatric patients. Agressologie 13: 67-74 (1972)

Chronic mental patients o~ long-term therapy with 6,000 - 12,000

mg. chlorpromazine per day were admi~istered 50 0: 75 ;nl ethanol. ~he

majority of patients showed deceasec urmary excr~tlOn 0 ... chlorpro~azm~

and its metabolites during the 24 hr. period followmg ethanol adm:~mstrat1on.

Thus. alcohol affected chlorpromazine metabolism.

702

Forrest. F. M.• Forrest. I.S. and Finkle. B.S. Alcohol-chlorpromazine••• continued

Conversely, chlorpromazine did not affect concentrations of alcohol

in blood and urine which were found dependent solely on the amount of ethanel

ingested. Patients on chlorpromazine therapy and control subjects showed

virtually the same alcohol concentrations in blood and urine, after identical

ethanol intake.

FORREST. I.S., BROOKES, L.G., FUKAYAMA. G. and SERRA, M.T. Interference of

chemo1uminescence with (3H) scintillation counting. Journal of Pharmacy and

Pharmacology 23: 705-707 (1971)

FRACCHIA, J., SHEPPARD, C. and MERLIS, S. Predicting response to psychoactive

drugs; Psychological Reports 25: 698 (1969)

FREILICH, N., ITIL. T. and FINK, M. Social class and prognosis of schizophrenia.

Tut'k NOt"o-Psikiyatri Arsivi 4: 1-12 (1967)

FREILICH, N•• !TIL, T •• FINK, M. and HOLDEN, J. M. The influence of family structure

and .'lttitudes on the course and prognosis of schizophrenia. Turk NOI"o-Psikiyatri

Arsivi 5: 1-10 (1968)

FRIEDHOFF, A. J. Catecholamines and mental state. Biological Diagnosis of Brain

Disorders. Edited by S. Bogoch. New York: Sp.ectrum Publications, Inc ••

1973. Pp. 95-101.

FRIEDHOFF, A. J. Possible abnormalities in transmethylation processes in

s~hizophrenia. Psychiatry. Pro~eedings of the 5th World Congress of

Psychiatry. Edited by R. de la Fuente and M. N. Weisman. Amsterdam, the

Netherlands: Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1973. pp. 866-870.

FRIEDHOFF, A. J. Trans'::l1ltural aspects of biochemical studies. Presented at the

Symp';)3ium of Transcultural Aspects of Neuropaychopharmacology, Istanbul,

Turkey, 1974.

GARl'v1AN, R. H., WEISS, B. and EVANS, H. L. Alkylmercurial encephalopathy in the

monkey. Acta Neuropathologica (in press)

GELLER, 1., CAMPBELL, N. D. and BLUM, K. Protection against acute alcoholic intoxication with dieihanolamine-rutin. Research Communications in Chemical Pathology

and Pharmacology 1(3): 383-394 (1970)

Diethanolamine-rutin (D-R) protected rats against ethanol-induced intoxication. The effect was demonstrated in three test procedures. It was conjectured

that the protective action of D-R might be attributable to a slowing of the rate of

absorption and subsequent build-up of blood ethanol, an enhanced elimination of

blood acetaldehyde or perhaps competition with acetaldehyde or ethanol for similar

neural binding sites in the brain.

GERALD, M. C. and MAlCKEL, R. P. Studies on the possible role of brain histamine in

behavior. British Journal of Pharmacology 44(3): 462 (March, 1972)

The possible role 0: brain histamine in behavioural. performance was

studied in rats using thirst-induced water consumption, continuous (Sidman)

avoidance, and reinforcement withdrawal test systems.

Parenteral administration of a variety of antihistamines to rats

decreased thirst-induced water consumption; this effect could be antagonized

by administration of histamine directly into <.:he brain by a ventricular cannula.

When intraventicular doses 0: histamine were administered to rats at

weekly intervals, an adaptation was seen in the effects of the amine on con...,

tinuous avoidance behaviour. With succeeding doses, the initial period of

depression of avoidance responding was shortened and the subsequent rebound

stimulation disappeared.

The results support the hypothesis that histamine in the brain is

involved in several behavioural phenomena.

GHISELLI, W. B. and THOR, D. H. The rodent model of irritable aggression: A method

for analyses of individual roles in paired fighting. Bulletin of the Psychonomic

Society 4(1): 17-19 (1974)

Ten pairs of Long-Evans male rats were selected for reliable fighting

to footshock. For each pair, one member (on Day 1), and the other member (on

Day 2), was temporarily rendered docile by local anesthesia of the vibrissal pad.

Attack scores decreased significantly (p less than. 0001) when one member was

anesthetized, but component elements of the score varied in direction. Biting

increased ( p less than. 001) and boxing decreased (p less than. 0001). Upright

and supine posturing mean differences were nonsignificant. The results suggest

an inherent ambiguity in standard observational measures of paired fighting behavior. The present method has evident potential for discriminating nonapparent

dominance relationships in normally fighting pairs and for stabilizing aggressortarget roles in the shock-elicited aggression paradigm.

GHISELLI, W. B., THOR, D. H. and WARD, T. B. A social-fighting test of the CrosbyCahoon supersitious responding hypothesis in shock-elicited aggression. The

Psychological Record 24: 47-52 (1974)

Crosby and Cahoon (1973) have proposed that the typical use of constant

duration shock in shock-elicited social fighting between mature male rats may

account for the general increase in fighting normally observed over sessions. In

a test of their hypothesis, a variable duration shock~group was compared with 2

constant duration shock groups. All groups demonstrated a significant increase

in fighting over sessions. The results are discussed in reference to superstitious

learning and alternative explanations of the "sessions effect" in shock-elicited

fighting of rodents.

704

GIBBON, <1. Scalar timing and semi-Markov chains in free-operant avoidance. Journal of

Mathematical Psychology 8: 109-138 (1971)

Scalar timing is proposed as the basic latency mechanism underlying

asymptotic free-operant avoidance performance. Timing in free-operant schedules

results in a semi-Markov chain in which transition times may depend upon the state

to be entered as well as the state occupied. Results for finite chains on asymp10tic state occupancy probabilities are summarized. and an explicit solution for

the mean first passage time matrix is derived. Applications of these results using

the scalar property provide a first order description of mean interresponse and

intershock time functions for a variety of cued and uncued free-operant schedules.

Occasional deviant performances appear to result from the standard scalar

timing mechanism with infrequent random breakdowns.

GIBBON. J. Timing and discrimination of shock density in avoidance. Psychological

Review 79: 68-92 (1972)

A theoretical account of asymptotic avoidance behavior is proposed which

ueals with shock density effects. Behavior at asymptote is characterized by the

operation of two processes. An elementary scalar timing process generates

response latencies proportional to the length of the preshock interval. However.

responding occurs only when subjects discriminate a "worthwhile" or biased difference between intershock intervals cO:1taining at least one response. and intersho::-k intervals containing no responses. The two processes operating in avoidance

schedules result in stochastic systems known as semi-Markov chains. Analysis

of these chains are shown to produce first-order descriptions of response rates

and shock rates on the standard. uncued free-operant avoidance schedule and on

several variants. The formulations for the discrimination process require a

strong bias in favor of not responding. Extrapolation to classical cued avoidance

suggests that a similar bias is responsible for the "avoidance decrement" phenomenon. A less extreme bias may account for maintained responding on a retractable

lever in a discrete trial procedure in which responses pas tpone but do not eliminate shock.

GIBBON, J. and HUNT, H. F. Post-shock of discriminations in the acquisition of freeoperant avoidance by rats. The Psychological Record 22: 151-159 (1972)

Acquisition of free-operant avoidance was studied during 5 days of

training in 36 rats. The response-shock interval was 20 sec .• and an escape

response was required in shock. Temporal discriminations of the responseshock interval were indicated by rising conditional probability of response functions for some of the animals on Days 4 and 5 of training. No Ss showed

temporal discriminations in their over-all interresponse time distributions

before Day 4. However. as early as the first day of training, discriminations

WE're obtained with som·2 Ss when responding directly after shock was considered

separately. Thesf~ early post-shock discriminations appeared only for Ss that

eventually became efficient avoiders. However. many Ss learned to avoid without showing a temporal discrimination.

GIBBON. J. and RUTSCHMANN, R. Temporal order judgment and reaction time.

Science 165: 413-415 (July, 1969)

A model which predicts judgment of the temporal order of stimuli from

from simple reaction time is proposed. Visual data show covariation of the two

measures with luminance changes, and suggest that (i) temporal order judgments

reflect a biased respO:1se criterion and (ii) the motor component of reaction time

has little variability relative to variance in receptor system latency.

705

GLICK. S.D•• GOLDFARB. T.L. and JARVIK. M.. E. Recovery of delayed matching performance following lateral-frontal lesions in monkeys. Communications in

Behavioral Biology 3: 299-303 (May-June. 1969)

Four rhesus monkeys were overtrained on an automated delayed matching

task for water reward. Bilateral surgical ablation of dorsolateral frontal cortex

was then performed on two of the monkeys. The frontal monkeys showed an initial

deficit in test performance which was dependent upon the presence of a minimal

delay. The performance of the frontal monkeys gradually recovered to their preoperative level during 5 wk of postoperative testing.

GLICK. S. D•• NAKAMURA. R. K. and JARVlK. M. E. Associative reversal in frontal

monkeys: Reelicitation of a delay-specific deficit. Communications in Behavioral

Biology 5: 165-169 (1970)

Eight rhesus monkeys were overtrained' on an automated delayed matching

task for water reward. Four of the monkeys. upon whom bilateral surgical ablation of dorsolateral frontal cortex had been performed. had shown an impairment

in delayed matching accuracy which recovered with continuous postoperative

testing. One and a half years following surgery the "set" of the test was reversed

from matching to oddity. 'I'he frontal monkeys again showed a deficit in test permance which was dependent- upon the presence of a "minimal delay. -The frontal

deficit was again ameliorated with continuous testing.

GOLDFARB. T.L•• GLICK. S.D. and JARVIK. M.E. Delayed matching performance of

isolated frontal monkeys. Communications in Behavioral Biology 4: 67-70 (1969)

Delayed matching performance of four monkeys was studied under isolation

conditions which diminished interference from extraneous environmental stimuli.

Two of the animals had frontal lesions 6 months prior to this experiment and had

shown recovery to control levels under standard conditions of the delayed matching

test. Under both "light on" and "light off" testing in isolation. they showed decreased accuracy and response rate. while control animals exhibited only some

decrease in response rate. It was concluded that the conditions represented a

strong novel situation to the frontal monkeys which disrupted their performance.

GOLDSTEIN. A. The search for the opiate receptor. Proceedings of the 5th International

Congress on Pharmacology; San Francisco. California. 1972. Volume 1. pp. 140-

150.

GOTT, C. T. and WEISS, B. The development of fixed-ratio performance under the influence

of ribonucleic acid. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 18: 481-497

(November. 1972)

The transition from fixed-ratio 1 p~rformance (every response reinforced)

to fixed-ratio 30 performance (every thirtieth response reinforced) was studied in

nine pigeons. These were divided into three treatment groups given daily oral

doses of saline, or 250 mg/kg/day or 500 mg/kg/day of yeast ribonucleic acid.

Detailed computer-assisted analyses of how fixed-ratio behavior develops revealed

the following typical sequence. After the transition. the first few ratios typically

were emitted without long interresponse times within the ratio. Steady responding

then ceased. and numerous long interresponse times occurred, with no systematic

relationship to ordinal position within the ratio. Gradually. a new pattern evolved.

characterized by a consistently long post-reinforcement time. a border region of

the next few interresponse times within which the mean interresponse time monotonically decreased. and short interresponse times within the last 80% of the ratio.

Long interresponse times were eliminated from this last section of the ratio without

'/08 -

Gott, C. T. and Weiss, B. continued

regard to proximity to reinforcement. Various analytical procedures suggested that

the final pattern can be conceived, in part, as the shaping of a reliable response

topography. The group of three pigeons given 250 mg/kg/day of yeast ribonucleic

acid responded at higher rates than the saline and 500 mg/kg/day groups. The

latter group, in contrast to the saline and lower dose groups, which continued to

increase their rates, reached a rate asymptote very early.

GRABOWY, R. S. and ELLINWOOD, E. H., JR. On-line detection of EEG spindle

activity. DECUS 42-45 (Spring, 1971)

GREEN, J. P., JOHNSON, C. L. and KANG, S. ", Application of quantum chemistry to drugs

and their interactions. Annual Review of Pharmacology 14: 319-342 (1974)

IL'iRVEY, J.A., SCHOLFIELD, C.N. and BROWN, D.A. Evokedsurface-p:>sitive

. potentials in isolated mammalian olfactory cortex. Brain Research 76:

235-245 (1974)

ILo\ YS, J. R., WINBURN, G. M. and BLOOM, R. Marijuana and the law: What young

people say. Journal of Drug Education (in press)

HOLMES, W.F., HOLLAND, W.H., SHORE, B.L., BIER, D.M. and SHERMAN, W.R.

A versatile computer generated variable accelerating voltage circuit for

magnetically scanned mass spectrometers. Use for assays in the picogram

range and for assays of stable isotope tracers. Analytical Chemistry

(in press)

HOLTZMAN, S. G. and SCHNEIDER, F. H. Comparison of acetaldehyde and ethanol:

Depression of motor activity in mice. Life Sciences 14: 1243-1250 (1974)

The fine and gross motor activity of mice was measured at I-minute

intervals for 15 minutes after intravenous administration of ethanol or acetaldehyde. Acetaldehyde transiently reduced both types of motor activity whereas

the effects of ethanol were more prolo'lged. The I-minute ED50 values for depression of fine and gross actiVity by acetaldehyde are 2.2 and 2.7 mg/kg, respectively.

The corresponding values for ethanol are 740 and 516 mg/kg. The differences in

relative potencies became smaller as the time interval over which activity was

measured increased. Thus, the potency of acetaldehyde as a depressant of behavior

relative to ethanol is considerably greater than has previously been reported if

effects are determined immediately after drug administration.

m:GHEs. L. F. and DACHOWSKl, L. The role 0: reinforcement and nonreinforcement

in 1.0 operant frustration effect. Animal Learning and Behavior 1: 68-72 (1973)

Male albino rats were run in '3. discrete-trial two-bar operant analog of the

d'N~le alley. Completion of a FR 4 resp::m5f~ chain 0:1 the first bar was rewarded

5010 of the time for the 12 exp.~rimental Ss, but was never rewarded for the 12

control Ss. Both groups received consistent reward at the end of a FR 4 chain

on the second bar. Eighty-four trials were given at a rate of four trials p-er day.

A signifkantly faster rate of responding on t.he s-:!cond bar was found following

nonrewarded first-bar ratios than following rewarded first-bar ratios. This

frustration effect was not attributable to response dep~ession, since the nonrewarded

p-~rformance of the experimental group -exceeded that of the control group.

HURST, ·P.M., BAGLEY. S.K. and·ROSS. S. Effects of alcohol and methylphenidate on

complex judgments. Psychological Reports 31: 59-67 (1972)

Methylphenidate HeI (12 mg/70 kg and 20 mg/70 kg), ethyl alcohol (60 g/

70 kg), and a placebo (lactose) were given to 50 college student volunteers.

Each S received each treatment once during 4 separate sessions, and treatment

order was counterbalanced. Ss were experienced bridge players. who were given

sets of bidding problems. which varied in storage load. ambiguity level, and

answerformat (open-ended vs multiple choice). Performances were scored

according to (l) frequency of active bids vs passes, and (2) a figure-of-merit

assigned to each possible response, as developed from expert consensuS. Ss

wrote impromptu editorials on assigned topics from which word-count measures

of verbal production were derived, and also made periodic self-ratings on mood

adjective check lists. No significant drug effects were found on bidding accuracy,

although methylphenidate increased the frequency of non-passes. Alcohol produced

significant efforts on eight mood clusters while methylphenidate produced little

or no measurable effect. Verbal production, however. was reliably increased by

methylphenidate but not significantly affected by alcohol.

ITIL. T., FINK. M. an:! ULETT. G.EEG patterns with combined drug treatments

in psychotic patients. Turkish Journal of Electroencephalography anq Clinical

Neurophysiology 1: 1-19 (l967)

ITIL. T., KESKINER. A. and FINK, M. Effect of sulthiame in schizop~renic patients.

Proceedings of the First International Congress of the Academy of Psychosomatic

Medicine. Edited by E. Dunlop. Amsterdam, the Netherlands: Excerpta Medica

Fo~ndation, 1967. Pp. 185-194.

ITIL, T •• SHAPIRO, D., FINK, M•• HICKMAN. C.• KIREMITCI. N. and HOLDEN. J. M. C.

On-line computer classificatioL1 of electroencephalographic sleep stages.

~~.;hophysiology 4: 366 (1967)

JANOWSKY. D. S•• BERENS, S. and DAVIS, J. M. Correlations between mood, urinary

electrolytes and weight during the menstrual cycle. Annals of Internal Medicine

7(5): 858 (1972)

A correlation between premenstrual-menstrual mood changes, weight

changes, and alterations in the aldosterone-dep'3ndent urinary potassium-tosodium ratio during the menstrual cycle was studied. Eleven female collegeage, volunteers were studied on a metabolic ward for a total of 410 days during

which time 14 mensus occurred. Daily negative-affect self-ratings. preprandial

postvoiding morning weights, and 24-hour urinary collections were obtained

and analyzed for potassium-to-sodium ratio,;;. All subjects were placed on a

co.1stant caloric intake and a 100 mEq/ day sodium chloride diet and housed on

a metabolic ward. Data analysis showed a significant positive correlation

between the subject groups' negative affect for a given cycle day 0:1 the one

hand and weight increases and urinary potassium-to-sodium ratios on the

other. A late luteal-premenstrual - early-menstrual increase in all variables

occurred. The results indicate that a temporal correlation between mood.

potassium-to-sodium ratio, and weight gain exists during the menstrual

cycle in a group of normal women. The observed dysphoria is temporally

related to the potassium-to-sodium ratio changes. which would suggest that

organic factors related to potassium/sodium balance and presumably the

renin-angiotensin-aldostero:le system that controls these changes may be a

cause of premenstrual tension. This is consistent with the hypothesis that

activatiol1 of the renin-angiotensin-aldostero:1e system correlates with and

may cause premenstrual-menstrual psychiatric upsets.

····.108

.IANOWSKY, D.S., EL-YOUSEF~ M.K., DAVIS, .I.M. andSEKERKE, H• .I.

Provocation of schizop!1renic symptoms by intravenous administration ot"

methylphenidate. Archives of General Psy.::hiatry 28: 185-191

(February, 1973)

Methylphenidate (Ritalin) hydrochloride was administered intravenously to schizophrenic, manic, and depressed patients during the active

p!1ase of their illness and upon rec'overy and to normal. Methylphenidate

was found to activate psychotic symptoms in schizophrenics during the

active phase of their illness. It failed to p;:,oduce this effect in the

same patients after remission had occurred. It failed to produ::e a psychotic

reaction in most patients with mania and all normal or depressed patients.

Methylphenidate-induced psychosis activation may serve as a

model for the acute schizophrenic process. The mechanism by which

methylphenidate produces these or other ·effects may lie in its -=ffects

on central dopamine.

JARVIK, M. E. An automated multiple choice test of short-term spatial memory for monke:rs. Journal of the Experimental.Analysis of Behavior 13: 317-318 (1970)

Since Hunter developed the delayed response test in 1913, it has been

I widely used in the study of memory, brain damage, and behavioral pharmacology.

A major problem is that the usual dichotomous choice method allows the animal

a 50% chance of being correct on any trial. Thus, it is necessary to average the

results of many animals or many trials to obtain a reliable measure of accuracy.

A few investigations (e. g., Riopelle, 1959) have utilized manual multiple choice

delayed response procedures, 'but 'these have been tedious to conduct and have not

provided a measure of the degree of error. The present multiple choice procedure

was designed to provide a semi-quantitative measure of the degree of error on a single trial.

KAPLAN, J. Marijuana laws: An empirical study of enforcement and administration in

Los Angeles County. UCLA Law Review 15: 1499-1542 (1968)

KELLEHER, R. T. and MORSE, W. H. Schedules using noxious stimuli. III. Responding

maintained with response-produced electric shocks. Journal of the Experimental

Analysis of Behavior 11: 819-838 (1968)

Responding was maintained in two sqUirrel monkeys under several variations of a lO-min fixed-interval schedule of electric shock presentation. The

monkeys were first trained under a 2-min ·v'ariable-interval schedule of food presentation, and then under a concurrent schedule of food presentation and shock

presentation. In one monkey, when shocks (12.6 rna) followed each response

during the last minute of an 11-min cycle ending with a timeout period, responding was increased during the first 10 min and suppressed during the last minute

of each cycle. When the shock schedule was eliminated, both the enhancement

and suppression disappeared, and a steady rate of responding was maintained

under the variable-interval schedule. When the food schedule was eliminated, the

shock schedule maintained a characteristic fixed-interval pattern of responding

during the first 10 min, but suppressed responding during the last minute of each

709

Kelleher. R. T. and Morse~ W. H. Schedules usine: noxious stimuli. continued

cycle. The fixed-interval pattern of responding was maintained when the timeout

period was eliminated and when only one shock could occur at the end of the cycle.

In the second monkey. responding unde'i' the 'concurrent food and shock schedule

was suppressed when responses produced shcoks after 3-min. Under an ll-min

cycle. responding continued to be maintained at increasing shock intensities.

When the food schedule was eliminated. a fixed-interval pattern of responding

was maintained under a 10-min schedule of shock presentation (12.6 ma). Whether

response-produced electric shocks suppressed responding or maintained responding depended on the schedule of shock presentation.

KELLEHER. R. T. and MORSE. W.H. Schedules using noxious stimuli. IV. An interlocking shock-postponement schedule in the squirrel monkey. Journal of the

Experimental Analysis of Behavior 12: 1063-1079 (1969)

Responding was studied under various schedules of electric shock postponement and presentation in the sqUirrel monkey. Under an interlocking shock

postponement schedule. successive responses'decreased the time by which aresponse postponed the next scheduled shock until a shock immediately followed the

ath response. Some parameters of this schedule. which can be formally related

to fixed-interval schedules. engende.red a pattern of positively acce.lerated.responding between shocks. This pattern did not occur under comparable parameter

values of an alternative fixed ratio. avoidance schedule under which each response

postponed shock by a fixed duration and every ath response pr.-oduced shock. Subsequently. performances were studied under schedules of shock presentation.

Responding was never maintained under fixed-ratio schedules of shock presentation.

but was maintained with a pattern of positive acceleration under an alternative

fixed-ratio. fixed-interval schedule and under a fixed "interval schedule.

KOLTON. M. and DWARSHUIS, L. A clinical factor analytic method for inferring

construct meaning. Journal of Educational and Psychological Measurement

33: 655-661 (1973)

KOPELL. B. S•• WITTNER. W. K. and WARRICK. G. L. The effects of stimulus differences. light intensity, and selective attention on the amplitude of the visual

averaged evoked potential in man. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology 26: 619-622 (1969)

1. Stimuli may be designed so that the amplitude of the averaged evoked

potential (AEP) produced by them may be sensitive or insensitive to the subject's

attention.

2. The AEPs resulting from stimuli that are sensitive to attention are

increased to a maximal amplitude when the subject is attending (responding) to the

stimuli; when he is not, they are dependent on and proportional to the intensity of

the stimuli.

3. The ampHtude of AEPs produced by stimuli that are not sensitive to

attention is proportional to the light intensity of the stimuli.

710

·711

; -

KOPELL, B.S., ZARCONE, V., <!e la PENA, A. and DeMENT. W. C. Changes in

selective attention as measured by the visual averaged evoked potential following

REM deprivation in man. Electrencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology

32: 322-325 (1972) .

After rapid eye movement (REM) and non-REM deprivation, the amplitude of the major component of the averaged evoked potential (AEP) in attention

and nonattention conditions was measured. The difference between the AEP in

the attention and the non-attention conditions is considered to be a me~sure of

selective attention and is greater following REM deprivation. It is suggested that

this narrowing of the attentive field may be due to increased arousal or greater

central nervous system exitability following REM deprivation.

KRUMHOLZ, W. V.~ YARYURA-TOBIAS, J.A. and WHITE, L. The action of BC-105 in

chronic schizophrenics with depression. Current Therapeutic Research 10: 342-

345 (July, 1968) .

BC-105 was studied in 18 chronic schizophrenics with symptoms of dep~essi~n. The clinical findings suggest that this agent may be useful in patients

Wlth prlmary symptoms of depresSion. Side effects were minimal.···

KULICS, A. T., CARLSON, K. R. and WERNER, G. Signal detection analysis of

stimulus discrimination in normal and split-brain monkeys. Brain Research

81: 119-132 (1974)

Five split-brain and 5 control monkeys were trained to perform a go,

no-go discrimination between cutaneous stimulation at two arm locations,

and subsequently retrained using the other arm. Cardiac and instrumental

response latency data from various periods during training and retraining

were analyzed in terms of signal detection theory, with the objective of determining the extent to which behavior is differentially controlled by the discriminative stimuli. uncontaminated by other factors affecting response bias. This

analysis revealed that differential stimulus control was minimal early in training. and that its growth and final extent. as reflected by both cardiac and

instrumental response latencies. were highly comparable between subjects.

Differential stimulus control of both cardiac' and instrumental responses

reached maximum prior to the time each SUbject attained a conventional

criterion of percentage correct responses; we attribute this discrepancy to

the influence of response bias factors. At the beginning of retraining on the

opposite body side. all control subjects and the two split-brain subjects

trained on the left size and retrained on the right immediately displayed

differential stimulus control of both cardiac and instrumental responses.

whereas the other 3 split-brain subjects trained in the opposite sequence

showed no transfer of differential stimulus control of either response. We

conclude that this analysis revealed a functional asymmetry in the direction

of information flow within the central nervous system which becomes apparent

after callosal section.

....

}

,

-i

··,····._......_.__........, .......I.....,....J;.iJ.• ·.

--_: -~

- .:.:: : J -.•• ..=..-:.;

-- ---- :::-..

LATIES, V. G., WEISS, B. and WEISS, A. B. Further observations on overt "mediating"

behavior and the discrimination of time. Journal of the Experimental Analysis

of Behavior 12: 43-57 (January, 1969)

When the le'ler-pressing behavior of five rats was maintained by a DRL

schedule (reinforcement was scheduled only when a specified waiting time between

successive responses was exceeded), collateral behavior developed that apparently

served a mediating funeHon. In two cases this behavior did not arise until the

experimental environment included pieces of wood that the rats started to nibble.

When collateral behavior first appeared, it was always accompanied by an increase

in responses spaced far enough apart to earn reinforcement. If collate.ral behavior

was prevented, the number of reinforced responses always decreased. Extinction

of lever pressing extinguished the collateral behavior. Adding a limited-hold

contingency to the schedule did not extinguish collateral behavior. It appears that

the rat can better space its responses appropriately when concurrently performing

some overt collateral activity. The amount of this activity apparently comes to

serve as a discriminative stimulus. To assume the existence of internal events

that serve as discriminative stimuli in temporal discrimations is..-at.least under

some circumstances, unnecessary.

LEVISON, P. K. and FINDLEY, J. D. Counting behavior in baboons: An error-contingency

reinforcement schedule. Psychological Reports 20: 393-394 (1967)

2 baboons were trained to "count" by requiring the generation of specific

numbers of tones associated with different visual stimuli. Performance was reinforced by food pellets on a fixed-ratio schedule of correctly-counted problem

stimuli. After accurate and stable counting was obtained, reinforcement was made

contingent upon the occurrence of at least one incorrectly-performed problem in

the fixed-ratio sequence, in addition to the required number of correct solutions.

Counting performances adjusted appropriately to the error contingency and prior

levels of accuracy were readily recovered after the contingency was removed.

LIEF, V.F. and BROTMAN, R. The psychiatrist and community mental health practice.

Community Mental Health Journal 4(2): 134-143 (April, 1968)

This paper deals with community mental health practice for the psychiatrist. It defines comprehensive community mental health, its scope, and the

variety of centers that are emerging. It discusses the possible ways that various

professions may be affected. It presents the similarities and differences between

public health and community mental health. Medical and psychiatric education

are discussed emphasizing the need for curricular change in preparation for future

practice. An existing model now in operation at New York Medical College is

described which affords an opportunity for the training of psychiatrists, other

professionals and nonprcfessionals as community mental health workers in multidisciplinary, task oriented teams engaged in action, training and research. Built

into the program is a method for ongoing evaluation. This program also illustrates

how the psychiatrist functions as a specialist, generalist, and community mental

health worker.

-71~

LOE. P.R.. TOl\lIKO. D. L. and WERNER. G. The neural signal of angular head position

in primary afferent vestibular nerve axons. Journal of Physiology 230: 29-50

(1973)

1. The relation between discharge frequency and angular head position

was determined for a population of regularly discharging single first-order vestibular neurones .in the eighth nerve of the barbiturate anaesthetized cat.

2. Each axon had a characteristic hela.d position which was maximally

excitatory to it. and a diametrically opposed head position which was minimally

excitatory.

3. After correction for phase shifts introduced by the orientation of preferred excitability. discharge rate in statoreceptor afferents varied as a power

function of the sine of angular head position with exponents ranging from 0.9 to

l' 6.

4. Experimentally determined discharge rates were compared with the

predictions of a computer simulation model incorporating the idea that shearing

force acting on morphologically polarized receptors is the adequate stimulus for

macular receptor cells. . ,

5. This approach permitted the identification of a population of first-order

vestibular afferents whose discharge frequency varied with head position as did the

magnitude of shear force, comput~q for individu~ receptors. each most excited in

a" particular head position. ." "

6. The majority of the spatial orientations of maximal sensitivity defined

a surface which is tilted by approximately 300 with reference to the HorsleyClarke horizontal plane. implying that most statoreceptor atferents are maximally

sensitive to position changes when the eat's head is at or near its Ilormal position.

LOWY. K. and WEISS. B. Assessing the significance of averaged evoked potentials with

an on-line computer: The split-sweep method. Electroencephalography and

Clinical Neurophysiology 25: 177-180 (1968)

In studying averaged evoked potentials. most experimenters rely on the

contours of the averaged wave form for judging whether the averaged signal is

stable or for comparing two averages. The split-sweep method quantifies these

judgments by using an on-line computer to compare two separate averages, one

built up of odd-numbered sweeps. the other of even-numbered sweeps. One

variant of the split-sweep method searches for a match between the positions' of

the maxima and minima in the two averages. The other employs a variation of

the sign test to determine whether the two averages are more alike than their

randomly shuffled counterparts.

McCABE. O.L•• SAVAGE. C.• KURLAND. A. and UNGER. S. Psychedelic (LSD)

therapy of neurotic disorders: Short term effects. Journal of Psychedelic

Drugs 5(1): 18-28 (Fall. 1972)

713

McKEARNEY. J. W. Fixed-interval schedules of electric shock presentation: Extinction

and recovery of performance under different shock intensities and fixed-interval

durations. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 12: 301-313 (1969)

In squirrel monkeys responding under a schedule in which responding

postponed the delivery of electric shock. the presentation of response dependent

shock under a fixed interval (FI) schedule increased the rate of responding. When

TIieSChedule of shock-postponement was e.liminated. so that the only shocks

delivered were those produced by responses under the FI schedule. a pattern of

positivelyaccelerated responding developed and was maintained over an extended

period. When responses did not produce shocks (extinction). responding decreased.

When shocks were again presented under the FI schedule. the previous pattern of

responding quickly redeveloped. In general. response rates were directly related

to the intensity of the shock presented. and inversely related to the duration of the

fixed-interval. These results raise fundamental questions about the traditional

classification of stimuli as reinforcers of punishers. The basic similarities among

FI schedules of food presentation. shock termination. and shock presentation

strengthen the conclusions that the schedule under which an event is presented and

the characteristics of the behavior at the time.the event is presented. are of over-

.riding importance in determini~g the· effect of that event onbehavior•..

McKEARNEY. J. W. Rate-dependent effects of drugs: Modification by discriminative

stimuli of the effects of amobarbital on schedule-controlled behavior. Journal

of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 14: 167-175 (September. 1970)

Food-deprived pigeons responded under a 10-min fixed-interval schedule

of food presentation. During even-numbered minutes of the schedule, the discriminative stimuli were the same as those present when food was delivered.

During odd-numbered minutes there was either a change in keylight color or a

change in overhead illumination. either for the entire duration of the odd-numbered

minutes, or for 3-sec after each response. Responding during even-numbered

minutes showed the usual pattern of positive acceleration; responding during oddnumbered minutes was similarly graded. but rates were much lower. The response

rate increasing effects of amobarbital were inversely related to control rates of

responding for both even and odd-numbered minutes. However. when the stimulus

change during odd-numbered minutes was either keylight color or a change from a

darkened to a brightly illuminated chamber. increases in responding were considerably less than predicted on the basis of the effects on responding during evennumbered minutes. When the stimulus change was from a darkened to a dimly

illuminated chamber, control rates of responding changed little. but increases in

responding during odd-numbered minutes after amobarbital were considerably

greater, and of the approximate order expected on the basis of control rate.

MACPHER~ON, ~., HUTC~rNGS. M.L. and KOPELL. B.S. An electrically operated

skm res1stance sWltch. Psychophysiology 8(5): 673-675 (1971)

A touch operated switch is des.cribed that uses a simple skin resistence

~etec.tion circuit. This 'isometric push-button' type switch has no moving parts.

1S n~1seles~. and absorbs the minimum of energy from the subject. It was pri-

~ar1ly .des1gned for psychophysiological experiments where an operant response 1S requ1red.

714

MACPHERSON. L. and KOPELL. B. S. A zero-setter and voltage reference unit for EEG

amplifier systems. Psychophysiolggy 9(-2): 262-265 (1972)

This article describes a combined zero-setter and voltage reference unit

employed by the authors in the measurement of EEGAveraged Evoked Responses.

The sequential pulse generator that synchronously programs the required number

of these units is outlined. The method could be of general use whenever an arbitarary zero voltage reference point or baseline is required on a signal waveform.

MAICKEL. R.P. and SNODGRASS. W.R. Physicochemical factors in maternal-fetal

distribution of drugs. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology 26: 218-230 (1973)

The time course of physiological disposition of a variety of drugs has

been examined in pregnant rats using radiolabeled compounds and highly specific

methods. The results indicate that the placental barrier in rats behaves as a

lipoidal barrier towards positively charged and neutral drugs. while negatively

charged drugs pass the placental barrier with comparative ease. Localization

in fetal tissues is less pronounced that in corresponding maternal tissues for all

drugs. Fetal and matertJ.al plasma half.-lives are similar for most of the compounds tested. '. . . ,

..

MARR. M. J. Sequence schedules of reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis

of Behavior 15: 41-48 (January. 1971)

The performance of pigeons was studied under a second-order schedule composed of fixed-interval components. each of which was associated with a differ.ent

discriminative stimulus. the stimuli occurring in a fixed order. In one condihon.

food presentation followed the completion of the fourth :o.mponent. ThiS. was de.signated a fixed-ratio sequence schedule. In another condltLon. responses m the ftrst

component- completed after a fixed time were reinforced. This was designated a

fixed-interval sequence schedule. Although the stimulus order an~ maximum reinforcement frequency were identical under the two schedules. consldtlrably more

responding occurred under the fixed-interval sequence schedule in all components.

Relatively few food presentations occurred after responding during any but the

terminal components of the fixed interval sequence schedule. a feature independent

of the parameter values investigated. In addition. while a pattern of increased

responding between food presentations prevailed under both schedules. under the

fixed-interval sequence schedule the rate in the terminal component was frequently

less than in the penultimate component. The fixed-interval sequence schedule

appeared to have several properties of simple fixed interval schedules.

MERLIS. S. The early clinical drug evaluation unit (ECDEU) program in the changing context of drug development and regulation. Psychopharmacology Bulletin 6(2): 93-

94 (1970)

In only 10 years' growth. the ECDEU program has produced a unified instrument for coordinated research in a field as diverse as the pharmacology of

behavior. It has existed and thrived during the stormiest period of therapeutic

drug development. For those clinical areas not yet fortunate enough to have such

a concept in operation. it has become a model for coordinated research.

FCDEU was conceived in the fruitful period of the mid-fifties. expanded

during the introduction of the "me-too' therapies of the early sixties. and endured

the drug drought of the late sixties. It is surviving the backlash climate of criticisms of efficacy and excessive utilization. the economic cutbacks resulting from

over-reactions to public outcries against the cost of drugs and methods of dl

evaluation. as well as postive concern about the ethics of conventional practi

of clinical drug development.,

'715,

MERLIS. S. Problems and experiences with drug trials outside the United States. Diseases

of the Nervous System 35(7): 5-7 (1974)

MERLIS. S. Thioxanthenes: Discussion of the clinical investigation papers. Modern

Problems in Pharmacopsychiatry 2: 113-116 (1969)

MIZOGUCHI. K. and MITCHELL, C. L. A simple method for the connection of lead

wire to cortical electrodes. Psychophysiology 6(3): 378-382 (1969)

The construction of solderless connections of lead wire to screw and

phon.ograph needle electrodes is described. The advantages of the method are:

(1) the mounting of the electrodes is very easy, (2) there is no chance of

breaking the connection during the insertion of the electrodes, (3) the

electrodes can be easily cleaned after each experiment, and (4) the

procedure results in contact of ~~e electrode with the dura.

MORSE, W.H., HERD, J.A., KELLEHER, R.T. and GROSE. S.A. Schedule-controlled

modulation of arterial blood pressure in the squirrel monkey. Experimental

Psychopathology: Recent Research and Theory. Edited by H. D. Kimmel.

New York: Academic Press. Inc•• 1971. Pp. 147-164.

MORSE. W.H., MEAD. R.N. and KELLEHER. R.T. Modulation of elicited behavior by

a fixed-interval schedule of electric shock presentation. Science 157: 215-217

(1967)

Responding elicited in the squirrel monkey by electric shocks presented

every 60 seconds was gradually altered in temporal patterning. especially when

the shock was also produced by responses under a 30-second fixed-interval schedule. The initially elicited pattern of maximal responding just after each shock

was altered by the recurrent shock and by the added rued-interval schedule to a

pattern of maximal responding just before each shock. Most shocks were produced

by responses and the response pattern was maintained for several months. but

little responding occurred when shocks were omitted.

OLSEN. J. F. and KANG. S. Conf-ormational analysis and Eillectronic structure of

acetanilide. Theoretica Chimica Acta 17: 329-333 (1970)

The calculations of the electronic structure and conformational

analysis of the acetanilide were carried out using the CNDO/2 method.

The results show that the endo form is 1. 2 Kcal/mole more stable than

the exo form. The most stable conformation of the exo isomer

corresponds to the dihedral angle of 900 between the phenyl and

acetamide plane, whereas the minimum energy conformation of the endo

isomer corresponds to the dihedral angle 500 -600 • A comparison of the

calculated and experimental dipole moments suggests also the dihedral

angle of 500 -600 • A comparison with experiment indicates that this

molecular orbital method is good for conformational analysis and gives

electronic structure which is compatible with spectroscopic measurement.

The calculated conformational analysis and electronic structure of the

acetanilide are in excellent agreement with experiments.

PERT, C. B. and SNYDER. S. H. High affinity transport of choline into the myenteric

plexus of guinea-pig intestine. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental

.Therapeutics 191(1): 102-108 (1974)

Kinetic analysis of the accumulation of 3H-choline by innervated

longitudinal muscle minces of guinea-pig small intestine disclosed the presence

of two distinct choline transport systems, a high affinity component with a

Km of 2 to 4 mu-g M and a low affinity component with a Km of 90 to 100 mu-g

M. Removal of the myenteric plexus greatly reduced the velocity of choline

transport at low concentrations of 3H-choline. In muscle minces devoid of

plexus, the high affinity choline transport component was no longer detectable,

whereas the low affinity transport of choline persisted. It is concluded that the

intestinal neuronal elements possess a specialized high affinity mechanism for

the rapid and efficient transport of choline and its conversion into acetylcholine.

POKORNY, A. D. A scheme for classifying suicidal behaviors. The Prediction of Suicide.

Edited by A. T. Beck, H. L. P. Resnik and D.J. Lettieri. Bowie, Maryland: The

Charles Press Publishers, Inc., 1974. Pp. 29-44.

POLSKY. R. and SHUSTER, L. Isozymes of squid choline acetyltransferase. Federation

Proceedings 32:582 (1973)

Choline acteyltransferase (ChAd from squid head ganglia separates into

multiple forms on cellulose phosphate (CP) cation exchange chromotography,

polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PGE), isoelectric (IE) focusing, and sephadex

gel filtration. The enzyme has been resolved into 2 peaks of activity (CPl and CP2)

by the use of CPo These peaks have been separated and further purified on

hydroxyl apatite (75 and 300 fold respectively) to final specific activities of 540 (CPl)

and 2180 (CP2) mu-moles acetylcholine produced/mg. protein/hour. These preparations differ in degree of activation by • 15M NaCI (CP1 less than CP2), heat stability

(CPl greater than CP2) and extent of reactivation upon concentration (CPl less than

CP2). Antibodies specific for each CP peak have been prepared. Both antibodies

inactivate both isozymes, although each is more specific for the CP peak from which

it was prepared. On both PGE and sephadex, each of the CP peaks resolves into

several active fractions of different molecular weights. CP1 and CP2 each separates

into 3 peaks on IE focusing, with IE points of approximately 5.2. 5.7. and 6.2. The

form IE at pH 5.2 is the most stable and the most highly activated by salt. The other

2 forms have lower molecular weights than, and seem to be derived from, the enzyme

species IE at pH 5.2. Our results suggest the existence of 2 isozymes of ChAc in

squid ganglia, each of whieh'eX1sts as several different size aggregates with different

S alt activation properties. . ''117

RANDRUP, A. and MUNKVAD. I. Relation of brain catecho1amines to aggressiveness and other forms of behavioural excitation. Aggressive Behaviour.

Edited by S. Garattini and S. G. Sigg. Amsterdam, the Netherlands:

Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1969. Pp. 228-235.

In pharmacological experiments we have seen i2 forms of strongly

hyperactive behaviour in rats: a stereotyped behaviour characterized by

constant sniffing-licking-biting of cage wires and an "aggressive" or "rage"

reaction characterized by vocalization and other elements of fighting.

The stereotyped behaviour is produced by amphetamine and several

other stimulant drugs, while various rage reactions are produced by combinations

of monoamine oxidase inhibitors with various drugs i. e., antidepre$sants of

imipramine type and DOPA.

Both of these forms of behavioural excitation can be produced by increase

of the catecholamines in the brain. Biochemical analyses shoW; that the stereotypy can be produced by dopamine in the absence of noradrenaiine, and anatomic

experiments indicate an association of stereotypy with corpus striatum, the

area in which the dopamine of the brain is highly concentrated.

Under certain conditioJaS' aggressive activity may be d~eto._inc_reased

noradrenaline activity in the brain, but the most recent experiments indicate

that also various other changes of the amine balance in the brain may lead to

aggressive behaviour.

ROBUSTELLI, F. and JARVIK, M. E. Interaction between short and long delay intervals

in a delayed matching test with monkeys. Communications in Behavioral Biology

3: 137-140 (1969)

The interactions between short and long delay intervals was studied in a

delayed matching test with monkeys. The results indicate that random inclusion in

the same session of short .(1 sec:) and long (32 sec.) delay intervals impairs

performances in the long delay intervals. Short delay intervals are not impaired.

ROSENBLITH, J. Z.. Polydipsia induced in the rat by a second-order schedule. Journal

of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior 14: 139-144 (September, 1970)

Drinking was studied in rats pressing a bar on a second-order schedule

in which every third completion of a I-min fixed interval was followed by food

presentation. A brief flash of light signaled the completion of each fixed-interval

component. The rats drank not only after the food presentations but also after

presentations of the light flash alone. A high rate of steady drinking followed

intervals terminated by a food presentation. Drinking that followed iJ;ltervals

terminated by a light flash alone was of comparable rate, but characteristically

interrupted by bar pressing. When 250-mg food pellets were used instead of

45-mg pellets, both drinking and bar-pressing rates increased substantially.

ROTH, B. F. and HARVEY, J. A. Altered response of cerebral respiration to thiopental

and potassium ions in vitro after septal lesions. Journal of Pharmacology

161, 155-162 (1968)

ROTH. w. T .• KOPELL. B. S. and"BERTOZZI. P. E. The effect of attention on the average

evoked response to speech sounds. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology 29: 38-46 (1970)

The average evoked response to pre-recorded sentences and monosyllables

was studied in ten subjects. EEG recordings with electrodes at the vertex and

left ear were averaged with the use of trigger pulses generated synchronously

at the onset of each syllable. Two tasks were presented. In the first. the subjects

were asked to listen to or to ignore certain sentences on which they were later

tested for recall. In the second. they heard a list of monosyllables from which

they were to distinguish nonsense words from meaningful words.

The amplitude of the evoked response to the first syllable of each sentence

was approximately 8 mu-V, measuring from N1 to P2. whereas the evoked response

to subsequent syllables was only 1. 5 mu-V. A crucial factor in the size of the

response may be the duration of the silence between stimuli. since the first syllable

of each sentence was separated from the end of the previous sentence by a 3.5 sec

pause. whereas the rest of the syllables were separated only by the much shorter

pauses of continuous speech.

Attention and nonattention conditions produced differences in the wave forms

that were shown by a discrimination index based on multiple cross-correlations

petween wave formS to be signii~cant at the 0.01 level. These differences were

idiosyncratic to the indiVidual subject. usually appearing in the -N1';;'P2region.

Sense and nonsense words could not be distinguished by this discrimination index.

SATTIN, A. Inci~ease in the content of adenosine 3'. 5'-monophosphate in mouse forebrain

during deizures and prevention of the increase by methylxanthines. Journal of

Neurochemistry 18: 1087-1096 (1971)

Seizures produced significant elevations of the content of adenosine 3'.

5'-monop!losphatE'! :Ccycllc AMP) in mouse forebrain in vivo. The content of

cyclic AMP doubled at 5 s and had increased four-to nve:fOld at 90 s after the

onset of tonus. Smaller increases were observed when mice were placed in

an 02-enriched atmosphere. The increase in the content in forebrain of

cyclic AMP during seizures was significantly reduced in mice that had

previously been injected with theophylline or caffeine. The methylxanthines did

not alter the initial (pre-ictal) level of cyclic AMP in mouse forebrain. On

the basis of these and previous data. the following hypothesis is proposed to

account for the present observations: When seizures produce asphyxia in the

forebrain. the consequent dephosphorylation of adenine nucleotides liberates

small amounts of free adenosine which may then diffuse out of cells and

activate an adenyl cyclase-linked receptor that is located on plasma membranes

and is accessible from the extracellular space.

SAVAGE. C•• McCABE. O. L•• KURLAND. A.A. and HANLON. T. LSD-assisted psychotherapy 10 the treatment of severe chronic neurosis. Journal of the Altered

States of Con::lciousness 1(1): 31-47 (Fall. 1973)

This study assessed the overall effectiveness of LSD therapy vs. conventional institutional treatment of the chronic. severe neurotic and. within the LSD

model. the relative effectiveness of a high vs. low dose administration. The data

suggest that LSD therapy. particularly that involVing high dose. had a superior

short-term impact over conventional treatment in terms of objective adjustment

criteria. Except for certain sex-dosage factors. differential long-term effects

were either negligible or inconclusive.

719

SHAPffiO, D. M., FELDSTEIN, S. and FINK! M. ,Computer Aided Interactive

Psychiatric Diagnosis Programs. New York: Biodata, Inc., 1971.

SHEARD. M. H. and AGHAJANIAN. G. K. Stimulation of the midbrain raphe: Effect on

serotonin metabolism. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics 163(2): 425-430 (1968) .

The midbrain of rats was stimulated electrically in the region of the dorsal

and median raphe via acutely placed electrodes. and parameters of stimulation were

varied. In all animals, concentrations of serotonin and 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid

were measured in the forebrain. and sites of electrode placement in' the brainstem

were determined histologically. Results indicated a close correlation between

electrode placement and changes in indole levels in the forebrain. Only in those

regions of the midbrain with serotonin-containing neurons did stimulation produce

an increase in serotonin catabolism. There was a maximum change at a stimulus

frequency of 10 pulses/sec. This amounted to a fall in serotonin of 18% and a rise

in 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid of 80% with 1 hI" of stimulation. The fall in serotonin

reaches a maximum in the first 15 min. Thereafter, the concentration of serotonin

does not change, while 5-:hydroxyindoleacetic acid continues to rise. The fact that

the serotonin concentration remai"ns constant beyond 15 min. despite'coriUnued

stimulation, suggests that there has been an upward adjustment in the rate of

serotonin biosynthesis. .

SHEPPARD. C. and MERLIS, S. Pragmatic considerations of current models in the predictors of psychiatric drug effects. Diseases of the Nervous System 30: 11-14

(February, 1969)

SHEPPARD, C., O'NEILL, C., FRACCHIA, J. and MERLIS, S. Levels of personal conflict derived from response to the emotion profile index. Journal of Psychology

74: 143-148 (1970)

Kellerman and Plutchik, reporting on one aspect of the relationship between personality and emotion -- namely, conflict -- propose a taxonomy of trait

terms designed to measure high, medium, and low conflict tendencies ~rom EPI

responses. Hypothesizing that a person's choices among these terms reflect

levels of maladjustment, Kellerman and Plutchik present data indicating normal

Ss, moderately ill, and severely ill Ss obtain significantly different scores on

each of the three conflict scales derived from the trait term taxonomy. Their

findings show normals scored higher than the two maladjusted groups on the low

conflict scale, while the greatest medium conflict scores and high conflict scores

were achieved by the moderately ill and severely ill groups respectively.

The present study seeks to extend EPI conflict research by applying

Kellerman and P1utchik's conflict measures to the EPI responses of MMPI

identified pathological personality types which clinically suggest varying degrees

of conflict. In this way additional information as to the relative sensitivity of

these newly developed conflict scales to expected differences in the level of conflict associated with different personality structures can be obtained.

720

SIEGEL. L. Digitizing graphic records for computer analysis. IEEE Transactions on

Bio-Medical Engineering . BME-14(1):7-l0 . (Januaxy. 1967)

A method for digitizing graphic records is presented. First the TRACER

is described. This electromechanical device is used on-line with a digital computer (LINC) having analog-to-digital input channels. As the stylus on the TRAc"ER

is moved over the record to be digitized. its position is indicated by a unique set

of resistance values. These axe converted to voltages which axe forwaxded to the

computer as (X. Y) coordinate values. The computer stores these values. operates

on them and displays the converted record on an, on-line oscilloscope. Associated

computer programs axe discussed as well as applications. A section on errors

and a compaxison with presently available methods in included.

Student Associatiqn for the Study of Halluci-nogep.s, Inc. Doping: /'1 STASH

literature review. Grassroots (June, 1973 supplement)

SULLNAN, R. Magnitude estimation of anxiety. Psychonomic Science 21: 209-211

(1970)

Twenty-six males rated and estimated magnitudes of anxiety

experienced during a stress condition. The findings suggest that the

direct method of magnitude estimation is an appropirate scaling procedure

for the measurement of transitory anxiety. Taylor MAS scores were

not related to anxiety levels expressed on either category or estimation

scales. The method of direct estimation of anxiety may serve as a corollary

to other measures of transitory anxiety and prove useful in behavioral

therapy settings.

TAYLOR. R. M., DREW, W. G. and MILLER, L. L. A simple method for modifying a

standaxd activity wheel to increase sensitivity. Perceptual and Motor Skills

33: 1317-1318 (1971)

A simple and highly sensitive method of automating the acquisition of

activity wheel data on animals in isolation is described. As well as being inexpensive and quickly constructed the modification is entirely maintenance free.

THOMPSON, T. and SCHUSTER. C. R. Behavioral Phaxmacology. Englewood. New

Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1968.

For abstract, see Section IV. Behavioral Studies.

THOR. D. H. and GHISELLI. W. B. Visual and social determinants of shock-elicited aggressive responding in rats. Animal Leaxning and Behavior 2(1): 74-76 (1974)

Light and daxk reaxed, social and isolate housed, male Long-Evans

hooded rats were tested in bright and dim light for aggressive response to footshock. Test lighting and socialization main effects were significant, with greater

fighting in dim light than in bright light and greater fighting by isolates than by

socially housed animals. Test lighting interacted with prior visual experience

and socialization interacted with past and present illumination vaxiab1es. The

results suggest an inhibitory effect of test illumination dependent upon prior

social and visual experience.

721

VACHON, L., MIKUS, P., MORISSEY, W., FITZGERALD, M. and GAENSLER. E.

Bronchial effect of marihuana smoke in asthma. Proceedings of the National

Conference on Marihuana (in press)

For abstract, see Section III. Mechanisms of Action of Different Drugs.

VENATOR, E.R., UEHLING" B.S. and ISAAC, W. Effects of illumination and white

noise on the rate of electrical self-stimulation of the brain in rats. Psychological Reports (in press)

WEISS, B. Can computers answer behavioral questions? Behavior Research Methods and

Instrumentation 5(2): 67-79 (1973)

I have tried to document my assertion that computer technology has made

a-contribution to our understanding of behavior and that it can be used both to ask

and answer important questions about behavior and about behavioral pharmacology.

Obviously, the technology is going to be developed further, be made available more

cheaply, and made ~a'6ier for us to use. I am happy to see such developments, but

we surely do not have to await the perfect system in order to do significant research

on behavior.

WEISS, B. Digital computers and the microanalysis of behavior. Digital Computers in

the Behavior Laboratory. Edited by B. Weiss. 'New York: Appleton-CenturyCrofts, 1973. pp. 99-140..

I have tried to present the reader with a point of view about the use of

computers in behavior as well as some possible useful techniques. This point of

view was shaped by my experience in the LINC evaluation program, and by events

and experiences in our work since then. I aimed to stress two main points. First,

the digital computer is an elegant experimental tool. Although it is of great utility

in large scale drug screening, for example, I believe its most important contribution will be to put behavior under a microscope -- to provide more profound

analyses and finer control than has ever been possible before. Second, I believe

that behavioral scientists should equip themselves as well as possible to understand computer technology and, especially, programming. The program is the

experiment to such a great extent that much Of the potential of computer technology

can be lost by scientists who fail to equip themselves with the necessary skills.

WEISS, B., editor. Digital Computers in the Behavior Laboratory. New York: AppletonCentury-Crofts, 1973.

Computer technology will have a two-fold impact on behavior research.

First, it makes possible, because of the ability of the computer to acquire and

store data, a microanalysis of behavior. Even conventional reinforcement schedules demonstrate new f~atures when such analyses are possible. Second, it

enables the experimenter to exert direct control over elements of behavior that

could be controlled only indirectly earlier. The latter contribution of computer

technology to the behavior laboratory will surely be its most revolutionary one.

WEISS, B. The fine structure of operant behavior during transition states. The Theory

of Reinforcement Schedules. Edited by W. N. Schoenfeld. New York: AppletonCentury-Crofts, 1970.

WEISS, B. Instrumentation for operant behavior research. American Psychologist 24(3):

255-258 (March, 1969)

722,

WEISS. B•• LATIES. V.G•• SIEGEL. L. and GOLDSTEIN. D. A computer analysis of

serial interactions in spa:ced responding. Journal of the Experimental Analysis

of Behavior 9(6): 619-626 (November. 1966)

Serial dependencies in interresponse times were studied by means of a

digital computer. In monkeys exposed to a DRL 20-sec schedule of reinforcement.

serial interactions appeared at all stages of training. Early in training the serial

effects consisted of trains of relatively long interresponse times interpersed among

trains of relatively short ones. Later on. the serial effects appeared to be characterized by a tendency to drift up and down in long wave-length periods around

the minimum interval required for reinforcement. After training to a point at

which most interresponse times produced reinforcement. serial effects of a still

more subtle nature appeared. These effects were made apparent by autocorrelation and power spectrum methods and consisted of both long-term and extremely

short-term fluctuations in interresponse times.

WEISS. B. and SIEGEL. L. The laboratory computer in psychopathology. Methods in

Psychopathology. Edited by C. C. Brown. Baltimore, Maryland: Williams and

Williams. 1967. pp. 459-487.

WERNER~ G. Neural information processing with stimulus feature extractors. The Neurosciences. Third Study Program. Edited by F. Schmitt and F. Worden. Cambridge.

Massachusetts: MIT Press. 1973.

The complex stimulus properties to which certain classes of neurons are

sensitive fall into two broad categories: One. consisting of movement or'temporal

modulation of stimuli; the other, representing stationary spatial patterns. The

comparison between stimulus feature-sensitive neural mechanisms in the visual

and the somesthetic system suggests that the stimulus features reflecting movement and change of stimuli playa role in directing the receptor sheet to positions

relative to the stimulus object. which enable other feature detectors to respond to

their appropriate stationary patterns. This conception emphasizes the serial

aspect of information acquisition in perception: Each sample of stationary sense

impressions would in this view be the result of neural activity in many sensory

channels in parallel. and these samples would be acquired by movement of the

receptor sheet into successive positions under guidance by neurons that signal

stimulus motion and change. There is some evidence that this form of conjoint

activity of motion and pattern-sensitive feature detectors would generate successions of sense impressions in a form suited for the encoding of spatial representations of stimulus objects.

WERNER, G. The topology of the body representation in the somatic afferent pathway.

The Neurosciences, Second Study Program. Edited by F. O. Schmitt. New

York: Rockefeller University Press. 1970. pp. 605-617.

WERNER. G. and WHITSEL. B. L. Topology of the body representation in somatosensory

area I of primates. Journal of Neurophysiology 31: 856-869 (1968)

The projection of the hindlimb to the somatosensory area I of the macaques

and squirrel monkeys was studied with microelectrode penetrations oriented parallel

or perpendicular to the cortical surface.

The essential features of the cortical map obtained from a composite of

all 43 histologically identified penetrations of this study area. the r-epresentation

723

Werner. G. and Whitsel. B. L. Topology of the body representation ••• continued

of the dermatomes in serial order. the separation of sole and dorsum of the foot

in the map with the lateral edge of the foot adjoining the postaxial calf and the

medial edge bordering ori the preaxial calf, and the continuity between dorsum and

sole maintained by a nearly diagonal band of neurons representing the tips of the

toes.

Relations of proximity and distance of points on the body do not consistently remain preserved in the cortical map. On the other hand. there are certain

arrays of first-order afferent fibers at the dorsal root entry zone which project in

toto to corresponding arrays of cortical neurons: the RFs of these arrays

compose the "dermatoman trajectories" which we characterized

in an earlier study. Each dermatomal trajectory is treated in the "

projection as a unit. Accordingly. the body and its cortical mo.p are topologically

equivalent in this sense: two adjacent peripheral RFs that form part of one trajectory remain neighbors in the cortical projection. However. neighboring RFs

that belong to different trajectories need not always be neighbors in the cortical

Map; they are not if their afferents enter the spinal cord at different segumental

levels.

WERNER, G. and Whitsel, B. L. '. The topology of dermatomal projection in the medial

lemniscal system. Journal of Physiology 192: 123-144 (1967)

1. The topographic organization of first order afferent fibres in the lumbar.

sacral and coccygeal dorsal roots. and in the fasciculus gracilis was studied "iil .

squirrel monkeys.

2. At the entry zone. progressing from caudal to rostral. dorsal root

filaments receive fibres from tail and hind-limb receptive fields which serially

overlap and describe a spiral-shaped trajectory. The latter starts with tail.

progresses post-axially towards the foot, crosses the foot from lateral to medial,

and ascends the preaxial leg.

3. In the fasciculus gracilis. this arrangement of fibres at the dorsal root

entry zone is preserved in its entirety. It assumes the form of a fibre lamination.

with the most caudal dorsal root fibres occupying a dorso-mediallocation; further

rostral dorsal root fibres come to lie more ventrolaterally.

4. Dorsum and sole of foot project in an overlapping and interdigitating

manner to the fibre lamina of the 7th lumber dermatome in the fasciculus gracilis.

Therby. dorsum and sole of foot behave in the projection as if they were one and

the same surface.

5. The argument is presented that the foot and its projection on to the

cross-sectional plane of the dorsal funiculus are topologically equivalent and that

the hind-limb as a whole and its projection are not. On the other hand, homotopic

mapping of the foot together with the sequential fibre organization in the dorsal

funiculus enable many more types of closed curves on the body surface to remain

arc-wise connected in the projection than would otherwise be possible.

WERNER, G•• WHITSEL, B. L. and PETRUCELLI, L. Data structure and algorithms in

the primate somatosensory cortex. Brain and Human Behavior. Edited by A.

Karczmar and J. C. Eccles. New York: Springer Verlag. 1972. pp. 164-186.

WHITSEL, B. L., ROPPOLO. J. R. and WERNER. G. Cortical information processing of

stimulus motion on primate skin. Journal of Neurophysiology 35(5): 691-717 (1972)

WILK, S. Cerebrospinal fluid levels of MHPG in affective disorders. Nature

235 (5339): 440-441 (February, 1972)

WOFSEY, A. R., KUHAR. M. J. and SNYDER, S. H. A unique synaptosomal fraction,

which accumulates glutamic and aspartic acids, in brain tissue. Proceedings

of the National Academy of Sciences 68(6): 1102'-1106 (June, 1971)

Subcellular fractionation of rat cerebral cortical slices on sucrose

density gradients provides evidence for the existence of a unique

synaptosomal fraction (enriched in pinched-off nerve endings) that selectively

accumulates glutamic and aspartic acids. The particles in this fraction

sediment to a less dense portion of sucrose gradients than do particles that

accumulate aromatic. basic, and neutral <large and small) amino acids.

Particles that store gamma-aminobutyric acid are even less dense than those

that contain exogenous glutamic and aspartic acids. The distribution of

endogenous glutamic acid encompasses both that of exogenous glutamic acid

and that of the neutral and basic amino acids. These findings provide

neurochemic~support for the suggestion that glutamic and/or aspartic acid

has a specialized synaptic function, perhaps as a neurotransmitter, in the

mammalian brain.

WOLPERT, A. Psychopharma<:ology: An overview. Psychiatric Quarterly 42:

. 444-451. (July, 1968)

WOLPERT, A. and DIAMOND, B. Preclinical factors as predictors of initial human dose.

Diseases of the Nervous System 30: 19-22 (February, 1969)

WOLPERT, A., QUINTOS. A., WHITE. L. and MERLIS, S. Thiothixene and chlorprothixene in behavior disorders. Current Therapeutic Research 10(11): 566-569

(November, 1968)

Thiothixene. a thioxanthene with a piperaZine side chain and a sulfonamide

at position 2. has been shown to be effective in a wide variety of adult psychiatric

disorders•. There has also been evidence of its efficacy in certain severe .childhood

disorders. Chlorprothixene has been used for many years in children. A

comparative study was undertaken to determine if side chain differences offered

target symptom specificity between these thioxanthene structures.

WOLPERT, A., SHEPPARD, C. and MERLIS. S. An early clinical evaluation of elopenthixo1 in treatment-resistant female schizophrenic patients. American Journal

of Psychiatry 124(5): 702-705 (November, 1967)

Some published results from the European literature regarding the therapeutic and untoward effects of clopenthixol therapy were replicated. Therapeutic

response was demonstrated at a'daily dosage of 50 mg. An initial drowsiness

was noted within a few days of therapy. No laboratory abnormalities were noted.

The global impressions of the ward physician were confirmed by the

statistical evaluation of the rating data. A significant improvement was demonstrated in this sample of treatment-resistant, chronic female schizophrenics.

This has encouraged us to formulate a further, more extensive investigation of

clopenthixol in a larger double-blind comparative study.

725

WOLPERT, A., SHEPPARD, C. and MERLIS, S. Thiothixene, thioridazine, and placebo

in male chronic schizophrenic patients. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics

9(4): 456-464 (July-August, 1968)

The population of a male chronic schizophrenic ward was selected for

treatment with thiothixene (Navane) (35 subjects), thioridazine (Mellaril) (29 subjects), and/or placebo (28 subjects). Medication was administered fOr seven

months. During this period, the maximum daily dosage reached was 55 mg. of

thiothixene and 1,100 mg. of thioridazine. Because of the high incidence of untoward effects and the absence of a marked therapeutic effect, daily dosage was

titrated to an average of 10 mg. of thiothixene and 200 mg. of thioridazine during

the last four months of treatment. On the basis of the fivefold criteria for

determining efficacy (statistical comparisons of the behavioral ratings, psychological test data, the number of treatment failures in each medication group, and the

incidence of side effects and patient status at the close of the study), thioridazine

appeared slightly more effective in the treatment of schizophrenic symptomatology

in this series of patients.

WOLPERT, A., YARYURA-TOBIAS, J. A., WHITE, L. and MERLIS, S. Triiodothyronine

and phenothiazines in schizophrenia. Diseases of the Nervous System 30: 487-489

(July, 1969)

Twenty chronic schizophrenic patients on various phenothiazines were

matched and assigned to placebo and triiodothyronine. After one month there was

no difference between the two treatments. Triiodothyronine did not have a

synergistic effect on phenothiazine controlled psychotic symptoms.

WOOD, R. W. A student-maintained filing and scheduling system for the interview classroom technique. The Psychological Record 22: 491-496 (1972)

A filing system was devised to facilitate the implementation of the interview technique, as well as other personalized systems of instruction. All file

maintenance was performed by the students themselves, freeing instructors and

teaching assistants for more valuable functions. The contingency management

system maintained a constant rate of interview taking. Instructors and teaching

assistants gave interviews at a negatively accelerated rate throughout the course,

with a short burst in the last week. A significant negative correlation was demonstrated between the frequency of interviews given per student and the number of

class days taken to complete the course.

WOOD, R. W., SETTE, W. F. and WEISS, B. Interfacing the experimenter to the computer:

Languages for psychologists. American Psychologist (in press)

WORTHINGTON, C. S. and ISAAC, W.

avoidance response in the rat.

Occipital ablation and retention of a visual conditioned

Psychonomic Science 8( 7): 289-290 (1967)

Retention of a preoperatively established light contingent avoidance

response following bilateral occipital ablation was studied. The two variables

of interest, level of preoperative training and duration of postoperative recovery

period, had a significant effect upon postoperative retention.

726

YOUNG, A. B., OSTER-GRANITE, M. L., HERNDON, R. M. and SNYDER, S. H.

Glutamin acid: Selective depletion by viral induced granule cell loss in

hamster cerebellum. Brain Research 73: 1-13 (1973)

Cerebellar hypoplasia in the hamster induced by rat virus strain

PRE 308 was used as a model system in which greater than 950/0 of the

cerebellar granule cell population can be selectively depleted at an early

stage of development. Electron microscopic examination of infected

hamster cerebella indicated a significant reduction of parallel fiber

synapses and granule cell dendrites in glomeruli. All other cell~ypes

occurred in approximately normal numbers and formed proper synaptic

connections.

To attempt to identify the transmitter of the cerebellar granule cell, we

examined the uptakes of amino acids and amines into synaptosomes in the cerebella

of hamsters with granuloprival cerebellar hypoplasia and their littermate controls.

The high affinity uptakes of glutamic and aspartic acids were reduced by 70% in

infected animals. No significant reductions occurred in the uptakes of a variety of

other amino acids, putative neurotransmitters and their precursors. Endogenous

glutamic acid was decreased by 430/0. although endogenous protein concentration

was not altered. Analysis of the free cerebellar amino acid content of infected

animals revealed a selective decrease in glutamic acid and no decrease in other

amino acids, in particular aspartic acid. Partial granule cell depletions were

also produced and the extent of granule cell loss correlated with the decrease in

endogenous glutamic acid and high affinity glutamic acid uptake.

727



AUTHOR/EDITOR INDEX

Aaronson, B. S. 627

Abbott, S. R. 5

Abel, E. L. 79, 185, 385, 523

Abel', R.C. 110, 113

Abood, L. G. 45, 51, 67, 293, 358,

460, 691

Abrams, C. A. L. 523

Abrams, L. A. 5, 661, 665

Abrams, L. S. 79

Abrams. R. 30. 115. 627, 691~ 701

Abu-Shumays. A. 5

Aceto. M. D. 320

Adams, M. D. 185

Adams, P. M. 385, 523

Adams, T. C., Jr. 79. 80

Adams. VV.J. 186. 385, 420

Adler, F. L. 5. 6. 14. 18, 50. 80. 91,

102. 298

Adler, M. VV. 6, 49. 80, 186, 253,

297. 386. 524, 546

Afin. A-H. 84, 198

Aghajanian, G.K. 7, 80. 160, 186,

187, 197. 206, 247, 261. 348, 720

Agola, P. 183. 379

Agurell, S. 146, 153, 303, 314, 315

Akai, K. 159. 330

Albers, J.VV. 411

Alexander, P.B. 675

Algeri, S. 93, 212

Alker. P. C. 551

Alpert. M. 187

Altshuler, H. L. 7, 188, 189, 258

Amarose, A. P. 189, 524

Amini, F. 595

Amsel, Z. 665

An, R. 438

Andersen. D. K. 299, 547

Anderson, L. J. 130

Anderson, R. E. 549

Anderson, S.M. 174, 361, 505

Anderson, T. 189, 386

Anderson, T. R. 189, 190, 352, 353

Ando, K. 77, 520

Andresko, M. 624

Angel, C. R. 32, 117

Angrist, B. M. 64, 80, 187

Anthony, D. 589. 654

Aqleh, K. 525

Arengo, A.D. 375

Arnfred, T. 190, 386

Arregui, A. 81

729

. ~.

Asnis, S. F. 22, 50

Aston. R. 190, 191, 358. 359, 386,

524, 560

Athenholt, T. 140

Atkinson, R. C. 403

Aurori, K.C. 81, 177, 178

Axelrod, J. 139, 140

Ayhan. I. H. 191, 327. 386, 387

Babb, J. E. 366. 562

Babbini. M. 192, 228, 387. 404, 405,

570, . 691

Babst, D. V. 595, 600, 627, 665, 669

Back. K. VV. 630, 668

Bacon, V. A. 27, 89

Baden, M. 671

Baden, M. B. 552

Baden. M. E. 627

Baden, M. M. 7, 36, 159. 320, 327,

330. 529. 553, 555, 622, 628. 666

Baeder. D. H. 121. 263. 581

Bagley. S. K. 443, 444. 646, 708

Bailey. D. N. 8, 40, 81, 82. 192, 524

Baker. VV. VV. 192-196. 295. 387, 565,

595. 596. 692

Bakker. C. B. 632. 633

Baldwin. B. A. 596

Ball. J. C. 9. 566, 628. 635, 666,

667. 670

Ball, M.J. 628. 667

Ball. S. 10

Ballantine, P., II. 460

Balster, R. L. 22. 387. 416. 436

Balter. M. B. 388, 466. 480, 629,

651. 652. 653. 667, 680 . :.' ,

Banerjee, S. P. 167, 196. 692 '

Barker. N. VV. 615, 646, 677

Barratt. E. S. 221, 385. 399. 523

Barry, H., III. 9, 197. 350. 356, 357

388, 455, 457, 469. 470, 499

Barstow, C. A. 236, 237

Barth, R. 27

Bartolini, A. 82, 388

Bartolucci, G. 389

Basmadjian, G. P. 82

Bass. G. A. 617

Bass, V.F•• III. 599, 616

Bates, VV. M. 619

Baugh, E. L. 235, 414

Beach, D. J. 32. 117

Beaubrunn. M. H. 364

Beaver. W.T. 692

Beck. E. C. 389. 458. 498. 501

Becker, F. 197

Beckman, G. C. 695

Beckner, J. S. 104, 145. 302. 467,

532

Bednarczyk. J. H. 165, 356, 590

Beecher, H.K. 692

Beeler, G. W. 287. 585

Beighlie. D.J. 234, 533

Bell. R. D. 214. 529

Bellville. J. W. 525

Bendotti. L. 186. 386•. 524

Benedict. F. 193. 194

Benn. G. J. 599. 600

Bennett, J. L. 197

Bennett, J. P. 81, 168, 693

Benson. H. '693

Bentler, P. M. 9, 21. 629, 641, 667.

674

Ben-Zvi. Z. 9. 83. 107, 146. 147,

153. 197. 303. 304, 305. 315

Beranek. J. T. 84

Berberian. R. M. 667, 668, 685

Berens. J. 692

Bergen, J.J. 601

Bergen, J. R. 83

Berger, B. B. 625

Bergson. A. 254

Berkowitz. D. 50. 141

Berliner. A. K. 619

Berlow. L. 566, 629

Berman. P. 561

Berry, D. E. 250

Bertani, L. M. 75

Bertel, B. 553

Bertozzi, P. E. 719

Best. J.F. 213

Beyer, J. R. 198

Bhargava. H. N. 84, 198. 389. 566

Bianchine, J. R. 198

Bicher, J.L. 84, 198

Bier, D. M. 707

Bi.gelow, G. 389

Billings, D. K. 694

Bishop, M. P. 375

Blackford. L. S-C. 10, 668

Blackwell. L. A. 471, 550

Blake, D. A. 48. 76. 586. 594

Blechner. J. N. 554

Bloch, R. 149. 151, 306

Block. J. H. 130

Bloom, F. E. 187

Bloom, R. 566, 668, 676. 707

Blum, K. 34. 72, 251, 389, 427, 428,

525, 575, 704

730

Blum, R. H. 629. 668

Blumberg, A.G. 596. 602

Blumberg. H. 566

Blumberg, J.B. 199. 332. 556

Bodner, S. 87

Bogan. P. 586, 619

Bohdanecky, Z. 390

Boisse, N.R. 199

Bolt. A.G. 27, 85. 110, 113, 199,

525

Bond. D. D. 525, 567, 596, 629

Bond, M. L. 237. 573

Bonnet. K. A. 10. 200, 390

Boquet. P. L. 232

Borberg, S. 390

Borgatta. E. A. 10

Borgen. L. A. 10, 200. 201, 228,

315, 390, 391. 404, 525, 552

Boshans. R. L. 96. 214

Bosin, T. R. 85

Botto, R. W. 423

Boudin, H. M. 391, 596. 597

Bourque. L. B. 630. 668

Bowen. D. V. 15. 92

Bowers. M. B•• Jr. 85. 201. 218.

294. 526. 597

Boyd., E. H. 202. 203

Boyd. E.S. 202. 203

Boyink, N.C. 567. 668

Braceland. F.J. 525. 526. 567. 596.

597. 629. 630

Bradley. P. 242. 423

Bradt. C. 551

Brady. J. V. 11. 391, 436, 579

Braestrup, C. 11. 86. 161. 203,

338. 567

Branch, B. 381, 382. 383. 564

Branchey, L. 87

Brase. D. A. 204, 391, 568

Brattin, W.J. 11

Braude, M. C. 59, 87, 204, 526

Braun, M. 239

Braun, P. 147. 304, 305

Braunstein. M. C. 53, 143, 299. 466,

547

Braverman, S. 49, 297, 546

Breese, G. R. 204, 205. 224, 267,

391, 392, 400, 439

Brehm, M. L. 630, 668

Brennan, T. 536

Bres, J. 29. 115. 250, 540

Breskin. S. 279, 446. 615. 647

Bridge. T. P. 205, 526, 630, 635,

670

Brill. L. 529. 597

Brill. N. Q. 392. 438. 526. 527, 543,

568, 630, 631, 638, 645. 669. 672.

677

Brister. C.C. 205, 405, 531

Bristow. R.L. 124. 266

Brochmann-Hanssen, E. 12. 13, 87, 88

Brodetsky, A. M. 234, 533

Bronaugh, R. L. 88

Brookes. L.G. 27, 88, 89, 110, 111,

527, 703

Brophy, F. 665

Brotman. R. 65, 568, 598, 623. 631.

632. 643. 661. 669, 712

Brown, B. S. 531. 599, 600. 606, 616

Brown. B. W. 613

Brown, D. A. 707

Brown, D. J. 90, 170, 205, 358. 420

Brown, H. 14 .-

Brown. J. W. 669

Brown. L. E. 202, 203

Brown, P. 290

Browne, I. W. 536

Browne-Mayers, A. N. 568, 600

Bruner. A. 78. 380, 574. 594, 6~9

Brunswick. A. F •.632, 669

Brust. J. C. M. 527. 555, 622

Bruun. B. 555. 622

Bucci. L. 600

Buchenauer, D. 528

Buckley, J. P. 209. 210. 211, 279, 364

Buckpitt. A.R. 85

Buelke. J. 58

Bunney, B. S. 7, 187, 206

Burch, N. R. 7, 188. 189, 258

Burks, T. F. 13, 52, 207, 208, 260.

277. 285. 298, 322. 332. 461, 545

Burns. M. 476

Burstein. S. 9, 13. 83. 90, 138. 197,

208

Bush. M. T. 13, 91

Bushing, J. A. 209, 333, 392

Butler. J.R. 158, 486, 621

Buxbaum, D. M. 91, 182. 208. 209.

379. 392

Byrd, L.D. 392, 393. 694

Callahan, B. 620

Callahan, D. 620

Callegari, B. 248

Campbell, B. A. 393, 421, 422, 460,

461. 465

Campbell, C. 141, 298

Campbell, N. D. 704

Campo, R. A. 394

Canton, C. 69

Carder, B. 394, 428, 556, 695

Carino, M. A. 209, 271

Carley, J. L. 390

Carlin, A. S. 632, 633

'731

Carlini, E. A. 394, 408

Carlson, K. R. 711

Carney, J. 395

Carr, E. A., Jr. 148, 305

Carskadon, M. 231, 408

Carter, M. E. 91, 209, 392

Cartwright, C. 341

Casella, G. 152

Cashaw, J. L. 14, 101, 227

Casswell, S. 395

Castles, T.R. 124, 266

Cate, J. C. 528

Cathcart. C. F. 53. 465

Catlin. D. H. 6. 14. 32. 80. 91. 117

Cauthen. S. E. 91, 92, 133. 157

Cavanaugh. J. H. 107

Cavero. I. 209. 210, 211. 364

Cavness, C. 239

Cehrs, F.D. 47

Cely, W. 132, 282, 283. 362, 545

Challenor, Y.B. 553, 555, 622

Chambers~ C.D. 9, "274",,'52"9,535,

566. 568, 595, 597~ 600. 601, 602.

625. 627, 628. 633. 634, 635. 636,

646, 665, 666, 667, 669, 670, 671.

677, 678. 689. 695

Champlin, F. B. 695

Chao, F-C. 50

Chaoman. L.F. 489

Chapel. J. L. 211, 529, 602. 636,

637, 671. 696

Chappel. J. 614

Charap. A.D. 396. 430, 432, 522

Chatterjie. N. 15, 92

Chau. T.T. 212. 529

Chen. C. H. 12. 87

Chen. H. 92

Cheney. D. L. 92. 93. 212. 213. 396.

569

Chenoweth. M. B. 93

Cherubin. C. E. 529, 671

Chesluk, D. 672

Chester. P. 642. 674

Chiang, H.C. 12, 87

Chipkin. R. E. 213

Chippendale. T. J. 696

Chiu. P. 34. 119

Cho, T. M. 50. 264, 438

Chorosh, J. 279, 446. 615. 647

Choulis, N. H. 15, 213, 602, 696

Christensen, C. 213

Christie. R. L. 392. 526, 631. 669

Christy. D. 396

Chubb. N. C. 443. 444. 646

Cicero. T.J. 15. 94, 95, 96, 214.

346, 396, 497, 529

Cisin. I. H. 396. 480, 637, 651, 653,

680

Clare, G. 234, 412, 509, 640

Clark, L.D. 396, 397, 637

Clarke, C. C. 253, 611

Clarke, D. D. 15, 92

Cline, M. 665

Cline, W. 671

Clineschmidt, B. V. 95, 214, 271

Cloninger, C.R. 96, 214

Clouet, D. H. 41, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100,

127, 128, 152, 162, 181, 215, 216,

217, 277, 280, 309, 343, 371, 544,

550, 583

Cochin, J. 16, 100, 217, 240, 306, 311,

322, 364, 438, 469, 471, 472, 539,

540, 550, 556, 557, 569, 587

Cohen, A. H. 218

Cohen, C.P. 626, 637, 654, 660

Cohen, M. 16, 596, 602, 603, 637,

638

Cohen, S. 218, 530, 573, 689, 696

Cohn, M. 219, 220, 398, 399, 569,

603

Cohn, M. L. 218, 219, 220, 221, 397,

398, 399, 569, 603

Cohn, R. A. 100, 221, 399

Colasanti, B. 44, 221, 222, 223, 290,

291, 292, 313, 399, 400, 453, 476,

570

Cole, J. O. 638

Collier, W. V. 604

Collins, A.C. 101

Collins, L. 64, 497, 655, 656

Collins, P.I. 223, 570

Comaty, J. 236

Cone, E. J. 137

Connaughton, J.F. 537, 604, 609, 610

Connor, J.D. 194, 195

Connor, T. 546

Conwell, D. 665

Cook, J. D. 224, 334, 400, 489

Coon, K. 400

Cooper, B. R. 204, 205, 224, 267,

391, 392, 400, 439

Cooper, I. S. 468

Copans, S. A. 499, 560, 624

Corby, J. C. 696

Corssen, G. 411

Costa, E. 93, 212

Cotman, C. W. 696

Cott, J. M. 224, 400

Cotter, C.F. 695

Cotter, M. L. 25, 109, 574

Coupal, J. J. 563, 625

Cousens, K. 225, 400, 530

Coussens, W. R. 16, 225, 228, 400,

401, 404, 570

.732·

Cowen, J.D. 489

Cox, R.H., Jr. 54, 300, 466, 547

Coyle, J.T. 356, 499

Crawford, G. A.- 615, 646, 677

Creasser, C. 170, 358

Creese. I. 101

Critchlow. V. 382

Crofford. M. 225, 354. 530, 559

Crombie, L. 101, 225

Crowder. W. F. 16, 225, 228, 231,

400, 401, 404. 407. 570

Crowley, T. J. 401, 402, 672

Crown, P. 234, 244. 365, 412, 423,

509. 562, 640

Croy, D. J. 252, 428

Cruickshank. E. 364

Crumpton, E. 527. 568, 631, 638,

672

Cua~recasas, P. 692

CUllen, i. 536 -

Culver, C.M. 402. 530

Cummins. J. T. 226. 238

Curtis, T. 589. 654

Cushman. P., Jr. 226, 530, 531,

542, 563, 604, 605, 625. 638,

672, 673

Cuskey, W. R. 670

Dabrowska, J. 447

Dachowski, L. 697, 707

Dafny, N. 52. 298, 461

Dahlberg, C. C. 38, 279, 402, 446.

544. 570, 606. 615, 639. 647, 679

Dalzell, B. C. 184

Dalzell. H.C. 158, 184

Dana, L. 375, 379

Darley, C. F. 403

Darrah, H. K. 138, 296, 546

Daves, E. D. 155, 319

Davidow, B. 16, 17

Davidson, S. T. 651

Davies, N. H. 549

Davis, C. M., Jr. 22

Davis. D. H. 675, 684

Davis, F.F. 92, 570, 639

Davis, J. M. 101, 107, 226, 239, 331,

447, 531, 536, 573, 584, 606, 607.

639, 647, 697. 709

Davis, K. H., Jr. 70, 176

Davis, M. 200, 226, 227, 403, 499,

560, 624

Davis. M. M. 531, 606

Davis. P. W. 227

Davis, T. R. 404

Davis. V. E. 14. 101, 180. 227, 343

Davis. W. M. 10. 16. 59. 66. 192;-200.

201. 205. 225. 228. 229. 230. 231.

287. 288. 307. 308. 313. 315•.387.

390. 391. 400. 401, 404. 405, 406.

407. 452. 474. 497. 498. 525, 531.

532. 550, 552. 570. 571. 606. 623.

691

Dayton. H.E. 17, 101

Deardorff. C. M. 549

DeCato. L••Jr. 18. 102

DeFleur, L.B. 18. 639

DeForest. J. W. 639. 640. 673

de la Pena. A. 711

DeLeon. G. 607. 640; 673. 674

Delivoria-Papadopoulis. M. 537

Demaree. R. G. 407. 607

Dembo. R. 625. 689

DeMello. A. C. 408, 486

Dement, W. C. 231, 408. 711

Denber. H.C. 102. 173, 174, 306, 549

Deneau. G.A. 18. 19. 111. 231. ~84.

343. 408. 532. 699

Desmond. D. P. 650

Devynck. M.A. 232, 330

Dewey, W. L. 19,. 102. 103. 104. 110.

142. 144, 145. 146. 155. 168. 176,

184. 185. 212. 213. 232. 233, 247,

261, 294. 297. 299, 302, 318. 319.

320, 357, 409, 436, 467, 480. 500.

529, 532, 571. 572, 575, 591. 640

de Wied. D. 183, 382

Dews, P.B. 404. 409, 410, 698

Diab, I. M. 20, 62

Diamond. B. 182. 183. 379, 725

Diamond. F. 187

DiGregorio. G.J. 61, 482

Dilts. S. 672

DiMascio, A. 225. 400. 530

Dinerstein. R.J. 62

Dingell, J. V. 104, 293

Dingledine, R. 233, 532

Ditman. K. S. 218. 233. 530, 533.

689. 696, 699

Dixit. B. N. 356, 357

Dolby. T. W. 234

Dole. V. P. 605

Dole. W. P. 65. 234

Domino, E. F. 82. 93. 105. 106. 138,

234. 295. 313. 388. 410, 411, 447.

455, 468. 473, 476. 488. 533. 546.

699

Donato. D. 144. 175

Doorenbos. N. J. 20, 22. 61, 108, 165,

177

Dornbush, R. L. 234, 244, 365. 412.

423. 509. 510. 562, 627, 640, 691

733

Dorrance, D. L. 234. 235. 533

Dosher. A. 616

. Dossett. R.G. 188. 189

Dougherty. J. A. 412

Dowdall. M.J. 700

Downey. D. 461

Downs. D. A. 413, 519, 572, 594

Drawbaugh. R. B. 255. 414, 429. 572

Dressler, K. P. 259

Drew, G. W. 370, 513, 626

Drew. W. G. 106. 235, 414, 472, 473.

721

Drewes, H.R. 109

Dreyer. D.A. 330

Dronkert. A. 268

Droppleman, L. F. 20

Duarte.-Escalante. O. 106. 235. 236,

417. 534, 700

Dubin. J. W. 554

Duffield. A. M. 89

Dunkel. L.D. 624

Dunlap, W. P. 697

Dustman, R. E. 458. 498

DuToit, B. M. 641, 674

Dwarshuis, L. 572, 578, 585. 607,

613, 616, 617, 641, 710

Dykstra,' L. A. 21, 415. 572

Dziak, J. 210

Eade, N.R. 198

Eagle. C. T., Jr. 611

Ebbighausen, W. O. R. 21

Ebner. E. 654

Echols. S. T. 236. 415

Edelman. I. 164. 352

Edery. H. 83. 107. 146. 147, 197,

303. 304. 305

Ehrenpreis. S. 236

Eichberg. R. H. 9. 21. 629. 641.

667. 674

Eidelberg. E. 107. 236. 237. 534.

573

Eldridge. J. 77. 594

Elef-Therion. B. E. 558

Elinson. J. 678

Ellinwood. E. H•• Jr. 22, 106, 205,

235. 236. 237. 238. 415, 416. 417.

418. 468. 526, 534. 535. 573. 630.

635. 641. 670, 674. 700. 707

Ellinwood. E. J •• Jr. 50

Elliott. H. W. 79. 198. 238

Ellis. R. D. 133

Elsbach. P. 376. 377. 384

El-Yousef. M.K. 101. 226. 331. 447.

531. 536. 573, 584. 607. 639. 647.

697. 709

Emich, J. P. 537, 604, 610

Englander, D. M. 9, 667

Englert, L. F. 107, 122, 123, 265

Eplov, L. 152, 161, 314, 338

Erill, S. 488

Erspamer, R. 237, 573

Ertel, R. 210, 357, 364

Ervin, V.G. 88

Estevez, V.S. 107, 122, 123, 265

Estrada, U. 419

Euker, C. 618, 661

Evans, H. L. 419, 700, 703

Evans, M. A. 420

Everhart, B. A. 72

Faith, M. E. 238, 420

Fann, W. E. 107, 239, 536, 584, 606

Farney, R. B. 170, 358

Farquhar; J. K. 72

Farrow, J.T. 108, 178

Fauley, J.J. 120

Faust, R. 658, 686

Fedynskyj, N. M. 54, 143, 547

Feinberg, I. 239

Feinberg, M. P. 217, 240

Feingold, E. 543, 559, 614

Feldman, H. W. 22, 641, 674

Feldman, J. 462

Feldman, J. M. 299, 547

Feldstein, S. 38, 343, 365, 509, 510,

562. 606, 627. 639. 642, 674, 679.

720

Fenimore. D. C. 22, 108, 701

Fentiman. A. F •• Jr. 22. 109

Ferguson, L. 621

Ferguson. R. K. 420. 449

Fernandez, J. 536

Ferraro. D. P. 421, 433. 436, 461,

505, 694

Fetterman, P. S. 20. 22, 108. 176,

177

Fibiger. H.C. 393. 421, 422

Fidell. L. S. 573, 588. 642. 654

Field. F. H. 15. 92

Findley, J. 436. 579, 712

Fink, M. 22, 23, 24, 25. 30, 35, 36,

37, 78, 108, 109, 115, 234, 240.

241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 275, 296,

343, 365, 366, 370, 380, 381, 412,

422, 423. 458, 509. 510, 513, 521.

536, 538, 562, 573, 574, 575, 589.

592. 594. 600, 608, 609, 610. 611,

617. 621, 623. 624, 626. 627, 640,

642, 643, 649, 658, 674, 691. 701,

702. 703, 708, 720

Finkle, B. S. 702

Finnegan, L. P. 448. 456, 536. 537,

546. 558, 561. 604, 609, 610

Finney. J. 647

Fiorentino, D. 27. 28. 64, 425. 497.

642. 655, 656, 702

Fischer, I. 536

Fischer, R. 537

Fisher, D.D. 689

Fisher, S. 423. 482, 653. 680

Fishman, J. 25, 26. 50, 109. 140.

245, 574, 575, 579, 586, 610, 613,

665

Fitch, F. W. 71, 72, 121, 122, 178,

179, 543, 593

Fitzgerald. M. X. 363. 592. 722

Fitzwater. J. E. 245

Fleiss, J. L. 544

Fog,.R. 245, 246, 247, ~16. 327,

424, 486, 538 -

Foltz, R. L. 22. 109, 133

Foote, R. S. 1013

Foote, W. E. 247, 702

Forbes. J. E. 110. 247, 575

Ford. D. H. 247. 248

Ford, J. M. 702

Ford. R.D. 168. 299, 357, 500

Foree. D. D. 425

Forgy. E. W. 233. 533

Forney, R.B. 57, 90. 139, 205. 420.

466, 548

Forrest. F. M. 26, 27. 110, 249. 702

Forrest. I.S. 5. 26. 27, 33. 50. 57,

85. 88. 89. 110. 111, 112, 113,

148. 182. 199. 249. 525. 527. 538.

702, 703

Fort. J. 689

Fox. J. 111

Fracchia, J. F. 27. 28. 65. 425. 656.

657, 658. 703, 720

Frank. I. M. 527, 568. 631

Frankenheim, J. M. 299

Fredin, E. S. 649

Freedman. A. M. 78. 243, 244, 245,

296. 380, 381. 412, 423, 458. 509.

521, 538. 573, 574, 575. 589, 594.

596, 597. 608. 609, 610, 611, 617.

621. 625, 626. 638. 640, 643

Freedman. D. X. 20. 80, 187. 486, 525.

526, 567, 629, 630

Freeman. D. X. 61, 327

Freeman. J.J. 249

Freeman. R. R. 22. 108

Freemark, N. 501

Freilich, N. 703

Frey, L. G. 250. 425

Fried, J. 71. 72. 178, 179

Friedel. R. O. 250

Friedhoff, A.J. 28, 64. 87, 113, 114.

159, 161, 187, 309, 343, 525. 526,

538. 567, 587, 596. 597, 629, 630

638, 703

Friedler, G. 539, 540

Friedman, M. A. 261

Fritchie, G.E. 123, 127, 445

Fromageot, P. 232, 330

Fryer, L. 389

Fu, C-C. 12, 87

Fuchs. M. 600

Fujimoto, J.M. 15, 92, 157

Fukayama, G. 703

Funk, W. A. 233. 533

Fyro, B. 341

Gaensler, E. 363, 592. 722

Gallager, D. W. 114, 425

Gallant. D. M. 375

Galvan. L. 362

Gaoni. Y. 115. 146. 147. 148. 250.

303. 304. 305

Garfield, E. 5. 661. 665

Garman. R. H. 703

Garnett. J. E. 346. 497

Garrett. E. R. 29, 30. 115. 250. 540

Gartner, J. 170.·358

Garwes. D.J. 351

Gaston. E. T. 611

Gavitt, J. 355

Gaztanaga, P. 30, 115

Geber, W. F. 540

Gebhart. G. F. 251. 426. 427

Geis, G. 669

Geisler, A. 558

Geller, A. 430, 487

Geller, I. 251. 252, 427, 428. 437.

'575, 704

Gellert, V.F. 428, 575

Gentner, W. A. 49

Gerald, M. C. 704

Gerber, N. 51, 116, 142

Gerlach, J. 252. 428. 611

Gershman, H. 30

Gershon. S. 64. 80

Gessner. P.K. 31, 116, 162, 252, 253.

254, 429, 541. 575, 576, 611

Gessner, T. 116, 253

Geyer, M. A. 134. 255, 293, 344. 429

Ghezzi, D. 186. 386, 524

Ghiselli, W. B. 419, 704, 721

Gianutsos, G. 255. 429

Gibb, J. W. 377

Gibbon, J. 445, 705

Gibbons. J. L. 470

Gildenberg, P. L. 6, 186. 386, 524

Gillespie, H. K. 268, 269, 439, 469,

504, 543, 646

Gintzler, A. R. 256

Gispen, W. H. 183, 382

Gitlow, S. E. 75

Gjika, H. B. 178

Glaser, D. 669

Gleason, T. C. 645, 675

Glendinning, S. T. 531, 606

Glick, S. D. 396, 429, 430, 431, 432,

487, 522. 706

Gluck, J. P. 421, 433

Gold, G.J. 41, 97, 217, 277, 544,

583

Goldberg, S. R. 256. 433. 434. 439,

451. 576, 577

Goldfarb. T. L. 430. 487, 706

Goldiamond•. I. 611

Goldstein, A. 31, 92, 93, 116, 117,

118, 154, 159, 181. 212, 213, 233.

256, 257, 258, ~60, 298. 316, 328,

341, 342, 360, 372, 396. 435, 496,

532. 541, 569, 577, 578, 590, 612,

613, 706

Goldstein, B.B., Jr. 596

Goldstein, D. 723

Goldstein, D. B. 116, 541

Goldstein, J. W. 31, 258, 541, 578,

613, 644, 645, 650, 661, 674. 675,

679

Gonzalez, L. P. 258

Goo, G. P. 489

Goode, E. 435. 645, 675

Goodwin, D. W. 437, 494, 675, 684

Gordon, N. B. 263, 435, 614

Gordon, R. A. 52, 298, 461, 619, 650

Gorodetzky, C. W. 31, 32. 33, 46, 117.

118. 137

Gorodezky, M. 572. 578. 585, 607,

613, 617. 641

Gott. C.T. 512, 706

Gottschalk, L. A. 675

Gould. I. A. 363

Gould. M. H. 313, 476

Grabarits, F. 238, 420

Grabowy, R. 238, 707

Graham, J. M., Jr. 436, 541

Gray, A. P. 578, 579, 613

Grayson, H. M. 631

Green, D. E. 27, 33, 43, 50, 57, 111,

112, 125, 131. 148. 182

Green, J. P. 128, 130, 131, 259, 280,

282, 707

Green. M. L. 158. 486. 621

Green. T. K. 259

Greenberg. D. 167

Greenberg. J. 236

Greene. L. A. 692

Greenwald. E. K. 90. 205

Grell. R. 311, 587

Gresik, E. 248

Grieco, M. H. 530, 542, 605

Griffith, J.D. 107, 239

Griffiths. R. 11. 391, 436. 579

Grisham, M.G. 436

Groce. J. W. 118

Grose, S. A. 716

Gross. S. J. 34, 118. 141. 298

Grote. S.S. 94

Groth. J. 352

Grover. T. 259

Grover-Johnson. N. 320

Groves. P. M. 259, 260

Grubb. M. N. 207, 208. 260. 285. 322.

545. 584 .

Grunfeld. Y. 107, 146, 147. 303. 304.

305

Grupp. S. E. 675

Guerrero, O. 108

Gupta. S. 542

Haavik. C. O. 260

Haber, B. 252, 428

Haberman. P. 678

Hadley. K•.W. 69. 70, 177

Haga. M. 521

Hahn, D. L. 118, 260

Hahn, E. F. 25, 26, 109. 245, 575, 579,

610, 613

Haigler. H.J. 187, 261

Halaris, A. 486

Haldemann, G. 525

Halpern, B. 27

Halpern, L. 632, 633

Hamilton, A. E. 271, 272, 443

Hamilton. H. E. 34, 72

Hamlin, T. A. 227

Hammond, W. E. 22, 50

Hanaway, J. K. 542

Handrick. G. R. 158

Hanis, J. 237

Hanlon, T. E. 580, 585, 586, 614,

617, 619, 719

Hansteen, R. W. 613

Harakal, J.J. 162

Haraszti, J. H. 163

Harbison, R. D. 542, 548

738

Hardman, H. F. 260, 273

Hardman, H. R. 295

Harik, S. I. 119, 552

Harindranath, A. 543, 614

Harper, R.G. 543, 559, 614

Harrigan, S. E. 580

Harris, L. 569

Harris, L. S. 45, 102, 103, 104, 110,

142, 144, 145, 146, 155, 165, 168,

176, 184, 185, 212, 213, 232, 233,

247, 261, 294, 297, 299, 302, 318,

319, 320, 357, 385, 409, 415, 436,

458, 467, 480, 500, 529, 532, 546,

571, 572, 575

Harris, P. D. 90, 205

Harris, R.A. 299

Harris. R. T. 53, 142. 426. 437, 461

Harris, T. 692

Harris, W.C. 481

Harrison, S. D., Jr. 34, 119, 143

Hart, L. 700

Hart,R. 672

HartInann, R. J. 252, 428, 437, 575

Harvey, J. A. 34, 60, 77, 238, 259,

260, 262, 297,357, 420, 437, 459,

543. 707, 718

Hasselager, E. 262, 338, 437, 581

Haym~n, M. 218, 530, 696

Hays, J. R. 566, 567, 581, 593, 622,

625, 626, 639, 640, 668, 672, 675,

676, 690, 707

Heath, E. C. 104

Heaton, A. M. 596, 602

Hecht, A. 492

Hedley-White, J. 138, 296, 546

Heilman, R. D. 579, 613

Hein, G. 620

Heinrich, R. 61, 327

Heiser, J.F. 675

Hellman, L. 26, 109, 575, 610

Helpern, M. 159, 330

Helrich, M. 76, 594

Helveg, E. 428, 611

Hembree. W. 26

Henderson, A. 263, 614

Henderson, G. L. 311, 476

Hendley, E. D. 120, 263

Heneen, W. 551

Herbert, B., III. 135, 294

Herd, J.A. 448,451,452,693,698,

716

Herd, R. 57, 144

Herin, R. A. 213

-Herndon, B. L. 121, 263, 329, 581

Herndon, G. B. 421

Herndon, R:M. 727

Hersch, R. G. 622, 654

Herskin. B. 620

Hibbeln, P. 191. 386. 524

Hibi. S. 239

Hickenbottom, J. P. 229. 571

Hickman. C. 37. 275. 708

Higbee. K. L. 581 . I

Hijazi. Y.A. 604

Hill. H. F. 264. 272. 437. 544

Hill. J. H. 121. 122. 543

Hill. R. M. 537

Hill. S.Y. 437. 494

Hiller. J. M. 65. 164. 264. 320. 352

Hindman. R. D. 438. 472

Hinesley. R. K. 636. 670

Hirschhorn. I. D. 264. 438

Hitomi. M. 517

Hitzemann, R. J. 122. 141. 264. 265. 438

Ho. B. T. 53. 107. 122. 123. 142. 265.

438. 461 .

Ho. I.K. 35. 123. 124. 127. 180. ~64.

265. 266. 368. 438. 446. 505.510.

543. 581, 582, 583, 592, 593, 614

Ho, J. E. 495

Hoats, D. L. 504

Hochman, J.S. 438, 527, 543, 568,

631, 645, 677

Hoddes, E. 231, 408

Hodgson. J.R. 124, 266

Hoffmeister, F. 434, 439, 576

Holbrook, J.M. 315, 405

Holden, J. M. 35, 703, 708

Holland. S. 607, 640. 674

Holland, W.H. 707

Hollander, C. 35. 439, 582, 645

Hollenberg, .M. D. 119

Hollister, A.S. 267, 439

Hollister, L. E. 43, 67, 124, 125, 126,

131, 267, 268, 269, 293, 403, 439,

468, 469, 504. 543, 544, 551. 561.

582. 614, 620. 645. 646, 660

Holmes, M.A. 89. 527

Holmes, W.F. 707

Holtzman. S. G. 36. 270, 271. 358.

440. 441, 442. 500, 582. 583, 591.

707

Hopkins. J. T. 161

Horita, A. 95. 129. 143. 209. 214.

227. 264, 271, 272, 323, 378. 437,

443. 483, 544. 589

Horn, A.S. 126

Horns. W. H. 613

Hosko. M. J. 273

Hoss. W. 67. 358. 691

Houry. S. 273

737

Howes, J. F. 184. 232. 409. 571

Hsu, L. L. 60, 155

Huang, J. C-Y. 36

Huang, J. T. 127

Huang, P. 273. 544

Rudick. J. P. 72. 273

Hudson, R.D. 105. 234

Hug, C. C•• Jr. 127, 274

Hughes. J. 36, 274, 583

Hughes, L. F. 707

Hughes, P.H. 614, 615. 646, 661,

677

Hui, F.W. 354, 559

Hunt. C.A. 29. 30, 115

Hunt, G. M. 370

Hunt, H.F. 36. 274, 443, 583, 705

Hurst, P. M. 443, 444. 445. 646, 708

Hutchings. D. E. 445

Hutchings. M. L. 714

Hydinger, M. 402

Hynes, M. D. 255. 429

Idanpaan - Heikkila, J. E. 127, 445

Iglauer. C. 446, 459

Ikeda, C. 566

Ikeda, T. 468

Inciardi, J.A. 274, 529. 568, 646,

670, 677. 678

Inturrisi, C. E. 15, 17. 41, 42, 92,

101. 129. 130

Isaac, W. 274, 275, 282. 343. 446,

495, 722, 726

Ishida, K. 520

Itil, T. M. 24, 35, 36. 37, 108, 242.

243, 244. 275, 343, 423, 543, 574.

623, 642. 649, 658, 702, 703, 708

Ito. A. 275, 276

Iwamoto, E. T. 127. 446, 510, 583,

593

Iwatsubo, K. 127, 277, 544, 583

Jackson. C.S. 599

Jacobs, G. R. 277

Jacquet. Y.F. 37, 277, 278. 446

Jaffe. J. 38. 279, 446. 544, 606. 614.

615, 639, 646, 647, 661, 677, 679

James, J. 38. 584. 616

Jandhyala. G.S. 209. 210, 211, 279

Janiger. O. 234, 235, 533. 534

Janowsky. D.S. 101. 107, 226, 239.

331. 447. 536, 573. 584. 606. 607.

647, 697, 708. 709

Janowsky. I. S. 531. 639

Jansen, D.R. 599, 600, 616

Jaquette, D. L. 208, 322

Jarvik, L. F. 544

Jarvik, M. E. 390, 430, 431, 447, 487,

522, 706, 709, 718

Jatlow, P.I. 8, 38, 39, 40, 41, 81, 82,

128, 192, 524, 528, 544, 545

Jenkins. J. 102. 233. 409

Jesperson, S. 280. 447, 584

Jessor. R. 647, 648

Jessor, S. L. 647, 648'

Jester. J.R. 140

Jewett, R. E. 36, 236. 270, 271. 358,

415. 441, 442, 500. 583, 591

Joe, G.VV. 41, 616, 678

Joffe. P. 551

Johanneson, T. 357, 358, 560

Johanson. C. E. 447

Johnson. ~. O. 177, 178

Johnson. B. 66

Johnson. C. L. 128. 131. 280. 707

Johnson. J. C. 41. 97. 128. 217•. 280

Johnson, J.R. 250

Johnson. S. 447

Jolles. C. 149

Jonas. VV. 129. 281. 323. 339. 447.

490

Jones, L.A. 79. 80. 109, 118

Jones. L. G. 448

Jones, R. 129, 281, 448, 545, 584

Jones. R. T. 281. 545. 648

Jones, T. 30, 115. 381. 594, 626

. Jordan. J. H., Jr. 593

Josephson, E. 678

Joyce. P. 473

Juchau. M. R. 129

Judson. B.A. 117. 213, 257. 569, 613

Kaiko, R. F. 41. 42. 129. 130

Kallman, M. VV. 282

Kaluzny. A. D. 621

Kananen, G. 42

Kandeel, E. M. 130

Kandel. D. 42, 43. 66. 648. 649. 658,

679. 686

Kang, S. 128, 130, 131. 282. 707,

717

Kanter. S. L. 43. 67. 125, 131, 268.

269. 551

Kaplan. J. 584, 709

Kaplan. S. L. 448. 456

Kar1er. R. 132, 282, 283, 362, 545

Karmin, M. 355

Karniol, I. G. 394

Karynack, B. 569

738

Kasl. S. V. 685

Kassebaum. B. A. 36

Kato. T. 544

Kaufman. C. 402

Kaufman. J. J. 43, 283, 284, 584

Kaufman. M. 159, 330

Kaufmann, J.S. 107. 239

Kavaler. F. 665. 671

lCayan. S. 449. 450. 451

Kaymakcalan. S. 284. 408. 532

Keegan. J.F. 622

Keinath. S. 49. 297. 546

Keith. E. S. 22. 108

Kelleher. R. T. 451. 452. 475. 693.

709. 710. 716

Keller, A. 561

Kelly, R. J. 285

Kendig, J. 233

Kennedy. D.K. 285. 545. 58,4

Kennedy. J.S." 43. 545

Kensler. C.J. 404

Kerman. E. 43. 283. 284. 584

Kerman. ,F. 617

Kerr. F. W. 285. 286. 287. 452. 585

Keskiner. A. 623. 649. 658. 708

Kety. S. 702

Khachaturian. Z. 350

Khalsa. J. H. 228. 229. 287. 288. 391.

404, 405, 452. 531, 570

Khanna, K. L. 132. 155. 159. 171

Khazan. N. 44. 221. 222. 223. 259.

288. 289, 290. 291, 292, 303. 309.

313. 330. 368. 399. 400, 452. 453.

474. 475. 476, 487. 570. 585. 587.

616

Kidd, M.R. 91. 92, 133. 157

Kimizuka, H. 45, 293

King, F. VV. 402, 530

King, VV. T. 391

Kinneberg. K. F. 48, 139

Kinzer, G. VV. 22. 133

Kiplinger, G. F. 57, 293. 302. 414,

453, 466, 467. 545, 548

Kiplinger. G. R. 420

Kir ehman. A. 44

Kiremitci, N. 37, 275. 708

Kirk, T. 158. 486, 621

Kjellberg. B. 453. 454, 486

Klausner, H. A. 104, 293

Klein, D. F. 16, 596. 602, 603, 637.

638

Kleinsmith, L. J. 234

Kleman, M. T. 466, 651. 662. 686

Klemm. VV. R. 45. 455

Kline. F. G. 649

Kline, N. S. 21

Knapp, D. E. 455

Knapp, S. 134, 293, 300, 301

Knobloch. L. C. 162

Knox. M. 607

Knowler. W.C. 455

Kokkevi. A. 412

Kokoski. R. J. 45. 134. 617

Kolb, L. C. 525. 526. 567, 596. 597.

629. 630

Kolton. M. 607. 616. 617. 641. 710

Kolton. M. S. 572. 578. 585. 613

Komlosi. M. 366. 510

Kopac. M. J. 174

Kopell. B. S. 293. 455, 504, 660. 696.

702, 710, 711, 714, 719

Kopin. I.J. 139, 140

Koppelhus. P. 428. 611

Korchin. S. J. 624

Korn. J.H. 645, 650. 675, 679

Kornetsky. C. 217

Kosek. J. C. 113

Kosersky, D. S. 45, 294

Koski, W. S. 43, 284, 584

Kosterlitz, H. W. 36, 46, 274, 294, 583,

585

Kostowski, W. 80, 186, 524

Kotake, A. N. 169, 357

Kozar, M.D. 696

Krall, R. G. 549

Kratky, M. 195, 196, 565, 595, 596,

692

Krause. R. 411

Kraynack, B. 220, 221, 399

Kreek, J. J. 226

Kreek. M. J. 605

Kreinick. C. 237

Krieger, G. 614

Krimmer, E. C. 455

Kron, R. E. 448, 456, 546, 610

Krug, D. 665

Krumholtz, W. V. 546

Krumholz, W. V. 711

Kubena, R.K. 135. 210, 294, 388, 457

Kuczenski, R. 135, 136, 143. 162, 301,

344

Kuhar. M. J. 136, 187. 725

Kuhn. C. M. 137

Kulics, A. T. 711

Kullberg. M. P. 33, 46. 118, 137

Kupfer. D. 90, 138, 294

Kurland, A. A. 45, 134, 580, 585, 586,

614. 617, 619, 650, 713, 719

739

Laasberg, L. H. 138, 296, 546

Labrecque, G. 138. 295

Laddu. A. R. 295

Lahiri. P. K. 295

Ladner. R. A. 663

Lajtha, A. 37, 72, 273, 277. 278,446

Lal, H. 255, 295, 318, 414, 429, 457,

480, 483, 487. 572, 654

Lalley, P.M. 195, 295, 565

Lang. D. W. 138, 296, 546

LaPidus, J. B. 120

Larosa. R. T. 254

Larrison. S. B. 92

Lasagna, L. 340. 352

Laties, V.G. 46, 457, 458. 512, 513,

564, 712. 723

Lau, C.353

Law. N. C. 46. 47

Lawrence, R.H., Jr. 47. 48. 138. 139

Lazar, R•. 619

Leafe, T. D. 48, 77. 586, 594

Leander, J. D. 49, 458,- 546~ 586

Lebman. R. I. 480

Lebow. S. 377

Lebrecque, G. 546

Lee. C-T. 495

Lee, H. K. 296

Legator. M. S. 546

Leger. R. M. 51, 116, 142

Leighty. E. G. 109

Lemberger. L. 139. 140. 420

Lentz. P. L. 49

Lerner. S. 671

Leslie. F. M. 36, 46. 274. 294. 583.

585

Leung, A.T. 13, 88

Leventhal. H. 10

Levi, N. 248

Levin, B. 431

Levin, E. 138

Levine. J. 388. 619. 629, 667

Levine. L. 30, 178, 363

Levine. R. 296, 365. 366. 458, 510,

617

Levine, R. M. 54, 299. 466, 547

Levine, R. R. 179

Levison, P. K. 712

Levit, S. 574, 609

Levy, J. A. 261, 297, 436

Levy, M. R. 661

Levy, S. 146, 303, 661

Levy, S.J. 618

Lewis. E. 208

Lewis, E. G. 458, 498, 501

Liao, P-Y. 523

Lief, V. F. 712

Lin, C. 6, 524

Lin, C. H. 49, 186, 297, 386, 406, 532,

546

Lin, S. C. 140, 297

Linder, C. 50, 140, 586

Lindgren, J. E. 153, 314

Lints, C. E. 262, 297, 459

Lipetri, N. 17

Lipper, S. 100, 569

Lipscomb, W. 50

Liptzin,· M. B. 596

Liras, P. 140

Litt, M. 448, 45~, 546

Littlejohn, D. P. 33

Liu, C-T. 5, 6, 14, 50, 80, 91, 298

Livenstein, M.A. 631

Llewellyn, M. 395, 459

Lloyd, S. C. 22, 50

Loe, P. R. 713

Loeffler, K. O. 5, 50

Loew, G. B. 140

Loew, G. H. 50, 141

Logan, W. J. 81, 693

Logston, D. G. 229, 571

Loh, H. H. 35, 50, 73, 74, 122, 123,

124, 141, 180, 181, 204. 264, 265,

266, 361, 368, 369, 391, 438, 505,

510, 511, 543, 563, 568, 581, 582,

592, 593, 614

Lokhandwala, M. F. 210

Lomax, P. 141, 298, 527. 568, 631

Longnecker, D. E. 90, 205

Lopatin, D. E. 141, 372, 564

Lorens, S.A. 77, 186, 385, 459

Lorick, E. 279, 446, 615, 647

Loschiavo, C. M. 237, 573

Lott, G. C. 201

Lourie, R.S. 525, 526, 567, 596, 597

629

Lowery, P. J. 257, 298, 578

Lowney, L. I. 31, 154, 257, 258, 298,

316, 578

Lowy, D. G. 622, 654

Lowy, K. 51, 460, 713

Loy, P.R. 22, 108, 701

Lu, S.E. 582

Ludwig, A. M. 618, 619

Luria, J. 279, 446, 615, 647

Lutz, M.P. 313, 476

Lynch, G.S. 460, 696

Lynch, R. D. 233, 533

Lynn, R. K. 51, 116, 142

Lyon, M. 298, 314, 460, 477, 486,

588

Lyons, J. 461

740

Lyons, J. E. 461

Lytle, L. D. 393, 461

McAllister, C. 344

McAree, C. P. 650, 659, 686, 687,

688

McAuliffe, W. E. 52, 298, 461, 619,

650

McBride, D. C. 663, 679

McCabe, O. L. 580, 585, 586, 614,

617, 619, 650, 713, 719

McCarthy, D.A. 580, 593, 699

McCarthy, K.D. 377

McClung, R. 52, 298, 461

McCoy, C.B. 679

McCoy, D.F. 473

McDonald, L. 389, 525

McGaugh, J. 702

McGiIir:i, T. G. 529

McGlothlin, W. 475, 527, 568, 631

McGlynn, M. 53, 143, 299, 466, 547

McGuire, F. L. 675

McIsaac, W. M. 53, 123, 127, 142,

438, 445, 461, 546

McKay, D. 40, 545

McKearney, J. W. 462, 714

McLaughlin, B. R. 227

McLean, J. R. 593

McLendon, D. 437

McMahon, E. M. 299, 547

McMahon, T. 462

McMaster, S.E. 543

McMillan, D. E. 21, 49. 53, 76, 103,

142, 168, 185, 233, 299, 357, 385,

415, 425, 458, 462, 463, 464, 465,

500, 517, 546, 572, 587

McMonigle, J. J. 143, 271

McMurtrey, K.D. 14

McNair, D. M. 20

McNeil, J. H., Jr. 142, 299

McRae, D. J. 53, 623, 679

Mabry, P.D. 393, 465

Maciewicz, R. 702

MacNew, B. A. 610

Mac Nicol, M. F. 268, 439

MacPherson, L. 702, 714, 715

Maddux, J. 389, 525, 619, 650

Mader, G. 607

Mahoney, R. 196

Maickel, R. P. 34, 53, 54, 85, 119.

143, 299, 300, 357, 466, 499, 547,

559, 704, 715

Major, V.625

Malloy. K. P. 279

Maloney. G. J. 300. 466

Malseed. R. T. 196

Mandell. A.J. 55. 60. 134. 143. 155.

162. 293. 300, 301, 344. 495. 496,

650

Manheimer, D. I. 396, 466, 637, 651,

652, 653. 662, 667, 679, 680, 686

Manian, A.A. 54, 69, 143, 175, 259,

547

Manigault, I. 72, 563

Manno, B.R. 56, 57, 144, 301, 302,

466, 467, 547, 548

Manno, J. E. 56, 57, 144, 293, 301,

302, 453, 466, 467. 545, 547, 548

Mansaert, R. 87, 204, 526

Mantilla - Plata, B. 542, 548

March, J. E. 70, 144, 175, 177

Marchak, P. L. 343, 494, 589

Marks, B.H. 183, 382

Marks, D. F. 395

Marks, M.J. 148, 302, 305

Marley, E. 467

Marr, M.J. 467, 715

Marriott, R. G. 433

Marsanico, R. G. 431, 432

Marshall, I. 144, 302

Martin, A. R. 130

Martin, B.R. 103, 104, 144, 145, 146,

302, 467, 532

Martin, J. C. 468

Martinez, J. 90

Martz, R. 139. 170, 358, 420

Marx, M. 414

Masoud, A. 61, 165

Masterson, J. 536

Masur, J. 303

Matefy. R. E. 549. 620

Matheu. H. 536

Matsuoka. S. 468

Matsuzaki, M. 468

May, E. L. ·302, 467

Mayo. G.A. 620

Mead, R. N. 716

Mechaneck, R. 606, 639. 679

Mechoulam. R. 9, 83, 84. 90. 101.

107. 115. 146. 147, 148. 153. 163.

182. 197. 198. 208, 225, 250. 273.

303, 304. 305, 314. 315. 346. 377

Medzihradsky. F. 148. 302, 305. 306

Mejta. C. 400

Melges, F. T. 468. 469, 504, 549. 561.

660

Melikian. A.P. '57.111,148

Meller. E. 159

Mellet. L. B. 57. Ill, 549. 587

741

Mellinger. G. D. 466. 469•. 651. 652,

653. 662, 679, 680. 686

Meltzer. L. 475. 587

Menezes, F. 90. 208

Merenda, P.F. 590. 655

Merlis, S. 27. 28, 58, 64, 65, 69,.

70, 175. 182, 183, 379. 425, 497,

543. 546, 558, 642. 643. 655. 656.

657. 658. 695, 702, 703. 715, 716.

720. 725. 726

Meshel, E. 306. 549

Metcalf. J. E. 148. 305

Metzel, P. 366, 367. 562

Meyer. E. R. 15. 94, 95. 214, 396.

529

Meyer, F.J. 48, 76, 586. 594

Meyer. R. E. 438. 469, 472. 653,

680

Meyers. F. H. 549

Meyerhoff, J.L. 149, 356. 499

Meyer~. F. H. 685

Miczek, K.A. 469, 470

Middaugh, L. D. 471, 521, 550. 564

Mikus, P. 363, 592, 722

Miller. A. T•• Jr. 464

Miller, D. 370, 515, 516

Miller. F. N. 90, 205

Miller, J. 28, 114. 306. 556

Miller. J. M. 438. 469, 471. 472

Miller. J. W. 329

Miller, K. W. 104

Miller. L. L. 58. 106. 235. 306. 414.

472, 473. 550, 653, 721

Miller. P. V. 649

Miller. R.C•. 551

Miller, R. J. 149

Minium. L. 169. 357

Mirin, S. M. 653. 680

Misra, A. L. 58. 59. 149. 150. 151,

152. 306

Mitchell. C. L. 150. 183. 186, 251.

307, 312, 328. 348. 349, 380. 385,

420. 426. 427. 449. 450, 451. 459.

716

Mitchell. R. I. 133, 700

Miyasaka. M. 473

Mizoguchi. K. 307. 716

Moffett, A. D. 601. 602, 636. 670. 671

Molander. L. 307. 473

Moldestad. M. 636. 670, 671

Mole, M. L•• Jr. 58. 59. 70, 151

Monrad. A. 428, 611

Moon. J. H. 59

Moorcroft. W.H. 461

Moore. F. 43. 125, 126. 131, 269

Moore. S. R. 587. 662

Mora, A. 574, 609

Morales, R. R. 662

Mol'alishvili, E. 544

Mordes, J. P. 702

Moreton, J. E. 59, 307, 308, 309, 474,

475, 550, 587

Moretz, F. H. 425

Morin, A. M. 226

Morrisey, VV. 363,. 592, 722

Morrison. A. J. 649

Morrow, C. VV. 421

Morse. VV. H. 451, 452, 465, 467, 475.

58t 693, 710, 716

Moskowitz. H. 475. 476, 496, 497

Moskowitz, M.D. 695

Moss, T. 233, 533

Mowat, J. M. 21

Muchmore, J.S. 203

Mudgill, L. 309, 587

Mueller, R.A. 204, 391

Mulder, A. H. 168

Mule, S. J. 58, 59, 149, 150, 151, 152,

306, 309, 550

Muller, T. P. 189, 524

Munkvad, I. 61. 158. 309, 310. 324.

325. 326. 327. 476. 483, 484. 485.

486. 553, 620, 621. 654. 718

Munoz, L. 570, 639

Munson, A. F. 261. 297

Musacchio, J. M. 256

Mushlin, B. 311. 587

Naditch, M. P. 550. 551

Nair, X. 272

Nakai. Y. 476

Nakamura, J. 311, 312. 431, 476

Nakamura, R. K. 706

Nakashima. E. N. 397

Nandhasri, P. J. 148

Nash. C. B. 245

Nash, I. B. 100, 399

Nash, P. 313, 476

Neher. J. 588

Neidle, A. 97, 217

Nelson, L. M. 418

Nemes, G. 263~ 614

Nemoto, H. 12. 87

Neumann. J.H. 155, 319

Newman, L. M. 313, 476

Nichols, VV. VV. 551

Nicholson. M. T. 313, 552

Nielsen. E. B. 314. 477, 486, 588

Nielsen, M. 86, 152. 153. 161, 203,

252, 314, 338

742

Nilakantan. B. 314, 316

Nilsson, I. M. 146, 153, 303, 314

Nilsson, J. L. G. 146, 153. 303, 314

Nixon. H. L., II. 686

Noble, E. 269,

Noel, J. T. 225, 401

Norrell, H. 515, 516

North, R. B. 552

Norton, B. I. 25, 26, 109, 245, 574,

575, 610

Norton, S. 477

Norrell, H. 370

Nuite, J.232, 409, 571, 593

Nurco, D•.N. 684

Nutter, D. O. 341, 493

Nyback, H. 59, 63, 315, 341

Oates, J. A. 107, 239, 584

. O'Brien; C. P. 478

O'Brien, J.457

Oglesby, M. W. 315, 478

Ohlsson, A. 153, 314

Okamoto, M. 62, 199, 331, 368, 468,

510, 555

Olds, M.E.411

Olsen, D. M. 362

Olsen, G.D. 51, 116, 142

Olsen, J. F. 717

Olson, J. 394, 478

Oltmans, G. A. 60

O'Neill, C. 720

Opheim, K. 360

Ordes. D. 65. 623

O'Rourke, T. 102, 233, 409'

Osiewicz, R. 42

Oskoui, M. 350

Oster - Granite, M. L. 727

OsterhoIrn, K. C. 322, 482

Otis, LoS. 112, 113, 182

Overall, J. E. 620

Overton, D.A. 315, 346, 479, 480

Owen, C.A. 549

Pace, H. B. 313, 315, 525, 552

Pacific School of Religion 661

Packman, P. M. 96, 214

Paez, P.D. 558

Page, T. F., Jr. 109

Pakkenberg, H. 245, 246, 247, 310,

316, 424, 476, 538

Pal, B.K. 31, 154, 258, 316

Palmer, G. C. 316

Pang, C. 381, 382, 383

Pang, C. N. 316, 564

Papadopoulos, H. 15, 213, 602, 696

Papeschi, R. 60, 317, 318, 480

Parker, R. B. 588

Parry, H. J. 480, 651, 653, 680

Pars, H. G. 184

Pasternak, G. W. 119, 154, 156, 167,

181, 588, 593

Patrick, G.A. 102, 154, 318, 319, 480,

572

Patton, R.A. 419

Paul, A.G. 82, 132, 155, 159, 171

Paul, S.M. 60, 155

Pearl, J. H. 411

Pearlman, S. 680, 681, 683

Pearson, J. 264, 320, 552, 553, 554,

555, 622

Pedigo, N. W. 320

Peek, L. 158, 486, 621

Pelikan, E. 556

Perchonok, K. 444

Perhach, J.L., Jr. 135, 294

Perris, C. 389

Persing, B. F. 687

Person, P., Jr. 616

Pert, C.B. 156, 167, 588, 717

Pescor, F. T. 515, 516

Peters, B. A. 458

Peters, M. A. 157, 370, 528, 553

Petersen, D. M. 535, 635, 670

Peterson, D. W. 321, 481, 500

Peterson, G. R. 75, 321

Peterson, K. E. 10, 390

Petrucelli, L. M. 330, 724

Pettis, P. 377

Petty, C. 72

Philip, A. F. 680, 681, 683

Phillips, P.E. 189

Phoenix, D. D. 621

Phoenix, M. D. 448, 456

Pickens, R. 380, 412, 481, 502, 503,

521

Picou, D. 364

Pietle, L. H. 259

Pillard, R. C. 322, 423, 482, 553, 653,

654, 680, 681

Piraino, A. J. 61, 482

Pirch, J. H. 100, 221, 322, 399, 482

Plain, W. M. 157

Plaintidosi, S. 261, 436

Plunkett, C. R. 481, 502

Pokorny, A. D. 620, 717

Pollock, S. H. 157

Polsky, R. 71 7

Ponsford, R. 101, 225

Porath, G. 83, 197

Portoghese, P.A. 171

Post, R. D. 632, 633

Potter, W. Z. 54, 143, 547

Potvin, A.R. 411

Powell, B.J. 437, 494

Power, M. 536

Powers, E. 30

Pozue10, J. 286, 585

Prather, J. E. 588, 654

Prince, A. M. 529, 533

Pruitt, D •.B. 322

Pryor, G.T. 482

Puri, S. K. 255, 295, 322, 364, 429,

457, 483

Quame, B. 17

QUi~by. M.W. 20, 22, 61, 165, 177

QUintos, A. 725

Quirce, G. M. 54, 299, 466,547

Quock,'R. M. 323, 483.-589'

Radlow, R. 443, 444, 445, 646

Rado, M. 613

Rall, T. W. 334

Rand, J. 351, 376

Randrup, A. 60, 61, 158, 190, 191,

246, 247, 252, 262, 307, 310, 314,

318, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 339,

340, 386, 387, 424, 437, 453, 454,

460, 473, 476, 480, 483, 484, 485,

486, 490, 492, 538, 553, 581, 621,

654, 718

Rapaport, G. 432

Rapoport, H. 149

Ratner, M. 97, 98, 217

Raye, J. R. 554

Raz, A. 208

Razdan, R. K. 158, 184

Reaven, G. 544

Rebec, G. V. 259, 260

Recchia, V. 80, 186, 524

Rech, R. H. 360, 504

Reddy, C. 487, 654

Reeser, C. 537, 558

Regelson, W. 158, 486, 621

Reic~an, L. B. 327

Reid, L. 396, 400

Reisby. N. 252

Reiss, B. 197

Renault, P. F. 61, 327, 394, 486

Renner, J. 692

Rennick, P. 411

Repa, B. S. 411

Resenthal. M. S. 607. 640. 674

Resnick. R. B. 244. 245. 423. 574. 575.

589. 608. 609. 611. 621

Retka. R. L. 616

Rhines. R.K. 247. 248

Riblet. L. A. 328

Ricca. E. 65. 643. 656. 657. 658

Rich. E. 508

Richards. R.K. 269

RicbInan. A. 681. 682

Richamn. V. V. 682

Richter. 'J.A. 159. 328

Richter. R. W. 320. 327. 527. 552.

553. 554. 555. 622. 683

Richter. W.J. 13; 88

Ringle. D. A. 121. 263. 329. 581

Rittenhouse. J. 10

Rivrind. L. 665

Robbins. E. S. 680. 681. 683

Robbins. L. C. 680. 681. 683

Robbins. T." 589. 654

Roberts. T.K. 639

Robertson. L. W. 49

Robins. E. 94. 96. 214

Robins. L. N. 62. 675. 683. 684

Robinson. D. S. 579. 613

Robinson. E. 680. 681. 683

Robison. G. A. 63. 161. 316

Robustelli. F. 430. 487. 718

Rochlin. M. 329

Rodda. B. E. 57. 139. 420. 466. 548

Roehrs. T. 292. 309. 320. 453. 474.

487. 587. 616

Roerig. S. 15. 92

Roffman. M. 487. 654

Roffwarg. H. 26. 109. 575. 610

Rogers. J. 200

Roizin. L. 159. 330

Rolf. L. L •• Jr. 29. 115. 250. 540

Rolinski. Z. 262. 437. 488. 581. 589

Romano. J. 526. 567. 597. 630

Rompalo. A. M. 54. 300. 466. 547

Roos. L. 263. 614

Roppolo. J. R. 320. 724

Roschenthaler. R. 330

Rose. A. J. 549

Rose. S.D. 27. 112

Rose. S. L. 33

Rosenberg. H. C. 62. 132. 155. 159.

331. 555

Rosenberg. J. 315. 478

Rosenberg. J.S. 667. 685

Rosenberg. N. 65. 658

Rosenblatt. J. E. 331. 573

Rosenblith. J. Z. 718

744

Rosencrans. J.A. 331. 488

Rosenfeld. G. C. 332

Rosenfeld. J. 13. 90

Rosengarten. H. 159

Rosenman. S. J. 159. 332

Rosenthal. W.S. 529

Rosow. C. 469. 556

Ross. N. W. 624

Ross. S. 445. 708

Rossi. G. V. 195

Rossman. M. 695

Rossman. T. 197

Roth. B. F. 718

Roth~ L. J. 20. 62

Roth. R. H. 85. 160

Roth. W. T. 403. 719

Rothberg. R. M. 71. 72. 121. 122.

178. 179. 543. 593

Roubicek. J. 245. 366. 574. 592. 627.

691

Rowe.g. 139

Rozsa. P. W. 558

Rubin. V. 364

Rubinstein. I. 62~

Rutledge. C. O. 401

Rutschmann. R. 705

Sagales. T. 488

Salasnek. S. 595

Salzman. C. 63. 654

Sarnanin. R. 80. 186. 386. 524

Samuelov. Y. 147. 304

Sanders - Bush. E. 13. 91. 114. 209.

332. 333. 379. 392. 425. 556

Sands. F. L. 45. 134

Santos. C. A•• III. 471. 550

Sarner. S.F. 48. 586

Sassenrath. E. N. 489

Sato. S. 521 .

Sato. T. 525

Sattin. A. 334. 719

Savage. C. 586. 619. 713. 719

Sawyer. C. H. 316. 383. 564

Sbordone. R.J. 556

Scattaregia. F. 220. 399

Schanberg. S. M. 137. 189. 224. 250.

275. 276. 299. 334. 386. 400. 462.

489. 547

Schapero. M. 475

Schapira. L. 352

Schechter. M.D. 334. 335. 489

Scheel - Kriiger. J. 61. 86. 129. 152.

160. 161. 203. 280. 281. 314. 327.

335.'336. 337. 338. 339. 340. 447.

486. 488. 489. 490. 584. 589

Scheib, J. 537

Schelling,. J - L. 340

Schiff, P.L., Jr. 165

Schi6rring, E. 486, 491, 492, 589, 622,

654

Schlant, R. C. 341, 493

Schlichting, u. U. 434, 576

Schlosberg, A. J. 262

Schmidt, D. E. 63, 161, 209~ 392

Schmidt, F. E. 659

Schmidt, M.J. 63, 161

Schmitter, B. 680, 681, 683

Schneider, F. H. 707

Schnelle, K. 29, 115, 250, 540

Schock, H. 619

Schoenfeld, R. I. 493

Scholfield, C. N. 707

Schooff, K. G. 622, 654

Schoolar, J. C. 622, 626, 637, 654,·

660

Schramm, L. C. 540

Schreiber, R. A. 436, 541

Schubert, J. 59, 63, 315, 341

Schultz, J. 158, 486, 621

Schulz, K. 298

Schulz, R. 341, 342

Schumann, S. 615, 677

Schuster, C. R. 61, 64, 189, 342, 371

372, 387, 394, 419, 434, 486, 493,

494, 503, 517, 519, 524, 556, 576,

577, 593, 721

Schuster, R. E. 34, 118

Schut, J. 537, 604, 609

Schwartz, A.S. 107, 237, 343, 494,

534, 589

Schwartz, J. 343

Schwartz, W. E. 109

Schweitzer, J. W. 28, 64, 114, 161,

343

Schwin, R. 437, 494

Scott, J. P. 495, 655

Scrafani, J. T. 162, 343

Sedvall, G. 59, 63, 315, 341

Seegal, R. F. 343, 495

Seelye, E. E. 568, 600

Seevers, M. H. 231, 343, 408, 494,

495, 655

Segal, B. 590, 655

Segal, D. S. 143, 162, 255, 301, 344,

429, 495, 496

Segal, M. 557

Segelman, A. B. 64, 162, 557

Sege1man, F. P. 162, 557

745

Seidler, F.J. 353

Seixas, F. 568, 600

Sekerke, H. J. 101, 226, 447, 531,

584, 007, 639, 647, 697, 709

Seligson, D. 40, 41, 545

Sells, S. B. 64, 66, 616, 622, 625,

685

Semo, N. M. 284, 584

Senay, E. 614

Serra, M. T. 27, 89, 110, 111, 112,

113, 249, 527, 703

Sessa, G. 282

Sethy, V. H. 163, 345, 496

Sette, W.F. 726

Settle, A. 180, 368, 593

Shader, R. I. 63, 654

Shaffer, T.H. 558

Shagass, C. 345, 346, 389, 496, 557

Shah~R. 598, 631

Shani, A. 101, 146, 147, 163, 225,

303, 304, 305, 346

Shanks, B. L. 531~ 606

Shapiro, D. M. 24, 25, 36, 37, 243,

275, 343, 642, 653. 680.< 708. 720

Sharkawi, M. 496, 590

Sharma. S. 475. 496, 497

Sharoff, R. 574, 609, 611, 643

Sharpe, L. G. 94, 95, 214, 346, 497

Shaskan, E.G. 136, 163, 164

Shea, R. 476

Sheard. M. H. 226. 227, 247, 331,

347, 348, 403, 488. 497, 720

Sheehan, J. C. 1'84

Sheehan. P. 93, 212, 257, 258, 435

Sheldon. M.I. 165, 356, 590

Shelton, J. 614

Sheppard, C. 27, 28, 64. 65, 425,

497, 546, 558, 642, 643, 655, 656,

657, 658, 695, 702. 703, 720, 725,

726

Sheridan, B. K. 636, 671

Sherman. A. D. 348. 349, 427

Sherman, C. 531, 605, 672

Sherman, W. R. 707

Shick, J. F. 685

Shih, T. 350

Shim, C. S. 327

Shish, T. M. 350

Shock, H. 586

Shopsin, B. 80

Shore, B. L. 707

Shourare, Z. 537, 558

Shuster, C. R. 327

Shuster, L. 75, 321, 350, 497, 558,

717

Siegel, L. 721, 723

Sikic, B. 486

Silberg, I. A. 27

Silberstein, S. D. 139

Silverman, I. 65, 568, 623, 632, 685

Simeon, J. 30, 35, 109. 115, 244, 574,

600, 623, 649, 658

Simon, E. J. 65, 164, 197, 232, 234,

264, 320, 330, 350, 351, 352, 376,

377, 384, 423, 700

Simpson, D. D. 66, 623, 685

Simpson, G. M. 375

Single, E. 66, 658, 686

Siva Sankar, D. V. 558

Sjoqvist, F. 352

Skinner, G. C. 112

Skinner, G. L. 113

Skinner, J. L. 57, 148

Slagel, D. E. 235

Slatkin, D. J. 165

Slotkin, T. 189, 190, 352, 353

Small, A. 239

Smith, A. A. 225, 273, 353, 354, 355,

530, 544, 559

Smith, C. B. 144, 159, 165, 183, 302,

332, 355, 356, 590

Smith, D. E. 549, 685

Smith, K. P. 6, 186, 386, 524

Smith, R. 51, 116, 142, 205, 392

Smith, S. G. 66, 225, 228, 229, 230,

231, 401, 404, 406, 407, 497, 498,

570, 571, 606, 623

Smithloff, B. R. 94, 95, 214, 396

Smythe, H. 231, 408

Snodgrass, W. R. 53, 143, 299, 466,

547, 715

Snyder, E. W. 498

Snyder, S.H. 81, 101, 119,120,126,

136, 149, 154, 156, 163, 164, 165,

166, 167, 168, 172, 173, 181, 183,

196, 263, 356, 359, 378, 498, 499,

502, 552, 588, 593, 658, 692, 693,

71 7, 725, 727

Soares, J. R. 34, 118

Soble, A. G. 254, 541, 575, 576, 611

Sofia, R.D. 162, 356, 357, 499, 557

Sokal, M. 543, 614

Sokol, G.H. 357, 499, 559

Solish, G. 543, 559, 614

Solliday, N. H. 363

Solomon, T. 211, 364

Somers, R. H. 466, 651, 662, 686

Song, C. H. 67

746

Sorensen, J. P., Jr. 357

Soskin, W. 499, 560, 590, 623, 624,

658

Soule, A. B. 499, 560, 624

Southern Regional Education Board

590, 662, 686

Sparber, S. B. 321, 329, 357, 360, 361,

428, 481, 500, 504, 505, 575, 592

Spaulding, T. C. 168, 169, 261, 319,

357, 436, 500, 591

Spector, M. 560

Speedy, G. A. 591, 662, 663

Spero, M. 109

Spiegel, D. K. 624, 686

Spivak, C. T. 100, 569

Squires, C. 179

Srebrenick, S. 50

Standley, K. 499, 560, 624

Stark, J. D. 59

Stark, L. 619

Stawiski, M. 699

Steele, W. J. 357, 358, 560

Steffenhagen, R.A. 650, 658, 659,

686, 687, 688

Steiner, L. 563

Steinert, H. R. 358, 500, 591

Stenger, R. E. 529

Sternbach, D. D. 67, 358

Sterns, H. 21

Stesin, A. J. 68, 502

Stitzer, M. 500, 520

Stoeckel, M. 546

Stoelting, R. K. 170, 358

Stokes, P. 568, 600

Stolman, S. 358, 359, 560, 582

Stone, G. C. 281, 545, 648

Straight, R. C. 458, 501

Straumanis, J. J., Jr. 346

Strauss, R. 529

Strobel, J. 57, 549, 587

Stryker, J. C. 624

Student American Pharmaceutical

Association 663

Student A ssociation for the Study of

Hallucinogens, Inc. 67, 170, 501,

560, 591, 624, 659, 660, 663, 688,

689, 721

Stynes, A. J. 402

Sudilvosky, A. 238, 418

Suffet, F. 65, 568, 623, 661, 669

Suffet, S. L. 598, 631, 632

Sugerman, A.A. 375

Sulkowski, A. 508

Sullivan, D. 619, 650

Sullivan, J. G. 461

Sullivan, R. 501, 721

Sulser, F. 114, 199, 249, 316, 332, 333,

359, 360, 425, 502, 556

Sun, C.D. 59

Sunshine, I. 11, 42, 59

Sutherland, V. C. 35, 140, 266, 297

Svennild, I. 460, 486

Swanson, G. D. 525

Swisher, J. 5, 661, 665

Takahashi, S. 77, 520

Takemori, A. E. 67, 68, 69, 127, 169,

171, 175, 357, 359. 361. 362, 367,

502, 591. 592

Takido, M. 132, 155, 159, 171

Talevia, L. 179

Tamarkin, N. R. 140

Tansey, L. W. 438

Tart, C. T •.68, 502, 660, 689

Taylor, A. 381, 382, 383, 564

Taylor. D. W. 211, 529, 637, 671, 696

Taylor, F. H. 220, 221, 399. 569

Taylor, J.F. 68, 171

Taylor, K. M. 172, 173, 263, 356. 359,

499. 502

Taylor, R. E. 199

Taylor, R. M. 721

Taylor, W.A. 360, 502

Taylor, W. J. 601, 602, 625, 671, 689

Teland, V. G. 171

Teller, D. N. 173, 174

Teplitz, R. L. 234, 235, 533, 534

Terada, C. 468

Teschemacher, H. 360

Tessel, R. E. 503, 519

Tessman, D. K. 593

Thatcher, K. 537

Thompson, T. 389, 481, 493, 503. 721

Thompson, W. D. 668

Thor, Co J. 504

Thor, D. H. 503. 504, 704, 721

Thum. D. 660, 689. 690

Tietz. W. 533

Tilson. H. A. 360. 504

Ting, R. 561

Tinklenberg, J.R. 126. 269, 293, 360,

403, 468, 469. 504, 549. 561. 660

Tobey, J. 309. 587

Tolosa. E.S. 361. 505

Tomko. D. L. 713

Tomporowski, R. A. 315

Torres, D. M. 112

Tourtellotte, W. W. 411

Tresk. R. 49. 297, 546

Tresky, R. 6. 186. 386. 524

Trimbach, C. 422

Triplett. J. N•• Jr. 287. 585

Troelstrup. R. 275, 446

Trost. J. G. 505

Truitt. E. B •• Jr. 87, 133, 174, 361,

505, 526

Truitt, E. G., Jr. 109. 204

Tsau. J. 30, 115

Tseng, L. 204, 361, 369. 391, 50S,

511. 568, 592

Tulunay, F. C. 68, 69, 175, 359, 361,

362, 502, 592

Turano, P. 69, 70, 144, 175, 177

Turk, R. F. 103, 104, 142, 176, -233,

299

Turkanis, S.A. 132, 282. 283. 362.

545

Turnbow, M. 528

Turner. C. E. 20, 49. 58.59, 61. 69.

70. 108. 151. 176, 177

Turner. W.J. 69. 70,144.175.177

Uehling. B.S. 505. 722

Ukena, T. E. 455

Ulett, G. 708

Umbrecht, W. W. 140

Ungar, G. 362

Unger, S. 713

Ungerleider. J. T. 689

University of the State of New York

625, 689

Uyeno, E. T. 70, 505, 506, 507, 561.

562

Vachon. L. 363. 508, 592, 722

Vadlamani, N. L. 58, 149, lSI, 306

Vaillant. G. E. 508, 592

Valanju. N. N. 7

Valanju, S. N. 7

Valentine, V.E., Ill. 391, 597

Valerino. D. M. 177, 178

Valzelli, L. 186. 386, 524

Van Der Kolk, B.A. 63. 654

Van Dyke, R. A. 93

Vanvunakis. H. 30, 108, 178, 363

Varanelli. C. 208

Varconi, H. 147. 304. 305

Venator, E. R. 722

Veney, J. E. 621

Veress, F. 625

Verma, S. K. 7

Vesell. E. S. 81, 177, 178

Vestergaard, P. 21, 364

Villarreal, J.E. 64,71,165,342,356,

419, 442, 509, 519, 556, 590, 592,

594

Voeller, K. 247, 248

Volavka, J. 234, 244, 245, 365, 366,

412, 423, 509, 510, 562, 574, 592,

627, 640, 691

Volicer, L. 322, 364

Vollmer, R.R. 364

Voss, E. W., Jr. 76, 141, 366, 367,

372, 562, 564, 625

Waddell, F.B. 53, 465

Waddell, W. J. 43, 545

Wainer, B.B. 71, 72, 121, 122, 178,

179, 543, 593

Wajda, I. J. 72, 273, 563

Wajda, S. B. 563

Walker, K. E. 123, 438

Wallace, J. E. 34, 72, 389, 525

Wallace, S. C. 76, 517

Waller, C. W. 108, 177

Waller, G. R. 47, 48, 138, 139

Walsh, C. T. 179

Walsh, M. J. 14, 180, 343

Walsworth, D. 57, 144

Walter, J. L. 109

Walter, P. V. 602

Walters, J. R. 160

Wang, R. I. H. 15, 92

Wang, S. C. 296

Ward, A. 171, 367

Ward, T. B. 704

Wardell, J. N. 624

Warner, A. 595, 600, 627, 665, 669

Wasserman, A. 368

Wasserman, E. 363

Watanabe, M. 62

Waterfield, A. A. 46, 294, 585

Waters, D. H. 368, 510

Waters, W. 437

Watkins, T.D. 689

Watson, D. 625

Wax, J. 593

Waxer, E. 669

Way, E. L. 73, 74, 84, 123, 124, 127,

140, 141, 180, 181, 198, 204, 223,

265, 266, 297, 368, 369, 389, 391,

438, 446, 505, 510, 511, 543, 563,

566, 568, 570, 581, 582, 583, 592,

593, 614

Wayne, A. W. 501

Webb, R. W. 53, 143, 299, 466, 547

Weber, E. 546

748

Webster, G. W. 321, 497, 558

Webster, J. B. 563, 625

Wechsler, H. 660, 689, 690

Wechsler, M. B. 113

Wei, E. 73, 74, 181, 223, 361, 368,

369, 505, 510, 511, 563, 570, 593

Weidner, M. F. 444, 445

Weinstein, B. 50

Weisenthal, L. M. 388

Weisfus, D. 248

Weiss, A. B. 564, 712

Weiss, B. 51, 74, 458, 460, 511, 512,

513, 564, 703, 706, 712, 713, 722.

723, 726

Wellisch, D. 625, 690

Wells. K. 663

Weppner, R.S. 663, 679

Werner. G. 330, 711, 713, 723, 724

Werner, I. 75

West, L. J. 527, 568, 631

Westerman, G. 239

White, A. I. 130

White, E. R. 626, 637, 654, 660

White, L. 183, 375, 379, 711, 725,

726

White, R. P. 245, 370, 513, 626

Whitsel, B. L. 330, 723, 724

Wiesel, T. N. 698

Wiest, W.G. 214. 529

Wikler, A. 370, 414, 473, 514, 515,

516

Wilcox, C. E. 94, 95, 214

Wilcox, R. G. 29.3

Wilk, S. 75, 370, 724

Willette, R. E. 59

Willey, T.J. 370

Williams, N. 97, 99. 100, 162, 181,

217, 343, 371

Williams, R. J. 100, 399

Williams, T. 702

Williamson, E. 90, 208

Willis, T. 636, 671

Wilson, A. E. 106, 234

Wilson, R.A. 154, 181, 588, 593

Wilson, M. 231, 532

Wilson, M. C. 371, 372, 516, 517

Wilson, R. S. 302, 467. 626

Wilson, T.W. 76,517

Winburn, G. M. 566, 567, 593, 622,

668, 676, 690, 707

Winger, G. II, 391, 520

Winkelhake, J. L. 76, 141, 366, 367,

372, 562. 564

Winkelman, A. C. 692

Winter, B. A. 181, 372
..

.-
Winter, J. C. 163, 182, 250, 264, 315,

334, 335, 345, 373, 374, 375, 425,

438, 478, 480, 489, 496, 518, 594

Winters, W. D. 311, 476

Wittner, W.K. 293, 455, 710

Wittstruck, T. 90

Wofsey, A.R. 725

Wolpert, A. 183, 375, 379, 725, 726

Wong, S-L. R. 34, 118

Wood, R. W. 564, 726

Woodhouse, E.J. 124

Woodland, J.H.R. 48, 76, 77, 586,

594

Woods, J. H. 59, 395, 413, 434, 446,

459, 493, 494, 503, 519, 520, 572,

577, 594

Woods, L. A. 150, 385, 450, 451

Work, D.R. 566

Worthington", C. S. 726

Wursch, M.S. 27, 112, 182

Wurster, N. 352, 376, 377

Wurster, R. 436, 579

Wuttke, W. 520

Yagen, B. 148, 182, 305, 377

Yagiela, J. A. 377

Yagnitinsky, B. 101, 147, 148, 225,

304, 305

Yamamoto, I. 35, 124, 266, 543

Yamamura, H. I. 167, 378

Yamaoka, H. 220, 221, 399, 569

Yamanaka, Y. 14, 180

Yanagita, T. 76, 77, 231, 379, 408,

520, 521, 564

Yarbrough, G. G. 91, 182, 379

Yaryura-Tobias, J. A. 182, 183, 379,

711, 726

Yeh, S.Y. 32, 117, 183,380,385

Yen, F-S. 544

Yokel, R.A. 380, 481, 521

Yolles, S. 48, 76, 77, 586, 594

Yoshii, V. 234, 533

Young, A. B. 168, 183, 727

Young, G. A. 475, 587

Young, J. 381, 382, 383, 564

Young, L. D. 238, 420

Young, R. L. 565, 596

Yu, G. 497, 558

Yu, J. H. 183

Yunger, L. M. 77, 262, 543

Zaks, A. M. 78, 234, 243, 244, 245,

296, 366, 380, 381, 412, 423, 458,

509, 521, 574, 575, 592, 594, 608,

609, 611, 617, 626, 640, 643

74&

... ;

Zalkind, D. 621

Zanati, G. 12, 87

Zanella, J. 334

Zanes, A. 678

Zarcone, V. P. 231, 408, 711

Zemler, H. 146, 303

Zemp, J.W. 436,471,521,541,550,

564

Zheutlin, L.S. 650, 687, 688

Zimmerberg, B. 432, 522

Zimmermann, E. 183, 316, 564

Zitko, B. A. 184

Zivanovic, D. 196, 692

Zlatkis, A. 701

Zografi, G. 105, 234

Zolovick, A. 348

Zucker-Franklin, D. 384

Zunin, L. M. 233, 533

SUBJ~CT /DRUG INDEX

Abuse potential, 8,11,16,18,71,77,274,

394, 408, 524, 535, 606, 630, 635

aceperone, 86, 203, 281, 314, 338, 339,

488, 567

acetaminophen, see analgesics

acetylcholine, 7, 37, 82, 84, 99, 106,

130, 152, 193-196, 198, 209, 215,

. 216, 233, 234, 236, 267, 273, 295,

309, 310, 320, 321, 342, 351, 355-

357, 379, 388, 389, 392, 411, 496,

508, 546, 563, 565, 566, 577, 587,

717

acetylcholinesterase, 82, 133, 194, 264,

321, 565, 595

acetyldeoxyephedrine, 250, 425

actinomycin, 353, 355

Addict populations, see Epidemiology

Adverse effects, (biological, psycliobehavioral, social) 523-564

aerosols, 696

alcohol, with other drugs, 14, 40, 66,

105, 117, 226, 253, 257, 281, 293,

302, 313, 360, 388, 395, 402, 435,

439, 444, 455, 467, 475, 476, 504,

505, 507, 520, 525, 527, 541, 545,

549, 590, 593, 595, 600, 602, 605,

611, 614, 618-620, 623, 628, 635,

638, 644, 645, 648, 649, 655, 658,

660-662, 668, 672, 674, 675, 686,

690, 696, 702-704, 708

AMI, see amphetamine

amitriptylene, see amphetamine

amobarbital, see depressants /barbiturates

amphetamine, 7, 9, 17, 22, 61, 66, 80, 106,

114, 120, 126, 129, 130, 134, 135, 143,

149, 158, 160, 161, 166, 167, 187, 190,

191, 202, 204-206, 224, 225, 229, 230,

237-239, 245, 247, 249, 254, 259,

262, 267, 268, 272, 280-282, 287,

293, 299, 301, 310, 314, 317, 318,

323-327, 332, 333, 335-341, 343,

344, 346, 356, 360, 380, 386, 390,

391, 393, 396, 400, 401, 406, 415-

419, 424, 428-430, 432, 435, 437,

438, 443-445, 447, 452, 453-455,

457, 460, 461, 465, 477, 480, 481,

483-486, 488-492, 495-498, 502-

504, 508, 511-513, 519-521, 526, 534,

535, 540, 544, 552, 553, 560, 571,

573, 581, 588, 589, 596, 606, 623,

640, 644, 645, 654, 658, 666, 672,

684, 685

AMI, 348

amitriptyline, 24, 152, 153, 201

314, 357

chlorimipramine, 280

D-amphetamine (D-AMP), 60,

158, 165, 172, 188, 189, 205, 206,

229, 230, 259, 260, 262. 2&7, 271•

272. 274, 275, 287, 288. 298, 299,

318, 321. 335, 343, 344, 356, 357,

359. 361, 371. 387, 392, 404, 407,

409, 411, 424, ~28-433, 436. 439.

440, 444-446, 452-455, 457, 460,

462 -464, 466, 471, 477. 481, 488,

491, 492. 495. 496, 499, 500, 503,

505, 512, 516, 520, 521, 541, 547,

550, 559, 564, 575, 582

desmethylimipramine (DMI), 162.

.. 344•. 357, 462 ..

dextroamphetamine, 24, 25, 243,

279, 335, 380, 439, 446, 483,

544. 614,- 615, 646, 647

dextromethamphetamine, 380

DL-p-hydroxyamphetamine. 502

feniluramine. 24, 25, 134, 243.

280, 447, 516, 519, 584

hydroxyamphetamine, 137. 360.

457, 463

imipramine. 24, 25, 37, 152, 153

223, 244, 290. 314. 335. 338,

348, 357, 368, 370, 371, 379,

400. 401, 439, 462. 495, 508,

512, 557, 595 .

L-amphetamine, 134, 172. 187,

299, 321, 335, 344, 356, 359,

380, 387, 445, 466, 481, 500,

512, 516, 521. 547

levo-methamphetamine, 380

methamphetamine, 106, 134, 160,

189, 218, 224, 237. 293, 299,

334, 336, 387, 400-402. 415-

419, 424, 455, 462, 468, 482,

489, 521, 547

methedrine, 106, 235, 236, 415,

417, 525, 570 (see also methamphetamine)

methylphenidate (Ritalin), 120, 160,

233, 336, 338, 350, 424, 447,

457, 516, 517, 533, 584, 697,

708, 709

n-ethylamphetamine (NEA), 503

p-ch1oramphetamine (PCAl, 134,

209, 331-333, 335, 347, 392, 543

Preceding Page Blank

p-ch1oromethamphetamine, 333, 419

p-hydroxyamphetamine, 134, 160,

246, 249, 338, 424

p-methoxyampheiamine, 64

phenmetrazine, 336, 338~ 371, 424,

516, 517

phenothiazine, 7, 81, 85, 111, 126,

143, 167, 173, 174, 201, 299,

527, 547, 649, 658, 701, 726

Surmontil (trimipramine), 290, 368

I-amphetamine, 54, 134

(+)-amphetamine, 264, 317, 422,

437, 552

analgesics, 16, 19, 36, 53, 68, 69. 97.

99, 100, 152. 205, 217, 232

acetaminophen. 692

aspirin, 482

D(- )-levorphano1, 321

dextropropoxyphene, 6

phenylbutazone (PB). 294

propoxyphene (Darvon), 6, 7, 21.

32, 162, 415, 636. 692

anesthetics

dich1oromethane, 144

eugenol, 408

halothane, 170, 218-220, 358

ketamine, 218-220, 473, 480

lidocaine, 220

procaine, 320

promazine, 81, 173, 357

tetracaine, 192, 193. 196

trich1oroethano1 (TeE), 163

Animal toxicity, 212, 220, 228, 283,

331, 357, 529, 531, 532, 541, 542,

545, 548, 553, 559

anhalonidine, see hallucinogens

anileridine, 162

aniline hydroxylase, 178

Antagonists / clinical chemotherapy, 19

26, 46, 48, 50, 68, 76, 77, 100

110, 156, 165, 181, 200, 204, 205,

213, 219-223,228-230, 232, 237,

242-245, 252, 257, 262, 263, 265,

270, 271, 277, 280, 284-287, 289

309, 311, 323, 337, 349, 354, 355,

358, 361, 362, 366, 373, 375, 381,

407, 409, 413, 415, 440-442, 447,

465, 475, 477, 488, 496, 500, 508,

510, 519, 525, 526, 532, 541, 565,

566, 571-580, 596, 606, 608-613,

617, 619, 626

antidepressants, 243, 244

benactyzine, 326

desipramine, 104, 152, 153, 249,

252, 290, 314, 335, 338, 357,

368, 595

752

nortiptyline, 104, 357

perphenazine, 247, 316, 339, 488

phenelzine, 95, 214, 294

protriptylene, 153, 161, 314,335,338

trany1acypromine, 95, 126, 183, 196,

253, 254, 541, 575,576, 611

tricyclic antidepressants, 148, 335

antihistamines, 696, 704

dextromethorphan, 6, 33, 162, 253,

611

diphenhydramine, 508

doxylamine, 352

methscopo1amine, 411

phenylephrine, 250, 276, 296, 451,

463, 464

tripelennamine, 212

apomorphine (APO), see narcotics

aprobarbita1, see depressants/barbiturates

aromatic beta-carboline, see inhalants

artane (trihexyphenidy1), see sedatives

aspirin, see analgesics

atropine, see sedatives

azide, 127

barbital, see depressants /barbiturates

barbitone, see depressants/barbiturates

barbiturates, see depressants

Basic research, 5-564

adverse effects,_ see Adverse effects

·behaviora1 effects, 385-522

biochemistry/metabolism, 79, 80,

83-89, 91-95, 97, 98, 100, 101,

103-105, 107, 109-114,

118-127, 129, 132, 137-144, 148-

157, 159, 162, 165, 168, 169, 173-

175, 179-183, 215

chemistry, 80-82, 87, 88, 90-92, 97,

101, 109, 112, 115, 116, 118, 125, 128,

130, 131, 133, 134,137, 140-142,

144, 146-148, 151, 153, 157, 158, 161,

163, 165, 171, 176-179, 182, 184,

30A

detection, see Methodological developments

effects, 79-81, 84-87, 90, 92, 94,

95, 97 -99, 102, 103, 105-107, 109,

110, 122, 124-129, 134, 135, 138, 139

141, 143-146, 148, 152-155, 157-163,

165, 166, 168-170, 172, 174, 175, 177,

178, 181-183, 185-384 (see also

Adverse effects, behavioral effects

and·Reproductive effects)

mechanisms of action, 79, 82, 84, 149,

158, 160, 165, 173, 185-384

reproduction, see Reproductive effects

sites of action, 20, 26, 31,37, ·54,

63, 72, 79, 81, 85. 87, 88, 94~

104, 108. 109, 113. 120, 123. 127,

135, 136, 142, 143. 145, 148. 150,

152,154, 159, 162-164. 166. 167,

171, 173, 181, 183. 186, 193 -195,

200, 203, 223, 257. 263, 264,

273, 278. 296. 298. 302, 305.

316, 320, 338. 344. 351, 360,

361, 378

Behavioral'effects. see Basic research

Behavioral etiology. see Etiology

belladonna, see sedatives _

benactyzine. see antidepressants

benzene, see inhalants

benzodiazepines, 40, 239

benzomorphan, see narcotics

benzophenone., 34

benztropine, ~5. 204, 335. 336, 489,'~

508, 531, 607, 639

berberine, 12

beta-diethy1aminoethy1 diphenylprdpylacetate, see SKF-525A

bethanecho1, 207, 260

Biochemistry/metabolism, see Basic

research

Biological etiology, see Etiology

biperiden, 252

Botanical, 20, 47-49 58, 59, 61,

70, 108, 109, 118, 138, 139,

151, 176, 177, 259, 540, 557

641

brom-1ysergic acid diethylamide, see

hallucinogens

bromide, 478

bufotenine. see hallucinogens

bulbocapnine, 318. 361. 505

butaperazine, 134

butyrophenone, see tranquilizers

caffeine, see stimulants

canadine, 12

cannabis, 69. 79, 80, 105, 106, 109,

U8, 129, 146. 151. 174, 201, 208,

235, 241. 244, 281, 293, 303. 308,

360, 364. 365, 395, 397. 404, 412

414, 423. 448. 453. 472, 474, 509,

538, 545, 562, 584. 641. 645

cannabidiol, 79, 124, 208, 282,

283. 304. 346. 362, 404

cannabinoid, 5, 50, 58, 107, 112,

115, 122, 132, 133, 138, 139,

147. 148, 158, 163, 168, 182,

196, 200, 208, 268, 282, 283,

299. 302-305, 346, 377, 390, 557

cannabinol. 208, 261, 267. 282,

304

Cannabis Sativa L" 20. 22, 47. 48

59.64, 70, 108, 162•. 165, 176,

177, 303, 530, 557. 641, 674

hashish, 115. 125. 147, 148. 158.

168. 244. 250. 303-305, 365,

402. 500, 509. 549. 551. 591

marihuana, 7, 9, 22, 34. 43, 56-

58, 61, 63. 64, 66-68. 84. 87,

90, 100. 104, 106. 108, 118. 124-

126. 131, 133, 139, 140, 144-

147. 157. 162. 170. 176, 185. 198.

201. 202, 204. 208. 209. 211,

213, 214, 221. 222. 234. 235,

241, 244, 267. 269, 281. 293,

299. 301-304. 306, 308. 313.

315, 322, 327, 360. 363. 365,

385, 389. 392; 394. 396;· 397.

399, 402. 403. 411, 412, 414.

420. 433. 436-439, 447. 457.

458, 466~470, ~72, 475. 476,

478, 480. 482, 486. 494, 496,

497, 501, 502._ 504, 508-510.

522. 523, 525-527. 530. 540,

542-545. 547-553. 557, 560.

561. 566. 568, 573, 581, 584,

592, 593, 598. 602. 628, 630-

633. 636-638, 640, 644-651.

653. 654. 658-660, 666-669.

675-681, 683, 685, 686. 688.

689, 707, 709, 722,

THC, 9, 10, 13, 21. 27, 29, 30, 43,

47. 56, 57. 59, 67, 70. 83, 84,

90, 100, 102-104, 106-109. 112-

115. 122, 124. 125, 131-133, 135.

138-142. 144-148. 153, 158. 162,

163, 170, 174, 176. 182. 184-186.

197, 200 -203, 205. 208-211. 222.

225. 228, 233-235. 244. 250.

260, 261, 265. 267 -269. 273,

279, 282 -284. 293 -295, 297.,-

299, 301-305, 307. 308, 313-

315, 322, 331, 346, 350, 356-

358, 361-365. 377, 385, 388,

394, 395, 397. 399, 400, 403,

404, 408. 409, 412, 414, 415,

420. 421. 425. 436, 437, 447,

457-459, 461. 467-469. 473-

476. 482, 486, 489, 494. 498-

501, 504-510, 522. 525. 530. 532.

542-551, 557, 561. 621, 632, 646,

648

cannabis, other constituents, 49, 57,

83. 101, 124, 144. 208, 225, 267,

303, 304, 346

caramiphen, 326

carbachol, see stimulants

cardiolipin, 376

catapressan, see clonidine

catecholamine, 14, 59. 60, 75, 98. 120,

126, 128, 136, 141, 143, 159, 165-"

167, 172, 174, 187. 190. 191, 194,

195, 205, 216. 217. 224. 226.

228, 231. 259. 267-271. 280, 294

295. 302. 315. 318. 326. 327. 332.

336. 337. 340. 342, 344. 347. 350.

353-356. 358. 360. 367. 386. 393.

407. 417. 428. 432. 441. 465. 471.

490. 498. 502. 505. 531. 550. 552.

559. 577. 592. 658, 703. 718

Chemistry. see Basic research .

chloral hydrate. see depressants /barbiturates

chloralose. see depressants/hypnotics

chlordiazepoxide«Librium). see

depressants/barbiturates

chlorimipramine. see amphetamines

chlormethazanone, 695

chloroform. see inhalants

chloromercuribenzoate. 154. 316

chlorpromazine. see tranquilizers

ch1orprothixene, 338. 725

chymotrypsin. 154

cigarettes. see tobacco

cinanserin. 207. 252. 373. 428

Clinical drug free therapy. 572. 590.

599. 601. 620

c1onidine. 86. 160. 203. 337. 338. 567

c1ozapine. 428. 611

cocaine. see stimulants

codeine. see narcotics

corticosterone, 235, 294, 382. 383

cortisol. 189. 269, 381, 386, 489

Criminal justice, 18. 568, 584, 598,

601. 637. 638, 640, 641. 646. 663,

673, 675. 676. 707. 709

cyanide, 95

cyclazocine. see narcotic antagonists

cycloheximide. 68. 217. 240. 266.

311. 359

cyclophosphamide. 240

cyproheptadine. 207. 277. 285

cytoxan. see cyclophosphamide

D( - )-levorphanol. see analgesics

DAC. 593

D-AMP. see amphetamines

D-amphetamine. see amphetamines

Darvon. see analgesics

depressants

barbiturates. 7. 9. 13. 17. 24.

35. 39. 40. 42. 61. 66. 76, 88.

110. 177. 190. 191. 199. 220. 227.

231. 238. 266. 331. 358. 359. 379.

398. 401. 410. 435. 438. 482. 520.

524-527. 529. 532. 541. 564. 566.

596. 634. 666. 668. 672. 684

amobarbital. 25. 29. 115. 218-·

221, 243. 250. 396-S99, 443

520. 540. 569. 603. 714

aprobarbital. 42

barbital. 177... 191. 199. 253•.

300. 358. 359. 368. 386.

510. 520. 524. 560

barbitone. 190. 191

chloral hydrate (CH). 163. 218-

220. 463

chlordiazepoxide (Librium). 20

37-39. 233. 373. 388, 389. 400.

410. 411. 443. 455. 463. 482.

512. 528; 533. 632

diazepam (Valium). 25, 169. 178.

218-220.357, 442. 463. 495

ethchlorvyno1. 40. 463

glutethimide. 7.17.39

hexobarbital. 177. 283. 302

hydroxyamobarbital. 29

levarterenol. 202. 239

mephobarbital. 13. 90

meprobamate. 178. 410. 495.

695

metharbital. 13. 90

methohexital. 520

pentobarbital. 7. 35. 57. 62. 74.

82. 124. 135. 177. 193. 194. 199.

202. 203. 209-211. 258. 265.

266.302. 312. 313. 320. 322.

328. 331. 369. 371. 389. 402.

410. 430. 455, 456. 462-464.

468. 476. 482. 495. 512. 520.

525. 543. 555

pentobarbitone. 190

phenobarbital.13. 51. 81. 90. 110.

115. 132. 177. 178. 253. 283. 401.

456. 471. 482. 483. 521. 548. 564

secobarbital. 177. 352. 482

thiopental. 177. 343. 520

hypnotics. 11. 391

aliphatic hypnotics. 220

chloralose. 24. 202. 341

flurazepam. 231. 408

methaqualone. 8. 39.82, 170. 482

524. 535. 635. 659. 670

methyprylon (No1udar). 524

paraldehyde. 218-220

pellotine. 132. 171

quaalude, 205. 526, 630

desipramine, see antidepressants

destrorphan, 181

dexamethasone, 381, 382

dextroamphetamine, see amphetamine

dextromethorphan, see antihistamines

dextropropoxyphene, see analgesics

dextrorphan, 38, 69, 99, 127, 154, 159,

328, 351, 372, 532, 700

DHPG, see 3,4-dihydroxyphenylglycol

diacetylmorphine (heroin), see narcotics

diazepam, see depressantsIbarbiturates

dibutyryl cyclic AMP, 220, 221, 397-

399,. 569, 603

dichloromethane, see anesthetics

digoxin, 30

diethyldithiocarbam'ate DDC, 340. 407,

490

diethyl ether, see inhalants

diisopropylfluorophosphate, 193, 194

196, 565, '595. 696

Dilaudid (hydromorphine). see narcotics

dimethoxypheny1ety1amine. see DMPEA

diphenylhydantoin, 88. 132. 178. 283.

362. 411

diphenhydramine. see antihistamines

diprenorphine (M-5050). see narcotic

antagonists

disulfiram, 238. 254, 418. 619

Ditran. 24, 242. 345. 496. 537, 557

DL-isoproterenol. see stimulants

D-lysergamide. see hallucinogens

DMPEA, 28, 113, 374. 518

DMPH, 333

DOPA, see L-Dopa

DOPEG. 86. 153. 161

doxapram, 218

doxepin. 24, 25, 30. 109. 115

doxylamine, see antihistamines

DPH. see diphenylhydantoin

dTC. see tubocurarine

ECHO, see echotheopate

echotheopate, 295

Education, 555, 572, 581, 587,590" 598

618, 661-664, 668. 675

EMY, 593

Effects. see Basic research

ephedrine, 120, 463, 464

Epidemiology, 665-690

addict populations, 28, 62, 65.

66, 566, 598-602. 607, 612.

615, 634, 635, 638, 642, 643,

646, 654-657, 665, 666, 670,

672, 673, 681-683, 689

755

general populations, 9, 21, 396.

466. 629, 633. 637. 651-653

667, 678. 689

high risk populations, 10. 42. 66.

392. 438, 480, 541, 566. 567,

581, 593, 628-630, 633. 637. 638

640, 643-645, 647-650, 653,

658. 660. 667-669, 675, 676.

678. 680~ 681. 683. 685-688.

690

minority populations. 566, 628.

630. 636, 637. 667. 670. 679

special populations. 637-639,

648. 663. 672. 683-686

epinephrine, 75. 269. 295. 309. 334,

342. 352-355. 378. 489. 587

eserine. 473

ETA. see etonitazene

ethanol. 56, 163, 185. 202. 220. 227.

253.301. 343, 350, 3-53."402~ 483.

495. 646, 702-704. 707 (see also

alcohol. with other drugs)

ethchlorvyno1. see depressantsI

barbiturates

ethopropazine. 85

Etiology

behavioral, 19. 28. 386. 401. 410.

415. 436, 458.,478. 492. 514,

583. 591. 628. 636, 638, 641, 643,

654, 657. 659, 668. 673

biological

18. 116, 251, 420. 448. 515, 516

554. 636. 685

multiple factors, 16, 52, 65. 338, 493

502. 534. 535. 566. 590. 629.

643, 645. 647, 650, 651. 667, 675

676. 678. 684, 686. 688

pharmacological. 18, 55. 116. 281.

. ,436, 458, 478, 514. 533. 627, 632.

641. 653, 675

psychosocial. 9, 21. 21. 31, 42. 43,

62, 281, 392, 438. 439, 480. 514.

525-527, 541. 566-568. 570. 628,

630-633, 635-644, 646, 648-655,

657-660. 668. 669, 675, 676, 680

683, 687, 689

etonitazene, 53, 438, 472. 515, 516

etorphine. 99, 117. 127, 137. 164. 264, 278

eucatropine, 133

eugenol, see anesthetics

Evaluation

drug education, 5. 10, 662. 676, 686

drug treatmentIrehabilitation, 64, 407,

578, 604. 607, 609, 616-618. 622,

624, 676, 685, 715

fencamfamin, 372, 419

fenflnramine, see amphetamines

FLA-63, 191, 252, 307, 386

floropipamide, 246

flourouracil, 75

fluphenazine, 600, 623, 649, 658

flurazepam, see depressants /hypnotics

flurothyl, 6

furazolidone, 143

gallamine, 202

gasoline sniffing, 2ll

GHB, see gamma-hydroxybutrate

gamma-hydroxybutrate, 348

glue sniffing, 2ll, 637, 696

glutethemide, see depressants /

barbiturates

hallucinogens, 23, 25, 27, 43, 52, 67,

108, 116, 211, 242-244, 272, 282, 283

300, 374 422, 423, 540, 544, 602,

645. 650, 666, 672, 688

anhalonidine, 132, 171

bx'om-lysergic acid diethylamide,

199, 334, 489, 540

. bufotenine, 375, 518

D-lysergamide, 178

DOM, see STP

Lophophora williamsii, see peyote

LSA, 76

LSD, 9, 18, 20, 63, 70, 76, 80, 85,

105, 108, 116, 130, 131, 141, 173,

178, 182,186, 187, 189, 197, 199,

202, 211, 227, 233-235, 247, 254,

256~ 259, 261, 264, 268, 271, 272,

279, 280, 313, 334, 335, 341, 345,

366, 367, 372, 375, 402, 403, 414,

424, 438, 446, 473, 482, 489, 493

496, 506, 507, 518, 526, 530, 533,

536, 540-542, 544, 549-551, 557,

558, 561, 562, 564, 606, 611, 614,

615, 618-620, 625, 627, 647, 679,

689, 699, 713, 719

MDA, 170, 688

mescaline, 9, 18, 28, 60, 82, 102,

114, 126, 130-132, 155, 159, 163,

202, 259, 264, 268, 335, 343,

345, 374, 375, 402, 438, 489,

496, 518, 540, 550, 556

PCP, 170, 591, 660, 688

peyote, 82, 132, 155

phenyclidine, see PCP

psilocin, 131

psilocybin, 170, 268, 501, 537, 591,

659, 688

756

STP, 123, 127, 142, 170, 211, 268,

272, 439, 445, 501, 505, 507,

560, 659

tryptamine, 116, 123, 178, 226,

252, 254, 326, 353, 373, 375,

403, 467, 518, 538, 594

haloperidol, see tranquilizers

halothane, see anesthetics

harmaline, 196, 462

hashish, see cannabis

He-3, see hemicholinum-3

hemicholinium-3, 196, 273, 354,

.379, 565, 699

heroin, see narcotics

hexamethonium, 127, 276, 698

hexobarbital, see depressants/barbiturates

High risk populations, see Epidemiology

hydroxyamobarbital, see depressants /

barbiturates

hydroxyampheiamine, see amphetamines

hydroxynorephedrine, 134, 249

hyoscyamine, 92, 133

hypnotics, see depressants

hyoscyamine, 326, 411

imipramine, see amphetamines

indolealky1amines, 130, 142

indoleamine, 165, 167, 331, 353

Information systems, 22, 24, 33, 36, 40

41, 50, 74, 694, 701, 720-723

inhalants

aerosols, 696

aromatic-beta-carboline, 123

benzene, 304

chloroform, 257, 353

chloroform methanol, 316

diethyl ether, 202, 253, 429

gasoline fumes, 211

glue, 211, 637, 696

isoproterenol, 209, 250, 260,

276, 342, 378

lighter fluid, 211

mace, 696

nasal inhalers, 696

nitrous oxide, 105, 296

nutmeg, 696

oxymetazoline, 378

solvents, 696

thinners, 211

insulin, 461, 692

iodoacetamide, 127

iodoacetic acid, 154, 316

iprindo1e, 104, 239, 249

ketamine, see anesthetics

KSW 3019, 424

LAAM(levomethadyl), see narcotics

L-amphetamine, see amphetamine

L-Dopa, 11, 14, 34, 41, 94, 98, 119,

152, 153, 161, 172, 173, 182,

183', 188, 191, 228, 246, 247,

252, 265, 271, 307, 309, 314,

317, 325, 326, 339, 340, 361,

379, 393, 443, 473, 552, 718

levallorphan, see narcotic antagonists

levarterenol, see depressants /

barbiturates

1evodopa, see L-Dopa

levomethadyl (LAAM), see narcotics

levorphanol, see narcotic antagonists

Librium (chlordiazepoxide), see

depressants /barbiturates

lidocaine, see anesthetics

lighter fluid, 211

lithium, 101, 107, 134, 348, 497, 697

LSA, see hallucinogens

LSD, see hallucinogens

L-3,4 -dihydroxyphenylalanine, see

L-Dopa

mace, 696

MAO inhibitors, 143, 148, 196, 227,

300, 309, 340, 348, 356

marihuana, see cannabis

MDA, see hallucinogens

mecamylamine, 204, 320, 350, 50S.

Mechanisms of action, see Basic

Research

meperidine (MEP), see narcotics

mephentermine, 245, 259, 463

mephobarbital, see depressants /

barbiturates

meprobamate, see depressants /

barbiturates

mescaline, see hallucinogens

metanephrine, 75

methaqualone, see depressants/

hypnotics

metharbital, see depressants /

barbiturates

methadone, see narcotics

methamphetamine, see amphetamine

methanol, 220, 257, 304 (see also

alcohol, with other drugs)

methedrine, see amphetamines

Methodological developments, 5-78

methohexita1, see depressants /

barbiturates

757

methoxamine, 202, 260

methscopo1amine, see antihistamines

methylphenidate, see amphetamines

methylscopolamine, 331, 473, 488

methyprylon, see depressants.!;

hypnotics I

methysergide, 280, 373, 470,

584, 692

Minority populations, see Epidemiology

modaline, 143

molindone, 546

monoamine oxidase, 294, 337, 466,

547

monoterpenes, 47

MOPEG, 11, 86, 153, 161, 203, 567

MOPET, 11, 203

morphine, see narcotics

morphine glucuonide, see narcotics

morphine sulfate, see narcotics

MPH (methylphenidate); see

amphetamines

multiple drugs, 5-8, 11, 12, 14, 17-

19, 21, 25, 26~ 30, 32, 33, 35,

37-39, 46, 51-53, 57-60, 66, 69,

71, 75, 76, 81, 82, 85, 86, 88,

91, 92, 94, 95, 99, 100, 104-107,

llO, 114, 116, 120-122, 126, 127,

129-136, 148, 149, 151-154, 156, 159,

160-162, 165, 168, 171-174, 177-179,

187-191, 195, 198, 199, 202-205, 212,

214, 215, 218-224, 227, 229,

230, 233, 235, 236, 238, 239,

243-247, 249, 250, 252, 254-256,

258-260, 262, 265, 267, 270-273,

275-278, 28'0, 281, 284, 285,

287-289, 293-298, 301, 302, 304,

305, 307, 309, 311, 312, 314, 316-

318, 320-323, 325, 326, 328, 331-

342, 344, 345, 347, 348, 350-363,

365-383, 386-389, 393, 395-398,

401, 402, 404, 405, 407-411, 413-

415, 419, 420, 424, 428-431, 433-

435, 439-441, 443, 444, 447, 451,

452, 455-457, 460, 462-465, 467,

473, 474, 476-478, 480, 482, 483,

488-490, 492, 494, 495, 497-503,

508, 509, 511, 512, 516-521, 525, 526,

531-533, 537, 538, 540, 541, 544, 545,

548-552, 557, 558, 563-567, 570-

573, 575, 577, 580, 582, 584-588,

592, 593, 595-597, 602, 608, 611,

613, 614, 618, 623, 639, 643-648, 651,

658, 660, 672, 685, 686, 692, 693,

695, 696, 698, 700, 719, 726

muscarine, 58, 204

myristicin, 408

M99, see etorphine

na1odine, see narcotics

nalorphine, see narcotic antagonists

naloxone, see narcotic antagonists

naltrexone (EN-1639), see narcotic

antagonists

narcotics, 18, 22, 43

anti-carboxymethy1morphine, 363

apomorphine (APO), 7, 59, 160,

191, 230, 255, 264, 310, 314,

315, 323, 336,..338, 340, 361,

362, 407, 429, 431, 437, 483,

489,' 505, 588, 589

benzomorphan, 148, 244, 302, 305,

465

carboxymethy1morphine, 6

codeine, 6, 7, 14, 19, 21, 71, 79,

121, 162, 178, 179, 198, 221,

223,395, 413, 519, 692;

dihydrocodeine, 363

dextro-methadone, 127, 150, 306

diacetylmorphine, see heroin

dihydromorphine (DHM), 6, 99,

100, 156, 162

diphenoxy1ate, 6

ethylmorphine, 81, 162, 177, 178

heroin, 14, 21, 26, 32, 33, 65, 66,

71, 78, 80, 84, 91, 106, 118, 122,

162, 226, 234, 245, 295, 296,

311, 327, 363, 365, 366, 380, 381,

423, 435, 436, 456, 458, 478, 510,

521, 523, 526-528, 531, 537, 552-555,

574, 579, 580, 583, 586, 592, 594,

599-601, 605, 606, 609, 611-613,

615-617, 621, 622, 625-628, 633, 637

638, 642, 643, 646, 650, 654, 657,

658, 661, 666, 672, 677, 681, 683,

684

hydromorphine (Dilaudid), 178, 179, 363,

478, 565, 596

isomorphine, 15

LAAM, 241, 296, 30g, 310, 381, 458,

474, 476, 521, 608, 617, 626

levo-methadone, 127, 149-152, 306

(also spelled laevo-methadone)

levomethady1 acetate (LAAM)

meperidine (MEP), 6, 7, 53, 71, 99,

110, 140, 171, 205, 220, 221, 223,

252-254, 273, 405, 409, 541, 544,

575, 576, 611

methadone, 5-7, IS, 17, 34, 50, 51, 53,

58, 59, 69, 99, 100, 106, 110, 116, 122,

127, 142, 149,..151, 156, 162, 168, 170,

179, 205, 213, 221, 223, 225, 226, 234,

241, 244, 245, 256, 283-285, 287, 289,

292, 296, 298, 305, 306, 309, 311, 315,

328, 330, 354, 355, 370, 371,381, 389,

391, 401, 405, 435, 453, 456, 474.

478, 483, 487, 499, 519, 521

758

methadone (continued)

523, 525, 526, 528, 530, 531,

537, 543, 545, 553, 555, 559,

561, 563, 575, 577, 579, 582-

585, 595, 597, 599-602, 604-

606, 608, 611-n16, 619, 622,

624-627, 638, 643, 650, 657,

659, 665, 669~671, 673, 689

morphine, 5-7, 9, 10, 12, 14-18,

21, 25, 26, 30-33, 36, 37, 44-46,

49, 50, 52, 53, 65, 66, 68, 69,

71-79, 80, 84, 87, 91-100, 102,

104, 106, 107, 109, 110, 116-118,

121 -124, 127, 128, 134,135, 138,

140, 141, 144, 149, 150, 154, 155,

159, 162, 165, 171, 175, 179-182,

186, 189-192, 197, 198, 200, 204,

205, 207-209, 213, 215, 217, 221-

223~ :,!'25, 226, 228,.23'1, 236";238

240, 247, 248, 251, 254-256, 258,

260, 262, 263, 265, 266, 270, 273,

274, 277, 280, 282, 284-299, 302,

305, 307, 309, 311-313, 316, 318-322,

328,.330, 332, 336, 341-343, 346,

348-353, 356-359, 361-364, 367-

371, 376, 377, 379, 381-387, 389,

391, 392, 395, 396, 399-401, 404-407,

409, 410, 413, 415, 420, 424, 426-

430, 432, 434, 438, 439, 441-443,

446, 449, 450-453, 457-459, 461, 463,

465, 471, 472, 474-476, 480, 481, 483,

487, 492-494, 496-505, 509, 511,

515-517, 519, 522, 524, 529, 531, 532,

534, 539, 540, 543, 544, 546,

550, 553, 554, 556, 558, 560,

563-566, 568 573, 576, 577, 580-583

585-587, 589-593, 616, 623, 654, 692

morphine g1ucuonide, 380

morphine sulfate, 228, 230, 231, 236,

240, 248, 258, 287, 288, 290, 306

311, 316, 319, 321, 322, 364, 382, 387,

405, 406, 432, 457, 471, 472, 481, 487,

498, 539, 540, 556

nalodine, 198

N-phenethy1-morphine, 141

normorphine, 14, 149, 150, 162, 579, 613

opium, 12 -14, 87, 88, 684

oxymorphine, 156, 689

poppy seeds, 6

3 carboxymethy1morphine, 363

6 alpha-OH-dihydromorphine, 157

6-monoacety1morphine, 21

14-hydroxynoroxymorphine, 579

narcotic antagonists, 25, 43, 48, 50, 67-

69, 76, 77, 102, 110

cyclazocine, 19, 24, 25, 41, 42, 48, 76,

110, 129, 130, 162, 221, 242 -245, 271

cyclazocine (continued)

284. 320. 370. 409, 422. 423. 441.

442 465, 478. 513. 532. 573-575,

578. 579. 583. 588. 589. 608. 610.

611. 613. 621. 622, 626. 643

diprenorphine (M-5050). 69. 415. 588

levallorphan. 19. 32, 100. 156. 232. 296,

330.351, 354. 358. 420. 441, 500, 588.

591, 596

'levorphano1, 31. 53, 69, 92, 93, 99.

100, 110, 121. 127.154. 156. 159, 165.

181, 197, 205, 207. 213, 233, 234.

257, 258, 264, 278, 298, 316. 328,

330, 342. 343, 351-355, 37~, 376,

377. 384. 405. 435. 496. 532.

577. 590, 700

nalorphine, '19. 20. 69, 71. 72, 100.

105, 110, 141, 156, 162, 198; 221.

223. 256. 270, 284. 287. 328. 363.

415, 420. 424, 434, 441, 451. 465.

573. 576. 577. 588

naloxone. 15. 18. 19, 26. 50. 52, 53.

65. 68. 69, 71. 73. 74, 76. 84. 93.

100, 104. 106. 109. 110. 117. 122.

123. 127, 140. 141. 154-157, 162,

165. 169. 181. 198. 204. 207. 213,

221, 223, 225, 233. 236-238. 244,

245, 257, 266, 270. 271. 278. 284.

287. 289, 298. 311. 321-323. 342.

348. 349. 354. 355. 358. 359. 361.

362. 366. 367, 369. 38] - 383, 389.

391. 395. 399, 407. 415. 428. 432.

434. 438. 440. 441. 446. 461. 472.

475. 505. 510. 511. 519. 532. 565.

566. 568-575, 577-580. 582. 583.

585, 586. 588-590, 592-594, 596,

606. 608~610. 613. 614. 617, 619.

626

naltrexone (EN-1639), 15. 17. 92. 101.

110. 157. 289, 415. 532. 566. 578.

579. 587, 588, 593. 613

noradrenaline. 252

norcyclazocine. 41, 42

norephedrine. 137

norketobemidone, 46

normetanephrine. 263

pentazocine. 7, 19. 21, 110, 148. 162.

205. 212. 221, 232, 270. 274, 305,

320, 405, 409. 413, 415. 440-442,

465, 519. 529, 572. 582. 583, 677,

692

nasal inhalers, 696

Natural history, see Treatment of drug

abuse

n-ethy1amphetamines (NEA). see amphetamine

759

neostigmine. 194. 320. 447

neurine. 58. 151

nialamide. 129, 135. 183. 281. 335, 339.

340. 447. 490

nicotine. see tobacco

nikethamide. 424

nitroglycerin. 340

nitrous oxide, see inhalants

noradrenaline. see norepinephrine

norpinephrine (NE), 19. 60, 75. 86. 88.

94, 95. 98. 99, 101. 107, 120, 128,

136, 149, 151-153, 158, 161, 164-166.

172. 174, 187, 191, 203, 215, 220,

222. 224. 225. 227, 238. 246. 250,

251. 255. 256. 260. 262. 263. 265,

267. 270. 271. 276. 281, 285. 302.

307. 309. 310, 314. 315, 317, 318.

321. 325. 326, 329. 332, 334,335.

337. 338. 340.344. 354~356.- 358-360,

365. 367. 377-379. 387 398-400.

407. 429, 440, 441. 451. 463. 464,

467, 471. 485. 488-490. 492. 502.

504, 511. 552, 563. 569, 587, 589,

590, 595. 658

normetanephrine, 129, 224, 263. 335.

338, 340, 360

normorphine, see narcotics

nortipty1ene, see antidepressants

nutmeg, 696

opium. see narcotics

orap. see pimozide

ouabain. 305, 700

axa, see oxotremorine

oxotremorine, 204. 337. 350

oxymetazo1ine. 378

oxymorphine. 156, 689

oxypertine. 246

oxytocin. 212

p-ADE, see acety1deoxyephedrine

para-chlorophenylalamine. see p-ch1oropheny1anine

paraldehyde, see depressants /hypnotics

paregoric. 456

pargyline. 95. 135, 161, 183. 196. 204.

224. 265. 271. 317, 338, 340. 380.

. 490, 582. 692

parpanit. see caramiphen

p-ch1oroamphetamine (peA), see

amphetamines

p-ch1orometamphetamine. see

amphetamines

p-chlorophenylalanine, 63, 92, 204,212,222,

251, 254, 262, 265, 271, 275, 323, 333,

347, 396, 421, 427, 437, 465, 483, 497,

541, 575, 576, 582

PCP, see hallucinogens

p-CPA, see p-chlorophenylalanine

PCPA, see p-chlorophenylalanine

pellotine, see depressants /hypnotics

pempidine, 204

pentaerythrol tetranitrate, 340

pentaphen, see caramiphen

pentazocine, see narcotic antagonists

pentobarbital, see depressants/

barbiturates

pentylenetetrazol (PTZ), see stimulants

perphenazine, see antidepressants

peyote, see hallucinogens

Pharmacological etiology, see Etiology

phencyclidine, 202, 218, 220, 330, 482

phenelzine, see antidepressants

pheniprazine, 95, 214

phenitrone, 168, 357, 500, 591

phenmetrazine, see amphetamines

phenobarbital, see depressants/

barbiturates

phenothiazine, see amphetamines

phenoxybenzamine, 86, 94, 185, 203,

250, 276, 281, 314, 329, 339, 354,

378, 488, 567

phentolamine, 94, 186, 219, 276, 285,

334, 398, 452, 603, 698

phenylbutazone, see analgesics

phenylephrine, see antihistamines

phenylqUinone, 284, 593

p-hydroxyamphetamine, see amphetamines

physostigmine, 82, 194, 204, 252, 270, 309,

331, 336, 337, 447, 496, 508, 531, 565,

573, 587, 590, 592, 607, 639, 647

picrotoxin, see stimulants

pilocarpine, see stimulants

pimozide, 22, 59, 199, 264, 272, 315,

338, 361, 362, 437, 453, 460, 461,

477, 588, 620

piperacetazine, 26

piperazine, 275, 649

piperidine, 58

pipradrol, 160, 336, 338, 371, 517

p-methoxyamphetamine, see amphetamines

PMZ, see pimozide

polyvinylpyrrolidone, 391

poppy seeds, 6

prednisolone, 253

Prevention, 565-594

behavioral, 391, 440, 441, 569, 572,

576, 579, 581, 589

educational, 555, 566, 568, 570, 572,

581, 584, 587, 590, 591, 598, 608,

637, 662, 668, 675, 676, 684, 690

760

primidone, 81, 192

probenecid, 201, 597

procaine, see anesthetics

profadol, 440, 582

prochlomperazine, 111, 173

promazine, see anesthetics

pronithalol, 354

propanol, 40

propoxyphene, see analgesics

propranolol, 94, 213, 229, 276, 334,

378, 414, 452, 463, 571, 582

propylene-glycol, 331

protriptylene, see antidepressants

psilocybin, see hallucinogens

psilocin, see hallucinogens

Psychobehavioral, 385-522, 627-660

Psychosocial etiology, see Etiology

puromycin, 353, 355

pyrazole, 88

pyridine. 173,193

quaalude, see depressants /hypnotics

quinine, 7, 17, 32, 327, 696

Reproduction effects, 89, 104, 189, 214,

234, 235, 313, 315, 353, 383, 406,

456, 471, 521, 523, 525-528, 531,

536, 537, 539, 540, 542-547, 551,

553, 554, 559, 560-562

reserpine, see tranquilizers

rho-chlorophenylalanine, see p-chlorophenylalanine

Ritalin (methylphenidate), see

amphetamines

safrole, 408

secobarbital, see depressants/

barbiturates

salicylic acid, 39

scopolamine, see sedatives

sedatives, 18, 105, 388, 397, 629, 634,

651, 667, 672, 692

atropine, 20, 24, 85, 91, 92, 133,

202, 205, 207, 209, 211, 212, 230,

242, 277, 285, 295, 320, 331, 336,

337, 350, 388, 411, 451, 452, 508,

516, 536, 698

belladonna, 194, 602

dihydroergotamine, 488

scopolamine, 51, 82, 92, 105, 133,

192-194, 235, 252, 281, 326, 336,

337, 339, 388, 390, 393, 414, 419,

430, 431, 473, 487, 488, 508, 565

trihexyphen~dyl.(Artane), 85, 508

Sites of action, see Basic research

SKF-525A, 57" 104, 107, 284, 301, 302,

457, 499, 549

Sociocultural, 392, 627-660, 665-690

solvents, 696

somatostatin, 218, 219, 397, 398

SPA, 372, 419, 494, 517

Special populations, see Epidemiology

SP-1, 394

stimulants, 18

bethanechol, 207, 260

caffeine, 218, 404, 424, 464, 482, 719

carbachol, 192-196, 295

cocaine, 7, 32, 40, 66, 75, 92,133,

170, 183, 188, 189, 252, 254, 285,

293, 335, 341, 363, 371, 372, 387,

412, 413, 419, 424, 428, 433-435~

439, 446, 447, 459, 481, 482, 489,

494, 501, 503, 517, 566, 575, 593,

602, 625, 659, 671, 672, 689

cocainesterase, 91, 133

dichloroisoproterenol, 378

dimethylphenylpiperazinium (DMPP),

207, 260

Dinitrophenol, 127

DL-isoproterenol, 276, 354

doxapram, 218

harmaline, 196, 462

muscarine, 58, 204

oxytocin, 212

pentylenetetrazol (PTZ)\ 202, 282,

362

picrotoxin, 193, 202, 218, 565

pilocarpine,130, 133, 205, 431

theophylline, 218, 260, 265, 334,

719

tropacocaine, 91, 133, 157

STP, see hallucinogens

strychnine, 168, 202, 218

succinylcholine, 296

sulfonamides, 39

sulthiame, 7-08

Surmontil (trimipramine), see amphetamines

Talwin (pentazocine), see narcotic antagonists

tetrabenazine (TBZ), see tranqUilizers

tetracaine, see anesthetics

tetrahydrocannabinol, see cannabis

thetahydroisoquinoline (THIQ), 227

tetrahydropapaveroline (THP), 101, 180,

227

tetrodotoxin, 207

THe, see cannabis

theophylline, see stimulants

761

Therapeutic uses of abusable drugs,

132, 187, 232, 261, 282, 283, 294,

361, 362, 402, 533, 611, 614, 619,

621, 623, 679, 689, 692, 695, 697.

701, 713, 719

thiopental, see depressants/barbiturates

thioproperazine, 173, 174

thioridazine, 81, 726

thiothixene, see tranauilizers

THIQ, see tetrahydroisequinoline

THP, see tetrahydropapaveroline

thymidine, 20, 261

thyroxine, 75

tobacco, with other drugs, 541, 593, 668

cigarettes, 112, 363, 526, 643, 686

nicotine, 7, 79, 194, 207, 350, 404,

482. 645, 658

tolbutamide. 482

tranquilizers, 9, 37, 53, 275, 397, 457,

541, 629, 653. 666, 692

butyrophenone. 126, 167, 229, 246,

275, 318

chlormezanone, 695

chlorpromazine, 7, 9, 21, 25, 27, 33,

37, 54, 69, 70, 81, 85, 88, 89, 110-

113, 126, 143, 144, N8, 173-175, 177,

178, 199. 202, 206, 246, 247, 249,

254, 258, 259, 268, 293, 312, 338,

371, 393, 400, 415, 430, 431, 439,

455, 463, 467, 476. 488, 495, 500,

507, 508, 517, 525, 527, 537, 538,

541, 575, 576, 595, 702, 703

chlorprothixene, 338, 725

haloperidol (HAL), 66, 206, 229, 230

246, 259, 277, 339, 343, 356, 361.

362, 407, 428, 431, 488, 494, 498

571, 583, 589, 611

oxypertine, 246

prochloperazine, 111, 173

reserpine, 63, 86, 129, 135, 161, 164,

188, 191, 207, 224, 226, 228, 238,

245, 246, 252, 254, 255, 263, 267,

281, 290, 307, 317, 318, 323, 324,

336, 338-340, 344, 350, 354, 355,

393, 420, 422, 462, 465, 480, 490,

492, 495

tetrabenazine (TBZ), 281, 339. 447,

462, 464, 490

thiothixene, 23-25, 725, 726

trifluperidol, 275

tranylcypromine, see antidepressants

Treatment of drug abuse, 595-626

acute medical, 40, 41, 134, 218, 526,

531, 558, 602, 603, 609, 638, 639